SALT(7) - Linux man page online | Overview, conventions, and miscellany
Salt Documentation.
Chapter
Apr 05, 2019
SALT(7) Salt SALT(7)
@myproxy.example.com:3128'
curl -o bootstrap-salt.sh -L -x "$PROXY" https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh -G -H "$PROXY" git
Install using wget
Using wget to install your distribution's stable packages:
wget -O bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh
Downloading the script from develop branch:
wget -O bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com/develop
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh
Installing a specific version from git using wget:
wget -O bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh -P git v2015.8.8
NOTE:
On the above example we added -P which will allow PIP packages to be installed if
required but it's not a necessary flag for Git based bootstraps.
Install using Python
If you already have Python installed, python 2.6, then it's as easy as:
python -m urllib "https://bootstrap.saltstack.com" > bootstrap-salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh git develop
All Python versions should support the following in-line code:
python -c 'import urllib; print urllib.urlopen("https://bootstrap.saltstack.com").read()' ↲
> bootstrap-salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh git develop
Install using fetch
On a FreeBSD base system you usually don't have either of the above binaries available.
You do have fetch available though:
fetch -o bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh
If you have any SSL issues install ca_root_nssp:
pkg install ca_root_nssp
And either copy the certificates to the place where fetch can find them:
cp /usr/local/share/certs/ca-root-nss.crt /etc/ssl/cert.pem
Or link them to the right place:
ln -s /usr/local/share/certs/ca-root-nss.crt /etc/ssl/cert.pem
Installing via an Insecure One-Liner
The following examples illustrate how to install Salt via a one-liner.
NOTE:
Warning! These methods do not involve a verification step and assume that the delivered
file is trustworthy.
Any of the example above which use two-lines can be made to run in a single-line configu‐
ration with minor modifications.
For example, using curl to install your distribution's stable packages:
curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com | sudo sh
Using wget to install your distribution's stable packages:
wget -O - https://bootstrap.saltstack.com | sudo sh
Installing the latest develop branch of Salt:
curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com | sudo sh -s -- git develop
Command Line Options
Here's a summary of the command line options:
$ sh bootstrap-salt.sh -h
Usage : bootstrap-salt.sh [options] <install-type> <install-type-args>
Installation types:
- stable (default)
- stable [version] (ubuntu specific)
- daily (ubuntu specific)
- testing (redhat specific)
- git
Examples:
- bootstrap-salt.sh
- bootstrap-salt.sh stable
- bootstrap-salt.sh stable 2014.7
- bootstrap-salt.sh daily
- bootstrap-salt.sh testing
- bootstrap-salt.sh git
- bootstrap-salt.sh git develop
- bootstrap-salt.sh git v0.17.0
- bootstrap-salt.sh git 8c3fadf15ec183e5ce8c63739850d543617e4357
Options:
-h Display this message
-v Display script version
-n No colours.
-D Show debug output.
-c Temporary configuration directory
-g Salt repository URL. (default: git://github.com/saltstack/salt.git)
-G Instead of cloning from git://github.com/saltstack/salt.git, clone from https://gith ↲
ub.com/saltstack/salt.git (Usually necessary on systems which have the regular git protocol port blocked, where https usually is not)
-k Temporary directory holding the minion keys which will pre-seed
the master.
-s Sleep time used when waiting for daemons to start, restart and when checking
for the services running. Default: 3
-M Also install salt-master
-S Also install salt-syndic
-N Do not install salt-minion
-X Do not start daemons after installation
-C Only run the configuration function. This option automatically
bypasses any installation.
-P Allow pip based installations. On some distributions the required salt
packages or its dependencies are not available as a package for that
distribution. Using this flag allows the script to use pip as a last
resort method. NOTE: This only works for functions which actually
implement pip based installations.
-F Allow copied files to overwrite existing(config, init.d, etc)
-U If set, fully upgrade the system prior to bootstrapping salt
-K If set, keep the temporary files in the temporary directories specified
with -c and -k.
-I If set, allow insecure connections while downloading any files. For
example, pass '--no-check-certificate' to 'wget' or '--insecure' to 'curl'
-A Pass the salt-master DNS name or IP. This will be stored under
${BS_SALT_ETC_DIR}/minion.d/99-master-address.conf
-i Pass the salt-minion id. This will be stored under
${BS_SALT_ETC_DIR}/minion_id
-L Install the Apache Libcloud package if possible(required for salt-cloud)
-p Extra-package to install while installing salt dependencies. One package
per -p flag. You're responsible for providing the proper package name.
-d Disable check_service functions. Setting this flag disables the
'install_<distro>_check_services' checks. You can also do this by
touching /tmp/disable_salt_checks on the target host. Defaults ${BS_FALSE}
-H Use the specified http proxy for the installation
-Z Enable external software source for newer ZeroMQ(Only available for RHEL/CentOS/Fedo ↲
ra/Ubuntu based distributions)
-b Assume that dependencies are already installed and software sources are set up.
If git is selected, git tree is still checked out as dependency step.
Opening the Firewall up for Salt
The Salt master communicates with the minions using an AES-encrypted ZeroMQ connection.
These communications are done over TCP ports 4505 and 4506, which need to be accessible on
the master only. This document outlines suggested firewall rules for allowing these incom‐
ing connections to the master.
NOTE:
No firewall configuration needs to be done on Salt minions. These changes refer to the
master only.
Fedora 18 and beyond / RHEL 7 / CentOS 7
Starting with Fedora 18 FirewallD is the tool that is used to dynamically manage the fire‐
wall rules on a host. It has support for IPv4/6 settings and the separation of runtime and
permanent configurations. To interact with FirewallD use the command line client fire‐
wall-cmd.
firewall-cmd example:
firewall-cmd --permanent --zone=<zone> --add-port=4505-4506/tcp
Please choose the desired zone according to your setup. Don't forget to reload after you
made your changes.
firewall-cmd --reload
RHEL 6 / CentOS 6
The lokkit command packaged with some Linux distributions makes opening iptables firewall
ports very simple via the command line. Just be careful to not lock out access to the
server by neglecting to open the ssh port.
lokkit example:
lokkit -p 22:tcp -p 4505:tcp -p 4506:tcp
The system-config-firewall-tui command provides a text-based interface to modifying the
firewall.
system-config-firewall-tui:
system-config-firewall-tui
openSUSE
Salt installs firewall rules in /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/salt. Enable
with:
SuSEfirewall2 open
SuSEfirewall2 start
If you have an older package of Salt where the above configuration file is not included,
the SuSEfirewall2 command makes opening iptables firewall ports very simple via the com‐
mand line.
SuSEfirewall example:
SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP 4505
SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP 4506
The firewall module in YaST2 provides a text-based interface to modifying the firewall.
YaST2:
yast2 firewall
Windows
Windows Firewall is the default component of Microsoft Windows that provides firewalling
and packet filtering. There are many 3rd party firewalls available for Windows, some of
which use rules from the Windows Firewall. If you are experiencing problems see the ven‐
dor's specific documentation for opening the required ports.
The Windows Firewall can be configured using the Windows Interface or from the command
line.
Windows Firewall (interface):
1. Open the Windows Firewall Interface by typing wf.msc at the command prompt or in a run
dialog (Windows Key + R)
2. Navigate to Inbound Rules in the console tree
3. Add a new rule by clicking New Rule... in the Actions area
4. Change the Rule Type to Port. Click Next
5. Set the Protocol to TCP and specify local ports 4505-4506. Click Next
6. Set the Action to Allow the connection. Click Next
7. Apply the rule to Domain, Private, and Public. Click Next
8. Give the new rule a Name, ie: Salt. You may also add a description. Click Finish
Windows Firewall (command line):
The Windows Firewall rule can be created by issuing a single command. Run the following
command from the command line or a run prompt:
netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="Salt" dir=in action=allow protocol=TCP localport ↲
=4505-4506
iptables
Different Linux distributions store their iptables (also known as netfilter) rules in dif‐
ferent places, which makes it difficult to standardize firewall documentation. Included
are some of the more common locations, but your mileage may vary.
Fedora / RHEL / CentOS:
/etc/sysconfig/iptables
Arch Linux:
/etc/iptables/iptables.rules
Debian
Follow these instructions: https://wiki.debian.org/iptables
Once you've found your firewall rules, you'll need to add the two lines below to allow
traffic on tcp/4505 and tcp/4506:
-A INPUT -m state --state new -m tcp -p tcp --dport 4505 -j ACCEPT
-A INPUT -m state --state new -m tcp -p tcp --dport 4506 -j ACCEPT
Ubuntu
Salt installs firewall rules in /etc/ufw/applications.d/salt.ufw. Enable with:
ufw allow salt
pf.conf
The BSD-family of operating systems uses packet filter (pf). The following example
describes the additions to pf.conf needed to access the Salt master.
pass in on $int_if proto tcp from any to $int_if port 4505
pass in on $int_if proto tcp from any to $int_if port 4506
Once these additions have been made to the pf.conf the rules will need to be reloaded.
This can be done using the pfctl command.
pfctl -vf /etc/pf.conf
Whitelist communication to Master
There are situations where you want to selectively allow Minion traffic from specific
hosts or networks into your Salt Master. The first scenario which comes to mind is to pre‐
vent unwanted traffic to your Master out of security concerns, but another scenario is to
handle Minion upgrades when there are backwards incompatible changes between the installed
Salt versions in your environment.
Here is an example Linux iptables ruleset to be set on the Master:
# Allow Minions from these networks
-I INPUT -s 10.1.2.0/24 -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j ACCEPT
-I INPUT -s 10.1.3.0/24 -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j ACCEPT
# Allow Salt to communicate with Master on the loopback interface
-A INPUT -i lo -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j ACCEPT
# Reject everything else
-A INPUT -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j REJECT
NOTE:
The important thing to note here is that the salt command needs to communicate with the
listening network socket of salt-master on the loopback interface. Without this you
will see no outgoing Salt traffic from the master, even for a simple salt '*'
test.ping, because the salt client never reached the salt-master to tell it to carry
out the execution.
Preseed Minion with Accepted Key
In some situations, it is not convenient to wait for a minion to start before accepting
its key on the master. For instance, you may want the minion to bootstrap itself as soon
as it comes online. You may also want to let your developers provision new development
machines on the fly.
SEE ALSO:
Many ways to preseed minion keys
Salt has other ways to generate and pre-accept minion keys in addition to the manual
steps outlined below.
salt-cloud performs these same steps automatically when new cloud VMs are created
(unless instructed not to).
salt-api exposes an HTTP call to Salt's REST API to generate and download the new min‐
ion keys as a tarball.
There is a general four step process to do this:
1. Generate the keys on the master:
root@saltmaster# salt-key --gen-keys=[key_name]
Pick a name for the key, such as the minion's id.
2. Add the public key to the accepted minion folder:
root@saltmaster# cp key_name.pub /etc/salt/pki/master/minions/[minion_id]
It is necessary that the public key file has the same name as your minion id. This is how
Salt matches minions with their keys. Also note that the pki folder could be in a differ‐
ent location, depending on your OS or if specified in the master config file.
3. Distribute the minion keys.
There is no single method to get the keypair to your minion. The difficulty is finding a
distribution method which is secure. For Amazon EC2 only, an AWS best practice is to use
IAM Roles to pass credentials. (See blog post,
http://blogs.aws.amazon.com/security/post/Tx610S2MLVZWEA/Using-IAM-roles-to-distribute-non-AW ↲
S-credentials-to-your-EC2-instances
)
Security Warning
Since the minion key is already accepted on the master, distributing the private
key poses a potential security risk. A malicious party will have access to your
entire state tree and other sensitive data if they gain access to a preseeded
minion key.
4. Preseed the Minion with the keys
You will want to place the minion keys before starting the salt-minion daemon:
/etc/salt/pki/minion/minion.pem
/etc/salt/pki/minion/minion.pub
Once in place, you should be able to start salt-minion and run salt-call state.apply or
any other salt commands that require master authentication.
The macOS (Maverick) Developer Step By Step Guide To Salt Installation
This document provides a step-by-step guide to installing a Salt cluster consisting of
one master, and one minion running on a local VM hosted on macOS.
NOTE:
This guide is aimed at developers who wish to run Salt in a virtual machine. The offi‐
cial (Linux) walkthrough can be found here.
The 5 Cent Salt Intro
Since you're here you've probably already heard about Salt, so you already know Salt lets
you configure and run commands on hordes of servers easily. Here's a brief overview of a
Salt cluster:
· Salt works by having a "master" server sending commands to one or multiple "minion"
servers [1]. The master server is the "command center". It is going to be the place
where you store your configuration files, aka: "which server is the db, which is the web
server, and what libraries and software they should have installed". The minions receive
orders from the master. Minions are the servers actually performing work for your busi‐
ness.
· Salt has two types of configuration files:
1. the "salt communication channels" or "meta" or "config" configuration files (not
official names): one for the master (usually is /etc/salt/master , on the master
server), and one for minions (default is /etc/salt/minion or /etc/salt/minion.conf, on
the minion servers). Those files are used to determine things like the Salt Master IP,
port, Salt folder locations, etc.. If these are configured incorrectly, your minions
will probably be unable to receive orders from the master, or the master will not know
which software a given minion should install.
2. the "business" or "service" configuration files (once again, not an official name):
these are configuration files, ending with ".sls" extension, that describe which soft‐
ware should run on which server, along with particular configuration properties for the
software that is being installed. These files should be created in the /srv/salt folder
by default, but their location can be changed using ... /etc/salt/master configuration
file!
NOTE:
This tutorial contains a third important configuration file, not to be confused with
the previous two: the virtual machine provisioning configuration file. This in itself
is not specifically tied to Salt, but it also contains some Salt configuration. More on
that in step 3. Also note that all configuration files are YAML files. So indentation
matters.
[1] Salt also works with "masterless" configuration where a minion is autonomous (in
which case salt can be seen as a local configuration tool), or in "multiple master"
configuration. See the documentation for more on that.
Before Digging In, The Architecture Of The Salt Cluster
Salt Master
The "Salt master" server is going to be the Mac OS machine, directly. Commands will be run
from a terminal app, so Salt will need to be installed on the Mac. This is going to be
more convenient for toying around with configuration files.
Salt Minion
We'll only have one "Salt minion" server. It is going to be running on a Virtual Machine
running on the Mac, using VirtualBox. It will run an Ubuntu distribution.
Step 1 - Configuring The Salt Master On Your Mac
official documentation
Because Salt has a lot of dependencies that are not built in macOS, we will use Homebrew
to install Salt. Homebrew is a package manager for Mac, it's great, use it (for this tuto‐
rial at least!). Some people spend a lot of time installing libs by hand to better under‐
stand dependencies, and then realize how useful a package manager is once they're config‐
uring a brand new machine and have to do it all over again. It also lets you uninstall
things easily.
NOTE:
Brew is a Ruby program (Ruby is installed by default with your Mac). Brew downloads,
compiles, and links software. The linking phase is when compiled software is deployed
on your machine. It may conflict with manually installed software, especially in the
/usr/local directory. It's ok, remove the manually installed version then refresh the
link by typing brew link 'packageName'. Brew has a brew doctor command that can help
you troubleshoot. It's a great command, use it often. Brew requires xcode command line
tools. When you run brew the first time it asks you to install them if they're not
already on your system. Brew installs software in /usr/local/bin (system bins are in
/usr/bin). In order to use those bins you need your $PATH to search there first. Brew
tells you if your $PATH needs to be fixed.
TIP:
Use the keyboard shortcut cmd + shift + period in the "open" macOS dialog box to dis‐
play hidden files and folders, such as .profile.
Install Homebrew
Install Homebrew here http://brew.sh/ Or just type
ruby -e "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install)"
Now type the following commands in your terminal (you may want to type brew doctor after
each to make sure everything's fine):
brew install python
brew install swig
brew install zmq
NOTE:
zmq is ZeroMQ. It's a fantastic library used for server to server network communication
and is at the core of Salt efficiency.
Install Salt
You should now have everything ready to launch this command:
pip install salt
NOTE:
There should be no need for sudo pip install salt. Brew installed Python for your user,
so you should have all the access. In case you would like to check, type which python
to ensure that it's /usr/local/bin/python, and which pip which should be
/usr/local/bin/pip.
Now type python in a terminal then, import salt. There should be no errors. Now exit the
Python terminal using exit().
Create The Master Configuration
If the default /etc/salt/master configuration file was not created, copy-paste it from
here:
http://docs.saltstack.com/ref/configuration/examples.html#configuration-examples-master
NOTE:
/etc/salt/master is a file, not a folder.
Salt Master configuration changes. The Salt master needs a few customization to be able to
run on macOS:
sudo launchctl limit maxfiles 4096 8192
In the /etc/salt/master file, change max_open_files to 8192 (or just add the line:
max_open_files: 8192 (no quote) if it doesn't already exists).
You should now be able to launch the Salt master:
sudo salt-master --log-level=all
There should be no errors when running the above command.
NOTE:
This command is supposed to be a daemon, but for toying around, we'll keep it running
on a terminal to monitor the activity.
Now that the master is set, let's configure a minion on a VM.
The Salt minion is going to run on a Virtual Machine. There are a lot of software options
that let you run virtual machines on a mac, But for this tutorial we're going to use Vir‐
tualBox. In addition to virtualBox, we will use Vagrant, which allows you to create the
base VM configuration.
Vagrant lets you build ready to use VM images, starting from an OS image and customizing
it using "provisioners". In our case, we'll use it to:
· Download the base Ubuntu image
· Install salt on that Ubuntu image (Salt is going to be the "provisioner" for the VM).
· Launch the VM
· SSH into the VM to debug
· Stop the VM once you're done.
Install VirtualBox
Go get it here: https://www.virtualBox.org/wiki/Downloads (click on VirtualBox for macOS
hosts => x86/amd64)
Install Vagrant
Go get it here: http://downloads.vagrantup.com/ and choose the latest version (1.3.5 at
time of writing), then the .dmg file. Double-click to install it. Make sure the vagrant
command is found when run in the terminal. Type vagrant. It should display a list of com‐
mands.
Create The Minion VM Folder
Create a folder in which you will store your minion's VM. In this tutorial, it's going to
be a minion folder in the $home directory.
cd $home
mkdir minion
Initialize Vagrant
From the minion folder, type
vagrant init
This command creates a default Vagrantfile configuration file. This configuration file
will be used to pass configuration parameters to the Salt provisioner in Step 3.
Import Precise64 Ubuntu Box
vagrant box add precise64 http://files.vagrantup.com/precise64.box
NOTE:
This box is added at the global Vagrant level. You only need to do it once as each VM
will use this same file.
Modify the Vagrantfile
Modify ./minion/Vagrantfile to use th precise64 box. Change the config.vm.box line to:
config.vm.box = "precise64"
Uncomment the line creating a host-only IP. This is the ip of your minion (you can change
it to something else if that IP is already in use):
config.vm.network :private_network, ip: "192.168.33.10"
At this point you should have a VM that can run, although there won't be much in it. Let's
check that.
Checking The VM
From the $home/minion folder type:
vagrant up
A log showing the VM booting should be present. Once it's done you'll be back to the ter‐
minal:
ping 192.168.33.10
The VM should respond to your ping request.
Now log into the VM in ssh using Vagrant again:
vagrant ssh
You should see the shell prompt change to something similar to vagrant@precise64:~$ mean‐
ing you're inside the VM. From there, enter the following:
ping 10.0.2.2
NOTE:
That ip is the ip of your VM host (the macOS host). The number is a VirtualBox default
and is displayed in the log after the Vagrant ssh command. We'll use that IP to tell
the minion where the Salt master is. Once you're done, end the ssh session by typing
exit.
It's now time to connect the VM to the salt master
Creating The Minion Configuration File
Create the /etc/salt/minion file. In that file, put the following lines, giving the ID for
this minion, and the IP of the master:
master: 10.0.2.2
id: 'minion1'
file_client: remote
Minions authenticate with the master using keys. Keys are generated automatically if you
don't provide one and can accept them later on. However, this requires accepting the min‐
ion key every time the minion is destroyed or created (which could be quite often). A bet‐
ter way is to create those keys in advance, feed them to the minion, and authorize them
once.
Preseed minion keys
From the minion folder on your Mac run:
sudo salt-key --gen-keys=minion1
This should create two files: minion1.pem, and minion1.pub. Since those files have been
created using sudo, but will be used by vagrant, you need to change ownership:
sudo chown youruser:yourgroup minion1.pem
sudo chown youruser:yourgroup minion1.pub
Then copy the .pub file into the list of accepted minions:
sudo cp minion1.pub /etc/salt/pki/master/minions/minion1
Modify Vagrantfile to Use Salt Provisioner
Let's now modify the Vagrantfile used to provision the Salt VM. Add the following section
in the Vagrantfile (note: it should be at the same indentation level as the other proper‐
ties):
# salt-vagrant config
config.vm.provision :salt do |salt|
salt.run_highstate = true
salt.minion_config = "/etc/salt/minion"
salt.minion_key = "./minion1.pem"
salt.minion_pub = "./minion1.pub"
end
Now destroy the vm and recreate it from the /minion folder:
vagrant destroy
vagrant up
If everything is fine you should see the following message:
"Bootstrapping Salt... (this may take a while)
Salt successfully configured and installed!"
Checking Master-Minion Communication
To make sure the master and minion are talking to each other, enter the following:
sudo salt '*' test.ping
You should see your minion answering the ping. It's now time to do some configuration.
In this step we'll use the Salt master to instruct our minion to install Nginx.
Checking the system's original state
First, make sure that an HTTP server is not installed on our minion. When opening a
browser directed at http://192.168.33.10/ You should get an error saying the site cannot
be reached.
Initialize the top.sls file
System configuration is done in /srv/salt/top.sls (and subfiles/folders), and then applied
by running the state.apply function to have the Salt master order its minions to update
their instructions and run the associated commands.
First Create an empty file on your Salt master (macOS machine):
touch /srv/salt/top.sls
When the file is empty, or if no configuration is found for our minion an error is
reported:
sudo salt 'minion1' state.apply
This should return an error stating: No Top file or external nodes data matches found.
Create The Nginx Configuration
Now is finally the time to enter the real meat of our server's configuration. For this
tutorial our minion will be treated as a web server that needs to have Nginx installed.
Insert the following lines into /srv/salt/top.sls (which should current be empty).
base:
'minion1':
- bin.nginx
Now create /srv/salt/bin/nginx.sls containing the following:
nginx:
pkg.installed:
- name: nginx
service.running:
- enable: True
- reload: True
Check Minion State
Finally, run the state.apply function again:
sudo salt 'minion1' state.apply
You should see a log showing that the Nginx package has been installed and the service
configured. To prove it, open your browser and navigate to http://192.168.33.10/, you
should see the standard Nginx welcome page.
Congratulations!
Where To Go From Here
A full description of configuration management within Salt (sls files among other things)
is available here: http://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/index.html#configuration-management
running salt as normal user tutorial
Before continuing make sure you have a working Salt installation by following the instal‐
lation and the configuration instructions.
Stuck?
There are many ways to get help from the Salt community including our mailing
list and our IRC channel #salt.
Running Salt functions as non root user
If you don't want to run salt cloud as root or even install it you can configure it to
have a virtual root in your working directory.
The salt system uses the salt.syspath module to find the variables
If you run the salt-build, it will generated in:
./build/lib.linux-x86_64-2.7/salt/_syspaths.py
To generate it, run the command:
python setup.py build
Copy the generated module into your salt directory
cp ./build/lib.linux-x86_64-2.7/salt/_syspaths.py salt/_syspaths.py
Edit it to include needed variables and your new paths
# you need to edit this
ROOT_DIR = *your current dir* + '/salt/root'
# you need to edit this
INSTALL_DIR = *location of source code*
CONFIG_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/etc/salt'
CACHE_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/cache/salt'
SOCK_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/run/salt'
SRV_ROOT_DIR= ROOT_DIR + '/srv'
BASE_FILE_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/salt'
BASE_PILLAR_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/pillar'
BASE_MASTER_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/salt-master'
LOGS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/log/salt'
PIDFILE_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/run'
CLOUD_DIR = INSTALL_DIR + '/cloud'
BOOTSTRAP = CLOUD_DIR + '/deploy/bootstrap-salt.sh'
Create the directory structure
mkdir -p root/etc/salt root/var/cache/run root/run/salt root/srv
root/srv/salt root/srv/pillar root/srv/salt-master root/var/log/salt root/var/run
Populate the configuration files:
cp -r conf/* root/etc/salt/
Edit your root/etc/salt/master configuration that is used by salt-cloud:
user: *your user name*
Run like this:
PYTHONPATH=`pwd` scripts/salt-cloud
Standalone Minion
Since the Salt minion contains such extensive functionality it can be useful to run it
standalone. A standalone minion can be used to do a number of things:
· Use salt-call commands on a system without connectivity to a master
· Masterless States, run states entirely from files local to the minion
NOTE:
When running Salt in masterless mode, do not run the salt-minion daemon. Otherwise, it
will attempt to connect to a master and fail. The salt-call command stands on its own
and does not need the salt-minion daemon.
Minion Configuration
Throughout this document there are several references to setting different options to con‐
figure a masterless Minion. Salt Minions are easy to configure via a configuration file
that is located, by default, in /etc/salt/minion. Note, however, that on FreeBSD systems,
the minion configuration file is located in /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.
You can learn more about minion configuration options in the Configuring the Salt Minion
docs.
Telling Salt Call to Run Masterless
The salt-call command is used to run module functions locally on a minion instead of exe‐
cuting them from the master. Normally the salt-call command checks into the master to
retrieve file server and pillar data, but when running standalone salt-call needs to be
instructed to not check the master for this data. To instruct the minion to not look for a
master when running salt-call the file_client configuration option needs to be set. By
default the file_client is set to remote so that the minion knows that file server and
pillar data are to be gathered from the master. When setting the file_client option to
local the minion is configured to not gather this data from the master.
file_client: local
Now the salt-call command will not look for a master and will assume that the local system
has all of the file and pillar resources.
Running States Masterless
The state system can be easily run without a Salt master, with all needed files local to
the minion. To do this the minion configuration file needs to be set up to know how to
return file_roots information like the master. The file_roots setting defaults to
/srv/salt for the base environment just like on the master:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt
Now set up the Salt State Tree, top file, and SLS modules in the same way that they would
be set up on a master. Now, with the file_client option set to local and an available
state tree then calls to functions in the state module will use the information in the
file_roots on the minion instead of checking in with the master.
Remember that when creating a state tree on a minion there are no syntax or path changes
needed, SLS modules written to be used from a master do not need to be modified in any way
to work with a minion.
This makes it easy to "script" deployments with Salt states without having to set up a
master, and allows for these SLS modules to be easily moved into a Salt master as the
deployment grows.
The declared state can now be executed with:
salt-call state.apply
Or the salt-call command can be executed with the --local flag, this makes it unnecessary
to change the configuration file:
salt-call state.apply --local
External Pillars
External pillars are supported when running in masterless mode.
Salt Masterless Quickstart
Running a masterless salt-minion lets you use Salt's configuration management for a single
machine without calling out to a Salt master on another machine.
Since the Salt minion contains such extensive functionality it can be useful to run it
standalone. A standalone minion can be used to do a number of things:
· Stand up a master server via States (Salting a Salt Master)
· Use salt-call commands on a system without connectivity to a master
· Masterless States, run states entirely from files local to the minion
It is also useful for testing out state trees before deploying to a production setup.
Bootstrap Salt Minion
The salt-bootstrap script makes bootstrapping a server with Salt simple for any OS with a
Bourne shell:
curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com -o bootstrap_salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap_salt.sh
See the salt-bootstrap documentation for other one liners. When using Vagrant to test out
salt, the Vagrant salt provisioner will provision the VM for you.
Telling Salt to Run Masterless
To instruct the minion to not look for a master, the file_client configuration option
needs to be set in the minion configuration file. By default the file_client is set to
remote so that the minion gathers file server and pillar data from the salt master. When
setting the file_client option to local the minion is configured to not gather this data
from the master.
file_client: local
Now the salt minion will not look for a master and will assume that the local system has
all of the file and pillar resources.
Configuration which resided in the master configuration (e.g. /etc/salt/master) should be
moved to the minion configuration since the minion does not read the master configuration.
NOTE:
When running Salt in masterless mode, do not run the salt-minion daemon. Otherwise, it
will attempt to connect to a master and fail. The salt-call command stands on its own
and does not need the salt-minion daemon.
Create State Tree
Following the successful installation of a salt-minion, the next step is to create a state
tree, which is where the SLS files that comprise the possible states of the minion are
stored.
The following example walks through the steps necessary to create a state tree that
ensures that the server has the Apache webserver installed.
NOTE:
For a complete explanation on Salt States, see the tutorial.
1. Create the top.sls file:
/srv/salt/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- webserver
2. Create the webserver state tree:
/srv/salt/webserver.sls:
apache: # ID declaration
pkg: # state declaration
- installed # function declaration
NOTE:
The apache package has different names on different platforms, for instance on
Debian/Ubuntu it is apache2, on Fedora/RHEL it is httpd and on Arch it is apache
The only thing left is to provision our minion using salt-call.
Salt-call
The salt-call command is used to run remote execution functions locally on a minion
instead of executing them from the master. Normally the salt-call command checks into the
master to retrieve file server and pillar data, but when running standalone salt-call
needs to be instructed to not check the master for this data:
salt-call --local state.apply
The --local flag tells the salt-minion to look for the state tree in the local file system
and not to contact a Salt Master for instructions.
To provide verbose output, use -l debug:
salt-call --local state.apply -l debug
The minion first examines the top.sls file and determines that it is a part of the group
matched by * glob and that the webserver SLS should be applied.
It then examines the webserver.sls file and finds the apache state, which installs the
Apache package.
The minion should now have Apache installed, and the next step is to begin learning how to
write more complex states.
Dependencies
Salt should run on any Unix-like platform so long as the dependencies are met.
·
`Python 2.7`_
>= 2.7 <3.0
· msgpack-python - High-performance message interchange format
· YAML - Python YAML bindings
· Jinja2 - parsing Salt States (configurable in the master settings)
· MarkupSafe - Implements a XML/HTML/XHTML Markup safe string for Python
· apache-libcloud - Python lib for interacting with many of the popular cloud service
providers using a unified API
· Requests - HTTP library
· Tornado - Web framework and asynchronous networking library
· futures - Backport of the concurrent.futures package from Python 3.2
Depending on the chosen Salt transport, ZeroMQ or RAET, dependencies vary:
· ZeroMQ:
· ZeroMQ >= 3.2.0
· pyzmq >= 2.2.0 - ZeroMQ Python bindings
· PyCrypto - The Python cryptography toolkit
· RAET:
· libnacl - Python bindings to libsodium
· ioflo - The flo programming interface raet and salt-raet is built on
· RAET - The worlds most awesome UDP protocol
Salt defaults to the ZeroMQ transport, and the choice can be made at install time, for
example:
python setup.py --salt-transport=raet install
This way, only the required dependencies are pulled by the setup script if need be.
If installing using pip, the --salt-transport install option can be provided like:
pip install --install-option="--salt-transport=raet" salt
NOTE:
Salt does not bundle dependencies that are typically distributed as part of the base
OS. If you have unmet dependencies and are using a custom or minimal installation, you
might need to install some additional packages from your OS vendor.
Optional Dependencies
· mako - an optional parser for Salt States (configurable in the master settings)
· gcc - dynamic Cython module compiling
Upgrading Salt
When upgrading Salt, the master(s) should always be upgraded first. Backward compatibil‐
ity for minions running newer versions of salt than their masters is not guaranteed.
Whenever possible, backward compatibility between new masters and old minions will be pre‐
served. Generally, the only exception to this policy is in case of a security vulnerabil‐
ity.
SEE ALSO:
Installing Salt for development and contributing to the project.
Building Packages using Salt Pack
Salt-pack is an open-source package builder for most commonly used Linux platforms, for
example: Redhat/CentOS and Debian/Ubuntu families, utilizing SaltStack states and execu‐
tion modules to build Salt and a specified set of dependencies, from which a platform spe‐
cific repository can be built.
https://github.com/saltstack/salt-pack
@bitbucket.org/username/reponame
NOTE:
As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of the hgfs_root,
hgfs_mountpoint, hgfs_base, and hgfs_branch_method parameters. For example:
hgfs_remotes:
- https://@bitbucket.org/username/repo1
- base: saltstates
- https://@bitbucket.org/username/repo2:
- root: salt
- mountpoint: salt://foo/bar/baz
- https://@bitbucket.org/username/repo3:
- root: salt/states
- branch_method: mixed
hgfs_branch_method
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: branches
Defines the objects that will be used as fileserver environments.
· branches - Only branches and tags will be used
· bookmarks - Only bookmarks and tags will be used
· mixed - Branches, bookmarks, and tags will be used
hgfs_branch_method: mixed
NOTE:
Starting in version 2014.1.0, the value of the hgfs_base parameter defines which branch
is used as the base environment, allowing for a base environment to be used with an
hgfs_branch_method of bookmarks.
Prior to this release, the default branch will be used as the base environment.
hgfs_mountpoint
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: ''
Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by
hgfs. This option can be used in conjunction with hgfs_root. It can also be configured on
a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
hgfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:
The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and
salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of an hgfs remote,
this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.
hgfs_root
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: ''
Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to
serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be
available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with hgfs_mountpoint. If
used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored
and the relative path will (for the purposes of hgfs) be considered as the root of the
repo.
hgfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
Changed in version 2014.7.0: Ability to specify hgfs roots on a per-remote basis was
added. See here for more info.
hgfs_base
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: default
Defines which branch should be used as the base environment. Change this if
hgfs_branch_method is set to bookmarks to specify which bookmark should be used as the
base environment.
hgfs_base: salt
hgfs_env_whitelist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
hgfs remotes contain many branches/bookmarks/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expres‐
sions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire
minion ID.
If used, only branches/bookmarks/tags which match one of the specified expressions will be
exposed as fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with hgfs_env_blacklist, then the subset of branches/bookmarks/tags
which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver
environments.
hgfs_env_whitelist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
hgfs_env_blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
hgfs remotes contain many branches/bookmarks/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expres‐
sions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire
minion ID.
If used, branches/bookmarks/tags which match one of the specified expressions will not be
exposed as fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with hgfs_env_whitelist, then the subset of branches/bookmarks/tags
which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver
environments.
hgfs_env_blacklist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
svn: Subversion Remote File Server Backend
svnfs_remotes
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: []
When using the svn fileserver backend at least one subversion remote needs to be defined.
The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.
The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first
repo to have the file will return it. The trunk, branches, and tags become environments,
with the trunk being the base environment.
svnfs_remotes:
- svn://foo.com/svn/myproject
NOTE:
As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of the following configuration
parameters:
· svnfs_root
· svnfs_mountpoint
· svnfs_trunk
· svnfs_branches
· svnfs_tags
For example:
svnfs_remotes:
- svn://foo.com/svn/project1
- svn://foo.com/svn/project2:
- root: salt
- mountpoint: salt://foo/bar/baz
- svn//foo.com/svn/project3:
- root: salt/states
- branches: branch
- tags: tag
svnfs_mountpoint
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: ''
Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by
hgfs. This option can be used in conjunction with svnfs_root. It can also be configured on
a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:
The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and
salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of an svnfs remote,
this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.
svnfs_root
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: ''
Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to
serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be
available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with svnfs_mountpoint. If
used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored
and the relative path will (for the purposes of svnfs) be considered as the root of the
repo.
svnfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
Changed in version 2014.7.0: Ability to specify svnfs roots on a per-remote basis was
added. See here for more info.
svnfs_trunk
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: trunk
Path relative to the root of the repository where the trunk is located. Can also be con‐
figured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_trunk: trunk
svnfs_branches
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: branches
Path relative to the root of the repository where the branches are located. Can also be
configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_branches: branches
svnfs_tags
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: tags
Path relative to the root of the repository where the tags are located. Can also be con‐
figured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_tags: tags
svnfs_env_whitelist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
svnfs remotes contain many branches/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are
supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, only branches/tags which match one of the specified expressions will be exposed
as fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with svnfs_env_blacklist, then the subset of branches/tags which
match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environ‐
ments.
svnfs_env_whitelist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
svnfs_env_blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
svnfs remotes contain many branches/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are
supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, branches/tags which match one of the specified expressions will not be exposed as
fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with svnfs_env_whitelist, then the subset of branches/tags which
match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environ‐
ments.
svnfs_env_blacklist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
minion: MinionFS Remote File Server Backend
minionfs_env
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: base
Environment from which MinionFS files are made available.
minionfs_env: minionfs
minionfs_mountpoint
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: ''
Specifies a path on the salt fileserver from which minionfs files are served.
minionfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:
The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and
salt://foo/bar are equivalent).
minionfs_whitelist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which minions' pushed files are exposed via minionfs. If using a regular
expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, only the pushed files from minions which match one of the specified expressions
will be exposed.
If used in conjunction with minionfs_blacklist, then the subset of hosts which match the
whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed.
minionfs_whitelist:
- server01
- dev*
- 'mail\d+.mydomain.tld'
minionfs_blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which minions' pushed files are exposed via minionfs. If using a regular
expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, only the pushed files from minions which match one of the specified expressions
will not be exposed.
If used in conjunction with minionfs_whitelist, then the subset of hosts which match the
whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed.
minionfs_blacklist:
- server01
- dev*
- 'mail\d+.mydomain.tld'
Pillar Configuration
pillar_roots
Default:
base:
- /srv/pillar
Set the environments and directories used to hold pillar sls data. This configuration is
the same as file_roots:
pillar_roots:
base:
- /srv/pillar
dev:
- /srv/pillar/dev
prod:
- /srv/pillar/prod
on_demand_ext_pillar
New in version 2016.3.6,2016.11.3,2017.7.0.
Default: ['libvirt', 'virtkey']
The external pillars permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext.
on_demand_ext_pillar:
- libvirt
- virtkey
- git
WARNING:
This will allow minions to request specific pillar data via pillar.ext, and may be con‐
sidered a security risk. However, pillar data generated in this way will not affect the
in-memory pillar data, so this risk is limited to instances in which states/mod‐
ules/etc. (built-in or custom) rely upon pillar data generated by pillar.ext.
decrypt_pillar
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: []
A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo:bar': gpg
- 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'
Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a key/value pair,
with the key being the pillar location, and the value being the renderer to use for pillar
decryption. If the former is used, the renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will
be used.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: :
The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the decrypt_pillar option.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|'
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo|bar': gpg
- 'lorem|ipsum|dolor'
decrypt_pillar_default
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: gpg
The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given pillar key
in decrypt_pillar.
decrypt_pillar_default: my_custom_renderer
decrypt_pillar_renderers
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['gpg']
List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
decrypt_pillar_renderers:
- gpg
- my_custom_renderer
pillar_opts
Default: False
The pillar_opts option adds the master configuration file data to a dict in the pillar
called master. This can be used to set simple configurations in the master config file
that can then be used on minions.
Note that setting this option to True means the master config file will be included in all
minion's pillars. While this makes global configuration of services and systems easy, it
may not be desired if sensitive data is stored in the master configuration.
pillar_opts: False
pillar_safe_render_error
Default: True
The pillar_safe_render_error option prevents the master from passing pillar render errors
to the minion. This is set on by default because the error could contain templating data
which would give that minion information it shouldn't have, like a password! When set True
the error message will only show:
Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
pillar_safe_render_error: True
ext_pillar
The ext_pillar option allows for any number of external pillar interfaces to be called
when populating pillar data. The configuration is based on ext_pillar functions. The
available ext_pillar functions can be found herein:
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/pillar
By default, the ext_pillar interface is not configured to run.
Default: []
ext_pillar:
- hiera: /etc/hiera.yaml
- cmd_yaml: cat /etc/salt/yaml
- reclass:
inventory_base_uri: /etc/reclass
There are additional details at salt-pillars
ext_pillar_first
New in version 2015.5.0.
Default: False
This option allows for external pillar sources to be evaluated before pillar_roots. Exter‐
nal pillar data is evaluated separately from pillar_roots pillar data, and then both sets
of pillar data are merged into a single pillar dictionary, so the value of this config
option will have an impact on which key "wins" when there is one of the same name in both
the external pillar data and pillar_roots pillar data. By setting this option to True,
ext_pillar keys will be overridden by pillar_roots, while leaving it as False will allow
ext_pillar keys to override those from pillar_roots.
NOTE:
For a while, this config option did not work as specified above, because of a bug in
Pillar compilation. This bug has been resolved in version 2016.3.4 and later.
ext_pillar_first: False
pillarenv_from_saltenv
Default: False
When set to True, the pillarenv value will assume the value of the effective saltenv when
running states. This essentially makes salt-run pillar.show_pillar saltenv=dev equivalent
to salt-run pillar.show_pillar saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev. If pillarenv is set on the CLI,
it will override this option.
pillarenv_from_saltenv: True
NOTE:
For salt remote execution commands this option should be set in the Minion configura‐
tion instead.
pillar_raise_on_missing
New in version 2015.5.0.
Default: False
Set this option to True to force a KeyError to be raised whenever an attempt to retrieve a
named value from pillar fails. When this option is set to False, the failed attempt
returns an empty string.
Git External Pillar (git_pillar) Configuration Options
git_pillar_provider
New in version 2015.8.0.
Specify the provider to be used for git_pillar. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If
unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible
version installed will be the provider that is used.
git_pillar_provider: gitpython
git_pillar_base
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: master
If the desired branch matches this value, and the environment is omitted from the git_pil‐
lar configuration, then the environment for that git_pillar remote will be base. For exam‐
ple, in the configuration below, the foo branch/tag would be assigned to the base environ‐
ment, while bar would be mapped to the bar environment.
git_pillar_base: foo
ext_pillar:
- git:
- foo https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
- bar https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
git_pillar_branch
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: master
If the branch is omitted from a git_pillar remote, then this branch will be used instead.
For example, in the configuration below, the first two remotes would use the pillardata
branch/tag, while the third would use the foo branch/tag.
git_pillar_branch: pillardata
ext_pillar:
- git:
- https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
- https://mygitserver/pillar2.git:
- root: pillar
- foo https://mygitserver/pillar3.git
git_pillar_env
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: '' (unset)
Environment to use for git_pillar remotes. This is normally derived from the branch/tag
(or from a per-remote env parameter), but if set this will override the process of deriv‐
ing the env from the branch/tag name. For example, in the configuration below the foo
branch would be assigned to the base environment, while the bar branch would need to
explicitly have bar configured as it's environment to keep it from also being mapped to
the base environment.
git_pillar_env: base
ext_pillar:
- git:
- foo https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
- bar https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git:
- env: bar
For this reason, this option is recommended to be left unset, unless the use case calls
for all (or almost all) of the git_pillar remotes to use the same environment irrespective
of the branch/tag being used.
git_pillar_root
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Path relative to the root of the repository where the git_pillar top file and SLS files
are located. In the below configuration, the pillar top file and SLS files would be looked
for in a subdirectory called pillar.
git_pillar_root: pillar
ext_pillar:
- git:
- master https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
- master https://mygitserver/pillar2.git
NOTE:
This is a global option. If only one or two repos need to have their files sourced from
a subdirectory, then git_pillar_root can be omitted and the root can be specified on a
per-remote basis, like so:
ext_pillar:
- git:
- master https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
- master https://mygitserver/pillar2.git:
- root: pillar
In this example, for the first remote the top file and SLS files would be looked for in
the root of the repository, while in the second remote the pillar data would be
retrieved from the pillar subdirectory.
git_pillar_ssl_verify
New in version 2015.8.0.
Changed in version 2016.11.0.
Default: False
Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting the remote
repository. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a self-signed
certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is a consid‐
ered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better option.
In the 2016.11.0 release, the default config value changed from False to True.
git_pillar_ssl_verify: True
NOTE:
pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.
git_pillar_global_lock
New in version 2015.8.9.
Default: True
When set to False, if there is an update/checkout lock for a git_pillar remote and the pid
written to it is not running on the master, the lock file will be automatically cleared
and a new lock will be obtained. When set to True, Salt will simply log a warning when
there is an lock present.
On single-master deployments, disabling this option can help automatically deal with
instances where the master was shutdown/restarted during the middle of a git_pillar
update/checkout, leaving a lock in place.
However, on multi-master deployments with the git_pillar cachedir shared via GlusterFS,
nfs, or another network filesystem, it is strongly recommended not to disable this option
as doing so will cause lock files to be removed if they were created by a different mas‐
ter.
# Disable global lock
git_pillar_global_lock: False
git_pillar_includes
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
Normally, when processing git_pillar remotes, if more than one repo under the same git
section in the ext_pillar configuration refers to the same pillar environment, then each
repo in a given environment will have access to the other repos' files to be referenced in
their top files. However, it may be desirable to disable this behavior. If so, set this
value to False.
For a more detailed examination of how includes work, see this explanation from the
git_pillar documentation.
git_pillar_includes: False
Git External Pillar Authentication Options
These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 git_pillar_provider. Authentication
works the same as it does in gitfs, as outlined in the GitFS Walkthrough, though the
global configuration options are named differently to reflect that they are for git_pillar
instead of gitfs.
git_pillar_user
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
git_pillar_user: git
git_pillar_password
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is
not required if the repository does not use authentication.
git_pillar_password: mypassword
git_pillar_insecure_auth
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter
enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
git_pillar_insecure_auth: True
git_pillar_pubkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_privkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase), is used to authenti‐
cate to SSH remotes.
git_pillar_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub
git_pillar_privkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_pubkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase), is used to authenti‐
cate to SSH remotes.
git_pillar_privkey: /path/to/key
git_pillar_passphrase
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is
protected by a passphrase.
git_pillar_passphrase: mypassphrase
git_pillar_refspecs
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']
When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This
parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be
fetched. This parameter works similarly to its GitFS counterpart, in that it can be con‐
figured both globally and for individual remotes.
git_pillar_refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
git_pillar_verify_config
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
By default, as the master starts it performs some sanity checks on the configured git_pil‐
lar repositories. If any of these sanity checks fail (such as when an invalid configura‐
tion is used), the master daemon will abort.
To skip these sanity checks, set this option to False.
git_pillar_verify_config: False
Pillar Merging Options
pillar_source_merging_strategy
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: smart
The pillar_source_merging_strategy option allows you to configure merging strategy between
different sources. It accepts 5 values:
· none:
New in version 2016.3.4: It will not do any merging at all and only parse the pillar data
from the passed environment and 'base' if no environment was specified.
· recurse:
it will merge recursively mapping of data. For example, theses 2 sources:
foo: 42
bar:
element1: True
bar:
element2: True
baz: quux
will be merged as:
foo: 42
bar:
element1: True
element2: True
baz: quux
· aggregate:
instructs aggregation of elements between sources that use the #!yamlex renderer.
For example, these two documents:
#!yamlex
foo: 42
bar: !aggregate {
element1: True
}
baz: !aggregate quux
#!yamlex
bar: !aggregate {
element2: True
}
baz: !aggregate quux2
will be merged as:
foo: 42
bar:
element1: True
element2: True
baz:
- quux
- quux2
· overwrite:
Will use the behaviour of the 2014.1 branch and earlier.
Overwrites elements according the order in which they are processed.
First pillar processed:
A:
first_key: blah
second_key: blah
Second pillar processed:
A:
third_key: blah
fourth_key: blah
will be merged as:
A:
third_key: blah
fourth_key: blah
· smart (default):
Guesses the best strategy based on the "renderer" setting.
pillar_merge_lists
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
Recursively merge lists by aggregating them instead of replacing them.
pillar_merge_lists: False
Pillar Cache Options
pillar_cache
New in version 2015.8.8.
Default: False
A master can cache pillars locally to bypass the expense of having to render them for each
minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases where pillar render‐
ing time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security concerns about storing
pillars in a master cache have been addressed.
When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional pillar_cache_* con‐
figuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.
pillar_cache: False
NOTE:
Setting pillar_cache: True has no effect on targeting minions with pillar.
pillar_cache_ttl
New in version 2015.8.8.
Default: 3600
If and only if a master has set pillar_cache: True, the cache TTL controls the amount of
time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh pillar is
recompiled and stored.
pillar_cache_backend
New in version 2015.8.8.
Default: disk
If an only if a master has set pillar_cache: True, one of several storage providers can be
utilized:
· disk (default):
The default storage backend. This caches rendered pillars to the master cache. Rendered
pillars are serialized and deserialized as msgpack structures for speed. Note that pil‐
lars are stored UNENCRYPTED. Ensure that the master cache has permissions set appropri‐
ately (sane defaults are provided).
· memory [EXPERIMENTAL]:
An optional backend for pillar caches which uses a pure-Python in-memory data structure
for maximal performance. There are several caveats, however. First, because each master
worker contains its own in-memory cache, there is no guarantee of cache consistency
between minion requests. This works best in situations where the pillar rarely if ever
changes. Secondly, and perhaps more importantly, this means that unencrypted pillars
will be accessible to any process which can examine the memory of the salt-master! This
may represent a substantial security risk.
pillar_cache_backend: disk
Master Reactor Settings
reactor
Default: []
Defines a salt reactor. See the Reactor documentation for more information.
reactor:
- 'salt/minion/*/start':
- salt://reactor/startup_tasks.sls
reactor_refresh_interval
Default: 60
The TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
reactor_refresh_interval: 60
reactor_worker_threads
Default: 10
The number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm
Default: 10000
The queue size for workers in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
Syndic Server Settings
A Salt syndic is a Salt master used to pass commands from a higher Salt master to minions
below the syndic. Using the syndic is simple. If this is a master that will have syndic
servers(s) below it, set the order_masters setting to True.
If this is a master that will be running a syndic daemon for passthrough the syndic_master
setting needs to be set to the location of the master server.
Do not forget that, in other words, it means that it shares with the local minion its ID
and PKI directory.
order_masters
Default: False
Extra data needs to be sent with publications if the master is controlling a lower level
master via a syndic minion. If this is the case the order_masters value must be set to
True
order_masters: False
syndic_master
Changed in version 2016.3.5,2016.11.1: Set default higher level master address.
Default: masterofmasters
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the higher level master with this configuration value.
syndic_master: masterofmasters
You can optionally connect a syndic to multiple higher level masters by setting the syn‐
dic_master value to a list:
syndic_master:
- masterofmasters1
- masterofmasters2
Each higher level master must be set up in a multi-master configuration.
syndic_master_port
Default: 4506
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the higher level master port with this configuration value.
syndic_master_port: 4506
syndic_pidfile
Default: /var/run/salt-syndic.pid
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the pidfile of the syndic daemon.
syndic_pidfile: /var/run/syndic.pid
syndic_log_file
Default: /var/log/salt/syndic
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the log file of the syndic daemon.
syndic_log_file: /var/log/salt-syndic.log
syndic_failover
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: random
The behaviour of the multi-syndic when connection to a master of masters failed. Can
specify random (default) or ordered. If set to random, masters will be iterated in random
order. If ordered is specified, the configured order will be used.
syndic_failover: random
syndic_wait
Default: 5
The number of seconds for the salt client to wait for additional syndics to check in with
their lists of expected minions before giving up.
syndic_wait: 5
syndic_forward_all_events
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: False
Option on multi-syndic or single when connected to multiple masters to be able to send
events to all connected masters.
syndic_forward_all_events: False
Peer Publish Settings
Salt minions can send commands to other minions, but only if the minion is allowed to. By
default "Peer Publication" is disabled, and when enabled it is enabled for specific min‐
ions and specific commands. This allows secure compartmentalization of commands based on
individual minions.
peer
Default: {}
The configuration uses regular expressions to match minions and then a list of regular
expressions to match functions. The following will allow the minion authenticated as
foo.example.com to execute functions from the test and pkg modules.
peer:
foo.example.com:
- test.*
- pkg.*
This will allow all minions to execute all commands:
peer:
.*:
- .*
This is not recommended, since it would allow anyone who gets root on any single minion to
instantly have root on all of the minions!
By adding an additional layer you can limit the target hosts in addition to the accessible
commands:
peer:
foo.example.com:
'db*':
- test.*
- pkg.*
peer_run
Default: {}
The peer_run option is used to open up runners on the master to access from the minions.
The peer_run configuration matches the format of the peer configuration.
The following example would allow foo.example.com to execute the manage.up runner:
peer_run:
foo.example.com:
- manage.up
Master Logging Settings
log_file
Default: /var/log/salt/master
The master log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location. See
also log_file.
Examples:
log_file: /var/log/salt/master
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: udp://loghost:10514
log_level
Default: warning
The level of messages to send to the console. See also log_level.
log_level: warning
log_level_logfile
Default: warning
The level of messages to send to the log file. See also log_level_logfile. When it is not
set explicitly it will inherit the level set by log_level option.
log_level_logfile: warning
log_datefmt
Default: %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in console log messages. See also log_datefmt.
log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
log_datefmt_logfile
Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in log file messages. See also log_datefmt_logfile.
log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
log_fmt_console
Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the console logging messages. See also log_fmt_console.
NOTE:
Log colors are enabled in log_fmt_console rather than the color config since the log‐
ging system is loaded before the master config.
Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
%(colorlevel)s %(colorname)s %(colorprocess)s %(colormsg)s
Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in the coloring
of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as well. Color LogRecord
attributes are only available for console logging.
log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_fmt_logfile
Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the log file logging messages. See also log_fmt_logfile.
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_granular_levels
Default: {}
This can be used to control logging levels more specifically. See also log_granular_lev‐
els.
Node Groups
Default: {}
Node groups allow for logical groupings of minion nodes. A group consists of a group name
and a compound target.
nodegroups:
group1: '
@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
group4:
- 'G@foo:bar'
- 'or'
- 'G@foo:baz'
More information on using nodegroups can be found here.
Range Cluster Settings
range_server
Default: 'range:80'
The range server (and optional port) that serves your cluster information
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
range_server: range:80
Include Configuration
default_include
Default: master.d/*.conf
The master can include configuration from other files. Per default the master will auto‐
matically include all config files from master.d/*.conf where master.d is relative to the
directory of the master configuration file.
NOTE:
Salt creates files in the master.d directory for its own use. These files are prefixed
with an underscore. A common example of this is the _schedule.conf file.
include
Default: not defined
The master can include configuration from other files. To enable this, pass a list of
paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or absolute; if relative, they are
considered to be relative to the directory the main minion configuration file lives in.
Paths can make use of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to
this option then the master will log a warning message.
# Include files from a master.d directory in the same
# directory as the master config file
include: master.d/*
# Include a single extra file into the configuration
include: /etc/roles/webserver
# Include several files and the master.d directory
include:
- extra_config
- master.d/*
- /etc/roles/webserver
Keepalive Settings
tcp_keepalive
Default: True
The tcp keepalive interval to set on TCP ports. This setting can be used to tune Salt con‐
nectivity issues in messy network environments with misbehaving firewalls.
tcp_keepalive: True
tcp_keepalive_cnt
Default: -1
Sets the ZeroMQ TCP keepalive count. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
tcp_keepalive_idle
Default: 300
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive idle. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
tcp_keepalive_intvl
Default: -1
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive interval. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_intvl': -1
Windows Software Repo Settings
winrepo_provider
New in version 2015.8.0.
Specify the provider to be used for winrepo. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset,
then both will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible version
installed will be the provider that is used.
winrepo_provider: gitpython
winrepo_dir
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo to winrepo_dir.
Default: /srv/salt/win/repo
Location on the master where the winrepo_remotes are checked out for pre-2015.8.0 minions.
2015.8.0 and later minions use winrepo_remotes_ng instead.
winrepo_dir: /srv/salt/win/repo
winrepo_dir_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
Location on the master where the winrepo_remotes_ng are checked out for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
winrepo_cachefile
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo_mastercachefile to winrepo_cachefile
NOTE:
2015.8.0 and later minions do not use this setting since the cachefile is now located
on the minion.
Default: winrepo.p
Path relative to winrepo_dir where the winrepo cache should be created.
winrepo_cachefile: winrepo.p
winrepo_remotes
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_gitrepos to winrepo_remotes.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for pre-2015.8.0 minions.
2015.8.0 and later minions use winrepo_remotes_ng instead.
winrepo_remotes:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
winrepo_remotes_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
winrepo_branch
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: master
If the branch is omitted from a winrepo remote, then this branch will be used instead. For
example, in the configuration below, the first two remotes would use the winrepo
branch/tag, while the third would use the foo branch/tag.
winrepo_branch: winrepo
ext_pillar:
- git:
- https://mygitserver/winrepo1.git
- https://mygitserver/winrepo2.git:
- foo https://mygitserver/winrepo3.git
winrepo_ssl_verify
New in version 2015.8.0.
Changed in version 2016.11.0.
Default: False
Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting the remote
repository. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a
self-signed certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is
a considered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better
option.
In the 2016.11.0 release, the default config value changed from False to True.
winrepo_ssl_verify: True
Winrepo Authentication Options
These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 winrepo_provider. Authentication works
the same as it does in gitfs, as outlined in the GitFS Walkthrough, though the global con‐
figuration options are named differently to reflect that they are for winrepo instead of
gitfs.
winrepo_user
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
winrepo_user: git
winrepo_password
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is not
required if the repository does not use authentication.
winrepo_password: mypassword
winrepo_insecure_auth
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter
enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
winrepo_insecure_auth: True
winrepo_pubkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_privkey (and optionally winrepo_passphrase), is used to authenticate to
SSH remotes.
winrepo_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub
winrepo_privkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_pubkey (and optionally winrepo_passphrase), is used to authenticate to
SSH remotes.
winrepo_privkey: /path/to/key
winrepo_passphrase
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is
protected by a passphrase.
winrepo_passphrase: mypassphrase
winrepo_refspecs
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']
When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This
parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be
fetched. This parameter works similarly to its GitFS counterpart, in that it can be con‐
figured both globally and for individual remotes.
winrepo_refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
Configure Master on Windows
The master on Windows requires no additional configuration. You can modify the master con‐
figuration by creating/editing the master config file located at c:\salt\conf\master. The
same configuration options available on Linux are available in Windows, as long as they
apply. For example, SSH options wouldn't apply in Windows. The main differences are the
file paths. If you are familiar with common salt paths, the following table may be useful:
┌────────────┬───────┬───────────────┐
│linux Paths │ │ Windows Paths │
├────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│/etc/salt │ <---> │ c:\salt\conf │
├────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│/ │ <---> │ c:\salt │
└────────────┴───────┴───────────────┘
So, for example, the master config file in Linux is /etc/salt/master. In Windows the mas‐
ter config file is c:\salt\conf\master. The Linux path /etc/salt becomes c:\salt\conf in
Windows.
Common File Locations
┌───────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├───────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────┤
│conf_file: /etc/salt/master │ conf_file: c:\salt\conf\master │
└───────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────┘
│log_file: /var/log/salt/master │ log_file: │
│ │ c:\salt\var\log\salt\master │
├───────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────┤
│pidfile: /var/run/salt-mas‐ │ pidfile: │
│ter.pid │ c:\salt\var\run\salt-master.pid │
└───────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────┘
Common Directories
┌─────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master │ cachedir: │
│ │ c:\salt\var\cache\salt\master │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│extension_modules: │ c:\salt\var\cache\salt\mas‐ │
│/var/cache/salt/master/extmods │ ter\extmods │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master │ pki_dir: c:\salt\conf\pki\master │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│root_dir: / │ root_dir: c:\salt │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master │ sock_dir: │
│ │ c:\salt\var\run\salt\master │
└─────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘
Roots
file_roots
┌──────────────┬──────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├──────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│/srv/salt │ c:\salt\srv\salt │
├──────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│/srv/spm/salt │ c:\salt\srv\spm\salt │
└──────────────┴──────────────────────┘
pillar_roots
┌────────────────┬────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│/srv/pillar │ c:\salt\srv\pillar │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│/srv/spm/pillar │ c:\salt\srv\spm\pillar │
└────────────────┴────────────────────────┘
Win Repo Settings
┌────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│winrepo_dir: /srv/salt/win/repo │ winrepo_dir: │
│ │ c:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo │
├────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│winrepo_dir_ng: │ winrepo_dir_ng: │
│/srv/salt/win/repo-ng │ c:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo-ng │
└────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────┘
Configuring the Salt Minion
The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure. The two components of the Salt
system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the
master configuration file, and the salt-minion is configured via the minion configuration
file.
SEE ALSO:
example minion configuration file
The Salt Minion configuration is very simple. Typically, the only value that needs to be
set is the master value so the minion knows where to locate its master.
By default, the salt-minion configuration will be in /etc/salt/minion. A notable excep‐
tion is FreeBSD, where the configuration will be in /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.
Minion Primary Configuration
master
Default: salt
The hostname or IP address of the master. See ipv6 for IPv6 connections to the master.
Default: salt
master: salt
master:port Syntax
New in version 2015.8.0.
The master config option can also be set to use the master's IP in conjunction with a port
number by default.
master: localhost:1234
For IPv6 formatting with a port, remember to add brackets around the IP address before
adding the port and enclose the line in single quotes to make it a string:
master: '[2001:db8:85a3:8d3:1319:8a2e:370:7348]:1234'
NOTE:
If a port is specified in the master as well as master_port, the master_port setting
will be overridden by the master configuration.
List of Masters Syntax
The option can also be set to a list of masters, enabling multi-master mode.
master:
- address1
- address2
Changed in version 2014.7.0: The master can be dynamically configured. The master value
can be set to an module function which will be executed and will assume that the returning
value is the ip or hostname of the desired master. If a function is being specified, then
the master_type option must be set to func, to tell the minion that the value is a func‐
tion to be run and not a fully-qualified domain name.
master: module.function
master_type: func
In addition, instead of using multi-master mode, the minion can be configured to use the
list of master addresses as a failover list, trying the first address, then the second,
etc. until the minion successfully connects. To enable this behavior, set master_type to
failover:
master:
- address1
- address2
master_type: failover
ipv6
Default: None
Whether the master should be connected over IPv6. By default salt minion will try to auto‐
matically detect IPv6 connectivity to master.
ipv6: True
master_uri_format
New in version 2015.8.0.
Specify the format in which the master address will be evaluated. Valid options are
default or ip_only. If ip_only is specified, then the master address will not be split
into IP and PORT, so be sure that only an IP (or domain name) is set in the master config‐
uration setting.
master_uri_format: ip_only
master_type
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: str
The type of the master variable. Can be str, failover, func or disable.
master_type: failover
If this option is set to failover, master must be a list of master addresses. The minion
will then try each master in the order specified in the list until it successfully con‐
nects. master_alive_interval must also be set, this determines how often the minion will
verify the presence of the master.
master_type: func
If the master needs to be dynamically assigned by executing a function instead of reading
in the static master value, set this to func. This can be used to manage the minion's mas‐
ter setting from an execution module. By simply changing the algorithm in the module to
return a new master ip/fqdn, restart the minion and it will connect to the new master.
As of version 2016.11.0 this option can be set to disable and the minion will never
attempt to talk to the master. This is useful for running a masterless minion daemon.
master_type: disable
max_event_size
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 1048576
Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of memory. This
value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the minion event bus. The value is
expressed in bytes.
max_event_size: 1048576
master_failback
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
If the minion is in multi-master mode and the :conf_minion`master_type` configuration
option is set to failover, this setting can be set to True to force the minion to fail
back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online.
master_failback: False
master_failback_interval
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: 0
If the minion is in multi-master mode, the :conf_minion`master_type` configuration is set
to failover, and the master_failback option is enabled, the master failback interval can
be set to ping the top master with this interval, in seconds.
master_failback_interval: 0
master_alive_interval
Default: 0
Configures how often, in seconds, the minion will verify that the current master is alive
and responding. The minion will try to establish a connection to the next master in the
list if it finds the existing one is dead.
master_alive_interval: 30
master_shuffle
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: False
If master is a list of addresses and :conf_minion`master_type` is failover, shuffle them
before trying to connect to distribute the minions over all available masters. This uses
Python's random.shuffle method.
master_shuffle: True
random_master
Default: False
If master is a list of addresses, and :conf_minion`master_type` is set to failover shuffle
them before trying to connect to distribute the minions over all available masters. This
uses Python's random.shuffle method.
random_master: True
retry_dns
Default: 30
Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve the master hostname if name
resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds. Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and
not retry.
retry_dns: 30
master_port
Default: 4506
The port of the master ret server, this needs to coincide with the ret_port option on the
Salt master.
master_port: 4506
publish_port
Default: 4505
The port of the master publish server, this needs to coincide with the publish_port option
on the Salt master.
publish_port: 4505
user
Default: root
The user to run the Salt processes
user: root
sudo_user
Default: ''
The user to run salt remote execution commands as via sudo. If this option is enabled then
sudo will be used to change the active user executing the remote command. If enabled the
user will need to be allowed access via the sudoers file for the user that the salt minion
is configured to run as. The most common option would be to use the root user. If this
option is set the user option should also be set to a non-root user. If migrating from a
root minion to a non root minion the minion cache should be cleared and the minion pki
directory will need to be changed to the ownership of the new user.
sudo_user: root
pidfile
Default: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
The location of the daemon's process ID file
pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
root_dir
Default: /
This directory is prepended to the following options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
sock_dir, and pidfile.
root_dir: /
conf_file
Default: /etc/salt/minion
The path to the minion's configuration file.
conf_file: /etc/salt/minion
pki_dir
Default: /etc/salt/pki/minion
The directory used to store the minion's public and private keys.
pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion
id
Default: the system's hostname
SEE ALSO:
Salt Walkthrough
The Setting up a Salt Minion section contains detailed information on how the hostname
is determined.
Explicitly declare the id for this minion to use. Since Salt uses detached ids it is pos‐
sible to run multiple minions on the same machine but with different ids.
id: foo.bar.com
minion_id_caching
New in version 0.17.2.
Default: True
Caches the minion id to a file when the minion's
:minion_conf:`id`
is not statically defined in the minion config. This setting prevents potential problems
when automatic minion id resolution changes, which can cause the minion to lose connection
with the master. To turn off minion id caching, set this config to False.
For more information, please see Issue #7558 and Pull Request #8488.
minion_id_caching: True
append_domain
Default: None
Append a domain to a hostname in the event that it does not exist. This is useful for sys‐
tems where socket.getfqdn() does not actually result in a FQDN (for instance, Solaris).
append_domain: foo.org
cachedir
Default: /var/cache/salt/minion
The location for minion cache data.
This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion
append_minionid_config_dirs
Default: [] (the empty list) for regular minions, ['cachedir'] for proxy minions.
Append minion_id to these configuration directories. Helps with multiple proxies and min‐
ions running on the same machine. Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, exten‐
sion_modules. Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the
same machine.
append_minionid_config_dirs:
- pki_dir
- cachedir
verify_env
Default: True
Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
verify_env: True
NOTE:
When set to True the verify_env option requires WRITE access to the configuration
directory (/etc/salt/). In certain situations such as mounting /etc/salt/ as read-only
for templating this will create a stack trace when state.apply is called.
cache_jobs
Default: False
The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this can be a good way
to keep track of the minion side of the jobs the minion has executed. By default this fea‐
ture is disabled, to enable set cache_jobs to True.
cache_jobs: False
grains
Default: (empty)
SEE ALSO:
static-custom-grains
Statically assigns grains to the minion.
grains:
roles:
- webserver
- memcache
deployment: datacenter4
cabinet: 13
cab_u: 14-15
grains_cache
Default: False
The minion can locally cache grain data instead of refreshing the data each time the grain
is referenced. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_cache to True.
grains_cache: False
grains_deep_merge
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
The grains can be merged, instead of overridden, using this option. This allows custom
grains to defined different subvalues of a dictionary grain. By default this feature is
disabled, to enable set grains_deep_merge to True.
grains_deep_merge: False
For example, with these custom grains functions:
def custom1_k1():
return {'custom1': {'k1': 'v1'}}
def custom1_k2():
return {'custom1': {'k2': 'v2'}}
Without grains_deep_merge, the result would be:
custom1:
k1: v1
With grains_deep_merge, the result will be:
custom1:
k1: v1
k2: v2
grains_refresh_every
Default: 0
The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check its grains to
see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master of the new grains. This opera‐
tion is moderately expensive, therefore care should be taken not to set this value too
low.
Note: This value is expressed in minutes.
A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
grains_refresh_every: 0
mine_enabled
New in version 2015.8.10.
Default: True
Determines whether or not the salt minion should run scheduled mine updates. If this is
set to False then the mine update function will not get added to the scheduler for the
minion.
mine_enabled: True
mine_return_job
New in version 2015.8.10.
Default: False
Determines whether or not scheduled mine updates should be accompanied by a job return for
the job cache.
mine_return_job: False
mine_functions
Default: Empty
Designate which functions should be executed at mine_interval intervals on each minion.
See this documentation on the Salt Mine for more information. Note these can be defined
in the pillar for a minion as well.
example minion configuration file
mine_functions:
test.ping: []
network.ip_addrs:
interface: eth0
cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'
mine_interval
Default: 60
The number of minutes between mine updates.
mine_interval: 60
sock_dir
Default: /var/run/salt/minion
The directory where Unix sockets will be kept.
sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion
outputter_dirs
Default: []
A list of additional directories to search for salt outputters in.
outputter_dirs: []
backup_mode
Default: ''
Make backups of files replaced by file.managed and file.recurse state modules under
cachedir in file_backup subdirectory preserving original paths. Refer to File State Back‐
ups documentation for more details.
backup_mode: minion
acceptance_wait_time
Default: 10
The number of seconds to wait until attempting to re-authenticate with the master.
acceptance_wait_time: 10
acceptance_wait_time_max
Default: 0
The maximum number of seconds to wait until attempting to re-authenticate with the master.
If set, the wait will increase by acceptance_wait_time seconds each iteration.
acceptance_wait_time_max: 0
rejected_retry
Default: False
If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting. Rejected keys
will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
rejected_retry: False
random_reauth_delay
Default: 10
When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive the new mas‐
ter key. In larger environments this can cause a syn-flood on the master because all min‐
ions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and have a minion wait for a random
amount of time, use this optional parameter. The wait-time will be a random number of sec‐
onds between 0 and the defined value.
random_reauth_delay: 60
master_tries
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: 1
The number of attempts to connect to a master before giving up. Set this to -1 for unlim‐
ited attempts. This allows for a master to have downtime and the minion to reconnect to it
later when it comes back up. In 'failover' mode, which is set in the master_type configu‐
ration, this value is the number of attempts for each set of masters. In this mode, it
will cycle through the list of masters for each attempt.
master_tries is different than auth_tries because auth_tries attempts to retry auth
attempts with a single master. auth_tries is under the assumption that you can connect to
the master but not gain authorization from it. master_tries will still cycle through all
of the masters in a given try, so it is appropriate if you expect occasional downtime from
the master(s).
master_tries: 1
auth_tries
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 7
The number of attempts to authenticate to a master before giving up. Or, more technically,
the number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutErrors that are acceptable when trying to authen‐
ticate to the master.
auth_tries: 7
auth_timeout
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 60
When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will continuously
attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value, in seconds, for each
individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion will wait for
acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master is under unusually
heavy load, this should be left at the default.
auth_timeout: 60
auth_safemode
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: False
If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval, this setting,
when set to True, will cause a sub-minion process to restart.
auth_safemode: False
ping_interval
Default: 0
Instructs the minion to ping its master(s) every n number of minutes. Used primarily as a
mitigation technique against minion disconnects.
ping_interval: 0
random_startup_delay
Default: 0
The maximum bound for an interval in which a minion will randomly sleep upon starting up
prior to attempting to connect to a master. This can be used to splay connection attempts
for cases where many minions starting up at once may place undue load on a master.
For example, setting this to 5 will tell a minion to sleep for a value between 0 and 5
seconds.
random_startup_delay: 5
recon_default
Default: 1000
The interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before trying to reconnect to the
master (1000ms = 1 second).
recon_default: 1000
recon_max
Default: 10000
The maximum time a socket should wait. Each interval the time to wait is calculated by
doubling the previous time. If recon_max is reached, it starts again at the recon_default.
Short example:
· reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
· reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
· reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
· reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
· reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
· reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
recon_max: 10000
recon_randomize
Default: True
Generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will be a random value between
recon_default and recon_default + recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same
recon_default and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to change
these settings. If all minions have the same values and the setup is quite large (several
thousand minions), they will still flood the master. The desired behavior is to have
time-frame within all minions try to reconnect.
recon_randomize: True
loop_interval
Default: 1
The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between evaluating the
scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to 1 second on the minion scheduler.
loop_interval: 1
pub_ret
Default: True
Some installations choose to start all job returns in a cache or a returner and forgo
sending the results back to a master. In this workflow, jobs are most often executed with
--async from the Salt CLI and then results are evaluated by examining job caches on the
minions or any configured returners. WARNING: Setting this to False will disable returns
back to the master.
pub_ret: True
return_retry_timer
Default: 5
The default timeout for a minion return attempt.
return_retry_timer: 5
return_retry_timer_max
Default: 10
The maximum timeout for a minion return attempt. If non-zero the minion return retry time‐
out will be a random int between return_retry_timer and return_retry_timer_max
return_retry_timer_max: 10
cache_sreqs
Default: True
The connection to the master ret_port is kept open. When set to False, the minion creates
a new connection for every return to the master.
cache_sreqs: True
ipc_mode
Default: ipc
Windows platforms lack POSIX IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter- process communi‐
cations. Set ipc_mode to tcp on such systems.
ipc_mode: ipc
tcp_pub_port
Default: 4510
Publish port used when ipc_mode is set to tcp.
tcp_pub_port: 4510
tcp_pull_port
Default: 4511
Pull port used when ipc_mode is set to tcp.
tcp_pull_port: 4511
transport
Default: zeromq
Changes the underlying transport layer. ZeroMQ is the recommended transport while addi‐
tional transport layers are under development. Supported values are zeromq, raet (experi‐
mental), and tcp (experimental). This setting has a significant impact on performance and
should not be changed unless you know what you are doing! Transports are explained in Salt
Transports.
transport: zeromq
syndic_finger
Default: ''
The key fingerprint of the higher-level master for the syndic to verify it is talking to
the intended master.
syndic_finger: 'ab:30:65:2a:d6:9e:20:4f:d8:b2:f3:a7:d4:65:50:10'
proxy_host
Default: ''
The hostname used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_host: proxy.my-domain
proxy_port
Default: 0
The port number used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_port: 31337
proxy_username
Default: ''
The username used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_username: charon
proxy_password
Default: ''
The password used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_password: obolus
Minion Module Management
disable_modules
Default: [] (all modules are enabled by default)
The event may occur in which the administrator desires that a minion should not be able to
execute a certain module. The sys module is built into the minion and cannot be disabled.
This setting can also tune the minion. Because all modules are loaded into system memory,
disabling modules will lower the minion's memory footprint.
Modules should be specified according to their file name on the system and not by their
virtual name. For example, to disable cmd, use the string cmdmod which corresponds to
salt.modules.cmdmod.
disable_modules:
- test
- solr
disable_returners
Default: [] (all returners are enabled by default)
If certain returners should be disabled, this is the place
disable_returners:
- mongo_return
whitelist_modules
Default: [] (Module whitelisting is disabled. Adding anything to the config option will
cause only the listed modules to be enabled. Modules not in the list will not be loaded.)
This option is the reverse of disable_modules.
Note that this is a very large hammer and it can be quite difficult to keep the minion
working the way you think it should since Salt uses many modules internally itself. At a
bare minimum you need the following enabled or else the minion won't start.
whitelist_modules:
- cmdmod
- test
- config
module_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt modules
module_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/modules
returner_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt returners
returner_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/returners
states_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt states
states_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/states
grains_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt grains
grains_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/grains
render_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt renderers
render_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/renderers
utils_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt utilities
utils_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/utils
cython_enable
Default: False
Set this value to true to enable auto-loading and compiling of .pyx modules, This setting
requires that gcc and cython are installed on the minion.
cython_enable: False
enable_zip_modules
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
Set this value to true to enable loading of zip archives as extension modules. This
allows for packing module code with specific dependencies to avoid conflicts and/or having
to install specific modules' dependencies in system libraries.
enable_zip_modules: False
providers
Default: (empty)
A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion via the
providers option. This can be done on an individual basis in an SLS file, or globally here
in the minion config, like below.
providers:
service: systemd
modules_max_memory
Default: -1
Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently only sup‐
ported on
*
nix operating systems and requires psutil.
modules_max_memory: -1
extmod_whitelist/extmod_blacklist
New in version 2017.7.0.
By using this dictionary, the modules that are synced to the minion's extmod cache using
saltutil.sync_* can be limited. If nothing is set to a specific type, then all modules
are accepted. To block all modules of a specific type, whitelist an empty list.
extmod_whitelist:
modules:
- custom_module
engines:
- custom_engine
pillars: []
extmod_blacklist:
modules:
- specific_module
Valid options:
· beacons
· clouds
· sdb
· modules
· states
· grains
· renderers
· returners
· proxy
· engines
· output
· utils
· pillar
Top File Settings
These parameters only have an effect if running a masterless minion.
state_top
Default: top.sls
The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to use and what
modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the root of the base environ‐
ment.
state_top: top.sls
state_top_saltenv
This option has no default value. Set it to an environment name to ensure that only the
top file from that environment is considered during a highstate.
NOTE:
Using this value does not change the merging strategy. For instance, if
top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and state_top_saltenv is set to foo, then
any sections for environments other than foo in the top file for the foo environment
will be ignored. With state_top_saltenv set to base, all states from all environments
in the base top file will be applied, while all other top files are ignored. The only
way to set state_top_saltenv to something other than base and not have the other envi‐
ronments in the targeted top file ignored, would be to set top_file_merging_strategy to
merge_all.
state_top_saltenv: dev
top_file_merging_strategy
Changed in version 2016.11.0: A merge_all strategy has been added.
Default: merge
When no specific fileserver environment (a.k.a. saltenv) has been specified for a high‐
state, all environments' top files are inspected. This config option determines how the
SLS targets in those top files are handled.
When set to merge, the base environment's top file is evaluated first, followed by the
other environments' top files. The first target expression (e.g. '*') for a given environ‐
ment is kept, and when the same target expression is used in a different top file evalu‐
ated later, it is ignored. Because base is evaluated first, it is authoritative. For
example, if there is a target for '*' for the foo environment in both the base and foo
environment's top files, the one in the foo environment would be ignored. The environments
will be evaluated in no specific order (aside from base coming first). For greater control
over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order. Note that, aside
from the base environment's top file, any sections in top files that do not match that top
file's environment will be ignored. So, for example, a section for the qa environment
would be ignored if it appears in the dev environment's top file. To keep use cases like
this from being ignored, use the merge_all strategy.
When set to same, then for each environment, only that environment's top file is pro‐
cessed, with the others being ignored. For example, only the dev environment's top file
will be processed for the dev environment, and any SLS targets defined for dev in the base
environment's (or any other environment's) top file will be ignored. If an environment
does not have a top file, then the top file from the default_top config parameter will be
used as a fallback.
When set to merge_all, then all states in all environments in all top files will be
applied. The order in which individual SLS files will be executed will depend on the order
in which the top files were evaluated, and the environments will be evaluated in no spe‐
cific order. For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated,
use env_order.
top_file_merging_strategy: same
env_order
Default: []
When top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and no environment is specified for a
highstate, this config option allows for the order in which top files are evaluated to be
explicitly defined.
env_order:
- base
- dev
- qa
default_top
Default: base
When top_file_merging_strategy is set to same, and no environment is specified for a high‐
state (i.e. environment is not set for the minion), this config option specifies a fall‐
back environment in which to look for a top file if an environment lacks one.
default_top: dev
startup_states
Default: ''
States to run when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
· highstate: Execute state.highstate
· sls: Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
· top: Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
startup_states: ''
sls_list
Default: []
List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is set to sls.
sls_list:
- edit.vim
- hyper
top_file
Default: ''
Top file to execute if startup_states is set to top.
top_file: ''
State Management Settings
renderer
Default: yaml_jinja
The default renderer used for local state executions
renderer: yaml_jinja
test
Default: False
Set all state calls to only test if they are going to actually make changes or just post
what changes are going to be made.
test: False
state_verbose
Default: True
Controls the verbosity of state runs. By default, the results of all states are returned,
but setting this value to False will cause salt to only display output for states that
failed or states that have changes.
state_verbose: True
state_output
Default: full
The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line output for each
changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse' the output will be shortened to a
single line.
state_output: full
state_output_diff
Default: False
The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from successful states is
returned. Useful when even the terse output of these states is cluttering the logs. Set it
to True to ignore them.
state_output_diff: False
autoload_dynamic_modules
Default: True
autoload_dynamic_modules turns on automatic loading of modules found in the environments
on the master. This is turned on by default. To turn off auto-loading modules when states
run, set this value to False.
autoload_dynamic_modules: True
Default: True
clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with the dynamic
modules on the master. This means that if a dynamic module is not on the master it will be
deleted from the minion. By default this is enabled and can be disabled by changing this
value to False.
clean_dynamic_modules: True
NOTE:
If extmod_whitelist is specified, modules which are not whitelisted will also be
cleaned here.
environment
Normally the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master when running
states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side by statically setting it.
Remember that the recommended way to manage environments is to isolate via the top file.
environment: dev
snapper_states
Default: False
The snapper_states value is used to enable taking snapper snapshots before and after salt
state runs. This allows for state runs to be rolled back.
For snapper states to function properly snapper needs to be installed and enabled.
snapper_states: True
snapper_states_config
Default: root
Snapper can execute based on a snapper configuration. The configuration needs to be set up
before snapper can use it. The default configuration is root, this default makes snapper
run on SUSE systems using the default configuration set up at install time.
snapper_states_config: root
File Directory Settings
file_client
Default: remote
The client defaults to looking on the master server for files, but can be directed to look
on the minion by setting this parameter to local.
file_client: remote
use_master_when_local
Default: False
When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to allow the client to connect to a
master for remote execution.
use_master_when_local: False
file_roots
Default:
base:
- /srv/salt
When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to setup the fileserver's environ‐
ments. This parameter operates identically to the master config parameter of the same
name.
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt
dev:
- /srv/salt/dev/services
- /srv/salt/dev/states
prod:
- /srv/salt/prod/services
- /srv/salt/prod/states
fileserver_followsymlinks
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: True
By default, the file_server follows symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. Currently
this only applies to the default roots fileserver_backend.
fileserver_followsymlinks: True
fileserver_ignoresymlinks
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: False
If you do not want symlinks to be treated as the files they are pointing to, set file‐
server_ignoresymlinks to True. By default this is set to False. When set to True, any
detected symlink while listing files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
fileserver_ignoresymlinks: False
fileserver_limit_traversal
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: False
By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments to attempt to
find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only traverses directories with
SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules, set fileserver_limit_traversal to
True. This might be useful for installations where a file root has a very large number of
files and performance is impacted.
fileserver_limit_traversal: False
hash_type
Default: sha256
The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on the local file‐
server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384, and sha512 are also sup‐
ported.
hash_type: sha256
Pillar Configuration
pillar_roots
Default:
base:
- /srv/pillar
When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to setup the pillar environments.
pillar_roots:
base:
- /srv/pillar
dev:
- /srv/pillar/dev
prod:
- /srv/pillar/prod
on_demand_ext_pillar
New in version 2016.3.6,2016.11.3,2017.7.0.
Default: ['libvirt', 'virtkey']
When using a local file_client, this option controls which external pillars are permitted
to be used on-demand using pillar.ext.
on_demand_ext_pillar:
- libvirt
- virtkey
- git
WARNING:
This will allow a masterless minion to request specific pillar data via pillar.ext, and
may be considered a security risk. However, pillar data generated in this way will not
affect the in-memory pillar data, so this risk is limited to instances in which
states/modules/etc. (built-in or custom) rely upon pillar data generated by pillar.ext.
decrypt_pillar
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: []
A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo:bar': gpg
- 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'
Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a key/value pair,
with the key being the pillar location, and the value being the renderer to use for pillar
decryption. If the former is used, the renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will
be used.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: :
The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the decrypt_pillar option.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|'
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo|bar': gpg
- 'lorem|ipsum|dolor'
decrypt_pillar_default
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: gpg
The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given pillar key
in decrypt_pillar.
decrypt_pillar_default: my_custom_renderer
decrypt_pillar_renderers
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['gpg']
List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
decrypt_pillar_renderers:
- gpg
- my_custom_renderer
pillarenv
Default: None
Isolates the pillar environment on the minion side. This functions the same as the envi‐
ronment setting, but for pillar instead of states.
pillarenv: dev
pillarenv_from_saltenv
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: False
When set to True, the pillarenv value will assume the value of the effective saltenv when
running states. This essentially makes salt '*' state.sls mysls saltenv=dev equivalent to
salt '*' state.sls mysls saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev. If pillarenv is set, either in the
minion config file or via the CLI, it will override this option.
pillarenv_from_saltenv: True
pillar_raise_on_missing
New in version 2015.5.0.
Default: False
Set this option to True to force a KeyError to be raised whenever an attempt to retrieve a
named value from pillar fails. When this option is set to False, the failed attempt
returns an empty string.
minion_pillar_cache
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
The minion can locally cache rendered pillar data under cachedir/pillar. This allows a
temporarily disconnected minion to access previously cached pillar data by invoking
salt-call with the --local and --pillar_root=:conf_minion:cachedir/pillar options. Before
enabling this setting consider that the rendered pillar may contain security sensitive
data. Appropriate access restrictions should be in place. By default the saved pillar
data will be readable only by the user account running salt. By default this feature is
disabled, to enable set minion_pillar_cache to True.
minion_pillar_cache: False
file_recv_max_size
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 100
Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master. It will be
interpreted as megabytes.
file_recv_max_size: 100
Security Settings
open_mode
Default: False
Open mode can be used to clean out the PKI key received from the Salt master, turn on open
mode, restart the minion, then turn off open mode and restart the minion to clean the
keys.
open_mode: False
master_finger
Default: ''
Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master before
the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running "salt-key -F mas‐
ter" on the Salt master.
master_finger: 'ba:30:65:2a:d6:9e:20:4f:d8:b2:f3:a7:d4:65:11:13'
keysize
Default: 2048
The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
keysize: 2048
permissive_pki_access
Default: False
Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the master or minion as
root, but have a non-root group be given access to your pki_dir. To make the access
explicit, root must belong to the group you've given access to. This is potentially quite
insecure.
permissive_pki_access: False
verify_master_pubkey_sign
Default: False
Enables verification of the master-public-signature returned by the master in
auth-replies. Please see the tutorial on how to configure this properly Multimaster-PKI
with Failover Tutorial
New in version 2014.7.0.
verify_master_pubkey_sign: True
If this is set to True, master_sign_pubkey must be also set to True in the master configu‐
ration file.
master_sign_key_name
Default: master_sign
The filename without the .pub suffix of the public key that should be used for verifying
the signature from the master. The file must be located in the minion's pki directory.
New in version 2014.7.0.
master_sign_key_name: <filename_without_suffix>
always_verify_signature
Default: False
If verify_master_pubkey_sign is enabled, the signature is only verified if the public-key
of the master changes. If the signature should always be verified, this can be set to
True.
New in version 2014.7.0.
always_verify_signature: True
cmd_blacklist_glob
Default: []
If cmd_blacklist_glob is enabled then any shell command called over remote execution or
via salt-call will be checked against the glob matches found in the cmd_blacklist_glob
list and any matched shell command will be blocked.
NOTE:
This blacklist is only applied to direct executions made by the salt and salt-call com‐
mands. This does NOT blacklist commands called from states or shell commands executed
from other modules.
New in version 2016.11.0.
cmd_blacklist_glob:
- 'rm * '
- 'cat /etc/* '
cmd_whitelist_glob
Default: []
If cmd_whitelist_glob is enabled then any shell command called over remote execution or
via salt-call will be checked against the glob matches found in the cmd_whitelist_glob
list and any shell command NOT found in the list will be blocked. If cmd_whitelist_glob is
NOT SET, then all shell commands are permitted.
NOTE:
This whitelist is only applied to direct executions made by the salt and salt-call com‐
mands. This does NOT restrict commands called from states or shell commands executed
from other modules.
New in version 2016.11.0.
cmd_whitelist_glob:
- 'ls * '
- 'cat /etc/fstab'
ssl
New in version 2016.11.0.
Default: None
TLS/SSL connection options. This could be set to a dictionary containing arguments corre‐
sponding to python ssl.wrap_socket method. For details see Tornado and Python documenta‐
tion.
Note: to set enum arguments values like cert_reqs and ssl_version use constant names with‐
out ssl module prefix: CERT_REQUIRED or PROTOCOL_SSLv23.
ssl:
keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
certfile: <path_to_certfile>
ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
Reactor Settings
reactor
Default: []
Defines a salt reactor. See the Reactor documentation for more information.
reactor: []
reactor_refresh_interval
Default: 60
The TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
reactor_refresh_interval: 60
reactor_worker_threads
Default: 10
The number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm
Default: 10000
The queue size for workers in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
Thread Settings
multiprocessing
Default: True
If multiprocessing is enabled when a minion receives a publication a new process is
spawned and the command is executed therein. Conversely, if multiprocessing is disabled
the new publication will be run executed in a thread.
multiprocessing: True
Minion Logging Settings
log_file
Default: /var/log/salt/minion
The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location. See
also log_file.
Examples:
log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: udp://loghost:10514
log_level
Default: warning
The level of messages to send to the console. See also log_level.
log_level: warning
log_level_logfile
Default: info
The level of messages to send to the log file. See also log_level_logfile. When it is not
set explicitly it will inherit the level set by log_level option.
log_level_logfile: warning
log_datefmt
Default: %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in console log messages. See also log_datefmt.
log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
log_datefmt_logfile
Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in log file messages. See also log_datefmt_logfile.
log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
log_fmt_console
Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the console logging messages. See also log_fmt_console.
NOTE:
Log colors are enabled in log_fmt_console rather than the color config since the log‐
ging system is loaded before the minion config.
Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
%(colorlevel)s %(colorname)s %(colorprocess)s %(colormsg)s
Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in the coloring
of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as well. Color LogRecord
attributes are only available for console logging.
log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_fmt_logfile
Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the log file logging messages. See also log_fmt_logfile.
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_granular_levels
Default: {}
This can be used to control logging levels more specifically. See also log_granular_lev‐
els.
zmq_monitor
Default: False
To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ supports the use
of monitor sockets to log connection events. This feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a debug level or
higher.
A sample log event is as follows:
[DEBUG ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
All events logged will include the string ZeroMQ event. A connection event should be
logged as the minion starts up and initially connects to the master. If not, check for
debug log level and that the necessary version of ZeroMQ is installed.
tcp_authentication_retries
Default: 5
The number of times to retry authenticating with the salt master when it comes back
online.
Zeromq does a lot to make sure when connections come back online that they reauthenticate.
The tcp transport should try to connect with a new connection if the old one times out on
reauthenticating.
-1 for infinite tries.
failhard
Default: False
Set the global failhard flag. This informs all states to stop running states at the moment
a single state fails
failhard: False
Include Configuration
default_include
Default: minion.d/*.conf
The minion can include configuration from other files. Per default the minion will auto‐
matically include all config files from minion.d/*.conf where minion.d is relative to the
directory of the minion configuration file.
NOTE:
Salt creates files in the minion.d directory for its own use. These files are prefixed
with an underscore. A common example of this is the _schedule.conf file.
include
Default: not defined
The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this, pass a list of
paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or absolute; if relative, they are
considered to be relative to the directory the main minion configuration file lives in.
Paths can make use of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to
this option then the minion will log a warning message.
# Include files from a minion.d directory in the same
# directory as the minion config file
include: minion.d/*.conf
# Include a single extra file into the configuration
include: /etc/roles/webserver
# Include several files and the minion.d directory
include:
- extra_config
- minion.d/*
- /etc/roles/webserver
Keepalive Settings
tcp_keepalive
Default: True
The tcp keepalive interval to set on TCP ports. This setting can be used to tune Salt con‐
nectivity issues in messy network environments with misbehaving firewalls.
tcp_keepalive: True
tcp_keepalive_cnt
Default: -1
Sets the ZeroMQ TCP keepalive count. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
tcp_keepalive_idle
Default: 300
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive idle. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
tcp_keepalive_intvl
Default: -1
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive interval. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_intvl': -1
Frozen Build Update Settings
These options control how salt.modules.saltutil.update() works with esky frozen apps. For
more information look at https://github.com/cloudmatrix/esky/.
update_url
Default: False (Update feature is disabled)
The url to use when looking for application updates. Esky depends on directory listings to
search for new versions. A webserver running on your Master is a good starting point for
most setups.
update_url: 'http://salt.example.com/minion-updates'
update_restart_services
Default: [] (service restarting on update is disabled)
A list of services to restart when the minion software is updated. This would typically
just be a list containing the minion's service name, but you may have other services that
need to go with it.
update_restart_services: ['salt-minion']
winrepo_cache_expire_min
New in version 2016.11.0.
Default: 0
If set to a nonzero integer, then passing refresh=True to functions in the windows pkg
module will not refresh the windows repo metadata if the age of the metadata is less than
this value. The exception to this is pkg.refresh_db, which will always refresh the meta‐
data, regardless of age.
winrepo_cache_expire_min: 1800
winrepo_cache_expire_max
New in version 2016.11.0.
Default: 21600
If the windows repo metadata is older than this value, and the metadata is needed by a
function in the windows pkg module, the metadata will be refreshed.
winrepo_cache_expire_max: 86400
Standalone Minion Windows Software Repo Settings
IMPORTANT:
To use these config options, the minion must be running in masterless mode (set
file_client to local).
winrepo_dir
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo to winrepo_dir. Also, this option did
not have a default value until this version.
Default: C:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo
Location on the minion where the winrepo_remotes are checked out.
winrepo_dir: 'D:\winrepo'
winrepo_dir_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
Location on the minion where the winrepo_remotes_ng are checked out for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
winrepo_source_dir
Default: salt://win/repo-ng/
The source location for the winrepo sls files.
winrepo_source_dir: salt://win/repo-ng/
winrepo_cachefile
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo_cachefile to winrepo_cachefile. Also,
this option did not have a default value until this version.
Default: winrepo.p
Path relative to winrepo_dir where the winrepo cache should be created.
winrepo_cachefile: winrepo.p
winrepo_remotes
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_gitrepos to winrepo_remotes. Also, this
option did not have a default value until this version.
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo
winrepo_remotes:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
winrepo_remotes_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
Configuring the Salt Proxy Minion
The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure. The two components of the Salt
system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the
master configuration file, and the salt-proxy is configured via the proxy configuration
file.
SEE ALSO:
example proxy minion configuration file
The Salt Minion configuration is very simple. Typically, the only value that needs to be
set is the master value so the proxy knows where to locate its master.
By default, the salt-proxy configuration will be in /etc/salt/proxy. A notable exception
is FreeBSD, where the configuration will be in /usr/local/etc/salt/proxy.
Proxy-specific Configuration Options
add_proxymodule_to_opts
New in version 2015.8.2.
Changed in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
Add the proxymodule LazyLoader object to opts.
add_proxymodule_to_opts: True
proxy_merge_grains_in_module
New in version 2016.3.0.
Changed in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
If a proxymodule has a function called grains, then call it during regular grains loading
and merge the results with the proxy's grains dictionary. Otherwise it is assumed that
the module calls the grains function in a custom way and returns the data elsewhere.
proxy_merge_grains_in_module: False
proxy_keep_alive
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
Whether the connection with the remote device should be restarted when dead. The proxy
module must implement the alive function, otherwise the connection is considered alive.
proxy_keep_alive: False
proxy_keep_alive_interval
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: 1
The frequency of keepalive checks, in minutes. It requires the proxy_keep_alive option to
be enabled (and the proxy module to implement the alive function).
proxy_keep_alive_interval: 5
proxy_always_alive
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
Wheter the proxy should maintain the connection with the remote device. Similarly to
proxy_keep_alive, this option is very specific to the design of the proxy module. When
proxy_always_alive is set to False, the connection with the remote device is not main‐
tained and has to be closed after every command.
proxy_always_alive: False
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: False.
Wheter the pillar data to be merged into the proxy configuration options. As multiple
proxies can run on the same server, we may need different configuration options for each,
while there's one single configuration file. The solution is merging the pillar data of
each proxy minion into the opts.
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts: True
proxy_deep_merge_pillar_in_opts
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: False.
Deep merge of pillar data into configuration opts. This option is evaluated only when
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts is enabled.
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts_strategy
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: smart.
The strategy used when merging pillar configuration into opts. This option is evaluated
only when proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts is enabled.
proxy_mines_pillar
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: True.
Allow enabling mine details using pillar data. This evaluates the mine configuration under
the pillar, for the following regular minion options that are also equally available on
the proxy minion: mine_interval, and mine_functions.
Configuration file examples
· Example master configuration file
· Example minion configuration file
· Example proxy minion configuration file
Example master configuration file
##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of the Salt Master.
# Values that are commented out but have an empty line after the comment are
# defaults that do not need to be set in the config. If there is no blank line
# after the comment then the value is presented as an example and is not the
# default.
# Per default, the master will automatically include all config files
# from master.d/*.conf (master.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main master config file).
#default_include: master.d/*.conf
# The address of the interface to bind to:
#interface: 0.0.0.0
# Whether the master should listen for IPv6 connections. If this is set to True,
# the interface option must be adjusted, too. (For example: "interface: '::'")
#ipv6: False
# The tcp port used by the publisher:
#publish_port: 4505
# The user under which the salt master will run. Salt will update all
# permissions to allow the specified user to run the master. The exception is
# the job cache, which must be deleted if this user is changed. If the
# modified files cause conflicts, set verify_env to False.
#user: root
# The port used by the communication interface. The ret (return) port is the
# interface used for the file server, authentication, job returns, etc.
#ret_port: 4506
# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file:
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-master.pid
# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir,
# sock_dir, log_file, autosign_file, autoreject_file, extension_modules,
# key_logfile, pidfile:
#root_dir: /
# The path to the master's configuration file.
#conf_file: /etc/salt/master
# Directory used to store public key data:
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master
# Key cache. Increases master speed for large numbers of accepted
# keys. Available options: 'sched'. (Updates on a fixed schedule.)
# Note that enabling this feature means that minions will not be
# available to target for up to the length of the maintanence loop
# which by default is 60s.
#key_cache: ''
# Directory to store job and cache data:
# This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master
# Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for
# each of Salt's module types such as "runners", "output", "wheel", "modules",
# "states", "returners", "engines", "utils", etc.
#extension_modules: /var/cache/salt/master/extmods
# Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for
# each of Salt's module types such as "runners", "output", "wheel", "modules",
# "states", "returners", "engines", "utils", etc.
# Like 'extension_modules' but can take an array of paths
#module_dirs: []
# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup:
#verify_env: True
# Set the number of hours to keep old job information in the job cache:
#keep_jobs: 24
# The number of seconds to wait when the client is requesting information
# about running jobs.
#gather_job_timeout: 10
# Set the default timeout for the salt command and api. The default is 5
# seconds.
#timeout: 5
# The loop_interval option controls the seconds for the master's maintenance
# process check cycle. This process updates file server backends, cleans the
# job cache and executes the scheduler.
#loop_interval: 60
# Set the default outputter used by the salt command. The default is "nested".
#output: nested
# To set a list of additional directories to search for salt outputters, set the
# outputter_dirs option.
#outputter_dirs: []
# Set the default output file used by the salt command. Default is to output
# to the CLI and not to a file. Functions the same way as the "--out-file"
# CLI option, only sets this to a single file for all salt commands.
#output_file: None
# Return minions that timeout when running commands like test.ping
#show_timeout: True
# Tell the client to display the jid when a job is published.
#show_jid: False
# By default, output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True
# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False
# To display a summary of the number of minions targeted, the number of
# minions returned, and the number of minions that did not return, set the
# cli_summary value to True. (False by default.)
#
#cli_summary: False
# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets:
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master
# The master can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used
# to populate the grains for the master. Enable if you want to see GPU hardware
# data for your master.
# enable_gpu_grains: False
# The master maintains a job cache. While this is a great addition, it can be
# a burden on the master for larger deployments (over 5000 minions).
# Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to
# the jobs system and is not generally recommended.
#job_cache: True
# Cache minion grains, pillar and mine data via the cache subsystem in the
# cachedir or a database.
#minion_data_cache: True
# Cache subsystem module to use for minion data cache.
#cache: localfs
# Enables a fast in-memory cache booster and sets the expiration time.
#memcache_expire_seconds: 0
# Set a memcache limit in items (bank + key) per cache storage (driver + driver_opts).
#memcache_max_items: 1024
# Each time a cache storage got full cleanup all the expired items not just the oldest one ↲
.
#memcache_full_cleanup: False
# Enable collecting the memcache stats and log it on `debug` log level.
#memcache_debug: False
# Store all returns in the given returner.
# Setting this option requires that any returner-specific configuration also
# be set. See various returners in salt/returners for details on required
# configuration values. (See also, event_return_queue below.)
#
#event_return: mysql
# On busy systems, enabling event_returns can cause a considerable load on
# the storage system for returners. Events can be queued on the master and
# stored in a batched fashion using a single transaction for multiple events.
# By default, events are not queued.
#event_return_queue: 0
# Only return events matching tags in a whitelist, supports glob matches.
#event_return_whitelist:
# - salt/master/a_tag
# - salt/run/*/ret
# Store all event returns **except** the tags in a blacklist, supports globs.
#event_return_blacklist:
# - salt/master/not_this_tag
# - salt/wheel/*/ret
# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# master event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576
# By default, the master AES key rotates every 24 hours. The next command
# following a key rotation will trigger a key refresh from the minion which may
# result in minions which do not respond to the first command after a key refresh.
#
# To tell the master to ping all minions immediately after an AES key refresh, set
# ping_on_rotate to True. This should mitigate the issue where a minion does not
# appear to initially respond after a key is rotated.
#
# Note that ping_on_rotate may cause high load on the master immediately after
# the key rotation event as minions reconnect. Consider this carefully if this
# salt master is managing a large number of minions.
#
# If disabled, it is recommended to handle this event by listening for the
# 'aes_key_rotate' event with the 'key' tag and acting appropriately.
# ping_on_rotate: False
# By default, the master deletes its cache of minion data when the key for that
# minion is removed. To preserve the cache after key deletion, set
# 'preserve_minion_cache' to True.
#
# WARNING: This may have security implications if compromised minions auth with
# a previous deleted minion ID.
#preserve_minion_cache: False
# Allow or deny minions from requesting their own key revocation
#allow_minion_key_revoke: True
# If max_minions is used in large installations, the master might experience
# high-load situations because of having to check the number of connected
# minions for every authentication. This cache provides the minion-ids of
# all connected minions to all MWorker-processes and greatly improves the
# performance of max_minions.
# con_cache: False
# The master can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main master configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option, then the master will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
# include:
# - /etc/salt/extra_config
##### Large-scale tuning settings #####
##########################################
# Max open files
#
# Each minion connecting to the master uses AT LEAST one file descriptor, the
# master subscription connection. If enough minions connect you might start
# seeing on the console (and then salt-master crashes):
# Too many open files (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
# Aborted (core dumped)
#
# By default this value will be the one of `ulimit -Hn`, ie, the hard limit for
# max open files.
#
# If you wish to set a different value than the default one, uncomment and
# configure this setting. Remember that this value CANNOT be higher than the
# hard limit. Raising the hard limit depends on your OS and/or distribution,
# a good way to find the limit is to search the internet. For example:
# raise max open files hard limit debian
#
#max_open_files: 100000
# The number of worker threads to start. These threads are used to manage
# return calls made from minions to the master. If the master seems to be
# running slowly, increase the number of threads. This setting can not be
# set lower than 3.
#worker_threads: 5
# Set the ZeroMQ high water marks
# http://api.zeromq.org/3-2:zmq-setsockopt
# The listen queue size / backlog
#zmq_backlog: 1000
# The publisher interface ZeroMQPubServerChannel
#pub_hwm: 1000
# These two ZMQ HWM settings, salt_event_pub_hwm and event_publisher_pub_hwm
# are significant for masters with thousands of minions. When these are
# insufficiently high it will manifest in random responses missing in the CLI
# and even missing from the job cache. Masters that have fast CPUs and many
# cores with appropriate worker_threads will not need these set as high.
# On deployment with 8,000 minions, 2.4GHz CPUs, 24 cores, 32GiB memory has
# these settings:
#
# salt_event_pub_hwm: 128000
# event_publisher_pub_hwm: 64000
# ZMQ high-water-mark for SaltEvent pub socket
#salt_event_pub_hwm: 20000
# ZMQ high-water-mark for EventPublisher pub socket
#event_publisher_pub_hwm: 10000
# The master may allocate memory per-event and not
# reclaim it.
# To set a high-water mark for memory allocation, use
# ipc_write_buffer to set a high-water mark for message
# buffering.
# Value: In bytes. Set to 'dynamic' to have Salt select
# a value for you. Default is disabled.
# ipc_write_buffer: 'dynamic'
##### Security settings #####
##########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False
# Enable auto_accept, this setting will automatically accept all incoming
# public keys from the minions. Note that this is insecure.
#auto_accept: False
# The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
#keysize: 2048
# Time in minutes that an incoming public key with a matching name found in
# pki_dir/minion_autosign/keyid is automatically accepted. Expired autosign keys
# are removed when the master checks the minion_autosign directory.
# 0 equals no timeout
# autosign_timeout: 120
# If the autosign_file is specified, incoming keys specified in the
# autosign_file will be automatically accepted. This is insecure. Regular
# expressions as well as globing lines are supported.
#autosign_file: /etc/salt/autosign.conf
# Works like autosign_file, but instead allows you to specify minion IDs for
# which keys will automatically be rejected. Will override both membership in
# the autosign_file and the auto_accept setting.
#autoreject_file: /etc/salt/autoreject.conf
# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure. If an autosign_file
# is specified, enabling permissive_pki_access will allow group access to that
# specific file.
#permissive_pki_access: False
# Allow users on the master access to execute specific commands on minions.
# This setting should be treated with care since it opens up execution
# capabilities to non root users. By default this capability is completely
# disabled.
#publisher_acl:
# larry:
# - test.ping
# - network.*
#
# Blacklist any of the following users or modules
#
# This example would blacklist all non sudo users, including root from
# running any commands. It would also blacklist any use of the "cmd"
# module. This is completely disabled by default.
#
#
# Check the list of configured users in client ACL against users on the
# system and throw errors if they do not exist.
#client_acl_verify: True
#
#publisher_acl_blacklist:
# users:
# - root
# - '^(?!sudo_).*$' # all non sudo users
# modules:
# - cmd
# Enforce publisher_acl & publisher_acl_blacklist when users have sudo
# access to the salt command.
#
#sudo_acl: False
# The external auth system uses the Salt auth modules to authenticate and
# validate users to access areas of the Salt system.
#external_auth:
# pam:
# fred:
# - test.*
#
# Time (in seconds) for a newly generated token to live. Default: 12 hours
#token_expire: 43200
#
# Allow eauth users to specify the expiry time of the tokens they generate.
# A boolean applies to all users or a dictionary of whitelisted eauth backends
# and usernames may be given.
# token_expire_user_override:
# pam:
# - fred
# - tom
# ldap:
# - gary
#
#token_expire_user_override: False
# Set to True to enable keeping the calculated user's auth list in the token
# file. This is disabled by default and the auth list is calculated or requested
# from the eauth driver each time.
#keep_acl_in_token: False
# Auth subsystem module to use to get authorized access list for a user. By default it's
# the same module used for external authentication.
#eauth_acl_module: django
# Allow minions to push files to the master. This is disabled by default, for
# security purposes.
#file_recv: False
# Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master.
# It will be interpreted as megabytes. Default: 100
#file_recv_max_size: 100
# Signature verification on messages published from the master.
# This causes the master to cryptographically sign all messages published to its event
# bus, and minions then verify that signature before acting on the message.
#
# This is False by default.
#
# Note that to facilitate interoperability with masters and minions that are different
# versions, if sign_pub_messages is True but a message is received by a minion with
# no signature, it will still be accepted, and a warning message will be logged.
# Conversely, if sign_pub_messages is False, but a minion receives a signed
# message it will be accepted, the signature will not be checked, and a warning message
# will be logged. This behavior went away in Salt 2014.1.0 and these two situations
# will cause minion to throw an exception and drop the message.
# sign_pub_messages: False
# Signature verification on messages published from minions
# This requires that minions cryptographically sign the messages they
# publish to the master. If minions are not signing, then log this information
# at loglevel 'INFO' and drop the message without acting on it.
# require_minion_sign_messages: False
# The below will drop messages when their signatures do not validate.
# Note that when this option is False but `require_minion_sign_messages` is True
# minions MUST sign their messages but the validity of their signatures
# is ignored.
# These two config options exist so a Salt infrastructure can be moved
# to signing minion messages gradually.
# drop_messages_signature_fail: False
# Use TLS/SSL encrypted connection between master and minion.
# Can be set to a dictionary containing keyword arguments corresponding to Python's
# 'ssl.wrap_socket' method.
# Default is None.
#ssl:
# keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
# certfile: <path_to_certfile>
# ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
##### Salt-SSH Configuration #####
##########################################
# Pass in an alternative location for the salt-ssh roster file
#roster_file: /etc/salt/roster
# Define locations for roster files so they can be chosen when using Salt API.
# An administrator can place roster files into these locations. Then when
# calling Salt API, parameter 'roster_file' should contain a relative path to
# these locations. That is, "roster_file=/foo/roster" will be resolved as
# "/etc/salt/roster.d/foo/roster" etc. This feature prevents passing insecure
# custom rosters through the Salt API.
#
#rosters:
# - /etc/salt/roster.d
# - /opt/salt/some/more/rosters
# The ssh password to log in with.
#ssh_passwd: ''
#The target system's ssh port number.
#ssh_port: 22
# Comma-separated list of ports to scan.
#ssh_scan_ports: 22
# Scanning socket timeout for salt-ssh.
#ssh_scan_timeout: 0.01
# Boolean to run command via sudo.
#ssh_sudo: False
# Number of seconds to wait for a response when establishing an SSH connection.
#ssh_timeout: 60
# The user to log in as.
#ssh_user: root
# The log file of the salt-ssh command:
#ssh_log_file: /var/log/salt/ssh
# Pass in minion option overrides that will be inserted into the SHIM for
# salt-ssh calls. The local minion config is not used for salt-ssh. Can be
# overridden on a per-minion basis in the roster (`minion_opts`)
#ssh_minion_opts:
# gpg_keydir: /root/gpg
# Set this to True to default to using ~/.ssh/id_rsa for salt-ssh
# authentication with minions
#ssh_use_home_key: False
# Set this to True to default salt-ssh to run with ``-o IdentitiesOnly=yes``.
# This option is intended for situations where the ssh-agent offers many
# different identities and allows ssh to ignore those identities and use the
# only one specified in options.
#ssh_identities_only: False
# List-only nodegroups for salt-ssh. Each group must be formed as either a
# comma-separated list, or a YAML list. This option is useful to group minions
# into easy-to-target groups when using salt-ssh. These groups can then be
# targeted with the normal -N argument to salt-ssh.
#ssh_list_nodegroups: {}
##### Master Module Management #####
##########################################
# Manage how master side modules are loaded.
# Add any additional locations to look for master runners:
#runner_dirs: []
# Enable Cython for master side modules:
#cython_enable: False
##### State System settings #####
##########################################
# The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to
# use and what modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the
# root of the base environment as defined in "File Server settings" below.
#state_top: top.sls
# The master_tops option replaces the external_nodes option by creating
# a plugable system for the generation of external top data. The external_nodes
# option is deprecated by the master_tops option.
#
# To gain the capabilities of the classic external_nodes system, use the
# following configuration:
# master_tops:
# ext_nodes: <Shell command which returns yaml>
#
#master_tops: {}
# The external_nodes option allows Salt to gather data that would normally be
# placed in a top file. The external_nodes option is the executable that will
# return the ENC data. Remember that Salt will look for external nodes AND top
# files and combine the results if both are enabled!
#external_nodes: None
# The renderer to use on the minions to render the state data
#renderer: yaml_jinja
# The Jinja renderer can strip extra carriage returns and whitespace
# See http://jinja.pocoo.org/docs/api/#high-level-api
#
# If this is set to True the first newline after a Jinja block is removed
# (block, not variable tag!). Defaults to False, corresponds to the Jinja
# environment init variable "trim_blocks".
#jinja_trim_blocks: False
#
# If this is set to True leading spaces and tabs are stripped from the start
# of a line to a block. Defaults to False, corresponds to the Jinja
# environment init variable "lstrip_blocks".
#jinja_lstrip_blocks: False
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution, defaults to False
#failhard: False
# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True
# The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line
# output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse'
# the output will be shortened to a single line. If set to 'mixed', the output
# will be terse unless a state failed, in which case that output will be full.
# If set to 'changes', the output will be full unless the state didn't change.
#state_output: full
# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False
# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to 'True'. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
# - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False
# Send progress events as each function in a state run completes execution
# by setting to 'True'. Progress events are in the format
# 'salt/job/<JID>/prog/<MID>/<RUN NUM>'.
#state_events: False
##### File Server settings #####
##########################################
# Salt runs a lightweight file server written in zeromq to deliver files to
# minions. This file server is built into the master daemon and does not
# require a dedicated port.
# The file server works on environments passed to the master, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt/
# dev:
# - /srv/salt/dev/services
# - /srv/salt/dev/states
# prod:
# - /srv/salt/prod/services
# - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt
#
# The master_roots setting configures a master-only copy of the file_roots dictionary,
# used by the state compiler.
#master_roots: /srv/salt-master
# When using multiple environments, each with their own top file, the
# default behaviour is an unordered merge. To prevent top files from
# being merged together and instead to only use the top file from the
# requested environment, set this value to 'same'.
#top_file_merging_strategy: merge
# To specify the order in which environments are merged, set the ordering
# in the env_order option. Given a conflict, the last matching value will
# win.
#env_order: ['base', 'dev', 'prod']
# If top_file_merging_strategy is set to 'same' and an environment does not
# contain a top file, the top file in the environment specified by default_top
# will be used instead.
#default_top: base
# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on
# the master server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384 and
# sha512 are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use them due to the
# high chance of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Prior to changing this value, the master should be stopped and all Salt
# caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256
# The buffer size in the file server can be adjusted here:
#file_buffer_size: 1048576
# A regular expression (or a list of expressions) that will be matched
# against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions.
# This includes files affected by the file.recurse state.
# For example, if you manage your custom modules and states in subversion
# and don't want all the '.svn' folders and content synced to your minions,
# you could set this to '/\.svn($|/)'. By default nothing is ignored.
#file_ignore_regex:
# - '/\.svn($|/)'
# - '/\.git($|/)'
# A file glob (or list of file globs) that will be matched against the file
# path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This is similar
# to file_ignore_regex above, but works on globs instead of regex. By default
# nothing is ignored.
# file_ignore_glob:
# - '*.pyc'
# - '*/somefolder/*.bak'
# - '*.swp'
# File Server Backend
#
# Salt supports a modular fileserver backend system, this system allows
# the salt master to link directly to third party systems to gather and
# manage the files available to minions. Multiple backends can be
# configured and will be searched for the requested file in the order in which
# they are defined here. The default setting only enables the standard backend
# "roots" which uses the "file_roots" option.
#fileserver_backend:
# - roots
#
# To use multiple backends list them in the order they are searched:
#fileserver_backend:
# - git
# - roots
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want the file_server to follow
# symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. This is set to True
# by default. Currently this only applies to the default roots
# fileserver_backend.
#fileserver_followsymlinks: False
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want symlinks to be
# treated as the files they are pointing to. By default this is set to
# False. By uncommenting the line below, any detected symlink while listing
# files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
#fileserver_ignoresymlinks: True
#
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is impacted. Default is False.
# fileserver_limit_traversal: False
#
# The fileserver can fire events off every time the fileserver is updated,
# these are disabled by default, but can be easily turned on by setting this
# flag to True
#fileserver_events: False
# Git File Server Backend Configuration
#
# Optional parameter used to specify the provider to be used for gitfs. Must be
# either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried (in that
# order), and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the
# provider that is used.
#
#gitfs_provider: pygit2
# Along with gitfs_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# gitfs_user: ''
# Along with gitfs_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.
#gitfs_password: ''
# By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote.
# This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
#gitfs_insecure_auth: False
# Along with gitfs_privkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to
# authenticate to SSH remotes. This parameter (or its per-remote counterpart)
# is required for SSH remotes.
#gitfs_pubkey: ''
# Along with gitfs_pubkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to
# authenticate to SSH remotes. This parameter (or its per-remote counterpart)
# is required for SSH remotes.
#gitfs_privkey: ''
# This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to
# authenticate is protected by a passphrase.
#gitfs_passphrase: ''
# When using the git fileserver backend at least one git remote needs to be
# defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.
#
# The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client
# and the first repo to have the file will return it.
# When using the git backend branches and tags are translated into salt
# environments.
# Note: file:// repos will be treated as a remote, so refs you want used must
# exist in that repo as *local* refs.
#gitfs_remotes:
# - git://github.com/saltstack/salt-states.git
# - file:///var/git/saltmaster
#
# The gitfs_ssl_verify option specifies whether to ignore ssl certificate
# errors when contacting the gitfs backend. You might want to set this to
# false if you're using a git backend that uses a self-signed certificate but
# keep in mind that setting this flag to anything other than the default of True
# is a security concern, you may want to try using the ssh transport.
#gitfs_ssl_verify: True
#
# The gitfs_root option gives the ability to serve files from a subdirectory
# within the repository. The path is defined relative to the root of the
# repository and defaults to the repository root.
#gitfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
#
# The refspecs fetched by gitfs remotes
#gitfs_refspecs:
# - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
# - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
#
#
##### Pillar settings #####
##########################################
# Salt Pillars allow for the building of global data that can be made selectively
# available to different minions based on minion grain filtering. The Salt
# Pillar is laid out in the same fashion as the file server, with environments,
# a top file and sls files. However, pillar data does not need to be in the
# highstate format, and is generally just key/value pairs.
#pillar_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/pillar
#
#ext_pillar:
# - hiera: /etc/hiera.yaml
# - cmd_yaml: cat /etc/salt/yaml
# A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
# Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a
# key/value pair, with the key being the pillar location, and the value being
# the renderer to use for pillar decryption. If the former is used, the
# renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will be used.
#decrypt_pillar:
# - 'foo:bar': gpg
# - 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'
# The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the
# decrypt_pillar option.
#decrypt_pillar_delimiter: ':'
# The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given
# pillar key in decrypt_pillar.
#decrypt_pillar_default: gpg
# List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
#decrypt_pillar_renderers:
# - gpg
# The ext_pillar_first option allows for external pillar sources to populate
# before file system pillar. This allows for targeting file system pillar from
# ext_pillar.
#ext_pillar_first: False
# The external pillars permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext
#on_demand_ext_pillar:
# - libvirt
# - virtkey
# The pillar_gitfs_ssl_verify option specifies whether to ignore ssl certificate
# errors when contacting the pillar gitfs backend. You might want to set this to
# false if you're using a git backend that uses a self-signed certificate but
# keep in mind that setting this flag to anything other than the default of True
# is a security concern, you may want to try using the ssh transport.
#pillar_gitfs_ssl_verify: True
# The pillar_opts option adds the master configuration file data to a dict in
# the pillar called "master". This is used to set simple configurations in the
# master config file that can then be used on minions.
#pillar_opts: False
# The pillar_safe_render_error option prevents the master from passing pillar
# render errors to the minion. This is set on by default because the error could
# contain templating data which would give that minion information it shouldn't
# have, like a password! When set true the error message will only show:
# Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
#pillar_safe_render_error: True
# The pillar_source_merging_strategy option allows you to configure merging strategy
# between different sources. It accepts five values: none, recurse, aggregate, overwrite,
# or smart. None will not do any merging at all. Recurse will merge recursively mapping of ↲
data.
# Aggregate instructs aggregation of elements between sources that use the #!yamlex render ↲
er. Overwrite
# will overwrite elements according the order in which they are processed. This is
# behavior of the 2014.1 branch and earlier. Smart guesses the best strategy based
# on the "renderer" setting and is the default value.
#pillar_source_merging_strategy: smart
# Recursively merge lists by aggregating them instead of replacing them.
#pillar_merge_lists: False
# Set this option to True to force the pillarenv to be the same as the effective
# saltenv when running states. If pillarenv is specified this option will be
# ignored.
#pillarenv_from_saltenv: False
# Set this option to 'True' to force a 'KeyError' to be raised whenever an
# attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set
# to 'False', the failed attempt returns an empty string. Default is 'False'.
#pillar_raise_on_missing: False
# Git External Pillar (git_pillar) Configuration Options
#
# Specify the provider to be used for git_pillar. Must be either pygit2 or
# gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the
# first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that
# is used.
#git_pillar_provider: pygit2
# If the desired branch matches this value, and the environment is omitted
# from the git_pillar configuration, then the environment for that git_pillar
# remote will be base.
#git_pillar_base: master
# If the branch is omitted from a git_pillar remote, then this branch will
# be used instead
#git_pillar_branch: master
# Environment to use for git_pillar remotes. This is normally derived from
# the branch/tag (or from a per-remote env parameter), but if set this will
# override the process of deriving the env from the branch/tag name.
#git_pillar_env: ''
# Path relative to the root of the repository where the git_pillar top file
# and SLS files are located.
#git_pillar_root: ''
# Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting
# the remote repository.
#git_pillar_ssl_verify: False
# When set to False, if there is an update/checkout lock for a git_pillar
# remote and the pid written to it is not running on the master, the lock
# file will be automatically cleared and a new lock will be obtained.
#git_pillar_global_lock: True
# Git External Pillar Authentication Options
#
# Along with git_pillar_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
#git_pillar_user: ''
# Along with git_pillar_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.
#git_pillar_password: ''
# By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote.
# This parameter enables authentication over HTTP.
#git_pillar_insecure_auth: False
# Along with git_pillar_privkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase),
# is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.
#git_pillar_pubkey: ''
# Along with git_pillar_pubkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase),
# is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.
#git_pillar_privkey: ''
# This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used
# to authenticate is protected by a passphrase.
#git_pillar_passphrase: ''
# The refspecs fetched by git_pillar remotes
#git_pillar_refspecs:
# - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
# - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
# A master can cache pillars locally to bypass the expense of having to render them
# for each minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases
# where pillar rendering time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security
# concerns about storing pillars in a master cache have been addressed.
#
# When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional ``pillar_cache_*``
# configuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.
#
# Note: setting ``pillar_cache: True`` has no effect on targeting Minions with Pillars.
# See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/targeting/pillar.html
#pillar_cache: False
# If and only if a master has set ``pillar_cache: True``, the cache TTL controls the amoun ↲
t
# of time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh
# pillar is recompiled and stored.
#pillar_cache_ttl: 3600
# If and only if a master has set `pillar_cache: True`, one of several storage providers
# can be utililzed.
#
# `disk`: The default storage backend. This caches rendered pillars to the master cache.
# Rendered pillars are serialized and deserialized as msgpack structures for speed ↲
.
# Note that pillars are stored UNENCRYPTED. Ensure that the master cache
# has permissions set appropriately. (Same defaults are provided.)
#
# memory: [EXPERIMENTAL] An optional backend for pillar caches which uses a pure-Python
# in-memory data structure for maximal performance. There are several caveats,
# however. First, because each master worker contains its own in-memory cache,
# there is no guarantee of cache consistency between minion requests. This
# works best in situations where the pillar rarely if ever changes. Secondly,
# and perhaps more importantly, this means that unencrypted pillars will
# be accessible to any process which can examine the memory of the ``salt-master`` ↲
!
# This may represent a substantial security risk.
#
#pillar_cache_backend: disk
###### Reactor Settings #####
###########################################
# Define a salt reactor. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/reactor/
#reactor: []
#Set the TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
#reactor_refresh_interval: 60
#Configure the number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_threads: 10
#Define the queue size for workers in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
##### Syndic settings #####
##########################################
# The Salt syndic is used to pass commands through a master from a higher
# master. Using the syndic is simple. If this is a master that will have
# syndic servers(s) below it, then set the "order_masters" setting to True.
#
# If this is a master that will be running a syndic daemon for passthrough, then
# the "syndic_master" setting needs to be set to the location of the master server
# to receive commands from.
# Set the order_masters setting to True if this master will command lower
# masters' syndic interfaces.
#order_masters: False
# If this master will be running a salt syndic daemon, syndic_master tells
# this master where to receive commands from.
#syndic_master: masterofmasters
# This is the 'ret_port' of the MasterOfMaster:
#syndic_master_port: 4506
# PID file of the syndic daemon:
#syndic_pidfile: /var/run/salt-syndic.pid
# The log file of the salt-syndic daemon:
#syndic_log_file: /var/log/salt/syndic
# The behaviour of the multi-syndic when connection to a master of masters failed.
# Can specify ``random`` (default) or ``ordered``. If set to ``random``, masters
# will be iterated in random order. If ``ordered`` is specified, the configured
# order will be used.
#syndic_failover: random
# The number of seconds for the salt client to wait for additional syndics to
# check in with their lists of expected minions before giving up.
#syndic_wait: 5
##### Peer Publish settings #####
##########################################
# Salt minions can send commands to other minions, but only if the minion is
# allowed to. By default "Peer Publication" is disabled, and when enabled it
# is enabled for specific minions and specific commands. This allows secure
# compartmentalization of commands based on individual minions.
# The configuration uses regular expressions to match minions and then a list
# of regular expressions to match functions. The following will allow the
# minion authenticated as foo.example.com to execute functions from the test
# and pkg modules.
#peer:
# foo.example.com:
# - test.*
# - pkg.*
#
# This will allow all minions to execute all commands:
#peer:
# .*:
# - .*
#
# This is not recommended, since it would allow anyone who gets root on any
# single minion to instantly have root on all of the minions!
# Minions can also be allowed to execute runners from the salt master.
# Since executing a runner from the minion could be considered a security risk,
# it needs to be enabled. This setting functions just like the peer setting
# except that it opens up runners instead of module functions.
#
# All peer runner support is turned off by default and must be enabled before
# using. This will enable all peer runners for all minions:
#peer_run:
# .*:
# - .*
#
# To enable just the manage.up runner for the minion foo.example.com:
#peer_run:
# foo.example.com:
# - manage.up
#
#
##### Mine settings #####
#####################################
# Restrict mine.get access from minions. By default any minion has a full access
# to get all mine data from master cache. In acl definion below, only pcre matches
# are allowed.
# mine_get:
# .*:
# - .*
#
# The example below enables minion foo.example.com to get 'network.interfaces' mine
# data only, minions web* to get all network.* and disk.* mine data and all other
# minions won't get any mine data.
# mine_get:
# foo.example.com:
# - network.interfaces
# web.*:
# - network.*
# - disk.*
##### Logging settings #####
##########################################
# The location of the master log file
# The master log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/master
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#log_file: /var/log/salt/master
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key
# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
#log_level: warning
# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
#log_level_logfile: warning
# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well. Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically. This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
# log_granular_levels:
# 'salt': 'warning'
# 'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}
##### Node Groups ######
##########################################
# Node groups allow for logical groupings of minion nodes. A group consists of
# a group name and a compound target. Nodgroups can reference other nodegroups
# with 'N@' classifier. Ensure that you do not have circular references.
#
#nodegroups:
# group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
# group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
# group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
# group4:
# - 'G@foo:bar'
# - 'or'
# - 'G@foo:baz'
##### Range Cluster settings #####
##########################################
# The range server (and optional port) that serves your cluster information
# https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
#
#range_server: range:80
##### Windows Software Repo settings #####
###########################################
# Location of the repo on the master:
#winrepo_dir_ng: '/srv/salt/win/repo-ng'
#
# List of git repositories to include with the local repo:
#winrepo_remotes_ng:
# - 'https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'
##### Windows Software Repo settings - Pre 2015.8 #####
########################################################
# Legacy repo settings for pre-2015.8 Windows minions.
#
# Location of the repo on the master:
#winrepo_dir: '/srv/salt/win/repo'
#
# Location of the master's repo cache file:
#winrepo_mastercachefile: '/srv/salt/win/repo/winrepo.p'
#
# List of git repositories to include with the local repo:
#winrepo_remotes:
# - 'https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'
# The refspecs fetched by winrepo remotes
#winrepo_refspecs:
# - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
# - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
#
##### Returner settings ######
############################################
# Which returner(s) will be used for minion's result:
#return: mysql
###### Miscellaneous settings ######
############################################
# Default match type for filtering events tags: startswith, endswith, find, regex, fnmatch
#event_match_type: startswith
# Save runner returns to the job cache
#runner_returns: True
# Permanently include any available Python 3rd party modules into thin and minimal Salt
# when they are generated for Salt-SSH or other purposes.
# The modules should be named by the names they are actually imported inside the Python.
# The value of the parameters can be either one module or a comma separated list of them.
#thin_extra_mods: foo,bar
#min_extra_mods: foo,bar,baz
###### Keepalive settings ######
############################################
# Warning: Failure to set TCP keepalives on the salt-master can result in
# not detecting the loss of a minion when the connection is lost or when
# it's host has been terminated without first closing the socket.
# Salt's Presence System depends on this connection status to know if a minion
# is "present".
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.
# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True
# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1
Example minion configuration file
##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of the Salt Minion.
# With the exception of the location of the Salt Master Server, values that are
# commented out but have an empty line after the comment are defaults that need
# not be set in the config. If there is no blank line after the comment, the
# value is presented as an example and is not the default.
# Per default the minion will automatically include all config files
# from minion.d/*.conf (minion.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main minion config file).
#default_include: minion.d/*.conf
# Set the location of the salt master server. If the master server cannot be
# resolved, then the minion will fail to start.
#master: salt
# Set http proxy information for the minion when doing requests
#proxy_host:
#proxy_port:
#proxy_username:
#proxy_password:
# If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting, the default behavior
# is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master is
# set to True, the order will be randomized instead. This can be helpful in distributing
# the load of many minions executing salt-call requests, for example, from a cron job.
# If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored and a warning will be logged.
# NOTE: If master_type is set to failover, use master_shuffle instead.
#random_master: False
# Use if master_type is set to failover.
#master_shuffle: False
# Minions can connect to multiple masters simultaneously (all masters
# are "hot"), or can be configured to failover if a master becomes
# unavailable. Multiple hot masters are configured by setting this
# value to "str". Failover masters can be requested by setting
# to "failover". MAKE SURE TO SET master_alive_interval if you are
# using failover.
# Setting master_type to 'disable' let's you have a running minion (with engines and
# beacons) without a master connection
# master_type: str
# Poll interval in seconds for checking if the master is still there. Only
# respected if master_type above is "failover". To disable the interval entirely,
# set the value to -1. (This may be necessary on machines which have high numbers
# of TCP connections, such as load balancers.)
# master_alive_interval: 30
# If the minion is in multi-master mode and the master_type configuration option
# is set to "failover", this setting can be set to "True" to force the minion
# to fail back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online.
#master_failback: False
# If the minion is in multi-master mode, the "master_type" configuration is set to
# "failover", and the "master_failback" option is enabled, the master failback
# interval can be set to ping the top master with this interval, in seconds.
#master_failback_interval: 0
# Set whether the minion should connect to the master via IPv6:
#ipv6: False
# Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds.
# Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.
# retry_dns: 30
# Set the port used by the master reply and authentication server.
#master_port: 4506
# The user to run salt.
#user: root
# The user to run salt remote execution commands as via sudo. If this option is
# enabled then sudo will be used to change the active user executing the remote
# command. If enabled the user will need to be allowed access via the sudoers
# file for the user that the salt minion is configured to run as. The most
# common option would be to use the root user. If this option is set the user
# option should also be set to a non-root user. If migrating from a root minion
# to a non root minion the minion cache should be cleared and the minion pki
# directory will need to be changed to the ownership of the new user.
#sudo_user: root
# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file.
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
# sock_dir, pidfile.
#root_dir: /
# The path to the minion's configuration file.
#conf_file: /etc/salt/minion
# The directory to store the pki information in
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion
# Explicitly declare the id for this minion to use, if left commented the id
# will be the hostname as returned by the python call: socket.getfqdn()
# Since salt uses detached ids it is possible to run multiple minions on the
# same machine but with different ids, this can be useful for salt compute
# clusters.
#id:
# Cache the minion id to a file when the minion's id is not statically defined
# in the minion config. Defaults to "True". This setting prevents potential
# problems when automatic minion id resolution changes, which can cause the
# minion to lose connection with the master. To turn off minion id caching,
# set this config to ``False``.
#minion_id_caching: True
# Append a domain to a hostname in the event that it does not exist. This is
# useful for systems where socket.getfqdn() does not actually result in a
# FQDN (for instance, Solaris).
#append_domain:
# Custom static grains for this minion can be specified here and used in SLS
# files just like all other grains. This example sets 4 custom grains, with
# the 'roles' grain having two values that can be matched against.
#grains:
# roles:
# - webserver
# - memcache
# deployment: datacenter4
# cabinet: 13
# cab_u: 14-15
#
# Where cache data goes.
# This data may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion
# Append minion_id to these directories. Helps with
# multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine.
# Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules
# Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine
# Defaults to ['cachedir'] for proxies, [] (empty list) for regular minions
#append_minionid_config_dirs:
# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
#verify_env: True
# The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this
# can be a good way to keep track of jobs the minion has executed
# (on the minion side). By default this feature is disabled, to enable, set
# cache_jobs to True.
#cache_jobs: False
# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets.
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion
# Set the default outputter used by the salt-call command. The default is
# "nested".
#output: nested
# To set a list of additional directories to search for salt outputters, set the
# outputter_dirs option.
#outputter_dirs: []
# By default output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True
# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False
# Backup files that are replaced by file.managed and file.recurse under
# 'cachedir'/file_backup relative to their original location and appended
# with a timestamp. The only valid setting is "minion". Disabled by default.
#
# Alternatively this can be specified for each file in state files:
# /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
# file.managed:
# - source: salt://ssh/sshd_config
# - backup: minion
#
#backup_mode: minion
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the time, in
# seconds, between those reconnection attempts.
#acceptance_wait_time: 10
# If this is nonzero, the time between reconnection attempts will increase by
# acceptance_wait_time seconds per iteration, up to this maximum. If this is
# set to zero, the time between reconnection attempts will stay constant.
#acceptance_wait_time_max: 0
# If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting.
# Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
#rejected_retry: False
# When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive
# the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a SYN flood on the
# master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and
# have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter.
# The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.
#random_reauth_delay: 60
# To avoid overloading a master when many minions startup at once, a randomized
# delay may be set to tell the minions to wait before connecting to the master.
# This value is the number of seconds to choose from for a random number. For
# example, setting this value to 60 will choose a random number of seconds to delay
# on startup between zero seconds and sixty seconds. Setting to '0' will disable
# this feature.
#random_startup_delay: 0
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value,
# in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion
# will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master
# is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.
#auth_timeout: 60
# Number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutError that are acceptable when trying to
# authenticate.
#auth_tries: 7
# The number of attempts to connect to a master before giving up.
# Set this to -1 for unlimited attempts. This allows for a master to have
# downtime and the minion to reconnect to it later when it comes back up.
# In 'failover' mode, it is the number of attempts for each set of masters.
# In this mode, it will cycle through the list of masters for each attempt.
#
# This is different than auth_tries because auth_tries attempts to
# retry auth attempts with a single master. auth_tries is under the
# assumption that you can connect to the master but not gain
# authorization from it. master_tries will still cycle through all
# the masters in a given try, so it is appropriate if you expect
# occasional downtime from the master(s).
#master_tries: 1
# If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval,
# cause sub minion process to restart.
#auth_safemode: False
# Ping Master to ensure connection is alive (minutes).
#ping_interval: 0
# To auto recover minions if master changes IP address (DDNS)
# auth_tries: 10
# auth_safemode: False
# ping_interval: 2
#
# Minions won't know master is missing until a ping fails. After the ping fail,
# the minion will attempt authentication and likely fails out and cause a restart.
# When the minion restarts it will resolve the masters IP and attempt to reconnect.
# If you don't have any problems with syn-floods, don't bother with the
# three recon_* settings described below, just leave the defaults!
#
# The ZeroMQ pull-socket that binds to the masters publishing interface tries
# to reconnect immediately, if the socket is disconnected (for example if
# the master processes are restarted). In large setups this will have all
# minions reconnect immediately which might flood the master (the ZeroMQ-default
# is usually a 100ms delay). To prevent this, these three recon_* settings
# can be used.
# recon_default: the interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before
# trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second)
#
# recon_max: the maximum time a socket should wait. each interval the time to wait
# is calculated by doubling the previous time. if recon_max is reached,
# it starts again at recon_default. Short example:
#
# reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
# reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
# reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
# reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
#
# recon_randomize: generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will
# be a random value between recon_default and recon_default +
# recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default
# and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to
# change these settings. If all minions have the same values and your
# setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still
# flood the master. The desired behavior is to have timeframe within
# all minions try to reconnect.
#
# Example on how to use these settings. The goal: have all minions reconnect within a
# 60 second timeframe on a disconnect.
# recon_default: 1000
# recon_max: 59000
# recon_randomize: True
#
# Each minion will have a randomized reconnect value between 'recon_default'
# and 'recon_default + recon_max', which in this example means between 1000ms
# 60000ms (or between 1 and 60 seconds). The generated random-value will be
# doubled after each attempt to reconnect. Lets say the generated random
# value is 11 seconds (or 11000ms).
# reconnect 1: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 2: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 3: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect 4: wait 44 seconds
# reconnect 5: wait 55 seconds
# reconnect 6: wait time is bigger than 60 seconds (recon_default + recon_max)
# reconnect 7: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 8: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 9: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect x: etc.
#
# In a setup with ~6000 thousand hosts these settings would average the reconnects
# to about 100 per second and all hosts would be reconnected within 60 seconds.
# recon_default: 100
# recon_max: 5000
# recon_randomize: False
#
#
# The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between
# evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to 1
# second on the minion scheduler.
#loop_interval: 1
# Some installations choose to start all job returns in a cache or a returner
# and forgo sending the results back to a master. In this workflow, jobs
# are most often executed with --async from the Salt CLI and then results
# are evaluated by examining job caches on the minions or any configured returners.
# WARNING: Setting this to False will **disable** returns back to the master.
#pub_ret: True
# The grains can be merged, instead of overridden, using this option.
# This allows custom grains to defined different subvalues of a dictionary
# grain. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_deep_merge
# to ``True``.
#grains_deep_merge: False
# The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check
# its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master
# of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore
# care should be taken not to set this value too low.
#
# Note: This value is expressed in __minutes__!
#
# A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
#
# If the value is set to zero, this check is disabled.
#grains_refresh_every: 1
# Cache grains on the minion. Default is False.
#grains_cache: False
# Cache rendered pillar data on the minion. Default is False.
# This may cause 'cachedir'/pillar to contain sensitive data that should be
# protected accordingly.
#minion_pillar_cache: False
# Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this
# number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated
# with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if 'grains_cache'
# is not enabled.
# grains_cache_expiration: 300
# Determines whether or not the salt minion should run scheduled mine updates.
# Defaults to "True". Set to "False" to disable the scheduled mine updates
# (this essentially just does not add the mine update function to the minion's
# scheduler).
#mine_enabled: True
# Determines whether or not scheduled mine updates should be accompanied by a job
# return for the job cache. Defaults to "False". Set to "True" to include job
# returns in the job cache for mine updates.
#mine_return_job: False
# Example functions that can be run via the mine facility
# NO mine functions are established by default.
# Note these can be defined in the minion's pillar as well.
#mine_functions:
# test.ping: []
# network.ip_addrs:
# interface: eth0
# cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'
# The number of minutes between mine updates.
#mine_interval: 60
# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications. Set ipc_mode to 'tcp' on such systems
#ipc_mode: ipc
# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when in tcp mode
#tcp_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_pull_port: 4511
# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576
# To detect failed master(s) and fire events on connect/disconnect, set
# master_alive_interval to the number of seconds to poll the masters for
# connection events.
#
#master_alive_interval: 30
# The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main minion configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option then the minion will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
#include:
# - /etc/salt/extra_config
# - /etc/roles/webserver
# The syndic minion can verify that it is talking to the correct master via the
# key fingerprint of the higher-level master with the "syndic_finger" config.
#syndic_finger: ''
#
#
#
##### Minion module management #####
##########################################
# Disable specific modules. This allows the admin to limit the level of
# access the master has to the minion. The default here is the empty list,
# below is an example of how this needs to be formatted in the config file
#disable_modules:
# - cmdmod
# - test
#disable_returners: []
# This is the reverse of disable_modules. The default, like disable_modules, is the empty ↲
list,
# but if this option is set to *anything* then *only* those modules will load.
# Note that this is a very large hammer and it can be quite difficult to keep the minion w ↲
orking
# the way you think it should since Salt uses many modules internally itself. At a bare m ↲
inimum
# you need the following enabled or else the minion won't start.
#whitelist_modules:
# - cmdmod
# - test
# - config
# Modules can be loaded from arbitrary paths. This enables the easy deployment
# of third party modules. Modules for returners and minions can be loaded.
# Specify a list of extra directories to search for minion modules and
# returners. These paths must be fully qualified!
#module_dirs: []
#returner_dirs: []
#states_dirs: []
#render_dirs: []
#utils_dirs: []
#
# A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion
# via the providers option, in this case the default module will be
# overwritten by the specified module. In this example the pkg module will
# be provided by the yumpkg5 module instead of the system default.
#providers:
# pkg: yumpkg5
#
# Enable Cython modules searching and loading. (Default: False)
#cython_enable: False
#
# Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently
# only supported on *nix operating systems and requires psutil.
# modules_max_memory: -1
##### State Management Settings #####
###########################################
# The state management system executes all of the state templates on the minion
# to enable more granular control of system state management. The type of
# template and serialization used for state management needs to be configured
# on the minion, the default renderer is yaml_jinja. This is a yaml file
# rendered from a jinja template, the available options are:
# yaml_jinja
# yaml_mako
# yaml_wempy
# json_jinja
# json_mako
# json_wempy
#
#renderer: yaml_jinja
#
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution. Defaults to False.
#failhard: False
#
# Reload the modules prior to a highstate run.
#autoload_dynamic_modules: True
#
# clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with
# the dynamic modules on the master, this means that if a dynamic module is
# not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default, this is
# enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.
#clean_dynamic_modules: True
#
# Normally, the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master
# when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side
# by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage
# environments is to isolate via the top file.
#environment: None
#
# Isolates the pillar environment on the minion side. This functions the same
# as the environment setting, but for pillar instead of states.
#pillarenv: None
#
# Set this option to True to force the pillarenv to be the same as the
# effective saltenv when running states. Note that if pillarenv is specified,
# this option will be ignored.
#pillarenv_from_saltenv: False
#
# Set this option to 'True' to force a 'KeyError' to be raised whenever an
# attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set
# to 'False', the failed attempt returns an empty string. Default is 'False'.
#pillar_raise_on_missing: False
#
# If using the local file directory, then the state top file name needs to be
# defined, by default this is top.sls.
#state_top: top.sls
#
# Run states when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
# 'highstate' -- Execute state.highstate
# 'sls' -- Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
# 'top' -- Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
#startup_states: ''
#
# List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is 'sls':
#sls_list:
# - edit.vim
# - hyper
#
# Top file to execute if startup_states is 'top':
#top_file: ''
# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
# - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False
##### File Directory Settings #####
##########################################
# The Salt Minion can redirect all file server operations to a local directory,
# this allows for the same state tree that is on the master to be used if
# copied completely onto the minion. This is a literal copy of the settings on
# the master but used to reference a local directory on the minion.
# Set the file client. The client defaults to looking on the master server for
# files, but can be directed to look at the local file directory setting
# defined below by setting it to "local". Setting a local file_client runs the
# minion in masterless mode.
#file_client: remote
# The file directory works on environments passed to the minion, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt/
# dev:
# - /srv/salt/dev/services
# - /srv/salt/dev/states
# prod:
# - /srv/salt/prod/services
# - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want the file_server to follow
# symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. This is set to True
# by default. Currently this only applies to the default roots
# fileserver_backend.
#fileserver_followsymlinks: False
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want symlinks to be
# treated as the files they are pointing to. By default this is set to
# False. By uncommenting the line below, any detected symlink while listing
# files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
#fileserver_ignoresymlinks: True
#
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is negatively impacted. Default
# is False.
#fileserver_limit_traversal: False
# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on
# the local fileserver. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384
# and sha512 are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use them due to the
# high chance of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Warning: Prior to changing this value, the minion should be stopped and all
# Salt caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256
# The Salt pillar is searched for locally if file_client is set to local. If
# this is the case, and pillar data is defined, then the pillar_roots need to
# also be configured on the minion:
#pillar_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/pillar
# Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master.
# It will be interpreted as megabytes. Default: 100
#file_recv_max_size: 100
#
#
###### Security settings #####
###########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False
# The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
#keysize: 2048
# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.
#permissive_pki_access: False
# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True
# The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line
# output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse'
# the output will be shortened to a single line.
#state_output: full
# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False
# The state_output_profile setting changes whether profile information
# will be shown for each state run.
#state_output_profile: True
# Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master
# before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running
# "salt-key -f master.pub" on the Salt master.
#master_finger: ''
# Use TLS/SSL encrypted connection between master and minion.
# Can be set to a dictionary containing keyword arguments corresponding to Python's
# 'ssl.wrap_socket' method.
# Default is None.
#ssl:
# keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
# certfile: <path_to_certfile>
# ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
###### Reactor Settings #####
###########################################
# Define a salt reactor. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/reactor/
#reactor: []
#Set the TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
#reactor_refresh_interval: 60
#Configure the number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_threads: 10
#Define the queue size for workers in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
###### Thread settings #####
###########################################
# Disable multiprocessing support, by default when a minion receives a
# publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein.
#
# WARNING: Disabling multiprocessing may result in substantial slowdowns
# when processing large pillars. See https://github.com/saltstack/salt/issues/38758
# for a full explanation.
#multiprocessing: True
##### Logging settings #####
##########################################
# The location of the minion log file
# The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key
# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level: warning
# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level_logfile:
# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well. Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically. This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
# log_granular_levels:
# 'salt': 'warning'
# 'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}
# To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ
# supports the use of monitor sockets to log connection events. This
# feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
#
# To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a
# debug level or higher.
#
# A sample log event is as follows:
#
# [DEBUG ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
# 'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
#
# All events logged will include the string 'ZeroMQ event'. A connection event
# should be logged as the minion starts up and initially connects to the
# master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of
# ZeroMQ is installed.
#
#zmq_monitor: False
# Number of times to try to authenticate with the salt master when reconnecting
# to the master
#tcp_authentication_retries: 5
###### Module configuration #####
###########################################
# Salt allows for modules to be passed arbitrary configuration data, any data
# passed here in valid yaml format will be passed on to the salt minion modules
# for use. It is STRONGLY recommended that a naming convention be used in which
# the module name is followed by a . and then the value. Also, all top level
# data must be applied via the yaml dict construct, some examples:
#
# You can specify that all modules should run in test mode:
#test: True
#
# A simple value for the test module:
#test.foo: foo
#
# A list for the test module:
#test.bar: [baz,quo]
#
# A dict for the test module:
#test.baz: {spam: sausage, cheese: bread}
#
#
###### Update settings ######
###########################################
# Using the features in Esky, a salt minion can both run as a frozen app and
# be updated on the fly. These options control how the update process
# (saltutil.update()) behaves.
#
# The url for finding and downloading updates. Disabled by default.
#update_url: False
#
# The list of services to restart after a successful update. Empty by default.
#update_restart_services: []
###### Keepalive settings ######
############################################
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.
# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True
# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1
###### Windows Software settings ######
############################################
# Location of the repository cache file on the master:
#win_repo_cachefile: 'salt://win/repo/winrepo.p'
###### Returner settings ######
############################################
# Default Minion returners. Can be a comma delimited string or a list:
#
#return: mysql
#
#return: mysql,slack,redis
#
#return:
# - mysql
# - hipchat
# - slack
###### Miscellaneous settings ######
############################################
# Default match type for filtering events tags: startswith, endswith, find, regex, fnmatch
#event_match_type: startswith
Example proxy minion configuration file
##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of all Salt Proxy
# Minions on this host.
# With the exception of the location of the Salt Master Server, values that are
# commented out but have an empty line after the comment are defaults that need
# not be set in the config. If there is no blank line after the comment, the
# value is presented as an example and is not the default.
# Per default the minion will automatically include all config files
# from minion.d/*.conf (minion.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main minion config file).
#default_include: minion.d/*.conf
# Backwards compatibility option for proxymodules created before 2015.8.2
# This setting will default to 'False' in the 2016.3.0 release
# Setting this to True adds proxymodules to the __opts__ dictionary.
# This breaks several Salt features (basically anything that serializes
# __opts__ over the wire) but retains backwards compatibility.
#add_proxymodule_to_opts: True
# Set the location of the salt master server. If the master server cannot be
# resolved, then the minion will fail to start.
#master: salt
# If a proxymodule has a function called 'grains', then call it during
# regular grains loading and merge the results with the proxy's grains
# dictionary. Otherwise it is assumed that the module calls the grains
# function in a custom way and returns the data elsewhere
#
# Default to False for 2016.3 and 2016.11. Switch to True for 2017.7.0.
# proxy_merge_grains_in_module: True
# If a proxymodule has a function called 'alive' returning a boolean
# flag reflecting the state of the connection with the remove device,
# when this option is set as True, a scheduled job on the proxy will
# try restarting the connection. The polling frequency depends on the
# next option, 'proxy_keep_alive_interval'. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_keep_alive: True
# The polling interval (in minutes) to check if the underlying connection
# with the remote device is still alive. This option requires
# 'proxy_keep_alive' to be configured as True and the proxymodule to
# implement the 'alive' function. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_keep_alive_interval: 1
# By default, any proxy opens the connection with the remote device when
# initialized. Some proxymodules allow through this option to open/close
# the session per command. This requires the proxymodule to have this
# capability. Please consult the documentation to see if the proxy type
# used can be that flexible. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_always_alive: True
# If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting, the default behavior
# is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master is
# set to True, the order will be randomized instead. This can be helpful in distributing
# the load of many minions executing salt-call requests, for example, from a cron job.
# If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored and a warning will be logged.
#random_master: False
# Minions can connect to multiple masters simultaneously (all masters
# are "hot"), or can be configured to failover if a master becomes
# unavailable. Multiple hot masters are configured by setting this
# value to "str". Failover masters can be requested by setting
# to "failover". MAKE SURE TO SET master_alive_interval if you are
# using failover.
# master_type: str
# Poll interval in seconds for checking if the master is still there. Only
# respected if master_type above is "failover".
# master_alive_interval: 30
# Set whether the minion should connect to the master via IPv6:
#ipv6: False
# Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds.
# Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.
# retry_dns: 30
# Set the port used by the master reply and authentication server.
#master_port: 4506
# The user to run salt.
#user: root
# Setting sudo_user will cause salt to run all execution modules under an sudo
# to the user given in sudo_user. The user under which the salt minion process
# itself runs will still be that provided in the user config above, but all
# execution modules run by the minion will be rerouted through sudo.
#sudo_user: saltdev
# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file.
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
# sock_dir, pidfile.
#root_dir: /
# The directory to store the pki information in
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion
# Where cache data goes.
# This data may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion
# Append minion_id to these directories. Helps with
# multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine.
# Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules
# Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine
# Defaults to ['cachedir'] for proxies, [] (empty list) for regular minions
# append_minionid_config_dirs:
# - cachedir
# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
#verify_env: True
# The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this
# can be a good way to keep track of jobs the minion has executed
# (on the minion side). By default this feature is disabled, to enable, set
# cache_jobs to True.
#cache_jobs: False
# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets.
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion
# Set the default outputter used by the salt-call command. The default is
# "nested".
#output: nested
#
# By default output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True
# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False
# Backup files that are replaced by file.managed and file.recurse under
# 'cachedir'/file_backup relative to their original location and appended
# with a timestamp. The only valid setting is "minion". Disabled by default.
#
# Alternatively this can be specified for each file in state files:
# /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
# file.managed:
# - source: salt://ssh/sshd_config
# - backup: minion
#
#backup_mode: minion
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the time, in
# seconds, between those reconnection attempts.
#acceptance_wait_time: 10
# If this is nonzero, the time between reconnection attempts will increase by
# acceptance_wait_time seconds per iteration, up to this maximum. If this is
# set to zero, the time between reconnection attempts will stay constant.
#acceptance_wait_time_max: 0
# If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting.
# Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
#rejected_retry: False
# When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive
# the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a SYN flood on the
# master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and
# have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter.
# The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.
#random_reauth_delay: 60
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value,
# in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion
# will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master
# is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.
#auth_timeout: 60
# Number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutError that are acceptable when trying to
# authenticate.
#auth_tries: 7
# If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval,
# cause sub minion process to restart.
#auth_safemode: False
# Ping Master to ensure connection is alive (minutes).
#ping_interval: 0
# To auto recover minions if master changes IP address (DDNS)
# auth_tries: 10
# auth_safemode: False
# ping_interval: 90
#
# Minions won't know master is missing until a ping fails. After the ping fail,
# the minion will attempt authentication and likely fails out and cause a restart.
# When the minion restarts it will resolve the masters IP and attempt to reconnect.
# If you don't have any problems with syn-floods, don't bother with the
# three recon_* settings described below, just leave the defaults!
#
# The ZeroMQ pull-socket that binds to the masters publishing interface tries
# to reconnect immediately, if the socket is disconnected (for example if
# the master processes are restarted). In large setups this will have all
# minions reconnect immediately which might flood the master (the ZeroMQ-default
# is usually a 100ms delay). To prevent this, these three recon_* settings
# can be used.
# recon_default: the interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before
# trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second)
#
# recon_max: the maximum time a socket should wait. each interval the time to wait
# is calculated by doubling the previous time. if recon_max is reached,
# it starts again at recon_default. Short example:
#
# reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
# reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
# reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
# reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
#
# recon_randomize: generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will
# be a random value between recon_default and recon_default +
# recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default
# and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to
# change these settings. If all minions have the same values and your
# setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still
# flood the master. The desired behavior is to have timeframe within
# all minions try to reconnect.
#
# Example on how to use these settings. The goal: have all minions reconnect within a
# 60 second timeframe on a disconnect.
# recon_default: 1000
# recon_max: 59000
# recon_randomize: True
#
# Each minion will have a randomized reconnect value between 'recon_default'
# and 'recon_default + recon_max', which in this example means between 1000ms
# 60000ms (or between 1 and 60 seconds). The generated random-value will be
# doubled after each attempt to reconnect. Lets say the generated random
# value is 11 seconds (or 11000ms).
# reconnect 1: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 2: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 3: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect 4: wait 44 seconds
# reconnect 5: wait 55 seconds
# reconnect 6: wait time is bigger than 60 seconds (recon_default + recon_max)
# reconnect 7: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 8: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 9: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect x: etc.
#
# In a setup with ~6000 thousand hosts these settings would average the reconnects
# to about 100 per second and all hosts would be reconnected within 60 seconds.
# recon_default: 100
# recon_max: 5000
# recon_randomize: False
#
#
# The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between
# evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to a
# sane 60 seconds, but if the minion scheduler needs to be evaluated more
# often lower this value
#loop_interval: 60
# The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check
# its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master
# of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore
# care should be taken not to set this value too low.
#
# Note: This value is expressed in __minutes__!
#
# A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
#
# If the value is set to zero, this check is disabled.
#grains_refresh_every: 1
# Cache grains on the minion. Default is False.
#grains_cache: False
# Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this
# number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated
# with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if 'grains_cache'
# is not enabled.
# grains_cache_expiration: 300
# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications. Set ipc_mode to 'tcp' on such systems
#ipc_mode: ipc
# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when in tcp mode
#tcp_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_pull_port: 4511
# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576
# To detect failed master(s) and fire events on connect/disconnect, set
# master_alive_interval to the number of seconds to poll the masters for
# connection events.
#
#master_alive_interval: 30
# The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main minion configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option then the minion will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
#include:
# - /etc/salt/extra_config
# - /etc/roles/webserver
#
#
#
##### Minion module management #####
##########################################
# Disable specific modules. This allows the admin to limit the level of
# access the master has to the minion.
#disable_modules: [cmd,test]
#disable_returners: []
#
# Modules can be loaded from arbitrary paths. This enables the easy deployment
# of third party modules. Modules for returners and minions can be loaded.
# Specify a list of extra directories to search for minion modules and
# returners. These paths must be fully qualified!
#module_dirs: []
#returner_dirs: []
#states_dirs: []
#render_dirs: []
#utils_dirs: []
#
# A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion
# via the providers option, in this case the default module will be
# overwritten by the specified module. In this example the pkg module will
# be provided by the yumpkg5 module instead of the system default.
#providers:
# pkg: yumpkg5
#
# Enable Cython modules searching and loading. (Default: False)
#cython_enable: False
#
# Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently
# only supported on *nix operating systems and requires psutil.
# modules_max_memory: -1
##### State Management Settings #####
###########################################
# The state management system executes all of the state templates on the minion
# to enable more granular control of system state management. The type of
# template and serialization used for state management needs to be configured
# on the minion, the default renderer is yaml_jinja. This is a yaml file
# rendered from a jinja template, the available options are:
# yaml_jinja
# yaml_mako
# yaml_wempy
# json_jinja
# json_mako
# json_wempy
#
#renderer: yaml_jinja
#
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution. Defaults to False.
#failhard: False
#
# Reload the modules prior to a highstate run.
#autoload_dynamic_modules: True
#
# clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with
# the dynamic modules on the master, this means that if a dynamic module is
# not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default, this is
# enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.
#clean_dynamic_modules: True
#
# Normally, the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master
# when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side
# by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage
# environments is to isolate via the top file.
#environment: None
#
# If using the local file directory, then the state top file name needs to be
# defined, by default this is top.sls.
#state_top: top.sls
#
# Run states when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
# 'highstate' -- Execute state.highstate
# 'sls' -- Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
# 'top' -- Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
#startup_states: ''
#
# List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is 'sls':
#sls_list:
# - edit.vim
# - hyper
#
# Top file to execute if startup_states is 'top':
#top_file: ''
# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
# - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False
##### File Directory Settings #####
##########################################
# The Salt Minion can redirect all file server operations to a local directory,
# this allows for the same state tree that is on the master to be used if
# copied completely onto the minion. This is a literal copy of the settings on
# the master but used to reference a local directory on the minion.
# Set the file client. The client defaults to looking on the master server for
# files, but can be directed to look at the local file directory setting
# defined below by setting it to "local". Setting a local file_client runs the
# minion in masterless mode.
#file_client: remote
# The file directory works on environments passed to the minion, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt/
# dev:
# - /srv/salt/dev/services
# - /srv/salt/dev/states
# prod:
# - /srv/salt/prod/services
# - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is negatively impacted. Default
# is False.
#fileserver_limit_traversal: False
# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file in
# the local fileserver. The default is sha256 but sha224, sha384 and sha512
# are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use it due to the high chance
# of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# WARNING: While md5 is also supported, do not use it due to the high chance
# of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Warning: Prior to changing this value, the minion should be stopped and all
# Salt caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256
# The Salt pillar is searched for locally if file_client is set to local. If
# this is the case, and pillar data is defined, then the pillar_roots need to
# also be configured on the minion:
#pillar_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/pillar
#
#
###### Security settings #####
###########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False
# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.
#permissive_pki_access: False
# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True
# The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line
# output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse'
# the output will be shortened to a single line.
#state_output: full
# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False
# The state_output_profile setting changes whether profile information
# will be shown for each state run.
#state_output_profile: True
# Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master
# before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running
# "salt-key -F master" on the Salt master.
#master_finger: ''
###### Thread settings #####
###########################################
# Disable multiprocessing support, by default when a minion receives a
# publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein.
#multiprocessing: True
##### Logging settings #####
##########################################
# The location of the minion log file
# The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key
# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level: warning
# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level_logfile:
# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well. Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically. This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
# log_granular_levels:
# 'salt': 'warning'
# 'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}
# To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ
# supports the use of monitor sockets # to log connection events. This
# feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
#
# To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a
# debug level or higher.
#
# A sample log event is as follows:
#
# [DEBUG ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
# 'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
#
# All events logged will include the string 'ZeroMQ event'. A connection event
# should be logged on the as the minion starts up and initially connects to the
# master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of
# ZeroMQ is installed.
#
#zmq_monitor: False
###### Module configuration #####
###########################################
# Salt allows for modules to be passed arbitrary configuration data, any data
# passed here in valid yaml format will be passed on to the salt minion modules
# for use. It is STRONGLY recommended that a naming convention be used in which
# the module name is followed by a . and then the value. Also, all top level
# data must be applied via the yaml dict construct, some examples:
#
# You can specify that all modules should run in test mode:
#test: True
#
# A simple value for the test module:
#test.foo: foo
#
# A list for the test module:
#test.bar: [baz,quo]
#
# A dict for the test module:
#test.baz: {spam: sausage, cheese: bread}
#
#
###### Update settings ######
###########################################
# Using the features in Esky, a salt minion can both run as a frozen app and
# be updated on the fly. These options control how the update process
# (saltutil.update()) behaves.
#
# The url for finding and downloading updates. Disabled by default.
#update_url: False
#
# The list of services to restart after a successful update. Empty by default.
#update_restart_services: []
###### Keepalive settings ######
############################################
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.
# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True
# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1
###### Windows Software settings ######
############################################
# Location of the repository cache file on the master:
#win_repo_cachefile: 'salt://win/repo/winrepo.p'
###### Returner settings ######
############################################
# Which returner(s) will be used for minion's result:
#return: mysql
Minion Blackout Configuration
New in version 2016.3.0.
Salt supports minion blackouts. When a minion is in blackout mode, all remote execution
commands are disabled. This allows production minions to be put "on hold", eliminating the
risk of an untimely configuration change.
Minion blackouts are configured via a special pillar key, minion_blackout. If this key is
set to True, then the minion will reject all incoming commands, except for
saltutil.refresh_pillar. (The exception is important, so minions can be brought out of
blackout mode)
Salt also supports an explicit whitelist of additional functions that will be allowed dur‐
ing blackout. This is configured with the special pillar key minion_blackout_whitelist,
which is formed as a list:
minion_blackout_whitelist:
- test.ping
- pillar.get
Access Control System
New in version 0.10.4.
Salt maintains a standard system used to open granular control to non administrative users
to execute Salt commands. The access control system has been applied to all systems used
to configure access to non administrative control interfaces in Salt.
These interfaces include, the peer system, the external auth system and the publisher acl
system.
The access control system mandated a standard configuration syntax used in all of the
three aforementioned systems. While this adds functionality to the configuration in
0.10.4, it does not negate the old configuration.
Now specific functions can be opened up to specific minions from specific users in the
case of external auth and publisher ACLs, and for specific minions in the case of the peer
system.
Publisher ACL system
The salt publisher ACL system is a means to allow system users other than root to have
access to execute select salt commands on minions from the master.
The publisher ACL system is configured in the master configuration file via the pub‐
lisher_acl configuration option. Under the publisher_acl configuration option the users
open to send commands are specified and then a list of regular expressions which specify
the minion functions which will be made available to specified user. This configuration is
much like the peer configuration:
publisher_acl:
# Allow thatch to execute anything.
thatch:
- .*
# Allow fred to use test and pkg, but only on "web*" minions.
fred:
- web*:
- test.*
- pkg.*
# Allow managers to use saltutil module functions
manager_.*:
- saltutil.*
Permission Issues
Directories required for publisher_acl must be modified to be readable by the users speci‐
fied:
chmod 755 /var/cache/salt /var/cache/salt/master /var/cache/salt/master/jobs /var/run/salt ↲
/var/run/salt/master
NOTE:
In addition to the changes above you will also need to modify the permissions of
/var/log/salt and the existing log file to be writable by the user(s) which will be
running the commands. If you do not wish to do this then you must disable logging or
Salt will generate errors as it cannot write to the logs as the system users.
If you are upgrading from earlier versions of salt you must also remove any existing user
keys and re-start the Salt master:
rm /var/cache/salt/.*key
service salt-master restart
Whitelist and Blacklist
Salt's authentication systems can be configured by specifying what is allowed using a
whitelist, or by specifying what is disallowed using a blacklist. If you specify a
whitelist, only specified operations are allowed. If you specify a blacklist, all opera‐
tions are allowed except those that are blacklisted.
See publisher_acl and publisher_acl_blacklist.
External Authentication System
Salt's External Authentication System (eAuth) allows for Salt to pass through command
authorization to any external authentication system, such as PAM or LDAP.
NOTE:
eAuth using the PAM external auth system requires salt-master to be run as root as this
system needs root access to check authentication.
External Authentication System Configuration
The external authentication system allows for specific users to be granted access to exe‐
cute specific functions on specific minions. Access is configured in the master configura‐
tion file and uses the access control system:
external_auth:
pam:
thatch:
- 'web*':
- test.*
- network.*
steve:
- .*
The above configuration allows the user thatch to execute functions in the test and net‐
work modules on the minions that match the web* target. User steve is given unrestricted
access to minion commands.
Salt respects the current PAM configuration in place, and uses the 'login' service to
authenticate.
NOTE:
The PAM module does not allow authenticating as root.
NOTE:
state.sls and state.highstate will return "Failed to authenticate!" if the request
timeout is reached. Use -t flag to increase the timeout
To allow access to wheel modules or runner modules the following @ syntax must be used:
external_auth:
pam:
thatch:
- '@wheel' # to allow access to all wheel modules
- '@runner' # to allow access to all runner modules
- '@jobs' # to allow access to the jobs runner and/or wheel module
NOTE:
The runner/wheel markup is different, since there are no minions to scope the acl to.
NOTE:
Globs will not match wheel or runners! They must be explicitly allowed with @wheel or
@runner.
WARNING:
All users that have external authentication privileges are allowed to run
saltutil.findjob. Be aware that this could inadvertently expose some data such as min‐
ion IDs.
Matching syntax
The structure of the external_auth dictionary can take the following shapes. Function
matches are regular expressions; minion matches are compound targets.
By user:
external_auth:
<eauth backend>:
<user or group%>:
- <regex to match function>
By user, by minion:
external_auth:
<eauth backend>:
<user or group%>:
<minion compound target>:
- <regex to match function>
Groups
To apply permissions to a group of users in an external authentication system, append a %
to the ID:
external_auth:
pam:
admins%:
- '*':
- 'pkg.*'
Limiting by function arguments
Positional arguments or keyword arguments to functions can also be whitelisted.
New in version 2016.3.0.
external_auth:
pam:
my_user:
- '*':
- 'my_mod.*':
args:
- 'a.*'
- 'b.*'
kwargs:
'kwa': 'kwa.*'
'kwb': 'kwb'
The rules:
1. The arguments values are matched as regexp.
2. If arguments restrictions are specified the only matched are allowed.
3. If an argument isn't specified any value is allowed.
4. To skip an arg use "everything" regexp .*. I.e. if arg0 and arg2 should be limited but
arg1 and other arguments could have any value use:
args:
- 'value0'
- '.*'
- 'value2'
Usage
The external authentication system can then be used from the command-line by any user on
the same system as the master with the -a option:
$ salt -a pam web\* test.ping
The system will ask the user for the credentials required by the authentication system and
then publish the command.
Tokens
With external authentication alone, the authentication credentials will be required with
every call to Salt. This can be alleviated with Salt tokens.
Tokens are short term authorizations and can be easily created by just adding a -T option
when authenticating:
$ salt -T -a pam web\* test.ping
Now a token will be created that has an expiration of 12 hours (by default). This token
is stored in a file named salt_token in the active user's home directory.
Once the token is created, it is sent with all subsequent communications. User authenti‐
cation does not need to be entered again until the token expires.
Token expiration time can be set in the Salt master config file.
LDAP and Active Directory
NOTE:
LDAP usage requires that you have installed python-ldap.
Salt supports both user and group authentication for LDAP (and Active Directory accessed
via its LDAP interface)
OpenLDAP and similar systems
LDAP configuration happens in the Salt master configuration file.
Server configuration values and their defaults:
# Server to auth against
auth.ldap.server: localhost
# Port to connect via
auth.ldap.port: 389
# Use TLS when connecting
auth.ldap.tls: False
# LDAP scope level, almost always 2
auth.ldap.scope: 2
# Server specified in URI format
auth.ldap.uri: '' # Overrides .ldap.server, .ldap.port, .ldap.tls above
# Verify server's TLS certificate
auth.ldap.no_verify: False
# Bind to LDAP anonymously to determine group membership
# Active Directory does not allow anonymous binds without special configuration
# In addition, if auth.ldap.anonymous is True, empty bind passwords are not permitted.
auth.ldap.anonymous: False
# FOR TESTING ONLY, this is a VERY insecure setting.
# If this is True, the LDAP bind password will be ignored and
# access will be determined by group membership alone with
# the group memberships being retrieved via anonymous bind
auth.ldap.auth_by_group_membership_only: False
# Require authenticating user to be part of this Organizational Unit
# This can be blank if your LDAP schema does not use this kind of OU
auth.ldap.groupou: 'Groups'
# Object Class for groups. An LDAP search will be done to find all groups of this
# class to which the authenticating user belongs.
auth.ldap.groupclass: 'posixGroup'
# Unique ID attribute name for the user
auth.ldap.accountattributename: 'memberUid'
# These are only for Active Directory
auth.ldap.activedirectory: False
auth.ldap.persontype: 'person'
auth.ldap.minion_stripdomains: []
# Redhat Identity Policy Audit
auth.ldap.freeipa: False
Authenticating to the LDAP Server
There are two phases to LDAP authentication. First, Salt authenticates to search for a
users' Distinguished Name and group membership. The user it authenticates as in this
phase is often a special LDAP system user with read-only access to the LDAP directory.
After Salt searches the directory to determine the actual user's DN and groups, it
re-authenticates as the user running the Salt commands.
If you are already aware of the structure of your DNs and permissions in your LDAP store
are set such that users can look up their own group memberships, then the first and second
users can be the same. To tell Salt this is the case, omit the auth.ldap.bindpw parame‐
ter. Note this is not the same thing as using an anonymous bind. Most LDAP servers will
not permit anonymous bind, and as mentioned above, if auth.ldap.anonymous is False you
cannot use an empty password.
You can template the binddn like this:
auth.ldap.basedn: dc=saltstack,dc=com
auth.ldap.binddn: uid={{ username }},cn=users,cn=accounts,dc=saltstack,dc=com
Salt will use the password entered on the salt command line in place of the bindpw.
To use two separate users, specify the LDAP lookup user in the binddn directive, and
include a bindpw like so
auth.ldap.binddn: uid=ldaplookup,cn=sysaccounts,cn=etc,dc=saltstack,dc=com
auth.ldap.bindpw: mypassword
As mentioned before, Salt uses a filter to find the DN associated with a user. Salt sub‐
stitutes the {{ username }} value for the username when querying LDAP
auth.ldap.filter: uid={{ username }}
Determining Group Memberships (OpenLDAP / non-Active Directory)
For OpenLDAP, to determine group membership, one can specify an OU that contains group
data. This is prepended to the basedn to create a search path. Then the results are fil‐
tered against auth.ldap.groupclass, default posixGroup, and the account's 'name'
attribute, memberUid by default.
auth.ldap.groupou: Groups
Note that as of 2017.7, auth.ldap.groupclass can refer to either a groupclass or an
objectClass. For some LDAP servers (notably OpenLDAP without the memberOf overlay
enabled) to determine group membership we need to know both the objectClass and the mem‐
berUid attributes. Usually for these servers you will want a auth.ldap.groupclass of
posixGroup and an auth.ldap.groupattribute of memberUid.
LDAP servers with the memberOf overlay will have entries similar to auth.ldap.groupclass:
person and auth.ldap.groupattribute: memberOf.
When using the ldap('DC=domain,DC=com') eauth operator, sometimes the records returned
from LDAP or Active Directory have fully-qualified domain names attached, while minion IDs
instead are simple hostnames. The parameter below allows the administrator to strip off a
certain set of domain names so the hostnames looked up in the directory service can match
the minion IDs.
auth.ldap.minion_stripdomains: ['.external.bigcorp.com', '.internal.bigcorp.com']
Determining Group Memberships (Active Directory)
Active Directory handles group membership differently, and does not utilize the groupou
configuration variable. AD needs the following options in the master config:
auth.ldap.activedirectory: True
auth.ldap.filter: sAMAccountName={{username}}
auth.ldap.accountattributename: sAMAccountName
auth.ldap.groupclass: group
auth.ldap.persontype: person
To determine group membership in AD, the username and password that is entered when LDAP
is requested as the eAuth mechanism on the command line is used to bind to AD's LDAP
interface. If this fails, then it doesn't matter what groups the user belongs to, he or
she is denied access. Next, the distinguishedName of the user is looked up with the fol‐
lowing LDAP search:
(&(<value of auth.ldap.accountattributename>={{username}})
(objectClass=<value of auth.ldap.persontype>)
)
This should return a distinguishedName that we can use to filter for group membership.
Then the following LDAP query is executed:
(&(member=<distinguishedName from search above>)
(objectClass=<value of auth.ldap.groupclass>)
)
external_auth:
ldap:
test_ldap_user:
- '*':
- test.ping
To configure a LDAP group, append a % to the ID:
external_auth:
ldap:
test_ldap_group%:
- '*':
- test.echo
In addition, if there are a set of computers in the directory service that should be part
of the eAuth definition, they can be specified like this:
external_auth:
ldap:
test_ldap_group%:
- ldap('DC=corp,DC=example,DC=com'):
- test.echo
The string inside ldap() above is any valid LDAP/AD tree limiter. OU= in particular is
permitted as long as it would return a list of computer objects.
Peer Communication
Salt 0.9.0 introduced the capability for Salt minions to publish commands. The intent of
this feature is not for Salt minions to act as independent brokers one with another, but
to allow Salt minions to pass commands to each other.
In Salt 0.10.0 the ability to execute runners from the master was added. This allows for
the master to return collective data from runners back to the minions via the peer inter‐
face.
The peer interface is configured through two options in the master configuration file. For
minions to send commands from the master the peer configuration is used. To allow for min‐
ions to execute runners from the master the peer_run configuration is used.
Since this presents a viable security risk by allowing minions access to the master pub‐
lisher the capability is turned off by default. The minions can be allowed access to the
master publisher on a per minion basis based on regular expressions. Minions with specific
ids can be allowed access to certain Salt modules and functions.
Peer Configuration
The configuration is done under the peer setting in the Salt master configuration file,
here are a number of configuration possibilities.
The simplest approach is to enable all communication for all minions, this is only recom‐
mended for very secure environments.
peer:
.*:
- .*
This configuration will allow minions with IDs ending in example.com access to the test,
ps, and pkg module functions.
peer:
.*example.com:
- test.*
- ps.*
- pkg.*
The configuration logic is simple, a regular expression is passed for matching minion ids,
and then a list of expressions matching minion functions is associated with the named min‐
ion. For instance, this configuration will also allow minions ending with foo.org access
to the publisher.
peer:
.*example.com:
- test.*
- ps.*
- pkg.*
.*foo.org:
- test.*
- ps.*
- pkg.*
NOTE:
Functions are matched using regular expressions.
Peer Runner Communication
Configuration to allow minions to execute runners from the master is done via the peer_run
option on the master. The peer_run configuration follows the same logic as the peer
option. The only difference is that access is granted to runner modules.
To open up access to all minions to all runners:
peer_run:
.*:
- .*
This configuration will allow minions with IDs ending in example.com access to the manage
and jobs runner functions.
peer_run:
.*example.com:
- manage.*
- jobs.*
NOTE:
Functions are matched using regular expressions.
Using Peer Communication
The publish module was created to manage peer communication. The publish module comes with
a number of functions to execute peer communication in different ways. Currently there are
three functions in the publish module. These examples will show how to test the peer sys‐
tem via the salt-call command.
To execute test.ping on all minions:
# salt-call publish.publish \* test.ping
To execute the manage.up runner:
# salt-call publish.runner manage.up
To match minions using other matchers, use tgt_type:
# salt-call publish.publish 'webserv* and not G@os:Ubuntu' test.ping tgt_type='compound'
NOTE:
In pre-2017.7.0 releases, use expr_form instead of tgt_type.
When to Use Each Authentication System
publisher_acl is useful for allowing local system users to run Salt commands without giv‐
ing them root access. If you can log into the Salt master directly, then publisher_acl
allows you to use Salt without root privileges. If the local system is configured to
authenticate against a remote system, like LDAP or Active Directory, then publisher_acl
will interact with the remote system transparently.
external_auth is useful for salt-api or for making your own scripts that use Salt's Python
API. It can be used at the CLI (with the -a flag) but it is more cumbersome as there are
more steps involved. The only time it is useful at the CLI is when the local system is
not configured to authenticate against an external service but you still want Salt to
authenticate against an external service.
Examples
The access controls are manifested using matchers in these configurations:
publisher_acl:
fred:
- web\*:
- pkg.list_pkgs
- test.*
- apache.*
In the above example, fred is able to send commands only to minions which match the speci‐
fied glob target. This can be expanded to include other functions for other minions based
on standard targets (all matchers are supported except the compound one).
external_auth:
pam:
dave:
- test.ping
- mongo\*:
- network.*
- log\*:
- network.*
- pkg.*
- 'G@os:RedHat':
- kmod.*
steve:
- .*
The above allows for all minions to be hit by test.ping by dave, and adds a few functions
that dave can execute on other minions. It also allows steve unrestricted access to salt
commands.
NOTE:
Functions are matched using regular expressions.
Job Management
New in version 0.9.7.
Since Salt executes jobs running on many systems, Salt needs to be able to manage jobs
running on many systems.
The Minion proc System
Salt Minions maintain a proc directory in the Salt cachedir. The proc directory maintains
files named after the executed job ID. These files contain the information about the cur‐
rent running jobs on the minion and allow for jobs to be looked up. This is located in the
proc directory under the cachedir, with a default configuration it is under
/var/cache/salt/proc.
Functions in the saltutil Module
Salt 0.9.7 introduced a few new functions to the saltutil module for managing jobs. These
functions are:
1. running Returns the data of all running jobs that are found in the proc directory.
2. find_job Returns specific data about a certain job based on job id.
3. signal_job Allows for a given jid to be sent a signal.
4. term_job Sends a termination signal (SIGTERM, 15) to the process controlling the speci‐
fied job.
5. kill_job Sends a kill signal (SIGKILL, 9) to the process controlling the specified job.
These functions make up the core of the back end used to manage jobs at the minion level.
The jobs Runner
A convenience runner front end and reporting system has been added as well. The jobs run‐
ner contains functions to make viewing data easier and cleaner.
The jobs runner contains a number of functions...
active
The active function runs saltutil.running on all minions and formats the return data about
all running jobs in a much more usable and compact format. The active function will also
compare jobs that have returned and jobs that are still running, making it easier to see
what systems have completed a job and what systems are still being waited on.
# salt-run jobs.active
lookup_jid
When jobs are executed the return data is sent back to the master and cached. By default
it is cached for 24 hours, but this can be configured via the keep_jobs option in the mas‐
ter configuration. Using the lookup_jid runner will display the same return data that the
initial job invocation with the salt command would display.
# salt-run jobs.lookup_jid <job id number>
list_jobs
Before finding a historic job, it may be required to find the job id. list_jobs will parse
the cached execution data and display all of the job data for jobs that have already, or
partially returned.
# salt-run jobs.list_jobs
Scheduling Jobs
Salt's scheduling system allows incremental executions on minions or the master. The
schedule system exposes the execution of any execution function on minions or any runner
on the master.
Scheduling can be enabled by multiple methods:
· schedule option in either the master or minion config files. These require the master
or minion application to be restarted in order for the schedule to be implemented.
· Minion pillar data. Schedule is implemented by refreshing the minion's pillar data, for
example by using saltutil.refresh_pillar.
· The schedule state or schedule module
NOTE:
The scheduler executes different functions on the master and minions. When running on
the master the functions reference runner functions, when running on the minion the
functions specify execution functions.
A scheduled run has no output on the minion unless the config is set to info level or
higher. Refer to minion-logging-settings.
States are executed on the minion, as all states are. You can pass positional arguments
and provide a YAML dict of named arguments.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour).
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
splay: 15
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour)
splaying the time between 0 and 15 seconds.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
splay:
start: 10
end: 15
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour)
splaying the time between 10 and 15 seconds.
Schedule by Date and Time
New in version 2014.7.0.
Frequency of jobs can also be specified using date strings supported by the Python dateu‐
til library. This requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
when: 5:00pm
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True at 5:00 PM minion localtime.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
when:
- Monday 5:00pm
- Tuesday 3:00pm
- Wednesday 5:00pm
- Thursday 3:00pm
- Friday 5:00pm
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True at 5:00 PM on Monday, Wednesday
and Friday, and 3:00 PM on Tuesday and Thursday.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
range:
start: 8:00am
end: 5:00pm
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour)
between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. The range parameter must be a dictionary with
the date strings using the dateutil format.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
range:
invert: True
start: 8:00am
end: 5:00pm
Using the invert option for range, this will schedule the command state.sls httpd
test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour) until the current time is between the hours of
8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. The range parameter must be a dictionary with the date strings using
the dateutil format.
schedule:
job1:
function: pkg.install
kwargs:
pkgs: [{'bar': '>1.2.3'}]
refresh: true
once: '2016-01-07T14:30:00'
This will schedule the function pkg.install to be executed once at the specified time. The
schedule entry job1 will not be removed after the job completes, therefore use sched‐
ule.delete to manually remove it afterwards.
The default date format is ISO 8601 but can be overridden by also specifying the once_fmt
option, like this:
schedule:
job1:
function: test.ping
once: 2015-04-22T20:21:00
once_fmt: '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S'
Maximum Parallel Jobs Running
New in version 2014.7.0.
The scheduler also supports ensuring that there are no more than N copies of a particular
routine running. Use this for jobs that may be long-running and could step on each other
or pile up in case of infrastructure outage.
The default for maxrunning is 1.
schedule:
long_running_job:
function: big_file_transfer
jid_include: True
maxrunning: 1
Cron-like Schedule
New in version 2014.7.0.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
cron: '*/15 * * * *'
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
The scheduler also supports scheduling jobs using a cron like format. This requires the
Python croniter library.
Job Data Return
New in version 2015.5.0.
By default, data about jobs runs from the Salt scheduler is returned to the master. Set‐
ting the return_job parameter to False will prevent the data from being sent back to the
Salt master.
schedule:
job1:
function: scheduled_job_function
return_job: False
Job Metadata
New in version 2015.5.0.
It can be useful to include specific data to differentiate a job from other jobs. Using
the metadata parameter special values can be associated with a scheduled job. These values
are not used in the execution of the job, but can be used to search for specific jobs
later if combined with the return_job parameter. The metadata parameter must be specified
as a dictionary, othewise it will be ignored.
schedule:
job1:
function: scheduled_job_function
metadata:
foo: bar
Run on Start
New in version 2015.5.0.
By default, any job scheduled based on the startup time of the minion will run the sched‐
uled job when the minion starts up. Sometimes this is not the desired situation. Using the
run_on_start parameter set to False will cause the scheduler to skip this first run and
wait until the next scheduled run:
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
run_on_start: False
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
Until and After
New in version 2015.8.0.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 15
until: '12/31/2015 11:59pm'
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
Using the until argument, the Salt scheduler allows you to specify an end time for a
scheduled job. If this argument is specified, jobs will not run once the specified time
has passed. Time should be specified in a format supported by the dateutil library. This
requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.
New in version 2015.8.0.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 15
after: '12/31/2015 11:59pm'
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
Using the after argument, the Salt scheduler allows you to specify an start time for a
scheduled job. If this argument is specified, jobs will not run until the specified time
has passed. Time should be specified in a format supported by the dateutil library. This
requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.
Scheduling States
schedule:
log-loadavg:
function: cmd.run
seconds: 3660
args:
- 'logger -t salt < /proc/loadavg'
kwargs:
stateful: False
shell: /bin/sh
Scheduling Highstates
To set up a highstate to run on a minion every 60 minutes set this in the minion config or
pillar:
schedule:
highstate:
function: state.highstate
minutes: 60
Time intervals can be specified as seconds, minutes, hours, or days.
Scheduling Runners
Runner executions can also be specified on the master within the master configuration
file:
schedule:
run_my_orch:
function: state.orchestrate
hours: 6
splay: 600
args:
- orchestration.my_orch
The above configuration is analogous to running salt-run state.orch orchestration.my_orch
every 6 hours.
Scheduler With Returner
The scheduler is also useful for tasks like gathering monitoring data about a minion, this
schedule option will gather status data and send it to a MySQL returner database:
schedule:
uptime:
function: status.uptime
seconds: 60
returner: mysql
meminfo:
function: status.meminfo
minutes: 5
returner: mysql
Since specifying the returner repeatedly can be tiresome, the schedule_returner option is
available to specify one or a list of global returners to be used by the minions when
scheduling.
Managing the Job Cache
The Salt Master maintains a job cache of all job executions which can be queried via the
jobs runner. This job cache is called the Default Job Cache.
Default Job Cache
A number of options are available when configuring the job cache. The default caching sys‐
tem uses local storage on the Salt Master and can be found in the job cache directory (on
Linux systems this is typically /var/cache/salt/master/jobs). The default caching system
is suitable for most deployments as it does not typically require any further configura‐
tion or management.
The default job cache is a temporary cache and jobs will be stored for 24 hours. If the
default cache needs to store jobs for a different period the time can be easily adjusted
by changing the keep_jobs parameter in the Salt Master configuration file. The value
passed in is measured via hours:
keep_jobs: 24
Reducing the Size of the Default Job Cache
The Default Job Cache can sometimes be a burden on larger deployments (over 5000 minions).
Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to the jobs system
and is not generally recommended. Normally it is wise to make sure the master has access
to a faster IO system or a tmpfs is mounted to the jobs dir.
However, you can disable the job_cache by setting it to False in the Salt Master configu‐
ration file. Setting this value to False means that the Salt Master will no longer cache
minion returns, but a JID directory and jid file for each job will still be created. This
JID directory is necessary for checking for and preventing JID collisions.
The default location for the job cache is in the /var/cache/salt/master/jobs/ directory.
Setting the job_cache` to False in addition to setting the keep_jobs option to a smaller
value, such as 1, in the Salt Master configuration file will reduce the size of the
Default Job Cache, and thus the burden on the Salt Master.
NOTE:
Changing the keep_jobs option sets the number of hours to keep old job information and
defaults to 24 hours. Do not set this value to 0 when trying to make the cache cleaner
run more frequently, as this means the cache cleaner will never run.
Additional Job Cache Options
Many deployments may wish to use an external database to maintain a long term register of
executed jobs. Salt comes with two main mechanisms to do this, the master job cache and
the external job cache.
See Storing Job Results in an External System.
Storing Job Results in an External System
After a job executes, job results are returned to the Salt Master by each Salt Minion.
These results are stored in the Default Job Cache.
In addition to the Default Job Cache, Salt provides two additional mechanisms to send job
results to other systems (databases, local syslog, and others):
· External Job Cache
· Master Job Cache
The major difference between these two mechanism is from where results are returned (from
the Salt Master or Salt Minion). Configuring either of these options will also make the
Jobs Runner functions to automatically query the remote stores for infomation.
External Job Cache - Minion-Side Returner
When an External Job Cache is configured, data is returned to the Default Job Cache on the
Salt Master like usual, and then results are also sent to an External Job Cache using a
Salt returner module running on the Salt Minion. [image]
· Advantages: Data is stored without placing additional load on the Salt Master.
· Disadvantages: Each Salt Minion connects to the external job cache, which can result in
a large number of connections. Also requires additional configuration to get returner
module settings on all Salt Minions.
Master Job Cache - Master-Side Returner
New in version 2014.7.0.
Instead of configuring an External Job Cache on each Salt Minion, you can configure the
Master Job Cache to send job results from the Salt Master instead. In this configuration,
Salt Minions send data to the Default Job Cache as usual, and then the Salt Master sends
the data to the external system using a Salt returner module running on the Salt Master.
[image]
· Advantages: A single connection is required to the external system. This is preferred
for databases and similar systems.
· Disadvantages: Places additional load on your Salt Master.
Configure an External or Master Job Cache
Step 1: Understand Salt Returners
Before you configure a job cache, it is essential to understand Salt returner modules
("returners"). Returners are pluggable Salt Modules that take the data returned by jobs,
and then perform any necessary steps to send the data to an external system. For example,
a returner might establish a connection, authenticate, and then format and transfer data.
The Salt Returner system provides the core functionality used by the External and Master
Job Cache systems, and the same returners are used by both systems.
Salt currently provides many different returners that let you connect to a wide variety of
systems. A complete list is available at all Salt returners. Each returner is configured
differently, so make sure you read and follow the instructions linked from that page.
For example, the MySQL returner requires:
· A database created using provided schema (structure is available at MySQL returner)
· A user created with privileges to the database
· Optional SSL configuration
A simpler returner, such as Slack or HipChat, requires:
· An API key/version
· The target channel/room
· The username that should be used to send the message
Step 2: Configure the Returner
After you understand the configuration and have the external system ready, the configura‐
tion requirements must be declared.
External Job Cache
The returner configuration settings can be declared in the Salt Minion configuration file,
the Minion's pillar data, or the Minion's grains.
If external_job_cache configuration settings are specified in more than one place, the
options are retrieved in the following order. The first configuration location that is
found is the one that will be used.
· Minion configuration file
· Minion's grains
· Minion's pillar data
Master Job Cache
The returner configuration settings for the Master Job Cache should be declared in the
Salt Master's configuration file.
Configuration File Examples
MySQL requires:
mysql.host: 'salt'
mysql.user: 'salt'
mysql.pass: 'salt'
mysql.db: 'salt'
mysql.port: 3306
Slack requires:
slack.channel: 'channel'
slack.api_key: 'key'
slack.from_name: 'name'
After you have configured the returner and added settings to the configuration file, you
can enable the External or Master Job Cache.
Step 3: Enable the External or Master Job Cache
Configuration is a single line that specifies an already-configured returner to use to
send all job data to an external system.
External Job Cache
To enable a returner as the External Job Cache (Minion-side), add the following line to
the Salt Master configuration file:
ext_job_cache: <returner>
For example:
ext_job_cache: mysql
NOTE:
When configuring an External Job Cache (Minion-side), the returner settings are added
to the Minion configuration file, but the External Job Cache setting is configured in
the Master configuration file.
Master Job Cache
To enable a returner as a Master Job Cache (Master-side), add the following line to the
Salt Master configuration file:
master_job_cache: <returner>
For example:
master_job_cache: mysql
Verify that the returner configuration settings are in the Master configuration file, and
be sure to restart the salt-master service after you make configuration changes. (service
salt-master restart).
Logging
The salt project tries to get the logging to work for you and help us solve any issues you
might find along the way.
If you want to get some more information on the nitty-gritty of salt's logging system,
please head over to the logging development document, if all you're after is salt's log‐
ging configurations, please continue reading.
Log Levels
The log levels are ordered numerically such that setting the log level to a specific level
will record all log statements at that level and higher. For example, setting log_level:
error will log statements at error, critical, and quiet levels, although nothing should be
logged at quiet level.
Most of the logging levels are defined by default in Python's logging library and can be
found in the official Python documentation. Salt uses some more levels in addition to the
standard levels. All levels available in salt are shown in the table below.
NOTE:
Python dependencies used by salt may define and use additional logging levels. For
example, the Python 2 version of the multiprocessing standard Python library uses the
levels subwarning, 25 and subdebug, 5.
┌─────────┬───────────────┬──────────────────────────┐
│Level │ Numeric value │ Description │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│quiet │ 1000 │ Nothing should be logged │
│ │ │ at this level │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│critical │ 50 │ Critical errors │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│error │ 40 │ Errors │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│warning │ 30 │ Warnings │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│info │ 20 │ Normal log information │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│profile │ 15 │ Profiling information on │
│ │ │ salt performance │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│debug │ 10 │ Information useful for │
│ │ │ debugging both salt │
│ │ │ implementations and salt │
│ │ │ code │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│trace │ 5 │ More detailed code │
│ │ │ debugging information │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│garbage │ 1 │ Even more debugging │
│ │ │ information │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│all │ 0 │ Everything │
└─────────┴───────────────┴──────────────────────────┘
Available Configuration Settings
log_file
The log records can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location.
Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.: file:///dev/log), with
rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The format for remote addresses is:
<file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>. Where log-facility
is the symbolic name of a syslog facility as defined in the SysLogHandler documentation .
It defaults to LOG_USER.
Default: Dependent of the binary being executed, for example, for salt-master,
/var/log/salt/master.
Examples:
log_file: /var/log/salt/master
log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: file:///dev/log/LOG_DAEMON
log_file: udp://loghost:10514
log_level
Default: warning
The level of log record messages to send to the console. One of all, garbage, trace,
debug, profile, info, warning, error, critical, quiet.
log_level: warning
NOTE:
Add log_level: quiet in salt configuration file to completely disable logging. In case
of running salt in command line use --log-level=quiet instead.
log_level_logfile
Default: info
The level of messages to send to the log file. One of all, garbage, trace, debug, profile,
info, warning, error, critical, quiet.
log_level_logfile: warning
log_datefmt
Default: %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in console log messages. Allowed date/time formatting can be
seen on time.strftime.
log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
log_datefmt_logfile
Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in log file messages. Allowed date/time formatting can be
seen on time.strftime.
log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
log_fmt_console
Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the console logging messages. All standard python logging LogRecord
attributes can be used. Salt also provides these custom LogRecord attributes to colorize
console log output:
'%(colorlevel)s' # log level name colorized by level
'%(colorname)s' # colorized module name
'%(colorprocess)s' # colorized process number
'%(colormsg)s' # log message colorized by level
NOTE:
The %(colorlevel)s, %(colorname)s, and %(colorprocess) LogRecord attributes also
include padding and enclosing brackets, [ and ] to match the default values of their
collateral non-colorized LogRecord attributes.
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_fmt_logfile
Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the log file logging messages. All standard python logging LogRecord
attributes can be used. Salt also provides these custom LogRecord attributes that include
padding and enclosing brackets [ and ]:
'%(bracketlevel)s' # equivalent to [%(levelname)-8s]
'%(bracketname)s' # equivalent to [%(name)-17s]
'%(bracketprocess)s' # equivalent to [%(process)5s]
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_granular_levels
Default: {}
This can be used to control logging levels more specifically, based on log call name. The
example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, sets salt.modules to log at the
debug level, and sets a custom module to the all level:
log_granular_levels:
'salt': 'warning'
'salt.modules': 'debug'
'salt.loader.saltmaster.ext.module.custom_module': 'all'
External Logging Handlers
Besides the internal logging handlers used by salt, there are some external which can be
used, see the external logging handlers document.
Salt File Server
Salt comes with a simple file server suitable for distributing files to the Salt minions.
The file server is a stateless ZeroMQ server that is built into the Salt master.
The main intent of the Salt file server is to present files for use in the Salt state sys‐
tem. With this said, the Salt file server can be used for any general file transfer from
the master to the minions.
File Server Backends
In Salt 0.12.0, the modular fileserver was introduced. This feature added the ability for
the Salt Master to integrate different file server backends. File server backends allow
the Salt file server to act as a transparent bridge to external resources. A good example
of this is the git backend, which allows Salt to serve files sourced from one or more git
repositories, but there are several others as well. Click here for a full list of Salt's
fileserver backends.
Enabling a Fileserver Backend
Fileserver backends can be enabled with the fileserver_backend option.
fileserver_backend:
- git
See the documentation for each backend to find the correct value to add to file‐
server_backend in order to enable them.
Using Multiple Backends
If fileserver_backend is not defined in the Master config file, Salt will use the roots
backend, but the fileserver_backend option supports multiple backends. When more than one
backend is in use, the files from the enabled backends are merged into a single virtual
filesystem. When a file is requested, the backends will be searched in order for that
file, and the first backend to match will be the one which returns the file.
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- git
With this configuration, the environments and files defined in the file_roots parameter
will be searched first, and if the file is not found then the git repositories defined in
gitfs_remotes will be searched.
Defining Environments
Just as the order of the values in fileserver_backend matters, so too does the order in
which different sources are defined within a fileserver environment. For example, given
the below file_roots configuration, if both /srv/salt/dev/foo.txt and
/srv/salt/prod/foo.txt exist on the Master, then salt://foo.txt would point to
/srv/salt/dev/foo.txt in the dev environment, but it would point to /srv/salt/prod/foo.txt
in the base environment.
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt/prod
qa:
- /srv/salt/qa
- /srv/salt/prod
dev:
- /srv/salt/dev
- /srv/salt/qa
- /srv/salt/prod
Similarly, when using the git backend, if both repositories defined below have a hotfix23
branch/tag, and both of them also contain the file bar.txt in the root of the repository
at that branch/tag, then salt://bar.txt in the hotfix23 environment would be served from
the first repository.
gitfs_remotes:
- https://mydomain.tld/repos/first.git
- https://mydomain.tld/repos/second.git
NOTE:
Environments map differently based on the fileserver backend. For instance, the map‐
pings are explicitly defined in roots backend, while in the VCS backends (git, hg, svn)
the environments are created from branches/tags/bookmarks/etc. For the minion backend,
the files are all in a single environment, which is specified by the minionfs_env
option.
See the documentation for each backend for a more detailed explanation of how environ‐
ments are mapped.
Dynamic Module Distribution
New in version 0.9.5.
Custom Salt execution, state, and other modules can be distributed to Salt minions using
the Salt file server.
Under the root of any environment defined via the file_roots option on the master server
directories corresponding to the type of module can be used.
The directories are prepended with an underscore:
· _beacons
· _clouds
· _engines
· _grains
· _modules
· _output
· _proxy
· _renderers
· _returners
· _states
· _tops
· _utils
The contents of these directories need to be synced over to the minions after Python mod‐
ules have been created in them. There are a number of ways to sync the modules.
Sync Via States
The minion configuration contains an option autoload_dynamic_modules which defaults to
True. This option makes the state system refresh all dynamic modules when states are run.
To disable this behavior set autoload_dynamic_modules to False in the minion config.
When dynamic modules are autoloaded via states, modules only pertinent to the environments
matched in the master's top file are downloaded.
This is important to remember, because modules can be manually loaded from any specific
environment that environment specific modules will be loaded when a state run is executed.
Sync Via the saltutil Module
The saltutil module has a number of functions that can be used to sync all or specific
dynamic modules. The saltutil module function saltutil.sync_all will sync all module types
over to a minion. For more information see: salt.modules.saltutil
Requesting Files from Specific Environments
The Salt fileserver supports multiple environments, allowing for SLS files and other files
to be isolated for better organization.
For the default backend (called roots), environments are defined using the roots option.
Other backends (such as gitfs) define environments in their own ways. For a list of avail‐
able fileserver backends, see here.
Querystring Syntax
Any salt:// file URL can specify its fileserver environment using a querystring syntax,
like so:
salt://path/to/file?saltenv=foo
In Reactor configurations, this method must be used to pull files from an environment
other than base.
In States
Minions can be instructed which environment to use both globally, and for a single state,
and multiple methods for each are available:
Globally
A minion can be pinned to an environment using the environment option in the minion config
file.
Additionally, the environment can be set for a single call to the following functions:
· state.apply
· state.highstate
· state.sls
· state.top
NOTE:
When the saltenv parameter is used to trigger a highstate using either state.apply or
state.highstate, only states from that environment will be applied.
On a Per-State Basis
Within an individual state, there are two ways of specifying the environment. The first
is to add a saltenv argument to the state. This example will pull the file from the config
environment:
/etc/foo/bar.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://foo/bar.conf
- user: foo
- mode: 600
- saltenv: config
Another way of doing the same thing is to use the querystring syntax described above:
/etc/foo/bar.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://foo/bar.conf?saltenv=config
- user: foo
- mode: 600
NOTE:
Specifying the environment using either of the above methods is only necessary in cases
where a state from one environment needs to access files from another environment. If
the SLS file containing this state was in the config environment, then it would look in
that environment by default.
File Server Configuration
The Salt file server is a high performance file server written in ZeroMQ. It manages large
files quickly and with little overhead, and has been optimized to handle small files in an
extremely efficient manner.
The Salt file server is an environment aware file server. This means that files can be
allocated within many root directories and accessed by specifying both the file path and
the environment to search. The individual environments can span across multiple directory
roots to create overlays and to allow for files to be organized in many flexible ways.
Environments
The Salt file server defaults to the mandatory base environment. This environment MUST be
defined and is used to download files when no environment is specified.
Environments allow for files and sls data to be logically separated, but environments are
not isolated from each other. This allows for logical isolation of environments by the
engineer using Salt, but also allows for information to be used in multiple environments.
Directory Overlay
The environment setting is a list of directories to publish files from. These directories
are searched in order to find the specified file and the first file found is returned.
This means that directory data is prioritized based on the order in which they are listed.
In the case of this file_roots configuration:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt/base
- /srv/salt/failover
If a file's URI is salt://httpd/httpd.conf, it will first search for the file at
/srv/salt/base/httpd/httpd.conf. If the file is found there it will be returned. If the
file is not found there, then /srv/salt/failover/httpd/httpd.conf will be used for the
source.
This allows for directories to be overlaid and prioritized based on the order they are
defined in the configuration.
It is also possible to have file_roots which supports multiple environments:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt/base
dev:
- /srv/salt/dev
- /srv/salt/base
prod:
- /srv/salt/prod
- /srv/salt/base
This example ensures that each environment will check the associated environment directory
for files first. If a file is not found in the appropriate directory, the system will
default to using the base directory.
Local File Server
New in version 0.9.8.
The file server can be rerouted to run from the minion. This is primarily to enable run‐
ning Salt states without a Salt master. To use the local file server interface, copy the
file server data to the minion and set the file_roots option on the minion to point to the
directories copied from the master. Once the minion file_roots option has been set,
change the file_client option to local to make sure that the local file server interface
is used.
The cp Module
The cp module is the home of minion side file server operations. The cp module is used by
the Salt state system, salt-cp, and can be used to distribute files presented by the Salt
file server.
Escaping Special Characters
The salt:// url format can potentially contain a query string, for example
salt://dir/file.txt?saltenv=base. You can prevent the fileclient/fileserver from inter‐
preting ? as the initial token of a query string by referencing the file with salt://|
rather than salt://.
/etc/marathon/conf/?checkpoint:
file.managed:
- source: salt://|hw/config/?checkpoint
- makedirs: True
Environments
Since the file server is made to work with the Salt state system, it supports environ‐
ments. The environments are defined in the master config file and when referencing an
environment the file specified will be based on the root directory of the environment.
get_file
The cp.get_file function can be used on the minion to download a file from the master, the
syntax looks like this:
# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc
This will instruct all Salt minions to download the vimrc file and copy it to /etc/vimrc
Template rendering can be enabled on both the source and destination file names like so:
# salt '*' cp.get_file "salt://{{grains.os}}/vimrc" /etc/vimrc template=jinja
This example would instruct all Salt minions to download the vimrc from a directory with
the same name as their OS grain and copy it to /etc/vimrc
For larger files, the cp.get_file module also supports gzip compression. Because gzip is
CPU-intensive, this should only be used in scenarios where the compression ratio is very
high (e.g. pretty-printed JSON or YAML files).
To use compression, use the gzip named argument. Valid values are integers from 1 to 9,
where 1 is the lightest compression and 9 the heaviest. In other words, 1 uses the least
CPU on the master (and minion), while 9 uses the most.
# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc gzip=5
Finally, note that by default cp.get_file does not create new destination directories if
they do not exist. To change this, use the makedirs argument:
# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vim/vimrc makedirs=True
In this example, /etc/vim/ would be created if it didn't already exist.
get_dir
The cp.get_dir function can be used on the minion to download an entire directory from the
master. The syntax is very similar to get_file:
# salt '*' cp.get_dir salt://etc/apache2 /etc
cp.get_dir supports template rendering and gzip compression arguments just like get_file:
# salt '*' cp.get_dir salt://etc/{{pillar.webserver}} /etc gzip=5 template=jinja
File Server Client Instance
A client instance is available which allows for modules and applications to be written
which make use of the Salt file server.
The file server uses the same authentication and encryption used by the rest of the Salt
system for network communication.
fileclient Module
The salt/fileclient.py module is used to set up the communication from the minion to the
master. When creating a client instance using the fileclient module, the minion configura‐
tion needs to be passed in. When using the fileclient module from within a minion module
the built in __opts__ data can be passed:
import salt.minion
import salt.fileclient
def get_file(path, dest, saltenv='base'):
'''
Used to get a single file from the Salt master
CLI Example:
salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc
'''
# Get the fileclient object
client = salt.fileclient.get_file_client(__opts__)
# Call get_file
return client.get_file(path, dest, False, saltenv)
Creating a fileclient instance outside of a minion module where the __opts__ data is not
available, it needs to be generated:
import salt.fileclient
import salt.config
def get_file(path, dest, saltenv='base'):
'''
Used to get a single file from the Salt master
'''
# Get the configuration data
opts = salt.config.minion_config('/etc/salt/minion')
# Get the fileclient object
client = salt.fileclient.get_file_client(opts)
# Call get_file
return client.get_file(path, dest, False, saltenv)
Git Fileserver Backend Walkthrough
NOTE:
This walkthrough assumes basic knowledge of Salt. To get up to speed, check out the
Salt Walkthrough.
The gitfs backend allows Salt to serve files from git repositories. It can be enabled by
adding git to the fileserver_backend list, and configuring one or more repositories in
gitfs_remotes.
Branches and tags become Salt fileserver environments.
NOTE:
Branching and tagging can result in a lot of potentially-conflicting top files, for
this reason it may be useful to set top_file_merging_strategy to same in the minions'
config files if the top files are being managed in a GitFS repo.
Installing Dependencies
Both pygit2 and GitPython are supported Python interfaces to git. If compatible versions
of both are installed, pygit2 will be preferred. In these cases, GitPython can be forced
using the gitfs_provider parameter in the master config file.
NOTE:
It is recommended to always run the most recent version of any the below dependencies.
Certain features of GitFS may not be available without the most recent version of the
chosen library.
pygit2
The minimum supported version of pygit2 is 0.20.3. Availability for this version of pygit2
is still limited, though the SaltStack team is working to get compatible versions avail‐
able for as many platforms as possible.
For the Fedora/EPEL versions which have a new enough version packaged, the following com‐
mand would be used to install pygit2:
# yum install python-pygit2
Provided a valid version is packaged for Debian/Ubuntu (which is not currently the case),
the package name would be the same, and the following command would be used to install it:
# apt-get install python-pygit2
If pygit2 is not packaged for the platform on which the Master is running, the pygit2 web‐
site has installation instructions here. Keep in mind however that following these
instructions will install libgit2 and pygit2 without system packages. Additionally, keep
in mind that SSH authentication in pygit2 requires libssh2 (not libssh) development
libraries to be present before libgit2 is built. On some Debian-based distros pkg-config
is also required to link libgit2 with libssh2.
If you are receiving the error "Unsupported URL Protocol" in the Salt Master
log when making a connection using SSH, review the libssh2 details listed
above.
Additionally, version 0.21.0 of pygit2 introduced a dependency on python-cffi, which in
turn depends on newer releases of libffi. Upgrading libffi is not advisable as several
other applications depend on it, so on older LTS linux releases pygit2 0.20.3 and libgit2
0.20.0 is the recommended combination.
WARNING:
pygit2 is actively developed and frequently makes non-backwards-compatible API changes,
even in minor releases. It is not uncommon for pygit2 upgrades to result in errors in
Salt. Please take care when upgrading pygit2, and pay close attention to the changelog,
keeping an eye out for API changes. Errors can be reported on the SaltStack issue
tracker.
RedHat Pygit2 Issues
The release of RedHat/CentOS 7.3 upgraded both python-cffi and http-parser, both of which
are dependencies for pygit2/libgit2. Both pygit2 and libgit2 (which are from the EPEL
repository and not managed directly by RedHat) need to be rebuilt against these updated
dependencies.
The below errors will show up in the master log if an incompatible python-pygit2 package
is installed:
2017-02-10 09:07:34,892 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][11211] Import pygit2 failed: CompileEr ↲
ror: command 'gcc' failed with exit status 1
2017-02-10 09:07:34,907 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][11211] gitfs is configured but could n ↲
ot be loaded, are pygit2 and libgit2 installed?
2017-02-10 09:07:34,907 [salt.utils.gitfs ][CRITICAL][11211] No suitable gitfs provider mo ↲
dule is installed.
2017-02-10 09:07:34,912 [salt.master ][CRITICAL][11211] Master failed pre flight checks, e ↲
xiting
The below errors will show up in the master log if an incompatible libgit2 package is
installed:
2017-02-15 18:04:45,211 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][6211] Error occurred fetching gitfs ↲
remote 'https://foo.com/bar.git': No Content-Type header in response
As of 15 February 2017, python-pygit2 has been rebuilt and is in the stable EPEL reposi‐
tory. However, libgit2 remains broken (a bug report has been filed to get it rebuilt).
In the meantime, you can work around this by downgrading http-parser. To do this, go to
this page and download the appropriate http-parser RPM for the OS architecture you are
using (x86_64, etc.). Then downgrade using the rpm command. For example:
[root@784e8a8c5028 /]# curl --silent -O https://kojipkgs.fedoraproject.org//packages/http- ↲
parser/2.0/5.20121128gitcd01361.el7/x86_64/http-parser-2.0-5.20121128gitcd01361.el7.x86_64.rpm
[root@784e8a8c5028 /]# rpm -Uvh --oldpackage http-parser-2.0-5.20121128gitcd01361.el7.x86_ ↲
64.rpm
Preparing... ################################# [100%]
Updating / installing...
1:http-parser-2.0-5.20121128gitcd01################################# [ 50%]
Cleaning up / removing...
2:http-parser-2.7.1-3.el7 ################################# [100%]
A restart of the salt-master daemon may be required to allow http(s) repositories to con‐
tinue to be fetched.
GitPython
GitPython 0.3.0 or newer is required to use GitPython for gitfs. For RHEL-based Linux dis‐
tros, a compatible version is available in EPEL, and can be easily installed on the master
using yum:
# yum install GitPython
Ubuntu 14.04 LTS and Debian Wheezy (7.x) also have a compatible version packaged:
# apt-get install python-git
GitPython requires the git CLI utility to work. If installed from a system package, then
git should already be installed, but if installed via pip then it may still be necessary
to install git separately. For MacOS users, GitPython comes bundled in with the Salt in‐
staller, but git must still be installed for it to work properly. Git can be installed in
several ways, including by installing XCode.
WARNING:
Keep in mind that if GitPython has been previously installed on the master using pip
(even if it was subsequently uninstalled), then it may still exist in the build cache
(typically /tmp/pip-build-root/GitPython) if the cache is not cleared after installa‐
tion. The package in the build cache will override any requirement specifiers, so if
you try upgrading to version 0.3.2.RC1 by running pip install 'GitPython==0.3.2.RC1'
then it will ignore this and simply install the version from the cache directory.
Therefore, it may be necessary to delete the GitPython directory from the build cache
in order to ensure that the specified version is installed.
WARNING:
GitPython 2.0.9 and newer is not compatible with Python 2.6. If installing GitPython
using pip on a machine running Python 2.6, make sure that a version earlier than 2.0.9
is installed. This can be done on the CLI by running pip install 'GitPython<2.0.9', or
in a pip.installed state using the following SLS:
GitPython:
pip.installed:
- name: 'GitPython < 2.0.9'
Simple Configuration
To use the gitfs backend, only two configuration changes are required on the master:
1. Include git in the fileserver_backend list in the master config file:
fileserver_backend:
- git
2. Specify one or more git://, https://, file://, or ssh:// URLs in gitfs_remotes to con‐
figure which repositories to cache and search for requested files:
gitfs_remotes:
- https://github.com/saltstack-formulas/salt-formula.git
SSH remotes can also be configured using scp-like syntax:
gitfs_remotes:
- 
@github.com:user/repo.git
- ssh://
@domain.tld/path/to/repo.git
Information on how to authenticate to SSH remotes can be found here.
3. Restart the master to load the new configuration.
NOTE:
In a master/minion setup, files from a gitfs remote are cached once by the master, so
minions do not need direct access to the git repository.
Multiple Remotes
The gitfs_remotes option accepts an ordered list of git remotes to cache and search, in
listed order, for requested files.
A simple scenario illustrates this cascading lookup behavior:
If the gitfs_remotes option specifies three remotes:
gitfs_remotes:
- git://github.com/example/first.git
- https://github.com/example/second.git
- file:///root/third
And each repository contains some files:
first.git:
top.sls
edit/vim.sls
edit/vimrc
nginx/init.sls
second.git:
edit/dev_vimrc
haproxy/init.sls
third:
haproxy/haproxy.conf
edit/dev_vimrc
Salt will attempt to lookup the requested file from each gitfs remote repository in the
order in which they are defined in the configuration. The git://github.com/exam‐
ple/first.git remote will be searched first. If the requested file is found, then it is
served and no further searching is executed. For example:
· A request for the file salt://haproxy/init.sls will be served from the
https://github.com/example/second.git git repo.
· A request for the file salt://haproxy/haproxy.conf will be served from the
file:///root/third repo.
NOTE:
This example is purposefully contrived to illustrate the behavior of the gitfs backend.
This example should not be read as a recommended way to lay out files and git repos.
The file:// prefix denotes a git repository in a local directory. However, it will
still use the given file:// URL as a remote, rather than copying the git repo to the
salt cache. This means that any refs you want accessible must exist as local refs in
the specified repo.
WARNING:
Salt versions prior to 2014.1.0 are not tolerant of changing the order of remotes or
modifying the URI of existing remotes. In those versions, when modifying remotes it is
a good idea to remove the gitfs cache directory (/var/cache/salt/master/gitfs) before
restarting the salt-master service.
Per-remote Configuration Parameters
New in version 2014.7.0.
The following master config parameters are global (that is, they apply to all configured
gitfs remotes):
· gitfs_base
· gitfs_root
· gitfs_ssl_verify
· gitfs_mountpoint (new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_user (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_password (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_insecure_auth (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_pubkey (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_privkey (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_passphrase (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_refspecs (new in 2017.7.0)
NOTE:
pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.
These parameters can now be overridden on a per-remote basis. This allows for a tremendous
amount of customization. Here's some example usage:
gitfs_provider: pygit2
gitfs_base: develop
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/foo.git
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- root: salt
- mountpoint: salt://bar
- base: salt-base
- ssl_verify: False
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- name: second_bar_repo
- root: other/salt
- mountpoint: salt://other/bar
- base: salt-base
- http://foo.com/baz.git:
- root: salt/states
- user: joe
- password: mysupersecretpassword
- insecure_auth: True
IMPORTANT:
There are two important distinctions which should be noted for per-remote configura‐
tion:
1. The URL of a remote which has per-remote configuration must be suffixed with a
colon.
2. Per-remote configuration parameters are named like the global versions, with the
gitfs_ removed from the beginning. The exception being the name and saltenv parame‐
ters, which are only available to per-remote configurations.
In the example configuration above, the following is true:
1. The first and fourth gitfs remotes will use the develop branch/tag as the base environ‐
ment, while the second and third will use the salt-base branch/tag as the base environ‐
ment.
2. The first remote will serve all files in the repository. The second remote will only
serve files from the salt directory (and its subdirectories). The third remote will
only server files from the other/salt directory (and its subdirectories), while the
fourth remote will only serve files from the salt/states directory (and its subdirecto‐
ries).
3. The first and fourth remotes will have files located under the root of the Salt file‐
server namespace (salt://). The files from the second remote will be located under
salt://bar, while the files from the third remote will be located under
salt://other/bar.
4. The second and third remotes reference the same repository and unique names need to be
declared for duplicate gitfs remotes.
5. The fourth remote overrides the default behavior of not authenticating to insecure
(non-HTTPS) remotes.
Per-Saltenv Configuration Parameters
New in version 2016.11.0.
For more granular control, Salt allows the following three things to be overridden for
individual saltenvs within a given repo:
· The mountpoint
· The root
· The branch/tag to be used for a given saltenv
Here is an example:
gitfs_root: salt
gitfs_saltenv:
- dev:
- mountpoint: salt://gitfs-dev
- ref: develop
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- saltenv:
- staging:
- ref: qa
- mountpoint: salt://bar-staging
- dev:
- ref: development
- https://foo.com/baz.git:
- saltenv:
- staging:
- mountpoint: salt://baz-staging
Given the above configuration, the following is true:
1. For all gitfs remotes, files for the dev saltenv will be located under
salt://gitfs-dev.
2. For the dev saltenv, files from the first remote will be sourced from the development
branch, while files from the second remote will be sourced from the develop branch.
3. For the staging saltenv, files from the first remote will be located under
salt://bar-staging, while files from the second remote will be located under
salt://baz-staging.
4. For all gitfs remotes, and in all saltenvs, files will be served from the salt direc‐
tory (and its subdirectories).
Custom Refspecs
New in version 2017.7.0.
GitFS will by default fetch remote branches and tags. However, sometimes it can be useful
to fetch custom refs (such as those created for GitHub pull requests). To change the ref‐
specs GitFS fetches, use the gitfs_refspecs config option:
gitfs_refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
In the above example, in addition to fetching remote branches and tags, GitHub's custom
refs for pull requests and merged pull requests will also be fetched. These special head
refs represent the head of the branch which is requesting to be merged, and the merge refs
represent the result of the base branch after the merge.
IMPORTANT:
When using custom refspecs, the destination of the fetched refs must be under
refs/remotes/origin/, preferably in a subdirectory like in the example above. These
custom refspecs will map as environment names using their relative path underneath
refs/remotes/origin/. For example, assuming the configuration above, the head branch
for pull request 12345 would map to fileserver environment pr/12345 (slash included).
Refspecs can be configured on a per-remote basis. For example, the below configuration
would only alter the default refspecs for the second GitFS remote. The first remote would
only fetch branches and tags (the default).
gitfs_remotes:
- https://domain.tld/foo.git
- https://domain.tld/bar.git:
- refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
Configuration Order of Precedence
The order of precedence for GitFS configuration is as follows (each level overrides all
levels below it):
1. Per-saltenv configuration (defined under a per-remote saltenv param)
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- saltenv:
- dev:
- mountpoint: salt://bar
2. Global per-saltenv configuration (defined in gitfs_saltenv)
gitfs_saltenv:
- saltenv:
- dev:
- mountpoint: salt://bar
3. Per-remote configuration parameter
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- mountpoint: salt://bar
4. Global configuration parameter
gitfs_mountpoint: salt://bar
Serving from a Subdirectory
The gitfs_root parameter allows files to be served from a subdirectory within the reposi‐
tory. This allows for only part of a repository to be exposed to the Salt fileserver.
Assume the below layout:
.gitignore
README.txt
foo/
foo/bar/
foo/bar/one.txt
foo/bar/two.txt
foo/bar/three.txt
foo/baz/
foo/baz/top.sls
foo/baz/edit/vim.sls
foo/baz/edit/vimrc
foo/baz/nginx/init.sls
The below configuration would serve only the files under foo/baz, ignoring the other files
in the repository:
gitfs_remotes:
- git://mydomain.com/stuff.git
gitfs_root: foo/baz
The root can also be configured on a per-remote basis.
Mountpoints
New in version 2014.7.0.
The gitfs_mountpoint parameter will prepend the specified path to the files served from
gitfs. This allows an existing repository to be used, rather than needing to reorganize a
repository or design it around the layout of the Salt fileserver.
Before the addition of this feature, if a file being served up via gitfs was deeply nested
within the root directory (for example, salt://webapps/foo/files/foo.conf, it would be
necessary to ensure that the file was properly located in the remote repository, and that
all of the parent directories were present (for example, the directories
webapps/foo/files/ would need to exist at the root of the repository).
The below example would allow for a file foo.conf at the root of the repository to be
served up from the Salt fileserver path salt://webapps/foo/files/foo.conf.
gitfs_remotes:
- https://mydomain.com/stuff.git
gitfs_mountpoint: salt://webapps/foo/files
Mountpoints can also be configured on a per-remote basis.
Using gitfs Alongside Other Backends
Sometimes it may make sense to use multiple backends; for instance, if sls files are
stored in git but larger files are stored directly on the master.
The cascading lookup logic used for multiple remotes is also used with multiple backends.
If the fileserver_backend option contains multiple backends:
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- git
Then the roots backend (the default backend of files in /srv/salt) will be searched first
for the requested file; then, if it is not found on the master, each configured git remote
will be searched.
Branches, Environments, and Top Files
When using the GitFS backend, branches, and tags will be mapped to environments using the
branch/tag name as an identifier.
There is one exception to this rule: the master branch is implicitly mapped to the base
environment.
So, for a typical base, qa, dev setup, the following branches could be used:
master
qa
dev
top.sls files from different branches will be merged into one at runtime. Since this can
lead to overly complex configurations, the recommended setup is to have a separate reposi‐
tory, containing only the top.sls file with just one single master branch.
To map a branch other than master as the base environment, use the gitfs_base parameter.
gitfs_base: salt-base
The base can also be configured on a per-remote basis.
Environment Whitelist/Blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
The gitfs_env_whitelist and gitfs_env_blacklist parameters allow for greater control over
which branches/tags are exposed as fileserver environments. Exact matches, globs, and reg‐
ular expressions are supported, and are evaluated in that order. If using a regular
expression, ^ and $ must be omitted, and the expression must match the entire branch/tag.
gitfs_env_whitelist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
NOTE:
v1.*, in this example, will match as both a glob and a regular expression (though it
will have been matched as a glob, since globs are evaluated before regular expres‐
sions).
The behavior of the blacklist/whitelist will differ depending on which combination of the
two options is used:
· If only gitfs_env_whitelist is used, then only branches/tags which match the whitelist
will be available as environments
· If only gitfs_env_blacklist is used, then the branches/tags which match the blacklist
will not be available as environments
· If both are used, then the branches/tags which match the whitelist, but do not match the
blacklist, will be available as environments.
Authentication
pygit2
New in version 2014.7.0.
Both HTTPS and SSH authentication are supported as of version 0.20.3, which is the earli‐
est version of pygit2 supported by Salt for gitfs.
NOTE:
The examples below make use of per-remote configuration parameters, a feature new to
Salt 2014.7.0. More information on these can be found here.
HTTPS
For HTTPS repositories which require authentication, the username and password can be pro‐
vided like so:
gitfs_remotes:
- https://domain.tld/myrepo.git:
- user: git
- password: mypassword
If the repository is served over HTTP instead of HTTPS, then Salt will by default refuse
to authenticate to it. This behavior can be overridden by adding an insecure_auth parame‐
ter:
gitfs_remotes:
- http://domain.tld/insecure_repo.git:
- user: git
- password: mypassword
- insecure_auth: True
SSH
SSH repositories can be configured using the ssh:// protocol designation, or using
scp-like syntax. So, the following two configurations are equivalent:
· ssh://@github.com/user/repo.git
· @github.com:user/repo.git
Both gitfs_pubkey and gitfs_privkey (or their per-remote counterparts) must be configured
in order to authenticate to SSH-based repos. If the private key is protected with a
passphrase, it can be configured using gitfs_passphrase (or simply passphrase if being
configured per-remote). For example:
gitfs_remotes:
- @github.com:user/repo.git:
- pubkey: /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub
- privkey: /root/.ssh/id_rsa
- passphrase: myawesomepassphrase
Finally, the SSH host key must be added to the known_hosts file.
NOTE:
There is a known issue with public-key SSH authentication to Microsoft Visual Studio
(VSTS) with pygit2. This is due to a bug or lack of support for VSTS in older libssh2
releases. Known working releases include libssh2 1.7.0 and later, and known incompati‐
ble releases include 1.5.0 and older. At the time of this writing, 1.6.0 has not been
tested.
Since upgrading libssh2 would require rebuilding many other packages (curl, etc.), fol‐
lowed by a rebuild of libgit2 and a reinstall of pygit2, an easier workaround for sys‐
tems with older libssh2 is to use GitPython with a passphraseless key for authentica‐
tion.
GitPython
HTTPS
For HTTPS repositories which require authentication, the username and password can be con‐
figured in one of two ways. The first way is to include them in the URL using the format
https://<user>:<password>@<url>, like so:
gitfs_remotes:
- https://git:
@domain.tld/myrepo.git
The other way would be to configure the authentication in ~/.netrc:
machine domain.tld
login git
password mypassword
If the repository is served over HTTP instead of HTTPS, then Salt will by default refuse
to authenticate to it. This behavior can be overridden by adding an insecure_auth parame‐
ter:
gitfs_remotes:
- http://git:@domain.tld/insecure_repo.git:
- insecure_auth: True
SSH
Only passphrase-less SSH public key authentication is supported using GitPython. The auth
parameters (pubkey, privkey, etc.) shown in the pygit2 authentication examples above do
not work with GitPython.
gitfs_remotes:
- ssh://@github.com/example/salt-states.git
Since GitPython wraps the git CLI, the private key must be located in ~/.ssh/id_rsa for
the user under which the Master is running, and should have permissions of 0600. Also, in
the absence of a user in the repo URL, GitPython will (just as SSH does) attempt to login
as the current user (in other words, the user under which the Master is running, usually
root).
If a key needs to be used, then ~/.ssh/config can be configured to use the desired key.
Information on how to do this can be found by viewing the manpage for ssh_config. Here's
an example entry which can be added to the ~/.ssh/config to use an alternate key for
gitfs:
Host github.com
IdentityFile /root/.ssh/id_rsa_gitfs
The Host parameter should be a hostname (or hostname glob) that matches the domain name of
the git repository.
It is also necessary to add the SSH host key to the known_hosts file. The exception to
this would be if strict host key checking is disabled, which can be done by adding Stric‐
tHostKeyChecking no to the entry in ~/.ssh/config
Host github.com
IdentityFile /root/.ssh/id_rsa_gitfs
StrictHostKeyChecking no
However, this is generally regarded as insecure, and is not recommended.
Adding the SSH Host Key to the known_hosts File
To use SSH authentication, it is necessary to have the remote repository's SSH host key in
the ~/.ssh/known_hosts file. If the master is also a minion, this can be done using the
ssh.set_known_host function:
# salt mymaster ssh.set_known_host user=root hostname=github.com
mymaster:
----------
new:
----------
enc:
ssh-rsa
fingerprint:
16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48
hostname:
|1|OiefWWqOD4kwO3BhoIGa0loR5AA=|BIXVtmcTbPER+68HvXmceodDcfI=
key:
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAq2A7hRGmdnm9tUDbO9IDSwBK6TbQa+PXYPCPy6rbTrTtw7PHkc ↲
cKrpp0yVhp5HdEIcKr6pLlVDBfOLX9QUsyCOV0wzfjIJNlGEYsdlLJizHhbn2mUjvSAHQqZETYP81eFzLQNnPHt4EVVUh7VfDESU84KezmD5QlWpXLmvU31/yMf+Se8xhHTvKSCZIFImWwoG6mbUoWf9nzpIoaSjB+weqqUUmpaaasXVal72J+UX2B+2RPW3RcT0eOzQgqlJL3RKrTJvdsjE3JEAvGq3lGHSZXy28G3skua2SmVi/w4yCE6gbODqnTWlg7+wC604ydGXA8VJiS5ap43JXiUFFAaQ==
old:
None
status:
updated
If not, then the easiest way to add the key is to su to the user (usually root) under
which the salt-master runs and attempt to login to the server via SSH:
$ su -
Password:
# ssh github.com
The authenticity of host 'github.com (192.30.252.128)' can't be established.
RSA key fingerprint is 16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
Warning: Permanently added 'github.com,192.30.252.128' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
Permission denied (publickey).
It doesn't matter if the login was successful, as answering yes will write the fingerprint
to the known_hosts file.
Verifying the Fingerprint
To verify that the correct fingerprint was added, it is a good idea to look it up. One way
to do this is to use nmap:
$ nmap -p 22 github.com --script ssh-hostkey
Starting Nmap 5.51 ( http://nmap.org ) at 2014-08-18 17:47 CDT
Nmap scan report for github.com (192.30.252.129)
Host is up (0.17s latency).
Not shown: 996 filtered ports
PORT STATE SERVICE
22/tcp open ssh
| ssh-hostkey: 1024 ad:1c:08:a4:40:e3:6f:9c:f5:66:26:5d:4b:33:5d:8c (DSA)
|_2048 16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48 (RSA)
80/tcp open http
443/tcp open https
9418/tcp open git
Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 28.78 seconds
Another way is to check one's own known_hosts file, using this one-liner:
$ ssh-keygen -l -f /dev/stdin <<<`ssh-keyscan github.com 2>/dev/null` | awk '{print $2}'
16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48
WARNING:
AWS tracks usage of nmap and may flag it as abuse. On AWS hosts, the ssh-keygen method
is recommended for host key verification.
NOTE:
As of OpenSSH 6.8 the SSH fingerprint is now shown as a base64-encoded SHA256 checksum
of the host key. So, instead of the fingerprint looking like
16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48, it would look like
SHA256:nThbg6kXUpJWGl7E1IGOCspRomTxdCARLviKw6E5SY8.
Refreshing gitfs Upon Push
By default, Salt updates the remote fileserver backends every 60 seconds. However, if it
is desirable to refresh quicker than that, the Reactor System can be used to signal the
master to update the fileserver on each push, provided that the git server is also a Salt
minion. There are three steps to this process:
1. On the master, create a file /srv/reactor/update_fileserver.sls, with the following
contents:
update_fileserver:
runner.fileserver.update
2. Add the following reactor configuration to the master config file:
reactor:
- 'salt/fileserver/gitfs/update':
- /srv/reactor/update_fileserver.sls
3. On the git server, add a post-receive hook
a. If the user executing git push is the same as the minion user, use the following
hook:
#!/usr/bin/env sh
salt-call event.fire_master update salt/fileserver/gitfs/update
b. To enable other git users to run the hook after a push, use sudo in the hook script:
#!/usr/bin/env sh
sudo -u root salt-call event.fire_master update salt/fileserver/gitfs/update
4. If using sudo in the git hook (above), the policy must be changed to permit all users
to fire the event. Add the following policy to the sudoers file on the git server.
Cmnd_Alias SALT_GIT_HOOK = /bin/salt-call event.fire_master update salt/fileserver/gitf ↲
s/update
Defaults!SALT_GIT_HOOK !requiretty
ALL ALL=(root) NOPASSWD: SALT_GIT_HOOK
The update argument right after event.fire_master in this example can really be anything,
as it represents the data being passed in the event, and the passed data is ignored by
this reactor.
Similarly, the tag name salt/fileserver/gitfs/update can be replaced by anything, so long
as the usage is consistent.
The root user name in the hook script and sudo policy should be changed to match the user
under which the minion is running.
Using Git as an External Pillar Source
The git external pillar (a.k.a. git_pillar) has been rewritten for the 2015.8.0 release.
This rewrite brings with it pygit2 support (allowing for access to authenticated reposito‐
ries), as well as more granular support for per-remote configuration.
To make use of the new features, changes to the git ext_pillar configuration must be made.
The new configuration schema is detailed here.
For Salt releases before 2015.8.0, click here for documentation.
Why aren't my custom modules/states/etc. syncing to my Minions?
In versions 0.16.3 and older, when using the git fileserver backend, certain versions of
GitPython may generate errors when fetching, which Salt fails to catch. While not fatal to
the fetch process, these interrupt the fileserver update that takes place before custom
types are synced, and thus interrupt the sync itself. Try disabling the git fileserver
backend in the master config, restarting the master, and attempting the sync again.
This issue is worked around in Salt 0.16.4 and newer.
MinionFS Backend Walkthrough
New in version 2014.1.0.
NOTE:
This walkthrough assumes basic knowledge of Salt and cp.push. To get up to speed, check
out the Salt Walkthrough.
Sometimes it is desirable to deploy a file located on one minion to one or more other min‐
ions. This is supported in Salt, and can be accomplished in two parts:
1. Minion support for pushing files to the master (using cp.push)
2. The minionfs fileserver backend
This walkthrough will show how to use both of these features.
Enabling File Push
To set the master to accept files pushed from minions, the file_recv option in the master
config file must be set to True (the default is False).
file_recv: True
NOTE:
This change requires a restart of the salt-master service.
Pushing Files
Once this has been done, files can be pushed to the master using the cp.push function:
salt 'minion-id' cp.push /path/to/the/file
This command will store the file in a subdirectory named minions under the master's
cachedir. On most masters, this path will be /var/cache/salt/master/minions. Within this
directory will be one directory for each minion which has pushed a file to the master, and
underneath that the full path to the file on the minion. So, for example, if a minion with
an ID of dev1 pushed a file /var/log/myapp.log to the master, it would be saved to
/var/cache/salt/master/minions/dev1/var/log/myapp.log.
Serving Pushed Files Using MinionFS
While it is certainly possible to add /var/cache/salt/master/minions to the master's
file_roots and serve these files, it may only be desirable to expose files pushed from
certain minions. Adding /var/cache/salt/master/minions/<minion-id> for each minion that
needs to be exposed can be cumbersome and prone to errors.
Enter minionfs. This fileserver backend will make files pushed using cp.push available to
the Salt fileserver, and provides an easy mechanism to restrict which minions' pushed
files are made available.
Simple Configuration
To use the minionfs backend, add minion to the list of backends in the fileserver_backend
configuration option on the master:
file_recv: True
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- minion
NOTE:
As described earlier, file_recv: True is also needed to enable the master to receive
files pushed from minions. As always, changes to the master configuration require a
restart of the salt-master service.
Files made available via minionfs are by default located at salt://<min‐
ion-id>/path/to/file. Think back to the earlier example, in which dev1 pushed a file
/var/log/myapp.log to the master. With minionfs enabled, this file would be addressable in
Salt at salt://dev1/var/log/myapp.log.
If many minions have pushed to the master, this will result in many directories in the
root of the Salt fileserver. For this reason, it is recommended to use the minionfs_mount‐
point config option to organize these files underneath a subdirectory:
minionfs_mountpoint: salt://minionfs
Using the above mountpoint, the file in the example would be located at salt://min‐
ionfs/dev1/var/log/myapp.log.
Restricting Certain Minions' Files from Being Available Via MinionFS
A whitelist and blacklist can be used to restrict the minions whose pushed files are
available via minionfs. These lists can be managed using the minionfs_whitelist and min‐
ionfs_blacklist config options. Click the links for both of them for a detailed explana‐
tion of how to use them.
A more complex configuration example, which uses both a whitelist and blacklist, can be
found below:
file_recv: True
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- minion
minionfs_mountpoint: salt://minionfs
minionfs_whitelist:
- host04
- web*
- 'mail\d+\.domain\.tld'
minionfs_whitelist:
- web21
Potential Concerns
· There is no access control in place to restrict which minions have access to files
served up by minionfs. All minions will have access to these files.
· Unless the minionfs_whitelist and/or minionfs_blacklist config options are used, all
minions which push files to the master will have their files made available via min‐
ionfs.
Salt Package Manager
The Salt Package Manager, or SPM, enables Salt formulas to be packaged to simplify distri‐
bution to Salt masters. The design of SPM was influenced by other existing packaging sys‐
tems including RPM, Yum, and Pacman. [image]
NOTE:
The previous diagram shows each SPM component as a different system, but this is not
required. You can build packages and host the SPM repo on a single Salt master if you'd
like.
Packaging System
The packaging system is used to package the state, pillar, file templates, and other files
used by your formula into a single file. After a formula package is created, it is copied
to the Repository System where it is made available to Salt masters.
See Building SPM Packages
Repo System
The Repo system stores the SPM package and metadata files and makes them available to Salt
masters via http(s), ftp, or file URLs. SPM repositories can be hosted on a Salt Master, a
Salt Minion, or on another system.
See Distributing SPM Packages
Salt Master
SPM provides Salt master settings that let you configure the URL of one or more SPM repos.
You can then quickly install packages that contain entire formulas to your Salt masters
using SPM.
See Installing SPM Packages
Contents
Building SPM Packages
The first step when using Salt Package Manager is to build packages for each of of the
formulas that you want to distribute. Packages can be built on any system where you can
install Salt.
Package Build Overview
To build a package, all state, pillar, jinja, and file templates used by your formula are
assembled into a folder on the build system. These files can be cloned from a Git reposi‐
tory, such as those found at the saltstack-formulas organization on GitHub, or copied
directly to the folder.
The following diagram demonstrates a typical formula layout on the build system: [image]
In this example, all formula files are placed in a myapp-formula folder. This is the
folder that is targeted by the spm build command when this package is built.
Within this folder, pillar data is placed in a pillar.example file at the root, and all
state, jinja, and template files are placed within a subfolder that is named after the
application being packaged. State files are typically contained within a subfolder, simi‐
lar to how state files are organized in the state tree. Any non-pillar files in your pack‐
age that are not contained in a subfolder are placed at the root of the spm state tree.
Additionally, a FORMULA file is created and placed in the root of the folder. This file
contains package metadata that is used by SPM.
Package Installation Overview
When building packages, it is useful to know where files are installed on the Salt master.
During installation, all files except pillar.example and FORMULA are copied directly to
the spm state tree on the Salt master (located at \srv\spm\salt).
If a pillar.example file is present in the root, it is renamed to <formula name>.sls.orig
and placed in the pillar_path. [image]
NOTE:
Even though the pillar data file is copied to the pillar root, you still need to manu‐
ally assign this pillar data to systems using the pillar top file. This file can also
be duplicated and renamed so the .orig version is left intact in case you need to
restore it later.
Building an SPM Formula Package
1. Assemble formula files in a folder on the build system.
2. Create a FORMULA file and place it in the root of the package folder.
3. Run spm build <folder name>. The package is built and placed in the /srv/spm_build
folder.
spm build /path/to/salt-packages-source/myapp-formula
4. Copy the .spm file to a folder on the repository system.
Types of Packages
SPM supports different types of packages. The function of each package is denoted by its
name. For instance, packages which end in -formula are considered to be Salt States (the
most common type of formula). Packages which end in -conf contain configuration which is
to be placed in the /etc/salt/ directory. Packages which do not contain one of these names
are treated as if they have a -formula name.
formula
By default, most files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/salt/ directory. The
exception is the pillar.example file, which will be renamed to <package_name>.sls and
placed in the pillar directory (/srv/spm/pillar/ by default).
reactor
By default, files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/reactor/ directory.
conf
The files in this type of package are configuration files for Salt, which normally live in
the /etc/salt/ directory. Configuration files for packages other than Salt can and should
be handled with a Salt State (using a formula type of package).
Technical Information
Packages are built using BZ2-compressed tarballs. By default, the package database is
stored using the sqlite3 driver (see Loader Modules below).
Support for these are built into Python, and so no external dependencies are needed.
All other files belonging to SPM use YAML, for portability and ease of use and maintain‐
ability.
SPM-Specific Loader Modules
SPM was designed to behave like traditional package managers, which apply files to the
filesystem and store package metadata in a local database. However, because modern infra‐
structures often extend beyond those use cases, certain parts of SPM have been broken out
into their own set of modules.
Package Database
By default, the package database is stored using the sqlite3 module. This module was cho‐
sen because support for SQLite3 is built into Python itself.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
database management.
Package Files
By default, package files are installed using the local module. This module applies files
to the local filesystem, on the machine that the package is installed on.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
file management.
Distributing SPM Packages
SPM packages can be distributed to Salt masters over HTTP(S), FTP, or through the file
system. The SPM repo can be hosted on any system where you can install Salt. Salt is
installed so you can run the spm create_repo command when you update or add a package to
the repo. SPM repos do not require the salt-master, salt-minion, or any other process run‐
ning on the system.
NOTE:
If you are hosting the SPM repo on a system where you can not or do not want to install
Salt, you can run the spm create_repo command on the build system and then copy the
packages and the generated SPM-METADATA file to the repo. You can also install SPM
files directly on a Salt master, bypassing the repository completely.
Setting up a Package Repository
After packages are built, the generated SPM files are placed in the srv/spm_build folder.
Where you place the built SPM files on your repository server depends on how you plan to
make them available to your Salt masters.
You can share the srv/spm_build folder on the network, or copy the files to your FTP or
Web server.
Adding a Package to the repository
New packages are added by simply copying the SPM file to the repo folder, and then gener‐
ating repo metadata.
Generate Repo Metadata
Each time you update or add an SPM package to your repository, issue an spm create_repo
command:
spm create_repo /srv/spm_build
SPM generates the repository metadata for all of the packages in that directory and places
it in an SPM-METADATA file at the folder root. This command is used even if repository
metadata already exists in that directory.
Installing SPM Packages
SPM packages are installed to your Salt master, where they are available to Salt minions
using all of Salt's package management functions.
Configuring Remote Repositories
Before SPM can use a repository, two things need to happen. First, the Salt master needs
to know where the repository is through a configuration process. Then it needs to pull
down the repository metadata.
Repository Configuration Files
Repositories are configured by adding each of them to the /etc/salt/spm.repos.d/spm.repo
file on each Salt master. This file contains the name of the repository, and the link to
the repository:
my_repo:
url: https://spm.example.com/
For HTTP/HTTPS Basic authorization you can define credentials:
Beware of unauthorized access to this file, please set at least 0640 permissions for this
configuration file:
The URL can use http, https, ftp, or file.
my_repo:
url: file:///srv/spm_build
Updating Local Repository Metadata
After the repository is configured on the Salt master, repository metadata is downloaded
using the spm update_repo command:
spm update_repo
NOTE:
A file for each repo is placed in /var/cache/salt/spm on the Salt master after you run
the update_repo command. If you add a repository and it does not seem to be showing up,
check this path to verify that the repository was found.
Update File Roots
SPM packages are installed to the srv/spm/salt folder on your Salt master. This path
needs to be added to the file roots on your Salt master manually.
file_roots:
base:
1. /srv/salt
2. /srv/spm/salt
Restart the salt-master service after updating the file_roots setting.
Installing Packages
To install a package, use the spm install command:
spm install apache
WARNING:
Currently, SPM does not check to see if files are already in place before installing
them. That means that existing files will be overwritten without warning.
Installing directly from an SPM file
You can also install SPM packages using a local SPM file using the spm local install com‐
mand:
spm local install /srv/spm/apache-201506-1.spm
An SPM repository is not required when using spm local install.
Pillars
If an installed package includes Pillar data, be sure to target the installed pillar to
the necessary systems using the pillar Top file.
Removing Packages
Packages may be removed after they are installed using the spm remove command.
spm remove apache
If files have been modified, they will not be removed. Empty directories will also be
removed.
SPM Configuration
There are a number of options that are specific to SPM. They may be configured in the mas‐
ter configuration file, or in SPM's own spm configuration file (normally located at
/etc/salt/spm). If configured in both places, the spm file takes precedence. In general,
these values will not need to be changed from the defaults.
spm_logfile
Default: /var/log/salt/spm
Where SPM logs messages.
spm_repos_config
Default: /etc/salt/spm.repos
SPM repositories are configured with this file. There is also a directory which corre‐
sponds to it, which ends in .d. For instance, if the filename is /etc/salt/spm.repos, the
directory will be /etc/salt/spm.repos.d/.
spm_cache_dir
Default: /var/cache/salt/spm
When SPM updates package repository metadata and downloads packaged, they will be placed
in this directory. The package database, normally called packages.db, also lives in this
directory.
spm_db
Default: /var/cache/salt/spm/packages.db
The location and name of the package database. This database stores the names of all of
the SPM packages installed on the system, the files that belong to them, and the metadata
for those files.
spm_build_dir
Default: /srv/spm_build
When packages are built, they will be placed in this directory.
spm_build_exclude
Default: ['.git']
When SPM builds a package, it normally adds all files in the formula directory to the
package. Files listed here will be excluded from that package. This option requires a list
to be specified.
spm_build_exclude:
- .git
- .svn
Types of Packages
SPM supports different types of formula packages. The function of each package is denoted
by its name. For instance, packages which end in -formula are considered to be Salt States
(the most common type of formula). Packages which end in -conf contain configuration which
is to be placed in the /etc/salt/ directory. Packages which do not contain one of these
names are treated as if they have a -formula name.
formula
By default, most files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/salt/ directory. The
exception is the pillar.example file, which will be renamed to <package_name>.sls and
placed in the pillar directory (/srv/spm/pillar/ by default).
reactor
By default, files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/reactor/ directory.
conf
The files in this type of package are configuration files for Salt, which normally live in
the /etc/salt/ directory. Configuration files for packages other than Salt can and should
be handled with a Salt State (using a formula type of package).
FORMULA File
In addition to the formula itself, a FORMULA file must exist which describes the package.
An example of this file is:
name: apache
os: RedHat, Debian, Ubuntu, SUSE, FreeBSD
os_family: RedHat, Debian, Suse, FreeBSD
version: 201506
release: 2
summary: Formula for installing Apache
description: Formula for installing Apache
Required Fields
This file must contain at least the following fields:
name
The name of the package, as it will appear in the package filename, in the repository
metadata, and the package database. Even if the source formula has -formula in its name,
this name should probably not include that. For instance, when packaging the apache-for‐
mula, the name should be set to apache.
os
The value of the os grain that this formula supports. This is used to help users know
which operating systems can support this package.
os_family
The value of the os_family grain that this formula supports. This is used to help users
know which operating system families can support this package.
version
The version of the package. While it is up to the organization that manages this package,
it is suggested that this version is specified in a YYYYMM format. For instance, if this
version was released in June 2015, the package version should be 201506. If multiple
releases are made in a month, the release field should be used.
minimum_version
Minimum recommended version of Salt to use this formula. Not currently enforced.
release
This field refers primarily to a release of a version, but also to multiple versions
within a month. In general, if a version has been made public, and immediate updates need
to be made to it, this field should also be updated.
summary
A one-line description of the package.
description
A more detailed description of the package which can contain more than one line.
Optional Fields
The following fields may also be present.
top_level_dir
This field is optional, but highly recommended. If it is not specified, the package name
will be used.
Formula repositories typically do not store .sls files in the root of the repository;
instead they are stored in a subdirectory. For instance, an apache-formula repository
would contain a directory called apache, which would contain an init.sls, plus a number of
other related files. In this instance, the top_level_dir should be set to apache.
Files outside the top_level_dir, such as README.rst, FORMULA, and LICENSE will not be
installed. The exceptions to this rule are files that are already treated specially, such
as pillar.example and _modules/.
dependencies
A comma-separated list of packages that must be installed along with this package. When
this package is installed, SPM will attempt to discover and install these packages as
well. If it is unable to, then it will refuse to install this package.
This is useful for creating packages which tie together other packages. For instance, a
package called wordpress-mariadb-apache would depend upon wordpress, mariadb, and apache.
optional
A comma-separated list of packages which are related to this package, but are neither
required nor necessarily recommended. This list is displayed in an informational message
when the package is installed to SPM.
recommended
A comma-separated list of optional packages that are recommended to be installed with the
package. This list is displayed in an informational message when the package is installed
to SPM.
files
A files section can be added, to specify a list of files to add to the SPM. Such a sec‐
tion might look like:
files:
- _pillar
- FORMULA
- _runners
- d|mymodule/index.rst
- r|README.rst
When files are specified, then only those files will be added to the SPM, regardless of
what other files exist in the directory. They will also be added in the order specified,
which is useful if you have a need to lay down files in a specific order.
As can be seen in the example above, you may also tag files as being a specific type. This
is done by pre-pending a filename with its type, followed by a pipe (|) character. The
above example contains a document file and a readme. The available file types are:
· c: config file
· d: documentation file
· g: ghost file (i.e. the file contents are not included in the package payload)
· l: license file
· r: readme file
· s: SLS file
· m: Salt module
The first 5 of these types (c, d, g, l, r) will be placed in /usr/share/salt/spm/ by
default. This can be changed by setting an spm_share_dir value in your /etc/salt/spm con‐
figuration file.
The last two types (s and m) are currently ignored, but they are reserved for future use.
Pre and Post States
It is possible to run Salt states before and after installing a package by using pre and
post states. The following sections may be declared in a FORMULA:
· pre_local_state
· pre_tgt_state
· post_local_state
· post_tgt_state
Sections with pre in their name are evaluated before a package is installed and sections
with post are evaluated after a package is installed. local states are evaluated before
tgt states.
Each of these sections needs to be evaluated as text, rather than as YAML. Consider the
following block:
Note that this declaration uses > after pre_local_state. This is a YAML marker that marks
the next multi-line block as text, including newlines. It is important to use this marker
whenever declaring pre or post states, so that the text following it can be evaluated
properly.
local States
local states are evaluated locally; this is analagous to issuing a state run using a
salt-call --local command. These commands will be issued on the local machine running the
spm command, whether that machine is a master or a minion.
local states do not require any special arguments, but they must still use the > marker to
denote that the state is evaluated as text, not a data structure.
tgt States
tgt states are issued against a remote target. This is analogous to issuing a state using
the salt command. As such it requires that the machine that the spm command is running on
is a master.
Because tgt states require that a target be specified, their code blocks are a little dif‐
ferent. Consider the following state:
With tgt states, the state data is placed under a data section, inside the *_tgt_state
code block. The target is of course specified as a tgt and you may also optionally specify
a tgt_type (the default is glob).
You still need to use the > marker, but this time it follows the data line, rather than
the *_tgt_state line.
Templating States
The reason that state data must be evaluated as text rather than a data structure is
because that state data is first processed through the rendering engine, as it would be
with a standard state run.
This means that you can use Jinja or any other supported renderer inside of Salt. All for‐
mula variables are available to the renderer, so you can reference FORMULA data inside
your state if you need to:
You may also declare your own variables inside the FORMULA. If SPM doesn't recognize them
then it will ignore them, so there are no restrictions on variable names, outside of
avoiding reserved words.
By default the renderer is set to yaml_jinja. You may change this by changing the renderer
setting in the FORMULA itself.
Building a Package
Once a FORMULA file has been created, it is placed into the root of the formula that is to
be turned into a package. The spm build command is used to turn that formula into a pack‐
age:
spm build /path/to/saltstack-formulas/apache-formula
The resulting file will be placed in the build directory. By default this directory is
located at /srv/spm/.
Loader Modules
When an execution module is placed in <file_roots>/_modules/ on the master, it will auto‐
matically be synced to minions, the next time a sync operation takes place. Other modules
are also propagated this way: state modules can be placed in _states/, and so on.
When SPM detects a file in a package which resides in one of these directories, that
directory will be placed in <file_roots> instead of in the formula directory with the rest
of the files.
Removing Packages
Packages may be removed once they are installed using the spm remove command.
spm remove apache
If files have been modified, they will not be removed. Empty directories will also be
removed.
Technical Information
Packages are built using BZ2-compressed tarballs. By default, the package database is
stored using the sqlite3 driver (see Loader Modules below).
Support for these are built into Python, and so no external dependencies are needed.
All other files belonging to SPM use YAML, for portability and ease of use and maintain‐
ability.
SPM-Specific Loader Modules
SPM was designed to behave like traditional package managers, which apply files to the
filesystem and store package metadata in a local database. However, because modern infra‐
structures often extend beyond those use cases, certain parts of SPM have been broken out
into their own set of modules.
Package Database
By default, the package database is stored using the sqlite3 module. This module was cho‐
sen because support for SQLite3 is built into Python itself.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
database management.
Package Files
By default, package files are installed using the local module. This module applies files
to the local filesystem, on the machine that the package is installed on.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
file management.
Types of Packages
SPM supports different types of formula packages. The function of each package is denoted
by its name. For instance, packages which end in -formula are considered to be Salt States
(the most common type of formula). Packages which end in -conf contain configuration which
is to be placed in the /etc/salt/ directory. Packages which do not contain one of these
names are treated as if they have a -formula name.
formula
By default, most files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/salt/ directory. The
exception is the pillar.example file, which will be renamed to <package_name>.sls and
placed in the pillar directory (/srv/spm/pillar/ by default).
reactor
By default, files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/reactor/ directory.
conf
The files in this type of package are configuration files for Salt, which normally live in
the /etc/salt/ directory. Configuration files for packages other than Salt can and should
be handled with a Salt State (using a formula type of package).
SPM Development Guide
This document discusses developing additional code for SPM.
SPM-Specific Loader Modules
SPM was designed to behave like traditional package managers, which apply files to the
filesystem and store package metadata in a local database. However, because modern infra‐
structures often extend beyond those use cases, certain parts of SPM have been broken out
into their own set of modules.
Each function that accepts arguments has a set of required and optional arguments. Take
note that SPM will pass all arguments in, and therefore each function must accept each of
those arguments. However, arguments that are marked as required are crucial to SPM's core
functionality, while arguments that are marked as optional are provided as a benefit to
the module, if it needs to use them.
Package Database
By default, the package database is stored using the sqlite3 module. This module was cho‐
sen because support for SQLite3 is built into Python itself.
Modules for managing the package database are stored in the salt/spm/pkgdb/ directory. A
number of functions must exist to support database management.
init()
Get a database connection, and initialize the package database if necessary.
This function accepts no arguments. If a database is used which supports a connection
object, then that connection object is returned. For instance, the sqlite3 module returns
a connect() object from the sqlite3 library:
conn = sqlite3.connect(__opts__['spm_db'], isolation_level=None)
...
return conn
SPM itself will not use this connection object; it will be passed in as-is to the other
functions in the module. Therefore, when you set up this object, make sure to do so in a
way that is easily usable throughout the module.
info()
Return information for a package. This generally consists of the information that is
stored in the FORMULA file in the package.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are package (required) and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. conn is the connection
object returned from init().
list_files()
Return a list of files for an installed package. Only the filename should be returned, and
no other information.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are package (required) and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. conn is the connection
object returned from init().
register_pkg()
Register a package in the package database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this
function.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are name (required), formula_def (required),
and conn (optional).
name is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. formula_def is the contents
of the FORMULA file, as a dict. conn is the connection object returned from init().
register_file()
Register a file in the package database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this
function.
The arguments that are passed in are name (required), member (required), path (required),
digest (optional), and conn (optional).
name is the name of the package.
member is a tarfile object for the package file. It is included, because it contains most
of the information for the file.
path is the location of the file on the local filesystem.
digest is the SHA1 checksum of the file.
conn is the connection object returned from init().
unregister_pkg()
Unregister a package from the package database. This usually only involves removing the
package's record from the database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this function.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are name (required) and conn (optional).
name is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. conn is the connection
object returned from init().
unregister_file()
Unregister a package from the package database. This usually only involves removing the
package's record from the database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this function.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are name (required), pkg (optional) and conn
(optional).
name is the path of the file, as it was installed on the filesystem.
pkg is the name of the package that the file belongs to.
conn is the connection object returned from init().
db_exists()
Check to see whether the package database already exists. This is the path to the package
database file. This function will return True or False.
The only argument that is expected is db_, which is the package database file.
Package Files
By default, package files are installed using the local module. This module applies files
to the local filesystem, on the machine that the package is installed on.
Modules for managing the package database are stored in the salt/spm/pkgfiles/ directory.
A number of functions must exist to support file management.
init()
Initialize the installation location for the package files. Normally these will be direc‐
tory paths, but other external destinations such as databases can be used. For this rea‐
son, this function will return a connection object, which can be a database object. How‐
ever, in the default local module, this object is a dict containing the paths. This object
will be passed into all other functions.
Three directories are used for the destinations: formula_path, pillar_path, and reac‐
tor_path.
formula_path is the location of most of the files that will be installed. The default is
specific to the operating system, but is normally /srv/salt/.
pillar_path is the location that the pillar.example file will be installed to. The
default is specific to the operating system, but is normally /srv/pillar/.
reactor_path is the location that reactor files will be installed to. The default is spe‐
cific to the operating system, but is normally /srv/reactor/.
check_existing()
Check the filesystem for existing files. All files for the package will be checked, and if
any are existing, then this function will normally state that SPM will refuse to install
the package.
This function returns a list of the files that exist on the system.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order: package (required),
pkg_files (required), formula_def (formula_def), and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package that is to be installed.
pkg_files is a list of the files to be checked.
formula_def is a copy of the information that is stored in the FORMULA file.
conn is the file connection object.
install_file()
Install a single file to the destination (normally on the filesystem). Nothing is expected
to be returned from this function.
This function returns the final location that the file was installed to.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order, package (required), for‐
mula_tar (required), member (required), formula_def (required), and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package that is to be installed.
formula_tar is the tarfile object for the package. This is passed in so that the function
can call formula_tar.extract() for the file.
member is the tarfile object which represents the individual file. This may be modified as
necessary, before being passed into formula_tar.extract().
formula_def is a copy of the information from the FORMULA file.
conn is the file connection object.
remove_file()
Remove a single file from file system. Normally this will be little more than an
os.remove(). Nothing is expected to be returned from this function.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order, path (required) and conn
(optional).
path is the absolute path to the file to be removed.
conn is the file connection object.
hash_file()
Returns the hexdigest hash value of a file.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order, path (required), hashobj
(required), and conn (optional).
path is the absolute path to the file.
hashobj is a reference to hashlib.sha1(), which is used to pull the hexdigest() for the
file.
conn is the file connection object.
This function will not generally be more complex than:
def hash_file(path, hashobj, conn=None):
with salt.utils.fopen(path, 'r') as f:
hashobj.update(f.read())
return hashobj.hexdigest()
path_exists()
Check to see whether the file already exists on the filesystem. Returns True or False.
This function expects a path argument, which is the absolute path to the file to be
checked.
path_isdir()
Check to see whether the path specified is a directory. Returns True or False.
This function expects a path argument, which is the absolute path to be checked.
Storing Data in Other Databases
The SDB interface is designed to store and retrieve data that, unlike pillars and grains,
is not necessarily minion-specific. The initial design goal was to allow passwords to be
stored in a secure database, such as one managed by the keyring package, rather than as
plain-text files. However, as a generic database interface, it could conceptually be used
for a number of other purposes.
SDB was added to Salt in version 2014.7.0.
SDB Configuration
In order to use the SDB interface, a configuration profile must be set up. To be avail‐
able for master commands, such as runners, it needs to be configured in the master config‐
uration. For modules executed on a minion, it can be set either in the minion configura‐
tion file, or as a pillar. The configuration stanza includes the name/ID that the profile
will be referred to as, a driver setting, and any other arguments that are necessary for
the SDB module that will be used. For instance, a profile called mykeyring, which uses the
system service in the keyring module would look like:
mykeyring:
driver: keyring
service: system
It is recommended to keep the name of the profile simple, as it is used in the SDB URI as
well.
SDB URIs
SDB is designed to make small database queries (hence the name, SDB) using a compact URL.
This allows users to reference a database value quickly inside a number of Salt configura‐
tion areas, without a lot of overhead. The basic format of an SDB URI is:
sdb://<profile>/<args>
The profile refers to the configuration profile defined in either the master or the minion
configuration file. The args are specific to the module referred to in the profile, but
will typically only need to refer to the key of a key/value pair inside the database. This
is because the profile itself should define as many other parameters as possible.
For example, a profile might be set up to reference credentials for a specific OpenStack
account. The profile might look like:
kevinopenstack:
driver: keyring
service: salt.cloud.openstack.kevin
And the URI used to reference the password might look like:
sdb://kevinopenstack/password
Getting, Setting and Deleting SDB Values
Once an SDB driver is configured, you can use the sdb execution module to get, set and
delete values from it. There are two functions that may appear in most SDB modules: get,
set and delete.
Getting a value requires only the SDB URI to be specified. To retrieve a value from the
kevinopenstack profile above, you would use:
salt-call sdb.get sdb://kevinopenstack/password
Some drivers use slightly more complex URIs. For instance, the vault driver requires the
full path to where the key is stored, followed by a question mark, followed by the key to
be retrieved. If you were using a profile called myvault, you would use a URI that looks
like:
salt-call sdb.get 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack'
Setting a value uses the same URI as would be used to retrieve it, followed by the value
as another argument. For the above myvault URI, you would set a new value using a command
like:
salt-call sdb.set 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack' 'super awesome'
Deleting values (if supported by the driver) is done pretty much the same way as getting
them. Provided that you have a profile called mykvstore that uses a driver allowing to
delete values you would delete a value as shown below:
salt-call sdb.delete 'sdb://mykvstore/foobar'
The sdb.get, sdb.set and sdb.delete functions are also available in the runner system:
salt-run sdb.get 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack'
salt-run sdb.set 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack' 'super awesome'
salt-run sdb.delete 'sdb://mykvstore/foobar'
Using SDB URIs in Files
SDB URIs can be used in both configuration files, and files that are processed by the ren‐
derer system (jinja, mako, etc.). In a configuration file (such as /etc/salt/master,
/etc/salt/minion, /etc/salt/cloud, etc.), make an entry as usual, and set the value to the
SDB URI. For instance:
mykey: sdb://myetcd/mykey
To retrieve this value using a module, the module in question must use the config.get
function to retrieve configuration values. This would look something like:
mykey = __salt__['config.get']('mykey')
Templating renderers use a similar construct. To get the mykey value from above in Jinja,
you would use:
{{ salt['config.get']('mykey') }}
When retrieving data from configuration files using config.get, the SDB URI need only
appear in the configuration file itself.
If you would like to retrieve a key directly from SDB, you would call the sdb.get function
directly, using the SDB URI. For instance, in Jinja:
{{ salt['sdb.get']('sdb://myetcd/mykey') }}
When writing Salt modules, it is not recommended to call sdb.get directly, as it requires
the user to provide values in SDB, using a specific URI. Use config.get instead.
Writing SDB Modules
There is currently one function that MUST exist in any SDB module (get()), one that SHOULD
exist (set_()) and one that MAY exist (delete()). If using a (set_()) function, a
__func_alias__ dictionary MUST be declared in the module as well:
__func_alias__ = {
'set_': 'set',
}
This is because set is a Python built-in, and therefore functions should not be created
which are called set(). The __func_alias__ functionality is provided via Salt's loader
interfaces, and allows legally-named functions to be referred to using names that would
otherwise be unwise to use.
The get() function is required, as it will be called via functions in other areas of the
code which make use of the sdb:// URI. For example, the config.get function in the config
execution module uses this function.
The set_() function may be provided, but is not required, as some sources may be
read-only, or may be otherwise unwise to access via a URI (for instance, because of SQL
injection attacks).
The delete() function may be provided as well, but is not required, as many sources may be
read-only or restrict such operations.
A simple example of an SDB module is salt/sdb/keyring_db.py, as it provides basic examples
of most, if not all, of the types of functionality that are available not only for SDB
modules, but for Salt modules in general.
Running the Salt Master/Minion as an Unprivileged User
While the default setup runs the master and minion as the root user, some may consider it
an extra measure of security to run the master as a non-root user. Keep in mind that doing
so does not change the master's capability to access minions as the user they are running
as. Due to this many feel that running the master as a non-root user does not grant any
real security advantage which is why the master has remained as root by default.
NOTE:
Some of Salt's operations cannot execute correctly when the master is not running as
root, specifically the pam external auth system, as this system needs root access to
check authentication.
As of Salt 0.9.10 it is possible to run Salt as a non-root user. This can be done by set‐
ting the user parameter in the master configuration file. and restarting the salt-master
service.
The minion has it's own user parameter as well, but running the minion as an unprivileged
user will keep it from making changes to things like users, installed packages, etc.
unless access controls (sudo, etc.) are setup on the minion to permit the non-root user to
make the needed changes.
In order to allow Salt to successfully run as a non-root user, ownership, and permissions
need to be set such that the desired user can read from and write to the following direc‐
tories (and their subdirectories, where applicable):
· /etc/salt
· /var/cache/salt
· /var/log/salt
· /var/run/salt
Ownership can be easily changed with chown, like so:
# chown -R user /etc/salt /var/cache/salt /var/log/salt /var/run/salt
WARNING:
Running either the master or minion with the root_dir parameter specified will affect
these paths, as will setting options like pki_dir, cachedir, log_file, and other
options that normally live in the above directories.
Using cron with Salt
The Salt Minion can initiate its own highstate using the salt-call command.
$ salt-call state.apply
This will cause the minion to check in with the master and ensure it is in the correct
"state".
Use cron to initiate a highstate
If you would like the Salt Minion to regularly check in with the master you can use cron
to run the salt-call command:
0 0 * * * salt-call state.apply
The above cron entry will run a highstate every day at midnight.
NOTE:
When executing Salt using cron, keep in mind that the default PATH for cron may not
include the path for any scripts or commands used by Salt, and it may be necessary to
set the PATH accordingly in the crontab:
PATH=/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/opt/bin
0 0 * * * salt-call state.apply
Hardening Salt
This topic contains tips you can use to secure and harden your Salt environment. How you
best secure and harden your Salt environment depends heavily on how you use Salt, where
you use Salt, how your team is structured, where you get data from, and what kinds of
access (internal and external) you require.
General hardening tips
· Restrict who can directly log into your Salt master system.
· Use SSH keys secured with a passphrase to gain access to the Salt master system.
· Track and secure SSH keys and any other login credentials you and your team need to gain
access to the Salt master system.
· Use a hardened bastion server or a VPN to restrict direct access to the Salt master from
the internet.
· Don't expose the Salt master any more than what is required.
· Harden the system as you would with any high-priority target.
· Keep the system patched and up-to-date.
· Use tight firewall rules.
Salt hardening tips
· Subscribe to salt-users or salt-announce so you know when new Salt releases are avail‐
able. Keep your systems up-to-date with the latest patches.
· Use Salt's Client ACL system to avoid having to give out root access in order to run
Salt commands.
· Use Salt's Client ACL system to restrict which users can run what commands.
· Use external Pillar to pull data into Salt from external sources so that non-sysadmins
(other teams, junior admins, developers, etc) can provide configuration data without
needing access to the Salt master.
· Make heavy use of SLS files that are version-controlled and go through a
peer-review/code-review process before they're deployed and run in production. This is
good advice even for "one-off" CLI commands because it helps mitigate typos and mis‐
takes.
· Use salt-api, SSL, and restrict authentication with the external auth system if you need
to expose your Salt master to external services.
· Make use of Salt's event system and reactor to allow minions to signal the Salt master
without requiring direct access.
· Run the salt-master daemon as non-root.
· Disable which modules are loaded onto minions with the disable_modules setting. (for
example, disable the cmd module if it makes sense in your environment.)
· Look through the fully-commented sample master and minion config files. There are many
options for securing an installation.
· Run masterless-mode minions on particularly sensitive minions. There is also salt-ssh or
the modules.sudo if you need to further restrict a minion.
Security disclosure policy
email 
@saltstack.com
gpg key ID
4EA0793D
gpg key fingerprint
8ABE 4EFC F0F4 B24B FF2A AF90 D570 F2D3 4EA0 793D
gpg public key:
-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
Version: GnuPG/MacGPG2 v2.0.22 (Darwin)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=wBTJ
-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
The SaltStack Security Team is available at @saltstack.com for security-related
bug reports or questions.
We request the disclosure of any security-related bugs or issues be reported non-publicly
until such time as the issue can be resolved and a security-fix release can be prepared.
At that time we will release the fix and make a public announcement with upgrade instruc‐
tions and download locations.
Security response procedure
SaltStack takes security and the trust of our customers and users very seriously. Our dis‐
closure policy is intended to resolve security issues as quickly and safely as is possi‐
ble.
1. A security report sent to @saltstack.com is assigned to a team member. This
person is the primary contact for questions and will coordinate the fix, release, and
announcement.
2. The reported issue is reproduced and confirmed. A list of affected projects and
releases is made.
3. Fixes are implemented for all affected projects and releases that are actively sup‐
ported. Back-ports of the fix are made to any old releases that are actively supported.
4. Packagers are notified via the salt-packagers mailing list that an issue was reported
and resolved, and that an announcement is incoming.
5. A new release is created and pushed to all affected repositories. The release documen‐
tation provides a full description of the issue, plus any upgrade instructions or other
relevant details.
6. An announcement is made to the salt-users and salt-announce mailing lists. The
announcement contains a description of the issue and a link to the full release docu‐
mentation and download locations.
Receiving security announcements
The fastest place to receive security announcements is via the salt-announce mailing list.
This list is low-traffic.
Salt Transport
One of fundamental features of Salt is remote execution. Salt has two basic "channels" for
communicating with minions. Each channel requires a client (minion) and a server (master)
implementation to work within Salt. These pairs of channels will work together to imple‐
ment the specific message passing required by the channel interface.
Pub Channel
The pub channel, or publish channel, is how a master sends a job (payload) to a minion.
This is a basic pub/sub paradigm, which has specific targeting semantics. All data which
goes across the publish system should be encrypted such that only members of the Salt
cluster can decrypt the publishes.
Req Channel
The req channel is how the minions send data to the master. This interface is primarily
used for fetching files and returning job returns. The req channels have two basic inter‐
faces when talking to the master. send is the basic method that guarantees the message is
encrypted at least so that only minions attached to the same master can read it-- but no
guarantee of minion-master confidentiality, whereas the crypted_transfer_decode_dictentry
method does guarantee minion-master confidentiality.
Zeromq Transport
NOTE:
Zeromq is the current default transport within Salt
Zeromq is a messaging library with bindings into many languages. Zeromq implements a
socket interface for message passing, with specific semantics for the socket type.
Pub Channel
The pub channel is implemented using zeromq's pub/sub sockets. By default we don't use
zeromq's filtering, which means that all publish jobs are sent to all minions and filtered
minion side. Zeromq does have publisher side filtering which can be enabled in salt using
zmq_filtering.
Req Channel
The req channel is implemented using zeromq's req/rep sockets. These sockets enforce a
send/recv pattern, which forces salt to serialize messages through these socket pairs.
This means that although the interface is asynchronous on the minion we cannot send a sec‐
ond message until we have received the reply of the first message.
TCP Transport
The tcp transport is an implementation of Salt's channels using raw tcp sockets. Since
this isn't using a pre-defined messaging library we will describe the wire protocol, mes‐
sage semantics, etc. in this document.
The tcp transport is enabled by changing the transport setting to tcp on each Salt minion
and Salt master.
transport: tcp
Wire Protocol
This implementation over TCP focuses on flexibility over absolute efficiency. This means
we are okay to spend a couple of bytes of wire space for flexibility in the future. That
being said, the wire framing is quite efficient and looks like:
msgpack({'head': SOMEHEADER, 'body': SOMEBODY})
Since msgpack is an iterably parsed serialization, we can simply write the serialized pay‐
load to the wire. Within that payload we have two items "head" and "body". Head contains
header information (such as "message id"). The Body contains the actual message that we
are sending. With this flexible wire protocol we can implement any message semantics that
we'd like-- including multiplexed message passing on a single socket.
TLS Support
The TCP transport allows for the master/minion communication to be optionally wrapped in a
TLS connection. Enabling this is simple, the master and minion need to be using the tcp
connection, then the ssl option is enabled. The ssl option is passed as a dict and corre‐
sponds to the options passed to the Python ssl.wrap_socket
<https://docs.python.org/2/library/ssl.html#ssl.wrap_socket> function.
A simple setup looks like this, on the Salt Master add the ssl option to the master con‐
figuration file:
ssl:
keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
certfile: <path_to_certfile>
ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
The minimal ssl option in the minion configuration file looks like this:
ssl: True
# Versions below 2016.11.4:
ssl: {}
Specific options can be sent to the minion also, as defined in the Python ssl.wrap_socket
function.
NOTE:
While setting the ssl_version is not required, we recommend it. Some older versions of
python do not support the latest TLS protocol and if this is the case for your version
of python we strongly recommend upgrading your version of Python.
Crypto
The current implementation uses the same crypto as the zeromq transport.
Pub Channel
For the pub channel we send messages without "message ids" which the remote end interprets
as a one-way send.
NOTE:
As of today we send all publishes to all minions and rely on minion-side filtering.
Req Channel
For the req channel we send messages with a "message id". This "message id" allows us to
multiplex messages across the socket.
The RAET Transport
NOTE:
The RAET transport is in very early development, it is functional but no promises are
yet made as to its reliability or security. As for reliability and security, the
encryption used has been audited and our tests show that raet is reliable. With this
said we are still conducting more security audits and pushing the reliability. This
document outlines the encryption used in RAET
New in version 2014.7.0.
The Reliable Asynchronous Event Transport, or RAET, is an alternative transport medium
developed specifically with Salt in mind. It has been developed to allow queuing to happen
up on the application layer and comes with socket layer encryption. It also abstracts a
great deal of control over the socket layer and makes it easy to bubble up errors and
exceptions.
RAET also offers very powerful message routing capabilities, allowing for messages to be
routed between processes on a single machine all the way up to processes on multiple
machines. Messages can also be restricted, allowing processes to be sent messages of spe‐
cific types from specific sources allowing for trust to be established.
Using RAET in Salt
Using RAET in Salt is easy, the main difference is that the core dependencies change,
instead of needing pycrypto, M2Crypto, ZeroMQ, and PYZMQ, the packages libsodium, libnacl,
ioflo, and raet are required. Encryption is handled very cleanly by libnacl, while the
queueing and flow control is handled by ioflo. Distribution packages are forthcoming, but
libsodium can be easily installed from source, or many distributions do ship packages for
it. The libnacl and ioflo packages can be easily installed from pypi, distribution pack‐
ages are in the works.
Once the new deps are installed the 2014.7 release or higher of Salt needs to be
installed.
Once installed, modify the configuration files for the minion and master to set the trans‐
port to raet:
/etc/salt/master:
transport: raet
/etc/salt/minion:
transport: raet
Now start salt as it would normally be started, the minion will connect to the master and
share long term keys, which can then in turn be managed via salt-key. Remote execution and
salt states will function in the same way as with Salt over ZeroMQ.
Limitations
The 2014.7 release of RAET is not complete! The Syndic and Multi Master have not been com‐
pleted yet and these are slated for completion in the 2015.5.0 release.
Also, Salt-Raet allows for more control over the client but these hooks have not been
implemented yet, thereforre the client still uses the same system as the ZeroMQ client.
This means that the extra reliability that RAET exposes has not yet been implemented in
the CLI client.
Why?
Customer and User Request
Why make an alternative transport for Salt? There are many reasons, but the primary moti‐
vation came from customer requests, many large companies came with requests to run Salt
over an alternative transport, the reasoning was varied, from performance and scaling
improvements to licensing concerns. These customers have partnered with SaltStack to make
RAET a reality.
More Capabilities
RAET has been designed to allow salt to have greater communication capabilities. It has
been designed to allow for development into features which out ZeroMQ topologies can't
match.
Many of the proposed features are still under development and will be announced as they
enter proof of concept phases, but these features include salt-fuse - a filesystem over
salt, salt-vt - a parallel api driven shell over the salt transport and many others.
RAET Reliability
RAET is reliable, hence the name (Reliable Asynchronous Event Transport).
The concern posed by some over RAET reliability is based on the fact that RAET uses UDP
instead of TCP and UDP does not have built in reliability.
RAET itself implements the needed reliability layers that are not natively present in UDP,
this allows RAET to dynamically optimize packet delivery in a way that keeps it both reli‐
able and asynchronous.
RAET and ZeroMQ
When using RAET, ZeroMQ is not required. RAET is a complete networking replacement. It is
noteworthy that RAET is not a ZeroMQ replacement in a general sense, the ZeroMQ constructs
are not reproduced in RAET, but they are instead implemented in such a way that is spe‐
cific to Salt's needs.
RAET is primarily an async communication layer over truly async connections, defaulting to
UDP. ZeroMQ is over TCP and abstracts async constructs within the socket layer.
Salt is not dropping ZeroMQ support and has no immediate plans to do so.
Encryption
RAET uses Dan Bernstein's NACL encryption libraries and CurveCP handshake. The libnacl
python binding binds to both libsodium and tweetnacl to execute the underlying cryptogra‐
phy. This allows us to completely rely on an externally developed cryptography system.
Programming Intro
Intro to RAET Programming
NOTE:
This page is still under construction
The first thing to cover is that RAET does not present a socket api, it presents, and
queueing api, all messages in RAET are made available to via queues. This is the single
most differentiating factor with RAET vs other networking libraries, instead of making a
socket, a stack is created. Instead of calling send() or recv(), messages are placed on
the stack to be sent and messages that are received appear on the stack.
Different kinds of stacks are also available, currently two stacks exist, the UDP stack,
and the UXD stack. The UDP stack is used to communicate over udp sockets, and the UXD
stack is used to communicate over Unix Domain Sockets.
The UDP stack runs a context for communicating over networks, while the UXD stack has con‐
texts for communicating between processes.
UDP Stack Messages
To create a UDP stack in RAET, simply create the stack, manage the queues, and process
messages:
from salt.transport.road.raet import stacking
from salt.transport.road.raet import estating
udp_stack = stacking.StackUdp(ha=('127.0.0.1', 7870))
r_estate = estating.Estate(stack=stack, name='foo', ha=('192.168.42.42', 7870))
msg = {'hello': 'world'}
udp_stack.transmit(msg, udp_stack.estates[r_estate.name])
udp_stack.serviceAll()
Master Tops System
In 0.10.4 the external_nodes system was upgraded to allow for modular subsystems to be
used to generate the top file data for a highstate run on the master.
The old external_nodes option has been removed. The master tops system provides a plug‐
gable and extendable replacement for it, allowing for multiple different subsystems to
provide top file data.
Using the new master_tops option is simple:
master_tops:
ext_nodes: cobbler-external-nodes
for Cobbler or:
master_tops:
reclass:
inventory_base_uri: /etc/reclass
classes_uri: roles
for Reclass.
master_tops:
varstack: /path/to/the/config/file/varstack.yaml
for Varstack.
It's also possible to create custom master_tops modules. Simply place them into
salt://_tops in the Salt fileserver and use the saltutil.sync_tops runner to sync them. If
this runner function is not available, they can manually be placed into extmods/tops, rel‐
ative to the master cachedir (in most cases the full path will be /var/cache/salt/mas‐
ter/extmods/tops).
Custom tops modules are written like any other execution module, see the source for the
two modules above for examples of fully functional ones. Below is a bare-bones example:
/etc/salt/master:
master_tops:
customtop: True
customtop.py: (custom master_tops module)
import logging
import sys
# Define the module's virtual name
__virtualname__ = 'customtop'
log = logging.getLogger(__name__)
def __virtual__():
return __virtualname__
def top(**kwargs):
log.debug('Calling top in customtop')
return {'base': ['test']}
salt minion state.show_top should then display something like:
$ salt minion state.show_top
minion
----------
base:
- test
NOTE:
If a master_tops module returns top file data for a given minion, it will be added to
the states configured in the top file. It will not replace it altogether. The Oxygen
release adds additional functionality allowing a minion to treat master_tops as the
single source of truth, irrespective of the top file.
Returners
By default the return values of the commands sent to the Salt minions are returned to the
Salt master, however anything at all can be done with the results data.
By using a Salt returner, results data can be redirected to external data-stores for anal‐
ysis and archival.
Returners pull their configuration values from the Salt minions. Returners are only con‐
figured once, which is generally at load time.
The returner interface allows the return data to be sent to any system that can receive
data. This means that return data can be sent to a Redis server, a MongoDB server, a MySQL
server, or any system.
SEE ALSO:
Full list of builtin returners
Using Returners
All Salt commands will return the command data back to the master. Specifying returners
will ensure that the data is _also_ sent to the specified returner interfaces.
Specifying what returners to use is done when the command is invoked:
salt '*' test.ping --return redis_return
This command will ensure that the redis_return returner is used.
It is also possible to specify multiple returners:
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo_return,redis_return,cassandra_return
In this scenario all three returners will be called and the data from the test.ping com‐
mand will be sent out to the three named returners.
Writing a Returner
A returner is a Python module containing at minimum a returner function. Other optional
functions can be included to add support for master_job_cache, external-job-cache, and
Event Returners.
returner
The returner function must accept a single argument. The argument contains return
data from the called minion function. If the minion function test.ping is called,
the value of the argument will be a dictionary. Run the following command from a
Salt master to get a sample of the dictionary:
salt-call --local --metadata test.ping --out=pprint
import redis
import json
def returner(ret):
'''
Return information to a redis server
'''
# Get a redis connection
serv = redis.Redis(
host='redis-serv.example.com',
port=6379,
db='0')
serv.sadd("%(id)s:jobs" % ret, ret['jid'])
serv.set("%(jid)s:%(id)s" % ret, json.dumps(ret['return']))
serv.sadd('jobs', ret['jid'])
serv.sadd(ret['jid'], ret['id'])
The above example of a returner set to send the data to a Redis server serializes the data
as JSON and sets it in redis.
Master Job Cache Support
master_job_cache, external-job-cache, and Event Returners. Salt's master_job_cache allows
returners to be used as a pluggable replacement for the default_job_cache. In order to do
so, a returner must implement the following functions:
NOTE:
The code samples contained in this section were taken from the cassandra_cql returner.
prep_jid
Ensures that job ids (jid) don't collide, unless passed_jid is provided.
nochache is an optional boolean that indicates if return data should be cached.
passed_jid is a caller provided jid which should be returned unconditionally.
def prep_jid(nocache, passed_jid=None): # pylint: disable=unused-argument
'''
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
'''
return passed_jid if passed_jid is not None else salt.utils.jid.gen_jid()
save_load
Save job information. The jid is generated by prep_jid and should be considered a
unique identifier for the job. The jid, for example, could be used as the pri‐
mary/unique key in a database. The load is what is returned to a Salt master by a
minion. The following code example stores the load as a JSON string in the
salt.jids table.
def save_load(jid, load):
'''
Save the load to the specified jid id
'''
query = '''INSERT INTO salt.jids (
jid, load
) VALUES (
'{0}', '{1}'
);'''.format(jid, json.dumps(load))
# cassandra_cql.cql_query may raise a CommandExecutionError
try:
__salt__['cassandra_cql.cql_query'](query)
except CommandExecutionError:
log.critical('Could not save load in jids table.')
raise
except Exception as e:
log.critical('''Unexpected error while inserting into
jids: {0}'''.format(str(e)))
raise
get_load
must accept a job id (jid) and return the job load stored by save_load, or an empty
dictionary when not found.
def get_load(jid):
'''
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
'''
query = '''SELECT load FROM salt.jids WHERE jid = '{0}';'''.format(jid)
ret = {}
# cassandra_cql.cql_query may raise a CommandExecutionError
try:
data = __salt__['cassandra_cql.cql_query'](query)
if data:
load = data[0].get('load')
if load:
ret = json.loads(load)
except CommandExecutionError:
log.critical('Could not get load from jids table.')
raise
except Exception as e:
log.critical('''Unexpected error while getting load from
jids: {0}'''.format(str(e)))
raise
return ret
External Job Cache Support
Salt's external-job-cache extends the master_job_cache. External Job Cache support
requires the following functions in addition to what is required for Master Job Cache sup‐
port:
get_jid
Return a dictionary containing the information (load) returned by each minion when
the specified job id was executed.
Sample:
{
"local": {
"master_minion": {
"fun_args": [],
"jid": "20150330121011408195",
"return": true,
"retcode": 0,
"success": true,
"cmd": "_return",
"_stamp": "2015-03-30T12:10:12.708663",
"fun": "test.ping",
"id": "master_minion"
}
}
}
get_fun
Return a dictionary of minions that called a given Salt function as their last
function call.
Sample:
{
"local": {
"minion1": "test.ping",
"minion3": "test.ping",
"minion2": "test.ping"
}
}
get_jids
Return a list of all job ids.
Sample:
{
"local": [
"20150330121011408195",
"20150330195922139916"
]
}
get_minions
Returns a list of minions
Sample:
{
"local": [
"minion3",
"minion2",
"minion1",
"master_minion"
]
}
Please refer to one or more of the existing returners (i.e. mysql, cassandra_cql) if you
need further clarification.
Event Support
An event_return function must be added to the returner module to allow events to be logged
from a master via the returner. A list of events are passed to the function by the master.
The following example was taken from the MySQL returner. In this example, each event is
inserted into the salt_events table keyed on the event tag. The tag contains the jid and
therefore is guaranteed to be unique.
def event_return(events):
'''
Return event to mysql server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return'
option in master config.
'''
with _get_serv(events, commit=True) as cur:
for event in events:
tag = event.get('tag', '')
data = event.get('data', '')
sql = '''INSERT INTO `salt_events` (`tag`, `data`, `master_id` )
VALUES (%s, %s, %s)'''
cur.execute(sql, (tag, json.dumps(data), __opts__['id']))
Custom Returners
Place custom returners in a _returners directory within the file_roots specified by the
master config file.
Custom returners are distributed when any of the following are called:
· state.apply
· saltutil.sync_returners
· saltutil.sync_all
Any custom returners which have been synced to a minion that are named the same as one of
Salt's default set of returners will take the place of the default returner with the same
name.
Naming the Returner
Note that a returner's default name is its filename (i.e. foo.py becomes returner foo),
but that its name can be overridden by using a __virtual__ function. A good example of
this can be found in the redis returner, which is named redis_return.py but is loaded as
simply redis:
try:
import redis
HAS_REDIS = True
except ImportError:
HAS_REDIS = False
__virtualname__ = 'redis'
def __virtual__():
if not HAS_REDIS:
return False
return __virtualname__
Testing the Returner
The returner, prep_jid, save_load, get_load, and event_return functions can be tested by
configuring the master_job_cache and Event Returners in the master config file and submit‐
ting a job to test.ping each minion from the master.
Once you have successfully exercised the Master Job Cache functions, test the External Job
Cache functions using the ret execution module.
salt-call ret.get_jids cassandra_cql --output=json
salt-call ret.get_fun cassandra_cql test.ping --output=json
salt-call ret.get_minions cassandra_cql --output=json
salt-call ret.get_jid cassandra_cql 20150330121011408195 --output=json
Event Returners
For maximum visibility into the history of events across a Salt infrastructure, all events
seen by a salt master may be logged to one or more returners.
To enable event logging, set the event_return configuration option in the master config to
the returner(s) which should be designated as the handler for event returns.
NOTE:
Not all returners support event returns. Verify a returner has an event_return() func‐
tion before using.
NOTE:
On larger installations, many hundreds of events may be generated on a busy master
every second. Be certain to closely monitor the storage of a given returner as Salt can
easily overwhelm an underpowered server with thousands of returns.
Full List of Returners
returner modules
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
carbon_return Take data from salt and "return"
it into a carbon receiver
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
cassandra_cql_return Return data to a cassandra
server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
cassandra_return Return data to a Cassandra
ColumnFamily
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
couchbase_return Simple returner for Couchbase.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
couchdb_return Simple returner for CouchDB.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
django_return A returner that will inform a
Django system that returns are
available using Django's signal
system.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
elasticsearch_return Return data to an elasticsearch
server for indexing.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
etcd_return Return data to an etcd server or
cluster
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
highstate_return Return the results of a high‐
state (or any other state func‐
tion that returns data in a com‐
patible format) via an HTML
email or HTML file.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
hipchat_return Return salt data via hipchat.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
influxdb_return Return data to an influxdb
server.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
kafka_return Return data to a Kafka topic
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
librato_return Salt returner to return high‐
state stats to Librato
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
local The local returner is used to
test the returner interface, it
just prints the
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
local_cache Return data to local job cache
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mattermost_returner Return salt data via mattermost
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
memcache_return Return data to a memcache server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mongo_future_return Return data to a mongodb server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mongo_return Return data to a mongodb server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
multi_returner Read/Write multiple returners
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mysql Return data to a mysql server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
nagios_return Return salt data to Nagios
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
odbc Return data to an ODBC compliant
server.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
pgjsonb Return data to a PostgreSQL
server with json data stored in
Pg's jsonb data type
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
postgres Return data to a postgresql
server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
postgres_local_cache Use a postgresql server for the
master job cache.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
pushover_returner Return salt data via pushover (‐
http://www.pushover.net)
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
rawfile_json Take data from salt and "return"
it into a raw file containing
the json, with one line per
event.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
redis_return Return data to a redis server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
sentry_return Salt returner that reports exe‐
cution results back to sentry.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
slack_returner Return salt data via slack
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
sms_return Return data by SMS.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
smtp_return Return salt data via email
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
splunk Send json response data to
Splunk via the HTTP Event Col‐
lector
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
sqlite3_return Insert minion return data into a
sqlite3 database
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
syslog_return Return data to the host operat‐
ing system's syslog facility
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
xmpp_return Return salt data via xmpp
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
zabbix_return Return salt data to Zabbix
┼─────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┼
salt.returners.carbon_return
Take data from salt and "return" it into a carbon receiver
Add the following configuration to the minion configuration file:
carbon.host: <server ip address>
carbon.port: 2003
Errors when trying to convert data to numbers may be ignored by setting car‐
bon.skip_on_error to True:
carbon.skip_on_error: True
By default, data will be sent to carbon using the plaintext protocol. To use the pickle
protocol, set carbon.mode to pickle:
carbon.mode: pickle
You can also specify the pattern used for the metric base path (except for virt modules
metrics):
carbon.metric_base_pattern: carbon.[minion_id].[module].[function]
These tokens can used :
[module]: salt module [function]: salt function [minion_id]: minion id
Default is :
carbon.metric_base_pattern: [module].[function].[minion_id]
Carbon settings may also be configured as:
carbon:
host: <server IP or hostname>
port: <carbon port>
skip_on_error: True
mode: (pickle|text)
metric_base_pattern: <pattern> | [module].[function].[minion_id]
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.carbon:
host: <server IP or hostname>
port: <carbon port>
skip_on_error: True
mode: (pickle|text)
To use the carbon returner, append '--return carbon' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return carbon
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return carbon --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return carbon --return_kwargs '{"skip_on_error": False}'
salt.returners.carbon_return.event_return(events)
Return event data to remote carbon server
Provide a list of events to be stored in carbon
salt.returners.carbon_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.carbon_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a remote carbon server using the text metric protocol
Each metric will look like:
[module].[function].[minion_id].[metric path [...]].[metric name]
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return
Return data to a cassandra server
New in version 2015.5.0.
maintainer
Corin Kochenower<
@saltstack.com>
maturity
new as of 2015.2
depends
salt.modules.cassandra_cql
depends
DataStax Python Driver for Apache Cassandra
https://github.com/datastax/python-driver pip install cassandra-driver
platform
all
configuration
To enable this returner, the minion will need the DataStax Python Driver for Apache
Cassandra ( https://github.com/datastax/python-driver ) installed and the following
values configured in the minion or master config. The list of cluster IPs must
include at least one cassandra node IP address. No assumption or default will be
used for the cluster IPs. The cluster IPs will be tried in the order listed. The
port, username, and password values shown below will be the assumed defaults if you
do not provide values.:
cassandra:
cluster:
- 192.168.50.11
- 192.168.50.12
- 192.168.50.13
port: 9042
username: salt
password: salt
Use the following cassandra database schema:
CREATE KEYSPACE IF NOT EXISTS salt
WITH replication = {'class': 'SimpleStrategy', 'replication_factor' : 1};
CREATE USER IF NOT EXISTS salt WITH PASSWORD 'salt' NOSUPERUSER;
GRANT ALL ON KEYSPACE salt TO salt;
USE salt;
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.salt_returns (
jid text,
minion_id text,
fun text,
alter_time timestamp,
full_ret text,
return text,
success boolean,
PRIMARY KEY (jid, minion_id, fun)
) WITH CLUSTERING ORDER BY (minion_id ASC, fun ASC);
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS salt_returns_minion_id ON salt.salt_returns (minion_id);
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS salt_returns_fun ON salt.salt_returns (fun);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.jids (
jid text PRIMARY KEY,
load text
);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.minions (
minion_id text PRIMARY KEY,
last_fun text
);
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS minions_last_fun ON salt.minions (last_fun);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.salt_events (
id timeuuid,
tag text,
alter_time timestamp,
data text,
master_id text,
PRIMARY KEY (id, tag)
) WITH CLUSTERING ORDER BY (tag ASC);
CREATE INDEX tag ON salt.salt_events (tag);
Required python modules: cassandra-driver
To use the cassandra returner, append '--return cassandra_cql' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return_cql cassandra
Note: if your Cassandra instance has not been tuned much you may benefit from altering
some timeouts in cassandra.yaml like so:
# How long the coordinator should wait for read operations to complete
read_request_timeout_in_ms: 5000
# How long the coordinator should wait for seq or index scans to complete
range_request_timeout_in_ms: 20000
# How long the coordinator should wait for writes to complete
write_request_timeout_in_ms: 20000
# How long the coordinator should wait for counter writes to complete
counter_write_request_timeout_in_ms: 10000
# How long a coordinator should continue to retry a CAS operation
# that contends with other proposals for the same row
cas_contention_timeout_in_ms: 5000
# How long the coordinator should wait for truncates to complete
# (This can be much longer, because unless auto_snapshot is disabled
# we need to flush first so we can snapshot before removing the data.)
truncate_request_timeout_in_ms: 60000
# The default timeout for other, miscellaneous operations
request_timeout_in_ms: 20000
As always, your mileage may vary and your Cassandra cluster may have different needs.
SaltStack has seen situations where these timeouts can resolve some stacktraces that
appear to come from the Datastax Python driver.
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.event_return(events)
Return event to one of potentially many clustered cassandra nodes
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
Cassandra does not support an auto-increment feature due to the highly inefficient
nature of creating a monotonically increasing number across all nodes in a distrib‐
uted database. Each event will be assigned a uuid by the connecting client.
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.prep_jid(nocache, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.returner(ret)
Return data to one of potentially many clustered cassandra nodes
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.cassandra_return
Return data to a Cassandra ColumnFamily
Here's an example Keyspace / ColumnFamily setup that works with this returner:
create keyspace salt;
use salt;
create column family returns
with key_validation_class='UTF8Type'
and comparator='UTF8Type'
and default_validation_class='UTF8Type';
Required python modules: pycassa
To use the cassandra returner, append '--return cassandra' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return cassandra
salt.returners.cassandra_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.cassandra_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a Cassandra ColumnFamily
salt.returners.couchbase_return
Simple returner for Couchbase. Optional configuration settings are listed below, along
with sane defaults.
couchbase.host: 'salt'
couchbase.port: 8091
couchbase.bucket: 'salt'
couchbase.ttl: 24
couchbase.password: 'password'
couchbase.skip_verify_views: False
To use the couchbase returner, append '--return couchbase' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return couchbase
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchbase --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchbase --return_kwargs '{"bucket": "another-salt"}'
All of the return data will be stored in documents as follows:
JID
load: load obj tgt_minions: list of minions targeted nocache: should we not cache the
return data
JID/MINION_ID
return: return_data full_ret: full load of job return
salt.returners.couchbase_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.couchbase_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.couchbase_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.couchbase_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Return a job id and prepare the job id directory This is the function responsible
for making sure jids don't collide (unless its passed a jid) So do what you have to
do to make sure that stays the case
salt.returners.couchbase_return.returner(load)
Return data to couchbase bucket
salt.returners.couchbase_return.save_load(jid, clear_load, minion=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.couchbase_return.save_minions(jid, minions, syndic_id=None)
Save/update the minion list for a given jid. The syndic_id argument is included for
API compatibility only.
salt.returners.couchdb_return
Simple returner for CouchDB. Optional configuration settings are listed below, along with
sane defaults:
couchdb.db: 'salt'
couchdb.url: 'http://salt:5984/'
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.couchdb.db: 'salt'
alternative.couchdb.url: 'http://salt:5984/'
To use the couchdb returner, append --return couchdb to the salt command. Example:
salt '*' test.ping --return couchdb
To use the alternative configuration, append --return_config alternative to the salt com‐
mand.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchdb --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchdb --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
On concurrent database access
As this returner creates a couchdb document with the salt job id as document id and as
only one document with a given id can exist in a given couchdb database, it is advised for
most setups that every minion be configured to write to it own database (the value of
couchdb.db may be suffixed with the minion id), otherwise multi-minion targeting can lead
to losing output:
· the first returning minion is able to create a document in the database
· other minions fail with {'error': 'HTTP Error 409: Conflict'}
salt.returners.couchdb_return.ensure_views()
This function makes sure that all the views that should exist in the design docu‐
ment do exist.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict with key being minion and value being the job details of the last run
of function 'fun'.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_jid(jid)
Get the document with a given JID.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_jids()
List all the jobs that we have..
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minion identifiers from a request of the view.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_valid_salt_views()
Returns a dict object of views that should be part of the salt design document.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.couchdb_return.returner(ret)
Take in the return and shove it into the couchdb database.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.set_salt_view()
Helper function that sets the salt design document. Uses get_valid_salt_views and
some hardcoded values.
salt.returners.django_return
A returner that will inform a Django system that returns are available using Django's sig‐
nal system.
https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/dev/topics/signals/
It is up to the Django developer to register necessary handlers with the signals provided
by this returner and process returns as necessary.
The easiest way to use signals is to import them from this returner directly and then use
a decorator to register them.
An example Django module that registers a function called 'returner_callback' with this
module's 'returner' function:
import salt.returners.django_return
from django.dispatch import receiver
@receiver(salt.returners.django_return, sender=returner)
def returner_callback(sender, ret):
print('I received {0} from {1}'.format(ret, sender))
salt.returners.django_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom ID
salt.returners.django_return.returner(ret)
Signal a Django server that a return is available
salt.returners.django_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return
Return data to an elasticsearch server for indexing.
maintainer
Jurnell Cockhren <
@sophicware.com>, Arnold Bechtoldt <‐
@arnoldbechtoldt.com>
maturity
New
depends
elasticsearch-py
platform
all
To enable this returner the elasticsearch python client must be installed on the desired
minions (all or some subset).
Please see documentation of elasticsearch execution module for a valid connection configu‐
ration.
WARNING:
The index that you wish to store documents will be created by Elasticsearch automati‐
cally if doesn't exist yet. It is highly recommended to create predefined index tem‐
plates with appropriate mapping(s) that will be used by Elasticsearch upon index cre‐
ation. Otherwise you will have problems as described in #20826.
To use the returner per salt call:
salt '*' test.ping --return elasticsearch
In order to have the returner apply to all minions:
ext_job_cache: elasticsearch
Minion configuration:
debug_returner_payload': False
Output the payload being posted to the log file in debug mode
doc_type: 'default'
Document type to use for normal return messages
functions_blacklist
Optional list of functions that should not be returned to elasticsearch
index_date: False
Use a dated index (e.g. <index>-2016.11.29)
master_event_index: 'salt-master-event-cache'
Index to use when returning master events
master_event_doc_type: 'efault'
Document type to use got master events
master_job_cache_index: 'salt-master-job-cache'
Index to use for master job cache
master_job_cache_doc_type: 'default'
Document type to use for master job cache
number_of_shards: 1
Number of shards to use for the indexes
number_of_replicas: 0
Number of replicas to use for the indexes
NOTE: The following options are valid for 'state.apply', 'state.sls' and
'state.highstate' functions only.
states_count: False
Count the number of states which succeeded or failed and return it in
top-level item called 'counts'. States reporting None (i.e. changes would
be made but it ran in test mode) are counted as successes.
states_order_output: False
Prefix the state UID (e.g. file_|-yum_configured_|-/etc/yum.conf_|-managed)
with a zero-padded version of the '__run_num__' value to allow for easier
sorting. Also store the state function (i.e. file.managed) into a new key
'_func'. Change the index to be '<index>-ordered' (e.g.
salt-state_apply-ordered).
states_single_index: False
Store results for state.apply, state.sls and state.highstate in the
salt-state_apply index (or -ordered/-<date>) indexes if enabled
elasticsearch:
hosts:
- "10.10.10.10:9200"
- "10.10.10.11:9200"
- "10.10.10.12:9200"
index_date: True
number_of_shards: 5
number_of_replicas: 1
debug_returner_payload: True
states_count: True
states_order_output: True
states_single_index: True
functions_blacklist:
- test.ping
- saltutil.find_job
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.event_return(events)
Return events to Elasticsearch
Requires that the event_return configuration be set in master config.
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
New in version 2015.8.1.
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.returner(ret)
Process the return from Salt
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
New in version 2015.8.1.
salt.returners.etcd_return
Return data to an etcd server or cluster
depends
· python-etcd
In order to return to an etcd server, a profile should be created in the master configura‐
tion file:
my_etcd_config:
etcd.host: 127.0.0.1
etcd.port: 4001
It is technically possible to configure etcd without using a profile, but this is not con‐
sidered to be a best practice, especially when multiple etcd servers or clusters are
available.
etcd.host: 127.0.0.1
etcd.port: 4001
Additionally, two more options must be specified in the top-level configuration in order
to use the etcd returner:
etcd.returner: my_etcd_config
etcd.returner_root: /salt/return
The etcd.returner option specifies which configuration profile to use. The
etcd.returner_root option specifies the path inside etcd to use as the root of the
returner system.
Once the etcd options are configured, the returner may be used:
CLI Example:
salt '*' test.ping --return etcd
A username and password can be set:
etcd.username: larry # Optional; requires etcd.password to be set
etcd.password: 123pass # Optional; requires etcd.username to be set
You can also set a TTL (time to live) value for the returner:
etcd.ttl: 5
Authentication with username and password, and ttl, currently requires the master branch
of python-etcd.
You may also specify different roles for read and write operations. First, create the pro‐
files as specified above. Then add:
etcd.returner_read_profile: my_etcd_read
etcd.returner_write_profile: my_etcd_write
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_fun()
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.etcd_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.etcd_return.returner(ret)
Return data to an etcd server or cluster
salt.returners.etcd_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.highstate_return module
Return the results of a highstate (or any other state function that returns data in a com‐
patible format) via an HTML email or HTML file.
New in version 2017.7.0.
Similar results can be achieved by using the smtp returner with a custom template, except
an attempt at writing such a template for the complex data structure returned by highstate
function had proven to be a challenge, not to mention that the smtp module doesn't support
sending HTML mail at the moment.
The main goal of this returner was to produce an easy to read email similar to the output
of highstate outputter used by the CLI.
This returner could be very useful during scheduled executions, but could also be useful
for communicating the results of a manual execution.
Returner configuration is controlled in a standard fashion either via highstate group or
an alternatively named group.
salt '*' state.highstate --return highstate
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config config-name'
salt '*' state.highstate --return highstate --return_config simple
Here is an example of what the configuration might look like:
simple.highstate:
report_failures: True
report_changes: True
report_everything: False
failure_function: pillar.items
success_function: pillar.items
report_format: html
report_delivery: smtp
smtp_success_subject: 'success minion {id} on host {host}'
smtp_failure_subject: 'failure minion {id} on host {host}'
smtp_server: smtp.example.com
smtp_recipients: 
@example.com, 
@example.com
smtp_sender: 
@example.com
The report_failures, report_changes, and report_everything flags provide filtering of the
results. If you want an email to be sent every time, then report_everything is your
choice. If you want to be notified only when changes were successfully made use
report_changes. And report_failures will generate an email if there were failures.
The configuration allows you to run a salt module function in case of success (suc‐
cess_function) or failure (failure_function).
Any salt function, including ones defined in the _module folder of your salt repo, could
be used here and its output will be displayed under the 'extra' heading of the email.
Supported values for report_format are html, json, and yaml. The latter two are typically
used for debugging purposes, but could be used for applying a template at some later
stage.
The values for report_delivery are smtp or file. In case of file delivery the only other
applicable option is file_output.
In case of smtp delivery, smtp_* options demonstrated by the example above could be used
to customize the email.
As you might have noticed, the success and failure subjects contain {id} and {host} val‐
ues. Any other grain name could be used. As opposed to using {{grains['id']}}, which will
be rendered by the master and contain master's values at the time of pillar generation,
these will contain minion values at the time of execution.
salt.returners.highstate_return.returner(ret)
Check highstate return information and possibly fire off an email or save a file.
salt.returners.hipchat_return
Return salt data via hipchat.
New in version 2015.5.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
hipchat.room_id (required)
hipchat.api_key (required)
hipchat.api_version (required)
hipchat.api_url (optional)
hipchat.from_name (required)
hipchat.color (optional)
hipchat.notify (optional)
hipchat.profile (optional)
hipchat.url (optional)
NOTE:
When using Hipchat's API v2, api_key needs to be assigned to the room with the "Label"
set to what you would have been set in the hipchat.from_name field. The v2 API disre‐
gards the from_name in the data sent for the room notification and uses the Label
assigned through the Hipchat control panel.
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
hipchat.room_id
hipchat.api_key
hipchat.api_version
hipchat.api_url
hipchat.from_name
Hipchat settings may also be configured as:
hipchat:
room_id: RoomName
api_url: https://hipchat.myteam.con
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
api_version: v1
from_name: @email.com
alternative.hipchat:
room_id: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
api_version: v1
from_name: @email.com
hipchat_profile:
hipchat.api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
hipchat.api_version: v1
hipchat.from_name: @email.com
hipchat:
profile: hipchat_profile
room_id: RoomName
alternative.hipchat:
profile: hipchat_profile
room_id: RoomName
hipchat:
room_id: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
api_version: v1
api_url: api.hipchat.com
from_name: @email.com
To use the HipChat returner, append '--return hipchat' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return hipchat
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return hipchat --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return hipchat --return_kwargs '{"room_id": "another-room"}'
salt.returners.hipchat_return.event_return(events)
Return event data to hipchat
salt.returners.hipchat_return.returner(ret)
Send an hipchat message with the return data from a job
salt.returners.influxdb_return
Return data to an influxdb server.
New in version 2015.8.0.
To enable this returner the minion will need the python client for influxdb installed and
the following values configured in the minion or master config, these are the defaults:
influxdb.db: 'salt'
influxdb.user: 'salt'
influxdb.password: 'salt'
influxdb.host: 'localhost'
influxdb.port: 8086
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.influxdb.db: 'salt'
alternative.influxdb.user: 'salt'
alternative.influxdb.password: 'salt'
alternative.influxdb.host: 'localhost'
alternative.influxdb.port: 6379
To use the influxdb returner, append '--return influxdb' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return influxdb
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
salt '*' test.ping --return influxdb --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return influxdb --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.influxdb_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.influxdb_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a influxdb data store
salt.returners.influxdb_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.kafka_return
Return data to a Kafka topic
maintainer
Christer Edwards (
@gmail.com)
maturity
0.1
depends
kafka-python
platform
all
To enable this returner install kafka-python and enable the following settings in the min‐
ion config:
returner.kafka.hostnames:
· "server1"
· "server2"
· "server3"
returner.kafka.topic: 'topic'
To use the kafka returner, append '--return kafka' to the Salt command, eg;
salt '*' test.ping --return kafka
salt.returners.kafka_return.returner(ret)
Return information to a Kafka server
salt.returners.librato_return
Salt returner to return highstate stats to Librato
To enable this returner the minion will need the Librato client importable on the Python
path and the following values configured in the minion or master config.
The Librato python client can be found at: https://github.com/librato/python-librato
librato.email: 
@librato.com
librato.api_token: abc12345def
This return supports multi-dimension metrics for Librato. To enable support for more met‐
rics, the tags JSON object can be modified to include other tags.
Adding EC2 Tags example: If ec2_tags:region were desired within the tags for multi-dimen‐
sion. The tags could be modified to include the ec2 tags. Multiple dimensions are added
simply by adding more tags to the submission.
pillar_data = __salt__['pillar.raw']()
q.add(metric.name, value, tags={'Name': ret['id'],'Region': pillar_data['ec2_tags']['Name' ↲
]})
salt.returners.librato_return.returner(ret)
Parse the return data and return metrics to Librato.
salt.returners.local
The local returner is used to test the returner interface, it just prints the return data
to the console to verify that it is being passed properly
To use the local returner, append '--return local' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return local
salt.returners.local.event_return(event)
Print event return data to the terminal to verify functionality
salt.returners.local.returner(ret)
Print the return data to the terminal to verify functionality
salt.returners.local_cache
Return data to local job cache
salt.returners.local_cache.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out the old jobs from the job cache
salt.returners.local_cache.get_endtime(jid)
Retrieve the stored endtime for a given job
Returns False if no endtime is present
salt.returners.local_cache.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.local_cache.get_jids()
Return a dict mapping all job ids to job information
salt.returners.local_cache.get_jids_filter(count, filter_find_job=True)
Return a list of all jobs information filtered by the given criteria. :param int
count: show not more than the count of most recent jobs :param bool fil‐
ter_find_jobs: filter out 'saltutil.find_job' jobs
salt.returners.local_cache.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.local_cache.load_reg()
Load the register from msgpack files
salt.returners.local_cache.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None, recurse_count=0)
Return a job id and prepare the job id directory.
This is the function responsible for making sure jids don't collide (unless it is
passed a jid). So do what you have to do to make sure that stays the case
salt.returners.local_cache.returner(load)
Return data to the local job cache
salt.returners.local_cache.save_load(jid, clear_load, minions=None, recurse_count=0)
Save the load to the specified jid
minions argument is to provide a pre-computed list of matched minions for the job,
for cases when this function can't compute that list itself (such as for salt-ssh)
salt.returners.local_cache.save_minions(jid, minions, syndic_id=None)
Save/update the serialized list of minions for a given job
salt.returners.local_cache.save_reg(data)
Save the register to msgpack files
salt.returners.local_cache.update_endtime(jid, time)
Update (or store) the end time for a given job
Endtime is stored as a plain text string
salt.returners.mattermost_returner module
Return salt data via mattermost
New in version 2017.7.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
mattermost.hook (required)
mattermost.username (optional)
mattermost.channel (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
mattermost.channel
mattermost.hook
mattermost.username
mattermost settings may also be configured as:
mattermost:
channel: RoomName
hook: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
username: user
To use the mattermost returner, append '--return mattermost' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mattermost
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{'key:': 'value'}' to
the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mattermost --return_kwargs '{'channel': '#random'}'
salt.returners.mattermost_returner.event_return(events)
Send the events to a mattermost room.
Parameters
events -- List of events
Returns
Boolean if messages were sent successfully.
salt.returners.mattermost_returner.post_message(channel, message, username, api_url, hook)
Send a message to a mattermost room.
Parameters
· channel -- The room name.
· message -- The message to send to the mattermost room.
· username -- Specify who the message is from.
· hook -- The mattermost hook, if not specified in the configuration.
Returns
Boolean if message was sent successfully.
salt.returners.mattermost_returner.returner(ret)
Send an mattermost message with the data
salt.returners.memcache_return
Return data to a memcache server
To enable this returner the minion will need the python client for memcache installed and
the following values configured in the minion or master config, these are the defaults.
memcache.host: 'localhost'
memcache.port: '11211'
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location.
alternative.memcache.host: 'localhost'
alternative.memcache.port: '11211'
python2-memcache uses 'localhost' and '11211' as syntax on connection.
To use the memcache returner, append '--return memcache' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return memcache
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return memcache --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return memcache --return_kwargs '{"host": "hostname.domain.com"}'
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.memcache_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.memcache_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a memcache data store
salt.returners.memcache_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.mongo_future_return
Return data to a mongodb server
Required python modules: pymongo
This returner will send data from the minions to a MongoDB server. To configure the set‐
tings for your MongoDB server, add the following lines to the minion config files:
mongo.db: <database name>
mongo.host: <server ip address>
mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
mongo.port: 27017
You can also ask for indexes creation on the most common used fields, which should greatly
improve performance. Indexes are not created by default.
mongo.indexes: true
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.mongo.db: <database name>
alternative.mongo.host: <server ip address>
alternative.mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
alternative.mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
alternative.mongo.port: 27017
This mongo returner is being developed to replace the default mongodb returner in the
future and should not be considered API stable yet.
To use the mongo returner, append '--return mongo' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.event_return(events)
Return events to Mongodb server
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_fun(fun)
Return the most recent jobs that have executed the named function
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the return information associated with a jid
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_jids()
Return a list of job ids
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load associated with a given job id
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a mongodb server
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load for a given job id
salt.returners.mongo_return
Return data to a mongodb server
Required python modules: pymongo
This returner will send data from the minions to a MongoDB server. To configure the set‐
tings for your MongoDB server, add the following lines to the minion config files.
mongo.db: <database name>
mongo.host: <server ip address>
mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
mongo.port: 27017
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location.
alternative.mongo.db: <database name>
alternative.mongo.host: <server ip address>
alternative.mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
alternative.mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
alternative.mongo.port: 27017
To use the mongo returner, append '--return mongo' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo_return
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo_return --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.mongo_return.get_fun(fun)
Return the most recent jobs that have executed the named function
salt.returners.mongo_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the return information associated with a jid
salt.returners.mongo_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.mongo_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a mongodb server
salt.returners.multi_returner
Read/Write multiple returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out the old jobs from all returners (if you have it)
salt.returners.multi_returner.get_jid(jid)
Merge the return data from all returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.get_jids()
Return all job data from all returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.get_load(jid)
Merge the load data from all returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Call both with prep_jid on all returners in multi_returner
TODO: finish this, what do do when you get different jids from 2 returners...
since our jids are time based, this make this problem hard, because they aren't
unique, meaning that we have to make sure that no one else got the jid and if they
did we spin to get a new one, which means "locking" the jid in 2 returners is
non-trivial
salt.returners.multi_returner.returner(load)
Write return to all returners in multi_returner
salt.returners.multi_returner.save_load(jid, clear_load, minions=None)
Write load to all returners in multi_returner
salt.returners.mysql
Return data to a mysql server
maintainer
Dave Boucha <
@saltstack.com>, Seth House <
@saltstack.com>
maturity
mature
depends
python-mysqldb
platform
all
To enable this returner, the minion will need the python client for mysql installed and
the following values configured in the minion or master config. These are the defaults:
mysql.host: 'salt'
mysql.user: 'salt'
mysql.pass: 'salt'
mysql.db: 'salt'
mysql.port: 3306
SSL is optional. The defaults are set to None. If you do not want to use SSL, either
exclude these options or set them to None.
mysql.ssl_ca: None
mysql.ssl_cert: None
mysql.ssl_key: None
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration with alterna‐
tive.. Any values not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the
default location. As stated above, SSL configuration is optional. The following ssl
options are simply for illustration purposes:
alternative.mysql.host: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.user: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.pass: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.db: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.port: 3306
alternative.mysql.ssl_ca: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.pem'
alternative.mysql.ssl_cert: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.crt'
alternative.mysql.ssl_key: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.key'
Should you wish the returner data to be cleaned out every so often, set keep_jobs to the
number of hours for the jobs to live in the tables. Setting it to 0 or leaving it unset
will cause the data to stay in the tables.
Should you wish to archive jobs in a different table for later processing, set ar‐
chive_jobs to True. Salt will create 3 archive tables
· jids_archive
· salt_returns_archive
· salt_events_archive
and move the contents of jids, salt_returns, and salt_events that are more than keep_jobs
hours old to these tables.
Use the following mysql database schema:
CREATE DATABASE `salt`
DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8
DEFAULT COLLATE utf8_general_ci;
USE `salt`;
--
-- Table structure for table `jids`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `jids`;
CREATE TABLE `jids` (
`jid` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`load` mediumtext NOT NULL,
UNIQUE KEY `jid` (`jid`)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
CREATE INDEX jid ON jids(jid) USING BTREE;
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_returns`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `salt_returns`;
CREATE TABLE `salt_returns` (
`fun` varchar(50) NOT NULL,
`jid` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`return` mediumtext NOT NULL,
`id` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`success` varchar(10) NOT NULL,
`full_ret` mediumtext NOT NULL,
`alter_time` TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
KEY `id` (`id`),
KEY `jid` (`jid`),
KEY `fun` (`fun`)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_events`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `salt_events`;
CREATE TABLE `salt_events` (
`id` BIGINT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,
`tag` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`data` mediumtext NOT NULL,
`alter_time` TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
`master_id` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
PRIMARY KEY (`id`),
KEY `tag` (`tag`)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
Required python modules: MySQLdb
To use the mysql returner, append '--return mysql' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mysql
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mysql --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mysql --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.mysql.clean_old_jobs()
Called in the master's event loop every loop_interval. Archives and/or deletes the
events and job details from the database. :return:
salt.returners.mysql.event_return(events)
Return event to mysql server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.mysql.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.mysql.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.mysql.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.mysql.get_jids_filter(count, filter_find_job=True)
Return a list of all job ids :param int count: show not more than the count of most
recent jobs :param bool filter_find_jobs: filter out 'saltutil.find_job' jobs
salt.returners.mysql.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.mysql.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.mysql.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.mysql.returner(ret)
Return data to a mysql server
salt.returners.mysql.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.nagios_return
Return salt data to Nagios
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
nagios.url (required)
nagios.token (required)
nagios.service (optional)
nagios.check_type (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
nagios.url
nagios.token
nagios.service
Nagios settings may also be configured as:
nagios:
url: http://localhost/nrdp
token: r4nd0mt0k3n
service: service-check
alternative.nagios:
url: http://localhost/nrdp
token: r4nd0mt0k3n
service: another-service-check
To use the Nagios returner, append '--return nagios' to the salt command. ex:
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' test.ping --return nagios
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt com ↲
mand. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return nagios --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return nagios --return_kwargs '{"service": "service-name"}'
salt.returners.nagios_return.returner(ret)
Send a message to Nagios with the data
salt.returners.odbc
Return data to an ODBC compliant server. This driver was developed with Microsoft SQL
Server in mind, but theoretically could be used to return data to any compliant ODBC data‐
base as long as there is a working ODBC driver for it on your minion platform.
maintainer
C.
R. Oldham (
@saltstack.com)
maturity
New
depends
unixodbc, pyodbc, freetds (for SQL Server)
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need
On Linux:
unixodbc (http://www.unixodbc.org) pyodbc (pip install pyodbc) The FreeTDS ODBC driver
for SQL Server (http://www.freetds.org) or another compatible ODBC driver
On Windows:
TBD
unixODBC and FreeTDS need to be configured via /etc/odbcinst.ini and /etc/odbc.ini.
/etc/odbcinst.ini:
[TDS]
Description=TDS
Driver=/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/odbc/libtdsodbc.so
(Note the above Driver line needs to point to the location of the FreeTDS shared library.
This example is for Ubuntu 14.04.)
/etc/odbc.ini:
[TS]
Description = "Salt Returner"
Driver=TDS
Server = <your server ip or fqdn>
Port = 1433
Database = salt
Trace = No
Also you need the following values configured in the minion or master config. Configure
as you see fit:
returner.odbc.dsn: 'TS'
returner.odbc.user: 'salt'
returner.odbc.passwd: 'salt'
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.returner.odbc.dsn: 'TS'
alternative.returner.odbc.user: 'salt'
alternative.returner.odbc.passwd: 'salt'
Running the following commands against Microsoft SQL Server in the desired database as the
appropriate user should create the database tables correctly. Replace with equivalent SQL
for other ODBC-compliant servers
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
if OBJECT_ID('dbo.jids', 'U') is not null
DROP TABLE dbo.jids
CREATE TABLE dbo.jids (
jid varchar(255) PRIMARY KEY,
load varchar(MAX) NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
IF OBJECT_ID('dbo.salt_returns', 'U') IS NOT NULL
DROP TABLE dbo.salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE dbo.salt_returns (
added datetime not null default (getdate()),
fun varchar(100) NOT NULL,
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL,
retval varchar(MAX) NOT NULL,
id varchar(255) NOT NULL,
success bit default(0) NOT NULL,
full_ret varchar(MAX)
);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_added on dbo.salt_returns(added);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_id on dbo.salt_returns(id);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_jid on dbo.salt_returns(jid);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_fun on dbo.salt_returns(fun);
To use this returner, append '--return odbc' to the salt command.
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' status.diskusage --return odbc
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt com ↲
mand.
.. versionadded:: 2015.5.0
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' test.ping --return odbc --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return odbc --return_kwargs '{"dsn": "dsn-name"}'
salt.returners.odbc.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.odbc.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.odbc.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.odbc.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.odbc.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.odbc.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.odbc.returner(ret)
Return data to an odbc server
salt.returners.odbc.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.pgjsonb
Return data to a PostgreSQL server with json data stored in Pg's jsonb data type
maintainer
Dave Boucha <@saltstack.com>, Seth House <@saltstack.com>, C. R. Oldham
<@saltstack.com>
maturity
Stable
depends
python-psycopg2
platform
all
NOTE:
There are three PostgreSQL returners. Any can function as an external master job
cache. but each has different features. SaltStack recommends returners.pgjsonb if you
are working with a version of PostgreSQL that has the appropriate native binary JSON
types. Otherwise, review returners.postgres and returners.postgres_local_cache to see
which module best suits your particular needs.
To enable this returner, the minion will need the python client for PostgreSQL installed
and the following values configured in the minion or master config. These are the
defaults:
returner.pgjsonb.host: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.user: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.pass: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.db: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.port: 5432
SSL is optional. The defaults are set to None. If you do not want to use SSL, either
exclude these options or set them to None.
returner.pgjsonb.ssl_ca: None
returner.pgjsonb.ssl_cert: None
returner.pgjsonb.ssl_key: None
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration with alterna‐
tive.. Any values not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the
default location. As stated above, SSL configuration is optional. The following ssl
options are simply for illustration purposes:
alternative.pgjsonb.host: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.user: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.pass: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.db: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.port: 5432
alternative.pgjsonb.ssl_ca: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.pem'
alternative.pgjsonb.ssl_cert: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.crt'
alternative.pgjsonb.ssl_key: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.key'
Use the following Pg database schema:
CREATE DATABASE salt
WITH ENCODING 'utf-8';
--
-- Table structure for table `jids`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS jids;
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL primary key,
load jsonb NOT NULL
);
CREATE INDEX idx_jids_jsonb on jids
USING gin (load)
WITH (fastupdate=on);
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_returns`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
fun varchar(50) NOT NULL,
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL,
return jsonb NOT NULL,
id varchar(255) NOT NULL,
success varchar(10) NOT NULL,
full_ret jsonb NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT NOW());
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_id ON salt_returns (id);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_jid ON salt_returns (jid);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_fun ON salt_returns (fun);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_return ON salt_returns
USING gin (return) with (fastupdate=on);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_full_ret ON salt_returns
USING gin (full_ret) with (fastupdate=on);
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_events`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_events;
DROP SEQUENCE IF EXISTS seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE SEQUENCE seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE TABLE salt_events (
id BIGINT NOT NULL UNIQUE DEFAULT nextval('seq_salt_events_id'),
tag varchar(255) NOT NULL,
data jsonb NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT NOW(),
master_id varchar(255) NOT NULL);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_events_tag on
salt_events (tag);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_events_data ON salt_events
USING gin (data) with (fastupdate=on);
Required python modules: Psycopg2
To use this returner, append '--return pgjsonb' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return pgjsonb
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return pgjsonb --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return pgjsonb --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.pgjsonb.event_return(events)
Return event to Pg server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.pgjsonb.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.pgjsonb.returner(ret)
Return data to a Pg server
salt.returners.pgjsonb.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.postgres
Return data to a postgresql server
NOTE:
There are three PostgreSQL returners. Any can function as an external master job
cache. but each has different features. SaltStack recommends returners.pgjsonb if you
are working with a version of PostgreSQL that has the appropriate native binary JSON
types. Otherwise, review returners.postgres and returners.postgres_local_cache to see
which module best suits your particular needs.
maintainer
None
maturity
New
depends
psycopg2
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need the psycopg2 installed and the following val‐
ues configured in the minion or master config:
returner.postgres.host: 'salt'
returner.postgres.user: 'salt'
returner.postgres.passwd: 'salt'
returner.postgres.db: 'salt'
returner.postgres.port: 5432
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.returner.postgres.host: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.user: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.passwd: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.db: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.port: 5432
Running the following commands as the postgres user should create the database correctly:
psql << EOF
CREATE ROLE salt WITH PASSWORD 'salt';
CREATE DATABASE salt WITH OWNER salt;
EOF
psql -h localhost -U salt << EOF
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS jids;
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid varchar(20) PRIMARY KEY,
load text NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
fun varchar(50) NOT NULL,
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL,
return text NOT NULL,
full_ret text,
id varchar(255) NOT NULL,
success varchar(10) NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now()
);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_id ON salt_returns (id);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_jid ON salt_returns (jid);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_fun ON salt_returns (fun);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_updated ON salt_returns (alter_time);
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_events`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_events;
DROP SEQUENCE IF EXISTS seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE SEQUENCE seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE TABLE salt_events (
id BIGINT NOT NULL UNIQUE DEFAULT nextval('seq_salt_events_id'),
tag varchar(255) NOT NULL,
data text NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT NOW(),
master_id varchar(255) NOT NULL
);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_events_tag on salt_events (tag);
EOF
Required python modules: psycopg2
To use the postgres returner, append '--return postgres' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return postgres
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return postgres --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return postgres --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.postgres.event_return(events)
Return event to Pg server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.postgres.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.postgres.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.postgres.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.postgres.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.postgres.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.postgres.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.postgres.returner(ret)
Return data to a postgres server
salt.returners.postgres.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache
Use a postgresql server for the master job cache. This helps the job cache to cope with
scale.
NOTE:
There are three PostgreSQL returners. Any can function as an external master job
cache. but each has different features. SaltStack recommends returners.pgjsonb if you
are working with a version of PostgreSQL that has the appropriate native binary JSON
types. Otherwise, review returners.postgres and returners.postgres_local_cache to see
which module best suits your particular needs.
maintainer
@gmail.com
maturity
Stable
depends
psycopg2
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need the psycopg2 installed and the following val‐
ues configured in the master config:
master_job_cache: postgres_local_cache
master_job_cache.postgres.host: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.user: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.passwd: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.db: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.port: 5432
Running the following command as the postgres user should create the database correctly:
psql << EOF
CREATE ROLE salt WITH PASSWORD 'salt';
CREATE DATABASE salt WITH OWNER salt;
EOF
In case the postgres database is a remote host, you'll need this command also:
ALTER ROLE salt WITH LOGIN;
and then:
psql -h localhost -U salt << EOF
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS jids;
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid varchar(20) PRIMARY KEY,
started TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now(),
tgt_type text NOT NULL,
cmd text NOT NULL,
tgt text NOT NULL,
kwargs text NOT NULL,
ret text NOT NULL,
username text NOT NULL,
arg text NOT NULL,
fun text NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
-- note that 'success' must not have NOT NULL constraint, since
-- some functions don't provide it.
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
added TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now(),
fun text NOT NULL,
jid varchar(20) NOT NULL,
return text NOT NULL,
id text NOT NULL,
success boolean
);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (added);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (id);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (jid);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (fun);
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_events;
CREATE TABLE salt_events (
id SERIAL,
tag text NOT NULL,
data text NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now(),
master_id text NOT NULL
);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (tag);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (data);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (id);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (master_id);
EOF
Required python modules: psycopg2
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out the old jobs from the job cache
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.event_return(events)
Return event to a postgres server
Require that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids For master job cache this also formats the output and
returns a string
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Return a job id and prepare the job id directory This is the function responsible
for making sure jids don't collide (unless its passed a jid). So do what you have
to do to make sure that stays the case
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.returner(load)
Return data to a postgres server
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.save_load(jid, clear_load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.pushover_returner
Return salt data via pushover (http://www.pushover.net)
New in version 2016.3.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
pushover.user (required)
pushover.token (required)
pushover.title (optional)
pushover.device (optional)
pushover.priority (optional)
pushover.expire (optional)
pushover.retry (optional)
pushover.profile (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.pushover.user
alternative.pushover.token
alternative.pushover.title
alternative.pushover.device
alternative.pushover.priority
alternative.pushover.expire
alternative.pushover.retry
PushOver settings may also be configured as:
pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
token: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
title: Salt Returner
device: phone
priority: -1
expire: 3600
retry: 5
alternative.pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
token: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
title: Salt Returner
device: phone
priority: 1
expire: 4800
retry: 2
pushover_profile:
pushover.token: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
profile: pushover_profile
alternative.pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
profile: pushover_profile
To use the PushOver returner, append '--return pushover' to the salt command. ex:
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' test.ping --return pushover
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt com ↲
mand. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return pushover --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return pushover --return_kwargs '{"title": "Salt is awesome!"}'
salt.returners.pushover_returner.returner(ret)
Send an PushOver message with the data
salt.returners.rawfile_json
Take data from salt and "return" it into a raw file containing the json, with one line per
event.
Add the following to the minion or master configuration file.
rawfile_json.filename: <path_to_output_file>
Default is /var/log/salt/events.
Common use is to log all events on the master. This can generate a lot of noise, so you
may wish to configure batch processing and/or configure the event_return_whitelist or
event_return_blacklist to restrict the events that are written.
salt.returners.rawfile_json.event_return(event)
Write event return data to a file on the master.
salt.returners.rawfile_json.returner(ret)
Write the return data to a file on the minion.
salt.returners.redis_return
Return data to a redis server
To enable this returner the minion will need the python client for redis installed and the
following values configured in the minion or master config, these are the defaults:
redis.db: '0'
redis.host: 'salt'
redis.port: 6379
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.redis.db: '0'
alternative.redis.host: 'salt'
alternative.redis.port: 6379
To use the redis returner, append '--return redis' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return redis
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return redis --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return redis --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.redis_return.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out minions's return data for old jobs.
Normally, hset 'ret:<jid>' are saved with a TTL, and will eventually get cleaned by
redis.But for jobs with some very late minion return, the corresponding hset's TTL
will be refreshed to a too late timestamp, we'll do manually cleaning here.
salt.returners.redis_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.redis_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.redis_return.get_jids()
Return a dict mapping all job ids to job information
salt.returners.redis_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.redis_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.redis_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.redis_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a redis data store
salt.returners.redis_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.sentry_return
Salt returner that reports execution results back to sentry. The returner will inspect the
payload to identify errors and flag them as such.
Pillar needs something like:
raven:
servers:
- http://192.168.1.1
- https://sentry.example.com
public_key: deadbeefdeadbeefdeadbeefdeadbeef
secret_key: beefdeadbeefdeadbeefdeadbeefdead
project: 1
tags:
- os
- master
- saltversion
- cpuarch
or using a dsn:
raven:
dsn: https://aaaa:
@app.getsentry.com/12345
tags:
- os
- master
- saltversion
- cpuarch
https://pypi.python.org/pypi/raven must be installed.
The pillar can be hidden on sentry return by setting hide_pillar: true.
The tags list (optional) specifies grains items that will be used as sentry tags, allowing
tagging of events in the sentry ui.
To report only errors to sentry, set report_errors_only: true.
salt.returners.sentry_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.sentry_return.returner(ret)
Log outcome to sentry. The returner tries to identify errors and report them as
such. All other messages will be reported at info level. Failed states will be
appended as separate list for convenience.
salt.returners.slack_returner
Return salt data via slack
New in version 2015.5.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
slack.channel (required)
slack.api_key (required)
slack.username (required)
slack.as_user (required to see the profile picture of your bot)
slack.profile (optional)
slack.changes(optional, only show changes and failed states)
slack.yaml_format(optional, format the json in yaml format)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
slack.channel
slack.api_key
slack.username
slack.as_user
Slack settings may also be configured as:
slack:
channel: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
username: user
as_user: true
alternative.slack:
room_id: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
from_name: @email.com
slack_profile:
slack.api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
slack.from_name: @email.com
slack:
profile: slack_profile
channel: RoomName
alternative.slack:
profile: slack_profile
channel: RoomName
To use the Slack returner, append '--return slack' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return slack
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
salt '*' test.ping --return slack --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return slack --return_kwargs '{"channel": "#random"}'
salt.returners.slack_returner.returner(ret)
Send an slack message with the data
salt.returners.sms_return
Return data by SMS.
New in version 2015.5.0.
maintainer
Damian Myerscough
maturity
new
depends
twilio
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need the python twilio library installed and the
following values configured in the minion or master config:
twilio.sid: 'XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX'
twilio.token: 'XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX'
twilio.to: '+1415XXXXXXX'
twilio.from: '+1650XXXXXXX'
To use the sms returner, append '--return sms' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return sms
salt.returners.sms_return.returner(ret)
Return a response in an SMS message
salt.returners.smtp_return
Return salt data via email
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file. Fields are optional unless noted
otherwise.
· from (required) The name/address of the email sender.
·
to (required) The names/addresses of the email recipients;
comma-delimited. For example: 
@example.com,
@example.com.
· host (required) The SMTP server hostname or address.
· port The SMTP server port; defaults to 25.
·
username The username used to authenticate to the server. If specified a
password is also required. It is recommended but not required to also use TLS
with this option.
· password The password used to authenticate to the server.
· tls Whether to secure the connection using TLS; defaults to False
· subject The email subject line.
·
fields Which fields from the returned data to include in the subject line
of the email; comma-delimited. For example: id,fun. Please note, the subject line
is not encrypted.
·
gpgowner A user's ~/.gpg directory. This must contain a gpg
public key matching the address the mail is sent to. If left unset, no encryption
will be used. Requires python-gnupg to be installed.
· template The path to a file to be used as a template for the email body.
·
renderer A Salt renderer, or render-pipe, to use to render the email
template. Default jinja.
Below is an example of the above settings in a Salt Minion configuration file:
smtp.from: 
@example.net
smtp.to: @example.com
smtp.host: localhost
smtp.port: 1025
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location. For
example:
alternative.smtp.username: saltdev
alternative.smtp.password: saltdev
alternative.smtp.tls: True
To use the SMTP returner, append '--return smtp' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return smtp
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return smtp --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return smtp --return_kwargs '{"to": "@domain.com"}'
An easy way to test the SMTP returner is to use the development SMTP server built into
Python. The command below will start a single-threaded SMTP server that prints any email
it receives to the console.
python -m smtpd -n -c DebuggingServer localhost:1025
New in version 2016.11.0.
It is possible to send emails with selected Salt events by configuring event_return option
for Salt Master. For example:
event_return: smtp
event_return_whitelist:
- salt/key
smtp.from: @example.net
smtp.to: @example.com
smtp.host: localhost
smtp.subject: 'Salt Master {{act}}ed key from Minion ID: {{id}}'
smtp.template: /srv/salt/templates/email.j2
Also you need to create additional file /srv/salt/templates/email.j2 with email body tem‐
plate:
act: {{act}}
id: {{id}}
result: {{result}}
This configuration enables Salt Master to send an email when accepting or rejecting min‐
ions keys.
salt.returners.smtp_return.event_return(events)
Return event data via SMTP
salt.returners.smtp_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.smtp_return.returner(ret)
Send an email with the data
salt.returners.splunk module
Send json response data to Splunk via the HTTP Event Collector Requires the following con‐
fig values to be specified in config or pillar:
splunk_http_forwarder:
token: <splunk_http_forwarder_token>
indexer: <hostname/IP of Splunk indexer>
sourcetype: <Destination sourcetype for data>
index: <Destination index for data>
Run a test by using salt-call test.ping --return splunk
Written by Scott Pack (github.com/scottjpack)
class salt.returners.splunk.http_event_collector(token, http_event_server, host='',
http_event_port='8088', http_event_server_ssl=True, max_bytes=100000)
batchEvent(payload, eventtime='')
flushBatch()
sendEvent(payload, eventtime='')
salt.returners.splunk.returner(ret)
Send a message to Splunk via the HTTP Event Collector
salt.returners.sqlite3
Insert minion return data into a sqlite3 database
maintainer
Mickey Malone <
@gmail.com>
maturity
New
depends
None
platform
All
Sqlite3 is a serverless database that lives in a single file. In order to use this
returner the database file must exist, have the appropriate schema defined, and be acces‐
sible to the user whom the minion process is running as. This returner requires the fol‐
lowing values configured in the master or minion config:
sqlite3.database: /usr/lib/salt/salt.db
sqlite3.timeout: 5.0
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.sqlite3.database: /usr/lib/salt/salt.db
alternative.sqlite3.timeout: 5.0
Use the commands to create the sqlite3 database and tables:
sqlite3 /usr/lib/salt/salt.db << EOF
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
load TEXT NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
fun TEXT KEY,
jid TEXT KEY,
id TEXT KEY,
fun_args TEXT,
date TEXT NOT NULL,
full_ret TEXT NOT NULL,
success TEXT NOT NULL
);
EOF
To use the sqlite returner, append '--return sqlite3' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return sqlite3
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return sqlite3 --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return sqlite3 --return_kwargs '{"db": "/var/lib/salt/another-salt.db ↲
"}'
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned from a specified jid
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load from a specified jid
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.returner(ret)
Insert minion return data into the sqlite3 database
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.syslog_return
Return data to the host operating system's syslog facility
To use the syslog returner, append '--return syslog' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return syslog
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
syslog.level (optional, Default: LOG_INFO)
syslog.facility (optional, Default: LOG_USER)
syslog.tag (optional, Default: salt-minion)
syslog.options (list, optional, Default: [])
Available levels, facilities, and options can be found in the syslog docs for your python
version.
NOTE:
The default tag comes from sys.argv[0] which is usually "salt-minion" but could be dif‐
ferent based on the specific environment.
Configuration example:
syslog.level: 'LOG_ERR'
syslog.facility: 'LOG_DAEMON'
syslog.tag: 'mysalt'
syslog.options:
- LOG_PID
Of course you can also nest the options:
syslog:
level: 'LOG_ERR'
facility: 'LOG_DAEMON'
tag: 'mysalt'
options:
- LOG_PID
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.syslog.level: 'LOG_WARN'
alternative.syslog.facility: 'LOG_NEWS'
To use the alternative configuration, append --return_config alternative to the salt com‐
mand.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return syslog --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return syslog --return_kwargs '{"level": "LOG_DEBUG"}'
NOTE:
Syslog server implementations may have limits on the maximum record size received by
the client. This may lead to job return data being truncated in the syslog server's
logs. For example, for rsyslog on RHEL-based systems, the default maximum record size
is approximately 2KB (which return data can easily exceed). This is configurable in
rsyslog.conf via the $MaxMessageSize config parameter. Please consult your syslog impl‐
mentation's documentation to determine how to adjust this limit.
salt.returners.syslog_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.syslog_return.returner(ret)
Return data to the local syslog
salt.returners.xmpp_return
Return salt data via xmpp
depends
sleekxmpp >= 1.3.1
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
xmpp.jid (required)
xmpp.password (required)
xmpp.recipient (required)
xmpp.profile (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
xmpp.jid
xmpp.password
xmpp.recipient
xmpp.profile
XMPP settings may also be configured as:
xmpp:
jid: @xmpp.domain.com/resource
password: password
recipient: @xmpp.example.com
alternative.xmpp:
jid: @xmpp.domain.com/resource
password: password
recipient: 
@xmpp.example.com
xmpp_profile:
xmpp.jid: @xmpp.domain.com/resource
xmpp.password: password
xmpp:
profile: xmpp_profile
recipient: @xmpp.example.com
alternative.xmpp:
profile: xmpp_profile
recipient: 
@xmpp.example.com
To use the XMPP returner, append '--return xmpp' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return xmpp
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return xmpp --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return xmpp --return_kwargs '{"recipient": "someone-else@xmpp.example ↲
.com"}'
class salt.returners.xmpp_return.SendMsgBot(jid, password, recipient, msg)
start(event)
salt.returners.xmpp_return.returner(ret)
Send an xmpp message with the data
salt.returners.zabbix_return module
Return salt data to Zabbix
The following Type: "Zabbix trapper" with "Type of information" Text items are required:
Key: salt.trap.info
Key: salt.trap.average
Key: salt.trap.warning
Key: salt.trap.high
Key: salt.trap.disaster
To use the Zabbix returner, append '--return zabbix' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return zabbix
salt.returners.zabbix_return.returner(ret)
salt.returners.zabbix_return.zabbix_send(key, host, output)
salt.returners.zabbix_return.zbx()
Renderers
The Salt state system operates by gathering information from common data types such as
lists, dictionaries, and strings that would be familiar to any developer.
SLS files are translated from whatever data templating format they are written in back
into Python data types to be consumed by Salt.
By default SLS files are rendered as Jinja templates and then parsed as YAML documents.
But since the only thing the state system cares about is raw data, the SLS files can be
any structured format that can be dreamed up.
Currently there is support for Jinja + YAML, Mako + YAML, Wempy + YAML, Jinja + json, Mako
+ json and Wempy + json.
Renderers can be written to support any template type. This means that the Salt states
could be managed by XML files, HTML files, Puppet files, or any format that can be trans‐
lated into the Pythonic data structure used by the state system.
Multiple Renderers
A default renderer is selected in the master configuration file by providing a value to
the renderer key.
When evaluating an SLS, more than one renderer can be used.
When rendering SLS files, Salt checks for the presence of a Salt-specific shebang line.
The shebang line directly calls the name of the renderer as it is specified within Salt.
One of the most common reasons to use multiple renderers is to use the Python or py ren‐
derer.
Below, the first line is a shebang that references the py renderer.
#!py
def run():
'''
Install the python-mako package
'''
return {'include': ['python'],
'python-mako': {'pkg': ['installed']}}
Composing Renderers
A renderer can be composed from other renderers by connecting them in a series of
pipes(|).
In fact, the default Jinja + YAML renderer is implemented by connecting a YAML renderer to
a Jinja renderer. Such renderer configuration is specified as: jinja | yaml.
Other renderer combinations are possible:
yaml i.e, just YAML, no templating.
mako | yaml
pass the input to the mako renderer, whose output is then fed into the yaml ren‐
derer.
jinja | mako | yaml
This one allows you to use both jinja and mako templating syntax in the input
and then parse the final rendered output as YAML.
The following is a contrived example SLS file using the jinja | mako | yaml renderer:
#!jinja|mako|yaml
An_Example:
cmd.run:
- name: |
echo "Using Salt ${grains['saltversion']}" \
"from path {{grains['saltpath']}}."
- cwd: /
<%doc> ${...} is Mako's notation, and so is this comment. </%doc>
{# Similarly, {{...}} is Jinja's notation, and so is this comment. #}
For backward compatibility, jinja | yaml can also be written as yaml_jinja, and similarly,
the yaml_mako, yaml_wempy, json_jinja, json_mako, and json_wempy renderers are all sup‐
ported.
Keep in mind that not all renderers can be used alone or with any other renderers. For
example, the template renderers shouldn't be used alone as their outputs are just strings,
which still need to be parsed by another renderer to turn them into highstate data struc‐
tures.
For example, it doesn't make sense to specify yaml | jinja because the output of the YAML
renderer is a highstate data structure (a dict in Python), which cannot be used as the
input to a template renderer. Therefore, when combining renderers, you should know what
each renderer accepts as input and what it returns as output.
Writing Renderers
A custom renderer must be a Python module placed in the renderers directory and the module
implement the render function.
The render function will be passed the path of the SLS file as an argument.
The purpose of the render function is to parse the passed file and to return the Python
data structure derived from the file.
Custom renderers must be placed in a _renderers directory within the file_roots specified
by the master config file.
Custom renderers are distributed when any of the following are run:
· state.apply
· saltutil.sync_renderers
· saltutil.sync_all
Any custom renderers which have been synced to a minion, that are named the same as one of
Salt's default set of renderers, will take the place of the default renderer with the same
name.
Examples
The best place to find examples of renderers is in the Salt source code.
Documentation for renderers included with Salt can be found here:
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/renderers
Here is a simple YAML renderer example:
import yaml
from salt.utils.yamlloader import SaltYamlSafeLoader
def render(yaml_data, saltenv='', sls='', **kws):
if not isinstance(yaml_data, basestring):
yaml_data = yaml_data.read()
data = yaml.load(
yaml_data,
Loader=SaltYamlSafeLoader
)
return data if data else {}
Full List of Renderers
renderer modules
┌──────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
│cheetah │ Cheetah Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│dson │ DSON Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│genshi │ Genshi Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│gpg │ Renderer that will decrypt GPG │
│ │ ciphers │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│hjson │ Hjson Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│jinja │ Jinja loading utils to enable a │
│ │ more powerful backend for jinja │
│ │ templates │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│json │ JSON Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│json5 │ JSON5 Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│mako │ Mako Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│msgpack │ │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pass │ Pass Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│py │ Pure python state renderer │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pydsl │ A Python-based DSL │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pyobjects │ Python renderer that includes a │
│ │ Pythonic Object based interface │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│stateconf │ A flexible renderer that takes a │
│ │ templating engine and a data │
│ │ format │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│wempy │ │
└──────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘
│yaml │ YAML Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│yamlex │ │
└──────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘
salt.renderers.cheetah
Cheetah Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.cheetah.render(cheetah_data, saltenv='base', sls='', method='xml', **kws)
Render a Cheetah template.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.dson
DSON Renderer for Salt
This renderer is intended for demonstration purposes. Information on the DSON spec can be
found here.
This renderer requires Dogeon (installable via pip)
salt.renderers.dson.render(dson_input, saltenv='base', sls='', **kwargs)
Accepts DSON data as a string or as a file object and runs it through the JSON
parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.genshi
Genshi Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.genshi.render(genshi_data, saltenv='base', sls='', method='xml', **kws)
Render a Genshi template. A method should be passed in as part of the kwargs. If no
method is passed in, xml is assumed. Valid methods are:
Note that the text method will call NewTextTemplate. If oldtext is desired, it must
be called explicitly
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.gpg
Renderer that will decrypt GPG ciphers
Any key in the SLS file can be a GPG cipher, and this renderer will decrypt it before
passing it off to Salt. This allows you to safely store secrets in source control, in such
a way that only your Salt master can decrypt them and distribute them only to the minions
that need them.
The typical use-case would be to use ciphers in your pillar data, and keep a secret key on
your master. You can put the public key in source control so that developers can add new
secrets quickly and easily.
This renderer requires the gpg binary. No python libraries are required as of the 2015.8.0
release.
Setup
To set things up, first generate a keypair. On the master, run the following:
# mkdir -p /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# chmod 0700 /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# gpg --gen-key --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys
Do not supply a password for the keypair, and use a name that makes sense for your appli‐
cation. Be sure to back up the gpgkeys directory someplace safe!
NOTE:
Unfortunately, there are some scenarios - for example, on virtual machines which don’t
have real hardware - where insufficient entropy causes key generation to be extremely
slow. In these cases, there are usually means of increasing the system entropy. On vir‐
tualised Linux systems, this can often be achieved by installing the rng-tools package.
Export the Public Key
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --armor --export <KEY-NAME> > exported_pubkey.gpg
Import the Public Key
To encrypt secrets, copy the public key to your local machine and run:
$ gpg --import exported_pubkey.gpg
To generate a cipher from a secret:
$ echo -n "supersecret" | gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r <KEY-name>
To apply the renderer on a file-by-file basis add the following line to the top of any
pillar with gpg data in it:
#!yaml|gpg
Now with your renderer configured, you can include your ciphers in your pillar data like
so:
#!yaml|gpg
a-secret: |
-----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
hQEMAweRHKaPCfNeAQf9GLTN16hCfXAbPwU6BbBK0unOc7i9/etGuVc5CyU9Q6um
QuetdvQVLFO/HkrC4lgeNQdM6D9E8PKonMlgJPyUvC8ggxhj0/IPFEKmrsnv2k6+
cnEfmVexS7o/U1VOVjoyUeliMCJlAz/30RXaME49Cpi6No2+vKD8a4q4nZN1UZcG
RhkhC0S22zNxOXQ38TBkmtJcqxnqT6YWKTUsjVubW3bVC+u2HGqJHu79wmwuN8tz
m4wBkfCAd8Eyo2jEnWQcM4TcXiF01XPL4z4g1/9AAxh+Q4d8RIRP4fbw7ct4nCJv
Gr9v2DTF7HNigIMl4ivMIn9fp+EZurJNiQskLgNbktJGAeEKYkqX5iCuB1b693hJ
FKlwHiJt5yA8X2dDtfk8/Ph1Jx2TwGS+lGjlZaNqp3R1xuAZzXzZMLyZDe5+i3RJ
skqmFTbOiA===Eqsm
-----END PGP MESSAGE-----
Encrypted CLI Pillar Data
New in version 2016.3.0.
Functions like state.highstate and state.sls allow for pillar data to be passed on the
CLI.
salt myminion state.highstate pillar="{'mypillar': 'foo'}"
Starting with the 2016.3.0 release of Salt, it is now possible for this pillar data to be
GPG-encrypted, and to use the GPG renderer to decrypt it.
Replacing Newlines
To pass encrypted pillar data on the CLI, the ciphertext must have its newlines replaced
with a literal backslash-n (\n), as newlines are not supported within Salt CLI arguments.
There are a number of ways to do this:
With awk or Perl:
# awk
ciphertext=`echo -n "supersecret" | gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r ↲
@domain.com | awk '{printf "%s\\n",$0} END {print ""}'`
# Perl
ciphertext=`echo -n "supersecret" | gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r ↲
@domain.com | perl -pe 's/\n/\\n/g'`
With Python:
import subprocess
secret, stderr = subprocess.Popen(
['gpg', '--armor', '--batch', '--trust-model', 'always', '--encrypt',
'-r', '@domain.com'],
stdin=subprocess.PIPE,
stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
stderr=subprocess.PIPE).communicate(input='supersecret')
if secret:
print(secret.replace('\n', r'\n'))
else:
raise ValueError('No ciphertext found: {0}'.format(stderr))
ciphertext=`python /path/to/script.py`
The ciphertext can be included in the CLI pillar data like so:
salt myminion state.sls secretstuff pillar_enc=gpg pillar="{secret_pillar: '$ciphertext'}"
The pillar_enc=gpg argument tells Salt that there is GPG-encrypted pillar data, so that
the CLI pillar data is passed through the GPG renderer, which will iterate recursively
though the CLI pillar dictionary to decrypt any encrypted values.
Encrypting the Entire CLI Pillar Dictionary
If several values need to be encrypted, it may be more convenient to encrypt the entire
CLI pillar dictionary. Again, this can be done in several ways:
With awk or Perl:
# awk
ciphertext=`echo -n "{'secret_a': 'CorrectHorseBatteryStaple', 'secret_b': 'GPG is fun!'}" ↲
| gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r @domain.com | awk '{printf "%s\\n",$0} END {print ""}'`
# Perl
ciphertext=`echo -n "{'secret_a': 'CorrectHorseBatteryStaple', 'secret_b': 'GPG is fun!'}" ↲
| gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r @domain.com | perl -pe 's/\n/\\n/g'`
With Python:
import subprocess
pillar_data = {'secret_a': 'CorrectHorseBatteryStaple',
'secret_b': 'GPG is fun!'}
secret, stderr = subprocess.Popen(
['gpg', '--armor', '--batch', '--trust-model', 'always', '--encrypt',
'-r', '@domain.com'],
stdin=subprocess.PIPE,
stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
stderr=subprocess.PIPE).communicate(input=repr(pillar_data))
if secret:
print(secret.replace('\n', r'\n'))
else:
raise ValueError('No ciphertext found: {0}'.format(stderr))
ciphertext=`python /path/to/script.py`
With the entire pillar dictionary now encrypted, it can be included in the CLI pillar data
like so:
salt myminion state.sls secretstuff pillar_enc=gpg pillar="$ciphertext"
salt.renderers.gpg.render(gpg_data, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', **kwargs)
Create a gpg object given a gpg_keydir, and then use it to try to decrypt the data
to be rendered.
salt.renderers.hjson
Hjson Renderer for Salt http://laktak.github.io/hjson/
salt.renderers.hjson.render(hjson_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts HJSON as a string or as a file object and runs it through the HJSON parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.jinja
Jinja loading utils to enable a more powerful backend for jinja templates
For Jinja usage information see Understanding Jinja.
salt.renderers.jinja.render(template_file, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', con‐
text=None, tmplpath=None, **kws)
Render the template_file, passing the functions and grains into the Jinja rendering
system.
Return type
string
class salt.utils.jinja.SerializerExtension(environment)
Yaml and Json manipulation.
Format filters
Allows jsonifying or yamlifying any data structure. For example, this dataset:
data = {
'foo': True,
'bar': 42,
'baz': [1, 2, 3],
'qux': 2.0
}
yaml = {{ data|yaml }}
json = {{ data|json }}
python = {{ data|python }}
will be rendered as:
yaml = {bar: 42, baz: [1, 2, 3], foo: true, qux: 2.0}
json = {"baz": [1, 2, 3], "foo": true, "bar": 42, "qux": 2.0}
python = {'bar': 42, 'baz': [1, 2, 3], 'foo': True, 'qux': 2.0}
The yaml filter takes an optional flow_style parameter to control the
default-flow-style parameter of the YAML dumper.
{{ data|yaml(False) }}
will be rendered as:
bar: 42
baz:
- 1
- 2
- 3
foo: true
qux: 2.0
Load filters
Strings and variables can be deserialized with load_yaml and load_json tags and
filters. It allows one to manipulate data directly in templates, easily:
{%- set yaml_src = "{foo: it works}"|load_yaml %}
{%- set json_src = "{'bar': 'for real'}"|load_json %}
Dude, {{ yaml_src.foo }} {{ json_src.bar }}!
will be rendered as:
Dude, it works for real!
Load tags
Salt implements load_yaml and load_json tags. They work like the import tag, except
that the document is also deserialized.
Syntaxes are {% load_yaml as [VARIABLE] %}[YOUR DATA]{% endload %} and {% load_json
as [VARIABLE] %}[YOUR DATA]{% endload %}
For example:
{% load_yaml as yaml_src %}
foo: it works
{% endload %}
{% load_json as json_src %}
{
"bar": "for real"
}
{% endload %}
Dude, {{ yaml_src.foo }} {{ json_src.bar }}!
will be rendered as:
Dude, it works for real!
Import tags
External files can be imported and made available as a Jinja variable.
{% import_yaml "myfile.yml" as myfile %}
{% import_json "defaults.json" as defaults %}
{% import_text "completeworksofshakespeare.txt" as poems %}
Catalog
import_* and load_* tags will automatically expose their target variable to import.
This feature makes catalog of data to handle.
for example:
# doc1.sls
{% load_yaml as var1 %}
foo: it works
{% endload %}
{% load_yaml as var2 %}
bar: for real
{% endload %}
# doc2.sls
{% from "doc1.sls" import var1, var2 as local2 %}
{{ var1.foo }} {{ local2.bar }}
** Escape Filters **
New in version 2017.7.0.
Allows escaping of strings so they can be interpreted literally by another func‐
tion.
For example:
regex_escape = {{ 'https://example.com?foo=bar%20baz' | regex_escape }}
will be rendered as:
regex_escape = https\:\/\/example\.com\?foo\=bar\%20baz
** Set Theory Filters **
New in version 2017.7.0.
Performs set math using Jinja filters.
For example:
unique = {{ ['foo', 'foo', 'bar'] | unique }}
will be rendered as:
unique = ['foo', 'bar']
salt.renderers.json
JSON Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.json.render(json_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts JSON as a string or as a file object and runs it through the JSON parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.json5
JSON5 Renderer for Salt
New in version 2016.3.0.
JSON5 is an unofficial extension to JSON. See http://json5.org/ for more information.
This renderer requires the json5 python bindings, installable via pip.
salt.renderers.json5.render(json_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts JSON as a string or as a file object and runs it through the JSON parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.mako
Mako Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.mako.render(template_file, saltenv='base', sls='', context=None,
tmplpath=None, **kws)
Render the template_file, passing the functions and grains into the Mako rendering
system.
Return type
string
salt.renderers.msgpack
salt.renderers.msgpack.render(msgpack_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts a message pack string or a file object, renders said data back to a python
dict.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.pass module
Pass Renderer for Salt
[pass](https://www.passwordstore.org/)
New in version 2017.7.0.
# Setup __Note__: <user> needs to be replaced with the user salt-master will be running as
1. Have private gpg loaded into user's gpg keyring * Example salt code
``
` load_private_gpg_key:
cmd.run:
· name: gpg --import <location_of_private_gpg_key>
· unless: gpg --list-keys '<gpg_name>'
``
`
1. Said private key's public key should have been used when encrypting pass entries that
are of interest for pillar data 1. Fetch and keep local pass git repo up-to-date
·
Example salt code
``
` update_pass:
git.latest:
· force_reset: True
· name: <git_repo>
· target: /<user>/.password-store
· identity: <location_of_ssh_private_key>
· require: - cmd: load_private_gpg_key
``
`
1. Install pass binary * Example salt code
``
` pass:
pkg.installed
``
`
salt.renderers.pass.render(pass_info, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', **kwargs)
Fetch secret from pass based on pass_path
salt.renderers.py
Pure python state renderer
The SLS file should contain a function called run which returns high state data. The
highstate data is a dictionary containing identifiers as keys, and execution dictionaries
as values. For example the following state declaration in YAML:
common_packages:
pkg.installed:
- pkgs:
- curl
- vim
tranlastes to:
{'common_packages': {'pkg.installed': [{'pkgs': ['curl', 'vim']}]}}
In this module, a few objects are defined for you, giving access to Salt's execution func‐
tions, grains, pillar, etc. They are:
· __salt__ - Execution functions (i.e. __salt__['test.echo']('foo'))
· __grains__ - Grains (i.e. __grains__['os'])
· __pillar__ - Pillar data (i.e. __pillar__['foo'])
· __opts__ - Minion configuration options
· __env__ - The effective salt fileserver environment (i.e. base). Also referred to as a
"saltenv". __env__ should not be modified in a pure python SLS file. To use a different
environment, the environment should be set when executing the state. This can be done in
a couple different ways:
· Using the saltenv argument on the salt CLI (i.e. salt '*' state.sls foo.bar.baz
saltenv=env_name).
· By adding a saltenv argument to an individual state within the SLS file. In other
words, adding a line like this to the state's data structure: {'saltenv': 'env_name'}
· __sls__ - The SLS path of the file. For example, if the root of the base environment is
/srv/salt, and the SLS file is /srv/salt/foo/bar/baz.sls, then __sls__ in that file will
be foo.bar.baz.
The global contet data (same as context
``
{{ data }}` ` for states written with Jinja + YAML. The following YAML + Jinja state dec‐
laration:
{% if data['id'] == 'mysql1' %}
highstate_run:
local.state.apply:
- tgt: mysql1
{% endif %}
Translate to:
if data['id'] == 'mysql1':
return {'highstate_run': {'local.state.apply': [{'tgt': 'mysql1'}]}}
#!py
def run():
config = {}
if __grains__['os'] == 'Ubuntu':
user = 'ubuntu'
group = 'ubuntu'
home = '/home/{0}'.format(user)
else:
user = 'root'
group = 'root'
home = '/root/'
config['s3cmd'] = {
'pkg': [
'installed',
{'name': 's3cmd'},
],
}
config[home + '/.s3cfg'] = {
'file.managed': [
{'source': 'salt://s3cfg/templates/s3cfg'},
{'template': 'jinja'},
{'user': user},
{'group': group},
{'mode': 600},
{'context': {
'aws_key': __pillar__['AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID'],
'aws_secret_key': __pillar__['AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY'],
},
},
],
}
return config
salt.renderers.py.render(template, saltenv='base', sls='', tmplpath=None, **kws)
Render the python module's components
Return type
string
salt.renderers.pydsl
A Python-based DSL
maintainer
Jack Kuan <
@gmail.com>
maturity
new
platform
all
The pydsl renderer allows one to author salt formulas (.sls files) in pure Python using a
DSL that's easy to write and easy to read. Here's an example:
#!pydsl
apache = state('apache')
apache.pkg.installed()
apache.service.running()
state('/var/www/index.html') \
.file('managed',
source='salt://webserver/index.html') \
.require(pkg='apache')
Notice that any Python code is allow in the file as it's really a Python module, so you
have the full power of Python at your disposal. In this module, a few objects are defined
for you, including the usual (with __ added) __salt__ dictionary, __grains__, __pillar__,
__opts__, __env__, and __sls__, plus a few more:
__file__
local file system path to the sls module.
__pydsl__
Salt PyDSL object, useful for configuring DSL behavior per sls rendering.
include
Salt PyDSL function for creating include-declaration's.
extend
Salt PyDSL function for creating extend-declaration's.
state
Salt PyDSL function for creating ID-declaration's.
A state ID-declaration is created with a state(id) function call. Subsequent state(id)
call with the same id returns the same object. This singleton access pattern applies to
all declaration objects created with the DSL.
state('example')
assert state('example') is state('example')
assert state('example').cmd is state('example').cmd
assert state('example').cmd.running is state('example').cmd.running
The id argument is optional. If omitted, an UUID will be generated and used as the id.
state(id) returns an object under which you can create a state-declaration object by
accessing an attribute named after any state module available in Salt.
state('example').cmd
state('example').file
state('example').pkg
...
Then, a function-declaration object can be created from a state-declaration object by one
of the following two ways:
1. by calling a method named after the state function on the state-declaration object.
state('example').file.managed(...)
2. by directly calling the attribute named for the state-declaration, and supplying the
state function name as the first argument.
state('example').file('managed', ...)
With either way of creating a function-declaration object, any function-arg-declaration's
can be passed as keyword arguments to the call. Subsequent calls of a function-declaration
will update the arg declarations.
state('example').file('managed', source='salt://webserver/index.html')
state('example').file.managed(source='salt://webserver/index.html')
As a shortcut, the special name argument can also be passed as the first or second posi‐
tional argument depending on the first or second way of calling the state-declaration
object. In the following two examples ls -la is the name argument.
state('example').cmd.run('ls -la', cwd='/')
state('example').cmd('run', 'ls -la', cwd='/')
Finally, a requisite-declaration object with its requisite-reference's can be created by
invoking one of the requisite methods (see State Requisites) on either a function-declara‐
tion object or a state-declaration object. The return value of a requisite call is also a
function-declaration object, so you can chain several requisite calls together.
Arguments to a requisite call can be a list of state-declaration objects and/or a set of
keyword arguments whose names are state modules and values are IDs of ID-declaration's or
names of name-declaration's.
apache2 = state('apache2')
apache2.pkg.installed()
state('libapache2-mod-wsgi').pkg.installed()
# you can call requisites on function declaration
apache2.service.running() \
.require(apache2.pkg,
pkg='libapache2-mod-wsgi') \
.watch(file='/etc/apache2/httpd.conf')
# or you can call requisites on state declaration.
# this actually creates an anonymous function declaration object
# to add the requisites.
apache2.service.require(state('libapache2-mod-wsgi').pkg,
pkg='apache2') \
.watch(file='/etc/apache2/httpd.conf')
# we still need to set the name of the function declaration.
apache2.service.running()
include-declaration objects can be created with the include function, while extend-decla‐
ration objects can be created with the extend function, whose arguments are just func‐
tion-declaration objects.
include('edit.vim', 'http.server')
extend(state('apache2').service.watch(file='/etc/httpd/httpd.conf')
The include function, by default, causes the included sls file to be rendered as soon as
the include function is called. It returns a list of rendered module objects; sls files
not rendered with the pydsl renderer return None's. This behavior creates no include-dec‐
laration's in the resulting high state data structure.
import types
# including multiple sls returns a list.
_, mod = include('a-non-pydsl-sls', 'a-pydsl-sls')
assert _ is None
assert isinstance(slsmods[1], types.ModuleType)
# including a single sls returns a single object
mod = include('a-pydsl-sls')
# myfunc is a function that calls state(...) to create more states.
mod.myfunc(1, 2, "three")
Notice how you can define a reusable function in your pydsl sls module and then call it
via the module returned by include.
It's still possible to do late includes by passing the delayed=True keyword argument to
include.
include('edit.vim', 'http.server', delayed=True)
Above will just create a include-declaration in the rendered result, and such call always
returns None.
Special integration with the cmd state
Taking advantage of rendering a Python module, PyDSL allows you to declare a state that
calls a pre-defined Python function when the state is executed.
greeting = "hello world"
def helper(something, *args, **kws):
print greeting # hello world
print something, args, kws # test123 ['a', 'b', 'c'] {'x': 1, 'y': 2}
state().cmd.call(helper, "test123", 'a', 'b', 'c', x=1, y=2)
The cmd.call state function takes care of calling our helper function with the arguments
we specified in the states, and translates the return value of our function into a struc‐
ture expected by the state system. See salt.states.cmd.call() for more information.
Implicit ordering of states
Salt states are explicitly ordered via requisite-declaration's. However, with pydsl it's
possible to let the renderer track the order of creation for function-declaration objects,
and implicitly add require requisites for your states to enforce the ordering. This fea‐
ture is enabled by setting the ordered option on __pydsl__.
NOTE:
this feature is only available if your minions are using Python >= 2.7.
include('some.sls.file')
A = state('A').cmd.run(cwd='/var/tmp')
extend(A)
__pydsl__.set(ordered=True)
for i in range(10):
i = str(i)
state(i).cmd.run('echo '+i, cwd='/')
state('1').cmd.run('echo one')
state('2').cmd.run(name='echo two')
Notice that the ordered option needs to be set after any extend calls. This is to prevent
pydsl from tracking the creation of a state function that's passed to an extend call.
Above example should create states from 0 to 9 that will output 0, one, two, 3, ... 9, in
that order.
It's important to know that pydsl tracks the creations of function-declaration objects,
and automatically adds a require requisite to a function-declaration object that requires
the last function-declaration object created before it in the sls file.
This means later calls (perhaps to update the function's function-arg-declaration) to a
previously created function declaration will not change the order.
Render time state execution
When Salt processes a salt formula file, the file is rendered to salt's high state data
representation by a renderer before the states can be executed. In the case of the pydsl
renderer, the .sls file is executed as a python module as it is being rendered which makes
it easy to execute a state at render time. In pydsl, executing one or more states at ren‐
der time can be done by calling a configured ID-declaration object.
#!pydsl
s = state() # save for later invocation
# configure it
s.cmd.run('echo at render time', cwd='/')
s.file.managed('target.txt', source='salt://source.txt')
s() # execute the two states now
Once an ID-declaration is called at render time it is detached from the sls module as if
it was never defined.
NOTE:
If implicit ordering is enabled (i.e., via __pydsl__.set(ordered=True)) then the first
invocation of a ID-declaration object must be done before a new function-declaration is
created.
Integration with the stateconf renderer
The salt.renderers.stateconf renderer offers a few interesting features that can be lever‐
aged by the pydsl renderer. In particular, when using with the pydsl renderer, we are
interested in stateconf's sls namespacing feature (via dot-prefixed id declarations), as
well as, the automatic start and goal states generation.
Now you can use pydsl with stateconf like this:
#!pydsl|stateconf -ps
include('xxx', 'yyy')
# ensure that states in xxx run BEFORE states in this file.
extend(state('.start').stateconf.require(stateconf='xxx::goal'))
# ensure that states in yyy run AFTER states in this file.
extend(state('.goal').stateconf.require_in(stateconf='yyy::start'))
__pydsl__.set(ordered=True)
...
-s enables the generation of a stateconf start state, and -p lets us pipe high state data
rendered by pydsl to stateconf. This example shows that by require-ing or require_in-ing
the included sls' start or goal states, it's possible to ensure that the included sls
files can be made to execute before or after a state in the including sls file.
Importing custom Python modules
To use a custom Python module inside a PyDSL state, place the module somewhere that it can
be loaded by the Salt loader, such as _modules in the /srv/salt directory.
Then, copy it to any minions as necessary by using saltutil.sync_modules.
To import into a PyDSL SLS, one must bypass the Python importer and insert it manually by
getting a reference from Python's sys.modules dictionary.
For example:
#!pydsl|stateconf -ps
def main():
my_mod = sys.modules['salt.loaded.ext.module.my_mod']
salt.renderers.pydsl.render(template, saltenv='base', sls='', tmplpath=None, ren‐
dered_sls=None, **kws)
salt.renderers.pyobjects
Python renderer that includes a Pythonic Object based interface
maintainer
Evan Borgstrom <
@borgstrom.ca>
Let's take a look at how you use pyobjects in a state file. Here's a quick example that
ensures the /tmp directory is in the correct state.
#!pyobjects
File.managed("/tmp", user='root', group='root', mode='1777')
Nice and Pythonic!
By using the "shebang" syntax to switch to the pyobjects renderer we can now write our
state data using an object based interface that should feel at home to python developers.
You can import any module and do anything that you'd like (with caution, importing
sqlalchemy, django or other large frameworks has not been tested yet). Using the pyobjects
renderer is exactly the same as using the built-in Python renderer with the exception that
pyobjects provides you with an object based interface for generating state data.
Creating state data
Pyobjects takes care of creating an object for each of the available states on the minion.
Each state is represented by an object that is the CamelCase version of its name (i.e.
File, Service, User, etc), and these objects expose all of their available state functions
(i.e. File.managed, Service.running, etc).
The name of the state is split based upon underscores (_), then each part is capitalized
and finally the parts are joined back together.
Some examples:
· postgres_user becomes PostgresUser
· ssh_known_hosts becomes SshKnownHosts
Context Managers and requisites
How about something a little more complex. Here we're going to get into the core of how to
use pyobjects to write states.
#!pyobjects
with Pkg.installed("nginx"):
Service.running("nginx", enable=True)
with Service("nginx", "watch_in"):
File.managed("/etc/nginx/conf.d/mysite.conf",
owner='root', group='root', mode='0444',
source='salt://nginx/mysite.conf')
The objects that are returned from each of the magic method calls are setup to be used a
Python context managers (with) and when you use them as such all declarations made within
the scope will automatically use the enclosing state as a requisite!
The above could have also been written use direct requisite statements as.
#!pyobjects
Pkg.installed("nginx")
Service.running("nginx", enable=True, require=Pkg("nginx"))
File.managed("/etc/nginx/conf.d/mysite.conf",
owner='root', group='root', mode='0444',
source='salt://nginx/mysite.conf',
watch_in=Service("nginx"))
You can use the direct requisite statement for referencing states that are generated out‐
side of the current file.
#!pyobjects
# some-other-package is defined in some other state file
Pkg.installed("nginx", require=Pkg("some-other-package"))
The last thing that direct requisites provide is the ability to select which of the Salt‐
Stack requisites you want to use (require, require_in, watch, watch_in, use & use_in) when
using the requisite as a context manager.
#!pyobjects
with Service("my-service", "watch_in"):
...
The above example would cause all declarations inside the scope of the context manager to
automatically have their watch_in set to Service("my-service").
Including and Extending
To include other states use the include() function. It takes one name per state to
include.
To extend another state use the extend() function on the name when creating a state.
#!pyobjects
include('http', 'ssh')
Service.running(extend('apache'),
watch=[File('/etc/httpd/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf')])
Importing from other state files
Like any Python project that grows you will likely reach a point where you want to create
reusability in your state tree and share objects between state files, Map Data (described
below) is a perfect example of this.
To facilitate this Python's import statement has been augmented to allow for a special
case when working with a Salt state tree. If you specify a Salt url (salt://...) as the
target for importing from then the pyobjects renderer will take care of fetching the file
for you, parsing it with all of the pyobjects features available and then place the
requested objects in the global scope of the template being rendered.
This works for all types of import statements; import X, from X import Y, and from X
import Y as Z.
#!pyobjects
import salt://myfile.sls
from salt://something/data.sls import Object
from salt://something/data.sls import Object as Other
See the Map Data section for a more practical use.
Caveats:
· Imported objects are ALWAYS put into the global scope of your template, regardless of
where your import statement is.
Salt object
In the spirit of the object interface for creating state data pyobjects also provides a
simple object interface to the __salt__ object.
A function named salt exists in scope for your sls files and will dispatch its attributes
to the __salt__ dictionary.
The following lines are functionally equivalent:
#!pyobjects
ret = salt.cmd.run(bar)
ret = __salt__['cmd.run'](bar)
Pillar, grain, mine & config data
Pyobjects provides shortcut functions for calling pillar.get, grains.get, mine.get & con‐
fig.get on the __salt__ object. This helps maintain the readability of your state files.
Each type of data can be access by a function of the same name: pillar(), grains(), mine()
and config().
The following pairs of lines are functionally equivalent:
#!pyobjects
value = pillar('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
value = __salt__['pillar.get']('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
value = grains('pkg:apache')
value = __salt__['grains.get']('pkg:apache')
value = mine('os:Fedora', 'network.interfaces', 'grain')
value = __salt__['mine.get']('os:Fedora', 'network.interfaces', 'grain')
value = config('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
value = __salt__['config.get']('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
Map Data
When building complex states or formulas you often need a way of building up a map of data
based on grain data. The most common use of this is tracking the package and service name
differences between distributions.
To build map data using pyobjects we provide a class named Map that you use to build your
own classes with inner classes for each set of values for the different grain matches.
#!pyobjects
class Samba(Map):
merge = 'samba:lookup'
# NOTE: priority is new to 2017.7.0
priority = ('os_family', 'os')
class Ubuntu:
__grain__ = 'os'
service = 'smbd'
class Debian:
server = 'samba'
client = 'samba-client'
service = 'samba'
class RHEL:
__match__ = 'RedHat'
server = 'samba'
client = 'samba'
service = 'smb'
NOTE:
By default, the os_family grain will be used as the target for matching. This can be
overridden by specifying a __grain__ attribute.
If a __match__ attribute is defined for a given class, then that value will be matched
against the targeted grain, otherwise the class name's value will be be matched.
Given the above example, the following is true:
1. Minions with an os_family of Debian will be assigned the attributes defined in the
Debian class.
2. Minions with an os grain of Ubuntu will be assigned the attributes defined in the
Ubuntu class.
3. Minions with an os_family grain of RedHat will be assigned the attributes defined in
the RHEL class.
That said, sometimes a minion may match more than one class. For instance, in the above
example, Ubuntu minions will match both the Debian and Ubuntu classes, since Ubuntu has
an os_family grain of Debian an an os grain of Ubuntu. As of the 2017.7.0 release, the
order is dictated by the order of declaration, with classes defined later overriding
earlier ones. Addtionally, 2017.7.0 adds support for explicitly defining the ordering
using an optional attribute called priority.
Given the above example, os_family matches will be processed first, with os matches
processed after. This would have the effect of assigning smbd as the service attribute
on Ubuntu minions. If the priority item was not defined, or if the order of the items
in the priority tuple were reversed, Ubuntu minions would have a service attribute of
samba, since os_family matches would have been processed second.
To use this new data you can import it into your state file and then access your
attributes. To access the data in the map you simply access the attribute name on the base
class that is extending Map. Assuming the above Map was in the file samba/map.sls, you
could do the following.
#!pyobjects
from salt://samba/map.sls import Samba
with Pkg.installed("samba", names=[Samba.server, Samba.client]):
Service.running("samba", name=Samba.service)
class salt.renderers.pyobjects.PyobjectsModule(name, attrs)
This provides a wrapper for bare imports.
salt.renderers.pyobjects.load_states()
This loads our states into the salt __context__
salt.renderers.pyobjects.render(template, saltenv='base', sls='', salt_data=True,
**kwargs)
salt.renderers.stateconf
maintainer
Jack Kuan <@gmail.com>
maturity
new
platform
all
This module provides a custom renderer that processes a salt file with a specified tem‐
plating engine (e.g. Jinja) and a chosen data renderer (e.g. YAML), extracts arguments for
any stateconf.set state, and provides the extracted arguments (including Salt-specific
args, such as require, etc) as template context. The goal is to make writing reusable/con‐
figurable/parameterized salt files easier and cleaner.
To use this renderer, either set it as the default renderer via the renderer option in
master/minion's config, or use the shebang line in each individual sls file, like so:
#!stateconf. Note, due to the way this renderer works, it must be specified as the first
renderer in a render pipeline. That is, you cannot specify #!mako|yaml|stateconf, for
example. Instead, you specify them as renderer arguments: #!stateconf mako . yaml.
Here's a list of features enabled by this renderer.
· Prefixes any state id (declaration or reference) that starts with a dot (.) to avoid
duplicated state ids when the salt file is included by other salt files.
For example, in the salt://some/file.sls, a state id such as .sls_params will be turned
into some.file::sls_params. Example:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.vim:
pkg.installed
Above will be translated into:
some.file::vim:
pkg.installed:
- name: vim
Notice how that if a state under a dot-prefixed state id has no name argument then one
will be added automatically by using the state id with the leading dot stripped off.
The leading dot trick can be used with extending state ids as well, so you can include
relatively and extend relatively. For example, when extending a state in
salt://some/other_file.sls, e.g.:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
include:
- .file
extend:
.file::sls_params:
stateconf.set:
- name1: something
Above will be pre-processed into:
include:
- some.file
extend:
some.file::sls_params:
stateconf.set:
- name1: something
· Adds a sls_dir context variable that expands to the directory containing the rendering
salt file. So, you can write salt://{{sls_dir}}/... to reference templates files used by
your salt file.
· Recognizes the special state function, stateconf.set, that configures a default list of
named arguments usable within the template context of the salt file. Example:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.sls_params:
stateconf.set:
- name1: value1
- name2: value2
- name3:
- value1
- value2
- value3
- require_in:
- cmd: output
# --- end of state config ---
.output:
cmd.run:
- name: |
echo 'name1={{sls_params.name1}}
name2={{sls_params.name2}}
name3[1]={{sls_params.name3[1]}}
'
This even works with include + extend so that you can override the default configured
arguments by including the salt file and then extend the stateconf.set states that come
from the included salt file. (IMPORTANT: Both the included and the extending sls files
must use the stateconf renderer for this ``extend`` to work!)
Notice that the end of configuration marker (# --- end of state config --) is needed to
separate the use of 'stateconf.set' form the rest of your salt file. The regex that
matches such marker can be configured via the stateconf_end_marker option in your master
or minion config file.
Sometimes, it is desirable to set a default argument value that's based on earlier argu‐
ments in the same stateconf.set. For example, it may be tempting to do something like
this:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.apache:
stateconf.set:
- host: localhost
- port: 1234
- url: 'http://{{host}}:{{port}}/'
# --- end of state config ---
.test:
cmd.run:
- name: echo '{{apache.url}}'
- cwd: /
However, this won't work. It can however be worked around like so:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.apache:
stateconf.set:
- host: localhost
- port: 1234
{# - url: 'http://{{host}}:{{port}}/' #}
# --- end of state config ---
# {{ apache.setdefault('url', "http://%(host)s:%(port)s/" % apache) }}
.test:
cmd.run:
- name: echo '{{apache.url}}'
- cwd: /
· Adds support for relative include and exclude of .sls files. Example:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
include:
- .apache
- .db.mysql
- ..app.django
exclude:
- sls: .users
If the above is written in a salt file at salt://some/where.sls then it will include
salt://some/apache.sls, salt://some/db/mysql.sls and salt://app/django.sls, and exclude
salt://some/users.ssl. Actually, it does that by rewriting the above include and exclude
into:
include:
- some.apache
- some.db.mysql
- app.django
exclude:
- sls: some.users
· Optionally (enabled by default, disable via the -G renderer option, e.g. in the shebang
line: #!stateconf -G), generates a stateconf.set goal state (state id named as .goal by
default, configurable via the master/minion config option, stateconf_goal_state) that
requires all other states in the salt file. Note, the .goal state id is subject to
dot-prefix rename rule mentioned earlier.
Such goal state is intended to be required by some state in an including salt file. For
example, in your webapp salt file, if you include a sls file that is supposed to setup
Tomcat, you might want to make sure that all states in the Tomcat sls file will be exe‐
cuted before some state in the webapp sls file.
· Optionally (enable via the -o renderer option, e.g. in the shebang line: #!stateconf
-o), orders the states in a sls file by adding a require requisite to each state such
that every state requires the state defined just before it. The order of the states here
is the order they are defined in the sls file. (Note: this feature is only available if
your minions are using Python >= 2.7. For Python2.6, it should also work if you install
the ordereddict module from PyPI)
By enabling this feature, you are basically agreeing to author your sls files in a way
that gives up the explicit (or implicit?) ordering imposed by the use of require, watch,
require_in or watch_in requisites, and instead, you rely on the order of states you
define in the sls files. This may or may not be a better way for you. However, if there
are many states defined in a sls file, then it tends to be easier to see the order they
will be executed with this feature.
You are still allowed to use all the requisites, with a few restrictions. You cannot
require or watch a state defined after the current state. Similarly, in a state, you
cannot require_in or watch_in a state defined before it. Breaking any of the two
restrictions above will result in a state loop. The renderer will check for such incor‐
rect uses if this feature is enabled.
Additionally, names declarations cannot be used with this feature because the way they
are compiled into low states make it impossible to guarantee the order in which they
will be executed. This is also checked by the renderer. As a workaround for not being
able to use names, you can achieve the same effect, by generate your states with the
template engine available within your sls file.
Finally, with the use of this feature, it becomes possible to easily make an included
sls file execute all its states after some state (say, with id X) in the including sls
file. All you have to do is to make state, X, require_in the first state defined in the
included sls file.
When writing sls files with this renderer, one should avoid using what can be defined in a
name argument of a state as the state's id. That is, avoid writing states like this:
/path/to/some/file:
file.managed:
- source: salt://some/file
cp /path/to/some/file file2:
cmd.run:
- cwd: /
- require:
- file: /path/to/some/file
Instead, define the state id and the name argument separately for each state. Also, the ID
should be something meaningful and easy to reference within a requisite (which is a good
habit anyway, and such extra indirection would also makes the sls file easier to modify
later). Thus, the above states should be written like this:
add-some-file:
file.managed:
- name: /path/to/some/file
- source: salt://some/file
copy-files:
cmd.run:
- name: cp /path/to/some/file file2
- cwd: /
- require:
- file: add-some-file
Moreover, when referencing a state from a requisite, you should reference the state's id
plus the state name rather than the state name plus its name argument. (Yes, in the above
example, you can actually require the file: /path/to/some/file, instead of the file:
add-some-file). The reason is that this renderer will re-write or rename state id's and
their references for state id's prefixed with .. So, if you reference name then there's no
way to reliably rewrite such reference.
salt.renderers.wempy
salt.renderers.wempy.render(template_file, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', con‐
text=None, **kws)
Render the data passing the functions and grains into the rendering system
Return type
string
salt.renderers.yaml
Understanding YAML
The default renderer for SLS files is the YAML renderer. YAML is a markup language with
many powerful features. However, Salt uses a small subset of YAML that maps over very com‐
monly used data structures, like lists and dictionaries. It is the job of the YAML ren‐
derer to take the YAML data structure and compile it into a Python data structure for use
by Salt.
Though YAML syntax may seem daunting and terse at first, there are only three very simple
rules to remember when writing YAML for SLS files.
Rule One: Indentation
YAML uses a fixed indentation scheme to represent relationships between data layers. Salt
requires that the indentation for each level consists of exactly two spaces. Do not use
tabs.
Rule Two: Colons
Python dictionaries are, of course, simply key-value pairs. Users from other languages may
recognize this data type as hashes or associative arrays.
Dictionary keys are represented in YAML as strings terminated by a trailing colon. Values
are represented by either a string following the colon, separated by a space:
my_key: my_value
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_key': 'my_value'}
Dictionaries can be nested:
first_level_dict_key:
second_level_dict_key: value_in_second_level_dict
And in Python:
{'first_level_dict_key': {'second_level_dict_key': 'value_in_second_level_dict' }
Rule Three: Dashes
To represent lists of items, a single dash followed by a space is used. Multiple items are
a part of the same list as a function of their having the same level of indentation.
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
Lists can be the value of a key-value pair. This is quite common in Salt:
my_dictionary:
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
Reference
YAML Renderer for Salt
For YAML usage information see Understanding YAML.
salt.renderers.yaml.get_yaml_loader(argline)
Return the ordered dict yaml loader
salt.renderers.yaml.render(yaml_data, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', **kws)
Accepts YAML as a string or as a file object and runs it through the YAML parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.yamlex
YAMLEX renderer is a replacement of the YAML renderer. It's 100% YAML with a pinch of
Salt magic:
· All mappings are automatically OrderedDict
· All strings are automatically str obj
· data aggregation with !aggregation yaml tag, based on the salt.utils.aggregation module.
· data aggregation over documents for pillar
Instructed aggregation within the !aggregation and the !reset tags:
#!yamlex
foo: !aggregate first
foo: !aggregate second
bar: !aggregate {first: foo}
bar: !aggregate {second: bar}
baz: !aggregate 42
qux: !aggregate default
!reset qux: !aggregate my custom data
is roughly equivalent to
foo: [first, second]
bar: {first: foo, second: bar}
baz: [42]
qux: [my custom data]
Reference
salt.renderers.yamlex.render(sls_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts YAML_EX as a string or as a file object and runs it through the YAML_EX
parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
@domain.tld | sed ':a ↲
;N;$!ba;s/\n/\\n/g'
NOTE:
Using pillar_enc will perform the decryption minion-side, so for this to work it
will be necessary to set up the keyring in /etc/salt/gpgkeys on the minion just as
one would typically do on the master. The easiest way to do this is to first export
the keys from the master:
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --export-secret-key -a @domain.tld >/tmp/keyp ↲
air.gpg
Then, copy the file to the minion, setup the keyring, and import:
# mkdir -p /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# chmod 0700 /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --list-keys
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --import --allow-secret-key-import keypair.gpg
The --list-keys command is run create a keyring in the newly-created directory.
Pillar data which is decrypted minion-side will still be securely transferred to the
master, since the data sent between minion and master is encrypted with the master's
public key.
2. Use the decrypt_pillar option. This is less flexible in that the pillar key passed on
the CLI must be pre-configured on the master, but it doesn't require a keyring to be
setup on the minion. One other caveat to this method is that pillar decryption on the
master happens at the end of pillar compilation, so if the encrypted pillar data being
passed on the CLI needs to be referenced by pillar or ext_pillar during pillar compila‐
tion, it must be decrypted minion-side.
Adding New Renderers for Decryption
Those looking to add new renderers for decryption should look at the gpg renderer for an
example of how to do so. The function that performs the decryption should be recursive and
be able to traverse a mutable type such as a dictionary, and modify the values in-place.
Once the renderer has been written, decrypt_pillar_renderers should be modified so that
Salt allows it to be used for decryption.
If the renderer is being submitted upstream to the Salt project, the renderer should be
added in salt/renderers/. Additionally, the following should be done:
· Both occurrences of decrypt_pillar_renderers in salt/config/__init__.py should be
updated to include the name of the new renderer so that it is included in the default
value for this config option.
· The documentation for the decrypt_pillar_renderers config option in the master config
file and minion config file should be updated to show the correct new default value.
· The commented example for the decrypt_pillar_renderers config option in the master con‐
fig template should be updated to show the correct new default value.
Master Config in Pillar
For convenience the data stored in the master configuration file can be made available in
all minion's pillars. This makes global configuration of services and systems very easy
but may not be desired if sensitive data is stored in the master configuration. This
option is disabled by default.
To enable the master config from being added to the pillar set pillar_opts to True in the
minion config file:
pillar_opts: True
Minion Config in Pillar
Minion configuration options can be set on pillars. Any option that you want to modify,
should be in the first level of the pillars, in the same way you set the options in the
config file. For example, to configure the MySQL root password to be used by MySQL Salt
execution module, set the following pillar variable:
mysql.pass: hardtoguesspassword
Master Provided Pillar Error
By default if there is an error rendering a pillar, the detailed error is hidden and
replaced with:
Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
The error is protected because it's possible to contain templating data which would give
that minion information it shouldn't know, like a password!
To have the master provide the detailed error that could potentially carry protected data
set pillar_safe_render_error to False:
pillar_safe_render_error: False
Pillar Walkthrough
NOTE:
This walkthrough assumes that the reader has already completed the initial Salt walk‐
through.
Pillars are tree-like structures of data defined on the Salt Master and passed through to
minions. They allow confidential, targeted data to be securely sent only to the relevant
minion.
NOTE:
Grains and Pillar are sometimes confused, just remember that Grains are data about a
minion which is stored or generated from the minion. This is why information like the
OS and CPU type are found in Grains. Pillar is information about a minion or many min‐
ions stored or generated on the Salt Master.
Pillar data is useful for:
Highly Sensitive Data:
Information transferred via pillar is guaranteed to only be presented to the min‐
ions that are targeted, making Pillar suitable for managing security information,
such as cryptographic keys and passwords.
Minion Configuration:
Minion modules such as the execution modules, states, and returners can often be
configured via data stored in pillar.
Variables:
Variables which need to be assigned to specific minions or groups of minions can be
defined in pillar and then accessed inside sls formulas and template files.
Arbitrary Data:
Pillar can contain any basic data structure in dictionary format, so a key/value
store can be defined making it easy to iterate over a group of values in sls formu‐
las.
Pillar is therefore one of the most important systems when using Salt. This walkthrough is
designed to get a simple Pillar up and running in a few minutes and then to dive into the
capabilities of Pillar and where the data is available.
Setting Up Pillar
The pillar is already running in Salt by default. To see the minion's pillar data:
salt '*' pillar.items
NOTE:
Prior to version 0.16.2, this function is named pillar.data. This function name is
still supported for backwards compatibility.
By default, the contents of the master configuration file are not loaded into pillar for
all minions. This default is stored in the pillar_opts setting, which defaults to False.
The contents of the master configuration file can be made available to minion pillar
files. This makes global configuration of services and systems very easy, but note that
this may not be desired or appropriate if sensitive data is stored in the master's config‐
uration file. To enable the master configuration file to be available to a minion's pillar
files, set pillar_opts to True in the minion configuration file.
Similar to the state tree, the pillar is comprised of sls files and has a top file. The
default location for the pillar is in /srv/pillar.
NOTE:
The pillar location can be configured via the pillar_roots option inside the master
configuration file. It must not be in a subdirectory of the state tree or file_roots.
If the pillar is under file_roots, any pillar targeting can be bypassed by minions.
To start setting up the pillar, the /srv/pillar directory needs to be present:
mkdir /srv/pillar
Now create a simple top file, following the same format as the top file used for states:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- data
This top file associates the data.sls file to all minions. Now the /srv/pillar/data.sls
file needs to be populated:
/srv/pillar/data.sls:
info: some data
To ensure that the minions have the new pillar data, issue a command to them asking that
they fetch their pillars from the master:
salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar
Now that the minions have the new pillar, it can be retrieved:
salt '*' pillar.items
The key info should now appear in the returned pillar data.
More Complex Data
Unlike states, pillar files do not need to define formulas. This example sets up user
data with a UID:
/srv/pillar/users/init.sls:
users:
thatch: 1000
shouse: 1001
utahdave: 1002
redbeard: 1003
NOTE:
The same directory lookups that exist in states exist in pillar, so the file
users/init.sls can be referenced with users in the top file.
The top file will need to be updated to include this sls file:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- data
- users
Now the data will be available to the minions. To use the pillar data in a state, you can
use Jinja:
/srv/salt/users/init.sls
{% for user, uid in pillar.get('users', {}).items() %}
{{user}}:
user.present:
- uid: {{uid}}
{% endfor %}
This approach allows for users to be safely defined in a pillar and then the user data is
applied in an sls file.
Parameterizing States With Pillar
Pillar data can be accessed in state files to customise behavior for each minion. All pil‐
lar (and grain) data applicable to each minion is substituted into the state files through
templating before being run. Typical uses include setting directories appropriate for the
minion and skipping states that don't apply.
A simple example is to set up a mapping of package names in pillar for separate Linux dis‐
tributions:
/srv/pillar/pkg/init.sls:
pkgs:
{% if grains['os_family'] == 'RedHat' %}
apache: httpd
vim: vim-enhanced
{% elif grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}
apache: apache2
vim: vim
{% elif grains['os'] == 'Arch' %}
apache: apache
vim: vim
{% endif %}
The new pkg sls needs to be added to the top file:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- data
- users
- pkg
Now the minions will auto map values based on respective operating systems inside of the
pillar, so sls files can be safely parameterized:
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pillar['pkgs']['apache'] }}
Or, if no pillar is available a default can be set as well:
NOTE:
The function pillar.get used in this example was added to Salt in version 0.14.0
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('pkgs:apache', 'httpd') }}
In the above example, if the pillar value pillar['pkgs']['apache'] is not set in the min‐
ion's pillar, then the default of httpd will be used.
NOTE:
Under the hood, pillar is just a Python dict, so Python dict methods such as get and
items can be used.
Pillar Makes Simple States Grow Easily
One of the design goals of pillar is to make simple sls formulas easily grow into more
flexible formulas without refactoring or complicating the states.
A simple formula:
/srv/salt/edit/vim.sls:
vim:
pkg.installed: []
/etc/vimrc:
file.managed:
- source: salt://edit/vimrc
- mode: 644
- user: root
- group: root
- require:
- pkg: vim
Can be easily transformed into a powerful, parameterized formula:
/srv/salt/edit/vim.sls:
vim:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pillar['pkgs']['vim'] }}
/etc/vimrc:
file.managed:
- source: {{ pillar['vimrc'] }}
- mode: 644
- user: root
- group: root
- require:
- pkg: vim
Where the vimrc source location can now be changed via pillar:
/srv/pillar/edit/vim.sls:
{% if grains['id'].startswith('dev') %}
vimrc: salt://edit/dev_vimrc
{% elif grains['id'].startswith('qa') %}
vimrc: salt://edit/qa_vimrc
{% else %}
vimrc: salt://edit/vimrc
{% endif %}
Ensuring that the right vimrc is sent out to the correct minions.
The pillar top file must include a reference to the new sls pillar file:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- pkg
- edit.vim
Setting Pillar Data on the Command Line
Pillar data can be set on the command line when running state.apply <salt.mod‐
ules.state.apply_() like so:
salt '*' state.apply pillar='{"foo": "bar"}'
salt '*' state.apply my_sls_file pillar='{"hello": "world"}'
Nested pillar values can also be set via the command line:
salt '*' state.sls my_sls_file pillar='{"foo": {"bar": "baz"}}'
NOTE:
If a key is passed on the command line that already exists on the minion, the key that
is passed in will overwrite the entire value of that key, rather than merging only the
specified value set via the command line.
The example below will swap the value for vim with telnet in the previously specified
list, notice the nested pillar dict:
salt '*' state.apply edit.vim pillar='{"pkgs": {"vim": "telnet"}}'
This will attempt to install telnet on your minions, feel free to uninstall the package or
replace telnet value with anything else.
NOTE:
Be aware that when sending sensitive data via pillar on the command-line that the pub‐
lication containing that data will be received by all minions and will not be
restricted to the targeted minions. This may represent a security concern in some
cases.
More On Pillar
Pillar data is generated on the Salt master and securely distributed to minions. Salt is
not restricted to the pillar sls files when defining the pillar but can retrieve data from
external sources. This can be useful when information about an infrastructure is stored in
a separate location.
Reference information on pillar and the external pillar interface can be found in the Salt
documentation:
Pillar
Minion Config in Pillar
Minion configuration options can be set on pillars. Any option that you want to modify,
should be in the first level of the pillars, in the same way you set the options in the
config file. For example, to configure the MySQL root password to be used by MySQL Salt
execution module:
mysql.pass: hardtoguesspassword
This is very convenient when you need some dynamic configuration change that you want to
be applied on the fly. For example, there is a chicken and the egg problem if you do this:
mysql-admin-passwd:
mysql_user.present:
- name: root
- password: somepasswd
mydb:
mysql_db.present
The second state will fail, because you changed the root password and the minion didn't
notice it. Setting mysql.pass in the pillar, will help to sort out the issue. But always
change the root admin password in the first place.
This is very helpful for any module that needs credentials to apply state changes: mysql,
keystone, etc.
Targeting Minions
Targeting minions is specifying which minions should run a command or execute a state by
matching against hostnames, or system information, or defined groups, or even combinations
thereof.
For example the command salt web1 apache.signal restart to restart the Apache httpd server
specifies the machine web1 as the target and the command will only be run on that one min‐
ion.
Similarly when using States, the following top file specifies that only the web1 minion
should execute the contents of webserver.sls:
base:
'web1':
- webserver
The simple target specifications, glob, regex, and list will cover many use cases, and for
some will cover all use cases, but more powerful options exist.
Targeting with Grains
The Grains interface was built into Salt to allow minions to be targeted by system proper‐
ties. So minions running on a particular operating system can be called to execute a func‐
tion, or a specific kernel.
Calling via a grain is done by passing the -G option to salt, specifying a grain and a
glob expression to match the value of the grain. The syntax for the target is the grain
key followed by a glob expression: "os:Arch*".
salt -G 'os:Fedora' test.ping
Will return True from all of the minions running Fedora.
To discover what grains are available and what the values are, execute the grains.item
salt function:
salt '*' grains.items
More info on using targeting with grains can be found here.
Compound Targeting
New in version 0.9.5.
Multiple target interfaces can be used in conjunction to determine the command targets.
These targets can then be combined using and or or statements. This is well defined with
an example:
salt -C 'G@os:Debian and webser* or E@db.*' test.ping
In this example any minion who's id starts with webser and is running Debian, or any min‐
ion who's id starts with db will be matched.
The type of matcher defaults to glob, but can be specified with the corresponding letter
followed by the @ symbol. In the above example a grain is used with G@ as well as a regu‐
lar expression with E@. The webser* target does not need to be prefaced with a target type
specifier because it is a glob.
More info on using compound targeting can be found here.
Node Group Targeting
New in version 0.9.5.
For certain cases, it can be convenient to have a predefined group of minions on which to
execute commands. This can be accomplished using what are called nodegroups. Nodegroups
allow for predefined compound targets to be declared in the master configuration file, as
a sort of shorthand for having to type out complicated compound expressions.
nodegroups:
group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com and bl*.domain.com'
group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
Advanced Targeting Methods
There are many ways to target individual minions or groups of minions in Salt:
Matching the minion id
Each minion needs a unique identifier. By default when a minion starts for the first time
it chooses its FQDN as that identifier. The minion id can be overridden via the minion's
id configuration setting.
TIP:
minion id and minion keys
The minion id is used to generate the minion's public/private keys and if it ever
changes the master must then accept the new key as though the minion was a new host.
Globbing
The default matching that Salt utilizes is shell-style globbing around the minion id. This
also works for states in the top file.
NOTE:
You must wrap salt calls that use globbing in single-quotes to prevent the shell from
expanding the globs before Salt is invoked.
Match all minions:
salt '*' test.ping
Match all minions in the example.net domain or any of the example domains:
salt '*.example.net' test.ping
salt '*.example.*' test.ping
Match all the webN minions in the example.net domain (web1.example.net, web2.example.net …
webN.example.net):
salt 'web?.example.net' test.ping
Match the web1 through web5 minions:
salt 'web[1-5]' test.ping
Match the web1 and web3 minions:
salt 'web[1,3]' test.ping
Match the web-x, web-y, and web-z minions:
salt 'web-[x-z]' test.ping
NOTE:
For additional targeting methods please review the compound matchers documentation.
Regular Expressions
Minions can be matched using Perl-compatible regular expressions (which is globbing on
steroids and a ton of caffeine).
Match both web1-prod and web1-devel minions:
salt -E 'web1-(prod|devel)' test.ping
When using regular expressions in a State's top file, you must specify the matcher as the
first option. The following example executes the contents of webserver.sls on the
above-mentioned minions.
base:
'web1-(prod|devel)':
- match: pcre
- webserver
Lists
At the most basic level, you can specify a flat list of minion IDs:
salt -L 'web1,web2,web3' test.ping
Targeting using Grains
Grain data can be used when targeting minions.
For example, the following matches all CentOS minions:
salt -G 'os:CentOS' test.ping
Match all minions with 64-bit CPUs, and return number of CPU cores for each matching min‐
ion:
salt -G 'cpuarch:x86_64' grains.item num_cpus
Additionally, globs can be used in grain matches, and grains that are nested in a dictio‐
nary can be matched by adding a colon for each level that is traversed. For example, the
following will match hosts that have a grain called ec2_tags, which itself is a dict with
a key named environment, which has a value that contains the word production:
salt -G 'ec2_tags:environment:*production*'
IMPORTANT:
See Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure? for important security information.
Targeting using Pillar
Pillar data can be used when targeting minions. This allows for ultimate control and flex‐
ibility when targeting minions.
NOTE:
To start using Pillar targeting it is required to make a Pillar data cache on Salt Mas‐
ter for each Minion via following commands: salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar or salt
'*' saltutil.sync_all. Also Pillar data cache will be populated during the highstate
run. Once Pillar data changes, you must refresh the cache by running above commands for
this targeting method to work correctly.
Example:
salt -I 'somekey:specialvalue' test.ping
Like with Grains, it is possible to use globbing as well as match nested values in Pillar,
by adding colons for each level that is being traversed. The below example would match
minions with a pillar named foo, which is a dict containing a key bar, with a value begin‐
ning with baz:
salt -I 'foo:bar:baz*' test.ping
Subnet/IP Address Matching
Minions can easily be matched based on IP address, or by subnet (using CIDR notation).
salt -S 192.168.40.20 test.ping
salt -S 2001:db8::/64 test.ping
Ipcidr matching can also be used in compound matches
salt -C 'S@10.0.0.0/24 and G@os:Debian' test.ping
It is also possible to use in both pillar and state-matching
'172.16.0.0/12':
- match: ipcidr
- internal
Compound matchers
Compound matchers allow very granular minion targeting using any of Salt's matchers. The
default matcher is a glob match, just as with CLI and top file matching. To match using
anything other than a glob, prefix the match string with the appropriate letter from the
table below, followed by an @ sign.
┌───────┬───────────────────┬──────────────────────────────┬────────────────┐
│Letter │ Match Type │ Example │ Alt Delimiter? │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│G │ Grains glob │ G@os:Ubuntu │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│E │ PCRE Minion ID │ E@web\d+\.(dev|qa|prod)\.loc │ No │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│P │ Grains PCRE │ P@os:(RedHat|Fedora|CentOS) │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│L │ List of minions │ @minion1.example.com,min‐ │ No │
│ │ │ ion3.domain.com or │ │
│ │ │ bl*.domain.com │ │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│I │ Pillar glob │ I@pdata:foobar │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│J │ Pillar PCRE │ J@pdata:^(foo|bar)$ │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│S │ Subnet/IP address │ S@192.168.1.0/24 or │ No │
│ │ │ S@192.168.1.100 │ │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│R │ Range cluster │ R@%foo.bar │ No │
└───────┴───────────────────┴──────────────────────────────┴────────────────┘
Matchers can be joined using boolean and, or, and not operators.
For example, the following string matches all Debian minions with a hostname that begins
with webserv, as well as any minions that have a hostname which matches the regular
expression web-dc1-srv.*:
salt -C 'webserv* and G@os:Debian or E@web-dc1-srv.*' test.ping
That same example expressed in a top file looks like the following:
base:
'webserv* and G@os:Debian or E@web-dc1-srv.*':
- match: compound
- webserver
New in version 2015.8.0.
Excluding a minion based on its ID is also possible:
salt -C 'not web-dc1-srv' test.ping
Versions prior to 2015.8.0 a leading not was not supported in compound matches. Instead,
something like the following was required:
salt -C '* and not G@kernel:Darwin' test.ping
Excluding a minion based on its ID was also possible:
salt -C '* and not web-dc1-srv' test.ping
Precedence Matching
Matchers can be grouped together with parentheses to explicitly declare precedence amongst
groups.
salt -C '( ms-1 or G@id:ms-3 ) and G@id:ms-3' test.ping
NOTE:
Be certain to note that spaces are required between the parentheses and targets. Fail‐
ing to obey this rule may result in incorrect targeting!
Alternate Delimiters
New in version 2015.8.0.
Matchers that target based on a key value pair use a colon (:) as a delimiter. Matchers
with a Yes in the Alt Delimiters column in the previous table support specifying an alter‐
nate delimiter character.
This is done by specifying an alternate delimiter character between the leading matcher
character and the @ pattern separator character. This avoids incorrect interpretation of
the pattern in the case that : is part of the grain or pillar data structure traversal.
salt -C 'J|@foo|bar|^foo:bar$ or J!@gitrepo!https://github.com:example/project.git' test.p ↲
ing
Node groups
Nodegroups are declared using a compound target specification. The compound target docu‐
mentation can be found here.
The nodegroups master config file parameter is used to define nodegroups. Here's an exam‐
ple nodegroup configuration within /etc/salt/master:
nodegroups:
group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
group4:
- 'G@foo:bar'
- 'or'
- 'G@foo:baz'
NOTE:
The L within group1 is matching a list of minions, while the G in group2 is matching
specific grains. See the compound matchers documentation for more details.
As of the 2017.7.0 release of Salt, group names can also be prepended with a dash. This
brings the usage in line with many other areas of Salt. For example:
nodegroups:
- group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
New in version 2015.8.0.
NOTE:
Nodegroups can reference other nodegroups as seen in group3. Ensure that you do not
have circular references. Circular references will be detected and cause partial
expansion with a logged error message.
New in version 2015.8.0.
Compound nodegroups can be either string values or lists of string values. When the node‐
group is A string value will be tokenized by splitting on whitespace. This may be a prob‐
lem if whitespace is necessary as part of a pattern. When a nodegroup is a list of
strings then tokenization will happen for each list element as a whole.
To match a nodegroup on the CLI, use the -N command-line option:
salt -N group1 test.ping
NOTE:
The N@ classifier cannot be used in compound matches within the CLI or top file, it is
only recognized in the nodegroups master config file parameter.
To match a nodegroup in your top file, make sure to put - match: nodegroup on the line
directly following the nodegroup name.
base:
group1:
- match: nodegroup
- webserver
NOTE:
When adding or modifying nodegroups to a master configuration file, the master must be
restarted for those changes to be fully recognized.
A limited amount of functionality, such as targeting with -N from the command-line may
be available without a restart.
Defining Nodegroups as Lists of Minion IDs
A simple list of minion IDs would traditionally be defined like this:
nodegroups:
group1: L@host1,host2,host3
They can now also be defined as a YAML list, like this:
nodegroups:
group1:
- host1
- host2
- host3
New in version 2016.11.0.
Batch Size
The -b (or --batch-size) option allows commands to be executed on only a specified number
of minions at a time. Both percentages and finite numbers are supported.
salt '*' -b 10 test.ping
salt -G 'os:RedHat' --batch-size 25% apache.signal restart
This will only run test.ping on 10 of the targeted minions at a time and then restart
apache on 25% of the minions matching os:RedHat at a time and work through them all until
the task is complete. This makes jobs like rolling web server restarts behind a load bal‐
ancer or doing maintenance on BSD firewalls using carp much easier with salt.
The batch system maintains a window of running minions, so, if there are a total of 150
minions targeted and the batch size is 10, then the command is sent to 10 minions, when
one minion returns then the command is sent to one additional minion, so that the job is
constantly running on 10 minions.
New in version 2016.3.
The --batch-wait argument can be used to specify a number of seconds to wait after a min‐
ion returns, before sending the command to a new minion.
SECO Range
SECO range is a cluster-based metadata store developed and maintained by Yahoo!
The Range project is hosted here:
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range
Learn more about range here:
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/
Prerequisites
To utilize range support in Salt, a range server is required. Setting up a range server is
outside the scope of this document. Apache modules are included in the range distribution.
With a working range server, cluster files must be defined. These files are written in
YAML and define hosts contained inside a cluster. Full documentation on writing YAML range
files is here:
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
Additionally, the Python seco range libraries must be installed on the salt master. One
can verify that they have been installed correctly via the following command:
python -c 'import seco.range'
If no errors are returned, range is installed successfully on the salt master.
Preparing Salt
Range support must be enabled on the salt master by setting the hostname and port of the
range server inside the master configuration file:
range_server: my.range.server.com:80
Following this, the master must be restarted for the change to have an effect.
Targeting with Range
Once a cluster has been defined, it can be targeted with a salt command by using the -R or
--range flags.
For example, given the following range YAML file being served from a range server:
$ cat /etc/range/test.yaml
CLUSTER: host1..100.test.com
APPS:
- frontend
- backend
- mysql
One might target host1 through host100 in the test.com domain with Salt as follows:
salt --range %test:CLUSTER test.ping
The following salt command would target three hosts: frontend, backend, and mysql:
salt --range %test:APPS test.ping
The Salt Mine
The Salt Mine is used to collect arbitrary data from Minions and store it on the Master.
This data is then made available to all Minions via the salt.modules.mine module.
Mine data is gathered on the Minion and sent back to the Master where only the most recent
data is maintained (if long term data is required use returners or the external job
cache).
Mine vs Grains
Mine data is designed to be much more up-to-date than grain data. Grains are refreshed on
a very limited basis and are largely static data. Mines are designed to replace slow peer
publishing calls when Minions need data from other Minions. Rather than having a Minion
reach out to all the other Minions for a piece of data, the Salt Mine, running on the Mas‐
ter, can collect it from all the Minions every Mine Interval, resulting in almost fresh
data at any given time, with much less overhead.
Mine Functions
To enable the Salt Mine the mine_functions option needs to be applied to a Minion. This
option can be applied via the Minion's configuration file, or the Minion's Pillar. The
mine_functions option dictates what functions are being executed and allows for arguments
to be passed in. The list of functions are available in the salt.module. If no arguments
are passed, an empty list must be added like in the test.ping function in the example
below:
mine_functions:
test.ping: []
network.ip_addrs:
interface: eth0
cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'
In the example above salt.modules.network.ip_addrs has additional filters to help narrow
down the results. In the above example IP addresses are only returned if they are on a
eth0 interface and in the 10.0.0.0/8 IP range.
Mine Functions Aliases
Function aliases can be used to provide friendly names, usage intentions or to allow mul‐
tiple calls of the same function with different arguments. There is a different syntax for
passing positional and key-value arguments. Mixing positional and key-value arguments is
not supported.
New in version 2014.7.0.
mine_functions:
network.ip_addrs: [eth0]
networkplus.internal_ip_addrs: []
internal_ip_addrs:
mine_function: network.ip_addrs
cidr: 192.168.0.0/16
ip_list:
- mine_function: grains.get
- ip_interfaces
Mine Interval
The Salt Mine functions are executed when the Minion starts and at a given interval by the
scheduler. The default interval is every 60 minutes and can be adjusted for the Minion via
the mine_interval option:
mine_interval: 60
Mine in Salt-SSH
As of the 2015.5.0 release of salt, salt-ssh supports mine.get.
Because the Minions cannot provide their own mine_functions configuration, we retrieve the
args for specified mine functions in one of three places, searched in the following order:
1. Roster data
2. Pillar
3. Master config
The mine_functions are formatted exactly the same as in normal salt, just stored in a dif‐
ferent location. Here is an example of a flat roster containing mine_functions:
test:
host: 104.237.131.248
user: root
mine_functions:
cmd.run: ['echo "hello!"']
network.ip_addrs:
interface: eth0
NOTE:
Because of the differences in the architecture of salt-ssh, mine.get calls are somewhat
inefficient. Salt must make a new salt-ssh call to each of the Minions in question to
retrieve the requested data, much like a publish call. However, unlike publish, it must
run the requested function as a wrapper function, so we can retrieve the function args
from the pillar of the Minion in question. This results in a non-trivial delay in
retrieving the requested data.
Minions Targeting with Mine
The mine.get function supports various methods of Minions targeting to fetch Mine data
from particular hosts, such as glob or regular expression matching on Minion id (name),
grains, pillars and compound matches. See the salt.modules.mine module documentation for
the reference.
NOTE:
Pillar data needs to be cached on Master for pillar targeting to work with Mine. Read
the note in relevant section.
Example
One way to use data from Salt Mine is in a State. The values can be retrieved via Jinja
and used in the SLS file. The following example is a partial HAProxy configuration file
and pulls IP addresses from all Minions with the "web" grain to add them to the pool of
load balanced servers.
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'G@roles:web':
- web
/srv/pillar/web.sls:
mine_functions:
network.ip_addrs: [eth0]
Then trigger the minions to refresh their pillar data by running:
salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar
Verify that the results are showing up in the pillar on the minions by executing the fol‐
lowing and checking for network.ip_addrs in the output:
salt '*' pillar.items
Which should show that the function is present on the minion, but not include the output:
minion1.example.com:
----------
mine_functions:
----------
network.ip_addrs:
- eth0
Mine data is typically only updated on the master every 60 minutes, this can be modified
by setting:
/etc/salt/minion.d/mine.conf:
mine_interval: 5
To force the mine data to update immediately run:
salt '*' mine.update
Setup the salt.states.file.managed state in /srv/salt/haproxy.sls:
haproxy_config:
file.managed:
- name: /etc/haproxy/config
- source: salt://haproxy_config
- template: jinja
Create the Jinja template in /srv/salt/haproxy_config:
<...file contents snipped...>
{% for server, addrs in salt['mine.get']('roles:web', 'network.ip_addrs', tgt_type='grain' ↲
) | dictsort() %}
server {{ server }} {{ addrs[0] }}:80 check
{% endfor %}
<...file contents snipped...>
In the above example, server will be expanded to the minion_id.
NOTE:
The expr_form argument will be renamed to tgt_type in the 2017.7.0 release of Salt.
Runners
Salt runners are convenience applications executed with the salt-run command.
Salt runners work similarly to Salt execution modules however they execute on the Salt
master itself instead of remote Salt minions.
A Salt runner can be a simple client call or a complex application.
SEE ALSO:
The full list of runners
Writing Salt Runners
A Salt runner is written in a similar manner to a Salt execution module. Both are Python
modules which contain functions and each public function is a runner which may be executed
via the salt-run command.
For example, if a Python module named test.py is created in the runners directory and con‐
tains a function called foo, the test runner could be invoked with the following command:
# salt-run test.foo
Runners have several options for controlling output.
Any print statement in a runner is automatically also fired onto the master event bus
where. For example:
def a_runner(outputter=None, display_progress=False):
print('Hello world')
...
The above would result in an event fired as follows:
Event fired at Tue Jan 13 15:26:45 2015
*************************
Tag: salt/run/20150113152644070246/print
Data:
{'_stamp': '2015-01-13T15:26:45.078707',
'data': 'hello',
'outputter': 'pprint'}
A runner may also send a progress event, which is displayed to the user during runner exe‐
cution and is also passed across the event bus if the display_progress argument to a run‐
ner is set to True.
A custom runner may send its own progress event by using the __jid_event_.fire_event()
method as shown here:
if display_progress:
__jid_event__.fire_event({'message': 'A progress message'}, 'progress')
The above would produce output on the console reading: A progress message as well as an
event on the event similar to:
Event fired at Tue Jan 13 15:21:20 2015
*************************
Tag: salt/run/20150113152118341421/progress
Data:
{'_stamp': '2015-01-13T15:21:20.390053',
'message': "A progress message"}
A runner could use the same approach to send an event with a customized tag onto the event
bus by replacing the second argument (progress) with whatever tag is desired. However,
this will not be shown on the command-line and will only be fired onto the event bus.
Synchronous vs. Asynchronous
A runner may be fired asynchronously which will immediately return control. In this case,
no output will be display to the user if salt-run is being used from the command-line. If
used programmatically, no results will be returned. If results are desired, they must be
gathered either by firing events on the bus from the runner and then watching for them or
by some other means.
NOTE:
When running a runner in asynchronous mode, the --progress flag will not deliver output
to the salt-run CLI. However, progress events will still be fired on the bus.
In synchronous mode, which is the default, control will not be returned until the runner
has finished executing.
To add custom runners, put them in a directory and add it to runner_dirs in the master
configuration file.
Examples
Examples of runners can be found in the Salt distribution:
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/runners
A simple runner that returns a well-formatted list of the minions that are responding to
Salt calls could look like this:
# Import salt modules
import salt.client
def up():
'''
Print a list of all of the minions that are up
'''
client = salt.client.LocalClient(__opts__['conf_file'])
minions = client.cmd('*', 'test.ping', timeout=1)
for minion in sorted(minions):
print minion
Salt Engines
New in version 2015.8.0.
Salt Engines are long-running, external system processes that leverage Salt.
· Engines have access to Salt configuration, execution modules, and runners (__opts__,
__salt__, and __runners__).
· Engines are executed in a separate process that is monitored by Salt. If a Salt engine
stops, it is restarted automatically.
· Engines can run on the Salt master and on Salt minions.
Salt engines enhance and replace the external processes functionality.
Configuration
Salt engines are configured under an engines top-level section in your Salt master or Salt
minion configuration. Provide a list of engines and parameters under this section.
engines:
- logstash:
host: log.my_network.com
port: 5959
proto: tcp
Salt engines must be in the Salt path, or you can add the engines_dirs option in your Salt
master configuration with a list of directories under which Salt attempts to find Salt
engines. This option should be formatted as a list of directories to search, such as:
engines_dirs:
- /home/bob/engines
Writing an Engine
An example Salt engine,
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/engines/test.py, is available in the
Salt source. To develop an engine, the only requirement is that your module implement the
start() function.
Understanding YAML
The default renderer for SLS files is the YAML renderer. YAML is a markup language with
many powerful features. However, Salt uses a small subset of YAML that maps over very com‐
monly used data structures, like lists and dictionaries. It is the job of the YAML ren‐
derer to take the YAML data structure and compile it into a Python data structure for use
by Salt.
Though YAML syntax may seem daunting and terse at first, there are only three very simple
rules to remember when writing YAML for SLS files.
Rule One: Indentation
YAML uses a fixed indentation scheme to represent relationships between data layers. Salt
requires that the indentation for each level consists of exactly two spaces. Do not use
tabs.
Rule Two: Colons
Python dictionaries are, of course, simply key-value pairs. Users from other languages may
recognize this data type as hashes or associative arrays.
Dictionary keys are represented in YAML as strings terminated by a trailing colon. Values
are represented by either a string following the colon, separated by a space:
my_key: my_value
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_key': 'my_value'}
Alternatively, a value can be associated with a key through indentation.
my_key:
my_value
NOTE:
The above syntax is valid YAML but is uncommon in SLS files because most often, the
value for a key is not singular but instead is a list of values.
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_key': 'my_value'}
Dictionaries can be nested:
first_level_dict_key:
second_level_dict_key: value_in_second_level_dict
And in Python:
{
'first_level_dict_key': {
'second_level_dict_key': 'value_in_second_level_dict'
}
}
Rule Three: Dashes
To represent lists of items, a single dash followed by a space is used. Multiple items are
a part of the same list as a function of their having the same level of indentation.
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
Lists can be the value of a key-value pair. This is quite common in Salt:
my_dictionary:
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_dictionary': ['list_value_one', 'list_value_two', 'list_value_three']}
Learning More
One easy way to learn more about how YAML gets rendered into Python data structures is to
use an online YAML parser to see the Python output.
One excellent choice for experimenting with YAML parsing is:
http://yaml-online-parser.appspot.com/
Templating
Jinja statements and expressions are allowed by default in SLS files. See Understanding
Jinja.
Understanding Jinja
Jinja is the default templating language in SLS files.
Jinja in States
Jinja is evaluated before YAML, which means it is evaluated before the States are run.
The most basic usage of Jinja in state files is using control structures to wrap condi‐
tional or redundant state elements:
{% if grains['os'] != 'FreeBSD' %}
tcsh:
pkg:
- installed
{% endif %}
motd:
file.managed:
{% if grains['os'] == 'FreeBSD' %}
- name: /etc/motd
{% elif grains['os'] == 'Debian' %}
- name: /etc/motd.tail
{% endif %}
- source: salt://motd
In this example, the first if block will only be evaluated on minions that aren't running
FreeBSD, and the second block changes the file name based on the os grain.
Writing if-else blocks can lead to very redundant state files however. In this case, using
pillars, or using a previously defined variable might be easier:
{% set motd = ['/etc/motd'] %}
{% if grains['os'] == 'Debian' %}
{% set motd = ['/etc/motd.tail', '/var/run/motd'] %}
{% endif %}
{% for motdfile in motd %}
{{ motdfile }}:
file.managed:
- source: salt://motd
{% endfor %}
Using a variable set by the template, the for loop will iterate over the list of MOTD
files to update, adding a state block for each file.
The filter_by function can also be used to set variables based on grains:
{% set auditd = salt['grains.filter_by']({
'RedHat': { 'package': 'audit' },
'Debian': { 'package': 'auditd' },
}) %}
Include and Import
Includes and imports can be used to share common, reusable state configuration between
state files and between files.
{% from 'lib.sls' import test %}
This would import the test template variable or macro, not the test state element, from
the file lib.sls. In the case that the included file performs checks against grains, or
something else that requires context, passing the context into the included file is
required:
{% from 'lib.sls' import test with context %}
Including Context During Include/Import
By adding with context to the include/import directive, the current context can be passed
to an included/imported template.
{% import 'openssl/vars.sls' as ssl with context %}
Macros
Macros are helpful for eliminating redundant code. Macros are most useful as mini-tem‐
plates to repeat blocks of strings with a few parameterized variables. Be aware that
stripping whitespace from the template block, as well as contained blocks, may be neces‐
sary to emulate a variable return from the macro.
# init.sls
{% from 'lib.sls' import pythonpkg with context %}
python-virtualenv:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pythonpkg('virtualenv') }}
python-fabric:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pythonpkg('fabric') }}
# lib.sls
{% macro pythonpkg(pkg) -%}
{%- if grains['os'] == 'FreeBSD' -%}
py27-{{ pkg }}
{%- elif grains['os'] == 'Debian' -%}
python-{{ pkg }}
{%- endif -%}
{%- endmacro %}
This would define a macro that would return a string of the full package name, depending
on the packaging system's naming convention. The whitespace of the macro was eliminated,
so that the macro would return a string without line breaks, using whitespace control.
Template Inheritance
Template inheritance works fine from state files and files. The search path starts at the
root of the state tree or pillar.
Filters
Saltstack extends builtin filters with these custom filters:
strftime
Converts any time related object into a time based string. It requires a valid strftime
directives. An exhaustive list can be found in the official Python documentation.
{% set curtime = None | strftime() %}
Fuzzy dates require the timelib Python module is installed.
{{ "2002/12/25"|strftime("%y") }}
{{ "1040814000"|strftime("%Y-%m-%d") }}
{{ datetime|strftime("%u") }}
{{ "tomorrow"|strftime }}
sequence
Ensure that parsed data is a sequence.
yaml_encode
Serializes a single object into a YAML scalar with any necessary handling for escaping
special characters. This will work for any scalar YAML data type: ints, floats, time‐
stamps, booleans, strings, unicode. It will not work for multi-objects such as sequences
or maps.
{%- set bar = 7 %}
{%- set baz = none %}
{%- set zip = true %}
{%- set zap = 'The word of the day is "salty"' %}
{%- load_yaml as foo %}
bar: {{ bar|yaml_encode }}
baz: {{ baz|yaml_encode }}
baz: {{ zip|yaml_encode }}
baz: {{ zap|yaml_encode }}
{%- endload %}
In the above case {{ bar }} and {{ foo.bar }} should be identical and {{ baz }} and {{
foo.baz }} should be identical.
yaml_dquote
Serializes a string into a properly-escaped YAML double-quoted string. This is useful
when the contents of a string are unknown and may contain quotes or unicode that needs to
be preserved. The resulting string will be emitted with opening and closing double
quotes.
{%- set bar = '"The quick brown fox . . ."' %}
{%- set baz = 'The word of the day is "salty".' %}
{%- load_yaml as foo %}
bar: {{ bar|yaml_dquote }}
baz: {{ baz|yaml_dquote }}
{%- endload %}
In the above case {{ bar }} and {{ foo.bar }} should be identical and {{ baz }} and {{
foo.baz }} should be identical. If variable contents are not guaranteed to be a string
then it is better to use yaml_encode which handles all YAML scalar types.
yaml_squote
Similar to the yaml_dquote filter but with single quotes. Note that YAML only allows spe‐
cial escapes inside double quotes so yaml_squote is not nearly as useful (viz. you likely
want to use yaml_encode or yaml_dquote).
to_bool
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns the logical value of an element.
Example:
{{ 'yes' | to_bool }}
{{ 'true' | to_bool }}
{{ 1 | to_bool }}
{{ 'no' | to_bool }}
Will be rendered as:
True
True
True
False
exactly_n_true
New in version 2017.7.0.
Tests that exactly N items in an iterable are "truthy" (neither None, False, nor 0).
Example:
{{ ['yes', 0, False, 'True'] | exactly_n_true(2) }}
Returns:
True
exactly_one_true
New in version 2017.7.0.
Tests that exactly one item in an iterable is "truthy" (neither None, False, nor 0).
Example:
{{ ['yes', False, 0, None] | exactly_one_true }}
Returns:
True
quote
New in version 2017.7.0.
This text will be wrapped in quotes.
regex_search
New in version 2017.7.0.
Scan through string looking for a location where this regular expression produces a match.
Returns None in case there were no matches found
Example:
{{ 'abcdefabcdef' | regex_search('BC(.*)', ignorecase=True) }}
Returns:
('defabcdef',)
regex_match
New in version 2017.7.0.
If zero or more characters at the beginning of string match this regular expression, oth‐
erwise returns None.
Example:
{{ 'abcdefabcdef' | regex_match('BC(.*)', ignorecase=True) }}
Returns:
None
uuid
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return a UUID.
Example:
{{ 'random' | uuid }}
Returns:
3652b285-26ad-588e-a5dc-c2ee65edc804
is_list
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if an object is list.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | is_list }}
Returns:
True
is_iter
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if an object is iterable.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | is_iter }}
Returns:
True
min
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the minimum value from a list.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | min }}
Returns:
1
max
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns the maximum value from a list.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | max }}
Returns:
3
avg
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns the average value of the elements of a list
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | avg }}
Returns:
2
union
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the union of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | union([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
1, 2, 3, 4
intersect
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the intersection of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | intersect([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
2, 3
difference
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the difference of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | difference([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
1
symmetric_difference
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the symmetric difference of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | symmetric_difference([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
1, 4
is_sorted
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return is an iterable object is already sorted.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | is_sorted }}
Returns:
True
compare_lists
New in version 2017.7.0.
Compare two lists and return a dictionary with the changes.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | compare_lists([1, 2, 4]) }}
Returns:
{'new': 4, 'old': 3}
compare_dicts
New in version 2017.7.0.
Compare two dictionaries and return a dictionary with the changes.
Example:
{{ {'a': 'b'} | compare_lists({'a': 'c'}) }}
Returns:
{'a': {'new': 'c', 'old': 'b'}}
is_hex
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return True if the value is hexazecimal.
Example:
{{ '0xabcd' | is_hex }}
{{ 'xyzt' | is_hex }}
Returns:
True
False
contains_whitespace
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return True if a text contains whitespaces.
Example:
{{ 'abcd' | contains_whitespace }}
{{ 'ab cd' | contains_whitespace }}
Returns:
False
True
substring_in_list
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return is a substring is found in a list of string values.
Example:
{{ 'abcd' | substring_in_list(['this', 'is', 'an abcd example']) }}
Returns:
True
check_whitelist_blacklist
New in version 2017.7.0.
Check a whitelist and/or blacklist to see if the value matches it.
This filter can be used with either a whitelist or a blacklist individually, or a
whitelist and a blacklist can be passed simultaneously.
If whitelist is used alone, value membership is checked against the whitelist only. If the
value is found, the function returns True. Otherwise, it returns False.
If blacklist is used alone, value membership is checked against the blacklist only. If the
value is found, the function returns False. Otherwise, it returns True.
If both a whitelist and a blacklist are provided, value membership in the blacklist will
be examined first. If the value is not found in the blacklist, then the whitelist is
checked. If the value isn't found in the whitelist, the function returns False.
Whitelist Example:
{{ 5 | check_whitelist_blacklist(whitelist=[5, 6, 7]) }}
Returns:
True
Blacklist Example:
{{ 5 | check_whitelist_blacklist(blacklist=[5, 6, 7]) }}
False
date_format
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts unix timestamp into human-readable string.
Example:
{{ 1457456400 | date_format }}
{{ 1457456400 | date_format('%d.%m.%Y %H:%M') }}
Returns:
2017-03-08
08.03.2017 17:00
str_to_num
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts a string to its numerical value.
Example:
{{ '5' | str_to_num }}
Returns:
5
to_bytes
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts string-type object to bytes.
Example:
{{ 'wall of text' | to_bytes }}
NOTE:
This option may have adverse effects when using the default renderer, yaml_jinja. This
is due to the fact that YAML requires proper handling in regard to special characters.
Please see the section on YAML ASCII support in the YAML Idiosyncracies documentation
for more information.
json_decode_list
New in version 2017.7.0.
JSON decodes as unicode, Jinja needs bytes.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | json_decode_list }}
Returns:
[1, 2, 3]
json_decode_dict
New in version 2017.7.0.
JSON decodes as unicode, Jinja needs bytes.
Example:
{{ {'a': 'b'} | json_decode_dict }}
Returns:
{'a': 'b'}
rand_str
New in version 2017.7.0.
New in version Oxygen: Renamed from rand_str to random_hash to more accurately describe
what the filter does.
Generates a random number between 1 and the number passed to the filter, and then hashes
it. The default hash type is the one specified by the minion's hash_type config option,
but an alternate hash type can be passed to the filter as an argument.
Example:
{% set num_range = 99999999 %}
{{ num_range | rand_str }}
{{ num_range | rand_str('sha512') }}
Returns:
43ec517d68b6edd3015b3edc9a11367b
d94a45acd81f8e3107d237dbc0d5d195f6a52a0d188bc0284c0763ece1eac9f9496fb6a531a296074c87b35403 ↲
98dace1222b42e150e67c9301383fde3d66ae5
md5
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the md5 digest of a string.
Example:
{{ 'random' | md5 }}
Returns:
7ddf32e17a6ac5ce04a8ecbf782ca509
sha256
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the sha256 digest of a string.
Example:
{{ 'random' | sha256 }}
Returns:
a441b15fe9a3cf56661190a0b93b9dec7d04127288cc87250967cf3b52894d11
sha512
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the sha512 digest of a string.
Example:
{{ 'random' | sha512 }}
Returns:
811a90e1c8e86c7b4c0eef5b2c0bf0ec1b19c4b1b5a242e6455be93787cb473cb7bc9b0fdeb960d00d5c6881c2 ↲
094dd63c5c900ce9057255e2a4e271fc25fef1
base64_encode
New in version 2017.7.0.
Encode a string as base64.
Example:
{{ 'random' | base64_encode }}
Returns:
cmFuZG9t
base64_decode
New in version 2017.7.0.
Decode a base64-encoded string.
{{ 'Z2V0IHNhbHRlZA==' | base64_decode }}
Returns:
get salted
hmac
New in version 2017.7.0.
Verify a challenging hmac signature against a string / shared-secret. Returns a boolean
value.
Example:
{{ 'get salted' | hmac('shared secret', 'eBWf9bstXg+NiP5AOwppB5HMvZiYMPzEM9W5YMm/AmQ=') }}
Returns:
True
http_query
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the HTTP reply object from a URL.
Example:
{{ 'http://jsonplaceholder.typicode.com/posts/1' | http_query }}
Returns:
{
'body': '{
"userId": 1,
"id": 1,
"title": "sunt aut facere repellat provident occaecati excepturi optio reprehenderit",
"body": "quia et suscipit\\nsuscipit recusandae consequuntur expedita et cum\\nreprehe ↲
nderit molestiae ut ut quas totam\\nnostrum rerum est autem sunt rem eveniet architecto"
}'
}
Networking Filters
The following networking-related filters are supported:
is_ip
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a string is a valid IP Address.
{{ '192.168.0.1' | is_ip }}
Additionally accepts the following options:
· global
· link-local
· loopback
· multicast
· private
· public
· reserved
· site-local
· unspecified
Example - test if a string is a valid loopback IP address.
{{ '192.168.0.1' | is_ip(options='loopback') }}
is_ipv4
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns if a string is a valid IPv4 address. Supports the same options as is_ip.
{{ '192.168.0.1' | is_ipv4 }}
is_ipv6
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns if a string is a valid IPv6 address. Supports the same options as is_ip.
{{ 'fe80::' | is_ipv6 }}
ipaddr
New in version 2017.7.0.
From a list, returns only valid IP entries. Supports the same options as is_ip. The list
can contains also IP interfaces/networks.
Example:
{{ ['192.168.0.1', 'foo', 'bar', 'fe80::'] | ipaddr }}
Returns:
['192.168.0.1', 'fe80::']
ipv4
New in version 2017.7.0.
From a list, returns only valid IPv4 entries. Supports the same options as is_ip. The list
can contains also IP interfaces/networks.
Example:
{{ ['192.168.0.1', 'foo', 'bar', 'fe80::'] | ipv4 }}
Returns:
['192.168.0.1']
ipv6
New in version 2017.7.0.
From a list, returns only valid IPv6 entries. Supports the same options as is_ip. The list
can contains also IP interfaces/networks.
Example:
{{ ['192.168.0.1', 'foo', 'bar', 'fe80::'] | ipv6 }}
Returns:
['fe80::']
network_hosts
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the list of hosts within a networks. This utility works for both IPv4 and IPv6.
NOTE:
When running this command with a large IPv6 network, the command will take a long time
to gather all of the hosts.
Example:
{{ '192.168.0.1/30' | network_hosts }}
Returns:
['192.168.0.1', '192.168.0.2']
network_size
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the size of the network. This utility works for both IPv4 and IPv6.
Example:
{{ '192.168.0.1/8' | network_size }}
Returns:
16777216
gen_mac
New in version 2017.7.0.
Generates a MAC address with the defined OUI prefix.
Common prefixes:
· 00:16:3E -- Xen
· 00:18:51 -- OpenVZ
· 00:50:56 -- VMware (manually generated)
· 52:54:00 -- QEMU/KVM
· AC:DE:48 -- PRIVATE
Example:
{{ '00:50' | gen_mac }}
Returns:
00:50:71:52:1C
mac_str_to_bytes
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts a string representing a valid MAC address to bytes.
Example:
{{ '00:11:22:33:44:55' | mac_str_to_bytes }}
NOTE:
This option may have adverse effects when using the default renderer, yaml_jinja. This
is due to the fact that YAML requires proper handling in regard to special characters.
Please see the section on YAML ASCII support in the YAML Idiosyncracies documentation
for more information.
dns_check
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the ip resolved by dns, but do not exit on failure, only raise an exception. Obeys
system preference for IPv4/6 address resolution.
Example:
{{ 'www.google.com' | dns_check }}
Returns:
'172.217.3.196'
File filters
is_text_file
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a file is text.
Uses heuristics to guess whether the given file is text or binary, by reading a single
block of bytes from the file. If more than 30% of the chars in the block are non-text, or
there are NUL ('x00') bytes in the block, assume this is a binary file.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | is_text_file }}
Returns:
True
is_binary_file
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a file is binary.
Detects if the file is a binary, returns bool. Returns True if the file is a bin, False if
the file is not and None if the file is not available.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | is_binary_file }}
Returns:
False
is_empty_file
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a file is empty.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | is_empty_file }}
Returns:
False
file_hashsum
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the hashsum of a file.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | file_hashsum }}
Returns:
02d4ef135514934759634f10079653252c7ad594ea97bd385480c532bca0fdda
list_files
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return a recursive list of files under a specific path.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/' | list_files | join('\n') }}
Returns:
/etc/salt/master
/etc/salt/proxy
/etc/salt/minion
/etc/salt/pillar/top.sls
/etc/salt/pillar/device1.sls
path_join
New in version 2017.7.0.
Joins absolute paths.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/' | path_join('pillar', 'device1.sls') }}
Returns:
/etc/salt/pillar/device1.sls
which
New in version 2017.7.0.
Python clone of /usr/bin/which.
Example:
{{ 'salt-master' | which }}
Returns:
/usr/local/salt/virtualenv/bin/salt-master
Escape filters
regex_escape
New in version 2017.7.0.
Allows escaping of strings so they can be interpreted literally by another function.
Example:
regex_escape = {{ 'https://example.com?foo=bar%20baz' | regex_escape }}
will be rendered as:
regex_escape = https\:\/\/example\.com\?foo\=bar\%20baz
Set Theory Filters
unique
New in version 2017.7.0.
Performs set math using Jinja filters.
Example:
unique = {{ ['foo', 'foo', 'bar'] | unique }}
will be rendered as:
unique = ['foo', 'bar']
Jinja in Files
Jinja_
can be used in the same way in managed files:
# redis.sls
/etc/redis/redis.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://redis.conf
- template: jinja
- context:
bind: 127.0.0.1
# lib.sls
{% set port = 6379 %}
# redis.conf
{% from 'lib.sls' import port with context %}
port {{ port }}
bind {{ bind }}
As an example, configuration was pulled from the file context and from an external tem‐
plate file.
NOTE:
Macros and variables can be shared across templates. They should not be starting with
one or more underscores, and should be managed by one of the following tags: macro,
set, load_yaml, load_json, import_yaml and import_json.
Escaping Jinja
Occasionally, it may be necessary to escape Jinja syntax. There are two ways to do this in
Jinja. One is escaping individual variables or strings and the other is to escape entire
blocks.
To escape a string commonly used in Jinja syntax such as {{, you can use the following
syntax:
{{ '{{' }}
For larger blocks that contain Jinja syntax that needs to be escaped, you can use raw
blocks:
{% raw %}
some text that contains jinja characters that need to be escaped
{% endraw %}
See the Escaping section of Jinja's documentation to learn more.
A real-word example of needing to use raw tags to escape a larger block of code is when
using file.managed with the contents_pillar option to manage files that contain something
like consul-template, which shares a syntax subset with Jinja. Raw blocks are necessary
here because the Jinja in the pillar would be rendered before the file.managed is ever
called, so the Jinja syntax must be escaped:
{% raw %}
- contents_pillar: |
job "example-job" {
<snipped>
task "example" {
driver = "docker"
config {
image = "docker-registry.service.consul:5000/example-job:{{key "nomad/jobs/e ↲
xample-job/version"}}"
<snipped>
{% endraw %}
Calling Salt Functions
The Jinja renderer provides a shorthand lookup syntax for the salt dictionary of execution
function.
New in version 2014.7.0.
# The following two function calls are equivalent.
{{ salt['cmd.run']('whoami') }}
{{ salt.cmd.run('whoami') }}
Debugging
The show_full_context function can be used to output all variables present in the current
Jinja context.
New in version 2014.7.0.
Context is: {{ show_full_context() }}
Logs
New in version 2017.7.0.
Yes, in Salt, one is able to debug a complex Jinja template using the logs. For example,
making the call:
{%- do salt.log.error('testing jinja logging') -%}
Will insert the following message in the minion logs:
2017-02-01 01:24:40,728 [salt.module.logmod][ERROR ][3779] testing jinja logging
Custom Execution Modules
Custom execution modules can be used to supplement or replace complex Jinja. Many tasks
that require complex looping and logic are trivial when using Python in a Salt execution
module. Salt execution modules are easy to write and distribute to Salt minions.
Functions in custom execution modules are available in the Salt execution module dictio‐
nary just like the built-in execution modules:
{{ salt['my_custom_module.my_custom_function']() }}
· How to Convert Jinja Logic to an Execution Module
· Writing Execution Modules
Custom Jinja filters
Given that all execution modules are available in the Jinja template, one can easily
define a custom module as in the previous paragraph and use it as a Jinja filter. How‐
ever, please note that it will not be accessible through the pipe.
For example, instead of:
{{ my_variable | my_jinja_filter }}
The user will need to define my_jinja_filter function under an extension module, say
my_filters and use as:
{{ salt.my_filters.my_jinja_filter(my_variable) }}
The greatest benefit is that you are able to access thousands of existing functions, e.g.:
· get the DNS AAAA records for a specific address using the dnsutil:
{{ salt.dnsutil.AAAA('www.google.com') }}
· retrieve a specific field value from a Redis hash:
{{ salt.redis.hget('foo_hash', 'bar_field') }}
· get the routes to 0.0.0.0/0 using the NAPALM route:
{{ salt.route.show('0.0.0.0/0') }}
Tutorials Index
· Salt as a Cloud Controller
· Using Cron with Salt
· Automatic Updates / Frozen Deployments
· ESXi Proxy Minion
· Opening the Firewall up for Salt
· Git Fileserver Backend Walkthrough
· Halite
· HTTP Modules
· Using Salt at Scale
· LXC Management with Salt
· MinionFS Backend Walkthrough
· Remote Execution Tutorial
· Multi-Master-PKI Tutorial With Failover
· Multi Master Tutorial
· Pillar Walkthrough
· Packaging External Modules for Salt
· Salt Masterless Quickstart
· running salt as normal user tutorial
· Salt Bootstrap
· Standalone Minion
· How Do I Use Salt States?
· States tutorial, part 1 - Basic Usage
· States tutorial, part 2 - More Complex States, Requisites
· States tutorial, part 3 - Templating, Includes, Extends
· States tutorial, part 4
· How to Convert Jinja Logic to an Execution Module
· Using Salt with Stormpath
· Syslog-ng usage
· The macOS (Maverick) Developer Step By Step Guide To Salt Installation
· SaltStack Walk-through
· Writing Salt Tests
· Running Salt States and Commands in Docker Containers
· Preseed Minion with Accepted Key
Troubleshooting
The intent of the troubleshooting section is to introduce solutions to a number of common
issues encountered by users and the tools that are available to aid in developing States
and Salt code.
Troubleshooting the Salt Master
If your Salt master is having issues such as minions not returning data, slow execution
times, or a variety of other issues, the following links contain details on troubleshoot‐
ing the most common issues encountered:
Troubleshooting the Salt Master
Running in the Foreground
A great deal of information is available via the debug logging system, if you are having
issues with minions connecting or not starting run the master in the foreground:
# salt-master -l debug
Anyone wanting to run Salt daemons via a process supervisor such as monit, runit, or
supervisord, should omit the -d argument to the daemons and run them in the foreground.
What Ports does the Master Need Open?
For the master, TCP ports 4505 and 4506 need to be open. If you've put both your Salt mas‐
ter and minion in debug mode and don't see an acknowledgment that your minion has con‐
nected, it could very well be a firewall interfering with the connection. See our firewall
configuration page for help opening the firewall on various platforms.
If you've opened the correct TCP ports and still aren't seeing connections, check that no
additional access control system such as SELinux or AppArmor is blocking Salt.
Too many open files
The salt-master needs at least 2 sockets per host that connects to it, one for the Pub‐
lisher and one for response port. Thus, large installations may, upon scaling up the num‐
ber of minions accessing a given master, encounter:
12:45:29,289 [salt.master ][INFO ] Starting Salt worker process 38
Too many open files
sock != -1 (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
The solution to this would be to check the number of files allowed to be opened by the
user running salt-master (root by default):
[root@salt-master ~]# ulimit -n
1024
If this value is not equal to at least twice the number of minions, then it will need to
be raised. For example, in an environment with 1800 minions, the nofile limit should be
set to no less than 3600. This can be done by creating the file /etc/security/lim‐
its.d/99-salt.conf, with the following contents:
root hard nofile 4096
root soft nofile 4096
Replace root with the user under which the master runs, if different.
If your master does not have an /etc/security/limits.d directory, the lines can simply be
appended to /etc/security/limits.conf.
As with any change to resource limits, it is best to stay logged into your current shell
and open another shell to run ulimit -n again and verify that the changes were applied
correctly. Additionally, if your master is running upstart, it may be necessary to specify
the nofile limit in /etc/default/salt-master if upstart isn't respecting your resource
limits:
limit nofile 4096 4096
NOTE:
The above is simply an example of how to set these values, and you may wish to increase
them even further if your Salt master is doing more than just running Salt.
Salt Master Stops Responding
There are known bugs with ZeroMQ versions less than 2.1.11 which can cause the Salt master
to not respond properly. If you're running a ZeroMQ version greater than or equal to
2.1.9, you can work around the bug by setting the sysctls net.core.rmem_max and
net.core.wmem_max to 16777216. Next, set the third field in net.ipv4.tcp_rmem and
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem to at least 16777216.
You can do it manually with something like:
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_rmem
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem
Or with the following Salt state:
net.core.rmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.core.wmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
Live Python Debug Output
If the master seems to be unresponsive, a SIGUSR1 can be passed to the salt-master threads
to display what piece of code is executing. This debug information can be invaluable in
tracking down bugs.
To pass a SIGUSR1 to the master, first make sure the minion is running in the foreground.
Stop the service if it is running as a daemon, and start it in the foreground like so:
# salt-master -l debug
Then pass the signal to the master when it seems to be unresponsive:
# killall -SIGUSR1 salt-master
When filing an issue or sending questions to the mailing list for a problem with an unre‐
sponsive daemon, be sure to include this information if possible.
Live Salt-Master Profiling
When faced with performance problems one can turn on master process profiling by sending
it SIGUSR2.
# killall -SIGUSR2 salt-master
This will activate yappi profiler inside salt-master code, then after some time one must
send SIGUSR2 again to stop profiling and save results to file. If run in foreground
salt-master will report filename for the results, which are usually located under /tmp on
Unix-based OSes and c:\temp on windows.
Results can then be analyzed with kcachegrind or similar tool.
Commands Time Out or Do Not Return Output
Depending on your OS (this is most common on Ubuntu due to apt-get) you may sometimes
encounter times where a state.apply, or other long running commands do not return output.
By default the timeout is set to 5 seconds. The timeout value can easily be increased by
modifying the timeout line within your /etc/salt/master configuration file.
Having keys accepted for Salt minions that no longer exist or are not reachable also
increases the possibility of timeouts, since the Salt master waits for those systems to
return command results.
Passing the -c Option to Salt Returns a Permissions Error
Using the -c option with the Salt command modifies the configuration directory. When the
configuration file is read it will still base data off of the root_dir setting. This can
result in unintended behavior if you are expecting files such as /etc/salt/pki to be
pulled from the location specified with -c. Modify the root_dir setting to address this
behavior.
Salt Master Doesn't Return Anything While Running jobs
When a command being run via Salt takes a very long time to return (package installations,
certain scripts, etc.) the master may drop you back to the shell. In most situations the
job is still running but Salt has exceeded the set timeout before returning. Querying the
job queue will provide the data of the job but is inconvenient. This can be resolved by
either manually using the -t option to set a longer timeout when running commands (by
default it is 5 seconds) or by modifying the master configuration file: /etc/salt/master
and setting the timeout value to change the default timeout for all commands, and then
restarting the salt-master service.
Salt Master Auth Flooding
In large installations, care must be taken not to overwhealm the master with authentica‐
tion requests. Several options can be set on the master which mitigate the chances of an
authentication flood from causing an interruption in service.
NOTE:
recon_default:
The average number of seconds to wait between reconnection attempts.
recon_max:
The maximum number of seconds to wait between reconnection attempts.
recon_randomize:
A flag to indicate whether the recon_default value should be randomized.
acceptance_wait_time:
The number of seconds to wait for a reply to each authentication request.
random_reauth_delay:
The range of seconds across which the minions should attempt to randomize
authentication attempts.
auth_timeout:
The total time to wait for the authentication process to complete, regardless of
the number of attempts.
Running states locally
To debug the states, you can use call locally.
salt-call -l trace --local state.highstate
The top.sls file is used to map what SLS modules get loaded onto what minions via the
state system.
It is located in the file defined in the file_roots variable of the salt master configura‐
tion file which is defined by found in CONFIG_DIR/master, normally /etc/salt/master
The default configuration for the file_roots is:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt
So the top file is defaulted to the location /srv/salt/top.sls
Salt Master Umask
The salt master uses a cache to track jobs as they are published and returns come back.
The recommended umask for a salt-master is 022, which is the default for most users on a
system. Incorrect umasks can result in permission-denied errors when the master tries to
access files in its cache.
Troubleshooting the Salt Minion
In the event that your Salt minion is having issues, a variety of solutions and sugges‐
tions are available. Please refer to the following links for more information:
Troubleshooting the Salt Minion
Running in the Foreground
A great deal of information is available via the debug logging system, if you are having
issues with minions connecting or not starting run the minion in the foreground:
# salt-minion -l debug
Anyone wanting to run Salt daemons via a process supervisor such as monit, runit, or
supervisord, should omit the -d argument to the daemons and run them in the foreground.
What Ports does the Minion Need Open?
No ports need to be opened on the minion, as it makes outbound connections to the master.
If you've put both your Salt master and minion in debug mode and don't see an acknowledg‐
ment that your minion has connected, it could very well be a firewall interfering with the
connection. See our firewall configuration page for help opening the firewall on various
platforms.
If you have netcat installed, you can check port connectivity from the minion with the nc
command:
$ nc -v -z salt.master.ip.addr 4505
Connection to salt.master.ip.addr 4505 port [tcp/unknown] succeeded!
$ nc -v -z salt.master.ip.addr 4506
Connection to salt.master.ip.addr 4506 port [tcp/unknown] succeeded!
The Nmap utility can also be used to check if these ports are open:
# nmap -sS -q -p 4505-4506 salt.master.ip.addr
Starting Nmap 6.40 ( http://nmap.org ) at 2013-12-29 19:44 CST
Nmap scan report for salt.master.ip.addr (10.0.0.10)
Host is up (0.0026s latency).
PORT STATE SERVICE
4505/tcp open unknown
4506/tcp open unknown
MAC Address: 00:11:22:AA:BB:CC (Intel)
Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 1.64 seconds
If you've opened the correct TCP ports and still aren't seeing connections, check that no
additional access control system such as SELinux or AppArmor is blocking Salt. Tools like
tcptraceroute can also be used to determine if an intermediate device or firewall is
blocking the needed TCP ports.
Using salt-call
The salt-call command was originally developed for aiding in the development of new Salt
modules. Since then, many applications have been developed for running any Salt module
locally on a minion. These range from the original intent of salt-call (development assis‐
tance), to gathering more verbose output from calls like state.apply.
When initially creating your state tree, it is generally recommended to invoke highstates
by running state.apply directly from the minion with salt-call, rather than remotely from
the master. This displays far more information about the execution than calling it
remotely. For even more verbosity, increase the loglevel using the -l argument:
# salt-call -l debug state.apply
The main difference between using salt and using salt-call is that salt-call is run from
the minion, and it only runs the selected function on that minion. By contrast, salt is
run from the master, and requires you to specify the minions on which to run the command
using salt's targeting system.
Live Python Debug Output
If the minion seems to be unresponsive, a SIGUSR1 can be passed to the process to display
what piece of code is executing. This debug information can be invaluable in tracking down
bugs.
To pass a SIGUSR1 to the minion, first make sure the minion is running in the foreground.
Stop the service if it is running as a daemon, and start it in the foreground like so:
# salt-minion -l debug
Then pass the signal to the minion when it seems to be unresponsive:
# killall -SIGUSR1 salt-minion
When filing an issue or sending questions to the mailing list for a problem with an unre‐
sponsive daemon, be sure to include this information if possible.
Multiprocessing in Execution Modules
As is outlined in github issue #6300, Salt cannot use python's multiprocessing pipes and
queues from execution modules. Multiprocessing from the execution modules is perfectly
viable, it is just necessary to use Salt's event system to communicate back with the
process.
The reason for this difficulty is that python attempts to pickle all objects in memory
when communicating, and it cannot pickle function objects. Since the Salt loader system
creates and manages function objects this causes the pickle operation to fail.
Salt Minion Doesn't Return Anything While Running Jobs Locally
When a command being run via Salt takes a very long time to return (package installations,
certain scripts, etc.) the minion may drop you back to the shell. In most situations the
job is still running but Salt has exceeded the set timeout before returning. Querying the
job queue will provide the data of the job but is inconvenient. This can be resolved by
either manually using the -t option to set a longer timeout when running commands (by
default it is 5 seconds) or by modifying the minion configuration file: /etc/salt/minion
and setting the timeout value to change the default timeout for all commands, and then
restarting the salt-minion service.
NOTE:
Modifying the minion timeout value is not required when running commands from a Salt
Master. It is only required when running commands locally on the minion.
Running in the Foreground
A great deal of information is available via the debug logging system, if you are having
issues with minions connecting or not starting run the minion and/or master in the fore‐
ground:
salt-master -l debug
salt-minion -l debug
Anyone wanting to run Salt daemons via a process supervisor such as monit, runit, or
supervisord, should omit the -d argument to the daemons and run them in the foreground.
What Ports do the Master and Minion Need Open?
No ports need to be opened up on each minion. For the master, TCP ports 4505 and 4506 need
to be open. If you've put both your Salt master and minion in debug mode and don't see an
acknowledgment that your minion has connected, it could very well be a firewall.
You can check port connectivity from the minion with the nc command:
nc -v -z salt.master.ip 4505
nc -v -z salt.master.ip 4506
There is also a firewall configuration document that might help as well.
If you've enabled the right TCP ports on your operating system or Linux distribution's
firewall and still aren't seeing connections, check that no additional access control sys‐
tem such as SELinux or AppArmor is blocking Salt.
Using salt-call
The salt-call command was originally developed for aiding in the development of new Salt
modules. Since then, many applications have been developed for running any Salt module
locally on a minion. These range from the original intent of salt-call, development assis‐
tance, to gathering more verbose output from calls like state.apply.
When initially creating your state tree, it is generally recommended to invoke state.apply
directly from the minion with salt-call, rather than remotely from the master. This dis‐
plays far more information about the execution than calling it remotely. For even more
verbosity, increase the loglevel using the -l argument:
salt-call -l debug state.apply
The main difference between using salt and using salt-call is that salt-call is run from
the minion, and it only runs the selected function on that minion. By contrast, salt is
run from the master, and requires you to specify the minions on which to run the command
using salt's targeting system.
Too many open files
The salt-master needs at least 2 sockets per host that connects to it, one for the Pub‐
lisher and one for response port. Thus, large installations may, upon scaling up the num‐
ber of minions accessing a given master, encounter:
12:45:29,289 [salt.master ][INFO ] Starting Salt worker process 38
Too many open files
sock != -1 (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
The solution to this would be to check the number of files allowed to be opened by the
user running salt-master (root by default):
[root@salt-master ~]# ulimit -n
1024
And modify that value to be at least equal to the number of minions x 2. This setting can
be changed in limits.conf as the nofile value(s), and activated upon new a login of the
specified user.
So, an environment with 1800 minions, would need 1800 x 2 = 3600 as a minimum.
Salt Master Stops Responding
There are known bugs with ZeroMQ versions less than 2.1.11 which can cause the Salt master
to not respond properly. If you're running a ZeroMQ version greater than or equal to
2.1.9, you can work around the bug by setting the sysctls net.core.rmem_max and
net.core.wmem_max to 16777216. Next, set the third field in net.ipv4.tcp_rmem and
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem to at least 16777216.
You can do it manually with something like:
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_rmem
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem
Or with the following Salt state:
net.core.rmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.core.wmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
Salt and SELinux
Currently there are no SELinux policies for Salt. For the most part Salt runs without
issue when SELinux is running in Enforcing mode. This is because when the minion executes
as a daemon the type context is changed to initrc_t. The problem with SELinux arises when
using salt-call or running the minion in the foreground, since the type context stays
unconfined_t.
This problem is generally manifest in the rpm install scripts when using the pkg module.
Until a full SELinux Policy is available for Salt the solution to this issue is to set the
execution context of salt-call and salt-minion to rpm_exec_t:
# CentOS 5 and RHEL 5:
chcon -t system_u:system_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-minion
chcon -t system_u:system_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-call
# CentOS 6 and RHEL 6:
chcon system_u:object_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-minion
chcon system_u:object_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-call
This works well, because the rpm_exec_t context has very broad control over other types.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
Salt requires Python 2.6 or 2.7. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and its variants come with
Python 2.4 installed by default. When installing on RHEL 5 from the EPEL repository this
is handled for you. But, if you run Salt from git, be advised that its dependencies need
to be installed from EPEL and that Salt needs to be run with the python26 executable.
Common YAML Gotchas
An extensive list of YAML idiosyncrasies has been compiled:
YAML Idiosyncrasies
One of Salt's strengths, the use of existing serialization systems for representing SLS
data, can also backfire. YAML is a general purpose system and there are a number of things
that would seem to make sense in an sls file that cause YAML issues. It is wise to be
aware of these issues. While reports or running into them are generally rare they can
still crop up at unexpected times.
Spaces vs Tabs
YAML uses spaces, period. Do not use tabs in your SLS files! If strange errors are coming
up in rendering SLS files, make sure to check that no tabs have crept in! In Vim, after
enabling search highlighting with: :set hlsearch, you can check with the following key
sequence in normal mode(you can hit ESC twice to be sure): /, Ctrl-v, Tab, then hit Enter.
Also, you can convert tabs to 2 spaces by these commands in Vim: :set tabstop=2 expandtab
and then :retab.
Indentation
The suggested syntax for YAML files is to use 2 spaces for indentation, but YAML will fol‐
low whatever indentation system that the individual file uses. Indentation of two spaces
works very well for SLS files given the fact that the data is uniform and not deeply
nested.
Nested Dictionaries
When dicts are nested within other data structures (particularly lists), the indentation
logic sometimes changes. Examples of where this might happen include context and default
options from the file.managed state:
/etc/http/conf/http.conf:
file:
- managed
- source: salt://apache/http.conf
- user: root
- group: root
- mode: 644
- template: jinja
- context:
custom_var: "override"
- defaults:
custom_var: "default value"
other_var: 123
Notice that while the indentation is two spaces per level, for the values under the con‐
text and defaults options there is a four-space indent. If only two spaces are used to
indent, then those keys will be considered part of the same dictionary that contains the
context key, and so the data will not be loaded correctly. If using a double indent is not
desirable, then a deeply-nested dict can be declared with curly braces:
/etc/http/conf/http.conf:
file:
- managed
- source: salt://apache/http.conf
- user: root
- group: root
- mode: 644
- template: jinja
- context: {
custom_var: "override" }
- defaults: {
custom_var: "default value",
other_var: 123 }
Here is a more concrete example of how YAML actually handles these indentations, using the
Python interpreter on the command line:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('''mystate:
... file.managed:
... - context:
... some: var''')
{'mystate': {'file.managed': [{'context': {'some': 'var'}}]}}
>>> yaml.safe_load('''mystate:
... file.managed:
... - context:
... some: var''')
{'mystate': {'file.managed': [{'some': 'var', 'context': None}]}}
Note that in the second example, some is added as another key in the same dictionary,
whereas in the first example, it's the start of a new dictionary. That's the distinction.
context is a common example because it is a keyword arg for many functions, and should
contain a dictionary.
True/False, Yes/No, On/Off
PyYAML will load these values as boolean True or False. Un-capitalized versions will also
be loaded as booleans (true, false, yes, no, on, and off). This can be especially problem‐
atic when constructing Pillar data. Make sure that your Pillars which need to use the
string versions of these values are enclosed in quotes. Pillars will be parsed twice by
salt, so you'll need to wrap your values in multiple quotes, including double quotation
marks (" ") and single quotation marks (' '). Note that spaces are included in the quota‐
tion type examples for clarity.
Multiple quoting examples looks like this:
- '"false"'
- "'True'"
- "'YES'"
- '"No"'
NOTE:
When using multiple quotes in this manner, they must be different. Using "" "" or '' ''
won't work in this case (spaces are included in examples for clarity).
The '%' Sign
The % symbol has a special meaning in YAML, it needs to be passed as a string literal:
cheese:
ssh_auth.present:
- user: tbortels
- source: salt://ssh_keys/chease.pub
- config: '%h/.ssh/authorized_keys'
Time Expressions
PyYAML will load a time expression as the integer value of that, assuming HH:MM. So for
example, 12:00 is loaded by PyYAML as 720. An excellent explanation for why can be found
here.
To keep time expressions like this from being loaded as integers, always quote them.
NOTE:
When using a jinja load_yaml map, items must be quoted twice. For example:
{% load_yaml as wsus_schedule %}
FRI_10:
time: '"23:00"'
day: 6 - Every Friday
SAT_10:
time: '"06:00"'
day: 7 - Every Saturday
SAT_20:
time: '"14:00"'
day: 7 - Every Saturday
SAT_30:
time: '"22:00"'
day: 7 - Every Saturday
SUN_10:
time: '"06:00"'
day: 1 - Every Sunday
{% endload %}
YAML does not like Double Short Decs
If I can find a way to make YAML accept "Double Short Decs" then I will, since I think
that double short decs would be awesome. So what is a "Double Short Dec"? It is when you
declare a multiple short decs in one ID. Here is a standard short dec, it works great:
vim:
pkg.installed
The short dec means that there are no arguments to pass, so it is not required to add any
arguments, and it can save space.
YAML though, gets upset when declaring multiple short decs, for the record...
THIS DOES NOT WORK:
vim:
pkg.installed
user.present
Similarly declaring a short dec in the same ID dec as a standard dec does not work
either...
ALSO DOES NOT WORK:
fred:
user.present
ssh_auth.present:
- name: AAAAB3NzaC...
- user: fred
- enc: ssh-dss
- require:
- user: fred
The correct way is to define them like this:
vim:
pkg.installed: []
user.present: []
fred:
user.present: []
ssh_auth.present:
- name: AAAAB3NzaC...
- user: fred
- enc: ssh-dss
- require:
- user: fred
Alternatively, they can be defined the "old way", or with multiple "full decs":
vim:
pkg:
- installed
user:
- present
fred:
user:
- present
ssh_auth:
- present
- name: AAAAB3NzaC...
- user: fred
- enc: ssh-dss
- require:
- user: fred
YAML supports only plain ASCII
According to YAML specification, only ASCII characters can be used.
Within double-quotes, special characters may be represented with C-style escape sequences
starting with a backslash ( \ ).
Examples:
- micro: "\u00b5"
- copyright: "\u00A9"
- A: "\x41"
- alpha: "\u0251"
- Alef: "\u05d0"
List of usable Unicode characters will help you to identify correct numbers.
Python can also be used to discover the Unicode number for a character:
repr(u"Text with wrong characters i need to figure out")
This shell command can find wrong characters in your SLS files:
find . -name '*.sls' -exec grep --color='auto' -P -n '[^\x00-\x7F]' \{} \;
Alternatively you can toggle the yaml_utf8 setting in your master configuration file. This
is still an experimental setting but it should manage the right encoding conversion in
salt after yaml states compilations.
Underscores stripped in Integer Definitions
If a definition only includes numbers and underscores, it is parsed by YAML as an integer
and all underscores are stripped. To ensure the object becomes a string, it should be
surrounded by quotes. More information here.
Here's an example:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('2013_05_10')
20130510
>>> yaml.safe_load('"2013_05_10"')
'2013_05_10'
Automatic datetime conversion
If there is a value in a YAML file formatted 2014-01-20 14:23:23 or similar, YAML will
automatically convert this to a Python datetime object. These objects are not msgpack
serializable, and so may break core salt functionality. If values such as these are
needed in a salt YAML file (specifically a configuration file), they should be formatted
with surrounding strings to force YAML to serialize them as strings:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('2014-01-20 14:23:23')
datetime.datetime(2014, 1, 20, 14, 23, 23)
>>> yaml.safe_load('"2014-01-20 14:23:23"')
'2014-01-20 14:23:23'
Additionally, numbers formatted like XXXX-XX-XX will also be converted (or YAML will
attempt to convert them, and error out if it doesn't think the date is a real one). Thus,
for example, if a minion were to have an ID of 4017-16-20 the minion would not start
because YAML would complain that the date was out of range. The workaround is the same,
surround the offending string with quotes:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('4017-16-20')
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "<stdin>", line 1, in <module>
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/__init__.py", line 93, in safe_load
return load(stream, SafeLoader)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/__init__.py", line 71, in load
return loader.get_single_data()
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 39, in get_singl ↲
e_data
return self.construct_document(node)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 43, in construct ↲
_document
data = self.construct_object(node)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 88, in construct ↲
_object
data = constructor(self, node)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 312, in construc ↲
t_yaml_timestamp
return datetime.date(year, month, day)
ValueError: month must be in 1..12
>>> yaml.safe_load('"4017-16-20"')
'4017-16-20'
Keys Limited to 1024 Characters
Simple keys are limited to a single line and cannot be longer that 1024 characters. This
is a limitation from PyYaml, as seen in a comment in PyYAML's code, and applies to any‐
thing parsed by YAML in Salt.
Live Python Debug Output
If the minion or master seems to be unresponsive, a SIGUSR1 can be passed to the processes
to display where in the code they are running. If encountering a situation like this, this
debug information can be invaluable. First make sure the master of minion are running in
the foreground:
salt-master -l debug
salt-minion -l debug
Then pass the signal to the master or minion when it seems to be unresponsive:
killall -SIGUSR1 salt-master
killall -SIGUSR1 salt-minion
Also under BSD and macOS in addition to SIGUSR1 signal, debug subroutine set up for SIG‐
INFO which has an advantage of being sent by Ctrl+T shortcut.
When filing an issue or sending questions to the mailing list for a problem with an unre‐
sponsive daemon this information can be invaluable.
Salt 0.16.x minions cannot communicate with a 0.17.x master
As of release 0.17.1 you can no longer run different versions of Salt on your Master and
Minion servers. This is due to a protocol change for security purposes. The Salt team will
continue to attempt to ensure versions are as backwards compatible as possible.
Debugging the Master and Minion
A list of common master and minion troubleshooting steps provide a starting point for
resolving issues you may encounter.
Frequently Asked Questions
FAQ
· Frequently Asked Questions
· Is Salt open-core?
· I think I found a bug! What should I do?
· What ports should I open on my firewall?
· I'm seeing weird behavior (including but not limited to packages not installing their
users properly)
· My script runs every time I run a state.apply. Why?
· When I run test.ping, why don't the Minions that aren't responding return anything?
Returning False would be helpful.
· How does Salt determine the Minion's id?
· I'm trying to manage packages/services but I get an error saying that the state is not
available. Why?
· Why aren't my custom modules/states/etc. available on my Minions?
· Module X isn't available, even though the shell command it uses is installed. Why?
· Can I run different versions of Salt on my Master and Minion?
· Does Salt support backing up managed files?
· Is it possible to deploy a file to a specific minion, without other minions having
access to it?
· What is the best way to restart a Salt Minion daemon using Salt after upgrade?
· Upgrade without automatic restart
· Restart using states
· Restart using remote executions
· Salting the Salt Master
· Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure?
· Why Did the Value for a Grain Change on Its Own?
Is Salt open-core?
No. Salt is 100% committed to being open-source, including all of our APIs. It is devel‐
oped under the Apache 2.0 license, allowing it to be used in both open and proprietary
projects.
To expand on this a little:
There is much argument over the actual definition of "open core". From our standpoint,
Salt is open source because
1. It is a standalone product that anyone is free to use.
2. It is developed in the open with contributions accepted from the community for the good
of the project.
3. There are no features of Salt itself that are restricted to separate proprietary prod‐
ucts distributed by SaltStack, Inc.
4. Because of our Apache 2.0 license, Salt can be used as the foundation for a project or
even a proprietary tool.
5. Our APIs are open and documented (any lack of documentation is an oversight as opposed
to an intentional decision by SaltStack the company) and available for use by anyone.
SaltStack the company does make proprietary products which use Salt and its libraries,
like company is free to do, but we do so via the APIs, NOT by forking Salt and creating a
different, closed-source version of it for paying customers.
I think I found a bug! What should I do?
The salt-users mailing list as well as the salt IRC channel can both be helpful resources
to confirm if others are seeing the issue and to assist with immediate debugging.
To report a bug to the Salt project, please follow the instructions in reporting a bug.
What ports should I open on my firewall?
Minions need to be able to connect to the Master on TCP ports 4505 and 4506. Minions do
not need any inbound ports open. More detailed information on firewall settings can be
found here.
I'm seeing weird behavior (including but not limited to packages not installing their users
properly)
This is often caused by SELinux. Try disabling SELinux or putting it in permissive mode
and see if the weird behavior goes away.
My script runs every time I run a state.apply. Why?
You are probably using cmd.run rather than cmd.wait. A cmd.wait state will only run when
there has been a change in a state that it is watching.
A cmd.run state will run the corresponding command every time (unless it is prevented from
running by the unless or onlyif arguments).
More details can be found in the documentation for the cmd states.
When I run test.ping, why don't the Minions that aren't responding return anything? Returning
False would be helpful.
When you run test.ping the Master tells Minions to run commands/functions, and listens for
the return data, printing it to the screen when it is received. If it doesn't receive
anything back, it doesn't have anything to display for that Minion.
There are a couple options for getting information on Minions that are not responding. One
is to use the verbose (-v) option when you run salt commands, as it will display "Minion
did not return" for any Minions which time out.
salt -v '*' pkg.install zsh
Another option is to use the manage.down runner:
salt-run manage.down
Also, if the Master is under heavy load, it is possible that the CLI will exit without
displaying return data for all targeted Minions. However, this doesn't mean that the Min‐
ions did not return; this only means that the Salt CLI timed out waiting for a response.
Minions will still send their return data back to the Master once the job completes. If
any expected Minions are missing from the CLI output, the jobs.list_jobs runner can be
used to show the job IDs of the jobs that have been run, and the jobs.lookup_jid runner
can be used to get the return data for that job.
salt-run jobs.list_jobs
salt-run jobs.lookup_jid 20130916125524463507
If you find that you are often missing Minion return data on the CLI, only to find it with
the jobs runners, then this may be a sign that the worker_threads value may need to be
increased in the master config file. Additionally, running your Salt CLI commands with the
-t option will make Salt wait longer for the return data before the CLI command exits. For
instance, the below command will wait up to 60 seconds for the Minions to return:
salt -t 60 '*' test.ping
How does Salt determine the Minion's id?
If the Minion id is not configured explicitly (using the id parameter), Salt will deter‐
mine the id based on the hostname. Exactly how this is determined varies a little between
operating systems and is described in detail here.
I'm trying to manage packages/services but I get an error saying that the state is not avail‐
able. Why?
Salt detects the Minion's operating system and assigns the correct package or service man‐
agement module based on what is detected. However, for certain custom spins and OS deriva‐
tives this detection fails. In cases like this, an issue should be opened on our tracker,
with the following information:
1. The output of the following command:
salt <minion_id> grains.items | grep os
2. The contents of /etc/lsb-release, if present on the Minion.
Why aren't my custom modules/states/etc. available on my Minions?
Custom modules are synced to Minions when saltutil.sync_modules, or saltutil.sync_all is
run. Custom modules are also synced by state.apply when run without any arguments.
Similarly, custom states are synced to Minions when state.apply, saltutil.sync_states, or
saltutil.sync_all is run.
Custom states are also synced by state.apply when run without any arguments.
Other custom types (renderers, outputters, etc.) have similar behavior, see the documenta‐
tion for the saltutil module for more information.
This reactor example can be used to automatically sync custom types when the minion con‐
nects to the master, to help with this chicken-and-egg issue.
Module X isn't available, even though the shell command it uses is installed. Why?
This is most likely a PATH issue. Did you custom-compile the software which the module
requires? RHEL/CentOS/etc. in particular override the root user's path in
/etc/init.d/functions, setting it to /sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin, making software
installed into /usr/local/bin unavailable to Salt when the Minion is started using the
initscript. In version 2014.1.0, Salt will have a better solution for these sort of
PATH-related issues, but recompiling the software to install it into a location within the
PATH should resolve the issue in the meantime. Alternatively, you can create a symbolic
link within the PATH using a file.symlink state.
/usr/bin/foo:
file.symlink:
- target: /usr/local/bin/foo
Can I run different versions of Salt on my Master and Minion?
This depends on the versions. In general, it is recommended that Master and Minion ver‐
sions match.
When upgrading Salt, the master(s) should always be upgraded first. Backwards compatibil‐
ity for minions running newer versions of salt than their masters is not guaranteed.
Whenever possible, backwards compatibility between new masters and old minions will be
preserved. Generally, the only exception to this policy is in case of a security vulnera‐
bility.
Recent examples of backwards compatibility breakage include the 0.17.1 release (where all
backwards compatibility was broken due to a security fix), and the 2014.1.0 release (which
retained compatibility between 2014.1.0 masters and 0.17 minions, but broke compatibility
for 2014.1.0 minions and older masters).
Does Salt support backing up managed files?
Yes. Salt provides an easy to use addition to your file.managed states that allow you to
back up files via backup_mode, backup_mode can be configured on a per state basis, or in
the minion config (note that if set in the minion config this would simply be the default
method to use, you still need to specify that the file should be backed up!).
Is it possible to deploy a file to a specific minion, without other minions having access to
it?
The Salt fileserver does not yet support access control, but it is still possible to do
this. As of Salt 2015.5.0, the file_tree external pillar is available, and allows the con‐
tents of a file to be loaded as Pillar data. This external pillar is capable of assigning
Pillar values both to individual minions, and to nodegroups. See the documentation for
details on how to set this up.
Once the external pillar has been set up, the data can be pushed to a minion via a
file.managed state, using the contents_pillar argument:
/etc/my_super_secret_file:
file.managed:
- user: secret
- group: secret
- mode: 600
- contents_pillar: secret_files:my_super_secret_file
In this example, the source file would be located in a directory called secret_files
underneath the file_tree path for the minion. The syntax for specifying the pillar vari‐
able is the same one used for pillar.get, with a colon representing a nested dictionary.
WARNING:
Deploying binary contents using the file.managed state is only supported in Salt
2015.8.4 and newer.
What is the best way to restart a Salt Minion daemon using Salt after upgrade?
Updating the salt-minion package requires a restart of the salt-minion service. But
restarting the service while in the middle of a state run interrupts the process of the
Minion running states and sending results back to the Master. A common way to workaround
that is to schedule restarting of the Minion service using masterless mode after all other
states have been applied. This allows the minion to keep Minion to Master connection alive
for the Minion to report the final results to the Master, while the service is restarting
in the background.
Upgrade without automatic restart
Doing the Minion upgrade seems to be a simplest state in your SLS file at first. But the
operating systems such as Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu and their derivatives start the service
after the package installation by default. To prevent this, we need to create policy
layer which will prevent the Minion service to restart right after the upgrade:
{%- if grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}
Disable starting services:
file.managed:
- name: /usr/sbin/policy-rc.d
- user: root
- group: root
- mode: 0755
- contents:
- '#!/bin/sh'
- exit 101
# do not touch if already exists
- replace: False
- prereq:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- endif %}
Upgrade Salt Minion:
pkg.installed:
- name: salt-minion
- version: 2016.11.3{% if grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}+ds-1{% endif %}
- order: last
Enable Salt Minion:
service.enabled:
- name: salt-minion
- require:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- if grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}
Enable starting services:
file.absent:
- name: /usr/sbin/policy-rc.d
- onchanges:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- endif %}
Restart using states
Now we can apply the workaround to restart the Minion in reliable way. The following
example works on UNIX-like operating systems:
{%- if grains['os'] != 'Windows' %
Restart Salt Minion:
cmd.run:
- name: 'salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion'
- bg: True
- onchanges:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- endif %}
Note that restarting the salt-minion service on Windows operating systems is not always
necessary when performing an upgrade. The installer stops the salt-minion service, removes
it, deletes the contents of the \salt\bin directory, installs the new code, re-creates the
salt-minion service, and starts it (by default). The restart step would be necessary dur‐
ing the upgrade process, however, if the minion config was edited after the upgrade or
installation. If a minion restart is necessary, the state above can be edited as follows:
Restart Salt Minion:
cmd.run:
{%- if grains['kernel'] == 'Windows' %}
- name: 'C:\salt\salt-call.bat --local service.restart salt-minion'
{%- else %}
- name: 'salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion'
{%- endif %}
- bg: True
- onchanges:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
However, it requires more advanced tricks to upgrade from legacy version of Salt (before
2016.3.0) on UNIX-like operating systems, where executing commands in the background is
not supported:
Restart Salt Minion:
cmd.run:
{%- if grains['kernel'] == 'Windows' %}
- name: 'start powershell "Restart-Service -Name salt-minion"'
{%- else %}
# fork and disown the process
- name: |-
exec 0>&- # close stdin
exec 1>&- # close stdout
exec 2>&- # close stderr
nohup salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion &
{%- endif %}
Restart using remote executions
Restart the Minion from the command line:
salt -G kernel:Windows cmd.run_bg 'C:\salt\salt-call.bat --local service.restart salt-mini ↲
on'
salt -C 'not G@kernel:Windows' cmd.run_bg 'salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion'
Salting the Salt Master
In order to configure a master server via states, the Salt master can also be "salted" in
order to enforce state on the Salt master as well as the Salt minions. Salting the Salt
master requires a Salt minion to be installed on the same machine as the Salt master. Once
the Salt minion is installed, the minion configuration file must be pointed to the local
Salt master:
master: 127.0.0.1
Once the Salt master has been "salted" with a Salt minion, it can be targeted just like
any other minion. If the minion on the salted master is running, the minion can be tar‐
geted via any usual salt command. Additionally, the salt-call command can execute opera‐
tions to enforce state on the salted master without requiring the minion to be running.
More information about salting the Salt master can be found in the salt-formula for salt
itself:
https://github.com/saltstack-formulas/salt-formula
Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure?
Because grains can be set by users that have access to the minion configuration files on
the local system, grains are considered less secure than other identifiers in Salt. Use
caution when targeting sensitive operations or setting pillar values based on grain data.
The only grain which can be safely used is grains['id'] which contains the Minion ID.
When possible, you should target sensitive operations and data using the Minion ID. If the
Minion ID of a system changes, the Salt Minion's public key must be re-accepted by an
administrator on the Salt Master, making it less vulnerable to impersonation attacks.
Why Did the Value for a Grain Change on Its Own?
This is usually the result of an upstream change in an OS distribution that replaces or
removes something that Salt was using to detect the grain. Fortunately, when this occurs,
you can use Salt to fix it with a command similar to the following:
salt -G 'grain:ChangedValue' grains.setvals "{'grain': 'OldValue'}"
(Replacing grain, ChangedValue, and OldValue with the grain and values that you want to
change / set.)
You should also file an issue describing the change so it can be fixed in Salt.
Salt Best Practices
Salt's extreme flexibility leads to many questions concerning the structure of configura‐
tion files.
This document exists to clarify these points through examples and code.
General rules
1. Modularity and clarity should be emphasized whenever possible.
2. Create clear relations between pillars and states.
3. Use variables when it makes sense but don't overuse them.
4. Store sensitive data in pillar.
5. Don't use grains for matching in your pillar top file for any sensitive pillars.
Structuring States and Formulas
When structuring Salt States and Formulas it is important to begin with the directory
structure. A proper directory structure clearly defines the functionality of each state to
the user via visual inspection of the state's name.
Reviewing the MySQL Salt Formula it is clear to see the benefits to the end-user when
reviewing a sample of the available states:
/srv/salt/mysql/files/
/srv/salt/mysql/client.sls
/srv/salt/mysql/map.jinja
/srv/salt/mysql/python.sls
/srv/salt/mysql/server.sls
This directory structure would lead to these states being referenced in a top file in the
following way:
base:
'web*':
- mysql.client
- mysql.python
'db*':
- mysql.server
This clear definition ensures that the user is properly informed of what each state will
do.
Another example comes from the vim-formula:
/srv/salt/vim/files/
/srv/salt/vim/absent.sls
/srv/salt/vim/init.sls
/srv/salt/vim/map.jinja
/srv/salt/vim/nerdtree.sls
/srv/salt/vim/pyflakes.sls
/srv/salt/vim/salt.sls
Once again viewing how this would look in a top file:
/srv/salt/top.sls:
base:
'web*':
- vim
- vim.nerdtree
- vim.pyflakes
- vim.salt
'db*':
- vim.absent
The usage of a clear top-level directory as well as properly named states reduces the
overall complexity and leads a user to both understand what will be included at a glance
and where it is located.
In addition Formulas should be used as often as possible.
NOTE:
Formulas repositories on the saltstack-formulas GitHub organization should not be
pointed to directly from systems that automatically fetch new updates such as GitFS or
similar tooling. Instead formulas repositories should be forked on GitHub or cloned
locally, where unintended, automatic changes will not take place.
Structuring Pillar Files
Pillars are used to store secure and insecure data pertaining to minions. When designing
the structure of the /srv/pillar directory, the pillars contained within should once again
be focused on clear and concise data which users can easily review, modify, and under‐
stand.
The /srv/pillar/ directory is primarily controlled by top.sls. It should be noted that the
pillar top.sls is not used as a location to declare variables and their values. The
top.sls is used as a way to include other pillar files and organize the way they are
matched based on environments or grains.
An example top.sls may be as simple as the following:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- packages
Any number of matchers can be added to the base environment. For example, here is an
expanded version of the Pillar top file stated above:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- packages
'web*':
- apache
- vim
Or an even more complicated example, using a variety of matchers in numerous environments:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- apache
dev:
'os:Debian':
- match: grain
- vim
test:
'* and not G@os: Debian':
- match: compound
- emacs
It is clear to see through these examples how the top file provides users with power but
when used incorrectly it can lead to confusing configurations. This is why it is important
to understand that the top file for pillar is not used for variable definitions.
Each SLS file within the /srv/pillar/ directory should correspond to the states which it
matches.
This would mean that the apache pillar file should contain data relevant to Apache. Struc‐
turing files in this way once again ensures modularity, and creates a consistent under‐
standing throughout our Salt environment. Users can expect that pillar variables found in
an Apache state will live inside of an Apache pillar:
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
name: httpd
config:
tmpl: /etc/httpd/httpd.conf
While this pillar file is simple, it shows how a pillar file explicitly relates to the
state it is associated with.
Variable Flexibility
Salt allows users to define variables in SLS files. When creating a state variables should
provide users with as much flexibility as possible. This means that variables should be
clearly defined and easy to manipulate, and that sane defaults should exist in the event a
variable is not properly defined. Looking at several examples shows how these different
items can lead to extensive flexibility.
Although it is possible to set variables locally, this is generally not preferred:
/srv/salt/apache/conf.sls:
{% set name = 'httpd' %}
{% set tmpl = 'salt://apache/files/httpd.conf' %}
include:
- apache
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ name }}
- source: {{ tmpl }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
When generating this information it can be easily transitioned to the pillar where data
can be overwritten, modified, and applied to multiple states, or locations within a single
state:
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
name: httpd
config:
tmpl: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
/srv/salt/apache/conf.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
include:
- apache
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:name') }}
- source: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:config:tmpl') }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
This flexibility provides users with a centralized location to modify variables, which is
extremely important as an environment grows.
Modularity Within States
Ensuring that states are modular is one of the key concepts to understand within Salt.
When creating a state a user must consider how many times the state could be re-used, and
what it relies on to operate. Below are several examples which will iteratively explain
how a user can go from a state which is not very modular to one that is:
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
httpd:
pkg.installed: []
service.running:
- enable: True
/etc/httpd/httpd.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
- template: jinja
- watch_in:
- service: httpd
The example above is probably the worst-case scenario when writing a state. There is a
clear lack of focus by naming both the pkg/service, and managed file directly as the state
ID. This would lead to changing multiple requires within this state, as well as others
that may depend upon the state.
Imagine if a require was used for the httpd package in another state, and then suddenly
it's a custom package. Now changes need to be made in multiple locations which increases
the complexity and leads to a more error prone configuration.
There is also the issue of having the configuration file located in the init, as a user
would be unable to simply install the service and use the default conf file.
Our second revision begins to address the referencing by using - name, as opposed to
direct ID references:
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: httpd
service.running:
- name: httpd
- enable: True
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: /etc/httpd/httpd.conf
- source: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
- template: jinja
- watch_in:
- service: apache
The above init file is better than our original, yet it has several issues which lead to a
lack of modularity. The first of these problems is the usage of static values for items
such as the name of the service, the name of the managed file, and the source of the man‐
aged file. When these items are hard coded they become difficult to modify and the oppor‐
tunity to make mistakes arises. It also leads to multiple edits that need to occur when
changing these items (imagine if there were dozens of these occurrences throughout the
state!). There is also still the concern of the configuration file data living in the same
state as the service and package.
In the next example steps will be taken to begin addressing these issues. Starting with
the addition of a map.jinja file (as noted in the Formula documentation), and modification
of static values:
/srv/salt/apache/map.jinja:
{% set apache = salt['grains.filter_by']({
'Debian': {
'server': 'apache2',
'service': 'apache2',
'conf': '/etc/apache2/apache.conf',
},
'RedHat': {
'server': 'httpd',
'service': 'httpd',
'conf': '/etc/httpd/httpd.conf',
},
}, merge=salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup')) %}
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
config:
tmpl: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ apache.server }}
service.running:
- name: {{ apache.service }}
- enable: True
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ apache.conf }}
- source: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:config:tmpl') }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
The changes to this state now allow us to easily identify the location of the variables,
as well as ensuring they are flexible and easy to modify. While this takes another step
in the right direction, it is not yet complete. Suppose the user did not want to use the
provided conf file, or even their own configuration file, but the default apache conf.
With the current state setup this is not possible. To attain this level of modularity this
state will need to be broken into two states.
/srv/salt/apache/map.jinja:
{% set apache = salt['grains.filter_by']({
'Debian': {
'server': 'apache2',
'service': 'apache2',
'conf': '/etc/apache2/apache.conf',
},
'RedHat': {
'server': 'httpd',
'service': 'httpd',
'conf': '/etc/httpd/httpd.conf',
},
}, merge=salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup')) %}
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
config:
tmpl: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ apache.server }}
service.running:
- name: {{ apache.service }}
- enable: True
/srv/salt/apache/conf.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
include:
- apache
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ apache.conf }}
- source: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:config:tmpl') }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
This new structure now allows users to choose whether they only wish to install the
default Apache, or if they wish, overwrite the default package, service, configuration
file location, or the configuration file itself. In addition to this the data has been
broken between multiple files allowing for users to identify where they need to change the
associated data.
Storing Secure Data
Secure data refers to any information that you would not wish to share with anyone access‐
ing a server. This could include data such as passwords, keys, or other information.
As all data within a state is accessible by EVERY server that is connected it is important
to store secure data within pillar. This will ensure that only those servers which require
this secure data have access to it. In this example a use can go from an insecure configu‐
ration to one which is only accessible by the appropriate hosts:
/srv/salt/mysql/testerdb.sls:
testdb:
mysql_database.present:
- name: testerdb
/srv/salt/mysql/user.sls:
include:
- mysql.testerdb
testdb_user:
mysql_user.present:
- name: frank
- password: "test3rdb"
- host: localhost
- require:
- sls: mysql.testerdb
Many users would review this state and see that the password is there in plain text, which
is quite problematic. It results in several issues which may not be immediately visible.
The first of these issues is clear to most users -- the password being visible in this
state. This means that any minion will have a copy of this, and therefore the password
which is a major security concern as minions may not be locked down as tightly as the mas‐
ter server.
The other issue that can be encountered is access by users on the master. If everyone has
access to the states (or their repository), then they are able to review this password.
Keeping your password data accessible by only a few users is critical for both security
and peace of mind.
There is also the issue of portability. When a state is configured this way it results in
multiple changes needing to be made. This was discussed in the sections above but it is a
critical idea to drive home. If states are not portable it may result in more work later!
Fixing this issue is relatively simple, the content just needs to be moved to the associ‐
ated pillar:
/srv/pillar/mysql.sls:
mysql:
lookup:
name: testerdb
password: test3rdb
user: frank
host: localhost
/srv/salt/mysql/testerdb.sls:
testdb:
mysql_database.present:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:name') }}
/srv/salt/mysql/user.sls:
include:
- mysql.testerdb
testdb_user:
mysql_user.present:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:user') }}
- password: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:password') }}
- host: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:host') }}
- require:
- sls: mysql.testerdb
Now that the database details have been moved to the associated pillar file, only machines
which are targeted via pillar will have access to these details. Access to users who
should not be able to review these details can also be prevented while ensuring that they
are still able to write states which take advantage of this information.
@saltstack.com, Seth House <@saltstack.com>
:maturity: new
:depends: python-mysqldb
:platform: all
The maintainer field is a comma-delimited list of developers who help maintain this mod‐
ule.
The maturity field indicates the level of quality and testing for this module. Standard
labels will be determined.
The depends field is a comma-delimited list of modules that this module depends on.
The platform field is a comma-delimited list of platforms that this module is known to run
on.
Log Output
You can call the logger from custom modules to write messages to the minion logs. The fol‐
lowing code snippet demonstrates writing log messages:
import logging
log = logging.getLogger(__name__)
log.info('Here is Some Information')
log.warning('You Should Not Do That')
log.error('It Is Busted')
Aliasing Functions
Sometimes one wishes to use a function name that would shadow a python built-in. A common
example would be set(). To support this, append an underscore to the function definition,
def set_():, and use the __func_alias__ feature to provide an alias to the function.
__func_alias__ is a dictionary where each key is the name of a function in the module, and
each value is a string representing the alias for that function. When calling an aliased
function from a different execution module, state module, or from the cli, the alias name
should be used.
__func_alias__ = {
'set_': 'set',
'list_': 'list',
}
Private Functions
In Salt, Python callable objects contained within an execution module are made available
to the Salt minion for use. The only exception to this rule is a callable object with a
name starting with an underscore _.
Objects Loaded Into the Salt Minion
def foo(bar):
return bar
Objects NOT Loaded into the Salt Minion
def _foobar(baz): # Preceded with an _
return baz
cheese = {} # Not a callable Python object
Useful Decorators for Modules
Depends Decorator
When writing execution modules there are many times where some of the module will work on
all hosts but some functions have an external dependency, such as a service that needs to
be installed or a binary that needs to be present on the system.
Instead of trying to wrap much of the code in large try/except blocks, a decorator can be
used.
If the dependencies passed to the decorator don't exist, then the salt minion will remove
those functions from the module on that host.
If a fallback_function is defined, it will replace the function instead of removing it
import logging
from salt.utils.decorators import depends
log = logging.getLogger(__name__)
try:
import dependency_that_sometimes_exists
except ImportError as e:
log.trace('Failed to import dependency_that_sometimes_exists: {0}'.format(e))
@depends('dependency_that_sometimes_exists')
def foo():
'''
Function with a dependency on the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" module,
if the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" is missing this function will not exist
'''
return True
def _fallback():
'''
Fallback function for the depends decorator to replace a function with
'''
return '"dependency_that_sometimes_exists" needs to be installed for this function to ↲
exist'
@depends('dependency_that_sometimes_exists', fallback_function=_fallback)
def foo():
'''
Function with a dependency on the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" module.
If the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" is missing this function will be
replaced with "_fallback"
'''
return True
In addition to global dependencies the depends decorator also supports raw booleans.
from salt.utils.decorators import depends
HAS_DEP = False
try:
import dependency_that_sometimes_exists
HAS_DEP = True
except ImportError:
pass
@depends(HAS_DEP)
def foo():
return True
NAME
salt - Salt DocumentationINSTALLATION
This section contains instructions to install Salt. If you are setting up your environment for the first time, you should install a Salt master on a dedicated management server or VM, and then install a Salt minion on each system that you want to manage using Salt. For now you don't need to worry about your architecture, you can easily add components and modify your configuration later without needing to reinstall anything. The general installation process is as follows: 1. Install a Salt master using the instructions for your platform or by running the Salt bootstrap script. If you use the bootstrap script, be sure to include the -M option to install the Salt master. 2. Make sure that your Salt minions can find the Salt master. 3. Install the Salt minion on each system that you want to manage. 4. Accept the Salt minion keys after the Salt minion connects. After this, you should be able to run a simple command and receive returns from all con‐ nected Salt minions. salt '*' test.ping Quick Install On most distributions, you can set up a Salt Minion with the Salt bootstrap. Platform-specific Installation Instructions These guides go into detail how to install Salt on a given platform. Arch Linux Installation Salt (stable) is currently available via the Arch Linux Official repositories. There are currently -git packages available in the Arch User repositories (AUR) as well. Stable Release Install Salt stable releases from the Arch Linux Official repositories as follows: pacman -S salt Tracking develop To install the bleeding edge version of Salt (may include bugs!), use the -git package. Installing the -git package as follows: wget https://aur.archlinux.org/packages/sa/salt-git/salt-git.tar.gz tar xf salt-git.tar.gz cd salt-git/ makepkg -is NOTE: yaourt If a tool such as Yaourt is used, the dependencies will be gathered and built automati‐ cally. The command to install salt using the yaourt tool is: yaourt salt-git Post-installation tasks systemd Activate the Salt Master and/or Minion via systemctl as follows: systemctl enable salt-master.service systemctl enable salt-minion.service Start the Master Once you've completed all of these steps you're ready to start your Salt Master. You should be able to start your Salt Master now using the command seen here: systemctl start salt-master Now go to the Configuring Salt page. Debian GNU/Linux / Raspbian Debian GNU/Linux distribution and some derivatives such as Raspbian already have included Salt packages to their repositories. However, current stable release codenamed "Jessie" contains old outdated Salt release. It is recommended to use SaltStack repository for Debian as described below. Installation from official Debian and Raspbian repositories is described here. Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Packages for Debian 9 (Stretch) and Debian 8 (Jessie) are available in the Official Salt‐ Stack repository. Instructions are at https://repo.saltstack.com/#debian. NOTE: Regular security support for Debian 7 ended on April 25th 2016. As a result, 2016.3.1 and 2015.8.10 will be the last Salt releases for which Debian 7 packages are created. Installation from the Debian / Raspbian Official Repository Stretch (Testing) and Sid (Unstable) distributions are already contain mostly up-to-date Salt packages built by Debian Salt Team. You can install Salt components directly from Debian. On Jessie (Stable) there is an option to install Salt minion from Stretch with python-tor‐ nado dependency from jessie-backports repositories. To install fresh release of Salt minion on Jessie: 1. Add jessie-backports and stretch repositories: Debian: echo 'deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian jessie-backports main' >> /etc/apt/sources ↲ .list echo 'deb http://httpredir.debian.org/debian stretch main' >> /etc/apt/sources.list Raspbian: echo 'deb http://archive.raspbian.org/raspbian/ stretch main' >> /etc/apt/sources.list 2. Make Jessie a default release: echo 'APT::Default-Release "jessie";' > /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10apt 3. Install Salt dependencies: Debian: apt-get update apt-get install python-zmq python-systemd/jessie-backports python-tornado/jessie-backpo ↲ rts salt-common/stretch Raspbian: apt-get update apt-get install python-zmq python-tornado/stretch salt-common/stretch 4. Install Salt minion package from Stretch: apt-get install salt-minion/stretch Install Packages Install the Salt master, minion or other packages from the repository with the apt-get command. These examples each install one of Salt components, but more than one package name may be given at a time: · apt-get install salt-api · apt-get install salt-cloud · apt-get install salt-master · apt-get install salt-minion · apt-get install salt-ssh · apt-get install salt-syndic Post-installation tasks Now, go to the Configuring Salt page. Arista EOS Salt minion installation guide The Salt minion for Arista EOS is distributed as a SWIX extension and can be installed directly on the switch. The EOS network operating system is based on old Fedora distribu‐ tions and the installation of the salt-minion requires backports. This SWIX extension con‐ tains the necessary backports, together with the Salt basecode. NOTE: This SWIX extension has been tested on Arista DCS-7280SE-68-R, running EOS 4.17.5M and vEOS 4.18.3F. Important Notes This package is in beta, make sure to test it carefully before running it in production. If confirmed working correctly, please report and add a note on this page with the plat‐ form model and EOS version. If you want to uninstall this package, please refer to the uninstalling section. Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Download the swix package and save it to flash. veos#copy https://salt-eos.netops.life/salt-eos-latest.swix flash: veos#copy https://salt-eos.netops.life/startup.sh flash: Install the Extension Copy the Salt package to extension veos#copy flash:salt-eos-latest.swix extension: Install the SWIX veos#extension salt-eos-latest.swix force Verify the installation veos#show extensions | include salt-eos salt-eos-2017-07-19.swix 1.0.11/1.fc25 A, F 27 Change the Salt master IP address or FQDN, by edit the variable (SALT_MASTER) veos#bash vi /mnt/flash/startup.sh Make sure you enable the eAPI with unix-socket veos(config)#management api http-commands protocol unix-socket no shutdown Post-installation tasks Generate Keys and host record and start Salt minion veos#bash #sudo /mnt/flash/startup.sh salt-minion should be running Copy the installed extensions to boot-extensions veos#copy installed-extensions boot-extensions Apply event-handler to let EOS start salt-minion during boot-up veos(config)#event-handler boot-up-script trigger on-boot action bash sudo /mnt/flash/startup.sh For more specific installation details of the salt-minion, please refer to Configuring Salt. Uninstalling If you decide to uninstall this package, the following steps are recommended for safety: 1. Remove the extension from boot-extensions veos#bash rm /mnt/flash/boot-extensions 2. Remove the extension from extensions folder veos#bash rm /mnt/flash/.extensions/salt-eos-latest.swix 2. Remove boot-up script veos(config)#no event-handler boot-up-script Additional Information This SWIX extension contains the following RPM packages: libsodium-1.0.11-1.fc25.i686.rpm libstdc++-6.2.1-2.fc25.i686.rpm openpgm-5.2.122-6.fc24.i686.rpm python-Jinja2-2.8-0.i686.rpm python-PyYAML-3.12-0.i686.rpm python-babel-0.9.6-5.fc18.noarch.rpm python-backports-1.0-3.fc18.i686.rpm python-backports-ssl_match_hostname-3.4.0.2-1.fc18.noarch.rpm python-backports_abc-0.5-0.i686.rpm python-certifi-2016.9.26-0.i686.rpm python-chardet-2.0.1-5.fc18.noarch.rpm python-crypto-1.4.1-1.noarch.rpm python-crypto-2.6.1-1.fc18.i686.rpm python-futures-3.1.1-1.noarch.rpm python-jtextfsm-0.3.1-0.noarch.rpm python-kitchen-1.1.1-2.fc18.noarch.rpm python-markupsafe-0.18-1.fc18.i686.rpm python-msgpack-python-0.4.8-0.i686.rpm python-napalm-base-0.24.3-1.noarch.rpm python-napalm-eos-0.6.0-1.noarch.rpm python-netaddr-0.7.18-0.noarch.rpm python-pyeapi-0.7.0-0.noarch.rpm python-salt-2017.7.0_1414_g2fb986f-1.noarch.rpm python-singledispatch-3.4.0.3-0.i686.rpm python-six-1.10.0-0.i686.rpm python-tornado-4.4.2-0.i686.rpm python-urllib3-1.5-7.fc18.noarch.rpm python2-zmq-15.3.0-2.fc25.i686.rpm zeromq-4.1.4-5.fc25.i686.rpm Fedora Beginning with version 0.9.4, Salt has been available in the primary Fedora repositories and EPEL. It is installable using yum or dnf, depending on your version of Fedora. NOTE: Released versions of Salt starting with 2015.5.2 through 2016.3.2 do not have Fedora packages available though EPEL. To install a version of Salt within this release array, please use SaltStack's Bootstrap Script and use the git method of installing Salt using the version's associated release tag. Release 2016.3.3 and onward will have packaged versions available via EPEL. WARNING: Fedora 19 comes with systemd 204. Systemd has known bugs fixed in later revi‐ sions that prevent the salt-master from starting reliably or opening the network connec‐ tions that it needs to. It's not likely that a salt-master will start or run reliably on any distribution that uses systemd version 204 or earlier. Running salt-minions should be OK. Installation Salt can be installed using yum and is available in the standard Fedora repositories. Stable Release Salt is packaged separately for the minion and the master. It is necessary only to install the appropriate package for the role the machine will play. Typically, there will be one master and multiple minions. yum install salt-master yum install salt-minion Installing from updates-testing When a new Salt release is packaged, it is first admitted into the updates-testing reposi‐ tory, before being moved to the stable repo. To install from updates-testing, use the enablerepo argument for yum: yum --enablerepo=updates-testing install salt-master yum --enablerepo=updates-testing install salt-minion Installation Using pip Since Salt is on PyPI, it can be installed using pip, though most users prefer to install using a package manager. Installing from pip has a few additional requirements: · Install the group 'Development Tools', dnf groupinstall 'Development Tools' · Install the 'zeromq-devel' package if it fails on linking against that afterwards as well. A pip install does not make the init scripts or the /etc/salt directory, and you will need to provide your own systemd service unit. Installation from pip: pip install salt WARNING: If installing from pip (or from source using setup.py install), be advised that the yum-utils package is needed for Salt to manage packages. Also, if the Python dependen‐ cies are not already installed, then you will need additional libraries/tools installed to build some of them. More information on this can be found here. Post-installation tasks Master To have the Master start automatically at boot time: systemctl enable salt-master.service To start the Master: systemctl start salt-master.service Minion To have the Minion start automatically at boot time: systemctl enable salt-minion.service To start the Minion: systemctl start salt-minion.service Now go to the Configuring Salt page. FreeBSD Installation Salt is available in binary package form from both the FreeBSD pkgng repository or directly from SaltStack. The instructions below outline installation via both methods: FreeBSD repo The FreeBSD pkgng repository is preconfigured on systems 10.x and above. No configuration is needed to pull from these repositories. pkg install py27-salt These packages are usually available within a few days of upstream release. SaltStack repo SaltStack also hosts internal binary builds of the Salt package, available from https://repo.saltstack.com/freebsd/. To make use of this repository, add the following file to your system: /usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/saltstack.conf: saltstack: { url: "https://repo.saltstack.com/freebsd/${ABI}/", enabled: yes } You should now be able to install Salt from this new repository: pkg install py27-salt These packages are usually available earlier than upstream FreeBSD. Also available are release candidates and development releases. Use these pre-release packages with caution. Post-installation tasks Master Copy the sample configuration file: cp /usr/local/etc/salt/master.sample /usr/local/etc/salt/master rc.conf Activate the Salt Master in /etc/rc.conf: sysrc salt_master_enable="YES" Start the Master Start the Salt Master as follows: service salt_master start Minion Copy the sample configuration file: cp /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.sample /usr/local/etc/salt/minion rc.conf Activate the Salt Minion in /etc/rc.conf: sysrc salt_minion_enable="YES" Start the Minion Start the Salt Minion as follows: service salt_minion start Now go to the Configuring Salt page. Gentoo Salt can be easily installed on Gentoo via Portage: emerge app-admin/salt Post-installation tasks Now go to the Configuring Salt page. OpenBSD Salt was added to the OpenBSD ports tree on Aug 10th 2013. It has been tested on OpenBSD 5.5 onwards. Salt is dependent on the following additional ports. These will be installed as dependen‐ cies of the sysutils/salt port: devel/py-futures devel/py-progressbar net/py-msgpack net/py-zmq security/py-crypto security/py-M2Crypto textproc/py-MarkupSafe textproc/py-yaml www/py-jinja2 www/py-requests www/py-tornado Installation To install Salt from the OpenBSD pkg repo, use the command: pkg_add salt Post-installation tasks Master To have the Master start automatically at boot time: rcctl enable salt_master To start the Master: rcctl start salt_master Minion To have the Minion start automatically at boot time: rcctl enable salt_minion To start the Minion: rcctl start salt_minion Now go to the Configuring Salt page. macOS Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Latest stable build from the selected branch: The output of md5 <salt pkg> should match the contents of the corresponding md5 file. Earlier builds from supported branches Archived builds from unsupported branches Installation from Homebrew brew install saltstack It should be noted that Homebrew explicitly discourages the use of sudo: Homebrew is designed to work without using sudo. You can decide to use it but we strongly recommend not to do so. If you have used sudo and run into a bug then it is likely to be the cause. Please don’t file a bug report unless you can reproduce it after reinstalling Homebrew from scratch without using sudo Installation from MacPorts sudo port install salt Installation from Pip When only using the macOS system's pip, install this way: sudo pip install salt Salt-Master Customizations NOTE: Salt master on macOS is not tested or supported by SaltStack. See SaltStack Platform Support for more information. To run salt-master on macOS, sudo add this configuration option to the /etc/salt/master file: max_open_files: 8192 On versions previous to macOS 10.10 (Yosemite), increase the root user maxfiles limit: sudo launchctl limit maxfiles 4096 8192 NOTE: On macOS 10.10 (Yosemite) and higher, maxfiles should not be adjusted. The default lim‐ its are sufficient in all but the most extreme scenarios. Overriding these values with the setting below will cause system instability! Now the salt-master should run without errors: sudo salt-master --log-level=all Post-installation tasks Now go to the Configuring Salt page. RHEL / CentOS / Scientific Linux / Amazon Linux / Oracle Linux Salt should work properly with all mainstream derivatives of Red Hat Enterprise Linux, including CentOS, Scientific Linux, Oracle Linux, and Amazon Linux. Report any bugs or issues on the issue tracker. Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Packages for Redhat, CentOS, and Amazon Linux are available in the SaltStack Repository. · Red Hat / CentOS · Amazon Linux NOTE: As of 2015.8.0, EPEL repository is no longer required for installing on RHEL systems. SaltStack repository provides all needed dependencies. WARNING: If installing on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 with disabled (not subscribed on) 'RHEL Server Releases' or 'RHEL Server Optional Channel' repositories, append CentOS 7 GPG key URL to SaltStack yum repository configuration to install required base packages: [saltstack-repo] name=SaltStack repo for Red Hat Enterprise Linux $releasever baseurl=https://repo.saltstack.com/yum/redhat/$releasever/$basearch/latest enabled=1 gpgcheck=1 gpgkey=https://repo.saltstack.com/yum/redhat/$releasever/$basearch/latest/SALTSTACK-GP ↲ G-KEY.pub https://repo.saltstack.com/yum/redhat/$releasever/$basearch/latest/base/RPM-GPG ↲ -KEY-CentOS-7 NOTE: systemd and systemd-python are required by Salt, but are not installed by the Red Hat 7 @base installation or by the Salt installation. These dependencies might need to be installed before Salt. Installation from the Community-Maintained Repository Beginning with version 0.9.4, Salt has been available in EPEL. For RHEL/CentOS 5, Fedora COPR is a single community repository that provides Salt packages due to the removal from EPEL5. NOTE: Packages in these repositories are built by community, and it can take a little while until the latest stable SaltStack release become available. RHEL/CentOS 6 and 7, Scientific Linux, etc. WARNING: Salt 2015.8 is currently not available in EPEL due to unsatisfied dependencies: python-crypto 2.6.1 or higher, and python-tornado version 4.2.1 or higher. These pack‐ ages are not currently available in EPEL for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and 7. Enabling EPEL If the EPEL repository is not installed on your system, you can download the RPM for RHEL/CentOS 6 or for RHEL/CentOS 7 and install it using the following command: rpm -Uvh epel-release-X-Y.rpm Replace epel-release-X-Y.rpm with the appropriate filename. Installing Stable Release Salt is packaged separately for the minion and the master. It is necessary to install only the appropriate package for the role the machine will play. Typically, there will be one master and multiple minions. · yum install salt-master · yum install salt-minion · yum install salt-ssh · yum install salt-syndic · yum install salt-cloud Installing from epel-testing When a new Salt release is packaged, it is first admitted into the epel-testing reposi‐ tory, before being moved to the stable EPEL repository. To install from epel-testing, use the enablerepo argument for yum: yum --enablerepo=epel-testing install salt-minion Installation Using pip Since Salt is on PyPI, it can be installed using pip, though most users prefer to install using RPM packages (which can be installed from EPEL). Installing from pip has a few additional requirements: · Install the group 'Development Tools', yum groupinstall 'Development Tools' · Install the 'zeromq-devel' package if it fails on linking against that afterwards as well. A pip install does not make the init scripts or the /etc/salt directory, and you will need to provide your own systemd service unit. Installation from pip: pip install salt WARNING: If installing from pip (or from source using setup.py install), be advised that the yum-utils package is needed for Salt to manage packages. Also, if the Python dependen‐ cies are not already installed, then you will need additional libraries/tools installed to build some of them. More information on this can be found here. ZeroMQ 4 We recommend using ZeroMQ 4 where available. SaltStack provides ZeroMQ 4.0.5 and pyzmq 14.5.0 in the SaltStack Repository as well as a separate zeromq4 COPR repository. If this repository is added before Salt is installed, then installing either salt-master or salt-minion will automatically pull in ZeroMQ 4.0.5, and additional steps to upgrade ZeroMQ and pyzmq are unnecessary. WARNING: RHEL/CentOS 5 Users Using COPR repos on RHEL/CentOS 5 requires that the python-hashlib package be installed. Not having it present will result in checksum errors because YUM will not be able to process the SHA256 checksums used by COPR. NOTE: For RHEL/CentOS 5 installations, if using the SaltStack repo or Fedora COPR to install Salt (as described above), then it is not necessary to enable the zeromq4 COPR, because those repositories already include ZeroMQ 4. Package Management Salt's interface to yum makes heavy use of the repoquery utility, from the yum-utils pack‐ age. This package will be installed as a dependency if salt is installed via EPEL. How‐ ever, if salt has been installed using pip, or a host is being managed using salt-ssh, then as of version 2014.7.0 yum-utils will be installed automatically to satisfy this dependency. Post-installation tasks Master To have the Master start automatically at boot time: RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6 chkconfig salt-master on RHEL/CentOS 7 systemctl enable salt-master.service To start the Master: RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6 service salt-master start RHEL/CentOS 7 systemctl start salt-master.service Minion To have the Minion start automatically at boot time: RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6 chkconfig salt-minion on RHEL/CentOS 7 systemctl enable salt-minion.service To start the Minion: RHEL/CentOS 5 and 6 service salt-minion start RHEL/CentOS 7 systemctl start salt-minion.service Now go to the Configuring Salt page. Solaris Salt is known to work on Solaris but community packages are unmaintained. It is possible to install Salt on Solaris by using setuptools. For example, to install the develop version of salt: git clone https://github.com/saltstack/salt cd salt sudo python setup.py install --force NOTE: SaltStack does offer commerical support for Solaris which includes packages. Ubuntu Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Packages for Ubuntu 16 (Xenial), Ubuntu 14 (Trusty), and Ubuntu 12 (Precise) are available in the SaltStack repository. Instructions are at https://repo.saltstack.com/#ubuntu. Install Packages Install the Salt master, minion or other packages from the repository with the apt-get command. These examples each install one of Salt components, but more than one package name may be given at a time: · apt-get install salt-api · apt-get install salt-cloud · apt-get install salt-master · apt-get install salt-minion · apt-get install salt-ssh · apt-get install salt-syndic Post-installation tasks Now go to the Configuring Salt page. Windows Salt has full support for running the Salt minion on Windows. You must connect Windows Salt minions to a Salt master on a supported operating system to control your Salt Min‐ ions. Many of the standard Salt modules have been ported to work on Windows and many of the Salt States currently work on Windows as well. Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Latest stable build from the selected branch: The output of md5sum <salt minion exe> should match the contents of the corresponding md5 file. Earlier builds from supported branches Archived builds from unsupported branches NOTE: The installation executable installs dependencies that the Salt minion requires. The 64bit installer has been tested on Windows 7 64bit and Windows Server 2008R2 64bit. The 32bit installer has been tested on Windows 2008 Server 32bit. Please file a bug report on our GitHub repo if issues for other platforms are found. There are installers available for Python 2 and Python 3. The installer will detect previous installations of Salt and ask if you would like to remove them. Clicking OK will remove the Salt binaries and related files but leave any existing config, cache, and PKI information. Salt Minion Installation After the Welcome and the License Agreement, the installer asks for two bits of informa‐ tion to configure the minion; the master hostname and the minion name. The installer will update the minion config with these options. If the installer finds an existing minion config file, these fields will be populated with values from the existing config. The final page allows you to start the minion service and optionally change its startup type. By default, the minion is set to Automatic. You can change the minion start type to Automatic (Delayed Start) by checking the 'Delayed Start' checkbox. NOTE: Highstates that require a reboot may fail after reboot because salt continues the high‐ state before Windows has finished the booting process. This can be fixed by changing the startup type to 'Automatic (Delayed Start)'. The drawback is that it may increase the time it takes for the 'salt-minion' service to actually start. The salt-minion service will appear in the Windows Service Manager and can be managed there or from the command line like any other Windows service. sc start salt-minion net start salt-minion NOTE: If the minion won't start, you may need to install the Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 x64 SP1 redistributable. Allow all Windows updates to run salt-minion smoothly. Installation Prerequisites Most Salt functionality should work just fine right out of the box. A few Salt modules rely on PowerShell. The minimum version of PowerShell required for Salt is version 3. If you intend to work with DSC then Powershell version 5 is the minimum. Silent Installer Options The installer can be run silently by providing the /S option at the command line. The in‐ staller also accepts the following options for configuring the Salt Minion silently: ┌──────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐ │Option │ Description │ ├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │/minion-name= │ A string value to set the minion │ │ │ name. Default is 'hostname' │ ├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │/master= │ A string value to set the IP │ │ │ address or host name of the mas‐ │ │ │ ter. Default value is 'salt' │ ├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │/start-minion= │ Either a 1 or 0. '1' will start │ │ │ the salt-minion service, '0' │ │ │ will not. Default is to start │ │ │ the service after installation. │ ├──────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │/start-minion-delayed │ Set the minion start type to │ │ │ Automatic (Delayed Start) │ └──────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘ NOTE: /start-service has been deprecated but will continue to function as expected for the time being. Here are some examples of using the silent installer: # Install the Salt Minion # Configure the minion and start the service Salt-Minion-2017.7.1-Py2-AMD64-Setup.exe /S /master=yoursaltmaster /minion-name=yourminion ↲ name # Install the Salt Minion # Configure the minion but don't start the minion service Salt-Minion-2017.7.1-Py3-AMD64-Setup.exe /S /master=yoursaltmaster /minion-name=yourminion ↲ name /start-minion=0 Running the Salt Minion on Windows as an Unprivileged User Notes: · These instructions were tested with Windows Server 2008 R2 · They are generalizable to any version of Windows that supports a salt-minion Create the Unprivileged User that the Salt Minion will Run As 1. Click Start > Control Panel > User Accounts. 2. Click Add or remove user accounts. 3. Click Create new account. 4. Enter salt-user (or a name of your preference) in the New account name field. 5. Select the Standard user radio button. 6. Click the Create Account button. 7. Click on the newly created user account. 8. Click the Create a password link. 9. In the New password and Confirm new password fields, provide a password (e.g "Super‐ SecretMinionPassword4Me!"). 10. In the Type a password hint field, provide appropriate text (e.g. "My Salt Password"). 11. Click the Create password button. 12. Close the Change an Account window. Add the New User to the Access Control List for the Salt Folder 1. In a File Explorer window, browse to the path where Salt is installed (the default path is C:\Salt). 2. Right-click on the Salt folder and select Properties. 3. Click on the Security tab. 4. Click the Edit button. 5. Click the Add button. 6. Type the name of your designated Salt user and click the OK button. 7. Check the box to Allow the Modify permission. 8. Click the OK button. 9. Click the OK button to close the Salt Properties window. Update the Windows Service User for the salt-minion Service 1. Click Start > Administrative Tools > Services. 2. In the Services list, right-click on salt-minion and select Properties. 3. Click the Log On tab. 4. Click the This account radio button. 5. Provide the account credentials created in section A. 6. Click the OK button. 7. Click the OK button to the prompt confirming that the user has been granted the Log On As A Service right. 8. Click the OK button to the prompt confirming that The new logon name will not take effect until you stop and restart the service. 9. Right-Click on salt-minion and select Stop. 10. Right-Click on salt-minion and select Start. Building and Developing on Windows This document will explain how to set up a development environment for Salt on Windows. The development environment allows you to work with the source code to customize or fix bugs. It will also allow you to build your own installation. There are several scripts to automate creating a Windows installer as well as setting up an environment that facilitates developing and troubleshooting Salt code. They are located in the pkg\windows directory in the Salt repo (here). Scripts: ┌────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐ │Script │ Description │ ├────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │build_env_2.ps1 │ A PowerShell script that sets up │ │ │ a Python 2 build environment │ ├────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │build_env_3.ps1 │ A PowerShell script that sets up │ │ │ a Python 3 build environment │ ├────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │build_pkg.bat │ A batch file that builds a Win‐ │ │ │ dows installer based on the con‐ │ │ │ tents of the C:\Python27 direc‐ │ │ │ tory │ ├────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤ │build.bat │ A batch file that fully auto‐ │ │ │ mates the building of the Win‐ │ │ │ dows installer using the above │ │ │ two scripts │ └────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘ NOTE: The build.bat and build_pkg.bat scripts both accept a parameter to specify the version of Salt that will be displayed in the Windows installer. If no version is passed, the version will be determined using git. Both scripts also accept an additional parameter to specify the version of Python to use. The default is 2. Prerequisite Software The only prerequisite is Git for Windows. Create a Build Environment 1. Working Directory Create a Salt-Dev directory on the root of C:. This will be our working directory. Navi‐ gate to Salt-Dev and clone the Salt repo from GitHub. Open a command line and type: cd \ md Salt-Dev cd Salt-Dev git clone https://github.com/saltstack/salt Go into the salt directory and checkout the version of salt to work with (2016.3 or higher). cd salt git checkout 2017.7.2 2. Setup the Python Environment Navigate to the pkg\windows directory and execute the build_env.ps1 PowerShell script. cd pkg\windows powershell -file build_env_2.ps1 NOTE: You can also do this from Explorer by navigating to the pkg\windows directory, right clicking the build_env_2.ps1 powershell script and selecting Run with PowerShell This will download and install Python 2 with all the dependencies needed to develop and build Salt. NOTE: If you get an error or the script fails to run you may need to change the execution policy. Open a powershell window and type the following command: Set-ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned 3. Salt in Editable Mode Editable mode allows you to more easily modify and test the source code. For more informa‐ tion see the Pip documentation. Navigate to the root of the salt directory and install Salt in editable mode with pip cd \Salt-Dev\salt pip install -e . NOTE: The . is important NOTE: If pip is not recognized, you may need to restart your shell to get the updated path NOTE: If pip is still not recognized make sure that the Python Scripts folder is in the Sys‐ tem %PATH%. (C:\Python2\Scripts) 4. Setup Salt Configuration Salt requires a minion configuration file and a few other directories. The default config file is named minion located in C:\salt\conf. The easiest way to set this up is to copy the contents of the salt\pkg\windows\buildenv directory to C:\salt. cd \ md salt xcopy /s /e \Salt-Dev\salt\pkg\windows\buildenv\* \salt\ Now go into the C:\salt\conf directory and edit the minion config file named minion (no extension). You need to configure the master and id parameters in this file. Edit the fol‐ lowing lines: master: <ip or name of your master> id: <name of your minion> Create a Windows Installer To create a Windows installer, follow steps 1 and 2 from Create a Build Environment above. Then proceed to 3 below: 3. Install Salt To create the installer for Window we install Salt using Python instead of pip. Navigate to the root salt directory and install Salt. cd \Salt-Dev\salt python setup.py install 4. Create the Windows Installer Navigate to the pkg\windows directory and run the build_pkg.bat with the build version (2017.7.2) and the Python version as parameters. cd pkg\windows build_pkg.bat 2017.7.2 2 ^^^^^^^^ ^ | | # build version -- | # python version ------ NOTE: If no version is passed, the build_pkg.bat will guess the version number using git. If the python version is not passed, the default is 2. Creating a Windows Installer: Alternate Method (Easier) Clone the Salt repo from GitHub into the directory of your choice. We're going to use Salt-Dev. cd \ md Salt-Dev cd Salt-Dev git clone https://github.com/saltstack/salt Go into the salt directory and checkout the version of Salt you want to build. cd salt git checkout 2017.7.2 Then navigate to pkg\windows and run the build.bat script with the version you're build‐ ing. cd pkg\windows build.bat 2017.7.2 3 ^^^^^^^^ ^ | | # build version | # python version -- This will install everything needed to build a Windows installer for Salt using Python 3. The binary will be in the salt\pkg\windows\installer directory. Testing the Salt minion 1. Create the directory C:\salt (if it doesn't exist already) 2. Copy the example conf and var directories from pkg\windows\buildenv into C:\salt 3. Edit C:\salt\conf\minion master: ipaddress or hostname of your salt-master 4. Start the salt-minion cd C:\Python27\Scripts python salt-minion -l debug 5. On the salt-master accept the new minion's key sudo salt-key -A This accepts all unaccepted keys. If you're concerned about security just accept the key for this specific minion. 6. Test that your minion is responding On the salt-master run: sudo salt '*' test.ping You should get the following response: {'your minion hostname': True} Packages Management Under Windows 2003 Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP have both reached End of Support. Though Salt is not officially supported on operating systems that are EoL, some functionality may continue to work. On Windows Server 2003, you need to install optional component "WMI Windows Installer Provider" to get a full list of installed packages. If you don't have this, salt-minion can't report some installed software. SUSE Installation from the Official SaltStack Repository Packages for SUSE 12 SP1, SUSE 12, SUSE 11, openSUSE 13 and openSUSE Leap 42.1 are avail‐ able in the SaltStack Repository. Instructions are at https://repo.saltstack.com/#suse. Installation from the SUSE Repository Since openSUSE 13.2, Salt 2014.1.11 is available in the primary repositories. With the release of SUSE manager 3 a new repository setup has been created. The new repo will by systemsmanagement:saltstack, which is the source for newer stable packages. For backward compatibility a linkpackage will be created to the old devel:language:python repo. All development of suse packages will be done in systemsmanagement:saltstack:testing. This will ensure that salt will be in mainline suse repo's, a stable release repo and a testing repo for further enhancements. Installation Salt can be installed using zypper and is available in the standard openSUSE/SLES reposi‐ tories. Stable Release Salt is packaged separately for the minion and the master. It is necessary only to install the appropriate package for the role the machine will play. Typically, there will be one master and multiple minions. zypper install salt-master zypper install salt-minion Post-installation tasks openSUSE Master To have the Master start automatically at boot time: systemctl enable salt-master.service To start the Master: systemctl start salt-master.service Minion To have the Minion start automatically at boot time: systemctl enable salt-minion.service To start the Minion: systemctl start salt-minion.service Post-installation tasks SLES Master To have the Master start automatically at boot time: chkconfig salt-master on To start the Master: rcsalt-master start Minion To have the Minion start automatically at boot time: chkconfig salt-minion on To start the Minion: rcsalt-minion start Unstable Release openSUSE For openSUSE Tumbleweed run the following as root: zypper addrepo http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/systemsmanagement:/saltstack/open ↲ SUSE_Tumbleweed/systemsmanagement:saltstack.repo zypper refresh zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master For openSUSE 42.1 Leap run the following as root: zypper addrepo http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/systemsmanagement:/saltstack/open ↲ SUSE_Leap_42.1/systemsmanagement:saltstack.repo zypper refresh zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master For openSUSE 13.2 run the following as root: zypper addrepo http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/systemsmanagement:/saltstack/open ↲ SUSE_13.2/systemsmanagement:saltstack.repo zypper refresh zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master SUSE Linux Enterprise For SLE 12 run the following as root: zypper addrepo http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/systemsmanagement:/saltstack/SLE_ ↲ 12/systemsmanagement:saltstack.repo zypper refresh zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master For SLE 11 SP4 run the following as root: zypper addrepo http://download.opensuse.org/repositories/systemsmanagement:/saltstack/SLE_ ↲ 11_SP4/systemsmanagement:saltstack.repo zypper refresh zypper install salt salt-minion salt-master Now go to the Configuring Salt page. Initial Configuration Configuring Salt Salt configuration is very simple. The default configuration for the master will work for most installations and the only requirement for setting up a minion is to set the location of the master in the minion configuration file. The configuration files will be installed to /etc/salt and are named after the respective components, /etc/salt/master, and /etc/salt/minion. Master Configuration By default the Salt master listens on ports 4505 and 4506 on all interfaces (0.0.0.0). To bind Salt to a specific IP, redefine the "interface" directive in the master configuration file, typically /etc/salt/master, as follows: - #interface: 0.0.0.0 + interface: 10.0.0.1 After updating the configuration file, restart the Salt master. See the master configura‐ tion reference for more details about other configurable options. Minion Configuration Although there are many Salt Minion configuration options, configuring a Salt Minion is very simple. By default a Salt Minion will try to connect to the DNS name "salt"; if the Minion is able to resolve that name correctly, no configuration is needed. If the DNS name "salt" does not resolve to point to the correct location of the Master, redefine the "master" directive in the minion configuration file, typically /etc/salt/min‐ ion, as follows: - #master: salt + master: 10.0.0.1 After updating the configuration file, restart the Salt minion. See the minion configura‐ tion reference for more details about other configurable options. Proxy Minion Configuration A proxy minion emulates the behaviour of a regular minion and inherits their options. Similarly, the configuration file is /etc/salt/proxy and the proxy tries to connect to the DNS name "salt". In addition to the regular minion options, there are several proxy-specific - see the proxy minion configuration reference. Running Salt 1. Start the master in the foreground (to daemonize the process, pass the -d flag): salt-master 2. Start the minion in the foreground (to daemonize the process, pass the -d flag): salt-minion Having trouble? The simplest way to troubleshoot Salt is to run the master and minion in the foreground with log level set to debug: salt-master --log-level=debug For information on salt's logging system please see the logging document. Run as an unprivileged (non-root) user To run Salt as another user, set the user parameter in the master config file. Additionally, ownership, and permissions need to be set such that the desired user can read from and write to the following directories (and their subdirecto‐ ries, where applicable): · /etc/salt · /var/cache/salt · /var/log/salt · /var/run/salt More information about running salt as a non-privileged user can be found here. There is also a full troubleshooting guide available. Key Identity Salt provides commands to validate the identity of your Salt master and Salt minions before the initial key exchange. Validating key identity helps avoid inadvertently con‐ necting to the wrong Salt master, and helps prevent a potential MiTM attack when estab‐ lishing the initial connection. Master Key Fingerprint Print the master key fingerprint by running the following command on the Salt master: salt-key -F master Copy the master.pub fingerprint from the Local Keys section, and then set this value as the master_finger in the minion configuration file. Save the configuration file and then restart the Salt minion. Minion Key Fingerprint Run the following command on each Salt minion to view the minion key fingerprint: salt-call --local key.finger Compare this value to the value that is displayed when you run the salt-key --finger <MIN‐ ION_ID> command on the Salt master. Key Management Salt uses AES encryption for all communication between the Master and the Minion. This ensures that the commands sent to the Minions cannot be tampered with, and that communica‐ tion between Master and Minion is authenticated through trusted, accepted keys. Before commands can be sent to a Minion, its key must be accepted on the Master. Run the salt-key command to list the keys known to the Salt Master: [root@master ~]# salt-key -L Unaccepted Keys: alpha bravo charlie delta Accepted Keys: This example shows that the Salt Master is aware of four Minions, but none of the keys has been accepted. To accept the keys and allow the Minions to be controlled by the Master, again use the salt-key command: [root@master ~]# salt-key -A [root@master ~]# salt-key -L Unaccepted Keys: Accepted Keys: alpha bravo charlie delta The salt-key command allows for signing keys individually or in bulk. The example above, using -A bulk-accepts all pending keys. To accept keys individually use the lowercase of the same option, -a keyname. SEE ALSO: salt-key manpage Sending Commands Communication between the Master and a Minion may be verified by running the test.ping command: [root@master ~]# salt alpha test.ping alpha: True Communication between the Master and all Minions may be tested in a similar way: [root@master ~]# salt '*' test.ping alpha: True bravo: True charlie: True delta: True Each of the Minions should send a True response as shown above. What's Next? Understanding targeting is important. From there, depending on the way you wish to use Salt, you should also proceed to learn about Remote Execution and Configuration Manage‐ ment. Additional Installation Guides Salt Bootstrap The Salt Bootstrap script allows for a user to install the Salt Minion or Master on a variety of system distributions and versions. This shell script known as bootstrap-salt.sh runs through a series of checks to determine the operating system type and version. It then installs the Salt binaries using the appropriate methods. The Salt Bootstrap script installs the minimum number of packages required to run Salt. This means that in the event you run the bootstrap to install via package, Git will not be installed. Installing the minimum number of packages helps ensure the script stays as lightweight as possible, assuming the user will install any other required packages after the Salt binaries are present on the system. The script source is available on GitHub: https://github.com/saltstack/salt-bootstrap Supported Operating Systems NOTE: In the event you do not see your distribution or version available please review the develop branch on GitHub as it may contain updates that are not present in the stable release: https://github.com/saltstack/salt-bootstrap/tree/develop Debian and derivatives · Debian GNU/Linux 7/8 · Linux Mint Debian Edition 1 (based on Debian 8) · Kali Linux 1.0 (based on Debian 7) Red Hat family · Amazon Linux 2012.09/2013.03/2013.09/2014.03/2014.09 · CentOS 5/6/7 · Fedora 17/18/20/21/22 · Oracle Linux 5/6/7 · Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5/6/7 · Scientific Linux 5/6/7 SUSE family · openSUSE 12/13 · openSUSE Leap 42 · openSUSE Tumbleweed 2015 · SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1/11 SP2/11 SP3/12 Ubuntu and derivatives · Elementary OS 0.2 (based on Ubuntu 12.04) · Linaro 12.04 · Linux Mint 13/14/16/17 · Trisquel GNU/Linux 6 (based on Ubuntu 12.04) · Ubuntu 10.x/11.x/12.x/13.x/14.x/15.x/16.x Other Linux distro · Arch Linux · Gentoo UNIX systems BSD: · OpenBSD (pip installation) · FreeBSD 9/10/11 SunOS: · SmartOS Example Usage If you're looking for the one-liner to install Salt, please scroll to the bottom and use the instructions for Installing via an Insecure One-Liner NOTE: In every two-step example, you would be well-served to examine the downloaded file and examine it to ensure that it does what you expect. The Salt Bootstrap script has a wide variety of options that can be passed as well as sev‐ eral ways of obtaining the bootstrap script itself. NOTE: These examples below show how to bootstrap Salt directly from GitHub or other Git repository. Run the script without any parameters to get latest stable Salt packages for your system from SaltStack corporate repository. See first example in the Install using wget section. Install using curl Using curl to install latest development version from GitHub: curl -o bootstrap-salt.sh -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh git develop If you want to install a specific release version (based on the Git tags): curl -o bootstrap-salt.sh -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh git v2015.8.8 To install a specific branch from a Git fork: curl -o bootstrap-salt.sh -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh -g https://github.com/myuser/salt.git git mybranch If all you want is to install a salt-master using latest Git: curl -o bootstrap-salt.sh -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh -M -N git develop If your host has Internet access only via HTTP proxy: PROXY='http://user:@myproxy.example.com:3128'
curl -o bootstrap-salt.sh -L -x "$PROXY" https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh -G -H "$PROXY" git
Install using wget
Using wget to install your distribution's stable packages:
wget -O bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh
Downloading the script from develop branch:
wget -O bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com/develop
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh
Installing a specific version from git using wget:
wget -O bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh -P git v2015.8.8
NOTE:
On the above example we added -P which will allow PIP packages to be installed if
required but it's not a necessary flag for Git based bootstraps.
Install using Python
If you already have Python installed, python 2.6, then it's as easy as:
python -m urllib "https://bootstrap.saltstack.com" > bootstrap-salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh git develop
All Python versions should support the following in-line code:
python -c 'import urllib; print urllib.urlopen("https://bootstrap.saltstack.com").read()' ↲
> bootstrap-salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh git develop
Install using fetch
On a FreeBSD base system you usually don't have either of the above binaries available.
You do have fetch available though:
fetch -o bootstrap-salt.sh https://bootstrap.saltstack.com
sudo sh bootstrap-salt.sh
If you have any SSL issues install ca_root_nssp:
pkg install ca_root_nssp
And either copy the certificates to the place where fetch can find them:
cp /usr/local/share/certs/ca-root-nss.crt /etc/ssl/cert.pem
Or link them to the right place:
ln -s /usr/local/share/certs/ca-root-nss.crt /etc/ssl/cert.pem
Installing via an Insecure One-Liner
The following examples illustrate how to install Salt via a one-liner.
NOTE:
Warning! These methods do not involve a verification step and assume that the delivered
file is trustworthy.
Any of the example above which use two-lines can be made to run in a single-line configu‐
ration with minor modifications.
For example, using curl to install your distribution's stable packages:
curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com | sudo sh
Using wget to install your distribution's stable packages:
wget -O - https://bootstrap.saltstack.com | sudo sh
Installing the latest develop branch of Salt:
curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com | sudo sh -s -- git develop
Command Line Options
Here's a summary of the command line options:
$ sh bootstrap-salt.sh -h
Usage : bootstrap-salt.sh [options] <install-type> <install-type-args>
Installation types:
- stable (default)
- stable [version] (ubuntu specific)
- daily (ubuntu specific)
- testing (redhat specific)
- git
Examples:
- bootstrap-salt.sh
- bootstrap-salt.sh stable
- bootstrap-salt.sh stable 2014.7
- bootstrap-salt.sh daily
- bootstrap-salt.sh testing
- bootstrap-salt.sh git
- bootstrap-salt.sh git develop
- bootstrap-salt.sh git v0.17.0
- bootstrap-salt.sh git 8c3fadf15ec183e5ce8c63739850d543617e4357
Options:
-h Display this message
-v Display script version
-n No colours.
-D Show debug output.
-c Temporary configuration directory
-g Salt repository URL. (default: git://github.com/saltstack/salt.git)
-G Instead of cloning from git://github.com/saltstack/salt.git, clone from https://gith ↲
ub.com/saltstack/salt.git (Usually necessary on systems which have the regular git protocol port blocked, where https usually is not)
-k Temporary directory holding the minion keys which will pre-seed
the master.
-s Sleep time used when waiting for daemons to start, restart and when checking
for the services running. Default: 3
-M Also install salt-master
-S Also install salt-syndic
-N Do not install salt-minion
-X Do not start daemons after installation
-C Only run the configuration function. This option automatically
bypasses any installation.
-P Allow pip based installations. On some distributions the required salt
packages or its dependencies are not available as a package for that
distribution. Using this flag allows the script to use pip as a last
resort method. NOTE: This only works for functions which actually
implement pip based installations.
-F Allow copied files to overwrite existing(config, init.d, etc)
-U If set, fully upgrade the system prior to bootstrapping salt
-K If set, keep the temporary files in the temporary directories specified
with -c and -k.
-I If set, allow insecure connections while downloading any files. For
example, pass '--no-check-certificate' to 'wget' or '--insecure' to 'curl'
-A Pass the salt-master DNS name or IP. This will be stored under
${BS_SALT_ETC_DIR}/minion.d/99-master-address.conf
-i Pass the salt-minion id. This will be stored under
${BS_SALT_ETC_DIR}/minion_id
-L Install the Apache Libcloud package if possible(required for salt-cloud)
-p Extra-package to install while installing salt dependencies. One package
per -p flag. You're responsible for providing the proper package name.
-d Disable check_service functions. Setting this flag disables the
'install_<distro>_check_services' checks. You can also do this by
touching /tmp/disable_salt_checks on the target host. Defaults ${BS_FALSE}
-H Use the specified http proxy for the installation
-Z Enable external software source for newer ZeroMQ(Only available for RHEL/CentOS/Fedo ↲
ra/Ubuntu based distributions)
-b Assume that dependencies are already installed and software sources are set up.
If git is selected, git tree is still checked out as dependency step.
Opening the Firewall up for Salt
The Salt master communicates with the minions using an AES-encrypted ZeroMQ connection.
These communications are done over TCP ports 4505 and 4506, which need to be accessible on
the master only. This document outlines suggested firewall rules for allowing these incom‐
ing connections to the master.
NOTE:
No firewall configuration needs to be done on Salt minions. These changes refer to the
master only.
Fedora 18 and beyond / RHEL 7 / CentOS 7
Starting with Fedora 18 FirewallD is the tool that is used to dynamically manage the fire‐
wall rules on a host. It has support for IPv4/6 settings and the separation of runtime and
permanent configurations. To interact with FirewallD use the command line client fire‐
wall-cmd.
firewall-cmd example:
firewall-cmd --permanent --zone=<zone> --add-port=4505-4506/tcp
Please choose the desired zone according to your setup. Don't forget to reload after you
made your changes.
firewall-cmd --reload
RHEL 6 / CentOS 6
The lokkit command packaged with some Linux distributions makes opening iptables firewall
ports very simple via the command line. Just be careful to not lock out access to the
server by neglecting to open the ssh port.
lokkit example:
lokkit -p 22:tcp -p 4505:tcp -p 4506:tcp
The system-config-firewall-tui command provides a text-based interface to modifying the
firewall.
system-config-firewall-tui:
system-config-firewall-tui
openSUSE
Salt installs firewall rules in /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/salt. Enable
with:
SuSEfirewall2 open
SuSEfirewall2 start
If you have an older package of Salt where the above configuration file is not included,
the SuSEfirewall2 command makes opening iptables firewall ports very simple via the com‐
mand line.
SuSEfirewall example:
SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP 4505
SuSEfirewall2 open EXT TCP 4506
The firewall module in YaST2 provides a text-based interface to modifying the firewall.
YaST2:
yast2 firewall
Windows
Windows Firewall is the default component of Microsoft Windows that provides firewalling
and packet filtering. There are many 3rd party firewalls available for Windows, some of
which use rules from the Windows Firewall. If you are experiencing problems see the ven‐
dor's specific documentation for opening the required ports.
The Windows Firewall can be configured using the Windows Interface or from the command
line.
Windows Firewall (interface):
1. Open the Windows Firewall Interface by typing wf.msc at the command prompt or in a run
dialog (Windows Key + R)
2. Navigate to Inbound Rules in the console tree
3. Add a new rule by clicking New Rule... in the Actions area
4. Change the Rule Type to Port. Click Next
5. Set the Protocol to TCP and specify local ports 4505-4506. Click Next
6. Set the Action to Allow the connection. Click Next
7. Apply the rule to Domain, Private, and Public. Click Next
8. Give the new rule a Name, ie: Salt. You may also add a description. Click Finish
Windows Firewall (command line):
The Windows Firewall rule can be created by issuing a single command. Run the following
command from the command line or a run prompt:
netsh advfirewall firewall add rule name="Salt" dir=in action=allow protocol=TCP localport ↲
=4505-4506
iptables
Different Linux distributions store their iptables (also known as netfilter) rules in dif‐
ferent places, which makes it difficult to standardize firewall documentation. Included
are some of the more common locations, but your mileage may vary.
Fedora / RHEL / CentOS:
/etc/sysconfig/iptables
Arch Linux:
/etc/iptables/iptables.rules
Debian
Follow these instructions: https://wiki.debian.org/iptables
Once you've found your firewall rules, you'll need to add the two lines below to allow
traffic on tcp/4505 and tcp/4506:
-A INPUT -m state --state new -m tcp -p tcp --dport 4505 -j ACCEPT
-A INPUT -m state --state new -m tcp -p tcp --dport 4506 -j ACCEPT
Ubuntu
Salt installs firewall rules in /etc/ufw/applications.d/salt.ufw. Enable with:
ufw allow salt
pf.conf
The BSD-family of operating systems uses packet filter (pf). The following example
describes the additions to pf.conf needed to access the Salt master.
pass in on $int_if proto tcp from any to $int_if port 4505
pass in on $int_if proto tcp from any to $int_if port 4506
Once these additions have been made to the pf.conf the rules will need to be reloaded.
This can be done using the pfctl command.
pfctl -vf /etc/pf.conf
Whitelist communication to Master
There are situations where you want to selectively allow Minion traffic from specific
hosts or networks into your Salt Master. The first scenario which comes to mind is to pre‐
vent unwanted traffic to your Master out of security concerns, but another scenario is to
handle Minion upgrades when there are backwards incompatible changes between the installed
Salt versions in your environment.
Here is an example Linux iptables ruleset to be set on the Master:
# Allow Minions from these networks
-I INPUT -s 10.1.2.0/24 -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j ACCEPT
-I INPUT -s 10.1.3.0/24 -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j ACCEPT
# Allow Salt to communicate with Master on the loopback interface
-A INPUT -i lo -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j ACCEPT
# Reject everything else
-A INPUT -p tcp -m multiport --dports 4505,4506 -j REJECT
NOTE:
The important thing to note here is that the salt command needs to communicate with the
listening network socket of salt-master on the loopback interface. Without this you
will see no outgoing Salt traffic from the master, even for a simple salt '*'
test.ping, because the salt client never reached the salt-master to tell it to carry
out the execution.
Preseed Minion with Accepted Key
In some situations, it is not convenient to wait for a minion to start before accepting
its key on the master. For instance, you may want the minion to bootstrap itself as soon
as it comes online. You may also want to let your developers provision new development
machines on the fly.
SEE ALSO:
Many ways to preseed minion keys
Salt has other ways to generate and pre-accept minion keys in addition to the manual
steps outlined below.
salt-cloud performs these same steps automatically when new cloud VMs are created
(unless instructed not to).
salt-api exposes an HTTP call to Salt's REST API to generate and download the new min‐
ion keys as a tarball.
There is a general four step process to do this:
1. Generate the keys on the master:
root@saltmaster# salt-key --gen-keys=[key_name]
Pick a name for the key, such as the minion's id.
2. Add the public key to the accepted minion folder:
root@saltmaster# cp key_name.pub /etc/salt/pki/master/minions/[minion_id]
It is necessary that the public key file has the same name as your minion id. This is how
Salt matches minions with their keys. Also note that the pki folder could be in a differ‐
ent location, depending on your OS or if specified in the master config file.
3. Distribute the minion keys.
There is no single method to get the keypair to your minion. The difficulty is finding a
distribution method which is secure. For Amazon EC2 only, an AWS best practice is to use
IAM Roles to pass credentials. (See blog post,
http://blogs.aws.amazon.com/security/post/Tx610S2MLVZWEA/Using-IAM-roles-to-distribute-non-AW ↲
S-credentials-to-your-EC2-instances
)
Security Warning
Since the minion key is already accepted on the master, distributing the private
key poses a potential security risk. A malicious party will have access to your
entire state tree and other sensitive data if they gain access to a preseeded
minion key.
4. Preseed the Minion with the keys
You will want to place the minion keys before starting the salt-minion daemon:
/etc/salt/pki/minion/minion.pem
/etc/salt/pki/minion/minion.pub
Once in place, you should be able to start salt-minion and run salt-call state.apply or
any other salt commands that require master authentication.
The macOS (Maverick) Developer Step By Step Guide To Salt Installation
This document provides a step-by-step guide to installing a Salt cluster consisting of
one master, and one minion running on a local VM hosted on macOS.
NOTE:
This guide is aimed at developers who wish to run Salt in a virtual machine. The offi‐
cial (Linux) walkthrough can be found here.
The 5 Cent Salt Intro
Since you're here you've probably already heard about Salt, so you already know Salt lets
you configure and run commands on hordes of servers easily. Here's a brief overview of a
Salt cluster:
· Salt works by having a "master" server sending commands to one or multiple "minion"
servers [1]. The master server is the "command center". It is going to be the place
where you store your configuration files, aka: "which server is the db, which is the web
server, and what libraries and software they should have installed". The minions receive
orders from the master. Minions are the servers actually performing work for your busi‐
ness.
· Salt has two types of configuration files:
1. the "salt communication channels" or "meta" or "config" configuration files (not
official names): one for the master (usually is /etc/salt/master , on the master
server), and one for minions (default is /etc/salt/minion or /etc/salt/minion.conf, on
the minion servers). Those files are used to determine things like the Salt Master IP,
port, Salt folder locations, etc.. If these are configured incorrectly, your minions
will probably be unable to receive orders from the master, or the master will not know
which software a given minion should install.
2. the "business" or "service" configuration files (once again, not an official name):
these are configuration files, ending with ".sls" extension, that describe which soft‐
ware should run on which server, along with particular configuration properties for the
software that is being installed. These files should be created in the /srv/salt folder
by default, but their location can be changed using ... /etc/salt/master configuration
file!
NOTE:
This tutorial contains a third important configuration file, not to be confused with
the previous two: the virtual machine provisioning configuration file. This in itself
is not specifically tied to Salt, but it also contains some Salt configuration. More on
that in step 3. Also note that all configuration files are YAML files. So indentation
matters.
[1] Salt also works with "masterless" configuration where a minion is autonomous (in
which case salt can be seen as a local configuration tool), or in "multiple master"
configuration. See the documentation for more on that.
Before Digging In, The Architecture Of The Salt Cluster
Salt Master
The "Salt master" server is going to be the Mac OS machine, directly. Commands will be run
from a terminal app, so Salt will need to be installed on the Mac. This is going to be
more convenient for toying around with configuration files.
Salt Minion
We'll only have one "Salt minion" server. It is going to be running on a Virtual Machine
running on the Mac, using VirtualBox. It will run an Ubuntu distribution.
Step 1 - Configuring The Salt Master On Your Mac
official documentation
Because Salt has a lot of dependencies that are not built in macOS, we will use Homebrew
to install Salt. Homebrew is a package manager for Mac, it's great, use it (for this tuto‐
rial at least!). Some people spend a lot of time installing libs by hand to better under‐
stand dependencies, and then realize how useful a package manager is once they're config‐
uring a brand new machine and have to do it all over again. It also lets you uninstall
things easily.
NOTE:
Brew is a Ruby program (Ruby is installed by default with your Mac). Brew downloads,
compiles, and links software. The linking phase is when compiled software is deployed
on your machine. It may conflict with manually installed software, especially in the
/usr/local directory. It's ok, remove the manually installed version then refresh the
link by typing brew link 'packageName'. Brew has a brew doctor command that can help
you troubleshoot. It's a great command, use it often. Brew requires xcode command line
tools. When you run brew the first time it asks you to install them if they're not
already on your system. Brew installs software in /usr/local/bin (system bins are in
/usr/bin). In order to use those bins you need your $PATH to search there first. Brew
tells you if your $PATH needs to be fixed.
TIP:
Use the keyboard shortcut cmd + shift + period in the "open" macOS dialog box to dis‐
play hidden files and folders, such as .profile.
Install Homebrew
Install Homebrew here http://brew.sh/ Or just type
ruby -e "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install)"
Now type the following commands in your terminal (you may want to type brew doctor after
each to make sure everything's fine):
brew install python
brew install swig
brew install zmq
NOTE:
zmq is ZeroMQ. It's a fantastic library used for server to server network communication
and is at the core of Salt efficiency.
Install Salt
You should now have everything ready to launch this command:
pip install salt
NOTE:
There should be no need for sudo pip install salt. Brew installed Python for your user,
so you should have all the access. In case you would like to check, type which python
to ensure that it's /usr/local/bin/python, and which pip which should be
/usr/local/bin/pip.
Now type python in a terminal then, import salt. There should be no errors. Now exit the
Python terminal using exit().
Create The Master Configuration
If the default /etc/salt/master configuration file was not created, copy-paste it from
here:
http://docs.saltstack.com/ref/configuration/examples.html#configuration-examples-master
NOTE:
/etc/salt/master is a file, not a folder.
Salt Master configuration changes. The Salt master needs a few customization to be able to
run on macOS:
sudo launchctl limit maxfiles 4096 8192
In the /etc/salt/master file, change max_open_files to 8192 (or just add the line:
max_open_files: 8192 (no quote) if it doesn't already exists).
You should now be able to launch the Salt master:
sudo salt-master --log-level=all
There should be no errors when running the above command.
NOTE:
This command is supposed to be a daemon, but for toying around, we'll keep it running
on a terminal to monitor the activity.
Now that the master is set, let's configure a minion on a VM.
The Salt minion is going to run on a Virtual Machine. There are a lot of software options
that let you run virtual machines on a mac, But for this tutorial we're going to use Vir‐
tualBox. In addition to virtualBox, we will use Vagrant, which allows you to create the
base VM configuration.
Vagrant lets you build ready to use VM images, starting from an OS image and customizing
it using "provisioners". In our case, we'll use it to:
· Download the base Ubuntu image
· Install salt on that Ubuntu image (Salt is going to be the "provisioner" for the VM).
· Launch the VM
· SSH into the VM to debug
· Stop the VM once you're done.
Install VirtualBox
Go get it here: https://www.virtualBox.org/wiki/Downloads (click on VirtualBox for macOS
hosts => x86/amd64)
Install Vagrant
Go get it here: http://downloads.vagrantup.com/ and choose the latest version (1.3.5 at
time of writing), then the .dmg file. Double-click to install it. Make sure the vagrant
command is found when run in the terminal. Type vagrant. It should display a list of com‐
mands.
Create The Minion VM Folder
Create a folder in which you will store your minion's VM. In this tutorial, it's going to
be a minion folder in the $home directory.
cd $home
mkdir minion
Initialize Vagrant
From the minion folder, type
vagrant init
This command creates a default Vagrantfile configuration file. This configuration file
will be used to pass configuration parameters to the Salt provisioner in Step 3.
Import Precise64 Ubuntu Box
vagrant box add precise64 http://files.vagrantup.com/precise64.box
NOTE:
This box is added at the global Vagrant level. You only need to do it once as each VM
will use this same file.
Modify the Vagrantfile
Modify ./minion/Vagrantfile to use th precise64 box. Change the config.vm.box line to:
config.vm.box = "precise64"
Uncomment the line creating a host-only IP. This is the ip of your minion (you can change
it to something else if that IP is already in use):
config.vm.network :private_network, ip: "192.168.33.10"
At this point you should have a VM that can run, although there won't be much in it. Let's
check that.
Checking The VM
From the $home/minion folder type:
vagrant up
A log showing the VM booting should be present. Once it's done you'll be back to the ter‐
minal:
ping 192.168.33.10
The VM should respond to your ping request.
Now log into the VM in ssh using Vagrant again:
vagrant ssh
You should see the shell prompt change to something similar to vagrant@precise64:~$ mean‐
ing you're inside the VM. From there, enter the following:
ping 10.0.2.2
NOTE:
That ip is the ip of your VM host (the macOS host). The number is a VirtualBox default
and is displayed in the log after the Vagrant ssh command. We'll use that IP to tell
the minion where the Salt master is. Once you're done, end the ssh session by typing
exit.
It's now time to connect the VM to the salt master
Creating The Minion Configuration File
Create the /etc/salt/minion file. In that file, put the following lines, giving the ID for
this minion, and the IP of the master:
master: 10.0.2.2
id: 'minion1'
file_client: remote
Minions authenticate with the master using keys. Keys are generated automatically if you
don't provide one and can accept them later on. However, this requires accepting the min‐
ion key every time the minion is destroyed or created (which could be quite often). A bet‐
ter way is to create those keys in advance, feed them to the minion, and authorize them
once.
Preseed minion keys
From the minion folder on your Mac run:
sudo salt-key --gen-keys=minion1
This should create two files: minion1.pem, and minion1.pub. Since those files have been
created using sudo, but will be used by vagrant, you need to change ownership:
sudo chown youruser:yourgroup minion1.pem
sudo chown youruser:yourgroup minion1.pub
Then copy the .pub file into the list of accepted minions:
sudo cp minion1.pub /etc/salt/pki/master/minions/minion1
Modify Vagrantfile to Use Salt Provisioner
Let's now modify the Vagrantfile used to provision the Salt VM. Add the following section
in the Vagrantfile (note: it should be at the same indentation level as the other proper‐
ties):
# salt-vagrant config
config.vm.provision :salt do |salt|
salt.run_highstate = true
salt.minion_config = "/etc/salt/minion"
salt.minion_key = "./minion1.pem"
salt.minion_pub = "./minion1.pub"
end
Now destroy the vm and recreate it from the /minion folder:
vagrant destroy
vagrant up
If everything is fine you should see the following message:
"Bootstrapping Salt... (this may take a while)
Salt successfully configured and installed!"
Checking Master-Minion Communication
To make sure the master and minion are talking to each other, enter the following:
sudo salt '*' test.ping
You should see your minion answering the ping. It's now time to do some configuration.
In this step we'll use the Salt master to instruct our minion to install Nginx.
Checking the system's original state
First, make sure that an HTTP server is not installed on our minion. When opening a
browser directed at http://192.168.33.10/ You should get an error saying the site cannot
be reached.
Initialize the top.sls file
System configuration is done in /srv/salt/top.sls (and subfiles/folders), and then applied
by running the state.apply function to have the Salt master order its minions to update
their instructions and run the associated commands.
First Create an empty file on your Salt master (macOS machine):
touch /srv/salt/top.sls
When the file is empty, or if no configuration is found for our minion an error is
reported:
sudo salt 'minion1' state.apply
This should return an error stating: No Top file or external nodes data matches found.
Create The Nginx Configuration
Now is finally the time to enter the real meat of our server's configuration. For this
tutorial our minion will be treated as a web server that needs to have Nginx installed.
Insert the following lines into /srv/salt/top.sls (which should current be empty).
base:
'minion1':
- bin.nginx
Now create /srv/salt/bin/nginx.sls containing the following:
nginx:
pkg.installed:
- name: nginx
service.running:
- enable: True
- reload: True
Check Minion State
Finally, run the state.apply function again:
sudo salt 'minion1' state.apply
You should see a log showing that the Nginx package has been installed and the service
configured. To prove it, open your browser and navigate to http://192.168.33.10/, you
should see the standard Nginx welcome page.
Congratulations!
Where To Go From Here
A full description of configuration management within Salt (sls files among other things)
is available here: http://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/index.html#configuration-management
running salt as normal user tutorial
Before continuing make sure you have a working Salt installation by following the instal‐
lation and the configuration instructions.
Stuck?
There are many ways to get help from the Salt community including our mailing
list and our IRC channel #salt.
Running Salt functions as non root user
If you don't want to run salt cloud as root or even install it you can configure it to
have a virtual root in your working directory.
The salt system uses the salt.syspath module to find the variables
If you run the salt-build, it will generated in:
./build/lib.linux-x86_64-2.7/salt/_syspaths.py
To generate it, run the command:
python setup.py build
Copy the generated module into your salt directory
cp ./build/lib.linux-x86_64-2.7/salt/_syspaths.py salt/_syspaths.py
Edit it to include needed variables and your new paths
# you need to edit this
ROOT_DIR = *your current dir* + '/salt/root'
# you need to edit this
INSTALL_DIR = *location of source code*
CONFIG_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/etc/salt'
CACHE_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/cache/salt'
SOCK_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/run/salt'
SRV_ROOT_DIR= ROOT_DIR + '/srv'
BASE_FILE_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/salt'
BASE_PILLAR_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/pillar'
BASE_MASTER_ROOTS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/srv/salt-master'
LOGS_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/log/salt'
PIDFILE_DIR = ROOT_DIR + '/var/run'
CLOUD_DIR = INSTALL_DIR + '/cloud'
BOOTSTRAP = CLOUD_DIR + '/deploy/bootstrap-salt.sh'
Create the directory structure
mkdir -p root/etc/salt root/var/cache/run root/run/salt root/srv
root/srv/salt root/srv/pillar root/srv/salt-master root/var/log/salt root/var/run
Populate the configuration files:
cp -r conf/* root/etc/salt/
Edit your root/etc/salt/master configuration that is used by salt-cloud:
user: *your user name*
Run like this:
PYTHONPATH=`pwd` scripts/salt-cloud
Standalone Minion
Since the Salt minion contains such extensive functionality it can be useful to run it
standalone. A standalone minion can be used to do a number of things:
· Use salt-call commands on a system without connectivity to a master
· Masterless States, run states entirely from files local to the minion
NOTE:
When running Salt in masterless mode, do not run the salt-minion daemon. Otherwise, it
will attempt to connect to a master and fail. The salt-call command stands on its own
and does not need the salt-minion daemon.
Minion Configuration
Throughout this document there are several references to setting different options to con‐
figure a masterless Minion. Salt Minions are easy to configure via a configuration file
that is located, by default, in /etc/salt/minion. Note, however, that on FreeBSD systems,
the minion configuration file is located in /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.
You can learn more about minion configuration options in the Configuring the Salt Minion
docs.
Telling Salt Call to Run Masterless
The salt-call command is used to run module functions locally on a minion instead of exe‐
cuting them from the master. Normally the salt-call command checks into the master to
retrieve file server and pillar data, but when running standalone salt-call needs to be
instructed to not check the master for this data. To instruct the minion to not look for a
master when running salt-call the file_client configuration option needs to be set. By
default the file_client is set to remote so that the minion knows that file server and
pillar data are to be gathered from the master. When setting the file_client option to
local the minion is configured to not gather this data from the master.
file_client: local
Now the salt-call command will not look for a master and will assume that the local system
has all of the file and pillar resources.
Running States Masterless
The state system can be easily run without a Salt master, with all needed files local to
the minion. To do this the minion configuration file needs to be set up to know how to
return file_roots information like the master. The file_roots setting defaults to
/srv/salt for the base environment just like on the master:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt
Now set up the Salt State Tree, top file, and SLS modules in the same way that they would
be set up on a master. Now, with the file_client option set to local and an available
state tree then calls to functions in the state module will use the information in the
file_roots on the minion instead of checking in with the master.
Remember that when creating a state tree on a minion there are no syntax or path changes
needed, SLS modules written to be used from a master do not need to be modified in any way
to work with a minion.
This makes it easy to "script" deployments with Salt states without having to set up a
master, and allows for these SLS modules to be easily moved into a Salt master as the
deployment grows.
The declared state can now be executed with:
salt-call state.apply
Or the salt-call command can be executed with the --local flag, this makes it unnecessary
to change the configuration file:
salt-call state.apply --local
External Pillars
External pillars are supported when running in masterless mode.
Salt Masterless Quickstart
Running a masterless salt-minion lets you use Salt's configuration management for a single
machine without calling out to a Salt master on another machine.
Since the Salt minion contains such extensive functionality it can be useful to run it
standalone. A standalone minion can be used to do a number of things:
· Stand up a master server via States (Salting a Salt Master)
· Use salt-call commands on a system without connectivity to a master
· Masterless States, run states entirely from files local to the minion
It is also useful for testing out state trees before deploying to a production setup.
Bootstrap Salt Minion
The salt-bootstrap script makes bootstrapping a server with Salt simple for any OS with a
Bourne shell:
curl -L https://bootstrap.saltstack.com -o bootstrap_salt.sh
sudo sh bootstrap_salt.sh
See the salt-bootstrap documentation for other one liners. When using Vagrant to test out
salt, the Vagrant salt provisioner will provision the VM for you.
Telling Salt to Run Masterless
To instruct the minion to not look for a master, the file_client configuration option
needs to be set in the minion configuration file. By default the file_client is set to
remote so that the minion gathers file server and pillar data from the salt master. When
setting the file_client option to local the minion is configured to not gather this data
from the master.
file_client: local
Now the salt minion will not look for a master and will assume that the local system has
all of the file and pillar resources.
Configuration which resided in the master configuration (e.g. /etc/salt/master) should be
moved to the minion configuration since the minion does not read the master configuration.
NOTE:
When running Salt in masterless mode, do not run the salt-minion daemon. Otherwise, it
will attempt to connect to a master and fail. The salt-call command stands on its own
and does not need the salt-minion daemon.
Create State Tree
Following the successful installation of a salt-minion, the next step is to create a state
tree, which is where the SLS files that comprise the possible states of the minion are
stored.
The following example walks through the steps necessary to create a state tree that
ensures that the server has the Apache webserver installed.
NOTE:
For a complete explanation on Salt States, see the tutorial.
1. Create the top.sls file:
/srv/salt/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- webserver
2. Create the webserver state tree:
/srv/salt/webserver.sls:
apache: # ID declaration
pkg: # state declaration
- installed # function declaration
NOTE:
The apache package has different names on different platforms, for instance on
Debian/Ubuntu it is apache2, on Fedora/RHEL it is httpd and on Arch it is apache
The only thing left is to provision our minion using salt-call.
Salt-call
The salt-call command is used to run remote execution functions locally on a minion
instead of executing them from the master. Normally the salt-call command checks into the
master to retrieve file server and pillar data, but when running standalone salt-call
needs to be instructed to not check the master for this data:
salt-call --local state.apply
The --local flag tells the salt-minion to look for the state tree in the local file system
and not to contact a Salt Master for instructions.
To provide verbose output, use -l debug:
salt-call --local state.apply -l debug
The minion first examines the top.sls file and determines that it is a part of the group
matched by * glob and that the webserver SLS should be applied.
It then examines the webserver.sls file and finds the apache state, which installs the
Apache package.
The minion should now have Apache installed, and the next step is to begin learning how to
write more complex states.
Dependencies
Salt should run on any Unix-like platform so long as the dependencies are met.
·
`Python 2.7`_
>= 2.7 <3.0
· msgpack-python - High-performance message interchange format
· YAML - Python YAML bindings
· Jinja2 - parsing Salt States (configurable in the master settings)
· MarkupSafe - Implements a XML/HTML/XHTML Markup safe string for Python
· apache-libcloud - Python lib for interacting with many of the popular cloud service
providers using a unified API
· Requests - HTTP library
· Tornado - Web framework and asynchronous networking library
· futures - Backport of the concurrent.futures package from Python 3.2
Depending on the chosen Salt transport, ZeroMQ or RAET, dependencies vary:
· ZeroMQ:
· ZeroMQ >= 3.2.0
· pyzmq >= 2.2.0 - ZeroMQ Python bindings
· PyCrypto - The Python cryptography toolkit
· RAET:
· libnacl - Python bindings to libsodium
· ioflo - The flo programming interface raet and salt-raet is built on
· RAET - The worlds most awesome UDP protocol
Salt defaults to the ZeroMQ transport, and the choice can be made at install time, for
example:
python setup.py --salt-transport=raet install
This way, only the required dependencies are pulled by the setup script if need be.
If installing using pip, the --salt-transport install option can be provided like:
pip install --install-option="--salt-transport=raet" salt
NOTE:
Salt does not bundle dependencies that are typically distributed as part of the base
OS. If you have unmet dependencies and are using a custom or minimal installation, you
might need to install some additional packages from your OS vendor.
Optional Dependencies
· mako - an optional parser for Salt States (configurable in the master settings)
· gcc - dynamic Cython module compiling
Upgrading Salt
When upgrading Salt, the master(s) should always be upgraded first. Backward compatibil‐
ity for minions running newer versions of salt than their masters is not guaranteed.
Whenever possible, backward compatibility between new masters and old minions will be pre‐
served. Generally, the only exception to this policy is in case of a security vulnerabil‐
ity.
SEE ALSO:
Installing Salt for development and contributing to the project.
Building Packages using Salt Pack
Salt-pack is an open-source package builder for most commonly used Linux platforms, for
example: Redhat/CentOS and Debian/Ubuntu families, utilizing SaltStack states and execu‐
tion modules to build Salt and a specified set of dependencies, from which a platform spe‐
cific repository can be built.
https://github.com/saltstack/salt-pack
CONFIGURING SALT
This section explains how to configure user access, view and store job results, secure and troubleshoot, and how to perform many other administrative tasks. Configuring the Salt Master The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure, the two components of the Salt system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the master configuration file, and the salt-minion is configured via the minion configuration file. SEE ALSO: Example master configuration file. The configuration file for the salt-master is located at /etc/salt/master by default. A notable exception is FreeBSD, where the configuration file is located at /usr/local/etc/salt. The available options are as follows: Primary Master Configuration interface Default: 0.0.0.0 (all interfaces) The local interface to bind to, must be an IP address. interface: 192.168.0.1 ipv6 Default: False Whether the master should listen for IPv6 connections. If this is set to True, the inter‐ face option must be adjusted too (for example: interface: '::') ipv6: True publish_port Default: 4505 The network port to set up the publication interface. publish_port: 4505 master_id Default: None The id to be passed in the publish job to minions. This is used for MultiSyndics to return the job to the requesting master. NOTE: This must be the same string as the syndic is configured with. master_id: MasterOfMaster user Default: root The user to run the Salt processes user: root ret_port Default: 4506 The port used by the return server, this is the server used by Salt to receive execution returns and command executions. ret_port: 4506 pidfile Default: /var/run/salt-master.pid Specify the location of the master pidfile. pidfile: /var/run/salt-master.pid root_dir Default: / The system root directory to operate from, change this to make Salt run from an alterna‐ tive root. root_dir: / NOTE: This directory is prepended to the following options: pki_dir, cachedir, sock_dir, log_file, autosign_file, autoreject_file, pidfile. conf_file Default: /etc/salt/master The path to the master's configuration file. conf_file: /etc/salt/master pki_dir Default: /etc/salt/pki/master The directory to store the pki authentication keys. pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master extension_modules Changed in version 2016.3.0: The default location for this directory has been moved. Prior to this version, the location was a directory named extmods in the Salt cachedir (on most platforms, /var/cache/salt/extmods). It has been moved into the master cachedir (on most platforms, /var/cache/salt/master/extmods). Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for each of Salt's module types such as runners, output, wheel, modules, states, returners, engines, utils, etc. This path is appended to root_dir. extension_modules: /root/salt_extmods extmod_whitelist/extmod_blacklist New in version 2017.7.0. By using this dictionary, the modules that are synced to the master's extmod cache using saltutil.sync_* can be limited. If nothing is set to a specific type, then all modules are accepted. To block all modules of a specific type, whitelist an empty list. extmod_whitelist: modules: - custom_module engines: - custom_engine pillars: [] extmod_blacklist: modules: - specific_module Valid options: · modules · states · grains · renderers · returners · output · proxy · runners · wheel · engines · queues · pillar · utils · sdb · cache · clouds · tops · roster module_dirs Default: [] Like extension_modules, but a list of extra directories to search for Salt modules. module_dirs: - /var/cache/salt/minion/extmods cachedir Default: /var/cache/salt/master The location used to store cache information, particularly the job information for exe‐ cuted salt commands. This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly. cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master verify_env Default: True Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup. verify_env: True keep_jobs Default: 24 Set the number of hours to keep old job information. Note that setting this option to 0 disables the cache cleaner. keep_jobs: 24 gather_job_timeout New in version 2014.7.0. Default: 10 The number of seconds to wait when the client is requesting information about running jobs. gather_job_timeout: 10 timeout Default: 5 Set the default timeout for the salt command and api. loop_interval Default: 60 The loop_interval option controls the seconds for the master's maintenance process check cycle. This process updates file server backends, cleans the job cache and executes the scheduler. output Default: nested Set the default outputter used by the salt command. outputter_dirs Default: [] A list of additional directories to search for salt outputters in. outputter_dirs: [] output_file Default: None Set the default output file used by the salt command. Default is to output to the CLI and not to a file. Functions the same way as the "--out-file" CLI option, only sets this to a single file for all salt commands. output_file: /path/output/file show_timeout Default: True Tell the client to show minions that have timed out. show_timeout: True show_jid Default: False Tell the client to display the jid when a job is published. show_jid: False color Default: True By default output is colored, to disable colored output set the color value to False. color: False cli_summary Default: False When set to True, displays a summary of the number of minions targeted, the number of min‐ ions returned, and the number of minions that did not return. cli_summary: False sock_dir Default: /var/run/salt/master Set the location to use for creating Unix sockets for master process communication. sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master enable_gpu_grains Default: True Enable GPU hardware data for your master. Be aware that the master can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used to populate the grains for the master. job_cache Default: True The master maintains a temporary job cache. While this is a great addition, it can be a burden on the master for larger deployments (over 5000 minions). Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to the jobs system and is not generally recommended. Normally it is wise to make sure the master has access to a faster IO system or a tmpfs is mounted to the jobs dir. job_cache: True NOTE: Setting the job_cache to False will not cache minion returns, but the JID directory for each job is still created. The creation of the JID directories is necessary because Salt uses those directories to check for JID collisions. By setting this option to False, the job cache directory, which is /var/cache/salt/master/jobs/ by default, will be smaller, but the JID directories will still be present. Note that the keep_jobs option can be set to a lower value, such as 1, to limit the number of hours jobs are stored in the job cache. (The default is 24 hours.) Please see the Managing the Job Cache documentation for more information. minion_data_cache Default: True The minion data cache is a cache of information about the minions stored on the master, this information is primarily the pillar, grains and mine data. The data is cached via the cache subsystem in the Master cachedir under the name of the minion or in a supported database. The data is used to predetermine what minions are expected to reply from execu‐ tions. minion_data_cache: True cache Default: localfs Cache subsystem module to use for minion data cache. cache: consul memcache_expire_seconds Default: 0 Memcache is an additional cache layer that keeps a limited amount of data fetched from the minion data cache for a limited period of time in memory that makes cache operations faster. It doesn't make much sence for the localfs cache driver but helps for more complex drivers like consul. This option sets the memcache items expiration time. By default is set to 0 that disables the memcache. memcache_expire_seconds: 30 memcache_max_items Default: 1024 Set memcache limit in items that are bank-key pairs. I.e the list of minion_0/data, min‐ ion_0/mine, minion_1/data contains 3 items. This value depends on the count of minions usually targeted in your environment. The best one could be found by analyzing the cache log with memcache_debug enabled. memcache_max_items: 1024 memcache_full_cleanup Default: False If cache storage got full, i.e. the items count exceeds the memcache_max_items value, mem‐ cache cleans up it's storage. If this option set to False memcache removes the only one oldest value from it's storage. If this set set to True memcache removes all the expired items and also removes the oldest one if there are no expired items. memcache_full_cleanup: True memcache_debug Default: False Enable collecting the memcache stats and log it on debug log level. If enabled memcache collect information about how many fetch calls has been done and how many of them has been hit by memcache. Also it outputs the rate value that is the result of division of the first two values. This should help to choose right values for the expiration time and the cache size. memcache_debug: True ext_job_cache Default: '' Used to specify a default returner for all minions. When this option is set, the specified returner needs to be properly configured and the minions will always default to sending returns to this returner. This will also disable the local job cache on the master. ext_job_cache: redis event_return New in version 2015.5.0. Default: '' Specify the returner(s) to use to log events. Each returner may have installation and con‐ figuration requirements. Read the returner's documentation. NOTE: Not all returners support event returns. Verify that a returner has an event_return() function before configuring this option with a returner. event_return: - syslog - splunk event_return_queue New in version 2015.5.0. Default: 0 On busy systems, enabling event_returns can cause a considerable load on the storage sys‐ tem for returners. Events can be queued on the master and stored in a batched fashion using a single transaction for multiple events. By default, events are not queued. event_return_queue: 0 event_return_whitelist New in version 2015.5.0. Default: [] Only return events matching tags in a whitelist. Changed in version 2016.11.0: Supports glob matching patterns. event_return_whitelist: - salt/master/a_tag - salt/run/*/ret event_return_blacklist New in version 2015.5.0. Default: [] Store all event returns _except_ the tags in a blacklist. Changed in version 2016.11.0: Supports glob matching patterns. event_return_blacklist: - salt/master/not_this_tag - salt/wheel/*/ret max_event_size New in version 2014.7.0. Default: 1048576 Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the master event bus. The value is expressed in bytes. max_event_size: 1048576 ping_on_rotate New in version 2014.7.0. Default: False By default, the master AES key rotates every 24 hours. The next command following a key rotation will trigger a key refresh from the minion which may result in minions which do not respond to the first command after a key refresh. To tell the master to ping all minions immediately after an AES key refresh, set ping_on_rotate to True. This should mitigate the issue where a minion does not appear to initially respond after a key is rotated. Note that ping_on_rotate may cause high load on the master immediately after the key rota‐ tion event as minions reconnect. Consider this carefully if this salt master is managing a large number of minions. master_job_cache New in version 2014.7.0. Default: local_cache Specify the returner to use for the job cache. The job cache will only be interacted with from the salt master and therefore does not need to be accessible from the minions. master_job_cache: redis enforce_mine_cache Default: False By-default when disabling the minion_data_cache mine will stop working since it is based on cached data, by enabling this option we explicitly enabling only the cache for the mine system. enforce_mine_cache: False max_minions Default: 0 The maximum number of minion connections allowed by the master. Use this to accommodate the number of minions per master if you have different types of hardware serving your min‐ ions. The default of 0 means unlimited connections. Please note that this can slow down the authentication process a bit in large setups. max_minions: 100 con_cache Default: False If max_minions is used in large installations, the master might experience high-load situ‐ ations because of having to check the number of connected minions for every authentica‐ tion. This cache provides the minion-ids of all connected minions to all MWorker-processes and greatly improves the performance of max_minions. con_cache: True presence_events Default: False Causes the master to periodically look for actively connected minions. Presence events are fired on the event bus on a regular interval with a list of connected minions, as well as events with lists of newly connected or disconnected minions. This is a master-only operation that does not send executions to minions. Note, this does not detect minions that connect to a master via localhost. presence_events: False ping_on_rotate Default: False By default, the master AES key rotates every 24 hours. The next command following a key rotation will trigger a key refresh from the minion which may result in minions which do not respond to the first command after a key refresh. To tell the master to ping all minions immediately after an AES key refresh, set ping_on_rotate to True. This should mitigate the issue where a minion does not appear to initially respond after a key is rotated. Note that ping_on_rotate may cause high load on the master immediately after the key rota‐ tion event as minions reconnect. Consider this carefully if this salt master is managing a large number of minions. If disabled, it is recommended to handle this event by listening for the aes_key_rotate event with the key tag and acting appropriately. ping_on_rotate: False transport Default: zeromq Changes the underlying transport layer. ZeroMQ is the recommended transport while addi‐ tional transport layers are under development. Supported values are zeromq, raet (experi‐ mental), and tcp (experimental). This setting has a significant impact on performance and should not be changed unless you know what you are doing! Transports are explained in Salt Transports. transport: zeromq transport_opts Default: {} (experimental) Starts multiple transports and overrides options for each transport with the provided dictionary This setting has a significant impact on performance and should not be changed unless you know what you are doing! Transports are explained in Salt Trans‐ ports. The following example shows how to start a TCP transport alongside a ZMQ transport. transport_opts: tcp: publish_port: 4605 ret_port: 4606 zeromq: [] sock_pool_size Default: 1 To avoid blocking waiting while writing a data to a socket, we support socket pool for Salt applications. For example, a job with a large number of target host list can cause long period blocking waiting. The option is used by ZMQ and TCP transports, and the other transport methods don't need the socket pool by definition. Most of Salt tools, including CLI, are enough to use a single bucket of socket pool. On the other hands, it is highly recommended to set the size of socket pool larger than 1 for other Salt applications, especially Salt API, which must write data to socket concurrently. sock_pool_size: 15 ipc_mode Default: ipc The ipc strategy. (i.e., sockets versus tcp, etc.) Windows platforms lack POSIX IPC and must rely on TCP based inter-process communications. ipc_mode is set to tcp by default on Windows. ipc_mode: ipc tcp_master_pub_port Default: 4512 The TCP port on which events for the master should be published if ipc_mode is TCP. tcp_master_pub_port: 4512 tcp_master_pull_port Default: 4513 The TCP port on which events for the master should be pulled if ipc_mode is TCP. tcp_master_pull_port: 4513 tcp_master_publish_pull Default: 4514 The TCP port on which events for the master should be pulled fom and then republished onto the event bus on the master. tcp_master_publish_pull: 4514 tcp_master_workers Default: 4515 The TCP port for mworkers to connect to on the master. tcp_master_workers: 4515 auth_events New in version 2017.7.3. Default: True Determines whether the master will fire authentication events. Authentication events are fired when a minion performs an authentication check with the master. auth_events: True minion_data_cache_events New in version 2017.7.3. Default: True Determines whether the master will fire minion data cache events. Minion data cache events are fired when a minion requests a minion data cache refresh. minion_data_cache_events: True Salt-SSH Configuration roster_file Default: /etc/salt/roster Pass in an alternative location for the salt-ssh roster file. roster_file: /root/roster ssh_passwd Default: '' The ssh password to log in with. ssh_passwd: '' ssh_port Default: 22 The target system's ssh port number. ssh_port: 22 ssh_scan_ports Default: 22 Comma-separated list of ports to scan. ssh_scan_ports: 22 ssh_scan_timeout Default: 0.01 Scanning socket timeout for salt-ssh. ssh_scan_timeout: 0.01 ssh_sudo Default: False Boolean to run command via sudo. ssh_sudo: False ssh_timeout Default: 60 Number of seconds to wait for a response when establishing an SSH connection. ssh_timeout: 60 ssh_user Default: root The user to log in as. ssh_user: root ssh_log_file New in version 2016.3.5. Default: /var/log/salt/ssh Specify the log file of the salt-ssh command. ssh_log_file: /var/log/salt/ssh ssh_minion_opts Default: None Pass in minion option overrides that will be inserted into the SHIM for salt-ssh calls. The local minion config is not used for salt-ssh. Can be overridden on a per-minion basis in the roster (minion_opts) ssh_minion_opts: gpg_keydir: /root/gpg ssh_use_home_key Default: False Set this to True to default to using ~/.ssh/id_rsa for salt-ssh authentication with min‐ ions ssh_use_home_key: False ssh_identities_only Default: False Set this to True to default salt-ssh to run with -o IdentitiesOnly=yes. This option is intended for situations where the ssh-agent offers many different identities and allows ssh to ignore those identities and use the only one specified in options. ssh_identities_only: False ssh_list_nodegroups Default: {} List-only nodegroups for salt-ssh. Each group must be formed as either a comma-separated list, or a YAML list. This option is useful to group minions into easy-to-target groups when using salt-ssh. These groups can then be targeted with the normal -N argument to salt-ssh. ssh_list_nodegroups: groupA: minion1,minion2 groupB: minion1,minion3 thin_extra_mods Default: None List of additional modules, needed to be included into the Salt Thin. Pass a list of importable Python modules that are typically located in the site-packages Python directory so they will be also always included into the Salt Thin, once generated. min_extra_mods Default: None Identical as thin_extra_mods, only applied to the Salt Minimal. Master Security Settings open_mode Default: False Open mode is a dangerous security feature. One problem encountered with pki authentication systems is that keys can become "mixed up" and authentication begins to fail. Open mode turns off authentication and tells the master to accept all authentication. This will clean up the pki keys received from the minions. Open mode should not be turned on for general use. Open mode should only be used for a short period of time to clean up pki keys. To turn on open mode set this value to True. open_mode: False auto_accept Default: False Enable auto_accept. This setting will automatically accept all incoming public keys from minions. auto_accept: False keysize Default: 2048 The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys. keysize: 2048 autosign_timeout New in version 2014.7.0. Default: 120 Time in minutes that a incoming public key with a matching name found in pki_dir/min‐ ion_autosign/keyid is automatically accepted. Expired autosign keys are removed when the master checks the minion_autosign directory. This method to auto accept minions can be safer than an autosign_file because the keyid record can expire and is limited to being an exact name match. This should still be considered a less than secure option, due to the fact that trust is based on just the requesting minion id. autosign_file Default: not defined If the autosign_file is specified incoming keys specified in the autosign_file will be automatically accepted. Matches will be searched for first by string comparison, then by globbing, then by full-string regex matching. This should still be considered a less than secure option, due to the fact that trust is based on just the requesting minion id. autoreject_file New in version 2014.1.0. Default: not defined Works like autosign_file, but instead allows you to specify minion IDs for which keys will automatically be rejected. Will override both membership in the autosign_file and the auto_accept setting. permissive_pki_access Default: False Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure. If an autosign_file is specified, enabling permissive_pki_access will allow group access to that specific file. permissive_pki_access: False publisher_acl Default: {} Enable user accounts on the master to execute specific modules. These modules can be expressed as regular expressions. publisher_acl: fred: - test.ping - pkg.* publisher_acl_blacklist Default: {} Blacklist users or modules This example would blacklist all non sudo users, including root from running any commands. It would also blacklist any use of the "cmd" module. This is completely disabled by default. publisher_acl_blacklist: users: - root - '^(?!sudo_).*$' # all non sudo users modules: - cmd.* - test.echo sudo_acl Default: False Enforce publisher_acl and publisher_acl_blacklist when users have sudo access to the salt command. sudo_acl: False external_auth Default: {} The external auth system uses the Salt auth modules to authenticate and validate users to access areas of the Salt system. external_auth: pam: fred: - test.* token_expire Default: 43200 Time (in seconds) for a newly generated token to live. Default: 12 hours token_expire: 43200 token_expire_user_override Default: False Allow eauth users to specify the expiry time of the tokens they generate. A boolean applies to all users or a dictionary of whitelisted eauth backends and usernames may be given: token_expire_user_override: pam: - fred - tom ldap: - gary keep_acl_in_token Default: False Set to True to enable keeping the calculated user's auth list in the token file. This is disabled by default and the auth list is calculated or requested from the eauth driver each time. keep_acl_in_token: False eauth_acl_module Default: '' Auth subsystem module to use to get authorized access list for a user. By default it's the same module used for external authentication. eauth_acl_module: django file_recv Default: False Allow minions to push files to the master. This is disabled by default, for security pur‐ poses. file_recv: False file_recv_max_size New in version 2014.7.0. Default: 100 Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master. It will be interpreted as megabytes. file_recv_max_size: 100 master_sign_pubkey Default: False Sign the master auth-replies with a cryptographic signature of the master's public key. Please see the tutorial how to use these settings in the Multimaster-PKI with Failover Tutorial master_sign_pubkey: True master_sign_key_name Default: master_sign The customizable name of the signing-key-pair without suffix. master_sign_key_name: <filename_without_suffix> master_pubkey_signature Default: master_pubkey_signature The name of the file in the master's pki-directory that holds the pre-calculated signature of the master's public-key. master_pubkey_signature: <filename> master_use_pubkey_signature Default: False Instead of computing the signature for each auth-reply, use a pre-calculated signature. The master_pubkey_signature must also be set for this. master_use_pubkey_signature: True rotate_aes_key Default: True Rotate the salt-masters AES-key when a minion-public is deleted with salt-key. This is a very important security-setting. Disabling it will enable deleted minions to still listen in on the messages published by the salt-master. Do not disable this unless it is abso‐ lutely clear what this does. rotate_aes_key: True publish_session Default: 86400 The number of seconds between AES key rotations on the master. publish_session: Default: 86400 ssl New in version 2016.11.0. Default: None TLS/SSL connection options. This could be set to a dictionary containing arguments corre‐ sponding to python ssl.wrap_socket method. For details see Tornado and Python documenta‐ tion. Note: to set enum arguments values like cert_reqs and ssl_version use constant names with‐ out ssl module prefix: CERT_REQUIRED or PROTOCOL_SSLv23. ssl: keyfile: <path_to_keyfile> certfile: <path_to_certfile> ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2 allow_minion_key_revoke Default: False By default, the master deletes its cache of minion data when the key for that minion is removed. To preserve the cache after key deletion, set preserve_minion_cache to True. WARNING: This may have security implications if compromised minions auth with a previous deleted minion ID. preserve_minion_cache: False allow_minion_key_revoke Default: True Controls whether a minion can request its own key revocation. When True the master will honor the minion's request and revoke its key. When False, the master will drop the request and the minion's key will remain accepted. rotate_aes_key: True Master Large Scale Tuning Settings max_open_files Default: 100000 Each minion connecting to the master uses AT LEAST one file descriptor, the master sub‐ scription connection. If enough minions connect you might start seeing on the console(and then salt-master crashes): Too many open files (tcp_listener.cpp:335) Aborted (core dumped) max_open_files: 100000 By default this value will be the one of ulimit -Hn, i.e., the hard limit for max open files. To set a different value than the default one, uncomment, and configure this setting. Remember that this value CANNOT be higher than the hard limit. Raising the hard limit depends on the OS and/or distribution, a good way to find the limit is to search the internet for something like this: raise max open files hard limit debian worker_threads Default: 5 The number of threads to start for receiving commands and replies from minions. If min‐ ions are stalling on replies because you have many minions, raise the worker_threads value. Worker threads should not be put below 3 when using the peer system, but can drop down to 1 worker otherwise. NOTE: When the master daemon starts, it is expected behaviour to see multiple salt-master processes, even if 'worker_threads' is set to '1'. At a minimum, a controlling process will start along with a Publisher, an EventPublisher, and a number of MWorker processes will be started. The number of MWorker processes is tuneable by the 'worker_threads' configuration value while the others are not. worker_threads: 5 pub_hwm Default: 1000 The zeromq high water mark on the publisher interface. pub_hwm: 1000 zmq_backlog Default: 1000 The listen queue size of the ZeroMQ backlog. zmq_backlog: 1000 salt_event_pub_hwm and event_publisher_pub_hwm These two ZeroMQ High Water Mark settings, salt_event_pub_hwm and event_publisher_pub_hwm are significant for masters with thousands of minions. When these are insufficiently high it will manifest in random responses missing in the CLI and even missing from the job cache. Masters that have fast CPUs and many cores with appropriate worker_threads will not need these set as high. The ZeroMQ high-water-mark for the SaltEvent pub socket default is: salt_event_pub_hwm: 20000 The ZeroMQ high-water-mark for the EventPublisher pub socket default is: event_publisher_pub_hwm: 10000 As an example, on single master deployment with 8,000 minions, 2.4GHz CPUs, 24 cores, and 32GiB memory has these settings: salt_event_pub_hwm: 128000 event_publisher_pub_hwm: 64000 Master Module Management runner_dirs Default: [] Set additional directories to search for runner modules. runner_dirs: - /var/lib/salt/runners cython_enable Default: False Set to true to enable Cython modules (.pyx files) to be compiled on the fly on the Salt master. cython_enable: False Master State System Settings state_top Default: top.sls The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to use and what modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the root of the base environ‐ ment. state_top: top.sls state_top_saltenv This option has no default value. Set it to an environment name to ensure that only the top file from that environment is considered during a highstate. NOTE: Using this value does not change the merging strategy. For instance, if top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and state_top_saltenv is set to foo, then any sections for environments other than foo in the top file for the foo environment will be ignored. With state_top_saltenv set to base, all states from all environments in the base top file will be applied, while all other top files are ignored. The only way to set state_top_saltenv to something other than base and not have the other envi‐ ronments in the targeted top file ignored, would be to set top_file_merging_strategy to merge_all. state_top_saltenv: dev top_file_merging_strategy Changed in version 2016.11.0: A merge_all strategy has been added. Default: merge When no specific fileserver environment (a.k.a. saltenv) has been specified for a high‐ state, all environments' top files are inspected. This config option determines how the SLS targets in those top files are handled. When set to merge, the base environment's top file is evaluated first, followed by the other environments' top files. The first target expression (e.g. '*') for a given environ‐ ment is kept, and when the same target expression is used in a different top file evalu‐ ated later, it is ignored. Because base is evaluated first, it is authoritative. For example, if there is a target for '*' for the foo environment in both the base and foo environment's top files, the one in the foo environment would be ignored. The environments will be evaluated in no specific order (aside from base coming first). For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order. Note that, aside from the base environment's top file, any sections in top files that do not match that top file's environment will be ignored. So, for example, a section for the qa environment would be ignored if it appears in the dev environment's top file. To keep use cases like this from being ignored, use the merge_all strategy. When set to same, then for each environment, only that environment's top file is pro‐ cessed, with the others being ignored. For example, only the dev environment's top file will be processed for the dev environment, and any SLS targets defined for dev in the base environment's (or any other environment's) top file will be ignored. If an environment does not have a top file, then the top file from the default_top config parameter will be used as a fallback. When set to merge_all, then all states in all environments in all top files will be applied. The order in which individual SLS files will be executed will depend on the order in which the top files were evaluated, and the environments will be evaluated in no spe‐ cific order. For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order. top_file_merging_strategy: same env_order Default: [] When top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and no environment is specified for a highstate, this config option allows for the order in which top files are evaluated to be explicitly defined. env_order: - base - dev - qa master_tops Default: {} The master_tops option replaces the external_nodes option by creating a pluggable system for the generation of external top data. The external_nodes option is deprecated by the master_tops option. To gain the capabilities of the classic external_nodes system, use the following configuration: master_tops: ext_nodes: <Shell command which returns yaml> external_nodes Default: None The external_nodes option allows Salt to gather data that would normally be placed in a top file from and external node controller. The external_nodes option is the executable that will return the ENC data. Remember that Salt will look for external nodes AND top files and combine the results if both are enabled and available! external_nodes: cobbler-ext-nodes renderer Default: yaml_jinja The renderer to use on the minions to render the state data. renderer: yaml_jinja userdata_template New in version 2016.11.4. Default: None The renderer to use for templating userdata files in salt-cloud, if the userdata_template is not set in the cloud profile. If no value is set in the cloud profile or master config file, no templating will be performed. userdata_template: jinja jinja_trim_blocks New in version 2014.1.0. Default: False If this is set to True, the first newline after a Jinja block is removed (block, not vari‐ able tag!). Defaults to False and corresponds to the Jinja environment init variable trim_blocks. jinja_trim_blocks: False jinja_lstrip_blocks New in version 2014.1.0. Default: False If this is set to True, leading spaces and tabs are stripped from the start of a line to a block. Defaults to False and corresponds to the Jinja environment init variable lstrip_blocks. jinja_lstrip_blocks: False failhard Default: False Set the global failhard flag. This informs all states to stop running states at the moment a single state fails. failhard: False state_verbose Default: True Controls the verbosity of state runs. By default, the results of all states are returned, but setting this value to False will cause salt to only display output for states that failed or states that have changes. state_verbose: False state_output Default: full The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse' the output will be shortened to a single line. If set to 'mixed', the output will be terse unless a state failed, in which case that output will be full. If set to 'changes', the output will be full unless the state didn't change. state_output: full state_output_diff Default: False The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them. state_output_diff: False state_aggregate Default: False Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically aggregate just those types. state_aggregate: - pkg state_aggregate: True state_events Default: False Send progress events as each function in a state run completes execution by setting to True. Progress events are in the format salt/job/<JID>/prog/<MID>/<RUN NUM>. state_events: True yaml_utf8 Default: False Enable extra routines for YAML renderer used states containing UTF characters. yaml_utf8: False runner_returns Default: False If set to True, runner jobs will be saved to job cache (defined by master_job_cache). runner_returns: True Master File Server Settings fileserver_backend Default: ['roots'] Salt supports a modular fileserver backend system, this system allows the salt master to link directly to third party systems to gather and manage the files available to minions. Multiple backends can be configured and will be searched for the requested file in the order in which they are defined here. The default setting only enables the standard back‐ end roots, which is configured using the file_roots option. Example: fileserver_backend: - roots - git NOTE: For masterless Salt, this parameter must be specified in the minion config file. fileserver_followsymlinks New in version 2014.1.0. Default: True By default, the file_server follows symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. Currently this only applies to the default roots fileserver_backend. fileserver_followsymlinks: True fileserver_ignoresymlinks New in version 2014.1.0. Default: False If you do not want symlinks to be treated as the files they are pointing to, set file‐ server_ignoresymlinks to True. By default this is set to False. When set to True, any detected symlink while listing files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion. fileserver_ignoresymlinks: False fileserver_limit_traversal New in version 2014.1.0. Default: False By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules, set fileserver_limit_traversal to True. This might be useful for installations where a file root has a very large number of files and performance is impacted. fileserver_limit_traversal: False fileserver_list_cache_time New in version 2014.1.0. Changed in version 2016.11.0: The default was changed from 30 seconds to 20. Default: 20 Salt caches the list of files/symlinks/directories for each fileserver backend and envi‐ ronment as they are requested, to guard against a performance bottleneck at scale when many minions all ask the fileserver which files are available simultaneously. This config‐ uration parameter allows for the max age of that cache to be altered. Set this value to 0 to disable use of this cache altogether, but keep in mind that this may increase the CPU load on the master when running a highstate on a large number of min‐ ions. NOTE: Rather than altering this configuration parameter, it may be advisable to use the file‐ server.clear_list_cache runner to clear these caches. fileserver_list_cache_time: 5 fileserver_verify_config New in version 2017.7.0. Default: True By default, as the master starts it performs some sanity checks on the configured file‐ server backends. If any of these sanity checks fail (such as when an invalid configuration is used), the master daemon will abort. To skip these sanity checks, set this option to False. fileserver_verify_config: False hash_type Default: sha256 The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on the master server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384, and sha512 are also supported. hash_type: sha256 file_buffer_size Default: 1048576 The buffer size in the file server in bytes. file_buffer_size: 1048576 file_ignore_regex Default: '' A regular expression (or a list of expressions) that will be matched against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This includes files affected by the file.recurse state. For example, if you manage your custom modules and states in subver‐ sion and don't want all the '.svn' folders and content synced to your minions, you could set this to '/.svn($|/)'. By default nothing is ignored. file_ignore_regex: - '/\.svn($|/)' - '/\.git($|/)' file_ignore_glob Default '' A file glob (or list of file globs) that will be matched against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This is similar to file_ignore_regex above, but works on globs instead of regex. By default nothing is ignored. file_ignore_glob: - '\*.pyc' - '\*/somefolder/\*.bak' - '\*.swp' NOTE: Vim's .swp files are a common cause of Unicode errors in file.recurse states which use templating. Unless there is a good reason to distribute them via the fileserver, it is good practice to include '\*.swp' in the file_ignore_glob. roots: Master's Local File Server file_roots Default: base: - /srv/salt Salt runs a lightweight file server written in ZeroMQ to deliver files to minions. This file server is built into the master daemon and does not require a dedicated port. The file server works on environments passed to the master. Each environment can have mul‐ tiple root directories. The subdirectories in the multiple file roots cannot match, other‐ wise the downloaded files will not be able to be reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file. Example: file_roots: base: - /srv/salt dev: - /srv/salt/dev/services - /srv/salt/dev/states prod: - /srv/salt/prod/services - /srv/salt/prod/states NOTE: For masterless Salt, this parameter must be specified in the minion config file. master_roots Default: /srv/salt-master A master-only copy of the file_roots dictionary, used by the state compiler. master_roots: /srv/salt-master git: Git Remote File Server Backend gitfs_remotes Default: [] When using the git fileserver backend at least one git remote needs to be defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo. The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first repo to have the file will return it. Branches and tags are translated into salt environ‐ ments. gitfs_remotes: - git://github.com/saltstack/salt-states.git - file:///var/git/saltmaster NOTE: file:// repos will be treated as a remote and copied into the master's gitfs cache, so only the local refs for those repos will be exposed as fileserver environments. As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of several of the gitfs configu‐ ration parameters. For more information, see the GitFS Walkthrough. gitfs_provider New in version 2014.7.0. Optional parameter used to specify the provider to be used for gitfs. More information can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then each will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that is used. gitfs_provider: gitpython gitfs_ssl_verify Default: True Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when fetching from the reposito‐ ries configured in gitfs_remotes. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a self-signed certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is a considered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better option. gitfs_ssl_verify: False NOTE: pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer. Changed in version 2015.8.0: This option can now be configured on individual repositories as well. See here for more info. Changed in version 2016.11.0: The default config value changed from False to True. gitfs_mountpoint New in version 2014.7.0. Default: '' Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by gitfs. This option can be used in conjunction with gitfs_root. It can also be configured for an individual repository, see here for more info. gitfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar NOTE: The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of a gitfs remote, and the above example mountpoint, this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh. gitfs_root Default: '' Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with gitfs_mountpoint. If used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored and the relative path will (for the purposes of gitfs) be considered as the root of the repo. gitfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder Changed in version 2014.7.0: This option can now be configured on individual repositories as well. See here for more info. gitfs_base Default: master Defines which branch/tag should be used as the base environment. gitfs_base: salt Changed in version 2014.7.0: This option can now be configured on individual repositories as well. See here for more info. gitfs_saltenv New in version 2016.11.0. Default: [] Global settings for per-saltenv configuration parameters. Though per-saltenv configuration parameters are typically one-off changes specific to a single gitfs remote, and thus more often configured on a per-remote basis, this parameter can be used to specify per-saltenv changes which should apply to all remotes. For example, the below configuration will map the develop branch to the dev saltenv for all gitfs remotes. gitfs_saltenv: - dev: - ref: develop gitfs_env_whitelist New in version 2014.7.0. Default: [] Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if the repos in gitfs_remotes contain many branches/tags. More information can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough. gitfs_env_whitelist: - base - v1.* - 'mybranch\d+' gitfs_env_blacklist New in version 2014.7.0. Default: [] Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if the repos in gitfs_remotes contain many branches/tags. More information can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough. gitfs_env_blacklist: - base - v1.* - 'mybranch\d+' gitfs_global_lock New in version 2015.8.9. Default: True When set to False, if there is an update lock for a gitfs remote and the pid written to it is not running on the master, the lock file will be automatically cleared and a new lock will be obtained. When set to True, Salt will simply log a warning when there is an update lock present. On single-master deployments, disabling this option can help automatically deal with instances where the master was shutdown/restarted during the middle of a gitfs update, leaving a update lock in place. However, on multi-master deployments with the gitfs cachedir shared via GlusterFS, nfs, or another network filesystem, it is strongly recommended not to disable this option as doing so will cause lock files to be removed if they were created by a different master. # Disable global lock gitfs_global_lock: False GitFS Authentication Options These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 gitfs provider. Examples of how to use these can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough. gitfs_user New in version 2014.7.0. Default: '' Along with gitfs_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. gitfs_user: git NOTE: This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories. gitfs_password New in version 2014.7.0. Default: '' Along with gitfs_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication. gitfs_password: mypassword NOTE: This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories. gitfs_insecure_auth New in version 2014.7.0. Default: False By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk. gitfs_insecure_auth: True NOTE: This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories. gitfs_pubkey New in version 2014.7.0. Default: '' Along with gitfs_privkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes. Required for SSH remotes. gitfs_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub NOTE: This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories. gitfs_privkey New in version 2014.7.0. Default: '' Along with gitfs_pubkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to authenticate to SSH remotes. Required for SSH remotes. gitfs_privkey: /path/to/key NOTE: This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories. gitfs_passphrase New in version 2014.7.0. Default: '' This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is protected by a passphrase. gitfs_passphrase: mypassphrase NOTE: This is is a global configuration option, see here for examples of configuring it for individual repositories. gitfs_refspecs New in version 2017.7.0. Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'] When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be fetched. More information on how this feature works can be found in the GitFS Walkthrough. gitfs_refspecs: - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*' - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*' - '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*' - '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*' hg: Mercurial Remote File Server Backend hgfs_remotes New in version 0.17.0. Default: [] When using the hg fileserver backend at least one mercurial remote needs to be defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo. The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first repo to have the file will return it. Branches and/or bookmarks are translated into salt environments, as defined by the hgfs_branch_method parameter. hgfs_remotes: - https://@bitbucket.org/username/reponame
NOTE:
As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of the hgfs_root,
hgfs_mountpoint, hgfs_base, and hgfs_branch_method parameters. For example:
hgfs_remotes:
- https://@bitbucket.org/username/repo1
- base: saltstates
- https://@bitbucket.org/username/repo2:
- root: salt
- mountpoint: salt://foo/bar/baz
- https://@bitbucket.org/username/repo3:
- root: salt/states
- branch_method: mixed
hgfs_branch_method
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: branches
Defines the objects that will be used as fileserver environments.
· branches - Only branches and tags will be used
· bookmarks - Only bookmarks and tags will be used
· mixed - Branches, bookmarks, and tags will be used
hgfs_branch_method: mixed
NOTE:
Starting in version 2014.1.0, the value of the hgfs_base parameter defines which branch
is used as the base environment, allowing for a base environment to be used with an
hgfs_branch_method of bookmarks.
Prior to this release, the default branch will be used as the base environment.
hgfs_mountpoint
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: ''
Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by
hgfs. This option can be used in conjunction with hgfs_root. It can also be configured on
a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
hgfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:
The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and
salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of an hgfs remote,
this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.
hgfs_root
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: ''
Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to
serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be
available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with hgfs_mountpoint. If
used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored
and the relative path will (for the purposes of hgfs) be considered as the root of the
repo.
hgfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
Changed in version 2014.7.0: Ability to specify hgfs roots on a per-remote basis was
added. See here for more info.
hgfs_base
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: default
Defines which branch should be used as the base environment. Change this if
hgfs_branch_method is set to bookmarks to specify which bookmark should be used as the
base environment.
hgfs_base: salt
hgfs_env_whitelist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
hgfs remotes contain many branches/bookmarks/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expres‐
sions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire
minion ID.
If used, only branches/bookmarks/tags which match one of the specified expressions will be
exposed as fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with hgfs_env_blacklist, then the subset of branches/bookmarks/tags
which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver
environments.
hgfs_env_whitelist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
hgfs_env_blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
hgfs remotes contain many branches/bookmarks/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expres‐
sions are supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire
minion ID.
If used, branches/bookmarks/tags which match one of the specified expressions will not be
exposed as fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with hgfs_env_whitelist, then the subset of branches/bookmarks/tags
which match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver
environments.
hgfs_env_blacklist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
svn: Subversion Remote File Server Backend
svnfs_remotes
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: []
When using the svn fileserver backend at least one subversion remote needs to be defined.
The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.
The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client and the first
repo to have the file will return it. The trunk, branches, and tags become environments,
with the trunk being the base environment.
svnfs_remotes:
- svn://foo.com/svn/myproject
NOTE:
As of 2014.7.0, it is possible to have per-repo versions of the following configuration
parameters:
· svnfs_root
· svnfs_mountpoint
· svnfs_trunk
· svnfs_branches
· svnfs_tags
For example:
svnfs_remotes:
- svn://foo.com/svn/project1
- svn://foo.com/svn/project2:
- root: salt
- mountpoint: salt://foo/bar/baz
- svn//foo.com/svn/project3:
- root: salt/states
- branches: branch
- tags: tag
svnfs_mountpoint
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: ''
Specifies a path on the salt fileserver which will be prepended to all files served by
hgfs. This option can be used in conjunction with svnfs_root. It can also be configured on
a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:
The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and
salt://foo/bar are equivalent). Assuming a file baz.sh in the root of an svnfs remote,
this file would be served up via salt://foo/bar/baz.sh.
svnfs_root
New in version 0.17.0.
Default: ''
Relative path to a subdirectory within the repository from which Salt should begin to
serve files. This is useful when there are files in the repository that should not be
available to the Salt fileserver. Can be used in conjunction with svnfs_mountpoint. If
used, then from Salt's perspective the directories above the one specified will be ignored
and the relative path will (for the purposes of svnfs) be considered as the root of the
repo.
svnfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
Changed in version 2014.7.0: Ability to specify svnfs roots on a per-remote basis was
added. See here for more info.
svnfs_trunk
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: trunk
Path relative to the root of the repository where the trunk is located. Can also be con‐
figured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_trunk: trunk
svnfs_branches
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: branches
Path relative to the root of the repository where the branches are located. Can also be
configured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_branches: branches
svnfs_tags
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: tags
Path relative to the root of the repository where the tags are located. Can also be con‐
figured on a per-remote basis, see here for more info.
svnfs_tags: tags
svnfs_env_whitelist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
svnfs remotes contain many branches/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are
supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, only branches/tags which match one of the specified expressions will be exposed
as fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with svnfs_env_blacklist, then the subset of branches/tags which
match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environ‐
ments.
svnfs_env_whitelist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
svnfs_env_blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which environments are made available. Can speed up state runs if your
svnfs remotes contain many branches/tags. Full names, globs, and regular expressions are
supported. If using a regular expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, branches/tags which match one of the specified expressions will not be exposed as
fileserver environments.
If used in conjunction with svnfs_env_whitelist, then the subset of branches/tags which
match the whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed as fileserver environ‐
ments.
svnfs_env_blacklist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
minion: MinionFS Remote File Server Backend
minionfs_env
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: base
Environment from which MinionFS files are made available.
minionfs_env: minionfs
minionfs_mountpoint
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: ''
Specifies a path on the salt fileserver from which minionfs files are served.
minionfs_mountpoint: salt://foo/bar
NOTE:
The salt:// protocol designation can be left off (in other words, foo/bar and
salt://foo/bar are equivalent).
minionfs_whitelist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which minions' pushed files are exposed via minionfs. If using a regular
expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, only the pushed files from minions which match one of the specified expressions
will be exposed.
If used in conjunction with minionfs_blacklist, then the subset of hosts which match the
whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed.
minionfs_whitelist:
- server01
- dev*
- 'mail\d+.mydomain.tld'
minionfs_blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: []
Used to restrict which minions' pushed files are exposed via minionfs. If using a regular
expression, the expression must match the entire minion ID.
If used, only the pushed files from minions which match one of the specified expressions
will not be exposed.
If used in conjunction with minionfs_whitelist, then the subset of hosts which match the
whitelist but do not match the blacklist will be exposed.
minionfs_blacklist:
- server01
- dev*
- 'mail\d+.mydomain.tld'
Pillar Configuration
pillar_roots
Default:
base:
- /srv/pillar
Set the environments and directories used to hold pillar sls data. This configuration is
the same as file_roots:
pillar_roots:
base:
- /srv/pillar
dev:
- /srv/pillar/dev
prod:
- /srv/pillar/prod
on_demand_ext_pillar
New in version 2016.3.6,2016.11.3,2017.7.0.
Default: ['libvirt', 'virtkey']
The external pillars permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext.
on_demand_ext_pillar:
- libvirt
- virtkey
- git
WARNING:
This will allow minions to request specific pillar data via pillar.ext, and may be con‐
sidered a security risk. However, pillar data generated in this way will not affect the
in-memory pillar data, so this risk is limited to instances in which states/mod‐
ules/etc. (built-in or custom) rely upon pillar data generated by pillar.ext.
decrypt_pillar
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: []
A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo:bar': gpg
- 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'
Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a key/value pair,
with the key being the pillar location, and the value being the renderer to use for pillar
decryption. If the former is used, the renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will
be used.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: :
The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the decrypt_pillar option.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|'
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo|bar': gpg
- 'lorem|ipsum|dolor'
decrypt_pillar_default
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: gpg
The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given pillar key
in decrypt_pillar.
decrypt_pillar_default: my_custom_renderer
decrypt_pillar_renderers
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['gpg']
List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
decrypt_pillar_renderers:
- gpg
- my_custom_renderer
pillar_opts
Default: False
The pillar_opts option adds the master configuration file data to a dict in the pillar
called master. This can be used to set simple configurations in the master config file
that can then be used on minions.
Note that setting this option to True means the master config file will be included in all
minion's pillars. While this makes global configuration of services and systems easy, it
may not be desired if sensitive data is stored in the master configuration.
pillar_opts: False
pillar_safe_render_error
Default: True
The pillar_safe_render_error option prevents the master from passing pillar render errors
to the minion. This is set on by default because the error could contain templating data
which would give that minion information it shouldn't have, like a password! When set True
the error message will only show:
Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
pillar_safe_render_error: True
ext_pillar
The ext_pillar option allows for any number of external pillar interfaces to be called
when populating pillar data. The configuration is based on ext_pillar functions. The
available ext_pillar functions can be found herein:
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/pillar
By default, the ext_pillar interface is not configured to run.
Default: []
ext_pillar:
- hiera: /etc/hiera.yaml
- cmd_yaml: cat /etc/salt/yaml
- reclass:
inventory_base_uri: /etc/reclass
There are additional details at salt-pillars
ext_pillar_first
New in version 2015.5.0.
Default: False
This option allows for external pillar sources to be evaluated before pillar_roots. Exter‐
nal pillar data is evaluated separately from pillar_roots pillar data, and then both sets
of pillar data are merged into a single pillar dictionary, so the value of this config
option will have an impact on which key "wins" when there is one of the same name in both
the external pillar data and pillar_roots pillar data. By setting this option to True,
ext_pillar keys will be overridden by pillar_roots, while leaving it as False will allow
ext_pillar keys to override those from pillar_roots.
NOTE:
For a while, this config option did not work as specified above, because of a bug in
Pillar compilation. This bug has been resolved in version 2016.3.4 and later.
ext_pillar_first: False
pillarenv_from_saltenv
Default: False
When set to True, the pillarenv value will assume the value of the effective saltenv when
running states. This essentially makes salt-run pillar.show_pillar saltenv=dev equivalent
to salt-run pillar.show_pillar saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev. If pillarenv is set on the CLI,
it will override this option.
pillarenv_from_saltenv: True
NOTE:
For salt remote execution commands this option should be set in the Minion configura‐
tion instead.
pillar_raise_on_missing
New in version 2015.5.0.
Default: False
Set this option to True to force a KeyError to be raised whenever an attempt to retrieve a
named value from pillar fails. When this option is set to False, the failed attempt
returns an empty string.
Git External Pillar (git_pillar) Configuration Options
git_pillar_provider
New in version 2015.8.0.
Specify the provider to be used for git_pillar. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If
unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible
version installed will be the provider that is used.
git_pillar_provider: gitpython
git_pillar_base
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: master
If the desired branch matches this value, and the environment is omitted from the git_pil‐
lar configuration, then the environment for that git_pillar remote will be base. For exam‐
ple, in the configuration below, the foo branch/tag would be assigned to the base environ‐
ment, while bar would be mapped to the bar environment.
git_pillar_base: foo
ext_pillar:
- git:
- foo https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
- bar https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
git_pillar_branch
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: master
If the branch is omitted from a git_pillar remote, then this branch will be used instead.
For example, in the configuration below, the first two remotes would use the pillardata
branch/tag, while the third would use the foo branch/tag.
git_pillar_branch: pillardata
ext_pillar:
- git:
- https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
- https://mygitserver/pillar2.git:
- root: pillar
- foo https://mygitserver/pillar3.git
git_pillar_env
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: '' (unset)
Environment to use for git_pillar remotes. This is normally derived from the branch/tag
(or from a per-remote env parameter), but if set this will override the process of deriv‐
ing the env from the branch/tag name. For example, in the configuration below the foo
branch would be assigned to the base environment, while the bar branch would need to
explicitly have bar configured as it's environment to keep it from also being mapped to
the base environment.
git_pillar_env: base
ext_pillar:
- git:
- foo https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git
- bar https://mygitserver/git-pillar.git:
- env: bar
For this reason, this option is recommended to be left unset, unless the use case calls
for all (or almost all) of the git_pillar remotes to use the same environment irrespective
of the branch/tag being used.
git_pillar_root
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Path relative to the root of the repository where the git_pillar top file and SLS files
are located. In the below configuration, the pillar top file and SLS files would be looked
for in a subdirectory called pillar.
git_pillar_root: pillar
ext_pillar:
- git:
- master https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
- master https://mygitserver/pillar2.git
NOTE:
This is a global option. If only one or two repos need to have their files sourced from
a subdirectory, then git_pillar_root can be omitted and the root can be specified on a
per-remote basis, like so:
ext_pillar:
- git:
- master https://mygitserver/pillar1.git
- master https://mygitserver/pillar2.git:
- root: pillar
In this example, for the first remote the top file and SLS files would be looked for in
the root of the repository, while in the second remote the pillar data would be
retrieved from the pillar subdirectory.
git_pillar_ssl_verify
New in version 2015.8.0.
Changed in version 2016.11.0.
Default: False
Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting the remote
repository. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a self-signed
certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is a consid‐
ered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better option.
In the 2016.11.0 release, the default config value changed from False to True.
git_pillar_ssl_verify: True
NOTE:
pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.
git_pillar_global_lock
New in version 2015.8.9.
Default: True
When set to False, if there is an update/checkout lock for a git_pillar remote and the pid
written to it is not running on the master, the lock file will be automatically cleared
and a new lock will be obtained. When set to True, Salt will simply log a warning when
there is an lock present.
On single-master deployments, disabling this option can help automatically deal with
instances where the master was shutdown/restarted during the middle of a git_pillar
update/checkout, leaving a lock in place.
However, on multi-master deployments with the git_pillar cachedir shared via GlusterFS,
nfs, or another network filesystem, it is strongly recommended not to disable this option
as doing so will cause lock files to be removed if they were created by a different mas‐
ter.
# Disable global lock
git_pillar_global_lock: False
git_pillar_includes
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
Normally, when processing git_pillar remotes, if more than one repo under the same git
section in the ext_pillar configuration refers to the same pillar environment, then each
repo in a given environment will have access to the other repos' files to be referenced in
their top files. However, it may be desirable to disable this behavior. If so, set this
value to False.
For a more detailed examination of how includes work, see this explanation from the
git_pillar documentation.
git_pillar_includes: False
Git External Pillar Authentication Options
These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 git_pillar_provider. Authentication
works the same as it does in gitfs, as outlined in the GitFS Walkthrough, though the
global configuration options are named differently to reflect that they are for git_pillar
instead of gitfs.
git_pillar_user
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
git_pillar_user: git
git_pillar_password
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is
not required if the repository does not use authentication.
git_pillar_password: mypassword
git_pillar_insecure_auth
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter
enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
git_pillar_insecure_auth: True
git_pillar_pubkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_privkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase), is used to authenti‐
cate to SSH remotes.
git_pillar_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub
git_pillar_privkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with git_pillar_pubkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase), is used to authenti‐
cate to SSH remotes.
git_pillar_privkey: /path/to/key
git_pillar_passphrase
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is
protected by a passphrase.
git_pillar_passphrase: mypassphrase
git_pillar_refspecs
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']
When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This
parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be
fetched. This parameter works similarly to its GitFS counterpart, in that it can be con‐
figured both globally and for individual remotes.
git_pillar_refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
git_pillar_verify_config
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
By default, as the master starts it performs some sanity checks on the configured git_pil‐
lar repositories. If any of these sanity checks fail (such as when an invalid configura‐
tion is used), the master daemon will abort.
To skip these sanity checks, set this option to False.
git_pillar_verify_config: False
Pillar Merging Options
pillar_source_merging_strategy
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: smart
The pillar_source_merging_strategy option allows you to configure merging strategy between
different sources. It accepts 5 values:
· none:
New in version 2016.3.4: It will not do any merging at all and only parse the pillar data
from the passed environment and 'base' if no environment was specified.
· recurse:
it will merge recursively mapping of data. For example, theses 2 sources:
foo: 42
bar:
element1: True
bar:
element2: True
baz: quux
will be merged as:
foo: 42
bar:
element1: True
element2: True
baz: quux
· aggregate:
instructs aggregation of elements between sources that use the #!yamlex renderer.
For example, these two documents:
#!yamlex
foo: 42
bar: !aggregate {
element1: True
}
baz: !aggregate quux
#!yamlex
bar: !aggregate {
element2: True
}
baz: !aggregate quux2
will be merged as:
foo: 42
bar:
element1: True
element2: True
baz:
- quux
- quux2
· overwrite:
Will use the behaviour of the 2014.1 branch and earlier.
Overwrites elements according the order in which they are processed.
First pillar processed:
A:
first_key: blah
second_key: blah
Second pillar processed:
A:
third_key: blah
fourth_key: blah
will be merged as:
A:
third_key: blah
fourth_key: blah
· smart (default):
Guesses the best strategy based on the "renderer" setting.
pillar_merge_lists
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
Recursively merge lists by aggregating them instead of replacing them.
pillar_merge_lists: False
Pillar Cache Options
pillar_cache
New in version 2015.8.8.
Default: False
A master can cache pillars locally to bypass the expense of having to render them for each
minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases where pillar render‐
ing time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security concerns about storing
pillars in a master cache have been addressed.
When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional pillar_cache_* con‐
figuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.
pillar_cache: False
NOTE:
Setting pillar_cache: True has no effect on targeting minions with pillar.
pillar_cache_ttl
New in version 2015.8.8.
Default: 3600
If and only if a master has set pillar_cache: True, the cache TTL controls the amount of
time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh pillar is
recompiled and stored.
pillar_cache_backend
New in version 2015.8.8.
Default: disk
If an only if a master has set pillar_cache: True, one of several storage providers can be
utilized:
· disk (default):
The default storage backend. This caches rendered pillars to the master cache. Rendered
pillars are serialized and deserialized as msgpack structures for speed. Note that pil‐
lars are stored UNENCRYPTED. Ensure that the master cache has permissions set appropri‐
ately (sane defaults are provided).
· memory [EXPERIMENTAL]:
An optional backend for pillar caches which uses a pure-Python in-memory data structure
for maximal performance. There are several caveats, however. First, because each master
worker contains its own in-memory cache, there is no guarantee of cache consistency
between minion requests. This works best in situations where the pillar rarely if ever
changes. Secondly, and perhaps more importantly, this means that unencrypted pillars
will be accessible to any process which can examine the memory of the salt-master! This
may represent a substantial security risk.
pillar_cache_backend: disk
Master Reactor Settings
reactor
Default: []
Defines a salt reactor. See the Reactor documentation for more information.
reactor:
- 'salt/minion/*/start':
- salt://reactor/startup_tasks.sls
reactor_refresh_interval
Default: 60
The TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
reactor_refresh_interval: 60
reactor_worker_threads
Default: 10
The number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm
Default: 10000
The queue size for workers in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
Syndic Server Settings
A Salt syndic is a Salt master used to pass commands from a higher Salt master to minions
below the syndic. Using the syndic is simple. If this is a master that will have syndic
servers(s) below it, set the order_masters setting to True.
If this is a master that will be running a syndic daemon for passthrough the syndic_master
setting needs to be set to the location of the master server.
Do not forget that, in other words, it means that it shares with the local minion its ID
and PKI directory.
order_masters
Default: False
Extra data needs to be sent with publications if the master is controlling a lower level
master via a syndic minion. If this is the case the order_masters value must be set to
True
order_masters: False
syndic_master
Changed in version 2016.3.5,2016.11.1: Set default higher level master address.
Default: masterofmasters
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the higher level master with this configuration value.
syndic_master: masterofmasters
You can optionally connect a syndic to multiple higher level masters by setting the syn‐
dic_master value to a list:
syndic_master:
- masterofmasters1
- masterofmasters2
Each higher level master must be set up in a multi-master configuration.
syndic_master_port
Default: 4506
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the higher level master port with this configuration value.
syndic_master_port: 4506
syndic_pidfile
Default: /var/run/salt-syndic.pid
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the pidfile of the syndic daemon.
syndic_pidfile: /var/run/syndic.pid
syndic_log_file
Default: /var/log/salt/syndic
If this master will be running the salt-syndic to connect to a higher level master, spec‐
ify the log file of the syndic daemon.
syndic_log_file: /var/log/salt-syndic.log
syndic_failover
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: random
The behaviour of the multi-syndic when connection to a master of masters failed. Can
specify random (default) or ordered. If set to random, masters will be iterated in random
order. If ordered is specified, the configured order will be used.
syndic_failover: random
syndic_wait
Default: 5
The number of seconds for the salt client to wait for additional syndics to check in with
their lists of expected minions before giving up.
syndic_wait: 5
syndic_forward_all_events
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: False
Option on multi-syndic or single when connected to multiple masters to be able to send
events to all connected masters.
syndic_forward_all_events: False
Peer Publish Settings
Salt minions can send commands to other minions, but only if the minion is allowed to. By
default "Peer Publication" is disabled, and when enabled it is enabled for specific min‐
ions and specific commands. This allows secure compartmentalization of commands based on
individual minions.
peer
Default: {}
The configuration uses regular expressions to match minions and then a list of regular
expressions to match functions. The following will allow the minion authenticated as
foo.example.com to execute functions from the test and pkg modules.
peer:
foo.example.com:
- test.*
- pkg.*
This will allow all minions to execute all commands:
peer:
.*:
- .*
This is not recommended, since it would allow anyone who gets root on any single minion to
instantly have root on all of the minions!
By adding an additional layer you can limit the target hosts in addition to the accessible
commands:
peer:
foo.example.com:
'db*':
- test.*
- pkg.*
peer_run
Default: {}
The peer_run option is used to open up runners on the master to access from the minions.
The peer_run configuration matches the format of the peer configuration.
The following example would allow foo.example.com to execute the manage.up runner:
peer_run:
foo.example.com:
- manage.up
Master Logging Settings
log_file
Default: /var/log/salt/master
The master log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location. See
also log_file.
Examples:
log_file: /var/log/salt/master
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: udp://loghost:10514
log_level
Default: warning
The level of messages to send to the console. See also log_level.
log_level: warning
log_level_logfile
Default: warning
The level of messages to send to the log file. See also log_level_logfile. When it is not
set explicitly it will inherit the level set by log_level option.
log_level_logfile: warning
log_datefmt
Default: %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in console log messages. See also log_datefmt.
log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
log_datefmt_logfile
Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in log file messages. See also log_datefmt_logfile.
log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
log_fmt_console
Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the console logging messages. See also log_fmt_console.
NOTE:
Log colors are enabled in log_fmt_console rather than the color config since the log‐
ging system is loaded before the master config.
Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
%(colorlevel)s %(colorname)s %(colorprocess)s %(colormsg)s
Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in the coloring
of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as well. Color LogRecord
attributes are only available for console logging.
log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_fmt_logfile
Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the log file logging messages. See also log_fmt_logfile.
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_granular_levels
Default: {}
This can be used to control logging levels more specifically. See also log_granular_lev‐
els.
Node Groups
Default: {}
Node groups allow for logical groupings of minion nodes. A group consists of a group name
and a compound target.
nodegroups:
group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
group4:
- 'G@foo:bar'
- 'or'
- 'G@foo:baz'
More information on using nodegroups can be found here.
Range Cluster Settings
range_server
Default: 'range:80'
The range server (and optional port) that serves your cluster information
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
range_server: range:80
Include Configuration
default_include
Default: master.d/*.conf
The master can include configuration from other files. Per default the master will auto‐
matically include all config files from master.d/*.conf where master.d is relative to the
directory of the master configuration file.
NOTE:
Salt creates files in the master.d directory for its own use. These files are prefixed
with an underscore. A common example of this is the _schedule.conf file.
include
Default: not defined
The master can include configuration from other files. To enable this, pass a list of
paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or absolute; if relative, they are
considered to be relative to the directory the main minion configuration file lives in.
Paths can make use of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to
this option then the master will log a warning message.
# Include files from a master.d directory in the same
# directory as the master config file
include: master.d/*
# Include a single extra file into the configuration
include: /etc/roles/webserver
# Include several files and the master.d directory
include:
- extra_config
- master.d/*
- /etc/roles/webserver
Keepalive Settings
tcp_keepalive
Default: True
The tcp keepalive interval to set on TCP ports. This setting can be used to tune Salt con‐
nectivity issues in messy network environments with misbehaving firewalls.
tcp_keepalive: True
tcp_keepalive_cnt
Default: -1
Sets the ZeroMQ TCP keepalive count. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
tcp_keepalive_idle
Default: 300
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive idle. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
tcp_keepalive_intvl
Default: -1
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive interval. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_intvl': -1
Windows Software Repo Settings
winrepo_provider
New in version 2015.8.0.
Specify the provider to be used for winrepo. Must be either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset,
then both will be tried in that same order, and the first one with a compatible version
installed will be the provider that is used.
winrepo_provider: gitpython
winrepo_dir
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo to winrepo_dir.
Default: /srv/salt/win/repo
Location on the master where the winrepo_remotes are checked out for pre-2015.8.0 minions.
2015.8.0 and later minions use winrepo_remotes_ng instead.
winrepo_dir: /srv/salt/win/repo
winrepo_dir_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
Location on the master where the winrepo_remotes_ng are checked out for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
winrepo_cachefile
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo_mastercachefile to winrepo_cachefile
NOTE:
2015.8.0 and later minions do not use this setting since the cachefile is now located
on the minion.
Default: winrepo.p
Path relative to winrepo_dir where the winrepo cache should be created.
winrepo_cachefile: winrepo.p
winrepo_remotes
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_gitrepos to winrepo_remotes.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for pre-2015.8.0 minions.
2015.8.0 and later minions use winrepo_remotes_ng instead.
winrepo_remotes:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
winrepo_remotes_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
winrepo_branch
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: master
If the branch is omitted from a winrepo remote, then this branch will be used instead. For
example, in the configuration below, the first two remotes would use the winrepo
branch/tag, while the third would use the foo branch/tag.
winrepo_branch: winrepo
ext_pillar:
- git:
- https://mygitserver/winrepo1.git
- https://mygitserver/winrepo2.git:
- foo https://mygitserver/winrepo3.git
winrepo_ssl_verify
New in version 2015.8.0.
Changed in version 2016.11.0.
Default: False
Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting the remote
repository. The False setting is useful if you're using a git repo that uses a
self-signed certificate. However, keep in mind that setting this to anything other True is
a considered insecure, and using an SSH-based transport (if available) may be a better
option.
In the 2016.11.0 release, the default config value changed from False to True.
winrepo_ssl_verify: True
Winrepo Authentication Options
These parameters only currently apply to the pygit2 winrepo_provider. Authentication works
the same as it does in gitfs, as outlined in the GitFS Walkthrough, though the global con‐
figuration options are named differently to reflect that they are for winrepo instead of
gitfs.
winrepo_user
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
winrepo_user: git
winrepo_password
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes. This parameter is not
required if the repository does not use authentication.
winrepo_password: mypassword
winrepo_insecure_auth
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote. This parameter
enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
winrepo_insecure_auth: True
winrepo_pubkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_privkey (and optionally winrepo_passphrase), is used to authenticate to
SSH remotes.
winrepo_pubkey: /path/to/key.pub
winrepo_privkey
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
Along with winrepo_pubkey (and optionally winrepo_passphrase), is used to authenticate to
SSH remotes.
winrepo_privkey: /path/to/key
winrepo_passphrase
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ''
This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to authenticate is
protected by a passphrase.
winrepo_passphrase: mypassphrase
winrepo_refspecs
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*', '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*']
When fetching from remote repositories, by default Salt will fetch branches and tags. This
parameter can be used to override the default and specify alternate refspecs to be
fetched. This parameter works similarly to its GitFS counterpart, in that it can be con‐
figured both globally and for individual remotes.
winrepo_refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
Configure Master on Windows
The master on Windows requires no additional configuration. You can modify the master con‐
figuration by creating/editing the master config file located at c:\salt\conf\master. The
same configuration options available on Linux are available in Windows, as long as they
apply. For example, SSH options wouldn't apply in Windows. The main differences are the
file paths. If you are familiar with common salt paths, the following table may be useful:
┌────────────┬───────┬───────────────┐
│linux Paths │ │ Windows Paths │
├────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│/etc/salt │ <---> │ c:\salt\conf │
├────────────┼───────┼───────────────┤
│/ │ <---> │ c:\salt │
└────────────┴───────┴───────────────┘
So, for example, the master config file in Linux is /etc/salt/master. In Windows the mas‐
ter config file is c:\salt\conf\master. The Linux path /etc/salt becomes c:\salt\conf in
Windows.
Common File Locations
┌───────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├───────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────┤
│conf_file: /etc/salt/master │ conf_file: c:\salt\conf\master │
└───────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────┘
│log_file: /var/log/salt/master │ log_file: │
│ │ c:\salt\var\log\salt\master │
├───────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────────────────┤
│pidfile: /var/run/salt-mas‐ │ pidfile: │
│ter.pid │ c:\salt\var\run\salt-master.pid │
└───────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────────┘
Common Directories
┌─────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master │ cachedir: │
│ │ c:\salt\var\cache\salt\master │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│extension_modules: │ c:\salt\var\cache\salt\mas‐ │
│/var/cache/salt/master/extmods │ ter\extmods │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master │ pki_dir: c:\salt\conf\pki\master │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│root_dir: / │ root_dir: c:\salt │
├─────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master │ sock_dir: │
│ │ c:\salt\var\run\salt\master │
└─────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘
Roots
file_roots
┌──────────────┬──────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├──────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│/srv/salt │ c:\salt\srv\salt │
├──────────────┼──────────────────────┤
│/srv/spm/salt │ c:\salt\srv\spm\salt │
└──────────────┴──────────────────────┘
pillar_roots
┌────────────────┬────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│/srv/pillar │ c:\salt\srv\pillar │
├────────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│/srv/spm/pillar │ c:\salt\srv\spm\pillar │
└────────────────┴────────────────────────┘
Win Repo Settings
┌────────────────────────────────┬──────────────────────────────┐
│Linux Paths │ Windows Paths │
├────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│winrepo_dir: /srv/salt/win/repo │ winrepo_dir: │
│ │ c:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo │
├────────────────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┤
│winrepo_dir_ng: │ winrepo_dir_ng: │
│/srv/salt/win/repo-ng │ c:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo-ng │
└────────────────────────────────┴──────────────────────────────┘
Configuring the Salt Minion
The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure. The two components of the Salt
system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the
master configuration file, and the salt-minion is configured via the minion configuration
file.
SEE ALSO:
example minion configuration file
The Salt Minion configuration is very simple. Typically, the only value that needs to be
set is the master value so the minion knows where to locate its master.
By default, the salt-minion configuration will be in /etc/salt/minion. A notable excep‐
tion is FreeBSD, where the configuration will be in /usr/local/etc/salt/minion.
Minion Primary Configuration
master
Default: salt
The hostname or IP address of the master. See ipv6 for IPv6 connections to the master.
Default: salt
master: salt
master:port Syntax
New in version 2015.8.0.
The master config option can also be set to use the master's IP in conjunction with a port
number by default.
master: localhost:1234
For IPv6 formatting with a port, remember to add brackets around the IP address before
adding the port and enclose the line in single quotes to make it a string:
master: '[2001:db8:85a3:8d3:1319:8a2e:370:7348]:1234'
NOTE:
If a port is specified in the master as well as master_port, the master_port setting
will be overridden by the master configuration.
List of Masters Syntax
The option can also be set to a list of masters, enabling multi-master mode.
master:
- address1
- address2
Changed in version 2014.7.0: The master can be dynamically configured. The master value
can be set to an module function which will be executed and will assume that the returning
value is the ip or hostname of the desired master. If a function is being specified, then
the master_type option must be set to func, to tell the minion that the value is a func‐
tion to be run and not a fully-qualified domain name.
master: module.function
master_type: func
In addition, instead of using multi-master mode, the minion can be configured to use the
list of master addresses as a failover list, trying the first address, then the second,
etc. until the minion successfully connects. To enable this behavior, set master_type to
failover:
master:
- address1
- address2
master_type: failover
ipv6
Default: None
Whether the master should be connected over IPv6. By default salt minion will try to auto‐
matically detect IPv6 connectivity to master.
ipv6: True
master_uri_format
New in version 2015.8.0.
Specify the format in which the master address will be evaluated. Valid options are
default or ip_only. If ip_only is specified, then the master address will not be split
into IP and PORT, so be sure that only an IP (or domain name) is set in the master config‐
uration setting.
master_uri_format: ip_only
master_type
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: str
The type of the master variable. Can be str, failover, func or disable.
master_type: failover
If this option is set to failover, master must be a list of master addresses. The minion
will then try each master in the order specified in the list until it successfully con‐
nects. master_alive_interval must also be set, this determines how often the minion will
verify the presence of the master.
master_type: func
If the master needs to be dynamically assigned by executing a function instead of reading
in the static master value, set this to func. This can be used to manage the minion's mas‐
ter setting from an execution module. By simply changing the algorithm in the module to
return a new master ip/fqdn, restart the minion and it will connect to the new master.
As of version 2016.11.0 this option can be set to disable and the minion will never
attempt to talk to the master. This is useful for running a masterless minion daemon.
master_type: disable
max_event_size
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 1048576
Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of memory. This
value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the minion event bus. The value is
expressed in bytes.
max_event_size: 1048576
master_failback
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
If the minion is in multi-master mode and the :conf_minion`master_type` configuration
option is set to failover, this setting can be set to True to force the minion to fail
back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online.
master_failback: False
master_failback_interval
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: 0
If the minion is in multi-master mode, the :conf_minion`master_type` configuration is set
to failover, and the master_failback option is enabled, the master failback interval can
be set to ping the top master with this interval, in seconds.
master_failback_interval: 0
master_alive_interval
Default: 0
Configures how often, in seconds, the minion will verify that the current master is alive
and responding. The minion will try to establish a connection to the next master in the
list if it finds the existing one is dead.
master_alive_interval: 30
master_shuffle
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: False
If master is a list of addresses and :conf_minion`master_type` is failover, shuffle them
before trying to connect to distribute the minions over all available masters. This uses
Python's random.shuffle method.
master_shuffle: True
random_master
Default: False
If master is a list of addresses, and :conf_minion`master_type` is set to failover shuffle
them before trying to connect to distribute the minions over all available masters. This
uses Python's random.shuffle method.
random_master: True
retry_dns
Default: 30
Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve the master hostname if name
resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds. Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and
not retry.
retry_dns: 30
master_port
Default: 4506
The port of the master ret server, this needs to coincide with the ret_port option on the
Salt master.
master_port: 4506
publish_port
Default: 4505
The port of the master publish server, this needs to coincide with the publish_port option
on the Salt master.
publish_port: 4505
user
Default: root
The user to run the Salt processes
user: root
sudo_user
Default: ''
The user to run salt remote execution commands as via sudo. If this option is enabled then
sudo will be used to change the active user executing the remote command. If enabled the
user will need to be allowed access via the sudoers file for the user that the salt minion
is configured to run as. The most common option would be to use the root user. If this
option is set the user option should also be set to a non-root user. If migrating from a
root minion to a non root minion the minion cache should be cleared and the minion pki
directory will need to be changed to the ownership of the new user.
sudo_user: root
pidfile
Default: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
The location of the daemon's process ID file
pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
root_dir
Default: /
This directory is prepended to the following options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
sock_dir, and pidfile.
root_dir: /
conf_file
Default: /etc/salt/minion
The path to the minion's configuration file.
conf_file: /etc/salt/minion
pki_dir
Default: /etc/salt/pki/minion
The directory used to store the minion's public and private keys.
pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion
id
Default: the system's hostname
SEE ALSO:
Salt Walkthrough
The Setting up a Salt Minion section contains detailed information on how the hostname
is determined.
Explicitly declare the id for this minion to use. Since Salt uses detached ids it is pos‐
sible to run multiple minions on the same machine but with different ids.
id: foo.bar.com
minion_id_caching
New in version 0.17.2.
Default: True
Caches the minion id to a file when the minion's
:minion_conf:`id`
is not statically defined in the minion config. This setting prevents potential problems
when automatic minion id resolution changes, which can cause the minion to lose connection
with the master. To turn off minion id caching, set this config to False.
For more information, please see Issue #7558 and Pull Request #8488.
minion_id_caching: True
append_domain
Default: None
Append a domain to a hostname in the event that it does not exist. This is useful for sys‐
tems where socket.getfqdn() does not actually result in a FQDN (for instance, Solaris).
append_domain: foo.org
cachedir
Default: /var/cache/salt/minion
The location for minion cache data.
This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion
append_minionid_config_dirs
Default: [] (the empty list) for regular minions, ['cachedir'] for proxy minions.
Append minion_id to these configuration directories. Helps with multiple proxies and min‐
ions running on the same machine. Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, exten‐
sion_modules. Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the
same machine.
append_minionid_config_dirs:
- pki_dir
- cachedir
verify_env
Default: True
Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
verify_env: True
NOTE:
When set to True the verify_env option requires WRITE access to the configuration
directory (/etc/salt/). In certain situations such as mounting /etc/salt/ as read-only
for templating this will create a stack trace when state.apply is called.
cache_jobs
Default: False
The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this can be a good way
to keep track of the minion side of the jobs the minion has executed. By default this fea‐
ture is disabled, to enable set cache_jobs to True.
cache_jobs: False
grains
Default: (empty)
SEE ALSO:
static-custom-grains
Statically assigns grains to the minion.
grains:
roles:
- webserver
- memcache
deployment: datacenter4
cabinet: 13
cab_u: 14-15
grains_cache
Default: False
The minion can locally cache grain data instead of refreshing the data each time the grain
is referenced. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_cache to True.
grains_cache: False
grains_deep_merge
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
The grains can be merged, instead of overridden, using this option. This allows custom
grains to defined different subvalues of a dictionary grain. By default this feature is
disabled, to enable set grains_deep_merge to True.
grains_deep_merge: False
For example, with these custom grains functions:
def custom1_k1():
return {'custom1': {'k1': 'v1'}}
def custom1_k2():
return {'custom1': {'k2': 'v2'}}
Without grains_deep_merge, the result would be:
custom1:
k1: v1
With grains_deep_merge, the result will be:
custom1:
k1: v1
k2: v2
grains_refresh_every
Default: 0
The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check its grains to
see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master of the new grains. This opera‐
tion is moderately expensive, therefore care should be taken not to set this value too
low.
Note: This value is expressed in minutes.
A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
grains_refresh_every: 0
mine_enabled
New in version 2015.8.10.
Default: True
Determines whether or not the salt minion should run scheduled mine updates. If this is
set to False then the mine update function will not get added to the scheduler for the
minion.
mine_enabled: True
mine_return_job
New in version 2015.8.10.
Default: False
Determines whether or not scheduled mine updates should be accompanied by a job return for
the job cache.
mine_return_job: False
mine_functions
Default: Empty
Designate which functions should be executed at mine_interval intervals on each minion.
See this documentation on the Salt Mine for more information. Note these can be defined
in the pillar for a minion as well.
example minion configuration file
mine_functions:
test.ping: []
network.ip_addrs:
interface: eth0
cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'
mine_interval
Default: 60
The number of minutes between mine updates.
mine_interval: 60
sock_dir
Default: /var/run/salt/minion
The directory where Unix sockets will be kept.
sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion
outputter_dirs
Default: []
A list of additional directories to search for salt outputters in.
outputter_dirs: []
backup_mode
Default: ''
Make backups of files replaced by file.managed and file.recurse state modules under
cachedir in file_backup subdirectory preserving original paths. Refer to File State Back‐
ups documentation for more details.
backup_mode: minion
acceptance_wait_time
Default: 10
The number of seconds to wait until attempting to re-authenticate with the master.
acceptance_wait_time: 10
acceptance_wait_time_max
Default: 0
The maximum number of seconds to wait until attempting to re-authenticate with the master.
If set, the wait will increase by acceptance_wait_time seconds each iteration.
acceptance_wait_time_max: 0
rejected_retry
Default: False
If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting. Rejected keys
will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
rejected_retry: False
random_reauth_delay
Default: 10
When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive the new mas‐
ter key. In larger environments this can cause a syn-flood on the master because all min‐
ions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and have a minion wait for a random
amount of time, use this optional parameter. The wait-time will be a random number of sec‐
onds between 0 and the defined value.
random_reauth_delay: 60
master_tries
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: 1
The number of attempts to connect to a master before giving up. Set this to -1 for unlim‐
ited attempts. This allows for a master to have downtime and the minion to reconnect to it
later when it comes back up. In 'failover' mode, which is set in the master_type configu‐
ration, this value is the number of attempts for each set of masters. In this mode, it
will cycle through the list of masters for each attempt.
master_tries is different than auth_tries because auth_tries attempts to retry auth
attempts with a single master. auth_tries is under the assumption that you can connect to
the master but not gain authorization from it. master_tries will still cycle through all
of the masters in a given try, so it is appropriate if you expect occasional downtime from
the master(s).
master_tries: 1
auth_tries
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 7
The number of attempts to authenticate to a master before giving up. Or, more technically,
the number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutErrors that are acceptable when trying to authen‐
ticate to the master.
auth_tries: 7
auth_timeout
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 60
When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will continuously
attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value, in seconds, for each
individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion will wait for
acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master is under unusually
heavy load, this should be left at the default.
auth_timeout: 60
auth_safemode
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: False
If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval, this setting,
when set to True, will cause a sub-minion process to restart.
auth_safemode: False
ping_interval
Default: 0
Instructs the minion to ping its master(s) every n number of minutes. Used primarily as a
mitigation technique against minion disconnects.
ping_interval: 0
random_startup_delay
Default: 0
The maximum bound for an interval in which a minion will randomly sleep upon starting up
prior to attempting to connect to a master. This can be used to splay connection attempts
for cases where many minions starting up at once may place undue load on a master.
For example, setting this to 5 will tell a minion to sleep for a value between 0 and 5
seconds.
random_startup_delay: 5
recon_default
Default: 1000
The interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before trying to reconnect to the
master (1000ms = 1 second).
recon_default: 1000
recon_max
Default: 10000
The maximum time a socket should wait. Each interval the time to wait is calculated by
doubling the previous time. If recon_max is reached, it starts again at the recon_default.
Short example:
· reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
· reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
· reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
· reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
· reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
· reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
recon_max: 10000
recon_randomize
Default: True
Generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will be a random value between
recon_default and recon_default + recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same
recon_default and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to change
these settings. If all minions have the same values and the setup is quite large (several
thousand minions), they will still flood the master. The desired behavior is to have
time-frame within all minions try to reconnect.
recon_randomize: True
loop_interval
Default: 1
The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between evaluating the
scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to 1 second on the minion scheduler.
loop_interval: 1
pub_ret
Default: True
Some installations choose to start all job returns in a cache or a returner and forgo
sending the results back to a master. In this workflow, jobs are most often executed with
--async from the Salt CLI and then results are evaluated by examining job caches on the
minions or any configured returners. WARNING: Setting this to False will disable returns
back to the master.
pub_ret: True
return_retry_timer
Default: 5
The default timeout for a minion return attempt.
return_retry_timer: 5
return_retry_timer_max
Default: 10
The maximum timeout for a minion return attempt. If non-zero the minion return retry time‐
out will be a random int between return_retry_timer and return_retry_timer_max
return_retry_timer_max: 10
cache_sreqs
Default: True
The connection to the master ret_port is kept open. When set to False, the minion creates
a new connection for every return to the master.
cache_sreqs: True
ipc_mode
Default: ipc
Windows platforms lack POSIX IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter- process communi‐
cations. Set ipc_mode to tcp on such systems.
ipc_mode: ipc
tcp_pub_port
Default: 4510
Publish port used when ipc_mode is set to tcp.
tcp_pub_port: 4510
tcp_pull_port
Default: 4511
Pull port used when ipc_mode is set to tcp.
tcp_pull_port: 4511
transport
Default: zeromq
Changes the underlying transport layer. ZeroMQ is the recommended transport while addi‐
tional transport layers are under development. Supported values are zeromq, raet (experi‐
mental), and tcp (experimental). This setting has a significant impact on performance and
should not be changed unless you know what you are doing! Transports are explained in Salt
Transports.
transport: zeromq
syndic_finger
Default: ''
The key fingerprint of the higher-level master for the syndic to verify it is talking to
the intended master.
syndic_finger: 'ab:30:65:2a:d6:9e:20:4f:d8:b2:f3:a7:d4:65:50:10'
proxy_host
Default: ''
The hostname used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_host: proxy.my-domain
proxy_port
Default: 0
The port number used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_port: 31337
proxy_username
Default: ''
The username used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_username: charon
proxy_password
Default: ''
The password used for HTTP proxy access.
proxy_password: obolus
Minion Module Management
disable_modules
Default: [] (all modules are enabled by default)
The event may occur in which the administrator desires that a minion should not be able to
execute a certain module. The sys module is built into the minion and cannot be disabled.
This setting can also tune the minion. Because all modules are loaded into system memory,
disabling modules will lower the minion's memory footprint.
Modules should be specified according to their file name on the system and not by their
virtual name. For example, to disable cmd, use the string cmdmod which corresponds to
salt.modules.cmdmod.
disable_modules:
- test
- solr
disable_returners
Default: [] (all returners are enabled by default)
If certain returners should be disabled, this is the place
disable_returners:
- mongo_return
whitelist_modules
Default: [] (Module whitelisting is disabled. Adding anything to the config option will
cause only the listed modules to be enabled. Modules not in the list will not be loaded.)
This option is the reverse of disable_modules.
Note that this is a very large hammer and it can be quite difficult to keep the minion
working the way you think it should since Salt uses many modules internally itself. At a
bare minimum you need the following enabled or else the minion won't start.
whitelist_modules:
- cmdmod
- test
- config
module_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt modules
module_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/modules
returner_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt returners
returner_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/returners
states_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt states
states_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/states
grains_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt grains
grains_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/grains
render_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt renderers
render_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/renderers
utils_dirs
Default: []
A list of extra directories to search for Salt utilities
utils_dirs:
- /var/lib/salt/utils
cython_enable
Default: False
Set this value to true to enable auto-loading and compiling of .pyx modules, This setting
requires that gcc and cython are installed on the minion.
cython_enable: False
enable_zip_modules
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: False
Set this value to true to enable loading of zip archives as extension modules. This
allows for packing module code with specific dependencies to avoid conflicts and/or having
to install specific modules' dependencies in system libraries.
enable_zip_modules: False
providers
Default: (empty)
A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion via the
providers option. This can be done on an individual basis in an SLS file, or globally here
in the minion config, like below.
providers:
service: systemd
modules_max_memory
Default: -1
Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently only sup‐
ported on
*
nix operating systems and requires psutil.
modules_max_memory: -1
extmod_whitelist/extmod_blacklist
New in version 2017.7.0.
By using this dictionary, the modules that are synced to the minion's extmod cache using
saltutil.sync_* can be limited. If nothing is set to a specific type, then all modules
are accepted. To block all modules of a specific type, whitelist an empty list.
extmod_whitelist:
modules:
- custom_module
engines:
- custom_engine
pillars: []
extmod_blacklist:
modules:
- specific_module
Valid options:
· beacons
· clouds
· sdb
· modules
· states
· grains
· renderers
· returners
· proxy
· engines
· output
· utils
· pillar
Top File Settings
These parameters only have an effect if running a masterless minion.
state_top
Default: top.sls
The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to use and what
modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the root of the base environ‐
ment.
state_top: top.sls
state_top_saltenv
This option has no default value. Set it to an environment name to ensure that only the
top file from that environment is considered during a highstate.
NOTE:
Using this value does not change the merging strategy. For instance, if
top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and state_top_saltenv is set to foo, then
any sections for environments other than foo in the top file for the foo environment
will be ignored. With state_top_saltenv set to base, all states from all environments
in the base top file will be applied, while all other top files are ignored. The only
way to set state_top_saltenv to something other than base and not have the other envi‐
ronments in the targeted top file ignored, would be to set top_file_merging_strategy to
merge_all.
state_top_saltenv: dev
top_file_merging_strategy
Changed in version 2016.11.0: A merge_all strategy has been added.
Default: merge
When no specific fileserver environment (a.k.a. saltenv) has been specified for a high‐
state, all environments' top files are inspected. This config option determines how the
SLS targets in those top files are handled.
When set to merge, the base environment's top file is evaluated first, followed by the
other environments' top files. The first target expression (e.g. '*') for a given environ‐
ment is kept, and when the same target expression is used in a different top file evalu‐
ated later, it is ignored. Because base is evaluated first, it is authoritative. For
example, if there is a target for '*' for the foo environment in both the base and foo
environment's top files, the one in the foo environment would be ignored. The environments
will be evaluated in no specific order (aside from base coming first). For greater control
over the order in which the environments are evaluated, use env_order. Note that, aside
from the base environment's top file, any sections in top files that do not match that top
file's environment will be ignored. So, for example, a section for the qa environment
would be ignored if it appears in the dev environment's top file. To keep use cases like
this from being ignored, use the merge_all strategy.
When set to same, then for each environment, only that environment's top file is pro‐
cessed, with the others being ignored. For example, only the dev environment's top file
will be processed for the dev environment, and any SLS targets defined for dev in the base
environment's (or any other environment's) top file will be ignored. If an environment
does not have a top file, then the top file from the default_top config parameter will be
used as a fallback.
When set to merge_all, then all states in all environments in all top files will be
applied. The order in which individual SLS files will be executed will depend on the order
in which the top files were evaluated, and the environments will be evaluated in no spe‐
cific order. For greater control over the order in which the environments are evaluated,
use env_order.
top_file_merging_strategy: same
env_order
Default: []
When top_file_merging_strategy is set to merge, and no environment is specified for a
highstate, this config option allows for the order in which top files are evaluated to be
explicitly defined.
env_order:
- base
- dev
- qa
default_top
Default: base
When top_file_merging_strategy is set to same, and no environment is specified for a high‐
state (i.e. environment is not set for the minion), this config option specifies a fall‐
back environment in which to look for a top file if an environment lacks one.
default_top: dev
startup_states
Default: ''
States to run when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
· highstate: Execute state.highstate
· sls: Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
· top: Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
startup_states: ''
sls_list
Default: []
List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is set to sls.
sls_list:
- edit.vim
- hyper
top_file
Default: ''
Top file to execute if startup_states is set to top.
top_file: ''
State Management Settings
renderer
Default: yaml_jinja
The default renderer used for local state executions
renderer: yaml_jinja
test
Default: False
Set all state calls to only test if they are going to actually make changes or just post
what changes are going to be made.
test: False
state_verbose
Default: True
Controls the verbosity of state runs. By default, the results of all states are returned,
but setting this value to False will cause salt to only display output for states that
failed or states that have changes.
state_verbose: True
state_output
Default: full
The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line output for each
changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse' the output will be shortened to a
single line.
state_output: full
state_output_diff
Default: False
The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from successful states is
returned. Useful when even the terse output of these states is cluttering the logs. Set it
to True to ignore them.
state_output_diff: False
autoload_dynamic_modules
Default: True
autoload_dynamic_modules turns on automatic loading of modules found in the environments
on the master. This is turned on by default. To turn off auto-loading modules when states
run, set this value to False.
autoload_dynamic_modules: True
Default: True
clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with the dynamic
modules on the master. This means that if a dynamic module is not on the master it will be
deleted from the minion. By default this is enabled and can be disabled by changing this
value to False.
clean_dynamic_modules: True
NOTE:
If extmod_whitelist is specified, modules which are not whitelisted will also be
cleaned here.
environment
Normally the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master when running
states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side by statically setting it.
Remember that the recommended way to manage environments is to isolate via the top file.
environment: dev
snapper_states
Default: False
The snapper_states value is used to enable taking snapper snapshots before and after salt
state runs. This allows for state runs to be rolled back.
For snapper states to function properly snapper needs to be installed and enabled.
snapper_states: True
snapper_states_config
Default: root
Snapper can execute based on a snapper configuration. The configuration needs to be set up
before snapper can use it. The default configuration is root, this default makes snapper
run on SUSE systems using the default configuration set up at install time.
snapper_states_config: root
File Directory Settings
file_client
Default: remote
The client defaults to looking on the master server for files, but can be directed to look
on the minion by setting this parameter to local.
file_client: remote
use_master_when_local
Default: False
When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to allow the client to connect to a
master for remote execution.
use_master_when_local: False
file_roots
Default:
base:
- /srv/salt
When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to setup the fileserver's environ‐
ments. This parameter operates identically to the master config parameter of the same
name.
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt
dev:
- /srv/salt/dev/services
- /srv/salt/dev/states
prod:
- /srv/salt/prod/services
- /srv/salt/prod/states
fileserver_followsymlinks
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: True
By default, the file_server follows symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. Currently
this only applies to the default roots fileserver_backend.
fileserver_followsymlinks: True
fileserver_ignoresymlinks
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: False
If you do not want symlinks to be treated as the files they are pointing to, set file‐
server_ignoresymlinks to True. By default this is set to False. When set to True, any
detected symlink while listing files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
fileserver_ignoresymlinks: False
fileserver_limit_traversal
New in version 2014.1.0.
Default: False
By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments to attempt to
find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only traverses directories with
SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules, set fileserver_limit_traversal to
True. This might be useful for installations where a file root has a very large number of
files and performance is impacted.
fileserver_limit_traversal: False
hash_type
Default: sha256
The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on the local file‐
server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384, and sha512 are also sup‐
ported.
hash_type: sha256
Pillar Configuration
pillar_roots
Default:
base:
- /srv/pillar
When using a local file_client, this parameter is used to setup the pillar environments.
pillar_roots:
base:
- /srv/pillar
dev:
- /srv/pillar/dev
prod:
- /srv/pillar/prod
on_demand_ext_pillar
New in version 2016.3.6,2016.11.3,2017.7.0.
Default: ['libvirt', 'virtkey']
When using a local file_client, this option controls which external pillars are permitted
to be used on-demand using pillar.ext.
on_demand_ext_pillar:
- libvirt
- virtkey
- git
WARNING:
This will allow a masterless minion to request specific pillar data via pillar.ext, and
may be considered a security risk. However, pillar data generated in this way will not
affect the in-memory pillar data, so this risk is limited to instances in which
states/modules/etc. (built-in or custom) rely upon pillar data generated by pillar.ext.
decrypt_pillar
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: []
A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo:bar': gpg
- 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'
Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a key/value pair,
with the key being the pillar location, and the value being the renderer to use for pillar
decryption. If the former is used, the renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will
be used.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: :
The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the decrypt_pillar option.
decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|'
decrypt_pillar:
- 'foo|bar': gpg
- 'lorem|ipsum|dolor'
decrypt_pillar_default
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: gpg
The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given pillar key
in decrypt_pillar.
decrypt_pillar_default: my_custom_renderer
decrypt_pillar_renderers
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: ['gpg']
List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
decrypt_pillar_renderers:
- gpg
- my_custom_renderer
pillarenv
Default: None
Isolates the pillar environment on the minion side. This functions the same as the envi‐
ronment setting, but for pillar instead of states.
pillarenv: dev
pillarenv_from_saltenv
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: False
When set to True, the pillarenv value will assume the value of the effective saltenv when
running states. This essentially makes salt '*' state.sls mysls saltenv=dev equivalent to
salt '*' state.sls mysls saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev. If pillarenv is set, either in the
minion config file or via the CLI, it will override this option.
pillarenv_from_saltenv: True
pillar_raise_on_missing
New in version 2015.5.0.
Default: False
Set this option to True to force a KeyError to be raised whenever an attempt to retrieve a
named value from pillar fails. When this option is set to False, the failed attempt
returns an empty string.
minion_pillar_cache
New in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
The minion can locally cache rendered pillar data under cachedir/pillar. This allows a
temporarily disconnected minion to access previously cached pillar data by invoking
salt-call with the --local and --pillar_root=:conf_minion:cachedir/pillar options. Before
enabling this setting consider that the rendered pillar may contain security sensitive
data. Appropriate access restrictions should be in place. By default the saved pillar
data will be readable only by the user account running salt. By default this feature is
disabled, to enable set minion_pillar_cache to True.
minion_pillar_cache: False
file_recv_max_size
New in version 2014.7.0.
Default: 100
Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master. It will be
interpreted as megabytes.
file_recv_max_size: 100
Security Settings
open_mode
Default: False
Open mode can be used to clean out the PKI key received from the Salt master, turn on open
mode, restart the minion, then turn off open mode and restart the minion to clean the
keys.
open_mode: False
master_finger
Default: ''
Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master before
the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running "salt-key -F mas‐
ter" on the Salt master.
master_finger: 'ba:30:65:2a:d6:9e:20:4f:d8:b2:f3:a7:d4:65:11:13'
keysize
Default: 2048
The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
keysize: 2048
permissive_pki_access
Default: False
Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the master or minion as
root, but have a non-root group be given access to your pki_dir. To make the access
explicit, root must belong to the group you've given access to. This is potentially quite
insecure.
permissive_pki_access: False
verify_master_pubkey_sign
Default: False
Enables verification of the master-public-signature returned by the master in
auth-replies. Please see the tutorial on how to configure this properly Multimaster-PKI
with Failover Tutorial
New in version 2014.7.0.
verify_master_pubkey_sign: True
If this is set to True, master_sign_pubkey must be also set to True in the master configu‐
ration file.
master_sign_key_name
Default: master_sign
The filename without the .pub suffix of the public key that should be used for verifying
the signature from the master. The file must be located in the minion's pki directory.
New in version 2014.7.0.
master_sign_key_name: <filename_without_suffix>
always_verify_signature
Default: False
If verify_master_pubkey_sign is enabled, the signature is only verified if the public-key
of the master changes. If the signature should always be verified, this can be set to
True.
New in version 2014.7.0.
always_verify_signature: True
cmd_blacklist_glob
Default: []
If cmd_blacklist_glob is enabled then any shell command called over remote execution or
via salt-call will be checked against the glob matches found in the cmd_blacklist_glob
list and any matched shell command will be blocked.
NOTE:
This blacklist is only applied to direct executions made by the salt and salt-call com‐
mands. This does NOT blacklist commands called from states or shell commands executed
from other modules.
New in version 2016.11.0.
cmd_blacklist_glob:
- 'rm * '
- 'cat /etc/* '
cmd_whitelist_glob
Default: []
If cmd_whitelist_glob is enabled then any shell command called over remote execution or
via salt-call will be checked against the glob matches found in the cmd_whitelist_glob
list and any shell command NOT found in the list will be blocked. If cmd_whitelist_glob is
NOT SET, then all shell commands are permitted.
NOTE:
This whitelist is only applied to direct executions made by the salt and salt-call com‐
mands. This does NOT restrict commands called from states or shell commands executed
from other modules.
New in version 2016.11.0.
cmd_whitelist_glob:
- 'ls * '
- 'cat /etc/fstab'
ssl
New in version 2016.11.0.
Default: None
TLS/SSL connection options. This could be set to a dictionary containing arguments corre‐
sponding to python ssl.wrap_socket method. For details see Tornado and Python documenta‐
tion.
Note: to set enum arguments values like cert_reqs and ssl_version use constant names with‐
out ssl module prefix: CERT_REQUIRED or PROTOCOL_SSLv23.
ssl:
keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
certfile: <path_to_certfile>
ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
Reactor Settings
reactor
Default: []
Defines a salt reactor. See the Reactor documentation for more information.
reactor: []
reactor_refresh_interval
Default: 60
The TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
reactor_refresh_interval: 60
reactor_worker_threads
Default: 10
The number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm
Default: 10000
The queue size for workers in the reactor.
reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
Thread Settings
multiprocessing
Default: True
If multiprocessing is enabled when a minion receives a publication a new process is
spawned and the command is executed therein. Conversely, if multiprocessing is disabled
the new publication will be run executed in a thread.
multiprocessing: True
Minion Logging Settings
log_file
Default: /var/log/salt/minion
The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location. See
also log_file.
Examples:
log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: udp://loghost:10514
log_level
Default: warning
The level of messages to send to the console. See also log_level.
log_level: warning
log_level_logfile
Default: info
The level of messages to send to the log file. See also log_level_logfile. When it is not
set explicitly it will inherit the level set by log_level option.
log_level_logfile: warning
log_datefmt
Default: %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in console log messages. See also log_datefmt.
log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
log_datefmt_logfile
Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in log file messages. See also log_datefmt_logfile.
log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
log_fmt_console
Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the console logging messages. See also log_fmt_console.
NOTE:
Log colors are enabled in log_fmt_console rather than the color config since the log‐
ging system is loaded before the minion config.
Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
%(colorlevel)s %(colorname)s %(colorprocess)s %(colormsg)s
Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in the coloring
of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as well. Color LogRecord
attributes are only available for console logging.
log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_fmt_logfile
Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the log file logging messages. See also log_fmt_logfile.
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_granular_levels
Default: {}
This can be used to control logging levels more specifically. See also log_granular_lev‐
els.
zmq_monitor
Default: False
To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ supports the use
of monitor sockets to log connection events. This feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a debug level or
higher.
A sample log event is as follows:
[DEBUG ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
All events logged will include the string ZeroMQ event. A connection event should be
logged as the minion starts up and initially connects to the master. If not, check for
debug log level and that the necessary version of ZeroMQ is installed.
tcp_authentication_retries
Default: 5
The number of times to retry authenticating with the salt master when it comes back
online.
Zeromq does a lot to make sure when connections come back online that they reauthenticate.
The tcp transport should try to connect with a new connection if the old one times out on
reauthenticating.
-1 for infinite tries.
failhard
Default: False
Set the global failhard flag. This informs all states to stop running states at the moment
a single state fails
failhard: False
Include Configuration
default_include
Default: minion.d/*.conf
The minion can include configuration from other files. Per default the minion will auto‐
matically include all config files from minion.d/*.conf where minion.d is relative to the
directory of the minion configuration file.
NOTE:
Salt creates files in the minion.d directory for its own use. These files are prefixed
with an underscore. A common example of this is the _schedule.conf file.
include
Default: not defined
The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this, pass a list of
paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or absolute; if relative, they are
considered to be relative to the directory the main minion configuration file lives in.
Paths can make use of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to
this option then the minion will log a warning message.
# Include files from a minion.d directory in the same
# directory as the minion config file
include: minion.d/*.conf
# Include a single extra file into the configuration
include: /etc/roles/webserver
# Include several files and the minion.d directory
include:
- extra_config
- minion.d/*
- /etc/roles/webserver
Keepalive Settings
tcp_keepalive
Default: True
The tcp keepalive interval to set on TCP ports. This setting can be used to tune Salt con‐
nectivity issues in messy network environments with misbehaving firewalls.
tcp_keepalive: True
tcp_keepalive_cnt
Default: -1
Sets the ZeroMQ TCP keepalive count. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
tcp_keepalive_idle
Default: 300
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive idle. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
tcp_keepalive_intvl
Default: -1
Sets ZeroMQ TCP keepalive interval. May be used to tune issues with minion disconnects.
tcp_keepalive_intvl': -1
Frozen Build Update Settings
These options control how salt.modules.saltutil.update() works with esky frozen apps. For
more information look at https://github.com/cloudmatrix/esky/.
update_url
Default: False (Update feature is disabled)
The url to use when looking for application updates. Esky depends on directory listings to
search for new versions. A webserver running on your Master is a good starting point for
most setups.
update_url: 'http://salt.example.com/minion-updates'
update_restart_services
Default: [] (service restarting on update is disabled)
A list of services to restart when the minion software is updated. This would typically
just be a list containing the minion's service name, but you may have other services that
need to go with it.
update_restart_services: ['salt-minion']
winrepo_cache_expire_min
New in version 2016.11.0.
Default: 0
If set to a nonzero integer, then passing refresh=True to functions in the windows pkg
module will not refresh the windows repo metadata if the age of the metadata is less than
this value. The exception to this is pkg.refresh_db, which will always refresh the meta‐
data, regardless of age.
winrepo_cache_expire_min: 1800
winrepo_cache_expire_max
New in version 2016.11.0.
Default: 21600
If the windows repo metadata is older than this value, and the metadata is needed by a
function in the windows pkg module, the metadata will be refreshed.
winrepo_cache_expire_max: 86400
Standalone Minion Windows Software Repo Settings
IMPORTANT:
To use these config options, the minion must be running in masterless mode (set
file_client to local).
winrepo_dir
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo to winrepo_dir. Also, this option did
not have a default value until this version.
Default: C:\salt\srv\salt\win\repo
Location on the minion where the winrepo_remotes are checked out.
winrepo_dir: 'D:\winrepo'
winrepo_dir_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
Location on the minion where the winrepo_remotes_ng are checked out for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_dir_ng: /srv/salt/win/repo-ng
winrepo_source_dir
Default: salt://win/repo-ng/
The source location for the winrepo sls files.
winrepo_source_dir: salt://win/repo-ng/
winrepo_cachefile
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_repo_cachefile to winrepo_cachefile. Also,
this option did not have a default value until this version.
Default: winrepo.p
Path relative to winrepo_dir where the winrepo cache should be created.
winrepo_cachefile: winrepo.p
winrepo_remotes
Changed in version 2015.8.0: Renamed from win_gitrepos to winrepo_remotes. Also, this
option did not have a default value until this version.
New in version 2015.8.0.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo
winrepo_remotes:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
winrepo_remotes_ng
New in version 2015.8.0: A new ng repo was added.
Default: ['https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git']
List of git repositories to checkout and include in the winrepo for 2015.8.0 and later
minions.
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git
To specify a specific revision of the repository, prepend a commit ID to the URL of the
repository:
winrepo_remotes_ng:
- '<commit_id> https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'
Replace <commit_id> with the SHA1 hash of a commit ID. Specifying a commit ID is useful in
that it allows one to revert back to a previous version in the event that an error is
introduced in the latest revision of the repo.
Configuring the Salt Proxy Minion
The Salt system is amazingly simple and easy to configure. The two components of the Salt
system each have a respective configuration file. The salt-master is configured via the
master configuration file, and the salt-proxy is configured via the proxy configuration
file.
SEE ALSO:
example proxy minion configuration file
The Salt Minion configuration is very simple. Typically, the only value that needs to be
set is the master value so the proxy knows where to locate its master.
By default, the salt-proxy configuration will be in /etc/salt/proxy. A notable exception
is FreeBSD, where the configuration will be in /usr/local/etc/salt/proxy.
Proxy-specific Configuration Options
add_proxymodule_to_opts
New in version 2015.8.2.
Changed in version 2016.3.0.
Default: False
Add the proxymodule LazyLoader object to opts.
add_proxymodule_to_opts: True
proxy_merge_grains_in_module
New in version 2016.3.0.
Changed in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
If a proxymodule has a function called grains, then call it during regular grains loading
and merge the results with the proxy's grains dictionary. Otherwise it is assumed that
the module calls the grains function in a custom way and returns the data elsewhere.
proxy_merge_grains_in_module: False
proxy_keep_alive
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
Whether the connection with the remote device should be restarted when dead. The proxy
module must implement the alive function, otherwise the connection is considered alive.
proxy_keep_alive: False
proxy_keep_alive_interval
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: 1
The frequency of keepalive checks, in minutes. It requires the proxy_keep_alive option to
be enabled (and the proxy module to implement the alive function).
proxy_keep_alive_interval: 5
proxy_always_alive
New in version 2017.7.0.
Default: True
Wheter the proxy should maintain the connection with the remote device. Similarly to
proxy_keep_alive, this option is very specific to the design of the proxy module. When
proxy_always_alive is set to False, the connection with the remote device is not main‐
tained and has to be closed after every command.
proxy_always_alive: False
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: False.
Wheter the pillar data to be merged into the proxy configuration options. As multiple
proxies can run on the same server, we may need different configuration options for each,
while there's one single configuration file. The solution is merging the pillar data of
each proxy minion into the opts.
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts: True
proxy_deep_merge_pillar_in_opts
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: False.
Deep merge of pillar data into configuration opts. This option is evaluated only when
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts is enabled.
proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts_strategy
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: smart.
The strategy used when merging pillar configuration into opts. This option is evaluated
only when proxy_merge_pillar_in_opts is enabled.
proxy_mines_pillar
New in version 2017.7.3.
Default: True.
Allow enabling mine details using pillar data. This evaluates the mine configuration under
the pillar, for the following regular minion options that are also equally available on
the proxy minion: mine_interval, and mine_functions.
Configuration file examples
· Example master configuration file
· Example minion configuration file
· Example proxy minion configuration file
Example master configuration file
##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of the Salt Master.
# Values that are commented out but have an empty line after the comment are
# defaults that do not need to be set in the config. If there is no blank line
# after the comment then the value is presented as an example and is not the
# default.
# Per default, the master will automatically include all config files
# from master.d/*.conf (master.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main master config file).
#default_include: master.d/*.conf
# The address of the interface to bind to:
#interface: 0.0.0.0
# Whether the master should listen for IPv6 connections. If this is set to True,
# the interface option must be adjusted, too. (For example: "interface: '::'")
#ipv6: False
# The tcp port used by the publisher:
#publish_port: 4505
# The user under which the salt master will run. Salt will update all
# permissions to allow the specified user to run the master. The exception is
# the job cache, which must be deleted if this user is changed. If the
# modified files cause conflicts, set verify_env to False.
#user: root
# The port used by the communication interface. The ret (return) port is the
# interface used for the file server, authentication, job returns, etc.
#ret_port: 4506
# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file:
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-master.pid
# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir,
# sock_dir, log_file, autosign_file, autoreject_file, extension_modules,
# key_logfile, pidfile:
#root_dir: /
# The path to the master's configuration file.
#conf_file: /etc/salt/master
# Directory used to store public key data:
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/master
# Key cache. Increases master speed for large numbers of accepted
# keys. Available options: 'sched'. (Updates on a fixed schedule.)
# Note that enabling this feature means that minions will not be
# available to target for up to the length of the maintanence loop
# which by default is 60s.
#key_cache: ''
# Directory to store job and cache data:
# This directory may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/master
# Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for
# each of Salt's module types such as "runners", "output", "wheel", "modules",
# "states", "returners", "engines", "utils", etc.
#extension_modules: /var/cache/salt/master/extmods
# Directory for custom modules. This directory can contain subdirectories for
# each of Salt's module types such as "runners", "output", "wheel", "modules",
# "states", "returners", "engines", "utils", etc.
# Like 'extension_modules' but can take an array of paths
#module_dirs: []
# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup:
#verify_env: True
# Set the number of hours to keep old job information in the job cache:
#keep_jobs: 24
# The number of seconds to wait when the client is requesting information
# about running jobs.
#gather_job_timeout: 10
# Set the default timeout for the salt command and api. The default is 5
# seconds.
#timeout: 5
# The loop_interval option controls the seconds for the master's maintenance
# process check cycle. This process updates file server backends, cleans the
# job cache and executes the scheduler.
#loop_interval: 60
# Set the default outputter used by the salt command. The default is "nested".
#output: nested
# To set a list of additional directories to search for salt outputters, set the
# outputter_dirs option.
#outputter_dirs: []
# Set the default output file used by the salt command. Default is to output
# to the CLI and not to a file. Functions the same way as the "--out-file"
# CLI option, only sets this to a single file for all salt commands.
#output_file: None
# Return minions that timeout when running commands like test.ping
#show_timeout: True
# Tell the client to display the jid when a job is published.
#show_jid: False
# By default, output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True
# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False
# To display a summary of the number of minions targeted, the number of
# minions returned, and the number of minions that did not return, set the
# cli_summary value to True. (False by default.)
#
#cli_summary: False
# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets:
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/master
# The master can take a while to start up when lspci and/or dmidecode is used
# to populate the grains for the master. Enable if you want to see GPU hardware
# data for your master.
# enable_gpu_grains: False
# The master maintains a job cache. While this is a great addition, it can be
# a burden on the master for larger deployments (over 5000 minions).
# Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to
# the jobs system and is not generally recommended.
#job_cache: True
# Cache minion grains, pillar and mine data via the cache subsystem in the
# cachedir or a database.
#minion_data_cache: True
# Cache subsystem module to use for minion data cache.
#cache: localfs
# Enables a fast in-memory cache booster and sets the expiration time.
#memcache_expire_seconds: 0
# Set a memcache limit in items (bank + key) per cache storage (driver + driver_opts).
#memcache_max_items: 1024
# Each time a cache storage got full cleanup all the expired items not just the oldest one ↲
.
#memcache_full_cleanup: False
# Enable collecting the memcache stats and log it on `debug` log level.
#memcache_debug: False
# Store all returns in the given returner.
# Setting this option requires that any returner-specific configuration also
# be set. See various returners in salt/returners for details on required
# configuration values. (See also, event_return_queue below.)
#
#event_return: mysql
# On busy systems, enabling event_returns can cause a considerable load on
# the storage system for returners. Events can be queued on the master and
# stored in a batched fashion using a single transaction for multiple events.
# By default, events are not queued.
#event_return_queue: 0
# Only return events matching tags in a whitelist, supports glob matches.
#event_return_whitelist:
# - salt/master/a_tag
# - salt/run/*/ret
# Store all event returns **except** the tags in a blacklist, supports globs.
#event_return_blacklist:
# - salt/master/not_this_tag
# - salt/wheel/*/ret
# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# master event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576
# By default, the master AES key rotates every 24 hours. The next command
# following a key rotation will trigger a key refresh from the minion which may
# result in minions which do not respond to the first command after a key refresh.
#
# To tell the master to ping all minions immediately after an AES key refresh, set
# ping_on_rotate to True. This should mitigate the issue where a minion does not
# appear to initially respond after a key is rotated.
#
# Note that ping_on_rotate may cause high load on the master immediately after
# the key rotation event as minions reconnect. Consider this carefully if this
# salt master is managing a large number of minions.
#
# If disabled, it is recommended to handle this event by listening for the
# 'aes_key_rotate' event with the 'key' tag and acting appropriately.
# ping_on_rotate: False
# By default, the master deletes its cache of minion data when the key for that
# minion is removed. To preserve the cache after key deletion, set
# 'preserve_minion_cache' to True.
#
# WARNING: This may have security implications if compromised minions auth with
# a previous deleted minion ID.
#preserve_minion_cache: False
# Allow or deny minions from requesting their own key revocation
#allow_minion_key_revoke: True
# If max_minions is used in large installations, the master might experience
# high-load situations because of having to check the number of connected
# minions for every authentication. This cache provides the minion-ids of
# all connected minions to all MWorker-processes and greatly improves the
# performance of max_minions.
# con_cache: False
# The master can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main master configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option, then the master will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
# include:
# - /etc/salt/extra_config
##### Large-scale tuning settings #####
##########################################
# Max open files
#
# Each minion connecting to the master uses AT LEAST one file descriptor, the
# master subscription connection. If enough minions connect you might start
# seeing on the console (and then salt-master crashes):
# Too many open files (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
# Aborted (core dumped)
#
# By default this value will be the one of `ulimit -Hn`, ie, the hard limit for
# max open files.
#
# If you wish to set a different value than the default one, uncomment and
# configure this setting. Remember that this value CANNOT be higher than the
# hard limit. Raising the hard limit depends on your OS and/or distribution,
# a good way to find the limit is to search the internet. For example:
# raise max open files hard limit debian
#
#max_open_files: 100000
# The number of worker threads to start. These threads are used to manage
# return calls made from minions to the master. If the master seems to be
# running slowly, increase the number of threads. This setting can not be
# set lower than 3.
#worker_threads: 5
# Set the ZeroMQ high water marks
# http://api.zeromq.org/3-2:zmq-setsockopt
# The listen queue size / backlog
#zmq_backlog: 1000
# The publisher interface ZeroMQPubServerChannel
#pub_hwm: 1000
# These two ZMQ HWM settings, salt_event_pub_hwm and event_publisher_pub_hwm
# are significant for masters with thousands of minions. When these are
# insufficiently high it will manifest in random responses missing in the CLI
# and even missing from the job cache. Masters that have fast CPUs and many
# cores with appropriate worker_threads will not need these set as high.
# On deployment with 8,000 minions, 2.4GHz CPUs, 24 cores, 32GiB memory has
# these settings:
#
# salt_event_pub_hwm: 128000
# event_publisher_pub_hwm: 64000
# ZMQ high-water-mark for SaltEvent pub socket
#salt_event_pub_hwm: 20000
# ZMQ high-water-mark for EventPublisher pub socket
#event_publisher_pub_hwm: 10000
# The master may allocate memory per-event and not
# reclaim it.
# To set a high-water mark for memory allocation, use
# ipc_write_buffer to set a high-water mark for message
# buffering.
# Value: In bytes. Set to 'dynamic' to have Salt select
# a value for you. Default is disabled.
# ipc_write_buffer: 'dynamic'
##### Security settings #####
##########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False
# Enable auto_accept, this setting will automatically accept all incoming
# public keys from the minions. Note that this is insecure.
#auto_accept: False
# The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
#keysize: 2048
# Time in minutes that an incoming public key with a matching name found in
# pki_dir/minion_autosign/keyid is automatically accepted. Expired autosign keys
# are removed when the master checks the minion_autosign directory.
# 0 equals no timeout
# autosign_timeout: 120
# If the autosign_file is specified, incoming keys specified in the
# autosign_file will be automatically accepted. This is insecure. Regular
# expressions as well as globing lines are supported.
#autosign_file: /etc/salt/autosign.conf
# Works like autosign_file, but instead allows you to specify minion IDs for
# which keys will automatically be rejected. Will override both membership in
# the autosign_file and the auto_accept setting.
#autoreject_file: /etc/salt/autoreject.conf
# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure. If an autosign_file
# is specified, enabling permissive_pki_access will allow group access to that
# specific file.
#permissive_pki_access: False
# Allow users on the master access to execute specific commands on minions.
# This setting should be treated with care since it opens up execution
# capabilities to non root users. By default this capability is completely
# disabled.
#publisher_acl:
# larry:
# - test.ping
# - network.*
#
# Blacklist any of the following users or modules
#
# This example would blacklist all non sudo users, including root from
# running any commands. It would also blacklist any use of the "cmd"
# module. This is completely disabled by default.
#
#
# Check the list of configured users in client ACL against users on the
# system and throw errors if they do not exist.
#client_acl_verify: True
#
#publisher_acl_blacklist:
# users:
# - root
# - '^(?!sudo_).*$' # all non sudo users
# modules:
# - cmd
# Enforce publisher_acl & publisher_acl_blacklist when users have sudo
# access to the salt command.
#
#sudo_acl: False
# The external auth system uses the Salt auth modules to authenticate and
# validate users to access areas of the Salt system.
#external_auth:
# pam:
# fred:
# - test.*
#
# Time (in seconds) for a newly generated token to live. Default: 12 hours
#token_expire: 43200
#
# Allow eauth users to specify the expiry time of the tokens they generate.
# A boolean applies to all users or a dictionary of whitelisted eauth backends
# and usernames may be given.
# token_expire_user_override:
# pam:
# - fred
# - tom
# ldap:
# - gary
#
#token_expire_user_override: False
# Set to True to enable keeping the calculated user's auth list in the token
# file. This is disabled by default and the auth list is calculated or requested
# from the eauth driver each time.
#keep_acl_in_token: False
# Auth subsystem module to use to get authorized access list for a user. By default it's
# the same module used for external authentication.
#eauth_acl_module: django
# Allow minions to push files to the master. This is disabled by default, for
# security purposes.
#file_recv: False
# Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master.
# It will be interpreted as megabytes. Default: 100
#file_recv_max_size: 100
# Signature verification on messages published from the master.
# This causes the master to cryptographically sign all messages published to its event
# bus, and minions then verify that signature before acting on the message.
#
# This is False by default.
#
# Note that to facilitate interoperability with masters and minions that are different
# versions, if sign_pub_messages is True but a message is received by a minion with
# no signature, it will still be accepted, and a warning message will be logged.
# Conversely, if sign_pub_messages is False, but a minion receives a signed
# message it will be accepted, the signature will not be checked, and a warning message
# will be logged. This behavior went away in Salt 2014.1.0 and these two situations
# will cause minion to throw an exception and drop the message.
# sign_pub_messages: False
# Signature verification on messages published from minions
# This requires that minions cryptographically sign the messages they
# publish to the master. If minions are not signing, then log this information
# at loglevel 'INFO' and drop the message without acting on it.
# require_minion_sign_messages: False
# The below will drop messages when their signatures do not validate.
# Note that when this option is False but `require_minion_sign_messages` is True
# minions MUST sign their messages but the validity of their signatures
# is ignored.
# These two config options exist so a Salt infrastructure can be moved
# to signing minion messages gradually.
# drop_messages_signature_fail: False
# Use TLS/SSL encrypted connection between master and minion.
# Can be set to a dictionary containing keyword arguments corresponding to Python's
# 'ssl.wrap_socket' method.
# Default is None.
#ssl:
# keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
# certfile: <path_to_certfile>
# ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
##### Salt-SSH Configuration #####
##########################################
# Pass in an alternative location for the salt-ssh roster file
#roster_file: /etc/salt/roster
# Define locations for roster files so they can be chosen when using Salt API.
# An administrator can place roster files into these locations. Then when
# calling Salt API, parameter 'roster_file' should contain a relative path to
# these locations. That is, "roster_file=/foo/roster" will be resolved as
# "/etc/salt/roster.d/foo/roster" etc. This feature prevents passing insecure
# custom rosters through the Salt API.
#
#rosters:
# - /etc/salt/roster.d
# - /opt/salt/some/more/rosters
# The ssh password to log in with.
#ssh_passwd: ''
#The target system's ssh port number.
#ssh_port: 22
# Comma-separated list of ports to scan.
#ssh_scan_ports: 22
# Scanning socket timeout for salt-ssh.
#ssh_scan_timeout: 0.01
# Boolean to run command via sudo.
#ssh_sudo: False
# Number of seconds to wait for a response when establishing an SSH connection.
#ssh_timeout: 60
# The user to log in as.
#ssh_user: root
# The log file of the salt-ssh command:
#ssh_log_file: /var/log/salt/ssh
# Pass in minion option overrides that will be inserted into the SHIM for
# salt-ssh calls. The local minion config is not used for salt-ssh. Can be
# overridden on a per-minion basis in the roster (`minion_opts`)
#ssh_minion_opts:
# gpg_keydir: /root/gpg
# Set this to True to default to using ~/.ssh/id_rsa for salt-ssh
# authentication with minions
#ssh_use_home_key: False
# Set this to True to default salt-ssh to run with ``-o IdentitiesOnly=yes``.
# This option is intended for situations where the ssh-agent offers many
# different identities and allows ssh to ignore those identities and use the
# only one specified in options.
#ssh_identities_only: False
# List-only nodegroups for salt-ssh. Each group must be formed as either a
# comma-separated list, or a YAML list. This option is useful to group minions
# into easy-to-target groups when using salt-ssh. These groups can then be
# targeted with the normal -N argument to salt-ssh.
#ssh_list_nodegroups: {}
##### Master Module Management #####
##########################################
# Manage how master side modules are loaded.
# Add any additional locations to look for master runners:
#runner_dirs: []
# Enable Cython for master side modules:
#cython_enable: False
##### State System settings #####
##########################################
# The state system uses a "top" file to tell the minions what environment to
# use and what modules to use. The state_top file is defined relative to the
# root of the base environment as defined in "File Server settings" below.
#state_top: top.sls
# The master_tops option replaces the external_nodes option by creating
# a plugable system for the generation of external top data. The external_nodes
# option is deprecated by the master_tops option.
#
# To gain the capabilities of the classic external_nodes system, use the
# following configuration:
# master_tops:
# ext_nodes: <Shell command which returns yaml>
#
#master_tops: {}
# The external_nodes option allows Salt to gather data that would normally be
# placed in a top file. The external_nodes option is the executable that will
# return the ENC data. Remember that Salt will look for external nodes AND top
# files and combine the results if both are enabled!
#external_nodes: None
# The renderer to use on the minions to render the state data
#renderer: yaml_jinja
# The Jinja renderer can strip extra carriage returns and whitespace
# See http://jinja.pocoo.org/docs/api/#high-level-api
#
# If this is set to True the first newline after a Jinja block is removed
# (block, not variable tag!). Defaults to False, corresponds to the Jinja
# environment init variable "trim_blocks".
#jinja_trim_blocks: False
#
# If this is set to True leading spaces and tabs are stripped from the start
# of a line to a block. Defaults to False, corresponds to the Jinja
# environment init variable "lstrip_blocks".
#jinja_lstrip_blocks: False
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution, defaults to False
#failhard: False
# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True
# The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line
# output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse'
# the output will be shortened to a single line. If set to 'mixed', the output
# will be terse unless a state failed, in which case that output will be full.
# If set to 'changes', the output will be full unless the state didn't change.
#state_output: full
# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False
# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to 'True'. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
# - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False
# Send progress events as each function in a state run completes execution
# by setting to 'True'. Progress events are in the format
# 'salt/job/<JID>/prog/<MID>/<RUN NUM>'.
#state_events: False
##### File Server settings #####
##########################################
# Salt runs a lightweight file server written in zeromq to deliver files to
# minions. This file server is built into the master daemon and does not
# require a dedicated port.
# The file server works on environments passed to the master, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt/
# dev:
# - /srv/salt/dev/services
# - /srv/salt/dev/states
# prod:
# - /srv/salt/prod/services
# - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt
#
# The master_roots setting configures a master-only copy of the file_roots dictionary,
# used by the state compiler.
#master_roots: /srv/salt-master
# When using multiple environments, each with their own top file, the
# default behaviour is an unordered merge. To prevent top files from
# being merged together and instead to only use the top file from the
# requested environment, set this value to 'same'.
#top_file_merging_strategy: merge
# To specify the order in which environments are merged, set the ordering
# in the env_order option. Given a conflict, the last matching value will
# win.
#env_order: ['base', 'dev', 'prod']
# If top_file_merging_strategy is set to 'same' and an environment does not
# contain a top file, the top file in the environment specified by default_top
# will be used instead.
#default_top: base
# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on
# the master server. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384 and
# sha512 are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use them due to the
# high chance of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Prior to changing this value, the master should be stopped and all Salt
# caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256
# The buffer size in the file server can be adjusted here:
#file_buffer_size: 1048576
# A regular expression (or a list of expressions) that will be matched
# against the file path before syncing the modules and states to the minions.
# This includes files affected by the file.recurse state.
# For example, if you manage your custom modules and states in subversion
# and don't want all the '.svn' folders and content synced to your minions,
# you could set this to '/\.svn($|/)'. By default nothing is ignored.
#file_ignore_regex:
# - '/\.svn($|/)'
# - '/\.git($|/)'
# A file glob (or list of file globs) that will be matched against the file
# path before syncing the modules and states to the minions. This is similar
# to file_ignore_regex above, but works on globs instead of regex. By default
# nothing is ignored.
# file_ignore_glob:
# - '*.pyc'
# - '*/somefolder/*.bak'
# - '*.swp'
# File Server Backend
#
# Salt supports a modular fileserver backend system, this system allows
# the salt master to link directly to third party systems to gather and
# manage the files available to minions. Multiple backends can be
# configured and will be searched for the requested file in the order in which
# they are defined here. The default setting only enables the standard backend
# "roots" which uses the "file_roots" option.
#fileserver_backend:
# - roots
#
# To use multiple backends list them in the order they are searched:
#fileserver_backend:
# - git
# - roots
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want the file_server to follow
# symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. This is set to True
# by default. Currently this only applies to the default roots
# fileserver_backend.
#fileserver_followsymlinks: False
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want symlinks to be
# treated as the files they are pointing to. By default this is set to
# False. By uncommenting the line below, any detected symlink while listing
# files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
#fileserver_ignoresymlinks: True
#
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is impacted. Default is False.
# fileserver_limit_traversal: False
#
# The fileserver can fire events off every time the fileserver is updated,
# these are disabled by default, but can be easily turned on by setting this
# flag to True
#fileserver_events: False
# Git File Server Backend Configuration
#
# Optional parameter used to specify the provider to be used for gitfs. Must be
# either pygit2 or gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried (in that
# order), and the first one with a compatible version installed will be the
# provider that is used.
#
#gitfs_provider: pygit2
# Along with gitfs_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# gitfs_user: ''
# Along with gitfs_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.
#gitfs_password: ''
# By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote.
# This parameter enables authentication over HTTP. Enable this at your own risk.
#gitfs_insecure_auth: False
# Along with gitfs_privkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to
# authenticate to SSH remotes. This parameter (or its per-remote counterpart)
# is required for SSH remotes.
#gitfs_pubkey: ''
# Along with gitfs_pubkey (and optionally gitfs_passphrase), is used to
# authenticate to SSH remotes. This parameter (or its per-remote counterpart)
# is required for SSH remotes.
#gitfs_privkey: ''
# This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used to
# authenticate is protected by a passphrase.
#gitfs_passphrase: ''
# When using the git fileserver backend at least one git remote needs to be
# defined. The user running the salt master will need read access to the repo.
#
# The repos will be searched in order to find the file requested by a client
# and the first repo to have the file will return it.
# When using the git backend branches and tags are translated into salt
# environments.
# Note: file:// repos will be treated as a remote, so refs you want used must
# exist in that repo as *local* refs.
#gitfs_remotes:
# - git://github.com/saltstack/salt-states.git
# - file:///var/git/saltmaster
#
# The gitfs_ssl_verify option specifies whether to ignore ssl certificate
# errors when contacting the gitfs backend. You might want to set this to
# false if you're using a git backend that uses a self-signed certificate but
# keep in mind that setting this flag to anything other than the default of True
# is a security concern, you may want to try using the ssh transport.
#gitfs_ssl_verify: True
#
# The gitfs_root option gives the ability to serve files from a subdirectory
# within the repository. The path is defined relative to the root of the
# repository and defaults to the repository root.
#gitfs_root: somefolder/otherfolder
#
# The refspecs fetched by gitfs remotes
#gitfs_refspecs:
# - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
# - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
#
#
##### Pillar settings #####
##########################################
# Salt Pillars allow for the building of global data that can be made selectively
# available to different minions based on minion grain filtering. The Salt
# Pillar is laid out in the same fashion as the file server, with environments,
# a top file and sls files. However, pillar data does not need to be in the
# highstate format, and is generally just key/value pairs.
#pillar_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/pillar
#
#ext_pillar:
# - hiera: /etc/hiera.yaml
# - cmd_yaml: cat /etc/salt/yaml
# A list of paths to be recursively decrypted during pillar compilation.
# Entries in this list can be formatted either as a simple string, or as a
# key/value pair, with the key being the pillar location, and the value being
# the renderer to use for pillar decryption. If the former is used, the
# renderer specified by decrypt_pillar_default will be used.
#decrypt_pillar:
# - 'foo:bar': gpg
# - 'lorem:ipsum:dolor'
# The delimiter used to distinguish nested data structures in the
# decrypt_pillar option.
#decrypt_pillar_delimiter: ':'
# The default renderer used for decryption, if one is not specified for a given
# pillar key in decrypt_pillar.
#decrypt_pillar_default: gpg
# List of renderers which are permitted to be used for pillar decryption.
#decrypt_pillar_renderers:
# - gpg
# The ext_pillar_first option allows for external pillar sources to populate
# before file system pillar. This allows for targeting file system pillar from
# ext_pillar.
#ext_pillar_first: False
# The external pillars permitted to be used on-demand using pillar.ext
#on_demand_ext_pillar:
# - libvirt
# - virtkey
# The pillar_gitfs_ssl_verify option specifies whether to ignore ssl certificate
# errors when contacting the pillar gitfs backend. You might want to set this to
# false if you're using a git backend that uses a self-signed certificate but
# keep in mind that setting this flag to anything other than the default of True
# is a security concern, you may want to try using the ssh transport.
#pillar_gitfs_ssl_verify: True
# The pillar_opts option adds the master configuration file data to a dict in
# the pillar called "master". This is used to set simple configurations in the
# master config file that can then be used on minions.
#pillar_opts: False
# The pillar_safe_render_error option prevents the master from passing pillar
# render errors to the minion. This is set on by default because the error could
# contain templating data which would give that minion information it shouldn't
# have, like a password! When set true the error message will only show:
# Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
#pillar_safe_render_error: True
# The pillar_source_merging_strategy option allows you to configure merging strategy
# between different sources. It accepts five values: none, recurse, aggregate, overwrite,
# or smart. None will not do any merging at all. Recurse will merge recursively mapping of ↲
data.
# Aggregate instructs aggregation of elements between sources that use the #!yamlex render ↲
er. Overwrite
# will overwrite elements according the order in which they are processed. This is
# behavior of the 2014.1 branch and earlier. Smart guesses the best strategy based
# on the "renderer" setting and is the default value.
#pillar_source_merging_strategy: smart
# Recursively merge lists by aggregating them instead of replacing them.
#pillar_merge_lists: False
# Set this option to True to force the pillarenv to be the same as the effective
# saltenv when running states. If pillarenv is specified this option will be
# ignored.
#pillarenv_from_saltenv: False
# Set this option to 'True' to force a 'KeyError' to be raised whenever an
# attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set
# to 'False', the failed attempt returns an empty string. Default is 'False'.
#pillar_raise_on_missing: False
# Git External Pillar (git_pillar) Configuration Options
#
# Specify the provider to be used for git_pillar. Must be either pygit2 or
# gitpython. If unset, then both will be tried in that same order, and the
# first one with a compatible version installed will be the provider that
# is used.
#git_pillar_provider: pygit2
# If the desired branch matches this value, and the environment is omitted
# from the git_pillar configuration, then the environment for that git_pillar
# remote will be base.
#git_pillar_base: master
# If the branch is omitted from a git_pillar remote, then this branch will
# be used instead
#git_pillar_branch: master
# Environment to use for git_pillar remotes. This is normally derived from
# the branch/tag (or from a per-remote env parameter), but if set this will
# override the process of deriving the env from the branch/tag name.
#git_pillar_env: ''
# Path relative to the root of the repository where the git_pillar top file
# and SLS files are located.
#git_pillar_root: ''
# Specifies whether or not to ignore SSL certificate errors when contacting
# the remote repository.
#git_pillar_ssl_verify: False
# When set to False, if there is an update/checkout lock for a git_pillar
# remote and the pid written to it is not running on the master, the lock
# file will be automatically cleared and a new lock will be obtained.
#git_pillar_global_lock: True
# Git External Pillar Authentication Options
#
# Along with git_pillar_password, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
#git_pillar_user: ''
# Along with git_pillar_user, is used to authenticate to HTTPS remotes.
# This parameter is not required if the repository does not use authentication.
#git_pillar_password: ''
# By default, Salt will not authenticate to an HTTP (non-HTTPS) remote.
# This parameter enables authentication over HTTP.
#git_pillar_insecure_auth: False
# Along with git_pillar_privkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase),
# is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.
#git_pillar_pubkey: ''
# Along with git_pillar_pubkey (and optionally git_pillar_passphrase),
# is used to authenticate to SSH remotes.
#git_pillar_privkey: ''
# This parameter is optional, required only when the SSH key being used
# to authenticate is protected by a passphrase.
#git_pillar_passphrase: ''
# The refspecs fetched by git_pillar remotes
#git_pillar_refspecs:
# - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
# - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
# A master can cache pillars locally to bypass the expense of having to render them
# for each minion on every request. This feature should only be enabled in cases
# where pillar rendering time is known to be unsatisfactory and any attendant security
# concerns about storing pillars in a master cache have been addressed.
#
# When enabling this feature, be certain to read through the additional ``pillar_cache_*``
# configuration options to fully understand the tunable parameters and their implications.
#
# Note: setting ``pillar_cache: True`` has no effect on targeting Minions with Pillars.
# See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/targeting/pillar.html
#pillar_cache: False
# If and only if a master has set ``pillar_cache: True``, the cache TTL controls the amoun ↲
t
# of time, in seconds, before the cache is considered invalid by a master and a fresh
# pillar is recompiled and stored.
#pillar_cache_ttl: 3600
# If and only if a master has set `pillar_cache: True`, one of several storage providers
# can be utililzed.
#
# `disk`: The default storage backend. This caches rendered pillars to the master cache.
# Rendered pillars are serialized and deserialized as msgpack structures for speed ↲
.
# Note that pillars are stored UNENCRYPTED. Ensure that the master cache
# has permissions set appropriately. (Same defaults are provided.)
#
# memory: [EXPERIMENTAL] An optional backend for pillar caches which uses a pure-Python
# in-memory data structure for maximal performance. There are several caveats,
# however. First, because each master worker contains its own in-memory cache,
# there is no guarantee of cache consistency between minion requests. This
# works best in situations where the pillar rarely if ever changes. Secondly,
# and perhaps more importantly, this means that unencrypted pillars will
# be accessible to any process which can examine the memory of the ``salt-master`` ↲
!
# This may represent a substantial security risk.
#
#pillar_cache_backend: disk
###### Reactor Settings #####
###########################################
# Define a salt reactor. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/reactor/
#reactor: []
#Set the TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
#reactor_refresh_interval: 60
#Configure the number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_threads: 10
#Define the queue size for workers in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
##### Syndic settings #####
##########################################
# The Salt syndic is used to pass commands through a master from a higher
# master. Using the syndic is simple. If this is a master that will have
# syndic servers(s) below it, then set the "order_masters" setting to True.
#
# If this is a master that will be running a syndic daemon for passthrough, then
# the "syndic_master" setting needs to be set to the location of the master server
# to receive commands from.
# Set the order_masters setting to True if this master will command lower
# masters' syndic interfaces.
#order_masters: False
# If this master will be running a salt syndic daemon, syndic_master tells
# this master where to receive commands from.
#syndic_master: masterofmasters
# This is the 'ret_port' of the MasterOfMaster:
#syndic_master_port: 4506
# PID file of the syndic daemon:
#syndic_pidfile: /var/run/salt-syndic.pid
# The log file of the salt-syndic daemon:
#syndic_log_file: /var/log/salt/syndic
# The behaviour of the multi-syndic when connection to a master of masters failed.
# Can specify ``random`` (default) or ``ordered``. If set to ``random``, masters
# will be iterated in random order. If ``ordered`` is specified, the configured
# order will be used.
#syndic_failover: random
# The number of seconds for the salt client to wait for additional syndics to
# check in with their lists of expected minions before giving up.
#syndic_wait: 5
##### Peer Publish settings #####
##########################################
# Salt minions can send commands to other minions, but only if the minion is
# allowed to. By default "Peer Publication" is disabled, and when enabled it
# is enabled for specific minions and specific commands. This allows secure
# compartmentalization of commands based on individual minions.
# The configuration uses regular expressions to match minions and then a list
# of regular expressions to match functions. The following will allow the
# minion authenticated as foo.example.com to execute functions from the test
# and pkg modules.
#peer:
# foo.example.com:
# - test.*
# - pkg.*
#
# This will allow all minions to execute all commands:
#peer:
# .*:
# - .*
#
# This is not recommended, since it would allow anyone who gets root on any
# single minion to instantly have root on all of the minions!
# Minions can also be allowed to execute runners from the salt master.
# Since executing a runner from the minion could be considered a security risk,
# it needs to be enabled. This setting functions just like the peer setting
# except that it opens up runners instead of module functions.
#
# All peer runner support is turned off by default and must be enabled before
# using. This will enable all peer runners for all minions:
#peer_run:
# .*:
# - .*
#
# To enable just the manage.up runner for the minion foo.example.com:
#peer_run:
# foo.example.com:
# - manage.up
#
#
##### Mine settings #####
#####################################
# Restrict mine.get access from minions. By default any minion has a full access
# to get all mine data from master cache. In acl definion below, only pcre matches
# are allowed.
# mine_get:
# .*:
# - .*
#
# The example below enables minion foo.example.com to get 'network.interfaces' mine
# data only, minions web* to get all network.* and disk.* mine data and all other
# minions won't get any mine data.
# mine_get:
# foo.example.com:
# - network.interfaces
# web.*:
# - network.*
# - disk.*
##### Logging settings #####
##########################################
# The location of the master log file
# The master log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/master
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#log_file: /var/log/salt/master
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key
# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
#log_level: warning
# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
#log_level_logfile: warning
# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well. Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically. This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
# log_granular_levels:
# 'salt': 'warning'
# 'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}
##### Node Groups ######
##########################################
# Node groups allow for logical groupings of minion nodes. A group consists of
# a group name and a compound target. Nodgroups can reference other nodegroups
# with 'N@' classifier. Ensure that you do not have circular references.
#
#nodegroups:
# group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
# group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
# group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
# group4:
# - 'G@foo:bar'
# - 'or'
# - 'G@foo:baz'
##### Range Cluster settings #####
##########################################
# The range server (and optional port) that serves your cluster information
# https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
#
#range_server: range:80
##### Windows Software Repo settings #####
###########################################
# Location of the repo on the master:
#winrepo_dir_ng: '/srv/salt/win/repo-ng'
#
# List of git repositories to include with the local repo:
#winrepo_remotes_ng:
# - 'https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo-ng.git'
##### Windows Software Repo settings - Pre 2015.8 #####
########################################################
# Legacy repo settings for pre-2015.8 Windows minions.
#
# Location of the repo on the master:
#winrepo_dir: '/srv/salt/win/repo'
#
# Location of the master's repo cache file:
#winrepo_mastercachefile: '/srv/salt/win/repo/winrepo.p'
#
# List of git repositories to include with the local repo:
#winrepo_remotes:
# - 'https://github.com/saltstack/salt-winrepo.git'
# The refspecs fetched by winrepo remotes
#winrepo_refspecs:
# - '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
# - '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
#
##### Returner settings ######
############################################
# Which returner(s) will be used for minion's result:
#return: mysql
###### Miscellaneous settings ######
############################################
# Default match type for filtering events tags: startswith, endswith, find, regex, fnmatch
#event_match_type: startswith
# Save runner returns to the job cache
#runner_returns: True
# Permanently include any available Python 3rd party modules into thin and minimal Salt
# when they are generated for Salt-SSH or other purposes.
# The modules should be named by the names they are actually imported inside the Python.
# The value of the parameters can be either one module or a comma separated list of them.
#thin_extra_mods: foo,bar
#min_extra_mods: foo,bar,baz
###### Keepalive settings ######
############################################
# Warning: Failure to set TCP keepalives on the salt-master can result in
# not detecting the loss of a minion when the connection is lost or when
# it's host has been terminated without first closing the socket.
# Salt's Presence System depends on this connection status to know if a minion
# is "present".
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.
# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True
# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1
Example minion configuration file
##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of the Salt Minion.
# With the exception of the location of the Salt Master Server, values that are
# commented out but have an empty line after the comment are defaults that need
# not be set in the config. If there is no blank line after the comment, the
# value is presented as an example and is not the default.
# Per default the minion will automatically include all config files
# from minion.d/*.conf (minion.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main minion config file).
#default_include: minion.d/*.conf
# Set the location of the salt master server. If the master server cannot be
# resolved, then the minion will fail to start.
#master: salt
# Set http proxy information for the minion when doing requests
#proxy_host:
#proxy_port:
#proxy_username:
#proxy_password:
# If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting, the default behavior
# is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master is
# set to True, the order will be randomized instead. This can be helpful in distributing
# the load of many minions executing salt-call requests, for example, from a cron job.
# If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored and a warning will be logged.
# NOTE: If master_type is set to failover, use master_shuffle instead.
#random_master: False
# Use if master_type is set to failover.
#master_shuffle: False
# Minions can connect to multiple masters simultaneously (all masters
# are "hot"), or can be configured to failover if a master becomes
# unavailable. Multiple hot masters are configured by setting this
# value to "str". Failover masters can be requested by setting
# to "failover". MAKE SURE TO SET master_alive_interval if you are
# using failover.
# Setting master_type to 'disable' let's you have a running minion (with engines and
# beacons) without a master connection
# master_type: str
# Poll interval in seconds for checking if the master is still there. Only
# respected if master_type above is "failover". To disable the interval entirely,
# set the value to -1. (This may be necessary on machines which have high numbers
# of TCP connections, such as load balancers.)
# master_alive_interval: 30
# If the minion is in multi-master mode and the master_type configuration option
# is set to "failover", this setting can be set to "True" to force the minion
# to fail back to the first master in the list if the first master is back online.
#master_failback: False
# If the minion is in multi-master mode, the "master_type" configuration is set to
# "failover", and the "master_failback" option is enabled, the master failback
# interval can be set to ping the top master with this interval, in seconds.
#master_failback_interval: 0
# Set whether the minion should connect to the master via IPv6:
#ipv6: False
# Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds.
# Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.
# retry_dns: 30
# Set the port used by the master reply and authentication server.
#master_port: 4506
# The user to run salt.
#user: root
# The user to run salt remote execution commands as via sudo. If this option is
# enabled then sudo will be used to change the active user executing the remote
# command. If enabled the user will need to be allowed access via the sudoers
# file for the user that the salt minion is configured to run as. The most
# common option would be to use the root user. If this option is set the user
# option should also be set to a non-root user. If migrating from a root minion
# to a non root minion the minion cache should be cleared and the minion pki
# directory will need to be changed to the ownership of the new user.
#sudo_user: root
# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file.
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
# sock_dir, pidfile.
#root_dir: /
# The path to the minion's configuration file.
#conf_file: /etc/salt/minion
# The directory to store the pki information in
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion
# Explicitly declare the id for this minion to use, if left commented the id
# will be the hostname as returned by the python call: socket.getfqdn()
# Since salt uses detached ids it is possible to run multiple minions on the
# same machine but with different ids, this can be useful for salt compute
# clusters.
#id:
# Cache the minion id to a file when the minion's id is not statically defined
# in the minion config. Defaults to "True". This setting prevents potential
# problems when automatic minion id resolution changes, which can cause the
# minion to lose connection with the master. To turn off minion id caching,
# set this config to ``False``.
#minion_id_caching: True
# Append a domain to a hostname in the event that it does not exist. This is
# useful for systems where socket.getfqdn() does not actually result in a
# FQDN (for instance, Solaris).
#append_domain:
# Custom static grains for this minion can be specified here and used in SLS
# files just like all other grains. This example sets 4 custom grains, with
# the 'roles' grain having two values that can be matched against.
#grains:
# roles:
# - webserver
# - memcache
# deployment: datacenter4
# cabinet: 13
# cab_u: 14-15
#
# Where cache data goes.
# This data may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion
# Append minion_id to these directories. Helps with
# multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine.
# Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules
# Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine
# Defaults to ['cachedir'] for proxies, [] (empty list) for regular minions
#append_minionid_config_dirs:
# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
#verify_env: True
# The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this
# can be a good way to keep track of jobs the minion has executed
# (on the minion side). By default this feature is disabled, to enable, set
# cache_jobs to True.
#cache_jobs: False
# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets.
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion
# Set the default outputter used by the salt-call command. The default is
# "nested".
#output: nested
# To set a list of additional directories to search for salt outputters, set the
# outputter_dirs option.
#outputter_dirs: []
# By default output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True
# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False
# Backup files that are replaced by file.managed and file.recurse under
# 'cachedir'/file_backup relative to their original location and appended
# with a timestamp. The only valid setting is "minion". Disabled by default.
#
# Alternatively this can be specified for each file in state files:
# /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
# file.managed:
# - source: salt://ssh/sshd_config
# - backup: minion
#
#backup_mode: minion
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the time, in
# seconds, between those reconnection attempts.
#acceptance_wait_time: 10
# If this is nonzero, the time between reconnection attempts will increase by
# acceptance_wait_time seconds per iteration, up to this maximum. If this is
# set to zero, the time between reconnection attempts will stay constant.
#acceptance_wait_time_max: 0
# If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting.
# Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
#rejected_retry: False
# When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive
# the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a SYN flood on the
# master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and
# have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter.
# The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.
#random_reauth_delay: 60
# To avoid overloading a master when many minions startup at once, a randomized
# delay may be set to tell the minions to wait before connecting to the master.
# This value is the number of seconds to choose from for a random number. For
# example, setting this value to 60 will choose a random number of seconds to delay
# on startup between zero seconds and sixty seconds. Setting to '0' will disable
# this feature.
#random_startup_delay: 0
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value,
# in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion
# will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master
# is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.
#auth_timeout: 60
# Number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutError that are acceptable when trying to
# authenticate.
#auth_tries: 7
# The number of attempts to connect to a master before giving up.
# Set this to -1 for unlimited attempts. This allows for a master to have
# downtime and the minion to reconnect to it later when it comes back up.
# In 'failover' mode, it is the number of attempts for each set of masters.
# In this mode, it will cycle through the list of masters for each attempt.
#
# This is different than auth_tries because auth_tries attempts to
# retry auth attempts with a single master. auth_tries is under the
# assumption that you can connect to the master but not gain
# authorization from it. master_tries will still cycle through all
# the masters in a given try, so it is appropriate if you expect
# occasional downtime from the master(s).
#master_tries: 1
# If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval,
# cause sub minion process to restart.
#auth_safemode: False
# Ping Master to ensure connection is alive (minutes).
#ping_interval: 0
# To auto recover minions if master changes IP address (DDNS)
# auth_tries: 10
# auth_safemode: False
# ping_interval: 2
#
# Minions won't know master is missing until a ping fails. After the ping fail,
# the minion will attempt authentication and likely fails out and cause a restart.
# When the minion restarts it will resolve the masters IP and attempt to reconnect.
# If you don't have any problems with syn-floods, don't bother with the
# three recon_* settings described below, just leave the defaults!
#
# The ZeroMQ pull-socket that binds to the masters publishing interface tries
# to reconnect immediately, if the socket is disconnected (for example if
# the master processes are restarted). In large setups this will have all
# minions reconnect immediately which might flood the master (the ZeroMQ-default
# is usually a 100ms delay). To prevent this, these three recon_* settings
# can be used.
# recon_default: the interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before
# trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second)
#
# recon_max: the maximum time a socket should wait. each interval the time to wait
# is calculated by doubling the previous time. if recon_max is reached,
# it starts again at recon_default. Short example:
#
# reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
# reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
# reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
# reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
#
# recon_randomize: generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will
# be a random value between recon_default and recon_default +
# recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default
# and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to
# change these settings. If all minions have the same values and your
# setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still
# flood the master. The desired behavior is to have timeframe within
# all minions try to reconnect.
#
# Example on how to use these settings. The goal: have all minions reconnect within a
# 60 second timeframe on a disconnect.
# recon_default: 1000
# recon_max: 59000
# recon_randomize: True
#
# Each minion will have a randomized reconnect value between 'recon_default'
# and 'recon_default + recon_max', which in this example means between 1000ms
# 60000ms (or between 1 and 60 seconds). The generated random-value will be
# doubled after each attempt to reconnect. Lets say the generated random
# value is 11 seconds (or 11000ms).
# reconnect 1: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 2: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 3: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect 4: wait 44 seconds
# reconnect 5: wait 55 seconds
# reconnect 6: wait time is bigger than 60 seconds (recon_default + recon_max)
# reconnect 7: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 8: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 9: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect x: etc.
#
# In a setup with ~6000 thousand hosts these settings would average the reconnects
# to about 100 per second and all hosts would be reconnected within 60 seconds.
# recon_default: 100
# recon_max: 5000
# recon_randomize: False
#
#
# The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between
# evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to 1
# second on the minion scheduler.
#loop_interval: 1
# Some installations choose to start all job returns in a cache or a returner
# and forgo sending the results back to a master. In this workflow, jobs
# are most often executed with --async from the Salt CLI and then results
# are evaluated by examining job caches on the minions or any configured returners.
# WARNING: Setting this to False will **disable** returns back to the master.
#pub_ret: True
# The grains can be merged, instead of overridden, using this option.
# This allows custom grains to defined different subvalues of a dictionary
# grain. By default this feature is disabled, to enable set grains_deep_merge
# to ``True``.
#grains_deep_merge: False
# The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check
# its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master
# of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore
# care should be taken not to set this value too low.
#
# Note: This value is expressed in __minutes__!
#
# A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
#
# If the value is set to zero, this check is disabled.
#grains_refresh_every: 1
# Cache grains on the minion. Default is False.
#grains_cache: False
# Cache rendered pillar data on the minion. Default is False.
# This may cause 'cachedir'/pillar to contain sensitive data that should be
# protected accordingly.
#minion_pillar_cache: False
# Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this
# number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated
# with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if 'grains_cache'
# is not enabled.
# grains_cache_expiration: 300
# Determines whether or not the salt minion should run scheduled mine updates.
# Defaults to "True". Set to "False" to disable the scheduled mine updates
# (this essentially just does not add the mine update function to the minion's
# scheduler).
#mine_enabled: True
# Determines whether or not scheduled mine updates should be accompanied by a job
# return for the job cache. Defaults to "False". Set to "True" to include job
# returns in the job cache for mine updates.
#mine_return_job: False
# Example functions that can be run via the mine facility
# NO mine functions are established by default.
# Note these can be defined in the minion's pillar as well.
#mine_functions:
# test.ping: []
# network.ip_addrs:
# interface: eth0
# cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'
# The number of minutes between mine updates.
#mine_interval: 60
# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications. Set ipc_mode to 'tcp' on such systems
#ipc_mode: ipc
# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when in tcp mode
#tcp_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_pull_port: 4511
# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576
# To detect failed master(s) and fire events on connect/disconnect, set
# master_alive_interval to the number of seconds to poll the masters for
# connection events.
#
#master_alive_interval: 30
# The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main minion configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option then the minion will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
#include:
# - /etc/salt/extra_config
# - /etc/roles/webserver
# The syndic minion can verify that it is talking to the correct master via the
# key fingerprint of the higher-level master with the "syndic_finger" config.
#syndic_finger: ''
#
#
#
##### Minion module management #####
##########################################
# Disable specific modules. This allows the admin to limit the level of
# access the master has to the minion. The default here is the empty list,
# below is an example of how this needs to be formatted in the config file
#disable_modules:
# - cmdmod
# - test
#disable_returners: []
# This is the reverse of disable_modules. The default, like disable_modules, is the empty ↲
list,
# but if this option is set to *anything* then *only* those modules will load.
# Note that this is a very large hammer and it can be quite difficult to keep the minion w ↲
orking
# the way you think it should since Salt uses many modules internally itself. At a bare m ↲
inimum
# you need the following enabled or else the minion won't start.
#whitelist_modules:
# - cmdmod
# - test
# - config
# Modules can be loaded from arbitrary paths. This enables the easy deployment
# of third party modules. Modules for returners and minions can be loaded.
# Specify a list of extra directories to search for minion modules and
# returners. These paths must be fully qualified!
#module_dirs: []
#returner_dirs: []
#states_dirs: []
#render_dirs: []
#utils_dirs: []
#
# A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion
# via the providers option, in this case the default module will be
# overwritten by the specified module. In this example the pkg module will
# be provided by the yumpkg5 module instead of the system default.
#providers:
# pkg: yumpkg5
#
# Enable Cython modules searching and loading. (Default: False)
#cython_enable: False
#
# Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently
# only supported on *nix operating systems and requires psutil.
# modules_max_memory: -1
##### State Management Settings #####
###########################################
# The state management system executes all of the state templates on the minion
# to enable more granular control of system state management. The type of
# template and serialization used for state management needs to be configured
# on the minion, the default renderer is yaml_jinja. This is a yaml file
# rendered from a jinja template, the available options are:
# yaml_jinja
# yaml_mako
# yaml_wempy
# json_jinja
# json_mako
# json_wempy
#
#renderer: yaml_jinja
#
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution. Defaults to False.
#failhard: False
#
# Reload the modules prior to a highstate run.
#autoload_dynamic_modules: True
#
# clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with
# the dynamic modules on the master, this means that if a dynamic module is
# not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default, this is
# enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.
#clean_dynamic_modules: True
#
# Normally, the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master
# when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side
# by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage
# environments is to isolate via the top file.
#environment: None
#
# Isolates the pillar environment on the minion side. This functions the same
# as the environment setting, but for pillar instead of states.
#pillarenv: None
#
# Set this option to True to force the pillarenv to be the same as the
# effective saltenv when running states. Note that if pillarenv is specified,
# this option will be ignored.
#pillarenv_from_saltenv: False
#
# Set this option to 'True' to force a 'KeyError' to be raised whenever an
# attempt to retrieve a named value from pillar fails. When this option is set
# to 'False', the failed attempt returns an empty string. Default is 'False'.
#pillar_raise_on_missing: False
#
# If using the local file directory, then the state top file name needs to be
# defined, by default this is top.sls.
#state_top: top.sls
#
# Run states when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
# 'highstate' -- Execute state.highstate
# 'sls' -- Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
# 'top' -- Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
#startup_states: ''
#
# List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is 'sls':
#sls_list:
# - edit.vim
# - hyper
#
# Top file to execute if startup_states is 'top':
#top_file: ''
# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
# - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False
##### File Directory Settings #####
##########################################
# The Salt Minion can redirect all file server operations to a local directory,
# this allows for the same state tree that is on the master to be used if
# copied completely onto the minion. This is a literal copy of the settings on
# the master but used to reference a local directory on the minion.
# Set the file client. The client defaults to looking on the master server for
# files, but can be directed to look at the local file directory setting
# defined below by setting it to "local". Setting a local file_client runs the
# minion in masterless mode.
#file_client: remote
# The file directory works on environments passed to the minion, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt/
# dev:
# - /srv/salt/dev/services
# - /srv/salt/dev/states
# prod:
# - /srv/salt/prod/services
# - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want the file_server to follow
# symlinks when walking the filesystem tree. This is set to True
# by default. Currently this only applies to the default roots
# fileserver_backend.
#fileserver_followsymlinks: False
#
# Uncomment the line below if you do not want symlinks to be
# treated as the files they are pointing to. By default this is set to
# False. By uncommenting the line below, any detected symlink while listing
# files on the Master will not be returned to the Minion.
#fileserver_ignoresymlinks: True
#
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is negatively impacted. Default
# is False.
#fileserver_limit_traversal: False
# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file on
# the local fileserver. The default is sha256, but md5, sha1, sha224, sha384
# and sha512 are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use them due to the
# high chance of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Warning: Prior to changing this value, the minion should be stopped and all
# Salt caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256
# The Salt pillar is searched for locally if file_client is set to local. If
# this is the case, and pillar data is defined, then the pillar_roots need to
# also be configured on the minion:
#pillar_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/pillar
# Set a hard-limit on the size of the files that can be pushed to the master.
# It will be interpreted as megabytes. Default: 100
#file_recv_max_size: 100
#
#
###### Security settings #####
###########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False
# The size of key that should be generated when creating new keys.
#keysize: 2048
# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.
#permissive_pki_access: False
# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True
# The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line
# output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse'
# the output will be shortened to a single line.
#state_output: full
# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False
# The state_output_profile setting changes whether profile information
# will be shown for each state run.
#state_output_profile: True
# Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master
# before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running
# "salt-key -f master.pub" on the Salt master.
#master_finger: ''
# Use TLS/SSL encrypted connection between master and minion.
# Can be set to a dictionary containing keyword arguments corresponding to Python's
# 'ssl.wrap_socket' method.
# Default is None.
#ssl:
# keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
# certfile: <path_to_certfile>
# ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
###### Reactor Settings #####
###########################################
# Define a salt reactor. See https://docs.saltstack.com/en/latest/topics/reactor/
#reactor: []
#Set the TTL for the cache of the reactor configuration.
#reactor_refresh_interval: 60
#Configure the number of workers for the runner/wheel in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_threads: 10
#Define the queue size for workers in the reactor.
#reactor_worker_hwm: 10000
###### Thread settings #####
###########################################
# Disable multiprocessing support, by default when a minion receives a
# publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein.
#
# WARNING: Disabling multiprocessing may result in substantial slowdowns
# when processing large pillars. See https://github.com/saltstack/salt/issues/38758
# for a full explanation.
#multiprocessing: True
##### Logging settings #####
##########################################
# The location of the minion log file
# The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key
# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level: warning
# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level_logfile:
# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well. Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically. This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
# log_granular_levels:
# 'salt': 'warning'
# 'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}
# To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ
# supports the use of monitor sockets to log connection events. This
# feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
#
# To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a
# debug level or higher.
#
# A sample log event is as follows:
#
# [DEBUG ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
# 'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
#
# All events logged will include the string 'ZeroMQ event'. A connection event
# should be logged as the minion starts up and initially connects to the
# master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of
# ZeroMQ is installed.
#
#zmq_monitor: False
# Number of times to try to authenticate with the salt master when reconnecting
# to the master
#tcp_authentication_retries: 5
###### Module configuration #####
###########################################
# Salt allows for modules to be passed arbitrary configuration data, any data
# passed here in valid yaml format will be passed on to the salt minion modules
# for use. It is STRONGLY recommended that a naming convention be used in which
# the module name is followed by a . and then the value. Also, all top level
# data must be applied via the yaml dict construct, some examples:
#
# You can specify that all modules should run in test mode:
#test: True
#
# A simple value for the test module:
#test.foo: foo
#
# A list for the test module:
#test.bar: [baz,quo]
#
# A dict for the test module:
#test.baz: {spam: sausage, cheese: bread}
#
#
###### Update settings ######
###########################################
# Using the features in Esky, a salt minion can both run as a frozen app and
# be updated on the fly. These options control how the update process
# (saltutil.update()) behaves.
#
# The url for finding and downloading updates. Disabled by default.
#update_url: False
#
# The list of services to restart after a successful update. Empty by default.
#update_restart_services: []
###### Keepalive settings ######
############################################
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.
# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True
# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1
###### Windows Software settings ######
############################################
# Location of the repository cache file on the master:
#win_repo_cachefile: 'salt://win/repo/winrepo.p'
###### Returner settings ######
############################################
# Default Minion returners. Can be a comma delimited string or a list:
#
#return: mysql
#
#return: mysql,slack,redis
#
#return:
# - mysql
# - hipchat
# - slack
###### Miscellaneous settings ######
############################################
# Default match type for filtering events tags: startswith, endswith, find, regex, fnmatch
#event_match_type: startswith
Example proxy minion configuration file
##### Primary configuration settings #####
##########################################
# This configuration file is used to manage the behavior of all Salt Proxy
# Minions on this host.
# With the exception of the location of the Salt Master Server, values that are
# commented out but have an empty line after the comment are defaults that need
# not be set in the config. If there is no blank line after the comment, the
# value is presented as an example and is not the default.
# Per default the minion will automatically include all config files
# from minion.d/*.conf (minion.d is a directory in the same directory
# as the main minion config file).
#default_include: minion.d/*.conf
# Backwards compatibility option for proxymodules created before 2015.8.2
# This setting will default to 'False' in the 2016.3.0 release
# Setting this to True adds proxymodules to the __opts__ dictionary.
# This breaks several Salt features (basically anything that serializes
# __opts__ over the wire) but retains backwards compatibility.
#add_proxymodule_to_opts: True
# Set the location of the salt master server. If the master server cannot be
# resolved, then the minion will fail to start.
#master: salt
# If a proxymodule has a function called 'grains', then call it during
# regular grains loading and merge the results with the proxy's grains
# dictionary. Otherwise it is assumed that the module calls the grains
# function in a custom way and returns the data elsewhere
#
# Default to False for 2016.3 and 2016.11. Switch to True for 2017.7.0.
# proxy_merge_grains_in_module: True
# If a proxymodule has a function called 'alive' returning a boolean
# flag reflecting the state of the connection with the remove device,
# when this option is set as True, a scheduled job on the proxy will
# try restarting the connection. The polling frequency depends on the
# next option, 'proxy_keep_alive_interval'. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_keep_alive: True
# The polling interval (in minutes) to check if the underlying connection
# with the remote device is still alive. This option requires
# 'proxy_keep_alive' to be configured as True and the proxymodule to
# implement the 'alive' function. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_keep_alive_interval: 1
# By default, any proxy opens the connection with the remote device when
# initialized. Some proxymodules allow through this option to open/close
# the session per command. This requires the proxymodule to have this
# capability. Please consult the documentation to see if the proxy type
# used can be that flexible. Added in 2017.7.0.
# proxy_always_alive: True
# If multiple masters are specified in the 'master' setting, the default behavior
# is to always try to connect to them in the order they are listed. If random_master is
# set to True, the order will be randomized instead. This can be helpful in distributing
# the load of many minions executing salt-call requests, for example, from a cron job.
# If only one master is listed, this setting is ignored and a warning will be logged.
#random_master: False
# Minions can connect to multiple masters simultaneously (all masters
# are "hot"), or can be configured to failover if a master becomes
# unavailable. Multiple hot masters are configured by setting this
# value to "str". Failover masters can be requested by setting
# to "failover". MAKE SURE TO SET master_alive_interval if you are
# using failover.
# master_type: str
# Poll interval in seconds for checking if the master is still there. Only
# respected if master_type above is "failover".
# master_alive_interval: 30
# Set whether the minion should connect to the master via IPv6:
#ipv6: False
# Set the number of seconds to wait before attempting to resolve
# the master hostname if name resolution fails. Defaults to 30 seconds.
# Set to zero if the minion should shutdown and not retry.
# retry_dns: 30
# Set the port used by the master reply and authentication server.
#master_port: 4506
# The user to run salt.
#user: root
# Setting sudo_user will cause salt to run all execution modules under an sudo
# to the user given in sudo_user. The user under which the salt minion process
# itself runs will still be that provided in the user config above, but all
# execution modules run by the minion will be rerouted through sudo.
#sudo_user: saltdev
# Specify the location of the daemon process ID file.
#pidfile: /var/run/salt-minion.pid
# The root directory prepended to these options: pki_dir, cachedir, log_file,
# sock_dir, pidfile.
#root_dir: /
# The directory to store the pki information in
#pki_dir: /etc/salt/pki/minion
# Where cache data goes.
# This data may contain sensitive data and should be protected accordingly.
#cachedir: /var/cache/salt/minion
# Append minion_id to these directories. Helps with
# multiple proxies and minions running on the same machine.
# Allowed elements in the list: pki_dir, cachedir, extension_modules
# Normally not needed unless running several proxies and/or minions on the same machine
# Defaults to ['cachedir'] for proxies, [] (empty list) for regular minions
# append_minionid_config_dirs:
# - cachedir
# Verify and set permissions on configuration directories at startup.
#verify_env: True
# The minion can locally cache the return data from jobs sent to it, this
# can be a good way to keep track of jobs the minion has executed
# (on the minion side). By default this feature is disabled, to enable, set
# cache_jobs to True.
#cache_jobs: False
# Set the directory used to hold unix sockets.
#sock_dir: /var/run/salt/minion
# Set the default outputter used by the salt-call command. The default is
# "nested".
#output: nested
#
# By default output is colored. To disable colored output, set the color value
# to False.
#color: True
# Do not strip off the colored output from nested results and state outputs
# (true by default).
# strip_colors: False
# Backup files that are replaced by file.managed and file.recurse under
# 'cachedir'/file_backup relative to their original location and appended
# with a timestamp. The only valid setting is "minion". Disabled by default.
#
# Alternatively this can be specified for each file in state files:
# /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
# file.managed:
# - source: salt://ssh/sshd_config
# - backup: minion
#
#backup_mode: minion
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the time, in
# seconds, between those reconnection attempts.
#acceptance_wait_time: 10
# If this is nonzero, the time between reconnection attempts will increase by
# acceptance_wait_time seconds per iteration, up to this maximum. If this is
# set to zero, the time between reconnection attempts will stay constant.
#acceptance_wait_time_max: 0
# If the master rejects the minion's public key, retry instead of exiting.
# Rejected keys will be handled the same as waiting on acceptance.
#rejected_retry: False
# When the master key changes, the minion will try to re-auth itself to receive
# the new master key. In larger environments this can cause a SYN flood on the
# master because all minions try to re-auth immediately. To prevent this and
# have a minion wait for a random amount of time, use this optional parameter.
# The wait-time will be a random number of seconds between 0 and the defined value.
#random_reauth_delay: 60
# When waiting for a master to accept the minion's public key, salt will
# continuously attempt to reconnect until successful. This is the timeout value,
# in seconds, for each individual attempt. After this timeout expires, the minion
# will wait for acceptance_wait_time seconds before trying again. Unless your master
# is under unusually heavy load, this should be left at the default.
#auth_timeout: 60
# Number of consecutive SaltReqTimeoutError that are acceptable when trying to
# authenticate.
#auth_tries: 7
# If authentication fails due to SaltReqTimeoutError during a ping_interval,
# cause sub minion process to restart.
#auth_safemode: False
# Ping Master to ensure connection is alive (minutes).
#ping_interval: 0
# To auto recover minions if master changes IP address (DDNS)
# auth_tries: 10
# auth_safemode: False
# ping_interval: 90
#
# Minions won't know master is missing until a ping fails. After the ping fail,
# the minion will attempt authentication and likely fails out and cause a restart.
# When the minion restarts it will resolve the masters IP and attempt to reconnect.
# If you don't have any problems with syn-floods, don't bother with the
# three recon_* settings described below, just leave the defaults!
#
# The ZeroMQ pull-socket that binds to the masters publishing interface tries
# to reconnect immediately, if the socket is disconnected (for example if
# the master processes are restarted). In large setups this will have all
# minions reconnect immediately which might flood the master (the ZeroMQ-default
# is usually a 100ms delay). To prevent this, these three recon_* settings
# can be used.
# recon_default: the interval in milliseconds that the socket should wait before
# trying to reconnect to the master (1000ms = 1 second)
#
# recon_max: the maximum time a socket should wait. each interval the time to wait
# is calculated by doubling the previous time. if recon_max is reached,
# it starts again at recon_default. Short example:
#
# reconnect 1: the socket will wait 'recon_default' milliseconds
# reconnect 2: 'recon_default' * 2
# reconnect 3: ('recon_default' * 2) * 2
# reconnect 4: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect 5: value from previous interval * 2
# reconnect x: if value >= recon_max, it starts again with recon_default
#
# recon_randomize: generate a random wait time on minion start. The wait time will
# be a random value between recon_default and recon_default +
# recon_max. Having all minions reconnect with the same recon_default
# and recon_max value kind of defeats the purpose of being able to
# change these settings. If all minions have the same values and your
# setup is quite large (several thousand minions), they will still
# flood the master. The desired behavior is to have timeframe within
# all minions try to reconnect.
#
# Example on how to use these settings. The goal: have all minions reconnect within a
# 60 second timeframe on a disconnect.
# recon_default: 1000
# recon_max: 59000
# recon_randomize: True
#
# Each minion will have a randomized reconnect value between 'recon_default'
# and 'recon_default + recon_max', which in this example means between 1000ms
# 60000ms (or between 1 and 60 seconds). The generated random-value will be
# doubled after each attempt to reconnect. Lets say the generated random
# value is 11 seconds (or 11000ms).
# reconnect 1: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 2: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 3: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect 4: wait 44 seconds
# reconnect 5: wait 55 seconds
# reconnect 6: wait time is bigger than 60 seconds (recon_default + recon_max)
# reconnect 7: wait 11 seconds
# reconnect 8: wait 22 seconds
# reconnect 9: wait 33 seconds
# reconnect x: etc.
#
# In a setup with ~6000 thousand hosts these settings would average the reconnects
# to about 100 per second and all hosts would be reconnected within 60 seconds.
# recon_default: 100
# recon_max: 5000
# recon_randomize: False
#
#
# The loop_interval sets how long in seconds the minion will wait between
# evaluating the scheduler and running cleanup tasks. This defaults to a
# sane 60 seconds, but if the minion scheduler needs to be evaluated more
# often lower this value
#loop_interval: 60
# The grains_refresh_every setting allows for a minion to periodically check
# its grains to see if they have changed and, if so, to inform the master
# of the new grains. This operation is moderately expensive, therefore
# care should be taken not to set this value too low.
#
# Note: This value is expressed in __minutes__!
#
# A value of 10 minutes is a reasonable default.
#
# If the value is set to zero, this check is disabled.
#grains_refresh_every: 1
# Cache grains on the minion. Default is False.
#grains_cache: False
# Grains cache expiration, in seconds. If the cache file is older than this
# number of seconds then the grains cache will be dumped and fully re-populated
# with fresh data. Defaults to 5 minutes. Will have no effect if 'grains_cache'
# is not enabled.
# grains_cache_expiration: 300
# Windows platforms lack posix IPC and must rely on slower TCP based inter-
# process communications. Set ipc_mode to 'tcp' on such systems
#ipc_mode: ipc
# Overwrite the default tcp ports used by the minion when in tcp mode
#tcp_pub_port: 4510
#tcp_pull_port: 4511
# Passing very large events can cause the minion to consume large amounts of
# memory. This value tunes the maximum size of a message allowed onto the
# minion event bus. The value is expressed in bytes.
#max_event_size: 1048576
# To detect failed master(s) and fire events on connect/disconnect, set
# master_alive_interval to the number of seconds to poll the masters for
# connection events.
#
#master_alive_interval: 30
# The minion can include configuration from other files. To enable this,
# pass a list of paths to this option. The paths can be either relative or
# absolute; if relative, they are considered to be relative to the directory
# the main minion configuration file lives in (this file). Paths can make use
# of shell-style globbing. If no files are matched by a path passed to this
# option then the minion will log a warning message.
#
# Include a config file from some other path:
# include: /etc/salt/extra_config
#
# Include config from several files and directories:
#include:
# - /etc/salt/extra_config
# - /etc/roles/webserver
#
#
#
##### Minion module management #####
##########################################
# Disable specific modules. This allows the admin to limit the level of
# access the master has to the minion.
#disable_modules: [cmd,test]
#disable_returners: []
#
# Modules can be loaded from arbitrary paths. This enables the easy deployment
# of third party modules. Modules for returners and minions can be loaded.
# Specify a list of extra directories to search for minion modules and
# returners. These paths must be fully qualified!
#module_dirs: []
#returner_dirs: []
#states_dirs: []
#render_dirs: []
#utils_dirs: []
#
# A module provider can be statically overwritten or extended for the minion
# via the providers option, in this case the default module will be
# overwritten by the specified module. In this example the pkg module will
# be provided by the yumpkg5 module instead of the system default.
#providers:
# pkg: yumpkg5
#
# Enable Cython modules searching and loading. (Default: False)
#cython_enable: False
#
# Specify a max size (in bytes) for modules on import. This feature is currently
# only supported on *nix operating systems and requires psutil.
# modules_max_memory: -1
##### State Management Settings #####
###########################################
# The state management system executes all of the state templates on the minion
# to enable more granular control of system state management. The type of
# template and serialization used for state management needs to be configured
# on the minion, the default renderer is yaml_jinja. This is a yaml file
# rendered from a jinja template, the available options are:
# yaml_jinja
# yaml_mako
# yaml_wempy
# json_jinja
# json_mako
# json_wempy
#
#renderer: yaml_jinja
#
# The failhard option tells the minions to stop immediately after the first
# failure detected in the state execution. Defaults to False.
#failhard: False
#
# Reload the modules prior to a highstate run.
#autoload_dynamic_modules: True
#
# clean_dynamic_modules keeps the dynamic modules on the minion in sync with
# the dynamic modules on the master, this means that if a dynamic module is
# not on the master it will be deleted from the minion. By default, this is
# enabled and can be disabled by changing this value to False.
#clean_dynamic_modules: True
#
# Normally, the minion is not isolated to any single environment on the master
# when running states, but the environment can be isolated on the minion side
# by statically setting it. Remember that the recommended way to manage
# environments is to isolate via the top file.
#environment: None
#
# If using the local file directory, then the state top file name needs to be
# defined, by default this is top.sls.
#state_top: top.sls
#
# Run states when the minion daemon starts. To enable, set startup_states to:
# 'highstate' -- Execute state.highstate
# 'sls' -- Read in the sls_list option and execute the named sls files
# 'top' -- Read top_file option and execute based on that file on the Master
#startup_states: ''
#
# List of states to run when the minion starts up if startup_states is 'sls':
#sls_list:
# - edit.vim
# - hyper
#
# Top file to execute if startup_states is 'top':
#top_file: ''
# Automatically aggregate all states that have support for mod_aggregate by
# setting to True. Or pass a list of state module names to automatically
# aggregate just those types.
#
# state_aggregate:
# - pkg
#
#state_aggregate: False
##### File Directory Settings #####
##########################################
# The Salt Minion can redirect all file server operations to a local directory,
# this allows for the same state tree that is on the master to be used if
# copied completely onto the minion. This is a literal copy of the settings on
# the master but used to reference a local directory on the minion.
# Set the file client. The client defaults to looking on the master server for
# files, but can be directed to look at the local file directory setting
# defined below by setting it to "local". Setting a local file_client runs the
# minion in masterless mode.
#file_client: remote
# The file directory works on environments passed to the minion, each environment
# can have multiple root directories, the subdirectories in the multiple file
# roots cannot match, otherwise the downloaded files will not be able to be
# reliably ensured. A base environment is required to house the top file.
# Example:
# file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt/
# dev:
# - /srv/salt/dev/services
# - /srv/salt/dev/states
# prod:
# - /srv/salt/prod/services
# - /srv/salt/prod/states
#
#file_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/salt
# By default, the Salt fileserver recurses fully into all defined environments
# to attempt to find files. To limit this behavior so that the fileserver only
# traverses directories with SLS files and special Salt directories like _modules,
# enable the option below. This might be useful for installations where a file root
# has a very large number of files and performance is negatively impacted. Default
# is False.
#fileserver_limit_traversal: False
# The hash_type is the hash to use when discovering the hash of a file in
# the local fileserver. The default is sha256 but sha224, sha384 and sha512
# are also supported.
#
# WARNING: While md5 and sha1 are also supported, do not use it due to the high chance
# of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# WARNING: While md5 is also supported, do not use it due to the high chance
# of possible collisions and thus security breach.
#
# Warning: Prior to changing this value, the minion should be stopped and all
# Salt caches should be cleared.
#hash_type: sha256
# The Salt pillar is searched for locally if file_client is set to local. If
# this is the case, and pillar data is defined, then the pillar_roots need to
# also be configured on the minion:
#pillar_roots:
# base:
# - /srv/pillar
#
#
###### Security settings #####
###########################################
# Enable "open mode", this mode still maintains encryption, but turns off
# authentication, this is only intended for highly secure environments or for
# the situation where your keys end up in a bad state. If you run in open mode
# you do so at your own risk!
#open_mode: False
# Enable permissive access to the salt keys. This allows you to run the
# master or minion as root, but have a non-root group be given access to
# your pki_dir. To make the access explicit, root must belong to the group
# you've given access to. This is potentially quite insecure.
#permissive_pki_access: False
# The state_verbose and state_output settings can be used to change the way
# state system data is printed to the display. By default all data is printed.
# The state_verbose setting can be set to True or False, when set to False
# all data that has a result of True and no changes will be suppressed.
#state_verbose: True
# The state_output setting changes if the output is the full multi line
# output for each changed state if set to 'full', but if set to 'terse'
# the output will be shortened to a single line.
#state_output: full
# The state_output_diff setting changes whether or not the output from
# successful states is returned. Useful when even the terse output of these
# states is cluttering the logs. Set it to True to ignore them.
#state_output_diff: False
# The state_output_profile setting changes whether profile information
# will be shown for each state run.
#state_output_profile: True
# Fingerprint of the master public key to validate the identity of your Salt master
# before the initial key exchange. The master fingerprint can be found by running
# "salt-key -F master" on the Salt master.
#master_finger: ''
###### Thread settings #####
###########################################
# Disable multiprocessing support, by default when a minion receives a
# publication a new process is spawned and the command is executed therein.
#multiprocessing: True
##### Logging settings #####
##########################################
# The location of the minion log file
# The minion log can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network
# location. Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.:
# ``file:///dev/log``), with rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The URI
# format is: <file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#log_file: file:///dev/log
#log_file: udp://loghost:10514
#
#log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
#key_logfile: /var/log/salt/key
# The level of messages to send to the console.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
#
# The following log levels are considered INSECURE and may log sensitive data:
# ['garbage', 'trace', 'debug']
#
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level: warning
# The level of messages to send to the log file.
# One of 'garbage', 'trace', 'debug', info', 'warning', 'error', 'critical'.
# If using 'log_granular_levels' this must be set to the highest desired level.
# Default: 'warning'
#log_level_logfile:
# The date and time format used in log messages. Allowed date/time formatting
# can be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/time.html#time.strftime
#log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
#log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
# The format of the console logging messages. Allowed formatting options can
# be seen here: http://docs.python.org/library/logging.html#logrecord-attributes
#
# Console log colors are specified by these additional formatters:
#
# %(colorlevel)s
# %(colorname)s
# %(colorprocess)s
# %(colormsg)s
#
# Since it is desirable to include the surrounding brackets, '[' and ']', in
# the coloring of the messages, these color formatters also include padding as
# well. Color LogRecord attributes are only available for console logging.
#
#log_fmt_console: '%(colorlevel)s %(colormsg)s'
#log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
#
#log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
# This can be used to control logging levels more specificically. This
# example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, but sets
# 'salt.modules' to log at the 'debug' level:
# log_granular_levels:
# 'salt': 'warning'
# 'salt.modules': 'debug'
#
#log_granular_levels: {}
# To diagnose issues with minions disconnecting or missing returns, ZeroMQ
# supports the use of monitor sockets # to log connection events. This
# feature requires ZeroMQ 4.0 or higher.
#
# To enable ZeroMQ monitor sockets, set 'zmq_monitor' to 'True' and log at a
# debug level or higher.
#
# A sample log event is as follows:
#
# [DEBUG ] ZeroMQ event: {'endpoint': 'tcp://127.0.0.1:4505', 'event': 512,
# 'value': 27, 'description': 'EVENT_DISCONNECTED'}
#
# All events logged will include the string 'ZeroMQ event'. A connection event
# should be logged on the as the minion starts up and initially connects to the
# master. If not, check for debug log level and that the necessary version of
# ZeroMQ is installed.
#
#zmq_monitor: False
###### Module configuration #####
###########################################
# Salt allows for modules to be passed arbitrary configuration data, any data
# passed here in valid yaml format will be passed on to the salt minion modules
# for use. It is STRONGLY recommended that a naming convention be used in which
# the module name is followed by a . and then the value. Also, all top level
# data must be applied via the yaml dict construct, some examples:
#
# You can specify that all modules should run in test mode:
#test: True
#
# A simple value for the test module:
#test.foo: foo
#
# A list for the test module:
#test.bar: [baz,quo]
#
# A dict for the test module:
#test.baz: {spam: sausage, cheese: bread}
#
#
###### Update settings ######
###########################################
# Using the features in Esky, a salt minion can both run as a frozen app and
# be updated on the fly. These options control how the update process
# (saltutil.update()) behaves.
#
# The url for finding and downloading updates. Disabled by default.
#update_url: False
#
# The list of services to restart after a successful update. Empty by default.
#update_restart_services: []
###### Keepalive settings ######
############################################
# ZeroMQ now includes support for configuring SO_KEEPALIVE if supported by
# the OS. If connections between the minion and the master pass through
# a state tracking device such as a firewall or VPN gateway, there is
# the risk that it could tear down the connection the master and minion
# without informing either party that their connection has been taken away.
# Enabling TCP Keepalives prevents this from happening.
# Overall state of TCP Keepalives, enable (1 or True), disable (0 or False)
# or leave to the OS defaults (-1), on Linux, typically disabled. Default True, enabled.
#tcp_keepalive: True
# How long before the first keepalive should be sent in seconds. Default 300
# to send the first keepalive after 5 minutes, OS default (-1) is typically 7200 seconds
# on Linux see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_time.
#tcp_keepalive_idle: 300
# How many lost probes are needed to consider the connection lost. Default -1
# to use OS defaults, typically 9 on Linux, see /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_probes.
#tcp_keepalive_cnt: -1
# How often, in seconds, to send keepalives after the first one. Default -1 to
# use OS defaults, typically 75 seconds on Linux, see
# /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_keepalive_intvl.
#tcp_keepalive_intvl: -1
###### Windows Software settings ######
############################################
# Location of the repository cache file on the master:
#win_repo_cachefile: 'salt://win/repo/winrepo.p'
###### Returner settings ######
############################################
# Which returner(s) will be used for minion's result:
#return: mysql
Minion Blackout Configuration
New in version 2016.3.0.
Salt supports minion blackouts. When a minion is in blackout mode, all remote execution
commands are disabled. This allows production minions to be put "on hold", eliminating the
risk of an untimely configuration change.
Minion blackouts are configured via a special pillar key, minion_blackout. If this key is
set to True, then the minion will reject all incoming commands, except for
saltutil.refresh_pillar. (The exception is important, so minions can be brought out of
blackout mode)
Salt also supports an explicit whitelist of additional functions that will be allowed dur‐
ing blackout. This is configured with the special pillar key minion_blackout_whitelist,
which is formed as a list:
minion_blackout_whitelist:
- test.ping
- pillar.get
Access Control System
New in version 0.10.4.
Salt maintains a standard system used to open granular control to non administrative users
to execute Salt commands. The access control system has been applied to all systems used
to configure access to non administrative control interfaces in Salt.
These interfaces include, the peer system, the external auth system and the publisher acl
system.
The access control system mandated a standard configuration syntax used in all of the
three aforementioned systems. While this adds functionality to the configuration in
0.10.4, it does not negate the old configuration.
Now specific functions can be opened up to specific minions from specific users in the
case of external auth and publisher ACLs, and for specific minions in the case of the peer
system.
Publisher ACL system
The salt publisher ACL system is a means to allow system users other than root to have
access to execute select salt commands on minions from the master.
The publisher ACL system is configured in the master configuration file via the pub‐
lisher_acl configuration option. Under the publisher_acl configuration option the users
open to send commands are specified and then a list of regular expressions which specify
the minion functions which will be made available to specified user. This configuration is
much like the peer configuration:
publisher_acl:
# Allow thatch to execute anything.
thatch:
- .*
# Allow fred to use test and pkg, but only on "web*" minions.
fred:
- web*:
- test.*
- pkg.*
# Allow managers to use saltutil module functions
manager_.*:
- saltutil.*
Permission Issues
Directories required for publisher_acl must be modified to be readable by the users speci‐
fied:
chmod 755 /var/cache/salt /var/cache/salt/master /var/cache/salt/master/jobs /var/run/salt ↲
/var/run/salt/master
NOTE:
In addition to the changes above you will also need to modify the permissions of
/var/log/salt and the existing log file to be writable by the user(s) which will be
running the commands. If you do not wish to do this then you must disable logging or
Salt will generate errors as it cannot write to the logs as the system users.
If you are upgrading from earlier versions of salt you must also remove any existing user
keys and re-start the Salt master:
rm /var/cache/salt/.*key
service salt-master restart
Whitelist and Blacklist
Salt's authentication systems can be configured by specifying what is allowed using a
whitelist, or by specifying what is disallowed using a blacklist. If you specify a
whitelist, only specified operations are allowed. If you specify a blacklist, all opera‐
tions are allowed except those that are blacklisted.
See publisher_acl and publisher_acl_blacklist.
External Authentication System
Salt's External Authentication System (eAuth) allows for Salt to pass through command
authorization to any external authentication system, such as PAM or LDAP.
NOTE:
eAuth using the PAM external auth system requires salt-master to be run as root as this
system needs root access to check authentication.
External Authentication System Configuration
The external authentication system allows for specific users to be granted access to exe‐
cute specific functions on specific minions. Access is configured in the master configura‐
tion file and uses the access control system:
external_auth:
pam:
thatch:
- 'web*':
- test.*
- network.*
steve:
- .*
The above configuration allows the user thatch to execute functions in the test and net‐
work modules on the minions that match the web* target. User steve is given unrestricted
access to minion commands.
Salt respects the current PAM configuration in place, and uses the 'login' service to
authenticate.
NOTE:
The PAM module does not allow authenticating as root.
NOTE:
state.sls and state.highstate will return "Failed to authenticate!" if the request
timeout is reached. Use -t flag to increase the timeout
To allow access to wheel modules or runner modules the following @ syntax must be used:
external_auth:
pam:
thatch:
- '@wheel' # to allow access to all wheel modules
- '@runner' # to allow access to all runner modules
- '@jobs' # to allow access to the jobs runner and/or wheel module
NOTE:
The runner/wheel markup is different, since there are no minions to scope the acl to.
NOTE:
Globs will not match wheel or runners! They must be explicitly allowed with @wheel or
@runner.
WARNING:
All users that have external authentication privileges are allowed to run
saltutil.findjob. Be aware that this could inadvertently expose some data such as min‐
ion IDs.
Matching syntax
The structure of the external_auth dictionary can take the following shapes. Function
matches are regular expressions; minion matches are compound targets.
By user:
external_auth:
<eauth backend>:
<user or group%>:
- <regex to match function>
By user, by minion:
external_auth:
<eauth backend>:
<user or group%>:
<minion compound target>:
- <regex to match function>
Groups
To apply permissions to a group of users in an external authentication system, append a %
to the ID:
external_auth:
pam:
admins%:
- '*':
- 'pkg.*'
Limiting by function arguments
Positional arguments or keyword arguments to functions can also be whitelisted.
New in version 2016.3.0.
external_auth:
pam:
my_user:
- '*':
- 'my_mod.*':
args:
- 'a.*'
- 'b.*'
kwargs:
'kwa': 'kwa.*'
'kwb': 'kwb'
The rules:
1. The arguments values are matched as regexp.
2. If arguments restrictions are specified the only matched are allowed.
3. If an argument isn't specified any value is allowed.
4. To skip an arg use "everything" regexp .*. I.e. if arg0 and arg2 should be limited but
arg1 and other arguments could have any value use:
args:
- 'value0'
- '.*'
- 'value2'
Usage
The external authentication system can then be used from the command-line by any user on
the same system as the master with the -a option:
$ salt -a pam web\* test.ping
The system will ask the user for the credentials required by the authentication system and
then publish the command.
Tokens
With external authentication alone, the authentication credentials will be required with
every call to Salt. This can be alleviated with Salt tokens.
Tokens are short term authorizations and can be easily created by just adding a -T option
when authenticating:
$ salt -T -a pam web\* test.ping
Now a token will be created that has an expiration of 12 hours (by default). This token
is stored in a file named salt_token in the active user's home directory.
Once the token is created, it is sent with all subsequent communications. User authenti‐
cation does not need to be entered again until the token expires.
Token expiration time can be set in the Salt master config file.
LDAP and Active Directory
NOTE:
LDAP usage requires that you have installed python-ldap.
Salt supports both user and group authentication for LDAP (and Active Directory accessed
via its LDAP interface)
OpenLDAP and similar systems
LDAP configuration happens in the Salt master configuration file.
Server configuration values and their defaults:
# Server to auth against
auth.ldap.server: localhost
# Port to connect via
auth.ldap.port: 389
# Use TLS when connecting
auth.ldap.tls: False
# LDAP scope level, almost always 2
auth.ldap.scope: 2
# Server specified in URI format
auth.ldap.uri: '' # Overrides .ldap.server, .ldap.port, .ldap.tls above
# Verify server's TLS certificate
auth.ldap.no_verify: False
# Bind to LDAP anonymously to determine group membership
# Active Directory does not allow anonymous binds without special configuration
# In addition, if auth.ldap.anonymous is True, empty bind passwords are not permitted.
auth.ldap.anonymous: False
# FOR TESTING ONLY, this is a VERY insecure setting.
# If this is True, the LDAP bind password will be ignored and
# access will be determined by group membership alone with
# the group memberships being retrieved via anonymous bind
auth.ldap.auth_by_group_membership_only: False
# Require authenticating user to be part of this Organizational Unit
# This can be blank if your LDAP schema does not use this kind of OU
auth.ldap.groupou: 'Groups'
# Object Class for groups. An LDAP search will be done to find all groups of this
# class to which the authenticating user belongs.
auth.ldap.groupclass: 'posixGroup'
# Unique ID attribute name for the user
auth.ldap.accountattributename: 'memberUid'
# These are only for Active Directory
auth.ldap.activedirectory: False
auth.ldap.persontype: 'person'
auth.ldap.minion_stripdomains: []
# Redhat Identity Policy Audit
auth.ldap.freeipa: False
Authenticating to the LDAP Server
There are two phases to LDAP authentication. First, Salt authenticates to search for a
users' Distinguished Name and group membership. The user it authenticates as in this
phase is often a special LDAP system user with read-only access to the LDAP directory.
After Salt searches the directory to determine the actual user's DN and groups, it
re-authenticates as the user running the Salt commands.
If you are already aware of the structure of your DNs and permissions in your LDAP store
are set such that users can look up their own group memberships, then the first and second
users can be the same. To tell Salt this is the case, omit the auth.ldap.bindpw parame‐
ter. Note this is not the same thing as using an anonymous bind. Most LDAP servers will
not permit anonymous bind, and as mentioned above, if auth.ldap.anonymous is False you
cannot use an empty password.
You can template the binddn like this:
auth.ldap.basedn: dc=saltstack,dc=com
auth.ldap.binddn: uid={{ username }},cn=users,cn=accounts,dc=saltstack,dc=com
Salt will use the password entered on the salt command line in place of the bindpw.
To use two separate users, specify the LDAP lookup user in the binddn directive, and
include a bindpw like so
auth.ldap.binddn: uid=ldaplookup,cn=sysaccounts,cn=etc,dc=saltstack,dc=com
auth.ldap.bindpw: mypassword
As mentioned before, Salt uses a filter to find the DN associated with a user. Salt sub‐
stitutes the {{ username }} value for the username when querying LDAP
auth.ldap.filter: uid={{ username }}
Determining Group Memberships (OpenLDAP / non-Active Directory)
For OpenLDAP, to determine group membership, one can specify an OU that contains group
data. This is prepended to the basedn to create a search path. Then the results are fil‐
tered against auth.ldap.groupclass, default posixGroup, and the account's 'name'
attribute, memberUid by default.
auth.ldap.groupou: Groups
Note that as of 2017.7, auth.ldap.groupclass can refer to either a groupclass or an
objectClass. For some LDAP servers (notably OpenLDAP without the memberOf overlay
enabled) to determine group membership we need to know both the objectClass and the mem‐
berUid attributes. Usually for these servers you will want a auth.ldap.groupclass of
posixGroup and an auth.ldap.groupattribute of memberUid.
LDAP servers with the memberOf overlay will have entries similar to auth.ldap.groupclass:
person and auth.ldap.groupattribute: memberOf.
When using the ldap('DC=domain,DC=com') eauth operator, sometimes the records returned
from LDAP or Active Directory have fully-qualified domain names attached, while minion IDs
instead are simple hostnames. The parameter below allows the administrator to strip off a
certain set of domain names so the hostnames looked up in the directory service can match
the minion IDs.
auth.ldap.minion_stripdomains: ['.external.bigcorp.com', '.internal.bigcorp.com']
Determining Group Memberships (Active Directory)
Active Directory handles group membership differently, and does not utilize the groupou
configuration variable. AD needs the following options in the master config:
auth.ldap.activedirectory: True
auth.ldap.filter: sAMAccountName={{username}}
auth.ldap.accountattributename: sAMAccountName
auth.ldap.groupclass: group
auth.ldap.persontype: person
To determine group membership in AD, the username and password that is entered when LDAP
is requested as the eAuth mechanism on the command line is used to bind to AD's LDAP
interface. If this fails, then it doesn't matter what groups the user belongs to, he or
she is denied access. Next, the distinguishedName of the user is looked up with the fol‐
lowing LDAP search:
(&(<value of auth.ldap.accountattributename>={{username}})
(objectClass=<value of auth.ldap.persontype>)
)
This should return a distinguishedName that we can use to filter for group membership.
Then the following LDAP query is executed:
(&(member=<distinguishedName from search above>)
(objectClass=<value of auth.ldap.groupclass>)
)
external_auth:
ldap:
test_ldap_user:
- '*':
- test.ping
To configure a LDAP group, append a % to the ID:
external_auth:
ldap:
test_ldap_group%:
- '*':
- test.echo
In addition, if there are a set of computers in the directory service that should be part
of the eAuth definition, they can be specified like this:
external_auth:
ldap:
test_ldap_group%:
- ldap('DC=corp,DC=example,DC=com'):
- test.echo
The string inside ldap() above is any valid LDAP/AD tree limiter. OU= in particular is
permitted as long as it would return a list of computer objects.
Peer Communication
Salt 0.9.0 introduced the capability for Salt minions to publish commands. The intent of
this feature is not for Salt minions to act as independent brokers one with another, but
to allow Salt minions to pass commands to each other.
In Salt 0.10.0 the ability to execute runners from the master was added. This allows for
the master to return collective data from runners back to the minions via the peer inter‐
face.
The peer interface is configured through two options in the master configuration file. For
minions to send commands from the master the peer configuration is used. To allow for min‐
ions to execute runners from the master the peer_run configuration is used.
Since this presents a viable security risk by allowing minions access to the master pub‐
lisher the capability is turned off by default. The minions can be allowed access to the
master publisher on a per minion basis based on regular expressions. Minions with specific
ids can be allowed access to certain Salt modules and functions.
Peer Configuration
The configuration is done under the peer setting in the Salt master configuration file,
here are a number of configuration possibilities.
The simplest approach is to enable all communication for all minions, this is only recom‐
mended for very secure environments.
peer:
.*:
- .*
This configuration will allow minions with IDs ending in example.com access to the test,
ps, and pkg module functions.
peer:
.*example.com:
- test.*
- ps.*
- pkg.*
The configuration logic is simple, a regular expression is passed for matching minion ids,
and then a list of expressions matching minion functions is associated with the named min‐
ion. For instance, this configuration will also allow minions ending with foo.org access
to the publisher.
peer:
.*example.com:
- test.*
- ps.*
- pkg.*
.*foo.org:
- test.*
- ps.*
- pkg.*
NOTE:
Functions are matched using regular expressions.
Peer Runner Communication
Configuration to allow minions to execute runners from the master is done via the peer_run
option on the master. The peer_run configuration follows the same logic as the peer
option. The only difference is that access is granted to runner modules.
To open up access to all minions to all runners:
peer_run:
.*:
- .*
This configuration will allow minions with IDs ending in example.com access to the manage
and jobs runner functions.
peer_run:
.*example.com:
- manage.*
- jobs.*
NOTE:
Functions are matched using regular expressions.
Using Peer Communication
The publish module was created to manage peer communication. The publish module comes with
a number of functions to execute peer communication in different ways. Currently there are
three functions in the publish module. These examples will show how to test the peer sys‐
tem via the salt-call command.
To execute test.ping on all minions:
# salt-call publish.publish \* test.ping
To execute the manage.up runner:
# salt-call publish.runner manage.up
To match minions using other matchers, use tgt_type:
# salt-call publish.publish 'webserv* and not G@os:Ubuntu' test.ping tgt_type='compound'
NOTE:
In pre-2017.7.0 releases, use expr_form instead of tgt_type.
When to Use Each Authentication System
publisher_acl is useful for allowing local system users to run Salt commands without giv‐
ing them root access. If you can log into the Salt master directly, then publisher_acl
allows you to use Salt without root privileges. If the local system is configured to
authenticate against a remote system, like LDAP or Active Directory, then publisher_acl
will interact with the remote system transparently.
external_auth is useful for salt-api or for making your own scripts that use Salt's Python
API. It can be used at the CLI (with the -a flag) but it is more cumbersome as there are
more steps involved. The only time it is useful at the CLI is when the local system is
not configured to authenticate against an external service but you still want Salt to
authenticate against an external service.
Examples
The access controls are manifested using matchers in these configurations:
publisher_acl:
fred:
- web\*:
- pkg.list_pkgs
- test.*
- apache.*
In the above example, fred is able to send commands only to minions which match the speci‐
fied glob target. This can be expanded to include other functions for other minions based
on standard targets (all matchers are supported except the compound one).
external_auth:
pam:
dave:
- test.ping
- mongo\*:
- network.*
- log\*:
- network.*
- pkg.*
- 'G@os:RedHat':
- kmod.*
steve:
- .*
The above allows for all minions to be hit by test.ping by dave, and adds a few functions
that dave can execute on other minions. It also allows steve unrestricted access to salt
commands.
NOTE:
Functions are matched using regular expressions.
Job Management
New in version 0.9.7.
Since Salt executes jobs running on many systems, Salt needs to be able to manage jobs
running on many systems.
The Minion proc System
Salt Minions maintain a proc directory in the Salt cachedir. The proc directory maintains
files named after the executed job ID. These files contain the information about the cur‐
rent running jobs on the minion and allow for jobs to be looked up. This is located in the
proc directory under the cachedir, with a default configuration it is under
/var/cache/salt/proc.
Functions in the saltutil Module
Salt 0.9.7 introduced a few new functions to the saltutil module for managing jobs. These
functions are:
1. running Returns the data of all running jobs that are found in the proc directory.
2. find_job Returns specific data about a certain job based on job id.
3. signal_job Allows for a given jid to be sent a signal.
4. term_job Sends a termination signal (SIGTERM, 15) to the process controlling the speci‐
fied job.
5. kill_job Sends a kill signal (SIGKILL, 9) to the process controlling the specified job.
These functions make up the core of the back end used to manage jobs at the minion level.
The jobs Runner
A convenience runner front end and reporting system has been added as well. The jobs run‐
ner contains functions to make viewing data easier and cleaner.
The jobs runner contains a number of functions...
active
The active function runs saltutil.running on all minions and formats the return data about
all running jobs in a much more usable and compact format. The active function will also
compare jobs that have returned and jobs that are still running, making it easier to see
what systems have completed a job and what systems are still being waited on.
# salt-run jobs.active
lookup_jid
When jobs are executed the return data is sent back to the master and cached. By default
it is cached for 24 hours, but this can be configured via the keep_jobs option in the mas‐
ter configuration. Using the lookup_jid runner will display the same return data that the
initial job invocation with the salt command would display.
# salt-run jobs.lookup_jid <job id number>
list_jobs
Before finding a historic job, it may be required to find the job id. list_jobs will parse
the cached execution data and display all of the job data for jobs that have already, or
partially returned.
# salt-run jobs.list_jobs
Scheduling Jobs
Salt's scheduling system allows incremental executions on minions or the master. The
schedule system exposes the execution of any execution function on minions or any runner
on the master.
Scheduling can be enabled by multiple methods:
· schedule option in either the master or minion config files. These require the master
or minion application to be restarted in order for the schedule to be implemented.
· Minion pillar data. Schedule is implemented by refreshing the minion's pillar data, for
example by using saltutil.refresh_pillar.
· The schedule state or schedule module
NOTE:
The scheduler executes different functions on the master and minions. When running on
the master the functions reference runner functions, when running on the minion the
functions specify execution functions.
A scheduled run has no output on the minion unless the config is set to info level or
higher. Refer to minion-logging-settings.
States are executed on the minion, as all states are. You can pass positional arguments
and provide a YAML dict of named arguments.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour).
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
splay: 15
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour)
splaying the time between 0 and 15 seconds.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
splay:
start: 10
end: 15
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour)
splaying the time between 10 and 15 seconds.
Schedule by Date and Time
New in version 2014.7.0.
Frequency of jobs can also be specified using date strings supported by the Python dateu‐
til library. This requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
when: 5:00pm
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True at 5:00 PM minion localtime.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
when:
- Monday 5:00pm
- Tuesday 3:00pm
- Wednesday 5:00pm
- Thursday 3:00pm
- Friday 5:00pm
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True at 5:00 PM on Monday, Wednesday
and Friday, and 3:00 PM on Tuesday and Thursday.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
range:
start: 8:00am
end: 5:00pm
This will schedule the command: state.sls httpd test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour)
between the hours of 8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. The range parameter must be a dictionary with
the date strings using the dateutil format.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
range:
invert: True
start: 8:00am
end: 5:00pm
Using the invert option for range, this will schedule the command state.sls httpd
test=True every 3600 seconds (every hour) until the current time is between the hours of
8:00 AM and 5:00 PM. The range parameter must be a dictionary with the date strings using
the dateutil format.
schedule:
job1:
function: pkg.install
kwargs:
pkgs: [{'bar': '>1.2.3'}]
refresh: true
once: '2016-01-07T14:30:00'
This will schedule the function pkg.install to be executed once at the specified time. The
schedule entry job1 will not be removed after the job completes, therefore use sched‐
ule.delete to manually remove it afterwards.
The default date format is ISO 8601 but can be overridden by also specifying the once_fmt
option, like this:
schedule:
job1:
function: test.ping
once: 2015-04-22T20:21:00
once_fmt: '%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S'
Maximum Parallel Jobs Running
New in version 2014.7.0.
The scheduler also supports ensuring that there are no more than N copies of a particular
routine running. Use this for jobs that may be long-running and could step on each other
or pile up in case of infrastructure outage.
The default for maxrunning is 1.
schedule:
long_running_job:
function: big_file_transfer
jid_include: True
maxrunning: 1
Cron-like Schedule
New in version 2014.7.0.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
cron: '*/15 * * * *'
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
The scheduler also supports scheduling jobs using a cron like format. This requires the
Python croniter library.
Job Data Return
New in version 2015.5.0.
By default, data about jobs runs from the Salt scheduler is returned to the master. Set‐
ting the return_job parameter to False will prevent the data from being sent back to the
Salt master.
schedule:
job1:
function: scheduled_job_function
return_job: False
Job Metadata
New in version 2015.5.0.
It can be useful to include specific data to differentiate a job from other jobs. Using
the metadata parameter special values can be associated with a scheduled job. These values
are not used in the execution of the job, but can be used to search for specific jobs
later if combined with the return_job parameter. The metadata parameter must be specified
as a dictionary, othewise it will be ignored.
schedule:
job1:
function: scheduled_job_function
metadata:
foo: bar
Run on Start
New in version 2015.5.0.
By default, any job scheduled based on the startup time of the minion will run the sched‐
uled job when the minion starts up. Sometimes this is not the desired situation. Using the
run_on_start parameter set to False will cause the scheduler to skip this first run and
wait until the next scheduled run:
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 3600
run_on_start: False
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
Until and After
New in version 2015.8.0.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 15
until: '12/31/2015 11:59pm'
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
Using the until argument, the Salt scheduler allows you to specify an end time for a
scheduled job. If this argument is specified, jobs will not run once the specified time
has passed. Time should be specified in a format supported by the dateutil library. This
requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.
New in version 2015.8.0.
schedule:
job1:
function: state.sls
seconds: 15
after: '12/31/2015 11:59pm'
args:
- httpd
kwargs:
test: True
Using the after argument, the Salt scheduler allows you to specify an start time for a
scheduled job. If this argument is specified, jobs will not run until the specified time
has passed. Time should be specified in a format supported by the dateutil library. This
requires the Python dateutil library to be installed.
Scheduling States
schedule:
log-loadavg:
function: cmd.run
seconds: 3660
args:
- 'logger -t salt < /proc/loadavg'
kwargs:
stateful: False
shell: /bin/sh
Scheduling Highstates
To set up a highstate to run on a minion every 60 minutes set this in the minion config or
pillar:
schedule:
highstate:
function: state.highstate
minutes: 60
Time intervals can be specified as seconds, minutes, hours, or days.
Scheduling Runners
Runner executions can also be specified on the master within the master configuration
file:
schedule:
run_my_orch:
function: state.orchestrate
hours: 6
splay: 600
args:
- orchestration.my_orch
The above configuration is analogous to running salt-run state.orch orchestration.my_orch
every 6 hours.
Scheduler With Returner
The scheduler is also useful for tasks like gathering monitoring data about a minion, this
schedule option will gather status data and send it to a MySQL returner database:
schedule:
uptime:
function: status.uptime
seconds: 60
returner: mysql
meminfo:
function: status.meminfo
minutes: 5
returner: mysql
Since specifying the returner repeatedly can be tiresome, the schedule_returner option is
available to specify one or a list of global returners to be used by the minions when
scheduling.
Managing the Job Cache
The Salt Master maintains a job cache of all job executions which can be queried via the
jobs runner. This job cache is called the Default Job Cache.
Default Job Cache
A number of options are available when configuring the job cache. The default caching sys‐
tem uses local storage on the Salt Master and can be found in the job cache directory (on
Linux systems this is typically /var/cache/salt/master/jobs). The default caching system
is suitable for most deployments as it does not typically require any further configura‐
tion or management.
The default job cache is a temporary cache and jobs will be stored for 24 hours. If the
default cache needs to store jobs for a different period the time can be easily adjusted
by changing the keep_jobs parameter in the Salt Master configuration file. The value
passed in is measured via hours:
keep_jobs: 24
Reducing the Size of the Default Job Cache
The Default Job Cache can sometimes be a burden on larger deployments (over 5000 minions).
Disabling the job cache will make previously executed jobs unavailable to the jobs system
and is not generally recommended. Normally it is wise to make sure the master has access
to a faster IO system or a tmpfs is mounted to the jobs dir.
However, you can disable the job_cache by setting it to False in the Salt Master configu‐
ration file. Setting this value to False means that the Salt Master will no longer cache
minion returns, but a JID directory and jid file for each job will still be created. This
JID directory is necessary for checking for and preventing JID collisions.
The default location for the job cache is in the /var/cache/salt/master/jobs/ directory.
Setting the job_cache` to False in addition to setting the keep_jobs option to a smaller
value, such as 1, in the Salt Master configuration file will reduce the size of the
Default Job Cache, and thus the burden on the Salt Master.
NOTE:
Changing the keep_jobs option sets the number of hours to keep old job information and
defaults to 24 hours. Do not set this value to 0 when trying to make the cache cleaner
run more frequently, as this means the cache cleaner will never run.
Additional Job Cache Options
Many deployments may wish to use an external database to maintain a long term register of
executed jobs. Salt comes with two main mechanisms to do this, the master job cache and
the external job cache.
See Storing Job Results in an External System.
Storing Job Results in an External System
After a job executes, job results are returned to the Salt Master by each Salt Minion.
These results are stored in the Default Job Cache.
In addition to the Default Job Cache, Salt provides two additional mechanisms to send job
results to other systems (databases, local syslog, and others):
· External Job Cache
· Master Job Cache
The major difference between these two mechanism is from where results are returned (from
the Salt Master or Salt Minion). Configuring either of these options will also make the
Jobs Runner functions to automatically query the remote stores for infomation.
External Job Cache - Minion-Side Returner
When an External Job Cache is configured, data is returned to the Default Job Cache on the
Salt Master like usual, and then results are also sent to an External Job Cache using a
Salt returner module running on the Salt Minion. [image]
· Advantages: Data is stored without placing additional load on the Salt Master.
· Disadvantages: Each Salt Minion connects to the external job cache, which can result in
a large number of connections. Also requires additional configuration to get returner
module settings on all Salt Minions.
Master Job Cache - Master-Side Returner
New in version 2014.7.0.
Instead of configuring an External Job Cache on each Salt Minion, you can configure the
Master Job Cache to send job results from the Salt Master instead. In this configuration,
Salt Minions send data to the Default Job Cache as usual, and then the Salt Master sends
the data to the external system using a Salt returner module running on the Salt Master.
[image]
· Advantages: A single connection is required to the external system. This is preferred
for databases and similar systems.
· Disadvantages: Places additional load on your Salt Master.
Configure an External or Master Job Cache
Step 1: Understand Salt Returners
Before you configure a job cache, it is essential to understand Salt returner modules
("returners"). Returners are pluggable Salt Modules that take the data returned by jobs,
and then perform any necessary steps to send the data to an external system. For example,
a returner might establish a connection, authenticate, and then format and transfer data.
The Salt Returner system provides the core functionality used by the External and Master
Job Cache systems, and the same returners are used by both systems.
Salt currently provides many different returners that let you connect to a wide variety of
systems. A complete list is available at all Salt returners. Each returner is configured
differently, so make sure you read and follow the instructions linked from that page.
For example, the MySQL returner requires:
· A database created using provided schema (structure is available at MySQL returner)
· A user created with privileges to the database
· Optional SSL configuration
A simpler returner, such as Slack or HipChat, requires:
· An API key/version
· The target channel/room
· The username that should be used to send the message
Step 2: Configure the Returner
After you understand the configuration and have the external system ready, the configura‐
tion requirements must be declared.
External Job Cache
The returner configuration settings can be declared in the Salt Minion configuration file,
the Minion's pillar data, or the Minion's grains.
If external_job_cache configuration settings are specified in more than one place, the
options are retrieved in the following order. The first configuration location that is
found is the one that will be used.
· Minion configuration file
· Minion's grains
· Minion's pillar data
Master Job Cache
The returner configuration settings for the Master Job Cache should be declared in the
Salt Master's configuration file.
Configuration File Examples
MySQL requires:
mysql.host: 'salt'
mysql.user: 'salt'
mysql.pass: 'salt'
mysql.db: 'salt'
mysql.port: 3306
Slack requires:
slack.channel: 'channel'
slack.api_key: 'key'
slack.from_name: 'name'
After you have configured the returner and added settings to the configuration file, you
can enable the External or Master Job Cache.
Step 3: Enable the External or Master Job Cache
Configuration is a single line that specifies an already-configured returner to use to
send all job data to an external system.
External Job Cache
To enable a returner as the External Job Cache (Minion-side), add the following line to
the Salt Master configuration file:
ext_job_cache: <returner>
For example:
ext_job_cache: mysql
NOTE:
When configuring an External Job Cache (Minion-side), the returner settings are added
to the Minion configuration file, but the External Job Cache setting is configured in
the Master configuration file.
Master Job Cache
To enable a returner as a Master Job Cache (Master-side), add the following line to the
Salt Master configuration file:
master_job_cache: <returner>
For example:
master_job_cache: mysql
Verify that the returner configuration settings are in the Master configuration file, and
be sure to restart the salt-master service after you make configuration changes. (service
salt-master restart).
Logging
The salt project tries to get the logging to work for you and help us solve any issues you
might find along the way.
If you want to get some more information on the nitty-gritty of salt's logging system,
please head over to the logging development document, if all you're after is salt's log‐
ging configurations, please continue reading.
Log Levels
The log levels are ordered numerically such that setting the log level to a specific level
will record all log statements at that level and higher. For example, setting log_level:
error will log statements at error, critical, and quiet levels, although nothing should be
logged at quiet level.
Most of the logging levels are defined by default in Python's logging library and can be
found in the official Python documentation. Salt uses some more levels in addition to the
standard levels. All levels available in salt are shown in the table below.
NOTE:
Python dependencies used by salt may define and use additional logging levels. For
example, the Python 2 version of the multiprocessing standard Python library uses the
levels subwarning, 25 and subdebug, 5.
┌─────────┬───────────────┬──────────────────────────┐
│Level │ Numeric value │ Description │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│quiet │ 1000 │ Nothing should be logged │
│ │ │ at this level │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│critical │ 50 │ Critical errors │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│error │ 40 │ Errors │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│warning │ 30 │ Warnings │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│info │ 20 │ Normal log information │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│profile │ 15 │ Profiling information on │
│ │ │ salt performance │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│debug │ 10 │ Information useful for │
│ │ │ debugging both salt │
│ │ │ implementations and salt │
│ │ │ code │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│trace │ 5 │ More detailed code │
│ │ │ debugging information │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│garbage │ 1 │ Even more debugging │
│ │ │ information │
├─────────┼───────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
│all │ 0 │ Everything │
└─────────┴───────────────┴──────────────────────────┘
Available Configuration Settings
log_file
The log records can be sent to a regular file, local path name, or network location.
Remote logging works best when configured to use rsyslogd(8) (e.g.: file:///dev/log), with
rsyslogd(8) configured for network logging. The format for remote addresses is:
<file|udp|tcp>://<host|socketpath>:<port-if-required>/<log-facility>. Where log-facility
is the symbolic name of a syslog facility as defined in the SysLogHandler documentation .
It defaults to LOG_USER.
Default: Dependent of the binary being executed, for example, for salt-master,
/var/log/salt/master.
Examples:
log_file: /var/log/salt/master
log_file: /var/log/salt/minion
log_file: file:///dev/log
log_file: file:///dev/log/LOG_DAEMON
log_file: udp://loghost:10514
log_level
Default: warning
The level of log record messages to send to the console. One of all, garbage, trace,
debug, profile, info, warning, error, critical, quiet.
log_level: warning
NOTE:
Add log_level: quiet in salt configuration file to completely disable logging. In case
of running salt in command line use --log-level=quiet instead.
log_level_logfile
Default: info
The level of messages to send to the log file. One of all, garbage, trace, debug, profile,
info, warning, error, critical, quiet.
log_level_logfile: warning
log_datefmt
Default: %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in console log messages. Allowed date/time formatting can be
seen on time.strftime.
log_datefmt: '%H:%M:%S'
log_datefmt_logfile
Default: %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S
The date and time format used in log file messages. Allowed date/time formatting can be
seen on time.strftime.
log_datefmt_logfile: '%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S'
log_fmt_console
Default: [%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the console logging messages. All standard python logging LogRecord
attributes can be used. Salt also provides these custom LogRecord attributes to colorize
console log output:
'%(colorlevel)s' # log level name colorized by level
'%(colorname)s' # colorized module name
'%(colorprocess)s' # colorized process number
'%(colormsg)s' # log message colorized by level
NOTE:
The %(colorlevel)s, %(colorname)s, and %(colorprocess) LogRecord attributes also
include padding and enclosing brackets, [ and ] to match the default values of their
collateral non-colorized LogRecord attributes.
log_fmt_console: '[%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_fmt_logfile
Default: %(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s
The format of the log file logging messages. All standard python logging LogRecord
attributes can be used. Salt also provides these custom LogRecord attributes that include
padding and enclosing brackets [ and ]:
'%(bracketlevel)s' # equivalent to [%(levelname)-8s]
'%(bracketname)s' # equivalent to [%(name)-17s]
'%(bracketprocess)s' # equivalent to [%(process)5s]
log_fmt_logfile: '%(asctime)s,%(msecs)03d [%(name)-17s][%(levelname)-8s] %(message)s'
log_granular_levels
Default: {}
This can be used to control logging levels more specifically, based on log call name. The
example sets the main salt library at the 'warning' level, sets salt.modules to log at the
debug level, and sets a custom module to the all level:
log_granular_levels:
'salt': 'warning'
'salt.modules': 'debug'
'salt.loader.saltmaster.ext.module.custom_module': 'all'
External Logging Handlers
Besides the internal logging handlers used by salt, there are some external which can be
used, see the external logging handlers document.
Salt File Server
Salt comes with a simple file server suitable for distributing files to the Salt minions.
The file server is a stateless ZeroMQ server that is built into the Salt master.
The main intent of the Salt file server is to present files for use in the Salt state sys‐
tem. With this said, the Salt file server can be used for any general file transfer from
the master to the minions.
File Server Backends
In Salt 0.12.0, the modular fileserver was introduced. This feature added the ability for
the Salt Master to integrate different file server backends. File server backends allow
the Salt file server to act as a transparent bridge to external resources. A good example
of this is the git backend, which allows Salt to serve files sourced from one or more git
repositories, but there are several others as well. Click here for a full list of Salt's
fileserver backends.
Enabling a Fileserver Backend
Fileserver backends can be enabled with the fileserver_backend option.
fileserver_backend:
- git
See the documentation for each backend to find the correct value to add to file‐
server_backend in order to enable them.
Using Multiple Backends
If fileserver_backend is not defined in the Master config file, Salt will use the roots
backend, but the fileserver_backend option supports multiple backends. When more than one
backend is in use, the files from the enabled backends are merged into a single virtual
filesystem. When a file is requested, the backends will be searched in order for that
file, and the first backend to match will be the one which returns the file.
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- git
With this configuration, the environments and files defined in the file_roots parameter
will be searched first, and if the file is not found then the git repositories defined in
gitfs_remotes will be searched.
Defining Environments
Just as the order of the values in fileserver_backend matters, so too does the order in
which different sources are defined within a fileserver environment. For example, given
the below file_roots configuration, if both /srv/salt/dev/foo.txt and
/srv/salt/prod/foo.txt exist on the Master, then salt://foo.txt would point to
/srv/salt/dev/foo.txt in the dev environment, but it would point to /srv/salt/prod/foo.txt
in the base environment.
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt/prod
qa:
- /srv/salt/qa
- /srv/salt/prod
dev:
- /srv/salt/dev
- /srv/salt/qa
- /srv/salt/prod
Similarly, when using the git backend, if both repositories defined below have a hotfix23
branch/tag, and both of them also contain the file bar.txt in the root of the repository
at that branch/tag, then salt://bar.txt in the hotfix23 environment would be served from
the first repository.
gitfs_remotes:
- https://mydomain.tld/repos/first.git
- https://mydomain.tld/repos/second.git
NOTE:
Environments map differently based on the fileserver backend. For instance, the map‐
pings are explicitly defined in roots backend, while in the VCS backends (git, hg, svn)
the environments are created from branches/tags/bookmarks/etc. For the minion backend,
the files are all in a single environment, which is specified by the minionfs_env
option.
See the documentation for each backend for a more detailed explanation of how environ‐
ments are mapped.
Dynamic Module Distribution
New in version 0.9.5.
Custom Salt execution, state, and other modules can be distributed to Salt minions using
the Salt file server.
Under the root of any environment defined via the file_roots option on the master server
directories corresponding to the type of module can be used.
The directories are prepended with an underscore:
· _beacons
· _clouds
· _engines
· _grains
· _modules
· _output
· _proxy
· _renderers
· _returners
· _states
· _tops
· _utils
The contents of these directories need to be synced over to the minions after Python mod‐
ules have been created in them. There are a number of ways to sync the modules.
Sync Via States
The minion configuration contains an option autoload_dynamic_modules which defaults to
True. This option makes the state system refresh all dynamic modules when states are run.
To disable this behavior set autoload_dynamic_modules to False in the minion config.
When dynamic modules are autoloaded via states, modules only pertinent to the environments
matched in the master's top file are downloaded.
This is important to remember, because modules can be manually loaded from any specific
environment that environment specific modules will be loaded when a state run is executed.
Sync Via the saltutil Module
The saltutil module has a number of functions that can be used to sync all or specific
dynamic modules. The saltutil module function saltutil.sync_all will sync all module types
over to a minion. For more information see: salt.modules.saltutil
Requesting Files from Specific Environments
The Salt fileserver supports multiple environments, allowing for SLS files and other files
to be isolated for better organization.
For the default backend (called roots), environments are defined using the roots option.
Other backends (such as gitfs) define environments in their own ways. For a list of avail‐
able fileserver backends, see here.
Querystring Syntax
Any salt:// file URL can specify its fileserver environment using a querystring syntax,
like so:
salt://path/to/file?saltenv=foo
In Reactor configurations, this method must be used to pull files from an environment
other than base.
In States
Minions can be instructed which environment to use both globally, and for a single state,
and multiple methods for each are available:
Globally
A minion can be pinned to an environment using the environment option in the minion config
file.
Additionally, the environment can be set for a single call to the following functions:
· state.apply
· state.highstate
· state.sls
· state.top
NOTE:
When the saltenv parameter is used to trigger a highstate using either state.apply or
state.highstate, only states from that environment will be applied.
On a Per-State Basis
Within an individual state, there are two ways of specifying the environment. The first
is to add a saltenv argument to the state. This example will pull the file from the config
environment:
/etc/foo/bar.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://foo/bar.conf
- user: foo
- mode: 600
- saltenv: config
Another way of doing the same thing is to use the querystring syntax described above:
/etc/foo/bar.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://foo/bar.conf?saltenv=config
- user: foo
- mode: 600
NOTE:
Specifying the environment using either of the above methods is only necessary in cases
where a state from one environment needs to access files from another environment. If
the SLS file containing this state was in the config environment, then it would look in
that environment by default.
File Server Configuration
The Salt file server is a high performance file server written in ZeroMQ. It manages large
files quickly and with little overhead, and has been optimized to handle small files in an
extremely efficient manner.
The Salt file server is an environment aware file server. This means that files can be
allocated within many root directories and accessed by specifying both the file path and
the environment to search. The individual environments can span across multiple directory
roots to create overlays and to allow for files to be organized in many flexible ways.
Environments
The Salt file server defaults to the mandatory base environment. This environment MUST be
defined and is used to download files when no environment is specified.
Environments allow for files and sls data to be logically separated, but environments are
not isolated from each other. This allows for logical isolation of environments by the
engineer using Salt, but also allows for information to be used in multiple environments.
Directory Overlay
The environment setting is a list of directories to publish files from. These directories
are searched in order to find the specified file and the first file found is returned.
This means that directory data is prioritized based on the order in which they are listed.
In the case of this file_roots configuration:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt/base
- /srv/salt/failover
If a file's URI is salt://httpd/httpd.conf, it will first search for the file at
/srv/salt/base/httpd/httpd.conf. If the file is found there it will be returned. If the
file is not found there, then /srv/salt/failover/httpd/httpd.conf will be used for the
source.
This allows for directories to be overlaid and prioritized based on the order they are
defined in the configuration.
It is also possible to have file_roots which supports multiple environments:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt/base
dev:
- /srv/salt/dev
- /srv/salt/base
prod:
- /srv/salt/prod
- /srv/salt/base
This example ensures that each environment will check the associated environment directory
for files first. If a file is not found in the appropriate directory, the system will
default to using the base directory.
Local File Server
New in version 0.9.8.
The file server can be rerouted to run from the minion. This is primarily to enable run‐
ning Salt states without a Salt master. To use the local file server interface, copy the
file server data to the minion and set the file_roots option on the minion to point to the
directories copied from the master. Once the minion file_roots option has been set,
change the file_client option to local to make sure that the local file server interface
is used.
The cp Module
The cp module is the home of minion side file server operations. The cp module is used by
the Salt state system, salt-cp, and can be used to distribute files presented by the Salt
file server.
Escaping Special Characters
The salt:// url format can potentially contain a query string, for example
salt://dir/file.txt?saltenv=base. You can prevent the fileclient/fileserver from inter‐
preting ? as the initial token of a query string by referencing the file with salt://|
rather than salt://.
/etc/marathon/conf/?checkpoint:
file.managed:
- source: salt://|hw/config/?checkpoint
- makedirs: True
Environments
Since the file server is made to work with the Salt state system, it supports environ‐
ments. The environments are defined in the master config file and when referencing an
environment the file specified will be based on the root directory of the environment.
get_file
The cp.get_file function can be used on the minion to download a file from the master, the
syntax looks like this:
# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc
This will instruct all Salt minions to download the vimrc file and copy it to /etc/vimrc
Template rendering can be enabled on both the source and destination file names like so:
# salt '*' cp.get_file "salt://{{grains.os}}/vimrc" /etc/vimrc template=jinja
This example would instruct all Salt minions to download the vimrc from a directory with
the same name as their OS grain and copy it to /etc/vimrc
For larger files, the cp.get_file module also supports gzip compression. Because gzip is
CPU-intensive, this should only be used in scenarios where the compression ratio is very
high (e.g. pretty-printed JSON or YAML files).
To use compression, use the gzip named argument. Valid values are integers from 1 to 9,
where 1 is the lightest compression and 9 the heaviest. In other words, 1 uses the least
CPU on the master (and minion), while 9 uses the most.
# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc gzip=5
Finally, note that by default cp.get_file does not create new destination directories if
they do not exist. To change this, use the makedirs argument:
# salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vim/vimrc makedirs=True
In this example, /etc/vim/ would be created if it didn't already exist.
get_dir
The cp.get_dir function can be used on the minion to download an entire directory from the
master. The syntax is very similar to get_file:
# salt '*' cp.get_dir salt://etc/apache2 /etc
cp.get_dir supports template rendering and gzip compression arguments just like get_file:
# salt '*' cp.get_dir salt://etc/{{pillar.webserver}} /etc gzip=5 template=jinja
File Server Client Instance
A client instance is available which allows for modules and applications to be written
which make use of the Salt file server.
The file server uses the same authentication and encryption used by the rest of the Salt
system for network communication.
fileclient Module
The salt/fileclient.py module is used to set up the communication from the minion to the
master. When creating a client instance using the fileclient module, the minion configura‐
tion needs to be passed in. When using the fileclient module from within a minion module
the built in __opts__ data can be passed:
import salt.minion
import salt.fileclient
def get_file(path, dest, saltenv='base'):
'''
Used to get a single file from the Salt master
CLI Example:
salt '*' cp.get_file salt://vimrc /etc/vimrc
'''
# Get the fileclient object
client = salt.fileclient.get_file_client(__opts__)
# Call get_file
return client.get_file(path, dest, False, saltenv)
Creating a fileclient instance outside of a minion module where the __opts__ data is not
available, it needs to be generated:
import salt.fileclient
import salt.config
def get_file(path, dest, saltenv='base'):
'''
Used to get a single file from the Salt master
'''
# Get the configuration data
opts = salt.config.minion_config('/etc/salt/minion')
# Get the fileclient object
client = salt.fileclient.get_file_client(opts)
# Call get_file
return client.get_file(path, dest, False, saltenv)
Git Fileserver Backend Walkthrough
NOTE:
This walkthrough assumes basic knowledge of Salt. To get up to speed, check out the
Salt Walkthrough.
The gitfs backend allows Salt to serve files from git repositories. It can be enabled by
adding git to the fileserver_backend list, and configuring one or more repositories in
gitfs_remotes.
Branches and tags become Salt fileserver environments.
NOTE:
Branching and tagging can result in a lot of potentially-conflicting top files, for
this reason it may be useful to set top_file_merging_strategy to same in the minions'
config files if the top files are being managed in a GitFS repo.
Installing Dependencies
Both pygit2 and GitPython are supported Python interfaces to git. If compatible versions
of both are installed, pygit2 will be preferred. In these cases, GitPython can be forced
using the gitfs_provider parameter in the master config file.
NOTE:
It is recommended to always run the most recent version of any the below dependencies.
Certain features of GitFS may not be available without the most recent version of the
chosen library.
pygit2
The minimum supported version of pygit2 is 0.20.3. Availability for this version of pygit2
is still limited, though the SaltStack team is working to get compatible versions avail‐
able for as many platforms as possible.
For the Fedora/EPEL versions which have a new enough version packaged, the following com‐
mand would be used to install pygit2:
# yum install python-pygit2
Provided a valid version is packaged for Debian/Ubuntu (which is not currently the case),
the package name would be the same, and the following command would be used to install it:
# apt-get install python-pygit2
If pygit2 is not packaged for the platform on which the Master is running, the pygit2 web‐
site has installation instructions here. Keep in mind however that following these
instructions will install libgit2 and pygit2 without system packages. Additionally, keep
in mind that SSH authentication in pygit2 requires libssh2 (not libssh) development
libraries to be present before libgit2 is built. On some Debian-based distros pkg-config
is also required to link libgit2 with libssh2.
If you are receiving the error "Unsupported URL Protocol" in the Salt Master
log when making a connection using SSH, review the libssh2 details listed
above.
Additionally, version 0.21.0 of pygit2 introduced a dependency on python-cffi, which in
turn depends on newer releases of libffi. Upgrading libffi is not advisable as several
other applications depend on it, so on older LTS linux releases pygit2 0.20.3 and libgit2
0.20.0 is the recommended combination.
WARNING:
pygit2 is actively developed and frequently makes non-backwards-compatible API changes,
even in minor releases. It is not uncommon for pygit2 upgrades to result in errors in
Salt. Please take care when upgrading pygit2, and pay close attention to the changelog,
keeping an eye out for API changes. Errors can be reported on the SaltStack issue
tracker.
RedHat Pygit2 Issues
The release of RedHat/CentOS 7.3 upgraded both python-cffi and http-parser, both of which
are dependencies for pygit2/libgit2. Both pygit2 and libgit2 (which are from the EPEL
repository and not managed directly by RedHat) need to be rebuilt against these updated
dependencies.
The below errors will show up in the master log if an incompatible python-pygit2 package
is installed:
2017-02-10 09:07:34,892 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][11211] Import pygit2 failed: CompileEr ↲
ror: command 'gcc' failed with exit status 1
2017-02-10 09:07:34,907 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][11211] gitfs is configured but could n ↲
ot be loaded, are pygit2 and libgit2 installed?
2017-02-10 09:07:34,907 [salt.utils.gitfs ][CRITICAL][11211] No suitable gitfs provider mo ↲
dule is installed.
2017-02-10 09:07:34,912 [salt.master ][CRITICAL][11211] Master failed pre flight checks, e ↲
xiting
The below errors will show up in the master log if an incompatible libgit2 package is
installed:
2017-02-15 18:04:45,211 [salt.utils.gitfs ][ERROR ][6211] Error occurred fetching gitfs ↲
remote 'https://foo.com/bar.git': No Content-Type header in response
As of 15 February 2017, python-pygit2 has been rebuilt and is in the stable EPEL reposi‐
tory. However, libgit2 remains broken (a bug report has been filed to get it rebuilt).
In the meantime, you can work around this by downgrading http-parser. To do this, go to
this page and download the appropriate http-parser RPM for the OS architecture you are
using (x86_64, etc.). Then downgrade using the rpm command. For example:
[root@784e8a8c5028 /]# curl --silent -O https://kojipkgs.fedoraproject.org//packages/http- ↲
parser/2.0/5.20121128gitcd01361.el7/x86_64/http-parser-2.0-5.20121128gitcd01361.el7.x86_64.rpm
[root@784e8a8c5028 /]# rpm -Uvh --oldpackage http-parser-2.0-5.20121128gitcd01361.el7.x86_ ↲
64.rpm
Preparing... ################################# [100%]
Updating / installing...
1:http-parser-2.0-5.20121128gitcd01################################# [ 50%]
Cleaning up / removing...
2:http-parser-2.7.1-3.el7 ################################# [100%]
A restart of the salt-master daemon may be required to allow http(s) repositories to con‐
tinue to be fetched.
GitPython
GitPython 0.3.0 or newer is required to use GitPython for gitfs. For RHEL-based Linux dis‐
tros, a compatible version is available in EPEL, and can be easily installed on the master
using yum:
# yum install GitPython
Ubuntu 14.04 LTS and Debian Wheezy (7.x) also have a compatible version packaged:
# apt-get install python-git
GitPython requires the git CLI utility to work. If installed from a system package, then
git should already be installed, but if installed via pip then it may still be necessary
to install git separately. For MacOS users, GitPython comes bundled in with the Salt in‐
staller, but git must still be installed for it to work properly. Git can be installed in
several ways, including by installing XCode.
WARNING:
Keep in mind that if GitPython has been previously installed on the master using pip
(even if it was subsequently uninstalled), then it may still exist in the build cache
(typically /tmp/pip-build-root/GitPython) if the cache is not cleared after installa‐
tion. The package in the build cache will override any requirement specifiers, so if
you try upgrading to version 0.3.2.RC1 by running pip install 'GitPython==0.3.2.RC1'
then it will ignore this and simply install the version from the cache directory.
Therefore, it may be necessary to delete the GitPython directory from the build cache
in order to ensure that the specified version is installed.
WARNING:
GitPython 2.0.9 and newer is not compatible with Python 2.6. If installing GitPython
using pip on a machine running Python 2.6, make sure that a version earlier than 2.0.9
is installed. This can be done on the CLI by running pip install 'GitPython<2.0.9', or
in a pip.installed state using the following SLS:
GitPython:
pip.installed:
- name: 'GitPython < 2.0.9'
Simple Configuration
To use the gitfs backend, only two configuration changes are required on the master:
1. Include git in the fileserver_backend list in the master config file:
fileserver_backend:
- git
2. Specify one or more git://, https://, file://, or ssh:// URLs in gitfs_remotes to con‐
figure which repositories to cache and search for requested files:
gitfs_remotes:
- https://github.com/saltstack-formulas/salt-formula.git
SSH remotes can also be configured using scp-like syntax:
gitfs_remotes:
- @github.com:user/repo.git
- ssh://@domain.tld/path/to/repo.git
Information on how to authenticate to SSH remotes can be found here.
3. Restart the master to load the new configuration.
NOTE:
In a master/minion setup, files from a gitfs remote are cached once by the master, so
minions do not need direct access to the git repository.
Multiple Remotes
The gitfs_remotes option accepts an ordered list of git remotes to cache and search, in
listed order, for requested files.
A simple scenario illustrates this cascading lookup behavior:
If the gitfs_remotes option specifies three remotes:
gitfs_remotes:
- git://github.com/example/first.git
- https://github.com/example/second.git
- file:///root/third
And each repository contains some files:
first.git:
top.sls
edit/vim.sls
edit/vimrc
nginx/init.sls
second.git:
edit/dev_vimrc
haproxy/init.sls
third:
haproxy/haproxy.conf
edit/dev_vimrc
Salt will attempt to lookup the requested file from each gitfs remote repository in the
order in which they are defined in the configuration. The git://github.com/exam‐
ple/first.git remote will be searched first. If the requested file is found, then it is
served and no further searching is executed. For example:
· A request for the file salt://haproxy/init.sls will be served from the
https://github.com/example/second.git git repo.
· A request for the file salt://haproxy/haproxy.conf will be served from the
file:///root/third repo.
NOTE:
This example is purposefully contrived to illustrate the behavior of the gitfs backend.
This example should not be read as a recommended way to lay out files and git repos.
The file:// prefix denotes a git repository in a local directory. However, it will
still use the given file:// URL as a remote, rather than copying the git repo to the
salt cache. This means that any refs you want accessible must exist as local refs in
the specified repo.
WARNING:
Salt versions prior to 2014.1.0 are not tolerant of changing the order of remotes or
modifying the URI of existing remotes. In those versions, when modifying remotes it is
a good idea to remove the gitfs cache directory (/var/cache/salt/master/gitfs) before
restarting the salt-master service.
Per-remote Configuration Parameters
New in version 2014.7.0.
The following master config parameters are global (that is, they apply to all configured
gitfs remotes):
· gitfs_base
· gitfs_root
· gitfs_ssl_verify
· gitfs_mountpoint (new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_user (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_password (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_insecure_auth (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_pubkey (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_privkey (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_passphrase (pygit2 only, new in 2014.7.0)
· gitfs_refspecs (new in 2017.7.0)
NOTE:
pygit2 only supports disabling SSL verification in versions 0.23.2 and newer.
These parameters can now be overridden on a per-remote basis. This allows for a tremendous
amount of customization. Here's some example usage:
gitfs_provider: pygit2
gitfs_base: develop
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/foo.git
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- root: salt
- mountpoint: salt://bar
- base: salt-base
- ssl_verify: False
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- name: second_bar_repo
- root: other/salt
- mountpoint: salt://other/bar
- base: salt-base
- http://foo.com/baz.git:
- root: salt/states
- user: joe
- password: mysupersecretpassword
- insecure_auth: True
IMPORTANT:
There are two important distinctions which should be noted for per-remote configura‐
tion:
1. The URL of a remote which has per-remote configuration must be suffixed with a
colon.
2. Per-remote configuration parameters are named like the global versions, with the
gitfs_ removed from the beginning. The exception being the name and saltenv parame‐
ters, which are only available to per-remote configurations.
In the example configuration above, the following is true:
1. The first and fourth gitfs remotes will use the develop branch/tag as the base environ‐
ment, while the second and third will use the salt-base branch/tag as the base environ‐
ment.
2. The first remote will serve all files in the repository. The second remote will only
serve files from the salt directory (and its subdirectories). The third remote will
only server files from the other/salt directory (and its subdirectories), while the
fourth remote will only serve files from the salt/states directory (and its subdirecto‐
ries).
3. The first and fourth remotes will have files located under the root of the Salt file‐
server namespace (salt://). The files from the second remote will be located under
salt://bar, while the files from the third remote will be located under
salt://other/bar.
4. The second and third remotes reference the same repository and unique names need to be
declared for duplicate gitfs remotes.
5. The fourth remote overrides the default behavior of not authenticating to insecure
(non-HTTPS) remotes.
Per-Saltenv Configuration Parameters
New in version 2016.11.0.
For more granular control, Salt allows the following three things to be overridden for
individual saltenvs within a given repo:
· The mountpoint
· The root
· The branch/tag to be used for a given saltenv
Here is an example:
gitfs_root: salt
gitfs_saltenv:
- dev:
- mountpoint: salt://gitfs-dev
- ref: develop
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- saltenv:
- staging:
- ref: qa
- mountpoint: salt://bar-staging
- dev:
- ref: development
- https://foo.com/baz.git:
- saltenv:
- staging:
- mountpoint: salt://baz-staging
Given the above configuration, the following is true:
1. For all gitfs remotes, files for the dev saltenv will be located under
salt://gitfs-dev.
2. For the dev saltenv, files from the first remote will be sourced from the development
branch, while files from the second remote will be sourced from the develop branch.
3. For the staging saltenv, files from the first remote will be located under
salt://bar-staging, while files from the second remote will be located under
salt://baz-staging.
4. For all gitfs remotes, and in all saltenvs, files will be served from the salt direc‐
tory (and its subdirectories).
Custom Refspecs
New in version 2017.7.0.
GitFS will by default fetch remote branches and tags. However, sometimes it can be useful
to fetch custom refs (such as those created for GitHub pull requests). To change the ref‐
specs GitFS fetches, use the gitfs_refspecs config option:
gitfs_refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
In the above example, in addition to fetching remote branches and tags, GitHub's custom
refs for pull requests and merged pull requests will also be fetched. These special head
refs represent the head of the branch which is requesting to be merged, and the merge refs
represent the result of the base branch after the merge.
IMPORTANT:
When using custom refspecs, the destination of the fetched refs must be under
refs/remotes/origin/, preferably in a subdirectory like in the example above. These
custom refspecs will map as environment names using their relative path underneath
refs/remotes/origin/. For example, assuming the configuration above, the head branch
for pull request 12345 would map to fileserver environment pr/12345 (slash included).
Refspecs can be configured on a per-remote basis. For example, the below configuration
would only alter the default refspecs for the second GitFS remote. The first remote would
only fetch branches and tags (the default).
gitfs_remotes:
- https://domain.tld/foo.git
- https://domain.tld/bar.git:
- refspecs:
- '+refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/*'
- '+refs/tags/*:refs/tags/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/head:refs/remotes/origin/pr/*'
- '+refs/pull/*/merge:refs/remotes/origin/merge/*'
Configuration Order of Precedence
The order of precedence for GitFS configuration is as follows (each level overrides all
levels below it):
1. Per-saltenv configuration (defined under a per-remote saltenv param)
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- saltenv:
- dev:
- mountpoint: salt://bar
2. Global per-saltenv configuration (defined in gitfs_saltenv)
gitfs_saltenv:
- saltenv:
- dev:
- mountpoint: salt://bar
3. Per-remote configuration parameter
gitfs_remotes:
- https://foo.com/bar.git:
- mountpoint: salt://bar
4. Global configuration parameter
gitfs_mountpoint: salt://bar
Serving from a Subdirectory
The gitfs_root parameter allows files to be served from a subdirectory within the reposi‐
tory. This allows for only part of a repository to be exposed to the Salt fileserver.
Assume the below layout:
.gitignore
README.txt
foo/
foo/bar/
foo/bar/one.txt
foo/bar/two.txt
foo/bar/three.txt
foo/baz/
foo/baz/top.sls
foo/baz/edit/vim.sls
foo/baz/edit/vimrc
foo/baz/nginx/init.sls
The below configuration would serve only the files under foo/baz, ignoring the other files
in the repository:
gitfs_remotes:
- git://mydomain.com/stuff.git
gitfs_root: foo/baz
The root can also be configured on a per-remote basis.
Mountpoints
New in version 2014.7.0.
The gitfs_mountpoint parameter will prepend the specified path to the files served from
gitfs. This allows an existing repository to be used, rather than needing to reorganize a
repository or design it around the layout of the Salt fileserver.
Before the addition of this feature, if a file being served up via gitfs was deeply nested
within the root directory (for example, salt://webapps/foo/files/foo.conf, it would be
necessary to ensure that the file was properly located in the remote repository, and that
all of the parent directories were present (for example, the directories
webapps/foo/files/ would need to exist at the root of the repository).
The below example would allow for a file foo.conf at the root of the repository to be
served up from the Salt fileserver path salt://webapps/foo/files/foo.conf.
gitfs_remotes:
- https://mydomain.com/stuff.git
gitfs_mountpoint: salt://webapps/foo/files
Mountpoints can also be configured on a per-remote basis.
Using gitfs Alongside Other Backends
Sometimes it may make sense to use multiple backends; for instance, if sls files are
stored in git but larger files are stored directly on the master.
The cascading lookup logic used for multiple remotes is also used with multiple backends.
If the fileserver_backend option contains multiple backends:
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- git
Then the roots backend (the default backend of files in /srv/salt) will be searched first
for the requested file; then, if it is not found on the master, each configured git remote
will be searched.
Branches, Environments, and Top Files
When using the GitFS backend, branches, and tags will be mapped to environments using the
branch/tag name as an identifier.
There is one exception to this rule: the master branch is implicitly mapped to the base
environment.
So, for a typical base, qa, dev setup, the following branches could be used:
master
qa
dev
top.sls files from different branches will be merged into one at runtime. Since this can
lead to overly complex configurations, the recommended setup is to have a separate reposi‐
tory, containing only the top.sls file with just one single master branch.
To map a branch other than master as the base environment, use the gitfs_base parameter.
gitfs_base: salt-base
The base can also be configured on a per-remote basis.
Environment Whitelist/Blacklist
New in version 2014.7.0.
The gitfs_env_whitelist and gitfs_env_blacklist parameters allow for greater control over
which branches/tags are exposed as fileserver environments. Exact matches, globs, and reg‐
ular expressions are supported, and are evaluated in that order. If using a regular
expression, ^ and $ must be omitted, and the expression must match the entire branch/tag.
gitfs_env_whitelist:
- base
- v1.*
- 'mybranch\d+'
NOTE:
v1.*, in this example, will match as both a glob and a regular expression (though it
will have been matched as a glob, since globs are evaluated before regular expres‐
sions).
The behavior of the blacklist/whitelist will differ depending on which combination of the
two options is used:
· If only gitfs_env_whitelist is used, then only branches/tags which match the whitelist
will be available as environments
· If only gitfs_env_blacklist is used, then the branches/tags which match the blacklist
will not be available as environments
· If both are used, then the branches/tags which match the whitelist, but do not match the
blacklist, will be available as environments.
Authentication
pygit2
New in version 2014.7.0.
Both HTTPS and SSH authentication are supported as of version 0.20.3, which is the earli‐
est version of pygit2 supported by Salt for gitfs.
NOTE:
The examples below make use of per-remote configuration parameters, a feature new to
Salt 2014.7.0. More information on these can be found here.
HTTPS
For HTTPS repositories which require authentication, the username and password can be pro‐
vided like so:
gitfs_remotes:
- https://domain.tld/myrepo.git:
- user: git
- password: mypassword
If the repository is served over HTTP instead of HTTPS, then Salt will by default refuse
to authenticate to it. This behavior can be overridden by adding an insecure_auth parame‐
ter:
gitfs_remotes:
- http://domain.tld/insecure_repo.git:
- user: git
- password: mypassword
- insecure_auth: True
SSH
SSH repositories can be configured using the ssh:// protocol designation, or using
scp-like syntax. So, the following two configurations are equivalent:
· ssh://@github.com/user/repo.git
· @github.com:user/repo.git
Both gitfs_pubkey and gitfs_privkey (or their per-remote counterparts) must be configured
in order to authenticate to SSH-based repos. If the private key is protected with a
passphrase, it can be configured using gitfs_passphrase (or simply passphrase if being
configured per-remote). For example:
gitfs_remotes:
- @github.com:user/repo.git:
- pubkey: /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub
- privkey: /root/.ssh/id_rsa
- passphrase: myawesomepassphrase
Finally, the SSH host key must be added to the known_hosts file.
NOTE:
There is a known issue with public-key SSH authentication to Microsoft Visual Studio
(VSTS) with pygit2. This is due to a bug or lack of support for VSTS in older libssh2
releases. Known working releases include libssh2 1.7.0 and later, and known incompati‐
ble releases include 1.5.0 and older. At the time of this writing, 1.6.0 has not been
tested.
Since upgrading libssh2 would require rebuilding many other packages (curl, etc.), fol‐
lowed by a rebuild of libgit2 and a reinstall of pygit2, an easier workaround for sys‐
tems with older libssh2 is to use GitPython with a passphraseless key for authentica‐
tion.
GitPython
HTTPS
For HTTPS repositories which require authentication, the username and password can be con‐
figured in one of two ways. The first way is to include them in the URL using the format
https://<user>:<password>@<url>, like so:
gitfs_remotes:
- https://git:@domain.tld/myrepo.git
The other way would be to configure the authentication in ~/.netrc:
machine domain.tld
login git
password mypassword
If the repository is served over HTTP instead of HTTPS, then Salt will by default refuse
to authenticate to it. This behavior can be overridden by adding an insecure_auth parame‐
ter:
gitfs_remotes:
- http://git:@domain.tld/insecure_repo.git:
- insecure_auth: True
SSH
Only passphrase-less SSH public key authentication is supported using GitPython. The auth
parameters (pubkey, privkey, etc.) shown in the pygit2 authentication examples above do
not work with GitPython.
gitfs_remotes:
- ssh://@github.com/example/salt-states.git
Since GitPython wraps the git CLI, the private key must be located in ~/.ssh/id_rsa for
the user under which the Master is running, and should have permissions of 0600. Also, in
the absence of a user in the repo URL, GitPython will (just as SSH does) attempt to login
as the current user (in other words, the user under which the Master is running, usually
root).
If a key needs to be used, then ~/.ssh/config can be configured to use the desired key.
Information on how to do this can be found by viewing the manpage for ssh_config. Here's
an example entry which can be added to the ~/.ssh/config to use an alternate key for
gitfs:
Host github.com
IdentityFile /root/.ssh/id_rsa_gitfs
The Host parameter should be a hostname (or hostname glob) that matches the domain name of
the git repository.
It is also necessary to add the SSH host key to the known_hosts file. The exception to
this would be if strict host key checking is disabled, which can be done by adding Stric‐
tHostKeyChecking no to the entry in ~/.ssh/config
Host github.com
IdentityFile /root/.ssh/id_rsa_gitfs
StrictHostKeyChecking no
However, this is generally regarded as insecure, and is not recommended.
Adding the SSH Host Key to the known_hosts File
To use SSH authentication, it is necessary to have the remote repository's SSH host key in
the ~/.ssh/known_hosts file. If the master is also a minion, this can be done using the
ssh.set_known_host function:
# salt mymaster ssh.set_known_host user=root hostname=github.com
mymaster:
----------
new:
----------
enc:
ssh-rsa
fingerprint:
16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48
hostname:
|1|OiefWWqOD4kwO3BhoIGa0loR5AA=|BIXVtmcTbPER+68HvXmceodDcfI=
key:
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAq2A7hRGmdnm9tUDbO9IDSwBK6TbQa+PXYPCPy6rbTrTtw7PHkc ↲
cKrpp0yVhp5HdEIcKr6pLlVDBfOLX9QUsyCOV0wzfjIJNlGEYsdlLJizHhbn2mUjvSAHQqZETYP81eFzLQNnPHt4EVVUh7VfDESU84KezmD5QlWpXLmvU31/yMf+Se8xhHTvKSCZIFImWwoG6mbUoWf9nzpIoaSjB+weqqUUmpaaasXVal72J+UX2B+2RPW3RcT0eOzQgqlJL3RKrTJvdsjE3JEAvGq3lGHSZXy28G3skua2SmVi/w4yCE6gbODqnTWlg7+wC604ydGXA8VJiS5ap43JXiUFFAaQ==
old:
None
status:
updated
If not, then the easiest way to add the key is to su to the user (usually root) under
which the salt-master runs and attempt to login to the server via SSH:
$ su -
Password:
# ssh github.com
The authenticity of host 'github.com (192.30.252.128)' can't be established.
RSA key fingerprint is 16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
Warning: Permanently added 'github.com,192.30.252.128' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
Permission denied (publickey).
It doesn't matter if the login was successful, as answering yes will write the fingerprint
to the known_hosts file.
Verifying the Fingerprint
To verify that the correct fingerprint was added, it is a good idea to look it up. One way
to do this is to use nmap:
$ nmap -p 22 github.com --script ssh-hostkey
Starting Nmap 5.51 ( http://nmap.org ) at 2014-08-18 17:47 CDT
Nmap scan report for github.com (192.30.252.129)
Host is up (0.17s latency).
Not shown: 996 filtered ports
PORT STATE SERVICE
22/tcp open ssh
| ssh-hostkey: 1024 ad:1c:08:a4:40:e3:6f:9c:f5:66:26:5d:4b:33:5d:8c (DSA)
|_2048 16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48 (RSA)
80/tcp open http
443/tcp open https
9418/tcp open git
Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 28.78 seconds
Another way is to check one's own known_hosts file, using this one-liner:
$ ssh-keygen -l -f /dev/stdin <<<`ssh-keyscan github.com 2>/dev/null` | awk '{print $2}'
16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48
WARNING:
AWS tracks usage of nmap and may flag it as abuse. On AWS hosts, the ssh-keygen method
is recommended for host key verification.
NOTE:
As of OpenSSH 6.8 the SSH fingerprint is now shown as a base64-encoded SHA256 checksum
of the host key. So, instead of the fingerprint looking like
16:27:ac:a5:76:28:2d:36:63:1b:56:4d:eb:df:a6:48, it would look like
SHA256:nThbg6kXUpJWGl7E1IGOCspRomTxdCARLviKw6E5SY8.
Refreshing gitfs Upon Push
By default, Salt updates the remote fileserver backends every 60 seconds. However, if it
is desirable to refresh quicker than that, the Reactor System can be used to signal the
master to update the fileserver on each push, provided that the git server is also a Salt
minion. There are three steps to this process:
1. On the master, create a file /srv/reactor/update_fileserver.sls, with the following
contents:
update_fileserver:
runner.fileserver.update
2. Add the following reactor configuration to the master config file:
reactor:
- 'salt/fileserver/gitfs/update':
- /srv/reactor/update_fileserver.sls
3. On the git server, add a post-receive hook
a. If the user executing git push is the same as the minion user, use the following
hook:
#!/usr/bin/env sh
salt-call event.fire_master update salt/fileserver/gitfs/update
b. To enable other git users to run the hook after a push, use sudo in the hook script:
#!/usr/bin/env sh
sudo -u root salt-call event.fire_master update salt/fileserver/gitfs/update
4. If using sudo in the git hook (above), the policy must be changed to permit all users
to fire the event. Add the following policy to the sudoers file on the git server.
Cmnd_Alias SALT_GIT_HOOK = /bin/salt-call event.fire_master update salt/fileserver/gitf ↲
s/update
Defaults!SALT_GIT_HOOK !requiretty
ALL ALL=(root) NOPASSWD: SALT_GIT_HOOK
The update argument right after event.fire_master in this example can really be anything,
as it represents the data being passed in the event, and the passed data is ignored by
this reactor.
Similarly, the tag name salt/fileserver/gitfs/update can be replaced by anything, so long
as the usage is consistent.
The root user name in the hook script and sudo policy should be changed to match the user
under which the minion is running.
Using Git as an External Pillar Source
The git external pillar (a.k.a. git_pillar) has been rewritten for the 2015.8.0 release.
This rewrite brings with it pygit2 support (allowing for access to authenticated reposito‐
ries), as well as more granular support for per-remote configuration.
To make use of the new features, changes to the git ext_pillar configuration must be made.
The new configuration schema is detailed here.
For Salt releases before 2015.8.0, click here for documentation.
Why aren't my custom modules/states/etc. syncing to my Minions?
In versions 0.16.3 and older, when using the git fileserver backend, certain versions of
GitPython may generate errors when fetching, which Salt fails to catch. While not fatal to
the fetch process, these interrupt the fileserver update that takes place before custom
types are synced, and thus interrupt the sync itself. Try disabling the git fileserver
backend in the master config, restarting the master, and attempting the sync again.
This issue is worked around in Salt 0.16.4 and newer.
MinionFS Backend Walkthrough
New in version 2014.1.0.
NOTE:
This walkthrough assumes basic knowledge of Salt and cp.push. To get up to speed, check
out the Salt Walkthrough.
Sometimes it is desirable to deploy a file located on one minion to one or more other min‐
ions. This is supported in Salt, and can be accomplished in two parts:
1. Minion support for pushing files to the master (using cp.push)
2. The minionfs fileserver backend
This walkthrough will show how to use both of these features.
Enabling File Push
To set the master to accept files pushed from minions, the file_recv option in the master
config file must be set to True (the default is False).
file_recv: True
NOTE:
This change requires a restart of the salt-master service.
Pushing Files
Once this has been done, files can be pushed to the master using the cp.push function:
salt 'minion-id' cp.push /path/to/the/file
This command will store the file in a subdirectory named minions under the master's
cachedir. On most masters, this path will be /var/cache/salt/master/minions. Within this
directory will be one directory for each minion which has pushed a file to the master, and
underneath that the full path to the file on the minion. So, for example, if a minion with
an ID of dev1 pushed a file /var/log/myapp.log to the master, it would be saved to
/var/cache/salt/master/minions/dev1/var/log/myapp.log.
Serving Pushed Files Using MinionFS
While it is certainly possible to add /var/cache/salt/master/minions to the master's
file_roots and serve these files, it may only be desirable to expose files pushed from
certain minions. Adding /var/cache/salt/master/minions/<minion-id> for each minion that
needs to be exposed can be cumbersome and prone to errors.
Enter minionfs. This fileserver backend will make files pushed using cp.push available to
the Salt fileserver, and provides an easy mechanism to restrict which minions' pushed
files are made available.
Simple Configuration
To use the minionfs backend, add minion to the list of backends in the fileserver_backend
configuration option on the master:
file_recv: True
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- minion
NOTE:
As described earlier, file_recv: True is also needed to enable the master to receive
files pushed from minions. As always, changes to the master configuration require a
restart of the salt-master service.
Files made available via minionfs are by default located at salt://<min‐
ion-id>/path/to/file. Think back to the earlier example, in which dev1 pushed a file
/var/log/myapp.log to the master. With minionfs enabled, this file would be addressable in
Salt at salt://dev1/var/log/myapp.log.
If many minions have pushed to the master, this will result in many directories in the
root of the Salt fileserver. For this reason, it is recommended to use the minionfs_mount‐
point config option to organize these files underneath a subdirectory:
minionfs_mountpoint: salt://minionfs
Using the above mountpoint, the file in the example would be located at salt://min‐
ionfs/dev1/var/log/myapp.log.
Restricting Certain Minions' Files from Being Available Via MinionFS
A whitelist and blacklist can be used to restrict the minions whose pushed files are
available via minionfs. These lists can be managed using the minionfs_whitelist and min‐
ionfs_blacklist config options. Click the links for both of them for a detailed explana‐
tion of how to use them.
A more complex configuration example, which uses both a whitelist and blacklist, can be
found below:
file_recv: True
fileserver_backend:
- roots
- minion
minionfs_mountpoint: salt://minionfs
minionfs_whitelist:
- host04
- web*
- 'mail\d+\.domain\.tld'
minionfs_whitelist:
- web21
Potential Concerns
· There is no access control in place to restrict which minions have access to files
served up by minionfs. All minions will have access to these files.
· Unless the minionfs_whitelist and/or minionfs_blacklist config options are used, all
minions which push files to the master will have their files made available via min‐
ionfs.
Salt Package Manager
The Salt Package Manager, or SPM, enables Salt formulas to be packaged to simplify distri‐
bution to Salt masters. The design of SPM was influenced by other existing packaging sys‐
tems including RPM, Yum, and Pacman. [image]
NOTE:
The previous diagram shows each SPM component as a different system, but this is not
required. You can build packages and host the SPM repo on a single Salt master if you'd
like.
Packaging System
The packaging system is used to package the state, pillar, file templates, and other files
used by your formula into a single file. After a formula package is created, it is copied
to the Repository System where it is made available to Salt masters.
See Building SPM Packages
Repo System
The Repo system stores the SPM package and metadata files and makes them available to Salt
masters via http(s), ftp, or file URLs. SPM repositories can be hosted on a Salt Master, a
Salt Minion, or on another system.
See Distributing SPM Packages
Salt Master
SPM provides Salt master settings that let you configure the URL of one or more SPM repos.
You can then quickly install packages that contain entire formulas to your Salt masters
using SPM.
See Installing SPM Packages
Contents
Building SPM Packages
The first step when using Salt Package Manager is to build packages for each of of the
formulas that you want to distribute. Packages can be built on any system where you can
install Salt.
Package Build Overview
To build a package, all state, pillar, jinja, and file templates used by your formula are
assembled into a folder on the build system. These files can be cloned from a Git reposi‐
tory, such as those found at the saltstack-formulas organization on GitHub, or copied
directly to the folder.
The following diagram demonstrates a typical formula layout on the build system: [image]
In this example, all formula files are placed in a myapp-formula folder. This is the
folder that is targeted by the spm build command when this package is built.
Within this folder, pillar data is placed in a pillar.example file at the root, and all
state, jinja, and template files are placed within a subfolder that is named after the
application being packaged. State files are typically contained within a subfolder, simi‐
lar to how state files are organized in the state tree. Any non-pillar files in your pack‐
age that are not contained in a subfolder are placed at the root of the spm state tree.
Additionally, a FORMULA file is created and placed in the root of the folder. This file
contains package metadata that is used by SPM.
Package Installation Overview
When building packages, it is useful to know where files are installed on the Salt master.
During installation, all files except pillar.example and FORMULA are copied directly to
the spm state tree on the Salt master (located at \srv\spm\salt).
If a pillar.example file is present in the root, it is renamed to <formula name>.sls.orig
and placed in the pillar_path. [image]
NOTE:
Even though the pillar data file is copied to the pillar root, you still need to manu‐
ally assign this pillar data to systems using the pillar top file. This file can also
be duplicated and renamed so the .orig version is left intact in case you need to
restore it later.
Building an SPM Formula Package
1. Assemble formula files in a folder on the build system.
2. Create a FORMULA file and place it in the root of the package folder.
3. Run spm build <folder name>. The package is built and placed in the /srv/spm_build
folder.
spm build /path/to/salt-packages-source/myapp-formula
4. Copy the .spm file to a folder on the repository system.
Types of Packages
SPM supports different types of packages. The function of each package is denoted by its
name. For instance, packages which end in -formula are considered to be Salt States (the
most common type of formula). Packages which end in -conf contain configuration which is
to be placed in the /etc/salt/ directory. Packages which do not contain one of these names
are treated as if they have a -formula name.
formula
By default, most files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/salt/ directory. The
exception is the pillar.example file, which will be renamed to <package_name>.sls and
placed in the pillar directory (/srv/spm/pillar/ by default).
reactor
By default, files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/reactor/ directory.
conf
The files in this type of package are configuration files for Salt, which normally live in
the /etc/salt/ directory. Configuration files for packages other than Salt can and should
be handled with a Salt State (using a formula type of package).
Technical Information
Packages are built using BZ2-compressed tarballs. By default, the package database is
stored using the sqlite3 driver (see Loader Modules below).
Support for these are built into Python, and so no external dependencies are needed.
All other files belonging to SPM use YAML, for portability and ease of use and maintain‐
ability.
SPM-Specific Loader Modules
SPM was designed to behave like traditional package managers, which apply files to the
filesystem and store package metadata in a local database. However, because modern infra‐
structures often extend beyond those use cases, certain parts of SPM have been broken out
into their own set of modules.
Package Database
By default, the package database is stored using the sqlite3 module. This module was cho‐
sen because support for SQLite3 is built into Python itself.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
database management.
Package Files
By default, package files are installed using the local module. This module applies files
to the local filesystem, on the machine that the package is installed on.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
file management.
Distributing SPM Packages
SPM packages can be distributed to Salt masters over HTTP(S), FTP, or through the file
system. The SPM repo can be hosted on any system where you can install Salt. Salt is
installed so you can run the spm create_repo command when you update or add a package to
the repo. SPM repos do not require the salt-master, salt-minion, or any other process run‐
ning on the system.
NOTE:
If you are hosting the SPM repo on a system where you can not or do not want to install
Salt, you can run the spm create_repo command on the build system and then copy the
packages and the generated SPM-METADATA file to the repo. You can also install SPM
files directly on a Salt master, bypassing the repository completely.
Setting up a Package Repository
After packages are built, the generated SPM files are placed in the srv/spm_build folder.
Where you place the built SPM files on your repository server depends on how you plan to
make them available to your Salt masters.
You can share the srv/spm_build folder on the network, or copy the files to your FTP or
Web server.
Adding a Package to the repository
New packages are added by simply copying the SPM file to the repo folder, and then gener‐
ating repo metadata.
Generate Repo Metadata
Each time you update or add an SPM package to your repository, issue an spm create_repo
command:
spm create_repo /srv/spm_build
SPM generates the repository metadata for all of the packages in that directory and places
it in an SPM-METADATA file at the folder root. This command is used even if repository
metadata already exists in that directory.
Installing SPM Packages
SPM packages are installed to your Salt master, where they are available to Salt minions
using all of Salt's package management functions.
Configuring Remote Repositories
Before SPM can use a repository, two things need to happen. First, the Salt master needs
to know where the repository is through a configuration process. Then it needs to pull
down the repository metadata.
Repository Configuration Files
Repositories are configured by adding each of them to the /etc/salt/spm.repos.d/spm.repo
file on each Salt master. This file contains the name of the repository, and the link to
the repository:
my_repo:
url: https://spm.example.com/
For HTTP/HTTPS Basic authorization you can define credentials:
Beware of unauthorized access to this file, please set at least 0640 permissions for this
configuration file:
The URL can use http, https, ftp, or file.
my_repo:
url: file:///srv/spm_build
Updating Local Repository Metadata
After the repository is configured on the Salt master, repository metadata is downloaded
using the spm update_repo command:
spm update_repo
NOTE:
A file for each repo is placed in /var/cache/salt/spm on the Salt master after you run
the update_repo command. If you add a repository and it does not seem to be showing up,
check this path to verify that the repository was found.
Update File Roots
SPM packages are installed to the srv/spm/salt folder on your Salt master. This path
needs to be added to the file roots on your Salt master manually.
file_roots:
base:
1. /srv/salt
2. /srv/spm/salt
Restart the salt-master service after updating the file_roots setting.
Installing Packages
To install a package, use the spm install command:
spm install apache
WARNING:
Currently, SPM does not check to see if files are already in place before installing
them. That means that existing files will be overwritten without warning.
Installing directly from an SPM file
You can also install SPM packages using a local SPM file using the spm local install com‐
mand:
spm local install /srv/spm/apache-201506-1.spm
An SPM repository is not required when using spm local install.
Pillars
If an installed package includes Pillar data, be sure to target the installed pillar to
the necessary systems using the pillar Top file.
Removing Packages
Packages may be removed after they are installed using the spm remove command.
spm remove apache
If files have been modified, they will not be removed. Empty directories will also be
removed.
SPM Configuration
There are a number of options that are specific to SPM. They may be configured in the mas‐
ter configuration file, or in SPM's own spm configuration file (normally located at
/etc/salt/spm). If configured in both places, the spm file takes precedence. In general,
these values will not need to be changed from the defaults.
spm_logfile
Default: /var/log/salt/spm
Where SPM logs messages.
spm_repos_config
Default: /etc/salt/spm.repos
SPM repositories are configured with this file. There is also a directory which corre‐
sponds to it, which ends in .d. For instance, if the filename is /etc/salt/spm.repos, the
directory will be /etc/salt/spm.repos.d/.
spm_cache_dir
Default: /var/cache/salt/spm
When SPM updates package repository metadata and downloads packaged, they will be placed
in this directory. The package database, normally called packages.db, also lives in this
directory.
spm_db
Default: /var/cache/salt/spm/packages.db
The location and name of the package database. This database stores the names of all of
the SPM packages installed on the system, the files that belong to them, and the metadata
for those files.
spm_build_dir
Default: /srv/spm_build
When packages are built, they will be placed in this directory.
spm_build_exclude
Default: ['.git']
When SPM builds a package, it normally adds all files in the formula directory to the
package. Files listed here will be excluded from that package. This option requires a list
to be specified.
spm_build_exclude:
- .git
- .svn
Types of Packages
SPM supports different types of formula packages. The function of each package is denoted
by its name. For instance, packages which end in -formula are considered to be Salt States
(the most common type of formula). Packages which end in -conf contain configuration which
is to be placed in the /etc/salt/ directory. Packages which do not contain one of these
names are treated as if they have a -formula name.
formula
By default, most files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/salt/ directory. The
exception is the pillar.example file, which will be renamed to <package_name>.sls and
placed in the pillar directory (/srv/spm/pillar/ by default).
reactor
By default, files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/reactor/ directory.
conf
The files in this type of package are configuration files for Salt, which normally live in
the /etc/salt/ directory. Configuration files for packages other than Salt can and should
be handled with a Salt State (using a formula type of package).
FORMULA File
In addition to the formula itself, a FORMULA file must exist which describes the package.
An example of this file is:
name: apache
os: RedHat, Debian, Ubuntu, SUSE, FreeBSD
os_family: RedHat, Debian, Suse, FreeBSD
version: 201506
release: 2
summary: Formula for installing Apache
description: Formula for installing Apache
Required Fields
This file must contain at least the following fields:
name
The name of the package, as it will appear in the package filename, in the repository
metadata, and the package database. Even if the source formula has -formula in its name,
this name should probably not include that. For instance, when packaging the apache-for‐
mula, the name should be set to apache.
os
The value of the os grain that this formula supports. This is used to help users know
which operating systems can support this package.
os_family
The value of the os_family grain that this formula supports. This is used to help users
know which operating system families can support this package.
version
The version of the package. While it is up to the organization that manages this package,
it is suggested that this version is specified in a YYYYMM format. For instance, if this
version was released in June 2015, the package version should be 201506. If multiple
releases are made in a month, the release field should be used.
minimum_version
Minimum recommended version of Salt to use this formula. Not currently enforced.
release
This field refers primarily to a release of a version, but also to multiple versions
within a month. In general, if a version has been made public, and immediate updates need
to be made to it, this field should also be updated.
summary
A one-line description of the package.
description
A more detailed description of the package which can contain more than one line.
Optional Fields
The following fields may also be present.
top_level_dir
This field is optional, but highly recommended. If it is not specified, the package name
will be used.
Formula repositories typically do not store .sls files in the root of the repository;
instead they are stored in a subdirectory. For instance, an apache-formula repository
would contain a directory called apache, which would contain an init.sls, plus a number of
other related files. In this instance, the top_level_dir should be set to apache.
Files outside the top_level_dir, such as README.rst, FORMULA, and LICENSE will not be
installed. The exceptions to this rule are files that are already treated specially, such
as pillar.example and _modules/.
dependencies
A comma-separated list of packages that must be installed along with this package. When
this package is installed, SPM will attempt to discover and install these packages as
well. If it is unable to, then it will refuse to install this package.
This is useful for creating packages which tie together other packages. For instance, a
package called wordpress-mariadb-apache would depend upon wordpress, mariadb, and apache.
optional
A comma-separated list of packages which are related to this package, but are neither
required nor necessarily recommended. This list is displayed in an informational message
when the package is installed to SPM.
recommended
A comma-separated list of optional packages that are recommended to be installed with the
package. This list is displayed in an informational message when the package is installed
to SPM.
files
A files section can be added, to specify a list of files to add to the SPM. Such a sec‐
tion might look like:
files:
- _pillar
- FORMULA
- _runners
- d|mymodule/index.rst
- r|README.rst
When files are specified, then only those files will be added to the SPM, regardless of
what other files exist in the directory. They will also be added in the order specified,
which is useful if you have a need to lay down files in a specific order.
As can be seen in the example above, you may also tag files as being a specific type. This
is done by pre-pending a filename with its type, followed by a pipe (|) character. The
above example contains a document file and a readme. The available file types are:
· c: config file
· d: documentation file
· g: ghost file (i.e. the file contents are not included in the package payload)
· l: license file
· r: readme file
· s: SLS file
· m: Salt module
The first 5 of these types (c, d, g, l, r) will be placed in /usr/share/salt/spm/ by
default. This can be changed by setting an spm_share_dir value in your /etc/salt/spm con‐
figuration file.
The last two types (s and m) are currently ignored, but they are reserved for future use.
Pre and Post States
It is possible to run Salt states before and after installing a package by using pre and
post states. The following sections may be declared in a FORMULA:
· pre_local_state
· pre_tgt_state
· post_local_state
· post_tgt_state
Sections with pre in their name are evaluated before a package is installed and sections
with post are evaluated after a package is installed. local states are evaluated before
tgt states.
Each of these sections needs to be evaluated as text, rather than as YAML. Consider the
following block:
Note that this declaration uses > after pre_local_state. This is a YAML marker that marks
the next multi-line block as text, including newlines. It is important to use this marker
whenever declaring pre or post states, so that the text following it can be evaluated
properly.
local States
local states are evaluated locally; this is analagous to issuing a state run using a
salt-call --local command. These commands will be issued on the local machine running the
spm command, whether that machine is a master or a minion.
local states do not require any special arguments, but they must still use the > marker to
denote that the state is evaluated as text, not a data structure.
tgt States
tgt states are issued against a remote target. This is analogous to issuing a state using
the salt command. As such it requires that the machine that the spm command is running on
is a master.
Because tgt states require that a target be specified, their code blocks are a little dif‐
ferent. Consider the following state:
With tgt states, the state data is placed under a data section, inside the *_tgt_state
code block. The target is of course specified as a tgt and you may also optionally specify
a tgt_type (the default is glob).
You still need to use the > marker, but this time it follows the data line, rather than
the *_tgt_state line.
Templating States
The reason that state data must be evaluated as text rather than a data structure is
because that state data is first processed through the rendering engine, as it would be
with a standard state run.
This means that you can use Jinja or any other supported renderer inside of Salt. All for‐
mula variables are available to the renderer, so you can reference FORMULA data inside
your state if you need to:
You may also declare your own variables inside the FORMULA. If SPM doesn't recognize them
then it will ignore them, so there are no restrictions on variable names, outside of
avoiding reserved words.
By default the renderer is set to yaml_jinja. You may change this by changing the renderer
setting in the FORMULA itself.
Building a Package
Once a FORMULA file has been created, it is placed into the root of the formula that is to
be turned into a package. The spm build command is used to turn that formula into a pack‐
age:
spm build /path/to/saltstack-formulas/apache-formula
The resulting file will be placed in the build directory. By default this directory is
located at /srv/spm/.
Loader Modules
When an execution module is placed in <file_roots>/_modules/ on the master, it will auto‐
matically be synced to minions, the next time a sync operation takes place. Other modules
are also propagated this way: state modules can be placed in _states/, and so on.
When SPM detects a file in a package which resides in one of these directories, that
directory will be placed in <file_roots> instead of in the formula directory with the rest
of the files.
Removing Packages
Packages may be removed once they are installed using the spm remove command.
spm remove apache
If files have been modified, they will not be removed. Empty directories will also be
removed.
Technical Information
Packages are built using BZ2-compressed tarballs. By default, the package database is
stored using the sqlite3 driver (see Loader Modules below).
Support for these are built into Python, and so no external dependencies are needed.
All other files belonging to SPM use YAML, for portability and ease of use and maintain‐
ability.
SPM-Specific Loader Modules
SPM was designed to behave like traditional package managers, which apply files to the
filesystem and store package metadata in a local database. However, because modern infra‐
structures often extend beyond those use cases, certain parts of SPM have been broken out
into their own set of modules.
Package Database
By default, the package database is stored using the sqlite3 module. This module was cho‐
sen because support for SQLite3 is built into Python itself.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
database management.
Package Files
By default, package files are installed using the local module. This module applies files
to the local filesystem, on the machine that the package is installed on.
Please see the SPM Development Guide for information on creating new modules for package
file management.
Types of Packages
SPM supports different types of formula packages. The function of each package is denoted
by its name. For instance, packages which end in -formula are considered to be Salt States
(the most common type of formula). Packages which end in -conf contain configuration which
is to be placed in the /etc/salt/ directory. Packages which do not contain one of these
names are treated as if they have a -formula name.
formula
By default, most files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/salt/ directory. The
exception is the pillar.example file, which will be renamed to <package_name>.sls and
placed in the pillar directory (/srv/spm/pillar/ by default).
reactor
By default, files from this type of package live in the /srv/spm/reactor/ directory.
conf
The files in this type of package are configuration files for Salt, which normally live in
the /etc/salt/ directory. Configuration files for packages other than Salt can and should
be handled with a Salt State (using a formula type of package).
SPM Development Guide
This document discusses developing additional code for SPM.
SPM-Specific Loader Modules
SPM was designed to behave like traditional package managers, which apply files to the
filesystem and store package metadata in a local database. However, because modern infra‐
structures often extend beyond those use cases, certain parts of SPM have been broken out
into their own set of modules.
Each function that accepts arguments has a set of required and optional arguments. Take
note that SPM will pass all arguments in, and therefore each function must accept each of
those arguments. However, arguments that are marked as required are crucial to SPM's core
functionality, while arguments that are marked as optional are provided as a benefit to
the module, if it needs to use them.
Package Database
By default, the package database is stored using the sqlite3 module. This module was cho‐
sen because support for SQLite3 is built into Python itself.
Modules for managing the package database are stored in the salt/spm/pkgdb/ directory. A
number of functions must exist to support database management.
init()
Get a database connection, and initialize the package database if necessary.
This function accepts no arguments. If a database is used which supports a connection
object, then that connection object is returned. For instance, the sqlite3 module returns
a connect() object from the sqlite3 library:
conn = sqlite3.connect(__opts__['spm_db'], isolation_level=None)
...
return conn
SPM itself will not use this connection object; it will be passed in as-is to the other
functions in the module. Therefore, when you set up this object, make sure to do so in a
way that is easily usable throughout the module.
info()
Return information for a package. This generally consists of the information that is
stored in the FORMULA file in the package.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are package (required) and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. conn is the connection
object returned from init().
list_files()
Return a list of files for an installed package. Only the filename should be returned, and
no other information.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are package (required) and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. conn is the connection
object returned from init().
register_pkg()
Register a package in the package database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this
function.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are name (required), formula_def (required),
and conn (optional).
name is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. formula_def is the contents
of the FORMULA file, as a dict. conn is the connection object returned from init().
register_file()
Register a file in the package database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this
function.
The arguments that are passed in are name (required), member (required), path (required),
digest (optional), and conn (optional).
name is the name of the package.
member is a tarfile object for the package file. It is included, because it contains most
of the information for the file.
path is the location of the file on the local filesystem.
digest is the SHA1 checksum of the file.
conn is the connection object returned from init().
unregister_pkg()
Unregister a package from the package database. This usually only involves removing the
package's record from the database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this function.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are name (required) and conn (optional).
name is the name of the package, as specified in the FORMULA. conn is the connection
object returned from init().
unregister_file()
Unregister a package from the package database. This usually only involves removing the
package's record from the database. Nothing is expected to be returned from this function.
The arguments that are passed in, in order, are name (required), pkg (optional) and conn
(optional).
name is the path of the file, as it was installed on the filesystem.
pkg is the name of the package that the file belongs to.
conn is the connection object returned from init().
db_exists()
Check to see whether the package database already exists. This is the path to the package
database file. This function will return True or False.
The only argument that is expected is db_, which is the package database file.
Package Files
By default, package files are installed using the local module. This module applies files
to the local filesystem, on the machine that the package is installed on.
Modules for managing the package database are stored in the salt/spm/pkgfiles/ directory.
A number of functions must exist to support file management.
init()
Initialize the installation location for the package files. Normally these will be direc‐
tory paths, but other external destinations such as databases can be used. For this rea‐
son, this function will return a connection object, which can be a database object. How‐
ever, in the default local module, this object is a dict containing the paths. This object
will be passed into all other functions.
Three directories are used for the destinations: formula_path, pillar_path, and reac‐
tor_path.
formula_path is the location of most of the files that will be installed. The default is
specific to the operating system, but is normally /srv/salt/.
pillar_path is the location that the pillar.example file will be installed to. The
default is specific to the operating system, but is normally /srv/pillar/.
reactor_path is the location that reactor files will be installed to. The default is spe‐
cific to the operating system, but is normally /srv/reactor/.
check_existing()
Check the filesystem for existing files. All files for the package will be checked, and if
any are existing, then this function will normally state that SPM will refuse to install
the package.
This function returns a list of the files that exist on the system.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order: package (required),
pkg_files (required), formula_def (formula_def), and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package that is to be installed.
pkg_files is a list of the files to be checked.
formula_def is a copy of the information that is stored in the FORMULA file.
conn is the file connection object.
install_file()
Install a single file to the destination (normally on the filesystem). Nothing is expected
to be returned from this function.
This function returns the final location that the file was installed to.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order, package (required), for‐
mula_tar (required), member (required), formula_def (required), and conn (optional).
package is the name of the package that is to be installed.
formula_tar is the tarfile object for the package. This is passed in so that the function
can call formula_tar.extract() for the file.
member is the tarfile object which represents the individual file. This may be modified as
necessary, before being passed into formula_tar.extract().
formula_def is a copy of the information from the FORMULA file.
conn is the file connection object.
remove_file()
Remove a single file from file system. Normally this will be little more than an
os.remove(). Nothing is expected to be returned from this function.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order, path (required) and conn
(optional).
path is the absolute path to the file to be removed.
conn is the file connection object.
hash_file()
Returns the hexdigest hash value of a file.
The arguments that are passed into this function are, in order, path (required), hashobj
(required), and conn (optional).
path is the absolute path to the file.
hashobj is a reference to hashlib.sha1(), which is used to pull the hexdigest() for the
file.
conn is the file connection object.
This function will not generally be more complex than:
def hash_file(path, hashobj, conn=None):
with salt.utils.fopen(path, 'r') as f:
hashobj.update(f.read())
return hashobj.hexdigest()
path_exists()
Check to see whether the file already exists on the filesystem. Returns True or False.
This function expects a path argument, which is the absolute path to the file to be
checked.
path_isdir()
Check to see whether the path specified is a directory. Returns True or False.
This function expects a path argument, which is the absolute path to be checked.
Storing Data in Other Databases
The SDB interface is designed to store and retrieve data that, unlike pillars and grains,
is not necessarily minion-specific. The initial design goal was to allow passwords to be
stored in a secure database, such as one managed by the keyring package, rather than as
plain-text files. However, as a generic database interface, it could conceptually be used
for a number of other purposes.
SDB was added to Salt in version 2014.7.0.
SDB Configuration
In order to use the SDB interface, a configuration profile must be set up. To be avail‐
able for master commands, such as runners, it needs to be configured in the master config‐
uration. For modules executed on a minion, it can be set either in the minion configura‐
tion file, or as a pillar. The configuration stanza includes the name/ID that the profile
will be referred to as, a driver setting, and any other arguments that are necessary for
the SDB module that will be used. For instance, a profile called mykeyring, which uses the
system service in the keyring module would look like:
mykeyring:
driver: keyring
service: system
It is recommended to keep the name of the profile simple, as it is used in the SDB URI as
well.
SDB URIs
SDB is designed to make small database queries (hence the name, SDB) using a compact URL.
This allows users to reference a database value quickly inside a number of Salt configura‐
tion areas, without a lot of overhead. The basic format of an SDB URI is:
sdb://<profile>/<args>
The profile refers to the configuration profile defined in either the master or the minion
configuration file. The args are specific to the module referred to in the profile, but
will typically only need to refer to the key of a key/value pair inside the database. This
is because the profile itself should define as many other parameters as possible.
For example, a profile might be set up to reference credentials for a specific OpenStack
account. The profile might look like:
kevinopenstack:
driver: keyring
service: salt.cloud.openstack.kevin
And the URI used to reference the password might look like:
sdb://kevinopenstack/password
Getting, Setting and Deleting SDB Values
Once an SDB driver is configured, you can use the sdb execution module to get, set and
delete values from it. There are two functions that may appear in most SDB modules: get,
set and delete.
Getting a value requires only the SDB URI to be specified. To retrieve a value from the
kevinopenstack profile above, you would use:
salt-call sdb.get sdb://kevinopenstack/password
Some drivers use slightly more complex URIs. For instance, the vault driver requires the
full path to where the key is stored, followed by a question mark, followed by the key to
be retrieved. If you were using a profile called myvault, you would use a URI that looks
like:
salt-call sdb.get 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack'
Setting a value uses the same URI as would be used to retrieve it, followed by the value
as another argument. For the above myvault URI, you would set a new value using a command
like:
salt-call sdb.set 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack' 'super awesome'
Deleting values (if supported by the driver) is done pretty much the same way as getting
them. Provided that you have a profile called mykvstore that uses a driver allowing to
delete values you would delete a value as shown below:
salt-call sdb.delete 'sdb://mykvstore/foobar'
The sdb.get, sdb.set and sdb.delete functions are also available in the runner system:
salt-run sdb.get 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack'
salt-run sdb.set 'sdb://myvault/secret/salt?saltstack' 'super awesome'
salt-run sdb.delete 'sdb://mykvstore/foobar'
Using SDB URIs in Files
SDB URIs can be used in both configuration files, and files that are processed by the ren‐
derer system (jinja, mako, etc.). In a configuration file (such as /etc/salt/master,
/etc/salt/minion, /etc/salt/cloud, etc.), make an entry as usual, and set the value to the
SDB URI. For instance:
mykey: sdb://myetcd/mykey
To retrieve this value using a module, the module in question must use the config.get
function to retrieve configuration values. This would look something like:
mykey = __salt__['config.get']('mykey')
Templating renderers use a similar construct. To get the mykey value from above in Jinja,
you would use:
{{ salt['config.get']('mykey') }}
When retrieving data from configuration files using config.get, the SDB URI need only
appear in the configuration file itself.
If you would like to retrieve a key directly from SDB, you would call the sdb.get function
directly, using the SDB URI. For instance, in Jinja:
{{ salt['sdb.get']('sdb://myetcd/mykey') }}
When writing Salt modules, it is not recommended to call sdb.get directly, as it requires
the user to provide values in SDB, using a specific URI. Use config.get instead.
Writing SDB Modules
There is currently one function that MUST exist in any SDB module (get()), one that SHOULD
exist (set_()) and one that MAY exist (delete()). If using a (set_()) function, a
__func_alias__ dictionary MUST be declared in the module as well:
__func_alias__ = {
'set_': 'set',
}
This is because set is a Python built-in, and therefore functions should not be created
which are called set(). The __func_alias__ functionality is provided via Salt's loader
interfaces, and allows legally-named functions to be referred to using names that would
otherwise be unwise to use.
The get() function is required, as it will be called via functions in other areas of the
code which make use of the sdb:// URI. For example, the config.get function in the config
execution module uses this function.
The set_() function may be provided, but is not required, as some sources may be
read-only, or may be otherwise unwise to access via a URI (for instance, because of SQL
injection attacks).
The delete() function may be provided as well, but is not required, as many sources may be
read-only or restrict such operations.
A simple example of an SDB module is salt/sdb/keyring_db.py, as it provides basic examples
of most, if not all, of the types of functionality that are available not only for SDB
modules, but for Salt modules in general.
Running the Salt Master/Minion as an Unprivileged User
While the default setup runs the master and minion as the root user, some may consider it
an extra measure of security to run the master as a non-root user. Keep in mind that doing
so does not change the master's capability to access minions as the user they are running
as. Due to this many feel that running the master as a non-root user does not grant any
real security advantage which is why the master has remained as root by default.
NOTE:
Some of Salt's operations cannot execute correctly when the master is not running as
root, specifically the pam external auth system, as this system needs root access to
check authentication.
As of Salt 0.9.10 it is possible to run Salt as a non-root user. This can be done by set‐
ting the user parameter in the master configuration file. and restarting the salt-master
service.
The minion has it's own user parameter as well, but running the minion as an unprivileged
user will keep it from making changes to things like users, installed packages, etc.
unless access controls (sudo, etc.) are setup on the minion to permit the non-root user to
make the needed changes.
In order to allow Salt to successfully run as a non-root user, ownership, and permissions
need to be set such that the desired user can read from and write to the following direc‐
tories (and their subdirectories, where applicable):
· /etc/salt
· /var/cache/salt
· /var/log/salt
· /var/run/salt
Ownership can be easily changed with chown, like so:
# chown -R user /etc/salt /var/cache/salt /var/log/salt /var/run/salt
WARNING:
Running either the master or minion with the root_dir parameter specified will affect
these paths, as will setting options like pki_dir, cachedir, log_file, and other
options that normally live in the above directories.
Using cron with Salt
The Salt Minion can initiate its own highstate using the salt-call command.
$ salt-call state.apply
This will cause the minion to check in with the master and ensure it is in the correct
"state".
Use cron to initiate a highstate
If you would like the Salt Minion to regularly check in with the master you can use cron
to run the salt-call command:
0 0 * * * salt-call state.apply
The above cron entry will run a highstate every day at midnight.
NOTE:
When executing Salt using cron, keep in mind that the default PATH for cron may not
include the path for any scripts or commands used by Salt, and it may be necessary to
set the PATH accordingly in the crontab:
PATH=/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/sbin:/opt/bin
0 0 * * * salt-call state.apply
Hardening Salt
This topic contains tips you can use to secure and harden your Salt environment. How you
best secure and harden your Salt environment depends heavily on how you use Salt, where
you use Salt, how your team is structured, where you get data from, and what kinds of
access (internal and external) you require.
General hardening tips
· Restrict who can directly log into your Salt master system.
· Use SSH keys secured with a passphrase to gain access to the Salt master system.
· Track and secure SSH keys and any other login credentials you and your team need to gain
access to the Salt master system.
· Use a hardened bastion server or a VPN to restrict direct access to the Salt master from
the internet.
· Don't expose the Salt master any more than what is required.
· Harden the system as you would with any high-priority target.
· Keep the system patched and up-to-date.
· Use tight firewall rules.
Salt hardening tips
· Subscribe to salt-users or salt-announce so you know when new Salt releases are avail‐
able. Keep your systems up-to-date with the latest patches.
· Use Salt's Client ACL system to avoid having to give out root access in order to run
Salt commands.
· Use Salt's Client ACL system to restrict which users can run what commands.
· Use external Pillar to pull data into Salt from external sources so that non-sysadmins
(other teams, junior admins, developers, etc) can provide configuration data without
needing access to the Salt master.
· Make heavy use of SLS files that are version-controlled and go through a
peer-review/code-review process before they're deployed and run in production. This is
good advice even for "one-off" CLI commands because it helps mitigate typos and mis‐
takes.
· Use salt-api, SSL, and restrict authentication with the external auth system if you need
to expose your Salt master to external services.
· Make use of Salt's event system and reactor to allow minions to signal the Salt master
without requiring direct access.
· Run the salt-master daemon as non-root.
· Disable which modules are loaded onto minions with the disable_modules setting. (for
example, disable the cmd module if it makes sense in your environment.)
· Look through the fully-commented sample master and minion config files. There are many
options for securing an installation.
· Run masterless-mode minions on particularly sensitive minions. There is also salt-ssh or
the modules.sudo if you need to further restrict a minion.
Security disclosure policy
email @saltstack.com
gpg key ID
4EA0793D
gpg key fingerprint
8ABE 4EFC F0F4 B24B FF2A AF90 D570 F2D3 4EA0 793D
gpg public key:
-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
Version: GnuPG/MacGPG2 v2.0.22 (Darwin)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=wBTJ
-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
The SaltStack Security Team is available at @saltstack.com for security-related
bug reports or questions.
We request the disclosure of any security-related bugs or issues be reported non-publicly
until such time as the issue can be resolved and a security-fix release can be prepared.
At that time we will release the fix and make a public announcement with upgrade instruc‐
tions and download locations.
Security response procedure
SaltStack takes security and the trust of our customers and users very seriously. Our dis‐
closure policy is intended to resolve security issues as quickly and safely as is possi‐
ble.
1. A security report sent to @saltstack.com is assigned to a team member. This
person is the primary contact for questions and will coordinate the fix, release, and
announcement.
2. The reported issue is reproduced and confirmed. A list of affected projects and
releases is made.
3. Fixes are implemented for all affected projects and releases that are actively sup‐
ported. Back-ports of the fix are made to any old releases that are actively supported.
4. Packagers are notified via the salt-packagers mailing list that an issue was reported
and resolved, and that an announcement is incoming.
5. A new release is created and pushed to all affected repositories. The release documen‐
tation provides a full description of the issue, plus any upgrade instructions or other
relevant details.
6. An announcement is made to the salt-users and salt-announce mailing lists. The
announcement contains a description of the issue and a link to the full release docu‐
mentation and download locations.
Receiving security announcements
The fastest place to receive security announcements is via the salt-announce mailing list.
This list is low-traffic.
Salt Transport
One of fundamental features of Salt is remote execution. Salt has two basic "channels" for
communicating with minions. Each channel requires a client (minion) and a server (master)
implementation to work within Salt. These pairs of channels will work together to imple‐
ment the specific message passing required by the channel interface.
Pub Channel
The pub channel, or publish channel, is how a master sends a job (payload) to a minion.
This is a basic pub/sub paradigm, which has specific targeting semantics. All data which
goes across the publish system should be encrypted such that only members of the Salt
cluster can decrypt the publishes.
Req Channel
The req channel is how the minions send data to the master. This interface is primarily
used for fetching files and returning job returns. The req channels have two basic inter‐
faces when talking to the master. send is the basic method that guarantees the message is
encrypted at least so that only minions attached to the same master can read it-- but no
guarantee of minion-master confidentiality, whereas the crypted_transfer_decode_dictentry
method does guarantee minion-master confidentiality.
Zeromq Transport
NOTE:
Zeromq is the current default transport within Salt
Zeromq is a messaging library with bindings into many languages. Zeromq implements a
socket interface for message passing, with specific semantics for the socket type.
Pub Channel
The pub channel is implemented using zeromq's pub/sub sockets. By default we don't use
zeromq's filtering, which means that all publish jobs are sent to all minions and filtered
minion side. Zeromq does have publisher side filtering which can be enabled in salt using
zmq_filtering.
Req Channel
The req channel is implemented using zeromq's req/rep sockets. These sockets enforce a
send/recv pattern, which forces salt to serialize messages through these socket pairs.
This means that although the interface is asynchronous on the minion we cannot send a sec‐
ond message until we have received the reply of the first message.
TCP Transport
The tcp transport is an implementation of Salt's channels using raw tcp sockets. Since
this isn't using a pre-defined messaging library we will describe the wire protocol, mes‐
sage semantics, etc. in this document.
The tcp transport is enabled by changing the transport setting to tcp on each Salt minion
and Salt master.
transport: tcp
Wire Protocol
This implementation over TCP focuses on flexibility over absolute efficiency. This means
we are okay to spend a couple of bytes of wire space for flexibility in the future. That
being said, the wire framing is quite efficient and looks like:
msgpack({'head': SOMEHEADER, 'body': SOMEBODY})
Since msgpack is an iterably parsed serialization, we can simply write the serialized pay‐
load to the wire. Within that payload we have two items "head" and "body". Head contains
header information (such as "message id"). The Body contains the actual message that we
are sending. With this flexible wire protocol we can implement any message semantics that
we'd like-- including multiplexed message passing on a single socket.
TLS Support
The TCP transport allows for the master/minion communication to be optionally wrapped in a
TLS connection. Enabling this is simple, the master and minion need to be using the tcp
connection, then the ssl option is enabled. The ssl option is passed as a dict and corre‐
sponds to the options passed to the Python ssl.wrap_socket
<https://docs.python.org/2/library/ssl.html#ssl.wrap_socket> function.
A simple setup looks like this, on the Salt Master add the ssl option to the master con‐
figuration file:
ssl:
keyfile: <path_to_keyfile>
certfile: <path_to_certfile>
ssl_version: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2
The minimal ssl option in the minion configuration file looks like this:
ssl: True
# Versions below 2016.11.4:
ssl: {}
Specific options can be sent to the minion also, as defined in the Python ssl.wrap_socket
function.
NOTE:
While setting the ssl_version is not required, we recommend it. Some older versions of
python do not support the latest TLS protocol and if this is the case for your version
of python we strongly recommend upgrading your version of Python.
Crypto
The current implementation uses the same crypto as the zeromq transport.
Pub Channel
For the pub channel we send messages without "message ids" which the remote end interprets
as a one-way send.
NOTE:
As of today we send all publishes to all minions and rely on minion-side filtering.
Req Channel
For the req channel we send messages with a "message id". This "message id" allows us to
multiplex messages across the socket.
The RAET Transport
NOTE:
The RAET transport is in very early development, it is functional but no promises are
yet made as to its reliability or security. As for reliability and security, the
encryption used has been audited and our tests show that raet is reliable. With this
said we are still conducting more security audits and pushing the reliability. This
document outlines the encryption used in RAET
New in version 2014.7.0.
The Reliable Asynchronous Event Transport, or RAET, is an alternative transport medium
developed specifically with Salt in mind. It has been developed to allow queuing to happen
up on the application layer and comes with socket layer encryption. It also abstracts a
great deal of control over the socket layer and makes it easy to bubble up errors and
exceptions.
RAET also offers very powerful message routing capabilities, allowing for messages to be
routed between processes on a single machine all the way up to processes on multiple
machines. Messages can also be restricted, allowing processes to be sent messages of spe‐
cific types from specific sources allowing for trust to be established.
Using RAET in Salt
Using RAET in Salt is easy, the main difference is that the core dependencies change,
instead of needing pycrypto, M2Crypto, ZeroMQ, and PYZMQ, the packages libsodium, libnacl,
ioflo, and raet are required. Encryption is handled very cleanly by libnacl, while the
queueing and flow control is handled by ioflo. Distribution packages are forthcoming, but
libsodium can be easily installed from source, or many distributions do ship packages for
it. The libnacl and ioflo packages can be easily installed from pypi, distribution pack‐
ages are in the works.
Once the new deps are installed the 2014.7 release or higher of Salt needs to be
installed.
Once installed, modify the configuration files for the minion and master to set the trans‐
port to raet:
/etc/salt/master:
transport: raet
/etc/salt/minion:
transport: raet
Now start salt as it would normally be started, the minion will connect to the master and
share long term keys, which can then in turn be managed via salt-key. Remote execution and
salt states will function in the same way as with Salt over ZeroMQ.
Limitations
The 2014.7 release of RAET is not complete! The Syndic and Multi Master have not been com‐
pleted yet and these are slated for completion in the 2015.5.0 release.
Also, Salt-Raet allows for more control over the client but these hooks have not been
implemented yet, thereforre the client still uses the same system as the ZeroMQ client.
This means that the extra reliability that RAET exposes has not yet been implemented in
the CLI client.
Why?
Customer and User Request
Why make an alternative transport for Salt? There are many reasons, but the primary moti‐
vation came from customer requests, many large companies came with requests to run Salt
over an alternative transport, the reasoning was varied, from performance and scaling
improvements to licensing concerns. These customers have partnered with SaltStack to make
RAET a reality.
More Capabilities
RAET has been designed to allow salt to have greater communication capabilities. It has
been designed to allow for development into features which out ZeroMQ topologies can't
match.
Many of the proposed features are still under development and will be announced as they
enter proof of concept phases, but these features include salt-fuse - a filesystem over
salt, salt-vt - a parallel api driven shell over the salt transport and many others.
RAET Reliability
RAET is reliable, hence the name (Reliable Asynchronous Event Transport).
The concern posed by some over RAET reliability is based on the fact that RAET uses UDP
instead of TCP and UDP does not have built in reliability.
RAET itself implements the needed reliability layers that are not natively present in UDP,
this allows RAET to dynamically optimize packet delivery in a way that keeps it both reli‐
able and asynchronous.
RAET and ZeroMQ
When using RAET, ZeroMQ is not required. RAET is a complete networking replacement. It is
noteworthy that RAET is not a ZeroMQ replacement in a general sense, the ZeroMQ constructs
are not reproduced in RAET, but they are instead implemented in such a way that is spe‐
cific to Salt's needs.
RAET is primarily an async communication layer over truly async connections, defaulting to
UDP. ZeroMQ is over TCP and abstracts async constructs within the socket layer.
Salt is not dropping ZeroMQ support and has no immediate plans to do so.
Encryption
RAET uses Dan Bernstein's NACL encryption libraries and CurveCP handshake. The libnacl
python binding binds to both libsodium and tweetnacl to execute the underlying cryptogra‐
phy. This allows us to completely rely on an externally developed cryptography system.
Programming Intro
Intro to RAET Programming
NOTE:
This page is still under construction
The first thing to cover is that RAET does not present a socket api, it presents, and
queueing api, all messages in RAET are made available to via queues. This is the single
most differentiating factor with RAET vs other networking libraries, instead of making a
socket, a stack is created. Instead of calling send() or recv(), messages are placed on
the stack to be sent and messages that are received appear on the stack.
Different kinds of stacks are also available, currently two stacks exist, the UDP stack,
and the UXD stack. The UDP stack is used to communicate over udp sockets, and the UXD
stack is used to communicate over Unix Domain Sockets.
The UDP stack runs a context for communicating over networks, while the UXD stack has con‐
texts for communicating between processes.
UDP Stack Messages
To create a UDP stack in RAET, simply create the stack, manage the queues, and process
messages:
from salt.transport.road.raet import stacking
from salt.transport.road.raet import estating
udp_stack = stacking.StackUdp(ha=('127.0.0.1', 7870))
r_estate = estating.Estate(stack=stack, name='foo', ha=('192.168.42.42', 7870))
msg = {'hello': 'world'}
udp_stack.transmit(msg, udp_stack.estates[r_estate.name])
udp_stack.serviceAll()
Master Tops System
In 0.10.4 the external_nodes system was upgraded to allow for modular subsystems to be
used to generate the top file data for a highstate run on the master.
The old external_nodes option has been removed. The master tops system provides a plug‐
gable and extendable replacement for it, allowing for multiple different subsystems to
provide top file data.
Using the new master_tops option is simple:
master_tops:
ext_nodes: cobbler-external-nodes
for Cobbler or:
master_tops:
reclass:
inventory_base_uri: /etc/reclass
classes_uri: roles
for Reclass.
master_tops:
varstack: /path/to/the/config/file/varstack.yaml
for Varstack.
It's also possible to create custom master_tops modules. Simply place them into
salt://_tops in the Salt fileserver and use the saltutil.sync_tops runner to sync them. If
this runner function is not available, they can manually be placed into extmods/tops, rel‐
ative to the master cachedir (in most cases the full path will be /var/cache/salt/mas‐
ter/extmods/tops).
Custom tops modules are written like any other execution module, see the source for the
two modules above for examples of fully functional ones. Below is a bare-bones example:
/etc/salt/master:
master_tops:
customtop: True
customtop.py: (custom master_tops module)
import logging
import sys
# Define the module's virtual name
__virtualname__ = 'customtop'
log = logging.getLogger(__name__)
def __virtual__():
return __virtualname__
def top(**kwargs):
log.debug('Calling top in customtop')
return {'base': ['test']}
salt minion state.show_top should then display something like:
$ salt minion state.show_top
minion
----------
base:
- test
NOTE:
If a master_tops module returns top file data for a given minion, it will be added to
the states configured in the top file. It will not replace it altogether. The Oxygen
release adds additional functionality allowing a minion to treat master_tops as the
single source of truth, irrespective of the top file.
Returners
By default the return values of the commands sent to the Salt minions are returned to the
Salt master, however anything at all can be done with the results data.
By using a Salt returner, results data can be redirected to external data-stores for anal‐
ysis and archival.
Returners pull their configuration values from the Salt minions. Returners are only con‐
figured once, which is generally at load time.
The returner interface allows the return data to be sent to any system that can receive
data. This means that return data can be sent to a Redis server, a MongoDB server, a MySQL
server, or any system.
SEE ALSO:
Full list of builtin returners
Using Returners
All Salt commands will return the command data back to the master. Specifying returners
will ensure that the data is _also_ sent to the specified returner interfaces.
Specifying what returners to use is done when the command is invoked:
salt '*' test.ping --return redis_return
This command will ensure that the redis_return returner is used.
It is also possible to specify multiple returners:
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo_return,redis_return,cassandra_return
In this scenario all three returners will be called and the data from the test.ping com‐
mand will be sent out to the three named returners.
Writing a Returner
A returner is a Python module containing at minimum a returner function. Other optional
functions can be included to add support for master_job_cache, external-job-cache, and
Event Returners.
returner
The returner function must accept a single argument. The argument contains return
data from the called minion function. If the minion function test.ping is called,
the value of the argument will be a dictionary. Run the following command from a
Salt master to get a sample of the dictionary:
salt-call --local --metadata test.ping --out=pprint
import redis
import json
def returner(ret):
'''
Return information to a redis server
'''
# Get a redis connection
serv = redis.Redis(
host='redis-serv.example.com',
port=6379,
db='0')
serv.sadd("%(id)s:jobs" % ret, ret['jid'])
serv.set("%(jid)s:%(id)s" % ret, json.dumps(ret['return']))
serv.sadd('jobs', ret['jid'])
serv.sadd(ret['jid'], ret['id'])
The above example of a returner set to send the data to a Redis server serializes the data
as JSON and sets it in redis.
Master Job Cache Support
master_job_cache, external-job-cache, and Event Returners. Salt's master_job_cache allows
returners to be used as a pluggable replacement for the default_job_cache. In order to do
so, a returner must implement the following functions:
NOTE:
The code samples contained in this section were taken from the cassandra_cql returner.
prep_jid
Ensures that job ids (jid) don't collide, unless passed_jid is provided.
nochache is an optional boolean that indicates if return data should be cached.
passed_jid is a caller provided jid which should be returned unconditionally.
def prep_jid(nocache, passed_jid=None): # pylint: disable=unused-argument
'''
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
'''
return passed_jid if passed_jid is not None else salt.utils.jid.gen_jid()
save_load
Save job information. The jid is generated by prep_jid and should be considered a
unique identifier for the job. The jid, for example, could be used as the pri‐
mary/unique key in a database. The load is what is returned to a Salt master by a
minion. The following code example stores the load as a JSON string in the
salt.jids table.
def save_load(jid, load):
'''
Save the load to the specified jid id
'''
query = '''INSERT INTO salt.jids (
jid, load
) VALUES (
'{0}', '{1}'
);'''.format(jid, json.dumps(load))
# cassandra_cql.cql_query may raise a CommandExecutionError
try:
__salt__['cassandra_cql.cql_query'](query)
except CommandExecutionError:
log.critical('Could not save load in jids table.')
raise
except Exception as e:
log.critical('''Unexpected error while inserting into
jids: {0}'''.format(str(e)))
raise
get_load
must accept a job id (jid) and return the job load stored by save_load, or an empty
dictionary when not found.
def get_load(jid):
'''
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
'''
query = '''SELECT load FROM salt.jids WHERE jid = '{0}';'''.format(jid)
ret = {}
# cassandra_cql.cql_query may raise a CommandExecutionError
try:
data = __salt__['cassandra_cql.cql_query'](query)
if data:
load = data[0].get('load')
if load:
ret = json.loads(load)
except CommandExecutionError:
log.critical('Could not get load from jids table.')
raise
except Exception as e:
log.critical('''Unexpected error while getting load from
jids: {0}'''.format(str(e)))
raise
return ret
External Job Cache Support
Salt's external-job-cache extends the master_job_cache. External Job Cache support
requires the following functions in addition to what is required for Master Job Cache sup‐
port:
get_jid
Return a dictionary containing the information (load) returned by each minion when
the specified job id was executed.
Sample:
{
"local": {
"master_minion": {
"fun_args": [],
"jid": "20150330121011408195",
"return": true,
"retcode": 0,
"success": true,
"cmd": "_return",
"_stamp": "2015-03-30T12:10:12.708663",
"fun": "test.ping",
"id": "master_minion"
}
}
}
get_fun
Return a dictionary of minions that called a given Salt function as their last
function call.
Sample:
{
"local": {
"minion1": "test.ping",
"minion3": "test.ping",
"minion2": "test.ping"
}
}
get_jids
Return a list of all job ids.
Sample:
{
"local": [
"20150330121011408195",
"20150330195922139916"
]
}
get_minions
Returns a list of minions
Sample:
{
"local": [
"minion3",
"minion2",
"minion1",
"master_minion"
]
}
Please refer to one or more of the existing returners (i.e. mysql, cassandra_cql) if you
need further clarification.
Event Support
An event_return function must be added to the returner module to allow events to be logged
from a master via the returner. A list of events are passed to the function by the master.
The following example was taken from the MySQL returner. In this example, each event is
inserted into the salt_events table keyed on the event tag. The tag contains the jid and
therefore is guaranteed to be unique.
def event_return(events):
'''
Return event to mysql server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return'
option in master config.
'''
with _get_serv(events, commit=True) as cur:
for event in events:
tag = event.get('tag', '')
data = event.get('data', '')
sql = '''INSERT INTO `salt_events` (`tag`, `data`, `master_id` )
VALUES (%s, %s, %s)'''
cur.execute(sql, (tag, json.dumps(data), __opts__['id']))
Custom Returners
Place custom returners in a _returners directory within the file_roots specified by the
master config file.
Custom returners are distributed when any of the following are called:
· state.apply
· saltutil.sync_returners
· saltutil.sync_all
Any custom returners which have been synced to a minion that are named the same as one of
Salt's default set of returners will take the place of the default returner with the same
name.
Naming the Returner
Note that a returner's default name is its filename (i.e. foo.py becomes returner foo),
but that its name can be overridden by using a __virtual__ function. A good example of
this can be found in the redis returner, which is named redis_return.py but is loaded as
simply redis:
try:
import redis
HAS_REDIS = True
except ImportError:
HAS_REDIS = False
__virtualname__ = 'redis'
def __virtual__():
if not HAS_REDIS:
return False
return __virtualname__
Testing the Returner
The returner, prep_jid, save_load, get_load, and event_return functions can be tested by
configuring the master_job_cache and Event Returners in the master config file and submit‐
ting a job to test.ping each minion from the master.
Once you have successfully exercised the Master Job Cache functions, test the External Job
Cache functions using the ret execution module.
salt-call ret.get_jids cassandra_cql --output=json
salt-call ret.get_fun cassandra_cql test.ping --output=json
salt-call ret.get_minions cassandra_cql --output=json
salt-call ret.get_jid cassandra_cql 20150330121011408195 --output=json
Event Returners
For maximum visibility into the history of events across a Salt infrastructure, all events
seen by a salt master may be logged to one or more returners.
To enable event logging, set the event_return configuration option in the master config to
the returner(s) which should be designated as the handler for event returns.
NOTE:
Not all returners support event returns. Verify a returner has an event_return() func‐
tion before using.
NOTE:
On larger installations, many hundreds of events may be generated on a busy master
every second. Be certain to closely monitor the storage of a given returner as Salt can
easily overwhelm an underpowered server with thousands of returns.
Full List of Returners
returner modules
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
carbon_return Take data from salt and "return"
it into a carbon receiver
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
cassandra_cql_return Return data to a cassandra
server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
cassandra_return Return data to a Cassandra
ColumnFamily
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
couchbase_return Simple returner for Couchbase.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
couchdb_return Simple returner for CouchDB.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
django_return A returner that will inform a
Django system that returns are
available using Django's signal
system.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
elasticsearch_return Return data to an elasticsearch
server for indexing.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
etcd_return Return data to an etcd server or
cluster
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
highstate_return Return the results of a high‐
state (or any other state func‐
tion that returns data in a com‐
patible format) via an HTML
email or HTML file.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
hipchat_return Return salt data via hipchat.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
influxdb_return Return data to an influxdb
server.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
kafka_return Return data to a Kafka topic
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
librato_return Salt returner to return high‐
state stats to Librato
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
local The local returner is used to
test the returner interface, it
just prints the
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
local_cache Return data to local job cache
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mattermost_returner Return salt data via mattermost
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
memcache_return Return data to a memcache server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mongo_future_return Return data to a mongodb server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mongo_return Return data to a mongodb server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
multi_returner Read/Write multiple returners
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
mysql Return data to a mysql server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
nagios_return Return salt data to Nagios
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
odbc Return data to an ODBC compliant
server.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
pgjsonb Return data to a PostgreSQL
server with json data stored in
Pg's jsonb data type
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
postgres Return data to a postgresql
server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
postgres_local_cache Use a postgresql server for the
master job cache.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
pushover_returner Return salt data via pushover (‐
http://www.pushover.net)
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
rawfile_json Take data from salt and "return"
it into a raw file containing
the json, with one line per
event.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
redis_return Return data to a redis server
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
sentry_return Salt returner that reports exe‐
cution results back to sentry.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
slack_returner Return salt data via slack
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
sms_return Return data by SMS.
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
smtp_return Return salt data via email
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
splunk Send json response data to
Splunk via the HTTP Event Col‐
lector
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
sqlite3_return Insert minion return data into a
sqlite3 database
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
syslog_return Return data to the host operat‐
ing system's syslog facility
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
xmpp_return Return salt data via xmpp
──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
zabbix_return Return salt data to Zabbix
┼─────────────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┼
salt.returners.carbon_return
Take data from salt and "return" it into a carbon receiver
Add the following configuration to the minion configuration file:
carbon.host: <server ip address>
carbon.port: 2003
Errors when trying to convert data to numbers may be ignored by setting car‐
bon.skip_on_error to True:
carbon.skip_on_error: True
By default, data will be sent to carbon using the plaintext protocol. To use the pickle
protocol, set carbon.mode to pickle:
carbon.mode: pickle
You can also specify the pattern used for the metric base path (except for virt modules
metrics):
carbon.metric_base_pattern: carbon.[minion_id].[module].[function]
These tokens can used :
[module]: salt module [function]: salt function [minion_id]: minion id
Default is :
carbon.metric_base_pattern: [module].[function].[minion_id]
Carbon settings may also be configured as:
carbon:
host: <server IP or hostname>
port: <carbon port>
skip_on_error: True
mode: (pickle|text)
metric_base_pattern: <pattern> | [module].[function].[minion_id]
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.carbon:
host: <server IP or hostname>
port: <carbon port>
skip_on_error: True
mode: (pickle|text)
To use the carbon returner, append '--return carbon' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return carbon
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return carbon --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return carbon --return_kwargs '{"skip_on_error": False}'
salt.returners.carbon_return.event_return(events)
Return event data to remote carbon server
Provide a list of events to be stored in carbon
salt.returners.carbon_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.carbon_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a remote carbon server using the text metric protocol
Each metric will look like:
[module].[function].[minion_id].[metric path [...]].[metric name]
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return
Return data to a cassandra server
New in version 2015.5.0.
maintainer
Corin Kochenower<@saltstack.com>
maturity
new as of 2015.2
depends
salt.modules.cassandra_cql
depends
DataStax Python Driver for Apache Cassandra
https://github.com/datastax/python-driver pip install cassandra-driver
platform
all
configuration
To enable this returner, the minion will need the DataStax Python Driver for Apache
Cassandra ( https://github.com/datastax/python-driver ) installed and the following
values configured in the minion or master config. The list of cluster IPs must
include at least one cassandra node IP address. No assumption or default will be
used for the cluster IPs. The cluster IPs will be tried in the order listed. The
port, username, and password values shown below will be the assumed defaults if you
do not provide values.:
cassandra:
cluster:
- 192.168.50.11
- 192.168.50.12
- 192.168.50.13
port: 9042
username: salt
password: salt
Use the following cassandra database schema:
CREATE KEYSPACE IF NOT EXISTS salt
WITH replication = {'class': 'SimpleStrategy', 'replication_factor' : 1};
CREATE USER IF NOT EXISTS salt WITH PASSWORD 'salt' NOSUPERUSER;
GRANT ALL ON KEYSPACE salt TO salt;
USE salt;
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.salt_returns (
jid text,
minion_id text,
fun text,
alter_time timestamp,
full_ret text,
return text,
success boolean,
PRIMARY KEY (jid, minion_id, fun)
) WITH CLUSTERING ORDER BY (minion_id ASC, fun ASC);
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS salt_returns_minion_id ON salt.salt_returns (minion_id);
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS salt_returns_fun ON salt.salt_returns (fun);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.jids (
jid text PRIMARY KEY,
load text
);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.minions (
minion_id text PRIMARY KEY,
last_fun text
);
CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS minions_last_fun ON salt.minions (last_fun);
CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS salt.salt_events (
id timeuuid,
tag text,
alter_time timestamp,
data text,
master_id text,
PRIMARY KEY (id, tag)
) WITH CLUSTERING ORDER BY (tag ASC);
CREATE INDEX tag ON salt.salt_events (tag);
Required python modules: cassandra-driver
To use the cassandra returner, append '--return cassandra_cql' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return_cql cassandra
Note: if your Cassandra instance has not been tuned much you may benefit from altering
some timeouts in cassandra.yaml like so:
# How long the coordinator should wait for read operations to complete
read_request_timeout_in_ms: 5000
# How long the coordinator should wait for seq or index scans to complete
range_request_timeout_in_ms: 20000
# How long the coordinator should wait for writes to complete
write_request_timeout_in_ms: 20000
# How long the coordinator should wait for counter writes to complete
counter_write_request_timeout_in_ms: 10000
# How long a coordinator should continue to retry a CAS operation
# that contends with other proposals for the same row
cas_contention_timeout_in_ms: 5000
# How long the coordinator should wait for truncates to complete
# (This can be much longer, because unless auto_snapshot is disabled
# we need to flush first so we can snapshot before removing the data.)
truncate_request_timeout_in_ms: 60000
# The default timeout for other, miscellaneous operations
request_timeout_in_ms: 20000
As always, your mileage may vary and your Cassandra cluster may have different needs.
SaltStack has seen situations where these timeouts can resolve some stacktraces that
appear to come from the Datastax Python driver.
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.event_return(events)
Return event to one of potentially many clustered cassandra nodes
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
Cassandra does not support an auto-increment feature due to the highly inefficient
nature of creating a monotonically increasing number across all nodes in a distrib‐
uted database. Each event will be assigned a uuid by the connecting client.
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.prep_jid(nocache, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.returner(ret)
Return data to one of potentially many clustered cassandra nodes
salt.returners.cassandra_cql_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.cassandra_return
Return data to a Cassandra ColumnFamily
Here's an example Keyspace / ColumnFamily setup that works with this returner:
create keyspace salt;
use salt;
create column family returns
with key_validation_class='UTF8Type'
and comparator='UTF8Type'
and default_validation_class='UTF8Type';
Required python modules: pycassa
To use the cassandra returner, append '--return cassandra' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return cassandra
salt.returners.cassandra_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.cassandra_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a Cassandra ColumnFamily
salt.returners.couchbase_return
Simple returner for Couchbase. Optional configuration settings are listed below, along
with sane defaults.
couchbase.host: 'salt'
couchbase.port: 8091
couchbase.bucket: 'salt'
couchbase.ttl: 24
couchbase.password: 'password'
couchbase.skip_verify_views: False
To use the couchbase returner, append '--return couchbase' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return couchbase
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchbase --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchbase --return_kwargs '{"bucket": "another-salt"}'
All of the return data will be stored in documents as follows:
JID
load: load obj tgt_minions: list of minions targeted nocache: should we not cache the
return data
JID/MINION_ID
return: return_data full_ret: full load of job return
salt.returners.couchbase_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.couchbase_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.couchbase_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.couchbase_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Return a job id and prepare the job id directory This is the function responsible
for making sure jids don't collide (unless its passed a jid) So do what you have to
do to make sure that stays the case
salt.returners.couchbase_return.returner(load)
Return data to couchbase bucket
salt.returners.couchbase_return.save_load(jid, clear_load, minion=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.couchbase_return.save_minions(jid, minions, syndic_id=None)
Save/update the minion list for a given jid. The syndic_id argument is included for
API compatibility only.
salt.returners.couchdb_return
Simple returner for CouchDB. Optional configuration settings are listed below, along with
sane defaults:
couchdb.db: 'salt'
couchdb.url: 'http://salt:5984/'
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.couchdb.db: 'salt'
alternative.couchdb.url: 'http://salt:5984/'
To use the couchdb returner, append --return couchdb to the salt command. Example:
salt '*' test.ping --return couchdb
To use the alternative configuration, append --return_config alternative to the salt com‐
mand.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchdb --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return couchdb --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
On concurrent database access
As this returner creates a couchdb document with the salt job id as document id and as
only one document with a given id can exist in a given couchdb database, it is advised for
most setups that every minion be configured to write to it own database (the value of
couchdb.db may be suffixed with the minion id), otherwise multi-minion targeting can lead
to losing output:
· the first returning minion is able to create a document in the database
· other minions fail with {'error': 'HTTP Error 409: Conflict'}
salt.returners.couchdb_return.ensure_views()
This function makes sure that all the views that should exist in the design docu‐
ment do exist.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict with key being minion and value being the job details of the last run
of function 'fun'.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_jid(jid)
Get the document with a given JID.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_jids()
List all the jobs that we have..
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minion identifiers from a request of the view.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.get_valid_salt_views()
Returns a dict object of views that should be part of the salt design document.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.couchdb_return.returner(ret)
Take in the return and shove it into the couchdb database.
salt.returners.couchdb_return.set_salt_view()
Helper function that sets the salt design document. Uses get_valid_salt_views and
some hardcoded values.
salt.returners.django_return
A returner that will inform a Django system that returns are available using Django's sig‐
nal system.
https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/dev/topics/signals/
It is up to the Django developer to register necessary handlers with the signals provided
by this returner and process returns as necessary.
The easiest way to use signals is to import them from this returner directly and then use
a decorator to register them.
An example Django module that registers a function called 'returner_callback' with this
module's 'returner' function:
import salt.returners.django_return
from django.dispatch import receiver
@receiver(salt.returners.django_return, sender=returner)
def returner_callback(sender, ret):
print('I received {0} from {1}'.format(ret, sender))
salt.returners.django_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom ID
salt.returners.django_return.returner(ret)
Signal a Django server that a return is available
salt.returners.django_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return
Return data to an elasticsearch server for indexing.
maintainer
Jurnell Cockhren <@sophicware.com>, Arnold Bechtoldt <‐
@arnoldbechtoldt.com>
maturity
New
depends
elasticsearch-py
platform
all
To enable this returner the elasticsearch python client must be installed on the desired
minions (all or some subset).
Please see documentation of elasticsearch execution module for a valid connection configu‐
ration.
WARNING:
The index that you wish to store documents will be created by Elasticsearch automati‐
cally if doesn't exist yet. It is highly recommended to create predefined index tem‐
plates with appropriate mapping(s) that will be used by Elasticsearch upon index cre‐
ation. Otherwise you will have problems as described in #20826.
To use the returner per salt call:
salt '*' test.ping --return elasticsearch
In order to have the returner apply to all minions:
ext_job_cache: elasticsearch
Minion configuration:
debug_returner_payload': False
Output the payload being posted to the log file in debug mode
doc_type: 'default'
Document type to use for normal return messages
functions_blacklist
Optional list of functions that should not be returned to elasticsearch
index_date: False
Use a dated index (e.g. <index>-2016.11.29)
master_event_index: 'salt-master-event-cache'
Index to use when returning master events
master_event_doc_type: 'efault'
Document type to use got master events
master_job_cache_index: 'salt-master-job-cache'
Index to use for master job cache
master_job_cache_doc_type: 'default'
Document type to use for master job cache
number_of_shards: 1
Number of shards to use for the indexes
number_of_replicas: 0
Number of replicas to use for the indexes
NOTE: The following options are valid for 'state.apply', 'state.sls' and
'state.highstate' functions only.
states_count: False
Count the number of states which succeeded or failed and return it in
top-level item called 'counts'. States reporting None (i.e. changes would
be made but it ran in test mode) are counted as successes.
states_order_output: False
Prefix the state UID (e.g. file_|-yum_configured_|-/etc/yum.conf_|-managed)
with a zero-padded version of the '__run_num__' value to allow for easier
sorting. Also store the state function (i.e. file.managed) into a new key
'_func'. Change the index to be '<index>-ordered' (e.g.
salt-state_apply-ordered).
states_single_index: False
Store results for state.apply, state.sls and state.highstate in the
salt-state_apply index (or -ordered/-<date>) indexes if enabled
elasticsearch:
hosts:
- "10.10.10.10:9200"
- "10.10.10.11:9200"
- "10.10.10.12:9200"
index_date: True
number_of_shards: 5
number_of_replicas: 1
debug_returner_payload: True
states_count: True
states_order_output: True
states_single_index: True
functions_blacklist:
- test.ping
- saltutil.find_job
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.event_return(events)
Return events to Elasticsearch
Requires that the event_return configuration be set in master config.
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
New in version 2015.8.1.
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.returner(ret)
Process the return from Salt
salt.returners.elasticsearch_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
New in version 2015.8.1.
salt.returners.etcd_return
Return data to an etcd server or cluster
depends
· python-etcd
In order to return to an etcd server, a profile should be created in the master configura‐
tion file:
my_etcd_config:
etcd.host: 127.0.0.1
etcd.port: 4001
It is technically possible to configure etcd without using a profile, but this is not con‐
sidered to be a best practice, especially when multiple etcd servers or clusters are
available.
etcd.host: 127.0.0.1
etcd.port: 4001
Additionally, two more options must be specified in the top-level configuration in order
to use the etcd returner:
etcd.returner: my_etcd_config
etcd.returner_root: /salt/return
The etcd.returner option specifies which configuration profile to use. The
etcd.returner_root option specifies the path inside etcd to use as the root of the
returner system.
Once the etcd options are configured, the returner may be used:
CLI Example:
salt '*' test.ping --return etcd
A username and password can be set:
etcd.username: larry # Optional; requires etcd.password to be set
etcd.password: 123pass # Optional; requires etcd.username to be set
You can also set a TTL (time to live) value for the returner:
etcd.ttl: 5
Authentication with username and password, and ttl, currently requires the master branch
of python-etcd.
You may also specify different roles for read and write operations. First, create the pro‐
files as specified above. Then add:
etcd.returner_read_profile: my_etcd_read
etcd.returner_write_profile: my_etcd_write
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_fun()
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.etcd_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.etcd_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.etcd_return.returner(ret)
Return data to an etcd server or cluster
salt.returners.etcd_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.highstate_return module
Return the results of a highstate (or any other state function that returns data in a com‐
patible format) via an HTML email or HTML file.
New in version 2017.7.0.
Similar results can be achieved by using the smtp returner with a custom template, except
an attempt at writing such a template for the complex data structure returned by highstate
function had proven to be a challenge, not to mention that the smtp module doesn't support
sending HTML mail at the moment.
The main goal of this returner was to produce an easy to read email similar to the output
of highstate outputter used by the CLI.
This returner could be very useful during scheduled executions, but could also be useful
for communicating the results of a manual execution.
Returner configuration is controlled in a standard fashion either via highstate group or
an alternatively named group.
salt '*' state.highstate --return highstate
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config config-name'
salt '*' state.highstate --return highstate --return_config simple
Here is an example of what the configuration might look like:
simple.highstate:
report_failures: True
report_changes: True
report_everything: False
failure_function: pillar.items
success_function: pillar.items
report_format: html
report_delivery: smtp
smtp_success_subject: 'success minion {id} on host {host}'
smtp_failure_subject: 'failure minion {id} on host {host}'
smtp_server: smtp.example.com
smtp_recipients: @example.com, @example.com
smtp_sender: @example.com
The report_failures, report_changes, and report_everything flags provide filtering of the
results. If you want an email to be sent every time, then report_everything is your
choice. If you want to be notified only when changes were successfully made use
report_changes. And report_failures will generate an email if there were failures.
The configuration allows you to run a salt module function in case of success (suc‐
cess_function) or failure (failure_function).
Any salt function, including ones defined in the _module folder of your salt repo, could
be used here and its output will be displayed under the 'extra' heading of the email.
Supported values for report_format are html, json, and yaml. The latter two are typically
used for debugging purposes, but could be used for applying a template at some later
stage.
The values for report_delivery are smtp or file. In case of file delivery the only other
applicable option is file_output.
In case of smtp delivery, smtp_* options demonstrated by the example above could be used
to customize the email.
As you might have noticed, the success and failure subjects contain {id} and {host} val‐
ues. Any other grain name could be used. As opposed to using {{grains['id']}}, which will
be rendered by the master and contain master's values at the time of pillar generation,
these will contain minion values at the time of execution.
salt.returners.highstate_return.returner(ret)
Check highstate return information and possibly fire off an email or save a file.
salt.returners.hipchat_return
Return salt data via hipchat.
New in version 2015.5.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
hipchat.room_id (required)
hipchat.api_key (required)
hipchat.api_version (required)
hipchat.api_url (optional)
hipchat.from_name (required)
hipchat.color (optional)
hipchat.notify (optional)
hipchat.profile (optional)
hipchat.url (optional)
NOTE:
When using Hipchat's API v2, api_key needs to be assigned to the room with the "Label"
set to what you would have been set in the hipchat.from_name field. The v2 API disre‐
gards the from_name in the data sent for the room notification and uses the Label
assigned through the Hipchat control panel.
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
hipchat.room_id
hipchat.api_key
hipchat.api_version
hipchat.api_url
hipchat.from_name
Hipchat settings may also be configured as:
hipchat:
room_id: RoomName
api_url: https://hipchat.myteam.con
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
api_version: v1
from_name: @email.com
alternative.hipchat:
room_id: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
api_version: v1
from_name: @email.com
hipchat_profile:
hipchat.api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
hipchat.api_version: v1
hipchat.from_name: @email.com
hipchat:
profile: hipchat_profile
room_id: RoomName
alternative.hipchat:
profile: hipchat_profile
room_id: RoomName
hipchat:
room_id: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
api_version: v1
api_url: api.hipchat.com
from_name: @email.com
To use the HipChat returner, append '--return hipchat' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return hipchat
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return hipchat --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return hipchat --return_kwargs '{"room_id": "another-room"}'
salt.returners.hipchat_return.event_return(events)
Return event data to hipchat
salt.returners.hipchat_return.returner(ret)
Send an hipchat message with the return data from a job
salt.returners.influxdb_return
Return data to an influxdb server.
New in version 2015.8.0.
To enable this returner the minion will need the python client for influxdb installed and
the following values configured in the minion or master config, these are the defaults:
influxdb.db: 'salt'
influxdb.user: 'salt'
influxdb.password: 'salt'
influxdb.host: 'localhost'
influxdb.port: 8086
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.influxdb.db: 'salt'
alternative.influxdb.user: 'salt'
alternative.influxdb.password: 'salt'
alternative.influxdb.host: 'localhost'
alternative.influxdb.port: 6379
To use the influxdb returner, append '--return influxdb' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return influxdb
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
salt '*' test.ping --return influxdb --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return influxdb --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.influxdb_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.influxdb_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.influxdb_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a influxdb data store
salt.returners.influxdb_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.kafka_return
Return data to a Kafka topic
maintainer
Christer Edwards (@gmail.com)
maturity
0.1
depends
kafka-python
platform
all
To enable this returner install kafka-python and enable the following settings in the min‐
ion config:
returner.kafka.hostnames:
· "server1"
· "server2"
· "server3"
returner.kafka.topic: 'topic'
To use the kafka returner, append '--return kafka' to the Salt command, eg;
salt '*' test.ping --return kafka
salt.returners.kafka_return.returner(ret)
Return information to a Kafka server
salt.returners.librato_return
Salt returner to return highstate stats to Librato
To enable this returner the minion will need the Librato client importable on the Python
path and the following values configured in the minion or master config.
The Librato python client can be found at: https://github.com/librato/python-librato
librato.email: @librato.com
librato.api_token: abc12345def
This return supports multi-dimension metrics for Librato. To enable support for more met‐
rics, the tags JSON object can be modified to include other tags.
Adding EC2 Tags example: If ec2_tags:region were desired within the tags for multi-dimen‐
sion. The tags could be modified to include the ec2 tags. Multiple dimensions are added
simply by adding more tags to the submission.
pillar_data = __salt__['pillar.raw']()
q.add(metric.name, value, tags={'Name': ret['id'],'Region': pillar_data['ec2_tags']['Name' ↲
]})
salt.returners.librato_return.returner(ret)
Parse the return data and return metrics to Librato.
salt.returners.local
The local returner is used to test the returner interface, it just prints the return data
to the console to verify that it is being passed properly
To use the local returner, append '--return local' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return local
salt.returners.local.event_return(event)
Print event return data to the terminal to verify functionality
salt.returners.local.returner(ret)
Print the return data to the terminal to verify functionality
salt.returners.local_cache
Return data to local job cache
salt.returners.local_cache.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out the old jobs from the job cache
salt.returners.local_cache.get_endtime(jid)
Retrieve the stored endtime for a given job
Returns False if no endtime is present
salt.returners.local_cache.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.local_cache.get_jids()
Return a dict mapping all job ids to job information
salt.returners.local_cache.get_jids_filter(count, filter_find_job=True)
Return a list of all jobs information filtered by the given criteria. :param int
count: show not more than the count of most recent jobs :param bool fil‐
ter_find_jobs: filter out 'saltutil.find_job' jobs
salt.returners.local_cache.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.local_cache.load_reg()
Load the register from msgpack files
salt.returners.local_cache.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None, recurse_count=0)
Return a job id and prepare the job id directory.
This is the function responsible for making sure jids don't collide (unless it is
passed a jid). So do what you have to do to make sure that stays the case
salt.returners.local_cache.returner(load)
Return data to the local job cache
salt.returners.local_cache.save_load(jid, clear_load, minions=None, recurse_count=0)
Save the load to the specified jid
minions argument is to provide a pre-computed list of matched minions for the job,
for cases when this function can't compute that list itself (such as for salt-ssh)
salt.returners.local_cache.save_minions(jid, minions, syndic_id=None)
Save/update the serialized list of minions for a given job
salt.returners.local_cache.save_reg(data)
Save the register to msgpack files
salt.returners.local_cache.update_endtime(jid, time)
Update (or store) the end time for a given job
Endtime is stored as a plain text string
salt.returners.mattermost_returner module
Return salt data via mattermost
New in version 2017.7.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
mattermost.hook (required)
mattermost.username (optional)
mattermost.channel (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
mattermost.channel
mattermost.hook
mattermost.username
mattermost settings may also be configured as:
mattermost:
channel: RoomName
hook: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
username: user
To use the mattermost returner, append '--return mattermost' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mattermost
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{'key:': 'value'}' to
the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mattermost --return_kwargs '{'channel': '#random'}'
salt.returners.mattermost_returner.event_return(events)
Send the events to a mattermost room.
Parameters
events -- List of events
Returns
Boolean if messages were sent successfully.
salt.returners.mattermost_returner.post_message(channel, message, username, api_url, hook)
Send a message to a mattermost room.
Parameters
· channel -- The room name.
· message -- The message to send to the mattermost room.
· username -- Specify who the message is from.
· hook -- The mattermost hook, if not specified in the configuration.
Returns
Boolean if message was sent successfully.
salt.returners.mattermost_returner.returner(ret)
Send an mattermost message with the data
salt.returners.memcache_return
Return data to a memcache server
To enable this returner the minion will need the python client for memcache installed and
the following values configured in the minion or master config, these are the defaults.
memcache.host: 'localhost'
memcache.port: '11211'
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location.
alternative.memcache.host: 'localhost'
alternative.memcache.port: '11211'
python2-memcache uses 'localhost' and '11211' as syntax on connection.
To use the memcache returner, append '--return memcache' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return memcache
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return memcache --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return memcache --return_kwargs '{"host": "hostname.domain.com"}'
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.memcache_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.memcache_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.memcache_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a memcache data store
salt.returners.memcache_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.mongo_future_return
Return data to a mongodb server
Required python modules: pymongo
This returner will send data from the minions to a MongoDB server. To configure the set‐
tings for your MongoDB server, add the following lines to the minion config files:
mongo.db: <database name>
mongo.host: <server ip address>
mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
mongo.port: 27017
You can also ask for indexes creation on the most common used fields, which should greatly
improve performance. Indexes are not created by default.
mongo.indexes: true
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.mongo.db: <database name>
alternative.mongo.host: <server ip address>
alternative.mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
alternative.mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
alternative.mongo.port: 27017
This mongo returner is being developed to replace the default mongodb returner in the
future and should not be considered API stable yet.
To use the mongo returner, append '--return mongo' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.event_return(events)
Return events to Mongodb server
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_fun(fun)
Return the most recent jobs that have executed the named function
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the return information associated with a jid
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_jids()
Return a list of job ids
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load associated with a given job id
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a mongodb server
salt.returners.mongo_future_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load for a given job id
salt.returners.mongo_return
Return data to a mongodb server
Required python modules: pymongo
This returner will send data from the minions to a MongoDB server. To configure the set‐
tings for your MongoDB server, add the following lines to the minion config files.
mongo.db: <database name>
mongo.host: <server ip address>
mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
mongo.port: 27017
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location.
alternative.mongo.db: <database name>
alternative.mongo.host: <server ip address>
alternative.mongo.user: <MongoDB username>
alternative.mongo.password: <MongoDB user password>
alternative.mongo.port: 27017
To use the mongo returner, append '--return mongo' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo_return
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo_return --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mongo --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.mongo_return.get_fun(fun)
Return the most recent jobs that have executed the named function
salt.returners.mongo_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the return information associated with a jid
salt.returners.mongo_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.mongo_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a mongodb server
salt.returners.multi_returner
Read/Write multiple returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out the old jobs from all returners (if you have it)
salt.returners.multi_returner.get_jid(jid)
Merge the return data from all returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.get_jids()
Return all job data from all returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.get_load(jid)
Merge the load data from all returners
salt.returners.multi_returner.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Call both with prep_jid on all returners in multi_returner
TODO: finish this, what do do when you get different jids from 2 returners...
since our jids are time based, this make this problem hard, because they aren't
unique, meaning that we have to make sure that no one else got the jid and if they
did we spin to get a new one, which means "locking" the jid in 2 returners is
non-trivial
salt.returners.multi_returner.returner(load)
Write return to all returners in multi_returner
salt.returners.multi_returner.save_load(jid, clear_load, minions=None)
Write load to all returners in multi_returner
salt.returners.mysql
Return data to a mysql server
maintainer
Dave Boucha <@saltstack.com>, Seth House <@saltstack.com>
maturity
mature
depends
python-mysqldb
platform
all
To enable this returner, the minion will need the python client for mysql installed and
the following values configured in the minion or master config. These are the defaults:
mysql.host: 'salt'
mysql.user: 'salt'
mysql.pass: 'salt'
mysql.db: 'salt'
mysql.port: 3306
SSL is optional. The defaults are set to None. If you do not want to use SSL, either
exclude these options or set them to None.
mysql.ssl_ca: None
mysql.ssl_cert: None
mysql.ssl_key: None
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration with alterna‐
tive.. Any values not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the
default location. As stated above, SSL configuration is optional. The following ssl
options are simply for illustration purposes:
alternative.mysql.host: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.user: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.pass: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.db: 'salt'
alternative.mysql.port: 3306
alternative.mysql.ssl_ca: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.pem'
alternative.mysql.ssl_cert: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.crt'
alternative.mysql.ssl_key: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.key'
Should you wish the returner data to be cleaned out every so often, set keep_jobs to the
number of hours for the jobs to live in the tables. Setting it to 0 or leaving it unset
will cause the data to stay in the tables.
Should you wish to archive jobs in a different table for later processing, set ar‐
chive_jobs to True. Salt will create 3 archive tables
· jids_archive
· salt_returns_archive
· salt_events_archive
and move the contents of jids, salt_returns, and salt_events that are more than keep_jobs
hours old to these tables.
Use the following mysql database schema:
CREATE DATABASE `salt`
DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8
DEFAULT COLLATE utf8_general_ci;
USE `salt`;
--
-- Table structure for table `jids`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `jids`;
CREATE TABLE `jids` (
`jid` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`load` mediumtext NOT NULL,
UNIQUE KEY `jid` (`jid`)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
CREATE INDEX jid ON jids(jid) USING BTREE;
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_returns`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `salt_returns`;
CREATE TABLE `salt_returns` (
`fun` varchar(50) NOT NULL,
`jid` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`return` mediumtext NOT NULL,
`id` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`success` varchar(10) NOT NULL,
`full_ret` mediumtext NOT NULL,
`alter_time` TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
KEY `id` (`id`),
KEY `jid` (`jid`),
KEY `fun` (`fun`)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_events`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS `salt_events`;
CREATE TABLE `salt_events` (
`id` BIGINT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT,
`tag` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
`data` mediumtext NOT NULL,
`alter_time` TIMESTAMP DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,
`master_id` varchar(255) NOT NULL,
PRIMARY KEY (`id`),
KEY `tag` (`tag`)
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8;
Required python modules: MySQLdb
To use the mysql returner, append '--return mysql' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return mysql
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mysql --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return mysql --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.mysql.clean_old_jobs()
Called in the master's event loop every loop_interval. Archives and/or deletes the
events and job details from the database. :return:
salt.returners.mysql.event_return(events)
Return event to mysql server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.mysql.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.mysql.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.mysql.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.mysql.get_jids_filter(count, filter_find_job=True)
Return a list of all job ids :param int count: show not more than the count of most
recent jobs :param bool filter_find_jobs: filter out 'saltutil.find_job' jobs
salt.returners.mysql.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.mysql.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.mysql.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.mysql.returner(ret)
Return data to a mysql server
salt.returners.mysql.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.nagios_return
Return salt data to Nagios
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
nagios.url (required)
nagios.token (required)
nagios.service (optional)
nagios.check_type (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
nagios.url
nagios.token
nagios.service
Nagios settings may also be configured as:
nagios:
url: http://localhost/nrdp
token: r4nd0mt0k3n
service: service-check
alternative.nagios:
url: http://localhost/nrdp
token: r4nd0mt0k3n
service: another-service-check
To use the Nagios returner, append '--return nagios' to the salt command. ex:
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' test.ping --return nagios
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt com ↲
mand. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return nagios --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return nagios --return_kwargs '{"service": "service-name"}'
salt.returners.nagios_return.returner(ret)
Send a message to Nagios with the data
salt.returners.odbc
Return data to an ODBC compliant server. This driver was developed with Microsoft SQL
Server in mind, but theoretically could be used to return data to any compliant ODBC data‐
base as long as there is a working ODBC driver for it on your minion platform.
maintainer
C.
R. Oldham (@saltstack.com)
maturity
New
depends
unixodbc, pyodbc, freetds (for SQL Server)
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need
On Linux:
unixodbc (http://www.unixodbc.org) pyodbc (pip install pyodbc) The FreeTDS ODBC driver
for SQL Server (http://www.freetds.org) or another compatible ODBC driver
On Windows:
TBD
unixODBC and FreeTDS need to be configured via /etc/odbcinst.ini and /etc/odbc.ini.
/etc/odbcinst.ini:
[TDS]
Description=TDS
Driver=/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/odbc/libtdsodbc.so
(Note the above Driver line needs to point to the location of the FreeTDS shared library.
This example is for Ubuntu 14.04.)
/etc/odbc.ini:
[TS]
Description = "Salt Returner"
Driver=TDS
Server = <your server ip or fqdn>
Port = 1433
Database = salt
Trace = No
Also you need the following values configured in the minion or master config. Configure
as you see fit:
returner.odbc.dsn: 'TS'
returner.odbc.user: 'salt'
returner.odbc.passwd: 'salt'
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.returner.odbc.dsn: 'TS'
alternative.returner.odbc.user: 'salt'
alternative.returner.odbc.passwd: 'salt'
Running the following commands against Microsoft SQL Server in the desired database as the
appropriate user should create the database tables correctly. Replace with equivalent SQL
for other ODBC-compliant servers
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
if OBJECT_ID('dbo.jids', 'U') is not null
DROP TABLE dbo.jids
CREATE TABLE dbo.jids (
jid varchar(255) PRIMARY KEY,
load varchar(MAX) NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
IF OBJECT_ID('dbo.salt_returns', 'U') IS NOT NULL
DROP TABLE dbo.salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE dbo.salt_returns (
added datetime not null default (getdate()),
fun varchar(100) NOT NULL,
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL,
retval varchar(MAX) NOT NULL,
id varchar(255) NOT NULL,
success bit default(0) NOT NULL,
full_ret varchar(MAX)
);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_added on dbo.salt_returns(added);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_id on dbo.salt_returns(id);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_jid on dbo.salt_returns(jid);
CREATE INDEX salt_returns_fun on dbo.salt_returns(fun);
To use this returner, append '--return odbc' to the salt command.
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' status.diskusage --return odbc
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt com ↲
mand.
.. versionadded:: 2015.5.0
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' test.ping --return odbc --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return odbc --return_kwargs '{"dsn": "dsn-name"}'
salt.returners.odbc.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.odbc.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.odbc.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.odbc.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.odbc.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.odbc.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.odbc.returner(ret)
Return data to an odbc server
salt.returners.odbc.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.pgjsonb
Return data to a PostgreSQL server with json data stored in Pg's jsonb data type
maintainer
Dave Boucha <@saltstack.com>, Seth House <@saltstack.com>, C. R. Oldham
<@saltstack.com>
maturity
Stable
depends
python-psycopg2
platform
all
NOTE:
There are three PostgreSQL returners. Any can function as an external master job
cache. but each has different features. SaltStack recommends returners.pgjsonb if you
are working with a version of PostgreSQL that has the appropriate native binary JSON
types. Otherwise, review returners.postgres and returners.postgres_local_cache to see
which module best suits your particular needs.
To enable this returner, the minion will need the python client for PostgreSQL installed
and the following values configured in the minion or master config. These are the
defaults:
returner.pgjsonb.host: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.user: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.pass: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.db: 'salt'
returner.pgjsonb.port: 5432
SSL is optional. The defaults are set to None. If you do not want to use SSL, either
exclude these options or set them to None.
returner.pgjsonb.ssl_ca: None
returner.pgjsonb.ssl_cert: None
returner.pgjsonb.ssl_key: None
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration with alterna‐
tive.. Any values not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the
default location. As stated above, SSL configuration is optional. The following ssl
options are simply for illustration purposes:
alternative.pgjsonb.host: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.user: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.pass: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.db: 'salt'
alternative.pgjsonb.port: 5432
alternative.pgjsonb.ssl_ca: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.pem'
alternative.pgjsonb.ssl_cert: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.crt'
alternative.pgjsonb.ssl_key: '/etc/pki/mysql/certs/localhost.key'
Use the following Pg database schema:
CREATE DATABASE salt
WITH ENCODING 'utf-8';
--
-- Table structure for table `jids`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS jids;
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL primary key,
load jsonb NOT NULL
);
CREATE INDEX idx_jids_jsonb on jids
USING gin (load)
WITH (fastupdate=on);
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_returns`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
fun varchar(50) NOT NULL,
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL,
return jsonb NOT NULL,
id varchar(255) NOT NULL,
success varchar(10) NOT NULL,
full_ret jsonb NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT NOW());
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_id ON salt_returns (id);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_jid ON salt_returns (jid);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_fun ON salt_returns (fun);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_return ON salt_returns
USING gin (return) with (fastupdate=on);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_full_ret ON salt_returns
USING gin (full_ret) with (fastupdate=on);
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_events`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_events;
DROP SEQUENCE IF EXISTS seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE SEQUENCE seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE TABLE salt_events (
id BIGINT NOT NULL UNIQUE DEFAULT nextval('seq_salt_events_id'),
tag varchar(255) NOT NULL,
data jsonb NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT NOW(),
master_id varchar(255) NOT NULL);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_events_tag on
salt_events (tag);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_events_data ON salt_events
USING gin (data) with (fastupdate=on);
Required python modules: Psycopg2
To use this returner, append '--return pgjsonb' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return pgjsonb
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return pgjsonb --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return pgjsonb --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.pgjsonb.event_return(events)
Return event to Pg server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.pgjsonb.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.pgjsonb.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.pgjsonb.returner(ret)
Return data to a Pg server
salt.returners.pgjsonb.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.postgres
Return data to a postgresql server
NOTE:
There are three PostgreSQL returners. Any can function as an external master job
cache. but each has different features. SaltStack recommends returners.pgjsonb if you
are working with a version of PostgreSQL that has the appropriate native binary JSON
types. Otherwise, review returners.postgres and returners.postgres_local_cache to see
which module best suits your particular needs.
maintainer
None
maturity
New
depends
psycopg2
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need the psycopg2 installed and the following val‐
ues configured in the minion or master config:
returner.postgres.host: 'salt'
returner.postgres.user: 'salt'
returner.postgres.passwd: 'salt'
returner.postgres.db: 'salt'
returner.postgres.port: 5432
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.returner.postgres.host: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.user: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.passwd: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.db: 'salt'
alternative.returner.postgres.port: 5432
Running the following commands as the postgres user should create the database correctly:
psql << EOF
CREATE ROLE salt WITH PASSWORD 'salt';
CREATE DATABASE salt WITH OWNER salt;
EOF
psql -h localhost -U salt << EOF
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS jids;
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid varchar(20) PRIMARY KEY,
load text NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
fun varchar(50) NOT NULL,
jid varchar(255) NOT NULL,
return text NOT NULL,
full_ret text,
id varchar(255) NOT NULL,
success varchar(10) NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now()
);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_id ON salt_returns (id);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_jid ON salt_returns (jid);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_fun ON salt_returns (fun);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_returns_updated ON salt_returns (alter_time);
--
-- Table structure for table `salt_events`
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_events;
DROP SEQUENCE IF EXISTS seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE SEQUENCE seq_salt_events_id;
CREATE TABLE salt_events (
id BIGINT NOT NULL UNIQUE DEFAULT nextval('seq_salt_events_id'),
tag varchar(255) NOT NULL,
data text NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT NOW(),
master_id varchar(255) NOT NULL
);
CREATE INDEX idx_salt_events_tag on salt_events (tag);
EOF
Required python modules: psycopg2
To use the postgres returner, append '--return postgres' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return postgres
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return postgres --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return postgres --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.postgres.event_return(events)
Return event to Pg server
Requires that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.postgres.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.postgres.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.postgres.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.postgres.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.postgres.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.postgres.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.postgres.returner(ret)
Return data to a postgres server
salt.returners.postgres.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache
Use a postgresql server for the master job cache. This helps the job cache to cope with
scale.
NOTE:
There are three PostgreSQL returners. Any can function as an external master job
cache. but each has different features. SaltStack recommends returners.pgjsonb if you
are working with a version of PostgreSQL that has the appropriate native binary JSON
types. Otherwise, review returners.postgres and returners.postgres_local_cache to see
which module best suits your particular needs.
maintainer
@gmail.com
maturity
Stable
depends
psycopg2
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need the psycopg2 installed and the following val‐
ues configured in the master config:
master_job_cache: postgres_local_cache
master_job_cache.postgres.host: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.user: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.passwd: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.db: 'salt'
master_job_cache.postgres.port: 5432
Running the following command as the postgres user should create the database correctly:
psql << EOF
CREATE ROLE salt WITH PASSWORD 'salt';
CREATE DATABASE salt WITH OWNER salt;
EOF
In case the postgres database is a remote host, you'll need this command also:
ALTER ROLE salt WITH LOGIN;
and then:
psql -h localhost -U salt << EOF
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS jids;
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid varchar(20) PRIMARY KEY,
started TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now(),
tgt_type text NOT NULL,
cmd text NOT NULL,
tgt text NOT NULL,
kwargs text NOT NULL,
ret text NOT NULL,
username text NOT NULL,
arg text NOT NULL,
fun text NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
-- note that 'success' must not have NOT NULL constraint, since
-- some functions don't provide it.
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_returns;
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
added TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now(),
fun text NOT NULL,
jid varchar(20) NOT NULL,
return text NOT NULL,
id text NOT NULL,
success boolean
);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (added);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (id);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (jid);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_returns (fun);
DROP TABLE IF EXISTS salt_events;
CREATE TABLE salt_events (
id SERIAL,
tag text NOT NULL,
data text NOT NULL,
alter_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE DEFAULT now(),
master_id text NOT NULL
);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (tag);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (data);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (id);
CREATE INDEX ON salt_events (master_id);
EOF
Required python modules: psycopg2
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out the old jobs from the job cache
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.event_return(events)
Return event to a postgres server
Require that configuration be enabled via 'event_return' option in master config.
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids For master job cache this also formats the output and
returns a string
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Return a job id and prepare the job id directory This is the function responsible
for making sure jids don't collide (unless its passed a jid). So do what you have
to do to make sure that stays the case
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.returner(load)
Return data to a postgres server
salt.returners.postgres_local_cache.save_load(jid, clear_load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid id
salt.returners.pushover_returner
Return salt data via pushover (http://www.pushover.net)
New in version 2016.3.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
pushover.user (required)
pushover.token (required)
pushover.title (optional)
pushover.device (optional)
pushover.priority (optional)
pushover.expire (optional)
pushover.retry (optional)
pushover.profile (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.pushover.user
alternative.pushover.token
alternative.pushover.title
alternative.pushover.device
alternative.pushover.priority
alternative.pushover.expire
alternative.pushover.retry
PushOver settings may also be configured as:
pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
token: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
title: Salt Returner
device: phone
priority: -1
expire: 3600
retry: 5
alternative.pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
token: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
title: Salt Returner
device: phone
priority: 1
expire: 4800
retry: 2
pushover_profile:
pushover.token: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
profile: pushover_profile
alternative.pushover:
user: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
profile: pushover_profile
To use the PushOver returner, append '--return pushover' to the salt command. ex:
.. code-block:: bash
salt '*' test.ping --return pushover
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt com ↲
mand. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return pushover --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return pushover --return_kwargs '{"title": "Salt is awesome!"}'
salt.returners.pushover_returner.returner(ret)
Send an PushOver message with the data
salt.returners.rawfile_json
Take data from salt and "return" it into a raw file containing the json, with one line per
event.
Add the following to the minion or master configuration file.
rawfile_json.filename: <path_to_output_file>
Default is /var/log/salt/events.
Common use is to log all events on the master. This can generate a lot of noise, so you
may wish to configure batch processing and/or configure the event_return_whitelist or
event_return_blacklist to restrict the events that are written.
salt.returners.rawfile_json.event_return(event)
Write event return data to a file on the master.
salt.returners.rawfile_json.returner(ret)
Write the return data to a file on the minion.
salt.returners.redis_return
Return data to a redis server
To enable this returner the minion will need the python client for redis installed and the
following values configured in the minion or master config, these are the defaults:
redis.db: '0'
redis.host: 'salt'
redis.port: 6379
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.redis.db: '0'
alternative.redis.host: 'salt'
alternative.redis.port: 6379
To use the redis returner, append '--return redis' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return redis
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return redis --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return redis --return_kwargs '{"db": "another-salt"}'
salt.returners.redis_return.clean_old_jobs()
Clean out minions's return data for old jobs.
Normally, hset 'ret:<jid>' are saved with a TTL, and will eventually get cleaned by
redis.But for jobs with some very late minion return, the corresponding hset's TTL
will be refreshed to a too late timestamp, we'll do manually cleaning here.
salt.returners.redis_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.redis_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned when the specified job id was executed
salt.returners.redis_return.get_jids()
Return a dict mapping all job ids to job information
salt.returners.redis_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load data that marks a specified jid
salt.returners.redis_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.redis_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.redis_return.returner(ret)
Return data to a redis data store
salt.returners.redis_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.sentry_return
Salt returner that reports execution results back to sentry. The returner will inspect the
payload to identify errors and flag them as such.
Pillar needs something like:
raven:
servers:
- http://192.168.1.1
- https://sentry.example.com
public_key: deadbeefdeadbeefdeadbeefdeadbeef
secret_key: beefdeadbeefdeadbeefdeadbeefdead
project: 1
tags:
- os
- master
- saltversion
- cpuarch
or using a dsn:
raven:
dsn: https://aaaa:@app.getsentry.com/12345
tags:
- os
- master
- saltversion
- cpuarch
https://pypi.python.org/pypi/raven must be installed.
The pillar can be hidden on sentry return by setting hide_pillar: true.
The tags list (optional) specifies grains items that will be used as sentry tags, allowing
tagging of events in the sentry ui.
To report only errors to sentry, set report_errors_only: true.
salt.returners.sentry_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.sentry_return.returner(ret)
Log outcome to sentry. The returner tries to identify errors and report them as
such. All other messages will be reported at info level. Failed states will be
appended as separate list for convenience.
salt.returners.slack_returner
Return salt data via slack
New in version 2015.5.0.
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
slack.channel (required)
slack.api_key (required)
slack.username (required)
slack.as_user (required to see the profile picture of your bot)
slack.profile (optional)
slack.changes(optional, only show changes and failed states)
slack.yaml_format(optional, format the json in yaml format)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
slack.channel
slack.api_key
slack.username
slack.as_user
Slack settings may also be configured as:
slack:
channel: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
username: user
as_user: true
alternative.slack:
room_id: RoomName
api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
from_name: @email.com
slack_profile:
slack.api_key: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
slack.from_name: @email.com
slack:
profile: slack_profile
channel: RoomName
alternative.slack:
profile: slack_profile
channel: RoomName
To use the Slack returner, append '--return slack' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return slack
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
salt '*' test.ping --return slack --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return slack --return_kwargs '{"channel": "#random"}'
salt.returners.slack_returner.returner(ret)
Send an slack message with the data
salt.returners.sms_return
Return data by SMS.
New in version 2015.5.0.
maintainer
Damian Myerscough
maturity
new
depends
twilio
platform
all
To enable this returner the minion will need the python twilio library installed and the
following values configured in the minion or master config:
twilio.sid: 'XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX'
twilio.token: 'XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX'
twilio.to: '+1415XXXXXXX'
twilio.from: '+1650XXXXXXX'
To use the sms returner, append '--return sms' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return sms
salt.returners.sms_return.returner(ret)
Return a response in an SMS message
salt.returners.smtp_return
Return salt data via email
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file. Fields are optional unless noted
otherwise.
· from (required) The name/address of the email sender.
·
to (required) The names/addresses of the email recipients;
comma-delimited. For example: @example.com,@example.com.
· host (required) The SMTP server hostname or address.
· port The SMTP server port; defaults to 25.
·
username The username used to authenticate to the server. If specified a
password is also required. It is recommended but not required to also use TLS
with this option.
· password The password used to authenticate to the server.
· tls Whether to secure the connection using TLS; defaults to False
· subject The email subject line.
·
fields Which fields from the returned data to include in the subject line
of the email; comma-delimited. For example: id,fun. Please note, the subject line
is not encrypted.
·
gpgowner A user's ~/.gpg directory. This must contain a gpg
public key matching the address the mail is sent to. If left unset, no encryption
will be used. Requires python-gnupg to be installed.
· template The path to a file to be used as a template for the email body.
·
renderer A Salt renderer, or render-pipe, to use to render the email
template. Default jinja.
Below is an example of the above settings in a Salt Minion configuration file:
smtp.from: @example.net
smtp.to: @example.com
smtp.host: localhost
smtp.port: 1025
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location. For
example:
alternative.smtp.username: saltdev
alternative.smtp.password: saltdev
alternative.smtp.tls: True
To use the SMTP returner, append '--return smtp' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return smtp
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return smtp --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return smtp --return_kwargs '{"to": "@domain.com"}'
An easy way to test the SMTP returner is to use the development SMTP server built into
Python. The command below will start a single-threaded SMTP server that prints any email
it receives to the console.
python -m smtpd -n -c DebuggingServer localhost:1025
New in version 2016.11.0.
It is possible to send emails with selected Salt events by configuring event_return option
for Salt Master. For example:
event_return: smtp
event_return_whitelist:
- salt/key
smtp.from: @example.net
smtp.to: @example.com
smtp.host: localhost
smtp.subject: 'Salt Master {{act}}ed key from Minion ID: {{id}}'
smtp.template: /srv/salt/templates/email.j2
Also you need to create additional file /srv/salt/templates/email.j2 with email body tem‐
plate:
act: {{act}}
id: {{id}}
result: {{result}}
This configuration enables Salt Master to send an email when accepting or rejecting min‐
ions keys.
salt.returners.smtp_return.event_return(events)
Return event data via SMTP
salt.returners.smtp_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.smtp_return.returner(ret)
Send an email with the data
salt.returners.splunk module
Send json response data to Splunk via the HTTP Event Collector Requires the following con‐
fig values to be specified in config or pillar:
splunk_http_forwarder:
token: <splunk_http_forwarder_token>
indexer: <hostname/IP of Splunk indexer>
sourcetype: <Destination sourcetype for data>
index: <Destination index for data>
Run a test by using salt-call test.ping --return splunk
Written by Scott Pack (github.com/scottjpack)
class salt.returners.splunk.http_event_collector(token, http_event_server, host='',
http_event_port='8088', http_event_server_ssl=True, max_bytes=100000)
batchEvent(payload, eventtime='')
flushBatch()
sendEvent(payload, eventtime='')
salt.returners.splunk.returner(ret)
Send a message to Splunk via the HTTP Event Collector
salt.returners.sqlite3
Insert minion return data into a sqlite3 database
maintainer
Mickey Malone <@gmail.com>
maturity
New
depends
None
platform
All
Sqlite3 is a serverless database that lives in a single file. In order to use this
returner the database file must exist, have the appropriate schema defined, and be acces‐
sible to the user whom the minion process is running as. This returner requires the fol‐
lowing values configured in the master or minion config:
sqlite3.database: /usr/lib/salt/salt.db
sqlite3.timeout: 5.0
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.sqlite3.database: /usr/lib/salt/salt.db
alternative.sqlite3.timeout: 5.0
Use the commands to create the sqlite3 database and tables:
sqlite3 /usr/lib/salt/salt.db << EOF
--
-- Table structure for table 'jids'
--
CREATE TABLE jids (
jid TEXT PRIMARY KEY,
load TEXT NOT NULL
);
--
-- Table structure for table 'salt_returns'
--
CREATE TABLE salt_returns (
fun TEXT KEY,
jid TEXT KEY,
id TEXT KEY,
fun_args TEXT,
date TEXT NOT NULL,
full_ret TEXT NOT NULL,
success TEXT NOT NULL
);
EOF
To use the sqlite returner, append '--return sqlite3' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return sqlite3
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return sqlite3 --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return sqlite3 --return_kwargs '{"db": "/var/lib/salt/another-salt.db ↲
"}'
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_fun(fun)
Return a dict of the last function called for all minions
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_jid(jid)
Return the information returned from a specified jid
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_jids()
Return a list of all job ids
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_load(jid)
Return the load from a specified jid
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.get_minions()
Return a list of minions
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.returner(ret)
Insert minion return data into the sqlite3 database
salt.returners.sqlite3_return.save_load(jid, load, minions=None)
Save the load to the specified jid
salt.returners.syslog_return
Return data to the host operating system's syslog facility
To use the syslog returner, append '--return syslog' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return syslog
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
syslog.level (optional, Default: LOG_INFO)
syslog.facility (optional, Default: LOG_USER)
syslog.tag (optional, Default: salt-minion)
syslog.options (list, optional, Default: [])
Available levels, facilities, and options can be found in the syslog docs for your python
version.
NOTE:
The default tag comes from sys.argv[0] which is usually "salt-minion" but could be dif‐
ferent based on the specific environment.
Configuration example:
syslog.level: 'LOG_ERR'
syslog.facility: 'LOG_DAEMON'
syslog.tag: 'mysalt'
syslog.options:
- LOG_PID
Of course you can also nest the options:
syslog:
level: 'LOG_ERR'
facility: 'LOG_DAEMON'
tag: 'mysalt'
options:
- LOG_PID
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
alternative.syslog.level: 'LOG_WARN'
alternative.syslog.facility: 'LOG_NEWS'
To use the alternative configuration, append --return_config alternative to the salt com‐
mand.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return syslog --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return syslog --return_kwargs '{"level": "LOG_DEBUG"}'
NOTE:
Syslog server implementations may have limits on the maximum record size received by
the client. This may lead to job return data being truncated in the syslog server's
logs. For example, for rsyslog on RHEL-based systems, the default maximum record size
is approximately 2KB (which return data can easily exceed). This is configurable in
rsyslog.conf via the $MaxMessageSize config parameter. Please consult your syslog impl‐
mentation's documentation to determine how to adjust this limit.
salt.returners.syslog_return.prep_jid(nocache=False, passed_jid=None)
Do any work necessary to prepare a JID, including sending a custom id
salt.returners.syslog_return.returner(ret)
Return data to the local syslog
salt.returners.xmpp_return
Return salt data via xmpp
depends
sleekxmpp >= 1.3.1
The following fields can be set in the minion conf file:
xmpp.jid (required)
xmpp.password (required)
xmpp.recipient (required)
xmpp.profile (optional)
Alternative configuration values can be used by prefacing the configuration. Any values
not found in the alternative configuration will be pulled from the default location:
xmpp.jid
xmpp.password
xmpp.recipient
xmpp.profile
XMPP settings may also be configured as:
xmpp:
jid: @xmpp.domain.com/resource
password: password
recipient: @xmpp.example.com
alternative.xmpp:
jid: @xmpp.domain.com/resource
password: password
recipient: @xmpp.example.com
xmpp_profile:
xmpp.jid: @xmpp.domain.com/resource
xmpp.password: password
xmpp:
profile: xmpp_profile
recipient: @xmpp.example.com
alternative.xmpp:
profile: xmpp_profile
recipient: @xmpp.example.com
To use the XMPP returner, append '--return xmpp' to the salt command.
salt '*' test.ping --return xmpp
To use the alternative configuration, append '--return_config alternative' to the salt
command.
New in version 2015.5.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return xmpp --return_config alternative
To override individual configuration items, append --return_kwargs '{"key:": "value"}' to
the salt command.
New in version 2016.3.0.
salt '*' test.ping --return xmpp --return_kwargs '{"recipient": "someone-else@xmpp.example ↲
.com"}'
class salt.returners.xmpp_return.SendMsgBot(jid, password, recipient, msg)
start(event)
salt.returners.xmpp_return.returner(ret)
Send an xmpp message with the data
salt.returners.zabbix_return module
Return salt data to Zabbix
The following Type: "Zabbix trapper" with "Type of information" Text items are required:
Key: salt.trap.info
Key: salt.trap.average
Key: salt.trap.warning
Key: salt.trap.high
Key: salt.trap.disaster
To use the Zabbix returner, append '--return zabbix' to the salt command. ex:
salt '*' test.ping --return zabbix
salt.returners.zabbix_return.returner(ret)
salt.returners.zabbix_return.zabbix_send(key, host, output)
salt.returners.zabbix_return.zbx()
Renderers
The Salt state system operates by gathering information from common data types such as
lists, dictionaries, and strings that would be familiar to any developer.
SLS files are translated from whatever data templating format they are written in back
into Python data types to be consumed by Salt.
By default SLS files are rendered as Jinja templates and then parsed as YAML documents.
But since the only thing the state system cares about is raw data, the SLS files can be
any structured format that can be dreamed up.
Currently there is support for Jinja + YAML, Mako + YAML, Wempy + YAML, Jinja + json, Mako
+ json and Wempy + json.
Renderers can be written to support any template type. This means that the Salt states
could be managed by XML files, HTML files, Puppet files, or any format that can be trans‐
lated into the Pythonic data structure used by the state system.
Multiple Renderers
A default renderer is selected in the master configuration file by providing a value to
the renderer key.
When evaluating an SLS, more than one renderer can be used.
When rendering SLS files, Salt checks for the presence of a Salt-specific shebang line.
The shebang line directly calls the name of the renderer as it is specified within Salt.
One of the most common reasons to use multiple renderers is to use the Python or py ren‐
derer.
Below, the first line is a shebang that references the py renderer.
#!py
def run():
'''
Install the python-mako package
'''
return {'include': ['python'],
'python-mako': {'pkg': ['installed']}}
Composing Renderers
A renderer can be composed from other renderers by connecting them in a series of
pipes(|).
In fact, the default Jinja + YAML renderer is implemented by connecting a YAML renderer to
a Jinja renderer. Such renderer configuration is specified as: jinja | yaml.
Other renderer combinations are possible:
yaml i.e, just YAML, no templating.
mako | yaml
pass the input to the mako renderer, whose output is then fed into the yaml ren‐
derer.
jinja | mako | yaml
This one allows you to use both jinja and mako templating syntax in the input
and then parse the final rendered output as YAML.
The following is a contrived example SLS file using the jinja | mako | yaml renderer:
#!jinja|mako|yaml
An_Example:
cmd.run:
- name: |
echo "Using Salt ${grains['saltversion']}" \
"from path {{grains['saltpath']}}."
- cwd: /
<%doc> ${...} is Mako's notation, and so is this comment. </%doc>
{# Similarly, {{...}} is Jinja's notation, and so is this comment. #}
For backward compatibility, jinja | yaml can also be written as yaml_jinja, and similarly,
the yaml_mako, yaml_wempy, json_jinja, json_mako, and json_wempy renderers are all sup‐
ported.
Keep in mind that not all renderers can be used alone or with any other renderers. For
example, the template renderers shouldn't be used alone as their outputs are just strings,
which still need to be parsed by another renderer to turn them into highstate data struc‐
tures.
For example, it doesn't make sense to specify yaml | jinja because the output of the YAML
renderer is a highstate data structure (a dict in Python), which cannot be used as the
input to a template renderer. Therefore, when combining renderers, you should know what
each renderer accepts as input and what it returns as output.
Writing Renderers
A custom renderer must be a Python module placed in the renderers directory and the module
implement the render function.
The render function will be passed the path of the SLS file as an argument.
The purpose of the render function is to parse the passed file and to return the Python
data structure derived from the file.
Custom renderers must be placed in a _renderers directory within the file_roots specified
by the master config file.
Custom renderers are distributed when any of the following are run:
· state.apply
· saltutil.sync_renderers
· saltutil.sync_all
Any custom renderers which have been synced to a minion, that are named the same as one of
Salt's default set of renderers, will take the place of the default renderer with the same
name.
Examples
The best place to find examples of renderers is in the Salt source code.
Documentation for renderers included with Salt can be found here:
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/renderers
Here is a simple YAML renderer example:
import yaml
from salt.utils.yamlloader import SaltYamlSafeLoader
def render(yaml_data, saltenv='', sls='', **kws):
if not isinstance(yaml_data, basestring):
yaml_data = yaml_data.read()
data = yaml.load(
yaml_data,
Loader=SaltYamlSafeLoader
)
return data if data else {}
Full List of Renderers
renderer modules
┌──────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
│cheetah │ Cheetah Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│dson │ DSON Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│genshi │ Genshi Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│gpg │ Renderer that will decrypt GPG │
│ │ ciphers │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│hjson │ Hjson Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│jinja │ Jinja loading utils to enable a │
│ │ more powerful backend for jinja │
│ │ templates │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│json │ JSON Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│json5 │ JSON5 Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│mako │ Mako Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│msgpack │ │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pass │ Pass Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│py │ Pure python state renderer │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pydsl │ A Python-based DSL │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│pyobjects │ Python renderer that includes a │
│ │ Pythonic Object based interface │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│stateconf │ A flexible renderer that takes a │
│ │ templating engine and a data │
│ │ format │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│wempy │ │
└──────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘
│yaml │ YAML Renderer for Salt │
├──────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
│yamlex │ │
└──────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘
salt.renderers.cheetah
Cheetah Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.cheetah.render(cheetah_data, saltenv='base', sls='', method='xml', **kws)
Render a Cheetah template.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.dson
DSON Renderer for Salt
This renderer is intended for demonstration purposes. Information on the DSON spec can be
found here.
This renderer requires Dogeon (installable via pip)
salt.renderers.dson.render(dson_input, saltenv='base', sls='', **kwargs)
Accepts DSON data as a string or as a file object and runs it through the JSON
parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.genshi
Genshi Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.genshi.render(genshi_data, saltenv='base', sls='', method='xml', **kws)
Render a Genshi template. A method should be passed in as part of the kwargs. If no
method is passed in, xml is assumed. Valid methods are:
Note that the text method will call NewTextTemplate. If oldtext is desired, it must
be called explicitly
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.gpg
Renderer that will decrypt GPG ciphers
Any key in the SLS file can be a GPG cipher, and this renderer will decrypt it before
passing it off to Salt. This allows you to safely store secrets in source control, in such
a way that only your Salt master can decrypt them and distribute them only to the minions
that need them.
The typical use-case would be to use ciphers in your pillar data, and keep a secret key on
your master. You can put the public key in source control so that developers can add new
secrets quickly and easily.
This renderer requires the gpg binary. No python libraries are required as of the 2015.8.0
release.
Setup
To set things up, first generate a keypair. On the master, run the following:
# mkdir -p /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# chmod 0700 /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# gpg --gen-key --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys
Do not supply a password for the keypair, and use a name that makes sense for your appli‐
cation. Be sure to back up the gpgkeys directory someplace safe!
NOTE:
Unfortunately, there are some scenarios - for example, on virtual machines which don’t
have real hardware - where insufficient entropy causes key generation to be extremely
slow. In these cases, there are usually means of increasing the system entropy. On vir‐
tualised Linux systems, this can often be achieved by installing the rng-tools package.
Export the Public Key
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --armor --export <KEY-NAME> > exported_pubkey.gpg
Import the Public Key
To encrypt secrets, copy the public key to your local machine and run:
$ gpg --import exported_pubkey.gpg
To generate a cipher from a secret:
$ echo -n "supersecret" | gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r <KEY-name>
To apply the renderer on a file-by-file basis add the following line to the top of any
pillar with gpg data in it:
#!yaml|gpg
Now with your renderer configured, you can include your ciphers in your pillar data like
so:
#!yaml|gpg
a-secret: |
-----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
hQEMAweRHKaPCfNeAQf9GLTN16hCfXAbPwU6BbBK0unOc7i9/etGuVc5CyU9Q6um
QuetdvQVLFO/HkrC4lgeNQdM6D9E8PKonMlgJPyUvC8ggxhj0/IPFEKmrsnv2k6+
cnEfmVexS7o/U1VOVjoyUeliMCJlAz/30RXaME49Cpi6No2+vKD8a4q4nZN1UZcG
RhkhC0S22zNxOXQ38TBkmtJcqxnqT6YWKTUsjVubW3bVC+u2HGqJHu79wmwuN8tz
m4wBkfCAd8Eyo2jEnWQcM4TcXiF01XPL4z4g1/9AAxh+Q4d8RIRP4fbw7ct4nCJv
Gr9v2DTF7HNigIMl4ivMIn9fp+EZurJNiQskLgNbktJGAeEKYkqX5iCuB1b693hJ
FKlwHiJt5yA8X2dDtfk8/Ph1Jx2TwGS+lGjlZaNqp3R1xuAZzXzZMLyZDe5+i3RJ
skqmFTbOiA===Eqsm
-----END PGP MESSAGE-----
Encrypted CLI Pillar Data
New in version 2016.3.0.
Functions like state.highstate and state.sls allow for pillar data to be passed on the
CLI.
salt myminion state.highstate pillar="{'mypillar': 'foo'}"
Starting with the 2016.3.0 release of Salt, it is now possible for this pillar data to be
GPG-encrypted, and to use the GPG renderer to decrypt it.
Replacing Newlines
To pass encrypted pillar data on the CLI, the ciphertext must have its newlines replaced
with a literal backslash-n (\n), as newlines are not supported within Salt CLI arguments.
There are a number of ways to do this:
With awk or Perl:
# awk
ciphertext=`echo -n "supersecret" | gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r ↲
@domain.com | awk '{printf "%s\\n",$0} END {print ""}'`
# Perl
ciphertext=`echo -n "supersecret" | gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r ↲
@domain.com | perl -pe 's/\n/\\n/g'`
With Python:
import subprocess
secret, stderr = subprocess.Popen(
['gpg', '--armor', '--batch', '--trust-model', 'always', '--encrypt',
'-r', '@domain.com'],
stdin=subprocess.PIPE,
stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
stderr=subprocess.PIPE).communicate(input='supersecret')
if secret:
print(secret.replace('\n', r'\n'))
else:
raise ValueError('No ciphertext found: {0}'.format(stderr))
ciphertext=`python /path/to/script.py`
The ciphertext can be included in the CLI pillar data like so:
salt myminion state.sls secretstuff pillar_enc=gpg pillar="{secret_pillar: '$ciphertext'}"
The pillar_enc=gpg argument tells Salt that there is GPG-encrypted pillar data, so that
the CLI pillar data is passed through the GPG renderer, which will iterate recursively
though the CLI pillar dictionary to decrypt any encrypted values.
Encrypting the Entire CLI Pillar Dictionary
If several values need to be encrypted, it may be more convenient to encrypt the entire
CLI pillar dictionary. Again, this can be done in several ways:
With awk or Perl:
# awk
ciphertext=`echo -n "{'secret_a': 'CorrectHorseBatteryStaple', 'secret_b': 'GPG is fun!'}" ↲
| gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r @domain.com | awk '{printf "%s\\n",$0} END {print ""}'`
# Perl
ciphertext=`echo -n "{'secret_a': 'CorrectHorseBatteryStaple', 'secret_b': 'GPG is fun!'}" ↲
| gpg --armor --batch --trust-model always --encrypt -r @domain.com | perl -pe 's/\n/\\n/g'`
With Python:
import subprocess
pillar_data = {'secret_a': 'CorrectHorseBatteryStaple',
'secret_b': 'GPG is fun!'}
secret, stderr = subprocess.Popen(
['gpg', '--armor', '--batch', '--trust-model', 'always', '--encrypt',
'-r', '@domain.com'],
stdin=subprocess.PIPE,
stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
stderr=subprocess.PIPE).communicate(input=repr(pillar_data))
if secret:
print(secret.replace('\n', r'\n'))
else:
raise ValueError('No ciphertext found: {0}'.format(stderr))
ciphertext=`python /path/to/script.py`
With the entire pillar dictionary now encrypted, it can be included in the CLI pillar data
like so:
salt myminion state.sls secretstuff pillar_enc=gpg pillar="$ciphertext"
salt.renderers.gpg.render(gpg_data, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', **kwargs)
Create a gpg object given a gpg_keydir, and then use it to try to decrypt the data
to be rendered.
salt.renderers.hjson
Hjson Renderer for Salt http://laktak.github.io/hjson/
salt.renderers.hjson.render(hjson_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts HJSON as a string or as a file object and runs it through the HJSON parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.jinja
Jinja loading utils to enable a more powerful backend for jinja templates
For Jinja usage information see Understanding Jinja.
salt.renderers.jinja.render(template_file, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', con‐
text=None, tmplpath=None, **kws)
Render the template_file, passing the functions and grains into the Jinja rendering
system.
Return type
string
class salt.utils.jinja.SerializerExtension(environment)
Yaml and Json manipulation.
Format filters
Allows jsonifying or yamlifying any data structure. For example, this dataset:
data = {
'foo': True,
'bar': 42,
'baz': [1, 2, 3],
'qux': 2.0
}
yaml = {{ data|yaml }}
json = {{ data|json }}
python = {{ data|python }}
will be rendered as:
yaml = {bar: 42, baz: [1, 2, 3], foo: true, qux: 2.0}
json = {"baz": [1, 2, 3], "foo": true, "bar": 42, "qux": 2.0}
python = {'bar': 42, 'baz': [1, 2, 3], 'foo': True, 'qux': 2.0}
The yaml filter takes an optional flow_style parameter to control the
default-flow-style parameter of the YAML dumper.
{{ data|yaml(False) }}
will be rendered as:
bar: 42
baz:
- 1
- 2
- 3
foo: true
qux: 2.0
Load filters
Strings and variables can be deserialized with load_yaml and load_json tags and
filters. It allows one to manipulate data directly in templates, easily:
{%- set yaml_src = "{foo: it works}"|load_yaml %}
{%- set json_src = "{'bar': 'for real'}"|load_json %}
Dude, {{ yaml_src.foo }} {{ json_src.bar }}!
will be rendered as:
Dude, it works for real!
Load tags
Salt implements load_yaml and load_json tags. They work like the import tag, except
that the document is also deserialized.
Syntaxes are {% load_yaml as [VARIABLE] %}[YOUR DATA]{% endload %} and {% load_json
as [VARIABLE] %}[YOUR DATA]{% endload %}
For example:
{% load_yaml as yaml_src %}
foo: it works
{% endload %}
{% load_json as json_src %}
{
"bar": "for real"
}
{% endload %}
Dude, {{ yaml_src.foo }} {{ json_src.bar }}!
will be rendered as:
Dude, it works for real!
Import tags
External files can be imported and made available as a Jinja variable.
{% import_yaml "myfile.yml" as myfile %}
{% import_json "defaults.json" as defaults %}
{% import_text "completeworksofshakespeare.txt" as poems %}
Catalog
import_* and load_* tags will automatically expose their target variable to import.
This feature makes catalog of data to handle.
for example:
# doc1.sls
{% load_yaml as var1 %}
foo: it works
{% endload %}
{% load_yaml as var2 %}
bar: for real
{% endload %}
# doc2.sls
{% from "doc1.sls" import var1, var2 as local2 %}
{{ var1.foo }} {{ local2.bar }}
** Escape Filters **
New in version 2017.7.0.
Allows escaping of strings so they can be interpreted literally by another func‐
tion.
For example:
regex_escape = {{ 'https://example.com?foo=bar%20baz' | regex_escape }}
will be rendered as:
regex_escape = https\:\/\/example\.com\?foo\=bar\%20baz
** Set Theory Filters **
New in version 2017.7.0.
Performs set math using Jinja filters.
For example:
unique = {{ ['foo', 'foo', 'bar'] | unique }}
will be rendered as:
unique = ['foo', 'bar']
salt.renderers.json
JSON Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.json.render(json_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts JSON as a string or as a file object and runs it through the JSON parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.json5
JSON5 Renderer for Salt
New in version 2016.3.0.
JSON5 is an unofficial extension to JSON. See http://json5.org/ for more information.
This renderer requires the json5 python bindings, installable via pip.
salt.renderers.json5.render(json_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts JSON as a string or as a file object and runs it through the JSON parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.mako
Mako Renderer for Salt
salt.renderers.mako.render(template_file, saltenv='base', sls='', context=None,
tmplpath=None, **kws)
Render the template_file, passing the functions and grains into the Mako rendering
system.
Return type
string
salt.renderers.msgpack
salt.renderers.msgpack.render(msgpack_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts a message pack string or a file object, renders said data back to a python
dict.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.pass module
Pass Renderer for Salt
[pass](https://www.passwordstore.org/)
New in version 2017.7.0.
# Setup __Note__: <user> needs to be replaced with the user salt-master will be running as
1. Have private gpg loaded into user's gpg keyring * Example salt code
``
` load_private_gpg_key:
cmd.run:
· name: gpg --import <location_of_private_gpg_key>
· unless: gpg --list-keys '<gpg_name>'
``
`
1. Said private key's public key should have been used when encrypting pass entries that
are of interest for pillar data 1. Fetch and keep local pass git repo up-to-date
·
Example salt code
``
` update_pass:
git.latest:
· force_reset: True
· name: <git_repo>
· target: /<user>/.password-store
· identity: <location_of_ssh_private_key>
· require: - cmd: load_private_gpg_key
``
`
1. Install pass binary * Example salt code
``
` pass:
pkg.installed
``
`
salt.renderers.pass.render(pass_info, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', **kwargs)
Fetch secret from pass based on pass_path
salt.renderers.py
Pure python state renderer
The SLS file should contain a function called run which returns high state data. The
highstate data is a dictionary containing identifiers as keys, and execution dictionaries
as values. For example the following state declaration in YAML:
common_packages:
pkg.installed:
- pkgs:
- curl
- vim
tranlastes to:
{'common_packages': {'pkg.installed': [{'pkgs': ['curl', 'vim']}]}}
In this module, a few objects are defined for you, giving access to Salt's execution func‐
tions, grains, pillar, etc. They are:
· __salt__ - Execution functions (i.e. __salt__['test.echo']('foo'))
· __grains__ - Grains (i.e. __grains__['os'])
· __pillar__ - Pillar data (i.e. __pillar__['foo'])
· __opts__ - Minion configuration options
· __env__ - The effective salt fileserver environment (i.e. base). Also referred to as a
"saltenv". __env__ should not be modified in a pure python SLS file. To use a different
environment, the environment should be set when executing the state. This can be done in
a couple different ways:
· Using the saltenv argument on the salt CLI (i.e. salt '*' state.sls foo.bar.baz
saltenv=env_name).
· By adding a saltenv argument to an individual state within the SLS file. In other
words, adding a line like this to the state's data structure: {'saltenv': 'env_name'}
· __sls__ - The SLS path of the file. For example, if the root of the base environment is
/srv/salt, and the SLS file is /srv/salt/foo/bar/baz.sls, then __sls__ in that file will
be foo.bar.baz.
The global contet data (same as context
``
{{ data }}` ` for states written with Jinja + YAML. The following YAML + Jinja state dec‐
laration:
{% if data['id'] == 'mysql1' %}
highstate_run:
local.state.apply:
- tgt: mysql1
{% endif %}
Translate to:
if data['id'] == 'mysql1':
return {'highstate_run': {'local.state.apply': [{'tgt': 'mysql1'}]}}
#!py
def run():
config = {}
if __grains__['os'] == 'Ubuntu':
user = 'ubuntu'
group = 'ubuntu'
home = '/home/{0}'.format(user)
else:
user = 'root'
group = 'root'
home = '/root/'
config['s3cmd'] = {
'pkg': [
'installed',
{'name': 's3cmd'},
],
}
config[home + '/.s3cfg'] = {
'file.managed': [
{'source': 'salt://s3cfg/templates/s3cfg'},
{'template': 'jinja'},
{'user': user},
{'group': group},
{'mode': 600},
{'context': {
'aws_key': __pillar__['AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID'],
'aws_secret_key': __pillar__['AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY'],
},
},
],
}
return config
salt.renderers.py.render(template, saltenv='base', sls='', tmplpath=None, **kws)
Render the python module's components
Return type
string
salt.renderers.pydsl
A Python-based DSL
maintainer
Jack Kuan <@gmail.com>
maturity
new
platform
all
The pydsl renderer allows one to author salt formulas (.sls files) in pure Python using a
DSL that's easy to write and easy to read. Here's an example:
#!pydsl
apache = state('apache')
apache.pkg.installed()
apache.service.running()
state('/var/www/index.html') \
.file('managed',
source='salt://webserver/index.html') \
.require(pkg='apache')
Notice that any Python code is allow in the file as it's really a Python module, so you
have the full power of Python at your disposal. In this module, a few objects are defined
for you, including the usual (with __ added) __salt__ dictionary, __grains__, __pillar__,
__opts__, __env__, and __sls__, plus a few more:
__file__
local file system path to the sls module.
__pydsl__
Salt PyDSL object, useful for configuring DSL behavior per sls rendering.
include
Salt PyDSL function for creating include-declaration's.
extend
Salt PyDSL function for creating extend-declaration's.
state
Salt PyDSL function for creating ID-declaration's.
A state ID-declaration is created with a state(id) function call. Subsequent state(id)
call with the same id returns the same object. This singleton access pattern applies to
all declaration objects created with the DSL.
state('example')
assert state('example') is state('example')
assert state('example').cmd is state('example').cmd
assert state('example').cmd.running is state('example').cmd.running
The id argument is optional. If omitted, an UUID will be generated and used as the id.
state(id) returns an object under which you can create a state-declaration object by
accessing an attribute named after any state module available in Salt.
state('example').cmd
state('example').file
state('example').pkg
...
Then, a function-declaration object can be created from a state-declaration object by one
of the following two ways:
1. by calling a method named after the state function on the state-declaration object.
state('example').file.managed(...)
2. by directly calling the attribute named for the state-declaration, and supplying the
state function name as the first argument.
state('example').file('managed', ...)
With either way of creating a function-declaration object, any function-arg-declaration's
can be passed as keyword arguments to the call. Subsequent calls of a function-declaration
will update the arg declarations.
state('example').file('managed', source='salt://webserver/index.html')
state('example').file.managed(source='salt://webserver/index.html')
As a shortcut, the special name argument can also be passed as the first or second posi‐
tional argument depending on the first or second way of calling the state-declaration
object. In the following two examples ls -la is the name argument.
state('example').cmd.run('ls -la', cwd='/')
state('example').cmd('run', 'ls -la', cwd='/')
Finally, a requisite-declaration object with its requisite-reference's can be created by
invoking one of the requisite methods (see State Requisites) on either a function-declara‐
tion object or a state-declaration object. The return value of a requisite call is also a
function-declaration object, so you can chain several requisite calls together.
Arguments to a requisite call can be a list of state-declaration objects and/or a set of
keyword arguments whose names are state modules and values are IDs of ID-declaration's or
names of name-declaration's.
apache2 = state('apache2')
apache2.pkg.installed()
state('libapache2-mod-wsgi').pkg.installed()
# you can call requisites on function declaration
apache2.service.running() \
.require(apache2.pkg,
pkg='libapache2-mod-wsgi') \
.watch(file='/etc/apache2/httpd.conf')
# or you can call requisites on state declaration.
# this actually creates an anonymous function declaration object
# to add the requisites.
apache2.service.require(state('libapache2-mod-wsgi').pkg,
pkg='apache2') \
.watch(file='/etc/apache2/httpd.conf')
# we still need to set the name of the function declaration.
apache2.service.running()
include-declaration objects can be created with the include function, while extend-decla‐
ration objects can be created with the extend function, whose arguments are just func‐
tion-declaration objects.
include('edit.vim', 'http.server')
extend(state('apache2').service.watch(file='/etc/httpd/httpd.conf')
The include function, by default, causes the included sls file to be rendered as soon as
the include function is called. It returns a list of rendered module objects; sls files
not rendered with the pydsl renderer return None's. This behavior creates no include-dec‐
laration's in the resulting high state data structure.
import types
# including multiple sls returns a list.
_, mod = include('a-non-pydsl-sls', 'a-pydsl-sls')
assert _ is None
assert isinstance(slsmods[1], types.ModuleType)
# including a single sls returns a single object
mod = include('a-pydsl-sls')
# myfunc is a function that calls state(...) to create more states.
mod.myfunc(1, 2, "three")
Notice how you can define a reusable function in your pydsl sls module and then call it
via the module returned by include.
It's still possible to do late includes by passing the delayed=True keyword argument to
include.
include('edit.vim', 'http.server', delayed=True)
Above will just create a include-declaration in the rendered result, and such call always
returns None.
Special integration with the cmd state
Taking advantage of rendering a Python module, PyDSL allows you to declare a state that
calls a pre-defined Python function when the state is executed.
greeting = "hello world"
def helper(something, *args, **kws):
print greeting # hello world
print something, args, kws # test123 ['a', 'b', 'c'] {'x': 1, 'y': 2}
state().cmd.call(helper, "test123", 'a', 'b', 'c', x=1, y=2)
The cmd.call state function takes care of calling our helper function with the arguments
we specified in the states, and translates the return value of our function into a struc‐
ture expected by the state system. See salt.states.cmd.call() for more information.
Implicit ordering of states
Salt states are explicitly ordered via requisite-declaration's. However, with pydsl it's
possible to let the renderer track the order of creation for function-declaration objects,
and implicitly add require requisites for your states to enforce the ordering. This fea‐
ture is enabled by setting the ordered option on __pydsl__.
NOTE:
this feature is only available if your minions are using Python >= 2.7.
include('some.sls.file')
A = state('A').cmd.run(cwd='/var/tmp')
extend(A)
__pydsl__.set(ordered=True)
for i in range(10):
i = str(i)
state(i).cmd.run('echo '+i, cwd='/')
state('1').cmd.run('echo one')
state('2').cmd.run(name='echo two')
Notice that the ordered option needs to be set after any extend calls. This is to prevent
pydsl from tracking the creation of a state function that's passed to an extend call.
Above example should create states from 0 to 9 that will output 0, one, two, 3, ... 9, in
that order.
It's important to know that pydsl tracks the creations of function-declaration objects,
and automatically adds a require requisite to a function-declaration object that requires
the last function-declaration object created before it in the sls file.
This means later calls (perhaps to update the function's function-arg-declaration) to a
previously created function declaration will not change the order.
Render time state execution
When Salt processes a salt formula file, the file is rendered to salt's high state data
representation by a renderer before the states can be executed. In the case of the pydsl
renderer, the .sls file is executed as a python module as it is being rendered which makes
it easy to execute a state at render time. In pydsl, executing one or more states at ren‐
der time can be done by calling a configured ID-declaration object.
#!pydsl
s = state() # save for later invocation
# configure it
s.cmd.run('echo at render time', cwd='/')
s.file.managed('target.txt', source='salt://source.txt')
s() # execute the two states now
Once an ID-declaration is called at render time it is detached from the sls module as if
it was never defined.
NOTE:
If implicit ordering is enabled (i.e., via __pydsl__.set(ordered=True)) then the first
invocation of a ID-declaration object must be done before a new function-declaration is
created.
Integration with the stateconf renderer
The salt.renderers.stateconf renderer offers a few interesting features that can be lever‐
aged by the pydsl renderer. In particular, when using with the pydsl renderer, we are
interested in stateconf's sls namespacing feature (via dot-prefixed id declarations), as
well as, the automatic start and goal states generation.
Now you can use pydsl with stateconf like this:
#!pydsl|stateconf -ps
include('xxx', 'yyy')
# ensure that states in xxx run BEFORE states in this file.
extend(state('.start').stateconf.require(stateconf='xxx::goal'))
# ensure that states in yyy run AFTER states in this file.
extend(state('.goal').stateconf.require_in(stateconf='yyy::start'))
__pydsl__.set(ordered=True)
...
-s enables the generation of a stateconf start state, and -p lets us pipe high state data
rendered by pydsl to stateconf. This example shows that by require-ing or require_in-ing
the included sls' start or goal states, it's possible to ensure that the included sls
files can be made to execute before or after a state in the including sls file.
Importing custom Python modules
To use a custom Python module inside a PyDSL state, place the module somewhere that it can
be loaded by the Salt loader, such as _modules in the /srv/salt directory.
Then, copy it to any minions as necessary by using saltutil.sync_modules.
To import into a PyDSL SLS, one must bypass the Python importer and insert it manually by
getting a reference from Python's sys.modules dictionary.
For example:
#!pydsl|stateconf -ps
def main():
my_mod = sys.modules['salt.loaded.ext.module.my_mod']
salt.renderers.pydsl.render(template, saltenv='base', sls='', tmplpath=None, ren‐
dered_sls=None, **kws)
salt.renderers.pyobjects
Python renderer that includes a Pythonic Object based interface
maintainer
Evan Borgstrom <@borgstrom.ca>
Let's take a look at how you use pyobjects in a state file. Here's a quick example that
ensures the /tmp directory is in the correct state.
#!pyobjects
File.managed("/tmp", user='root', group='root', mode='1777')
Nice and Pythonic!
By using the "shebang" syntax to switch to the pyobjects renderer we can now write our
state data using an object based interface that should feel at home to python developers.
You can import any module and do anything that you'd like (with caution, importing
sqlalchemy, django or other large frameworks has not been tested yet). Using the pyobjects
renderer is exactly the same as using the built-in Python renderer with the exception that
pyobjects provides you with an object based interface for generating state data.
Creating state data
Pyobjects takes care of creating an object for each of the available states on the minion.
Each state is represented by an object that is the CamelCase version of its name (i.e.
File, Service, User, etc), and these objects expose all of their available state functions
(i.e. File.managed, Service.running, etc).
The name of the state is split based upon underscores (_), then each part is capitalized
and finally the parts are joined back together.
Some examples:
· postgres_user becomes PostgresUser
· ssh_known_hosts becomes SshKnownHosts
Context Managers and requisites
How about something a little more complex. Here we're going to get into the core of how to
use pyobjects to write states.
#!pyobjects
with Pkg.installed("nginx"):
Service.running("nginx", enable=True)
with Service("nginx", "watch_in"):
File.managed("/etc/nginx/conf.d/mysite.conf",
owner='root', group='root', mode='0444',
source='salt://nginx/mysite.conf')
The objects that are returned from each of the magic method calls are setup to be used a
Python context managers (with) and when you use them as such all declarations made within
the scope will automatically use the enclosing state as a requisite!
The above could have also been written use direct requisite statements as.
#!pyobjects
Pkg.installed("nginx")
Service.running("nginx", enable=True, require=Pkg("nginx"))
File.managed("/etc/nginx/conf.d/mysite.conf",
owner='root', group='root', mode='0444',
source='salt://nginx/mysite.conf',
watch_in=Service("nginx"))
You can use the direct requisite statement for referencing states that are generated out‐
side of the current file.
#!pyobjects
# some-other-package is defined in some other state file
Pkg.installed("nginx", require=Pkg("some-other-package"))
The last thing that direct requisites provide is the ability to select which of the Salt‐
Stack requisites you want to use (require, require_in, watch, watch_in, use & use_in) when
using the requisite as a context manager.
#!pyobjects
with Service("my-service", "watch_in"):
...
The above example would cause all declarations inside the scope of the context manager to
automatically have their watch_in set to Service("my-service").
Including and Extending
To include other states use the include() function. It takes one name per state to
include.
To extend another state use the extend() function on the name when creating a state.
#!pyobjects
include('http', 'ssh')
Service.running(extend('apache'),
watch=[File('/etc/httpd/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf')])
Importing from other state files
Like any Python project that grows you will likely reach a point where you want to create
reusability in your state tree and share objects between state files, Map Data (described
below) is a perfect example of this.
To facilitate this Python's import statement has been augmented to allow for a special
case when working with a Salt state tree. If you specify a Salt url (salt://...) as the
target for importing from then the pyobjects renderer will take care of fetching the file
for you, parsing it with all of the pyobjects features available and then place the
requested objects in the global scope of the template being rendered.
This works for all types of import statements; import X, from X import Y, and from X
import Y as Z.
#!pyobjects
import salt://myfile.sls
from salt://something/data.sls import Object
from salt://something/data.sls import Object as Other
See the Map Data section for a more practical use.
Caveats:
· Imported objects are ALWAYS put into the global scope of your template, regardless of
where your import statement is.
Salt object
In the spirit of the object interface for creating state data pyobjects also provides a
simple object interface to the __salt__ object.
A function named salt exists in scope for your sls files and will dispatch its attributes
to the __salt__ dictionary.
The following lines are functionally equivalent:
#!pyobjects
ret = salt.cmd.run(bar)
ret = __salt__['cmd.run'](bar)
Pillar, grain, mine & config data
Pyobjects provides shortcut functions for calling pillar.get, grains.get, mine.get & con‐
fig.get on the __salt__ object. This helps maintain the readability of your state files.
Each type of data can be access by a function of the same name: pillar(), grains(), mine()
and config().
The following pairs of lines are functionally equivalent:
#!pyobjects
value = pillar('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
value = __salt__['pillar.get']('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
value = grains('pkg:apache')
value = __salt__['grains.get']('pkg:apache')
value = mine('os:Fedora', 'network.interfaces', 'grain')
value = __salt__['mine.get']('os:Fedora', 'network.interfaces', 'grain')
value = config('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
value = __salt__['config.get']('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')
Map Data
When building complex states or formulas you often need a way of building up a map of data
based on grain data. The most common use of this is tracking the package and service name
differences between distributions.
To build map data using pyobjects we provide a class named Map that you use to build your
own classes with inner classes for each set of values for the different grain matches.
#!pyobjects
class Samba(Map):
merge = 'samba:lookup'
# NOTE: priority is new to 2017.7.0
priority = ('os_family', 'os')
class Ubuntu:
__grain__ = 'os'
service = 'smbd'
class Debian:
server = 'samba'
client = 'samba-client'
service = 'samba'
class RHEL:
__match__ = 'RedHat'
server = 'samba'
client = 'samba'
service = 'smb'
NOTE:
By default, the os_family grain will be used as the target for matching. This can be
overridden by specifying a __grain__ attribute.
If a __match__ attribute is defined for a given class, then that value will be matched
against the targeted grain, otherwise the class name's value will be be matched.
Given the above example, the following is true:
1. Minions with an os_family of Debian will be assigned the attributes defined in the
Debian class.
2. Minions with an os grain of Ubuntu will be assigned the attributes defined in the
Ubuntu class.
3. Minions with an os_family grain of RedHat will be assigned the attributes defined in
the RHEL class.
That said, sometimes a minion may match more than one class. For instance, in the above
example, Ubuntu minions will match both the Debian and Ubuntu classes, since Ubuntu has
an os_family grain of Debian an an os grain of Ubuntu. As of the 2017.7.0 release, the
order is dictated by the order of declaration, with classes defined later overriding
earlier ones. Addtionally, 2017.7.0 adds support for explicitly defining the ordering
using an optional attribute called priority.
Given the above example, os_family matches will be processed first, with os matches
processed after. This would have the effect of assigning smbd as the service attribute
on Ubuntu minions. If the priority item was not defined, or if the order of the items
in the priority tuple were reversed, Ubuntu minions would have a service attribute of
samba, since os_family matches would have been processed second.
To use this new data you can import it into your state file and then access your
attributes. To access the data in the map you simply access the attribute name on the base
class that is extending Map. Assuming the above Map was in the file samba/map.sls, you
could do the following.
#!pyobjects
from salt://samba/map.sls import Samba
with Pkg.installed("samba", names=[Samba.server, Samba.client]):
Service.running("samba", name=Samba.service)
class salt.renderers.pyobjects.PyobjectsModule(name, attrs)
This provides a wrapper for bare imports.
salt.renderers.pyobjects.load_states()
This loads our states into the salt __context__
salt.renderers.pyobjects.render(template, saltenv='base', sls='', salt_data=True,
**kwargs)
salt.renderers.stateconf
maintainer
Jack Kuan <@gmail.com>
maturity
new
platform
all
This module provides a custom renderer that processes a salt file with a specified tem‐
plating engine (e.g. Jinja) and a chosen data renderer (e.g. YAML), extracts arguments for
any stateconf.set state, and provides the extracted arguments (including Salt-specific
args, such as require, etc) as template context. The goal is to make writing reusable/con‐
figurable/parameterized salt files easier and cleaner.
To use this renderer, either set it as the default renderer via the renderer option in
master/minion's config, or use the shebang line in each individual sls file, like so:
#!stateconf. Note, due to the way this renderer works, it must be specified as the first
renderer in a render pipeline. That is, you cannot specify #!mako|yaml|stateconf, for
example. Instead, you specify them as renderer arguments: #!stateconf mako . yaml.
Here's a list of features enabled by this renderer.
· Prefixes any state id (declaration or reference) that starts with a dot (.) to avoid
duplicated state ids when the salt file is included by other salt files.
For example, in the salt://some/file.sls, a state id such as .sls_params will be turned
into some.file::sls_params. Example:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.vim:
pkg.installed
Above will be translated into:
some.file::vim:
pkg.installed:
- name: vim
Notice how that if a state under a dot-prefixed state id has no name argument then one
will be added automatically by using the state id with the leading dot stripped off.
The leading dot trick can be used with extending state ids as well, so you can include
relatively and extend relatively. For example, when extending a state in
salt://some/other_file.sls, e.g.:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
include:
- .file
extend:
.file::sls_params:
stateconf.set:
- name1: something
Above will be pre-processed into:
include:
- some.file
extend:
some.file::sls_params:
stateconf.set:
- name1: something
· Adds a sls_dir context variable that expands to the directory containing the rendering
salt file. So, you can write salt://{{sls_dir}}/... to reference templates files used by
your salt file.
· Recognizes the special state function, stateconf.set, that configures a default list of
named arguments usable within the template context of the salt file. Example:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.sls_params:
stateconf.set:
- name1: value1
- name2: value2
- name3:
- value1
- value2
- value3
- require_in:
- cmd: output
# --- end of state config ---
.output:
cmd.run:
- name: |
echo 'name1={{sls_params.name1}}
name2={{sls_params.name2}}
name3[1]={{sls_params.name3[1]}}
'
This even works with include + extend so that you can override the default configured
arguments by including the salt file and then extend the stateconf.set states that come
from the included salt file. (IMPORTANT: Both the included and the extending sls files
must use the stateconf renderer for this ``extend`` to work!)
Notice that the end of configuration marker (# --- end of state config --) is needed to
separate the use of 'stateconf.set' form the rest of your salt file. The regex that
matches such marker can be configured via the stateconf_end_marker option in your master
or minion config file.
Sometimes, it is desirable to set a default argument value that's based on earlier argu‐
ments in the same stateconf.set. For example, it may be tempting to do something like
this:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.apache:
stateconf.set:
- host: localhost
- port: 1234
- url: 'http://{{host}}:{{port}}/'
# --- end of state config ---
.test:
cmd.run:
- name: echo '{{apache.url}}'
- cwd: /
However, this won't work. It can however be worked around like so:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
.apache:
stateconf.set:
- host: localhost
- port: 1234
{# - url: 'http://{{host}}:{{port}}/' #}
# --- end of state config ---
# {{ apache.setdefault('url', "http://%(host)s:%(port)s/" % apache) }}
.test:
cmd.run:
- name: echo '{{apache.url}}'
- cwd: /
· Adds support for relative include and exclude of .sls files. Example:
#!stateconf yaml . jinja
include:
- .apache
- .db.mysql
- ..app.django
exclude:
- sls: .users
If the above is written in a salt file at salt://some/where.sls then it will include
salt://some/apache.sls, salt://some/db/mysql.sls and salt://app/django.sls, and exclude
salt://some/users.ssl. Actually, it does that by rewriting the above include and exclude
into:
include:
- some.apache
- some.db.mysql
- app.django
exclude:
- sls: some.users
· Optionally (enabled by default, disable via the -G renderer option, e.g. in the shebang
line: #!stateconf -G), generates a stateconf.set goal state (state id named as .goal by
default, configurable via the master/minion config option, stateconf_goal_state) that
requires all other states in the salt file. Note, the .goal state id is subject to
dot-prefix rename rule mentioned earlier.
Such goal state is intended to be required by some state in an including salt file. For
example, in your webapp salt file, if you include a sls file that is supposed to setup
Tomcat, you might want to make sure that all states in the Tomcat sls file will be exe‐
cuted before some state in the webapp sls file.
· Optionally (enable via the -o renderer option, e.g. in the shebang line: #!stateconf
-o), orders the states in a sls file by adding a require requisite to each state such
that every state requires the state defined just before it. The order of the states here
is the order they are defined in the sls file. (Note: this feature is only available if
your minions are using Python >= 2.7. For Python2.6, it should also work if you install
the ordereddict module from PyPI)
By enabling this feature, you are basically agreeing to author your sls files in a way
that gives up the explicit (or implicit?) ordering imposed by the use of require, watch,
require_in or watch_in requisites, and instead, you rely on the order of states you
define in the sls files. This may or may not be a better way for you. However, if there
are many states defined in a sls file, then it tends to be easier to see the order they
will be executed with this feature.
You are still allowed to use all the requisites, with a few restrictions. You cannot
require or watch a state defined after the current state. Similarly, in a state, you
cannot require_in or watch_in a state defined before it. Breaking any of the two
restrictions above will result in a state loop. The renderer will check for such incor‐
rect uses if this feature is enabled.
Additionally, names declarations cannot be used with this feature because the way they
are compiled into low states make it impossible to guarantee the order in which they
will be executed. This is also checked by the renderer. As a workaround for not being
able to use names, you can achieve the same effect, by generate your states with the
template engine available within your sls file.
Finally, with the use of this feature, it becomes possible to easily make an included
sls file execute all its states after some state (say, with id X) in the including sls
file. All you have to do is to make state, X, require_in the first state defined in the
included sls file.
When writing sls files with this renderer, one should avoid using what can be defined in a
name argument of a state as the state's id. That is, avoid writing states like this:
/path/to/some/file:
file.managed:
- source: salt://some/file
cp /path/to/some/file file2:
cmd.run:
- cwd: /
- require:
- file: /path/to/some/file
Instead, define the state id and the name argument separately for each state. Also, the ID
should be something meaningful and easy to reference within a requisite (which is a good
habit anyway, and such extra indirection would also makes the sls file easier to modify
later). Thus, the above states should be written like this:
add-some-file:
file.managed:
- name: /path/to/some/file
- source: salt://some/file
copy-files:
cmd.run:
- name: cp /path/to/some/file file2
- cwd: /
- require:
- file: add-some-file
Moreover, when referencing a state from a requisite, you should reference the state's id
plus the state name rather than the state name plus its name argument. (Yes, in the above
example, you can actually require the file: /path/to/some/file, instead of the file:
add-some-file). The reason is that this renderer will re-write or rename state id's and
their references for state id's prefixed with .. So, if you reference name then there's no
way to reliably rewrite such reference.
salt.renderers.wempy
salt.renderers.wempy.render(template_file, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', con‐
text=None, **kws)
Render the data passing the functions and grains into the rendering system
Return type
string
salt.renderers.yaml
Understanding YAML
The default renderer for SLS files is the YAML renderer. YAML is a markup language with
many powerful features. However, Salt uses a small subset of YAML that maps over very com‐
monly used data structures, like lists and dictionaries. It is the job of the YAML ren‐
derer to take the YAML data structure and compile it into a Python data structure for use
by Salt.
Though YAML syntax may seem daunting and terse at first, there are only three very simple
rules to remember when writing YAML for SLS files.
Rule One: Indentation
YAML uses a fixed indentation scheme to represent relationships between data layers. Salt
requires that the indentation for each level consists of exactly two spaces. Do not use
tabs.
Rule Two: Colons
Python dictionaries are, of course, simply key-value pairs. Users from other languages may
recognize this data type as hashes or associative arrays.
Dictionary keys are represented in YAML as strings terminated by a trailing colon. Values
are represented by either a string following the colon, separated by a space:
my_key: my_value
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_key': 'my_value'}
Dictionaries can be nested:
first_level_dict_key:
second_level_dict_key: value_in_second_level_dict
And in Python:
{'first_level_dict_key': {'second_level_dict_key': 'value_in_second_level_dict' }
Rule Three: Dashes
To represent lists of items, a single dash followed by a space is used. Multiple items are
a part of the same list as a function of their having the same level of indentation.
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
Lists can be the value of a key-value pair. This is quite common in Salt:
my_dictionary:
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
Reference
YAML Renderer for Salt
For YAML usage information see Understanding YAML.
salt.renderers.yaml.get_yaml_loader(argline)
Return the ordered dict yaml loader
salt.renderers.yaml.render(yaml_data, saltenv='base', sls='', argline='', **kws)
Accepts YAML as a string or as a file object and runs it through the YAML parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
salt.renderers.yamlex
YAMLEX renderer is a replacement of the YAML renderer. It's 100% YAML with a pinch of
Salt magic:
· All mappings are automatically OrderedDict
· All strings are automatically str obj
· data aggregation with !aggregation yaml tag, based on the salt.utils.aggregation module.
· data aggregation over documents for pillar
Instructed aggregation within the !aggregation and the !reset tags:
#!yamlex
foo: !aggregate first
foo: !aggregate second
bar: !aggregate {first: foo}
bar: !aggregate {second: bar}
baz: !aggregate 42
qux: !aggregate default
!reset qux: !aggregate my custom data
is roughly equivalent to
foo: [first, second]
bar: {first: foo, second: bar}
baz: [42]
qux: [my custom data]
Reference
salt.renderers.yamlex.render(sls_data, saltenv='base', sls='', **kws)
Accepts YAML_EX as a string or as a file object and runs it through the YAML_EX
parser.
Return type
A Python data structure
USING SALT
This section describes the fundamental components and concepts that you need to understand to use Salt. Grains Salt comes with an interface to derive information about the underlying system. This is called the grains interface, because it presents salt with grains of information. Grains are collected for the operating system, domain name, IP address, kernel, OS type, memory, and many other system properties. The grains interface is made available to Salt modules and components so that the right salt minion commands are automatically available on the right systems. Grain data is relatively static, though if system information changes (for example, if network settings are changed), or if a new value is assigned to a custom grain, grain data is refreshed. NOTE: Grains resolve to lowercase letters. For example, FOO, and foo target the same grain. Listing Grains Available grains can be listed by using the 'grains.ls' module: salt '*' grains.ls Grains data can be listed by using the 'grains.items' module: salt '*' grains.items Grains in the Minion Config Grains can also be statically assigned within the minion configuration file. Just add the option grains and pass options to it: grains: roles: - webserver - memcache deployment: datacenter4 cabinet: 13 cab_u: 14-15 Then status data specific to your servers can be retrieved via Salt, or used inside of the State system for matching. It also makes targeting, in the case of the example above, sim‐ ply based on specific data about your deployment. Grains in /etc/salt/grains If you do not want to place your custom static grains in the minion config file, you can also put them in /etc/salt/grains on the minion. They are configured in the same way as in the above example, only without a top-level grains: key: roles: - webserver - memcache deployment: datacenter4 cabinet: 13 cab_u: 14-15 NOTE: Grains in /etc/salt/grains are ignored if you specify the same grains in the minion config. NOTE: Grains are static, and since they are not often changed, they will need a grains refresh when they are updated. You can do this by calling: salt minion saltutil.refresh_modules NOTE: You can equally configure static grains for Proxy Minions. As multiple Proxy Minion processes can run on the same machine, you need to index the files using the Minion ID, under /etc/salt/proxy.d/<minion ID>/grains. For example, the grains for the Proxy Min‐ ion router1 can be defined under /etc/salt/proxy.d/router1/grains, while the grains for the Proxy Minion switch7 can be put in /etc/salt/proxy.d/switch7/grains. Matching Grains in the Top File With correctly configured grains on the Minion, the top file used in Pillar or during Highstate can be made very efficient. For example, consider the following configuration: 'node_type:webserver': - match: grain - webserver 'node_type:postgres': - match: grain - postgres 'node_type:redis': - match: grain - redis 'node_type:lb': - match: grain - lb For this example to work, you would need to have defined the grain node_type for the min‐ ions you wish to match. This simple example is nice, but too much of the code is similar. To go one step further, Jinja templating can be used to simplify the top file. {% set the_node_type = salt['grains.get']('node_type', '') %} {% if the_node_type %} 'node_type:{{ the_node_type }}': - match: grain - {{ the_node_type }} {% endif %} Using Jinja templating, only one match entry needs to be defined. NOTE: The example above uses the grains.get function to account for minions which do not have the node_type grain set. Writing Grains The grains are derived by executing all of the "public" functions (i.e. those which do not begin with an underscore) found in the modules located in the Salt's core grains code, followed by those in any custom grains modules. The functions in a grains module must return a Python dict, where the dictionary keys are the names of grains, and each key's value is that value for that grain. Custom grains modules should be placed in a subdirectory named _grains located under the file_roots specified by the master config file. The default path would be /srv/salt/_grains. Custom grains modules will be distributed to the minions when state.highstate is run, or by executing the saltutil.sync_grains or saltutil.sync_all functions. Grains modules are easy to write, and (as noted above) only need to return a dictionary. For example: def yourfunction(): # initialize a grains dictionary grains = {} # Some code for logic that sets grains like grains['yourcustomgrain'] = True grains['anothergrain'] = 'somevalue' return grains The name of the function does not matter and will not factor into the grains data at all; only the keys/values returned become part of the grains. When to Use a Custom Grain Before adding new grains, consider what the data is and remember that grains should (for the most part) be static data. If the data is something that is likely to change, consider using Pillar or an execution module instead. If it's a simple set of key/value pairs, pillar is a good match. If com‐ piling the information requires that system commands be run, then putting this information in an execution module is likely a better idea. Good candidates for grains are data that is useful for targeting minions in the top file or the Salt CLI. The name and data structure of the grain should be designed to support many platforms, operating systems or applications. Also, keep in mind that Jinja templat‐ ing in Salt supports referencing pillar data as well as invoking functions from execution modules, so there's no need to place information in grains to make it available to Jinja templates. For example: ... ... {{ salt['module.function_name']('argument_1', 'argument_2') }} {{ pillar['my_pillar_key'] }} ... ... WARNING: Custom grains will not be available in the top file until after the first highstate. To make custom grains available on a minion's first highstate, it is recommended to use this example to ensure that the custom grains are synced when the minion starts. Loading Custom Grains If you have multiple functions specifying grains that are called from a main function, be sure to prepend grain function names with an underscore. This prevents Salt from including the loaded grains from the grain functions in the final grain data structure. For example, consider this custom grain file: #!/usr/bin/env python def _my_custom_grain(): my_grain = {'foo': 'bar', 'hello': 'world'} return my_grain def main(): # initialize a grains dictionary grains = {} grains['my_grains'] = _my_custom_grain() return grains The output of this example renders like so: # salt-call --local grains.items local: ---------- <Snipped for brevity> my_grains: ---------- foo: bar hello: world However, if you don't prepend the my_custom_grain function with an underscore, the func‐ tion will be rendered twice by Salt in the items output: once for the my_custom_grain call itself, and again when it is called in the main function: # salt-call --local grains.items local: ---------- <Snipped for brevity> foo: bar <Snipped for brevity> hello: world <Snipped for brevity> my_grains: ---------- foo: bar hello: world Precedence Core grains can be overridden by custom grains. As there are several ways of defining cus‐ tom grains, there is an order of precedence which should be kept in mind when defining them. The order of evaluation is as follows: 1. Core grains. 2. Custom grains in /etc/salt/grains. 3. Custom grains in /etc/salt/minion. 4. Custom grain modules in _grains directory, synced to minions. Each successive evaluation overrides the previous ones, so any grains defined by custom grains modules synced to minions that have the same name as a core grain will override that core grain. Similarly, grains from /etc/salt/minion override both core grains and custom grain modules, and grains in _grains will override any grains of the same name. Examples of Grains The core module in the grains package is where the main grains are loaded by the Salt min‐ ion and provides the principal example of how to write grains: https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/grains/core.py Syncing Grains Syncing grains can be done a number of ways, they are automatically synced when state.highstate is called, or (as noted above) the grains can be manually synced and reloaded by calling the saltutil.sync_grains or saltutil.sync_all functions. NOTE: When the grains_cache is set to False, the grains dictionary is built and stored in memory on the minion. Every time the minion restarts or saltutil.refresh_grains is run, the grain dictionary is rebuilt from scratch. Storing Static Data in the Pillar Pillar is an interface for Salt designed to offer global values that can be distributed to minions. Pillar data is managed in a similar way as the Salt State Tree. Pillar was added to Salt in version 0.9.8 NOTE: Storing sensitive data Pillar data is compiled on the master. Additionally, pillar data for a given minion is only accessible by the minion for which it is targeted in the pillar configuration. This makes pillar useful for storing sensitive data specific to a particular minion. Declaring the Master Pillar The Salt Master server maintains a pillar_roots setup that matches the structure of the file_roots used in the Salt file server. Like file_roots, the pillar_roots option maps environments to directories. The pillar data is then mapped to minions based on matchers in a top file which is laid out in the same way as the state top file. Salt pillars can use the same matcher types as the standard top file. conf_master:pillar_roots is configured just like file_roots. For example: pillar_roots: base: - /srv/pillar This example configuration declares that the base environment will be located in the /srv/pillar directory. It must not be in a subdirectory of the state tree. The top file used matches the name of the top file used for States, and has the same structure: /srv/pillar/top.sls base: '*': - packages In the above top file, it is declared that in the base environment, the glob matching all minions will have the pillar data found in the packages pillar available to it. Assuming the pillar_roots value of /srv/pillar taken from above, the packages pillar would be located at /srv/pillar/packages.sls. Any number of matchers can be added to the base environment. For example, here is an expanded version of the Pillar top file stated above: /srv/pillar/top.sls: base: '*': - packages 'web*': - vim In this expanded top file, minions that match web* will have access to the /srv/pil‐ lar/packages.sls file, as well as the /srv/pillar/vim.sls file. Another example shows how to use other standard top matching types to deliver specific salt pillar data to minions with different properties. Here is an example using the grains matcher to target pillars to minions by their os grain: dev: 'os:Debian': - match: grain - servers /srv/pillar/packages.sls {% if grains['os'] == 'RedHat' %} apache: httpd git: git {% elif grains['os'] == 'Debian' %} apache: apache2 git: git-core {% endif %} company: Foo Industries IMPORTANT: See Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure? for important security information. The above pillar sets two key/value pairs. If a minion is running RedHat, then the apache key is set to httpd and the git key is set to the value of git. If the minion is running Debian, those values are changed to apache2 and git-core respectively. All minions that have this pillar targeting to them via a top file will have the key of company with a value of Foo Industries. Consequently this data can be used from within modules, renderers, State SLS files, and more via the shared pillar dict: apache: pkg.installed: - name: {{ pillar['apache'] }} git: pkg.installed: - name: {{ pillar['git'] }} Finally, the above states can utilize the values provided to them via Pillar. All pillar values targeted to a minion are available via the 'pillar' dictionary. As seen in the above example, Jinja substitution can then be utilized to access the keys and values in the Pillar dictionary. Note that you cannot just list key/value-information in top.sls. Instead, target a minion to a pillar file and then list the keys and values in the pillar. Here is an example top file that illustrates this point: base: '*': - common_pillar And the actual pillar file at '/srv/pillar/common_pillar.sls': foo: bar boo: baz NOTE: When working with multiple pillar environments, assuming that each pillar environment has its own top file, the jinja placeholder {{ saltenv }} can be used in place of the environment name: {{ saltenv }}: '*': - common_pillar Yes, this is {{ saltenv }}, and not {{ pillarenv }}. The reason for this is because the Pillar top files are parsed using some of the same code which parses top files when running states, so the pillar environment takes the place of {{ saltenv }} in the jinja context. Pillar Namespace Flattening The separate pillar SLS files all merge down into a single dictionary of key-value pairs. When the same key is defined in multiple SLS files, this can result in unexpected behavior if care is not taken to how the pillar SLS files are laid out. For example, given a top.sls containing the following: base: '*': - packages - services with packages.sls containing: bind: bind9 and services.sls containing: bind: named Then a request for the bind pillar key will only return named. The bind9 value will be lost, because services.sls was evaluated later. NOTE: Pillar files are applied in the order they are listed in the top file. Therefore con‐ flicting keys will be overwritten in a 'last one wins' manner! For example, in the above scenario conflicting key values in services will overwrite those in packages because it's at the bottom of the list. It can be better to structure your pillar files with more hierarchy. For example the pack‐ age.sls file could be configured like so: packages: bind: bind9 This would make the packages pillar key a nested dictionary containing a bind key. Pillar Dictionary Merging If the same pillar key is defined in multiple pillar SLS files, and the keys in both files refer to nested dictionaries, then the content from these dictionaries will be recursively merged. For example, keeping the top.sls the same, assume the following modifications to the pil‐ lar SLS files: packages.sls: bind: package-name: bind9 version: 9.9.5 services.sls: bind: port: 53 listen-on: any The resulting pillar dictionary will be: $ salt-call pillar.get bind local: ---------- listen-on: any package-name: bind9 port: 53 version: 9.9.5 Since both pillar SLS files contained a bind key which contained a nested dictionary, the pillar dictionary's bind key contains the combined contents of both SLS files' bind keys. Including Other Pillars New in version 0.16.0. Pillar SLS files may include other pillar files, similar to State files. Two syntaxes are available for this purpose. The simple form simply includes the additional pillar as if it were part of the same file: include: - users The full include form allows two additional options -- passing default values to the tem‐ plating engine for the included pillar file as well as an optional key under which to nest the results of the included pillar: include: - users: defaults: sudo: ['bob', 'paul'] key: users With this form, the included file (users.sls) will be nested within the 'users' key of the compiled pillar. Additionally, the 'sudo' value will be available as a template variable to users.sls. In-Memory Pillar Data vs. On-Demand Pillar Data Since compiling pillar data is computationally expensive, the minion will maintain a copy of the pillar data in memory to avoid needing to ask the master to recompile and send it a copy of the pillar data each time pillar data is requested. This in-memory pillar data is what is returned by the pillar.item, pillar.get, and pillar.raw functions. Also, for those writing custom execution modules, or contributing to Salt's existing exe‐ cution modules, the in-memory pillar data is available as the __pillar__ dunder dictio‐ nary. The in-memory pillar data is generated on minion start, and can be refreshed using the saltutil.refresh_pillar function: salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar This function triggers the minion to asynchronously refresh the in-memory pillar data and will always return None. In contrast to in-memory pillar data, certain actions trigger pillar data to be compiled to ensure that the most up-to-date pillar data is available. These actions include: · Running states · Running pillar.items Performing these actions will not refresh the in-memory pillar data. So, if pillar data is modified, and then states are run, the states will see the updated pillar data, but pil‐ lar.item, pillar.get, and pillar.raw will not see this data unless refreshed using saltutil.refresh_pillar. How Pillar Environments Are Handled When multiple pillar environments are used, the default behavior is for the pillar data from all environments to be merged together. The pillar dictionary will therefore contain keys from all configured environments. The pillarenv minion config option can be used to force the minion to only consider pillar configuration from a single environment. This can be useful in cases where one needs to run states with alternate pillar data, either in a testing/QA environment or to test changes to the pillar data before pushing them live. For example, assume that the following is set in the minion config file: pillarenv: base This would cause that minion to ignore all other pillar environments besides base when compiling the in-memory pillar data. Then, when running states, the pillarenv CLI argument can be used to override the minion's pillarenv config value: salt '*' state.apply mystates pillarenv=testing The above command will run the states with pillar data sourced exclusively from the test‐ ing environment, without modifying the in-memory pillar data. NOTE: When running states, the pillarenv CLI option does not require a pillarenv option to be set in the minion config file. When pillarenv is left unset, as mentioned above all configured environments will be combined. Running states with pillarenv=testing in this case would still restrict the states' pillar data to just that of the testing pillar environment. Starting in the 2017.7.0 release, it is possible to pin the pillarenv to the effective saltenv, using the pillarenv_from_saltenv minion config option. When this is set to True, if a specific saltenv is specified when running states, the pillarenv will be the same. This essentially makes the following two commands equivalent: salt '*' state.apply mystates saltenv=dev salt '*' state.apply mystates saltenv=dev pillarenv=dev However, if a pillarenv is specified, it will override this behavior. So, the following command will use the qa pillar environment but source the SLS files from the dev saltenv: salt '*' state.apply mystates saltenv=dev pillarenv=qa So, if a pillarenv is set in the minion config file, pillarenv_from_saltenv will be ignored, and passing a pillarenv on the CLI will temporarily override pil‐ larenv_from_saltenv. Viewing Pillar Data To view pillar data, use the pillar execution module. This module includes several func‐ tions, each of them with their own use. These functions include: · pillar.item - Retrieves the value of one or more keys from the in-memory pillar datj. · pillar.items - Compiles a fresh pillar dictionary and returns it, leaving the in-memory pillar data untouched. If pillar keys are passed to this function however, this function acts like pillar.item and returns their values from the in-memory pillar data. · pillar.raw - Like pillar.items, it returns the entire pillar dictionary, but from the in-memory pillar data instead of compiling fresh pillar data. · pillar.get - Described in detail below. The pillar.get Function New in version 0.14.0. The pillar.get function works much in the same way as the get method in a python dict, but with an enhancement: nested dictonaries can be traversed using a colon as a delimiter. If a structure like this is in pillar: foo: bar: baz: qux Extracting it from the raw pillar in an sls formula or file template is done this way: {{ pillar['foo']['bar']['baz'] }} Now, with the new pillar.get function the data can be safely gathered and a default can be set, allowing the template to fall back if the value is not available: {{ salt['pillar.get']('foo:bar:baz', 'qux') }} This makes handling nested structures much easier. NOTE: pillar.get() vs salt['pillar.get']() It should be noted that within templating, the pillar variable is just a dictionary. This means that calling pillar.get() inside of a template will just use the default dictionary .get() function which does not include the extra : delimiter functionality. It must be called using the above syntax (salt['pillar.get']('foo:bar:baz', 'qux')) to get the salt function, instead of the default dictionary behavior. Setting Pillar Data at the Command Line Pillar data can be set at the command line like the following example: salt '*' state.apply pillar='{"cheese": "spam"}' This will add a pillar key of cheese with its value set to spam. NOTE: Be aware that when sending sensitive data via pillar on the command-line that the pub‐ lication containing that data will be received by all minions and will not be restricted to the targeted minions. This may represent a security concern in some cases. Pillar Encryption Salt's renderer system can be used to decrypt pillar data. This allows for pillar items to be stored in an encrypted state, and decrypted during pillar compilation. Encrypted Pillar SLS New in version 2017.7.0. Consider the following pillar SLS file: secrets: vault: foo: | -----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE----- hQEMAw2B674HRhwSAQgAhTrN8NizwUv/VunVrqa4/X8t6EUulrnhKcSeb8sZS4th W1Qz3K2NjL4lkUHCQHKZVx/VoZY7zsddBIFvvoGGfj8+2wjkEDwFmFjGE4DEsS74 ZLRFIFJC1iB/O0AiQ+oU745skQkU6OEKxqavmKMrKo3rvJ8ZCXDC470+i2/Hqrp7 +KWGmaDOO422JaSKRm5D9bQZr9oX7KqnrPG9I1+UbJyQSJdsdtquPWmeIpamEVHb VMDNQRjSezZ1yKC4kCWm3YQbBF76qTHzG1VlLF5qOzuGI9VkyvlMaLfMibriqY73 zBbPzf6Bkp2+Y9qyzuveYMmwS4sEOuZL/PetqisWe9JGAWD/O+slQ2KRu9hNww06 KMDPJRdyj5bRuBVE4hHkkP23KrYr7SuhW2vpe7O/MvWEJ9uDNegpMLhTWruGngJh iFndxegN9w== =bAuo -----END PGP MESSAGE----- bar: this was unencrypted already baz: | -----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE----- hQEMAw2B674HRhwSAQf+Ne+IfsP2IcPDrUWct8sTJrga47jQvlPCmO+7zJjOVcqz gLjUKvMajrbI/jorBWxyAbF+5E7WdG9WHHVnuoywsyTB9rbmzuPqYCJCe+ZVyqWf 9qgJ+oUjcvYIFmH3h7H68ldqbxaAUkAOQbTRHdr253wwaTIC91ZeX0SCj64HfTg7 Izwk383CRWonEktXJpientApQFSUWNeLUWagEr/YPNFA3vzpPF5/Ia9X8/z/6oO2 q+D5W5mVsns3i2HHbg2A8Y+pm4TWnH6mTSh/gdxPqssi9qIrzGQ6H1tEoFFOEq1V kJBe0izlfudqMq62XswzuRB4CYT5Iqw1c97T+1RqENJCASG0Wz8AGhinTdlU5iQl JkLKqBxcBz4L70LYWyHhYwYROJWjHgKAywX5T67ftq0wi8APuZl9olnOkwSK+wrY 1OZi =7epf -----END PGP MESSAGE----- qux: - foo - bar - | -----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE----- hQEMAw2B674HRhwSAQgAg1YCmokrweoOI1c9HO0BLamWBaFPTMblOaTo0WJLZoTS ksbQ3OJAMkrkn3BnnM/djJc5C7vNs86ZfSJ+pvE8Sp1Rhtuxh25EKMqGOn/SBedI gR6N5vGUNiIpG5Tf3DuYAMNFDUqw8uY0MyDJI+ZW3o3xrMUABzTH0ew+Piz85FDA YrVgwZfqyL+9OQuu6T66jOIdwQNRX2NPFZqvon8liZUPus5VzD8E5cAL9OPxQ3sF f7/zE91YIXUTimrv3L7eCgU1dSxKhhfvA2bEUi+AskMWFXFuETYVrIhFJAKnkFmE uZx+O9R9hADW3hM5hWHKH9/CRtb0/cC84I9oCWIQPdI+AaPtICxtsD2N8Q98hhhd 4M7I0sLZhV+4ZJqzpUsOnSpaGyfh1Zy/1d3ijJi99/l+uVHuvmMllsNmgR+ZTj0= =LrCQ -----END PGP MESSAGE----- When the pillar data is compiled, the results will be decrypted: # salt myminion pillar.items myminion: ---------- secrets: ---------- vault: ---------- bar: this was unencrypted already baz: rosebud foo: supersecret qux: - foo - bar - baz Salt must be told what portions of the pillar data to decrypt. This is done using the decrypt_pillar config option: decrypt_pillar: - 'secrets:vault': gpg The notation used to specify the pillar item(s) to be decrypted is the same as the one used in pillar.get function. If a different delimiter is needed, it can be specified using the decrypt_pillar_delimiter config option: decrypt_pillar: - 'secrets|vault': gpg decrypt_pillar_delimiter: '|' The name of the renderer used to decrypt a given pillar item can be omitted, and if so it will fall back to the value specified by the decrypt_pillar_default config option, which defaults to gpg. So, the first example above could be rewritten as: decrypt_pillar: - 'secrets:vault' Encrypted Pillar Data on the CLI New in version 2016.3.0. The following functions support passing pillar data on the CLI via the pillar argument: · pillar.items · state.apply · state.highstate · state.sls Triggerring decryption of this CLI pillar data can be done in one of two ways: 1. Using the pillar_enc argument: # salt myminion pillar.items pillar_enc=gpg pillar='{foo: "-----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE-----\ ↲ n\nhQEMAw2B674HRhwSAQf+OvPqEdDoA2fk15I5dYUTDoj1yf/pVolAma6iU4v8Zixn\nRDgWsaAnFz99FEiFACsAGDEFdZaVOxG80T0Lj+PnW4pVy0OXmXHnY2KjV9zx8FLS\nQxfvmhRR4t23WSFybozfMm0lsN8r1vfBBjbK+A72l0oxN78d1rybJ6PWNZiXi+aC\nmqIeunIbAKQ21w/OvZHhxH7cnIiGQIHc7N9nQH7ibyoKQzQMSZeilSMGr2abAHun\nmLzscr4wKMb+81Z0/fdBfP6g3bLWMJga3hSzSldU9ovu7KR8rDJI1qOlENj3Wm8C\nwTpDOB33kWIKMqiAjY3JFtb5MCHrafyggwQL7cX1+tI+AbSO6kZpbcDfzetb77LZ\nxc5NWnnGK4pGoqq4MAmZshw98RpecSHKMosto2gtiuWCuo9Zn5cV/FbjZ9CTWrQ=\n=0hO/\n-----END PGP MESSAGE-----"}' The newlines in this example are specified using a literal \n. Newlines can be replaced with a literal \n using sed: $ echo -n bar | gpg --armor --trust-model always --encrypt -r@domain.tld | sed ':a ↲
;N;$!ba;s/\n/\\n/g'
NOTE:
Using pillar_enc will perform the decryption minion-side, so for this to work it
will be necessary to set up the keyring in /etc/salt/gpgkeys on the minion just as
one would typically do on the master. The easiest way to do this is to first export
the keys from the master:
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --export-secret-key -a @domain.tld >/tmp/keyp ↲
air.gpg
Then, copy the file to the minion, setup the keyring, and import:
# mkdir -p /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# chmod 0700 /etc/salt/gpgkeys
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --list-keys
# gpg --homedir /etc/salt/gpgkeys --import --allow-secret-key-import keypair.gpg
The --list-keys command is run create a keyring in the newly-created directory.
Pillar data which is decrypted minion-side will still be securely transferred to the
master, since the data sent between minion and master is encrypted with the master's
public key.
2. Use the decrypt_pillar option. This is less flexible in that the pillar key passed on
the CLI must be pre-configured on the master, but it doesn't require a keyring to be
setup on the minion. One other caveat to this method is that pillar decryption on the
master happens at the end of pillar compilation, so if the encrypted pillar data being
passed on the CLI needs to be referenced by pillar or ext_pillar during pillar compila‐
tion, it must be decrypted minion-side.
Adding New Renderers for Decryption
Those looking to add new renderers for decryption should look at the gpg renderer for an
example of how to do so. The function that performs the decryption should be recursive and
be able to traverse a mutable type such as a dictionary, and modify the values in-place.
Once the renderer has been written, decrypt_pillar_renderers should be modified so that
Salt allows it to be used for decryption.
If the renderer is being submitted upstream to the Salt project, the renderer should be
added in salt/renderers/. Additionally, the following should be done:
· Both occurrences of decrypt_pillar_renderers in salt/config/__init__.py should be
updated to include the name of the new renderer so that it is included in the default
value for this config option.
· The documentation for the decrypt_pillar_renderers config option in the master config
file and minion config file should be updated to show the correct new default value.
· The commented example for the decrypt_pillar_renderers config option in the master con‐
fig template should be updated to show the correct new default value.
Master Config in Pillar
For convenience the data stored in the master configuration file can be made available in
all minion's pillars. This makes global configuration of services and systems very easy
but may not be desired if sensitive data is stored in the master configuration. This
option is disabled by default.
To enable the master config from being added to the pillar set pillar_opts to True in the
minion config file:
pillar_opts: True
Minion Config in Pillar
Minion configuration options can be set on pillars. Any option that you want to modify,
should be in the first level of the pillars, in the same way you set the options in the
config file. For example, to configure the MySQL root password to be used by MySQL Salt
execution module, set the following pillar variable:
mysql.pass: hardtoguesspassword
Master Provided Pillar Error
By default if there is an error rendering a pillar, the detailed error is hidden and
replaced with:
Rendering SLS 'my.sls' failed. Please see master log for details.
The error is protected because it's possible to contain templating data which would give
that minion information it shouldn't know, like a password!
To have the master provide the detailed error that could potentially carry protected data
set pillar_safe_render_error to False:
pillar_safe_render_error: False
Pillar Walkthrough
NOTE:
This walkthrough assumes that the reader has already completed the initial Salt walk‐
through.
Pillars are tree-like structures of data defined on the Salt Master and passed through to
minions. They allow confidential, targeted data to be securely sent only to the relevant
minion.
NOTE:
Grains and Pillar are sometimes confused, just remember that Grains are data about a
minion which is stored or generated from the minion. This is why information like the
OS and CPU type are found in Grains. Pillar is information about a minion or many min‐
ions stored or generated on the Salt Master.
Pillar data is useful for:
Highly Sensitive Data:
Information transferred via pillar is guaranteed to only be presented to the min‐
ions that are targeted, making Pillar suitable for managing security information,
such as cryptographic keys and passwords.
Minion Configuration:
Minion modules such as the execution modules, states, and returners can often be
configured via data stored in pillar.
Variables:
Variables which need to be assigned to specific minions or groups of minions can be
defined in pillar and then accessed inside sls formulas and template files.
Arbitrary Data:
Pillar can contain any basic data structure in dictionary format, so a key/value
store can be defined making it easy to iterate over a group of values in sls formu‐
las.
Pillar is therefore one of the most important systems when using Salt. This walkthrough is
designed to get a simple Pillar up and running in a few minutes and then to dive into the
capabilities of Pillar and where the data is available.
Setting Up Pillar
The pillar is already running in Salt by default. To see the minion's pillar data:
salt '*' pillar.items
NOTE:
Prior to version 0.16.2, this function is named pillar.data. This function name is
still supported for backwards compatibility.
By default, the contents of the master configuration file are not loaded into pillar for
all minions. This default is stored in the pillar_opts setting, which defaults to False.
The contents of the master configuration file can be made available to minion pillar
files. This makes global configuration of services and systems very easy, but note that
this may not be desired or appropriate if sensitive data is stored in the master's config‐
uration file. To enable the master configuration file to be available to a minion's pillar
files, set pillar_opts to True in the minion configuration file.
Similar to the state tree, the pillar is comprised of sls files and has a top file. The
default location for the pillar is in /srv/pillar.
NOTE:
The pillar location can be configured via the pillar_roots option inside the master
configuration file. It must not be in a subdirectory of the state tree or file_roots.
If the pillar is under file_roots, any pillar targeting can be bypassed by minions.
To start setting up the pillar, the /srv/pillar directory needs to be present:
mkdir /srv/pillar
Now create a simple top file, following the same format as the top file used for states:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- data
This top file associates the data.sls file to all minions. Now the /srv/pillar/data.sls
file needs to be populated:
/srv/pillar/data.sls:
info: some data
To ensure that the minions have the new pillar data, issue a command to them asking that
they fetch their pillars from the master:
salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar
Now that the minions have the new pillar, it can be retrieved:
salt '*' pillar.items
The key info should now appear in the returned pillar data.
More Complex Data
Unlike states, pillar files do not need to define formulas. This example sets up user
data with a UID:
/srv/pillar/users/init.sls:
users:
thatch: 1000
shouse: 1001
utahdave: 1002
redbeard: 1003
NOTE:
The same directory lookups that exist in states exist in pillar, so the file
users/init.sls can be referenced with users in the top file.
The top file will need to be updated to include this sls file:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- data
- users
Now the data will be available to the minions. To use the pillar data in a state, you can
use Jinja:
/srv/salt/users/init.sls
{% for user, uid in pillar.get('users', {}).items() %}
{{user}}:
user.present:
- uid: {{uid}}
{% endfor %}
This approach allows for users to be safely defined in a pillar and then the user data is
applied in an sls file.
Parameterizing States With Pillar
Pillar data can be accessed in state files to customise behavior for each minion. All pil‐
lar (and grain) data applicable to each minion is substituted into the state files through
templating before being run. Typical uses include setting directories appropriate for the
minion and skipping states that don't apply.
A simple example is to set up a mapping of package names in pillar for separate Linux dis‐
tributions:
/srv/pillar/pkg/init.sls:
pkgs:
{% if grains['os_family'] == 'RedHat' %}
apache: httpd
vim: vim-enhanced
{% elif grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}
apache: apache2
vim: vim
{% elif grains['os'] == 'Arch' %}
apache: apache
vim: vim
{% endif %}
The new pkg sls needs to be added to the top file:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- data
- users
- pkg
Now the minions will auto map values based on respective operating systems inside of the
pillar, so sls files can be safely parameterized:
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pillar['pkgs']['apache'] }}
Or, if no pillar is available a default can be set as well:
NOTE:
The function pillar.get used in this example was added to Salt in version 0.14.0
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('pkgs:apache', 'httpd') }}
In the above example, if the pillar value pillar['pkgs']['apache'] is not set in the min‐
ion's pillar, then the default of httpd will be used.
NOTE:
Under the hood, pillar is just a Python dict, so Python dict methods such as get and
items can be used.
Pillar Makes Simple States Grow Easily
One of the design goals of pillar is to make simple sls formulas easily grow into more
flexible formulas without refactoring or complicating the states.
A simple formula:
/srv/salt/edit/vim.sls:
vim:
pkg.installed: []
/etc/vimrc:
file.managed:
- source: salt://edit/vimrc
- mode: 644
- user: root
- group: root
- require:
- pkg: vim
Can be easily transformed into a powerful, parameterized formula:
/srv/salt/edit/vim.sls:
vim:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pillar['pkgs']['vim'] }}
/etc/vimrc:
file.managed:
- source: {{ pillar['vimrc'] }}
- mode: 644
- user: root
- group: root
- require:
- pkg: vim
Where the vimrc source location can now be changed via pillar:
/srv/pillar/edit/vim.sls:
{% if grains['id'].startswith('dev') %}
vimrc: salt://edit/dev_vimrc
{% elif grains['id'].startswith('qa') %}
vimrc: salt://edit/qa_vimrc
{% else %}
vimrc: salt://edit/vimrc
{% endif %}
Ensuring that the right vimrc is sent out to the correct minions.
The pillar top file must include a reference to the new sls pillar file:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- pkg
- edit.vim
Setting Pillar Data on the Command Line
Pillar data can be set on the command line when running state.apply <salt.mod‐
ules.state.apply_() like so:
salt '*' state.apply pillar='{"foo": "bar"}'
salt '*' state.apply my_sls_file pillar='{"hello": "world"}'
Nested pillar values can also be set via the command line:
salt '*' state.sls my_sls_file pillar='{"foo": {"bar": "baz"}}'
NOTE:
If a key is passed on the command line that already exists on the minion, the key that
is passed in will overwrite the entire value of that key, rather than merging only the
specified value set via the command line.
The example below will swap the value for vim with telnet in the previously specified
list, notice the nested pillar dict:
salt '*' state.apply edit.vim pillar='{"pkgs": {"vim": "telnet"}}'
This will attempt to install telnet on your minions, feel free to uninstall the package or
replace telnet value with anything else.
NOTE:
Be aware that when sending sensitive data via pillar on the command-line that the pub‐
lication containing that data will be received by all minions and will not be
restricted to the targeted minions. This may represent a security concern in some
cases.
More On Pillar
Pillar data is generated on the Salt master and securely distributed to minions. Salt is
not restricted to the pillar sls files when defining the pillar but can retrieve data from
external sources. This can be useful when information about an infrastructure is stored in
a separate location.
Reference information on pillar and the external pillar interface can be found in the Salt
documentation:
Pillar
Minion Config in Pillar
Minion configuration options can be set on pillars. Any option that you want to modify,
should be in the first level of the pillars, in the same way you set the options in the
config file. For example, to configure the MySQL root password to be used by MySQL Salt
execution module:
mysql.pass: hardtoguesspassword
This is very convenient when you need some dynamic configuration change that you want to
be applied on the fly. For example, there is a chicken and the egg problem if you do this:
mysql-admin-passwd:
mysql_user.present:
- name: root
- password: somepasswd
mydb:
mysql_db.present
The second state will fail, because you changed the root password and the minion didn't
notice it. Setting mysql.pass in the pillar, will help to sort out the issue. But always
change the root admin password in the first place.
This is very helpful for any module that needs credentials to apply state changes: mysql,
keystone, etc.
Targeting Minions
Targeting minions is specifying which minions should run a command or execute a state by
matching against hostnames, or system information, or defined groups, or even combinations
thereof.
For example the command salt web1 apache.signal restart to restart the Apache httpd server
specifies the machine web1 as the target and the command will only be run on that one min‐
ion.
Similarly when using States, the following top file specifies that only the web1 minion
should execute the contents of webserver.sls:
base:
'web1':
- webserver
The simple target specifications, glob, regex, and list will cover many use cases, and for
some will cover all use cases, but more powerful options exist.
Targeting with Grains
The Grains interface was built into Salt to allow minions to be targeted by system proper‐
ties. So minions running on a particular operating system can be called to execute a func‐
tion, or a specific kernel.
Calling via a grain is done by passing the -G option to salt, specifying a grain and a
glob expression to match the value of the grain. The syntax for the target is the grain
key followed by a glob expression: "os:Arch*".
salt -G 'os:Fedora' test.ping
Will return True from all of the minions running Fedora.
To discover what grains are available and what the values are, execute the grains.item
salt function:
salt '*' grains.items
More info on using targeting with grains can be found here.
Compound Targeting
New in version 0.9.5.
Multiple target interfaces can be used in conjunction to determine the command targets.
These targets can then be combined using and or or statements. This is well defined with
an example:
salt -C 'G@os:Debian and webser* or E@db.*' test.ping
In this example any minion who's id starts with webser and is running Debian, or any min‐
ion who's id starts with db will be matched.
The type of matcher defaults to glob, but can be specified with the corresponding letter
followed by the @ symbol. In the above example a grain is used with G@ as well as a regu‐
lar expression with E@. The webser* target does not need to be prefaced with a target type
specifier because it is a glob.
More info on using compound targeting can be found here.
Node Group Targeting
New in version 0.9.5.
For certain cases, it can be convenient to have a predefined group of minions on which to
execute commands. This can be accomplished using what are called nodegroups. Nodegroups
allow for predefined compound targets to be declared in the master configuration file, as
a sort of shorthand for having to type out complicated compound expressions.
nodegroups:
group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com and bl*.domain.com'
group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
Advanced Targeting Methods
There are many ways to target individual minions or groups of minions in Salt:
Matching the minion id
Each minion needs a unique identifier. By default when a minion starts for the first time
it chooses its FQDN as that identifier. The minion id can be overridden via the minion's
id configuration setting.
TIP:
minion id and minion keys
The minion id is used to generate the minion's public/private keys and if it ever
changes the master must then accept the new key as though the minion was a new host.
Globbing
The default matching that Salt utilizes is shell-style globbing around the minion id. This
also works for states in the top file.
NOTE:
You must wrap salt calls that use globbing in single-quotes to prevent the shell from
expanding the globs before Salt is invoked.
Match all minions:
salt '*' test.ping
Match all minions in the example.net domain or any of the example domains:
salt '*.example.net' test.ping
salt '*.example.*' test.ping
Match all the webN minions in the example.net domain (web1.example.net, web2.example.net …
webN.example.net):
salt 'web?.example.net' test.ping
Match the web1 through web5 minions:
salt 'web[1-5]' test.ping
Match the web1 and web3 minions:
salt 'web[1,3]' test.ping
Match the web-x, web-y, and web-z minions:
salt 'web-[x-z]' test.ping
NOTE:
For additional targeting methods please review the compound matchers documentation.
Regular Expressions
Minions can be matched using Perl-compatible regular expressions (which is globbing on
steroids and a ton of caffeine).
Match both web1-prod and web1-devel minions:
salt -E 'web1-(prod|devel)' test.ping
When using regular expressions in a State's top file, you must specify the matcher as the
first option. The following example executes the contents of webserver.sls on the
above-mentioned minions.
base:
'web1-(prod|devel)':
- match: pcre
- webserver
Lists
At the most basic level, you can specify a flat list of minion IDs:
salt -L 'web1,web2,web3' test.ping
Targeting using Grains
Grain data can be used when targeting minions.
For example, the following matches all CentOS minions:
salt -G 'os:CentOS' test.ping
Match all minions with 64-bit CPUs, and return number of CPU cores for each matching min‐
ion:
salt -G 'cpuarch:x86_64' grains.item num_cpus
Additionally, globs can be used in grain matches, and grains that are nested in a dictio‐
nary can be matched by adding a colon for each level that is traversed. For example, the
following will match hosts that have a grain called ec2_tags, which itself is a dict with
a key named environment, which has a value that contains the word production:
salt -G 'ec2_tags:environment:*production*'
IMPORTANT:
See Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure? for important security information.
Targeting using Pillar
Pillar data can be used when targeting minions. This allows for ultimate control and flex‐
ibility when targeting minions.
NOTE:
To start using Pillar targeting it is required to make a Pillar data cache on Salt Mas‐
ter for each Minion via following commands: salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar or salt
'*' saltutil.sync_all. Also Pillar data cache will be populated during the highstate
run. Once Pillar data changes, you must refresh the cache by running above commands for
this targeting method to work correctly.
Example:
salt -I 'somekey:specialvalue' test.ping
Like with Grains, it is possible to use globbing as well as match nested values in Pillar,
by adding colons for each level that is being traversed. The below example would match
minions with a pillar named foo, which is a dict containing a key bar, with a value begin‐
ning with baz:
salt -I 'foo:bar:baz*' test.ping
Subnet/IP Address Matching
Minions can easily be matched based on IP address, or by subnet (using CIDR notation).
salt -S 192.168.40.20 test.ping
salt -S 2001:db8::/64 test.ping
Ipcidr matching can also be used in compound matches
salt -C 'S@10.0.0.0/24 and G@os:Debian' test.ping
It is also possible to use in both pillar and state-matching
'172.16.0.0/12':
- match: ipcidr
- internal
Compound matchers
Compound matchers allow very granular minion targeting using any of Salt's matchers. The
default matcher is a glob match, just as with CLI and top file matching. To match using
anything other than a glob, prefix the match string with the appropriate letter from the
table below, followed by an @ sign.
┌───────┬───────────────────┬──────────────────────────────┬────────────────┐
│Letter │ Match Type │ Example │ Alt Delimiter? │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│G │ Grains glob │ G@os:Ubuntu │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│E │ PCRE Minion ID │ E@web\d+\.(dev|qa|prod)\.loc │ No │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│P │ Grains PCRE │ P@os:(RedHat|Fedora|CentOS) │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│L │ List of minions │ @minion1.example.com,min‐ │ No │
│ │ │ ion3.domain.com or │ │
│ │ │ bl*.domain.com │ │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│I │ Pillar glob │ I@pdata:foobar │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│J │ Pillar PCRE │ J@pdata:^(foo|bar)$ │ Yes │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│S │ Subnet/IP address │ S@192.168.1.0/24 or │ No │
│ │ │ S@192.168.1.100 │ │
├───────┼───────────────────┼──────────────────────────────┼────────────────┤
│R │ Range cluster │ R@%foo.bar │ No │
└───────┴───────────────────┴──────────────────────────────┴────────────────┘
Matchers can be joined using boolean and, or, and not operators.
For example, the following string matches all Debian minions with a hostname that begins
with webserv, as well as any minions that have a hostname which matches the regular
expression web-dc1-srv.*:
salt -C 'webserv* and G@os:Debian or E@web-dc1-srv.*' test.ping
That same example expressed in a top file looks like the following:
base:
'webserv* and G@os:Debian or E@web-dc1-srv.*':
- match: compound
- webserver
New in version 2015.8.0.
Excluding a minion based on its ID is also possible:
salt -C 'not web-dc1-srv' test.ping
Versions prior to 2015.8.0 a leading not was not supported in compound matches. Instead,
something like the following was required:
salt -C '* and not G@kernel:Darwin' test.ping
Excluding a minion based on its ID was also possible:
salt -C '* and not web-dc1-srv' test.ping
Precedence Matching
Matchers can be grouped together with parentheses to explicitly declare precedence amongst
groups.
salt -C '( ms-1 or G@id:ms-3 ) and G@id:ms-3' test.ping
NOTE:
Be certain to note that spaces are required between the parentheses and targets. Fail‐
ing to obey this rule may result in incorrect targeting!
Alternate Delimiters
New in version 2015.8.0.
Matchers that target based on a key value pair use a colon (:) as a delimiter. Matchers
with a Yes in the Alt Delimiters column in the previous table support specifying an alter‐
nate delimiter character.
This is done by specifying an alternate delimiter character between the leading matcher
character and the @ pattern separator character. This avoids incorrect interpretation of
the pattern in the case that : is part of the grain or pillar data structure traversal.
salt -C 'J|@foo|bar|^foo:bar$ or J!@gitrepo!https://github.com:example/project.git' test.p ↲
ing
Node groups
Nodegroups are declared using a compound target specification. The compound target docu‐
mentation can be found here.
The nodegroups master config file parameter is used to define nodegroups. Here's an exam‐
ple nodegroup configuration within /etc/salt/master:
nodegroups:
group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
group2: 'G@os:Debian and foo.domain.com'
group3: 'G@os:Debian and N@group1'
group4:
- 'G@foo:bar'
- 'or'
- 'G@foo:baz'
NOTE:
The L within group1 is matching a list of minions, while the G in group2 is matching
specific grains. See the compound matchers documentation for more details.
As of the 2017.7.0 release of Salt, group names can also be prepended with a dash. This
brings the usage in line with many other areas of Salt. For example:
nodegroups:
- group1: '@foo.domain.com,bar.domain.com,baz.domain.com or bl*.domain.com'
New in version 2015.8.0.
NOTE:
Nodegroups can reference other nodegroups as seen in group3. Ensure that you do not
have circular references. Circular references will be detected and cause partial
expansion with a logged error message.
New in version 2015.8.0.
Compound nodegroups can be either string values or lists of string values. When the node‐
group is A string value will be tokenized by splitting on whitespace. This may be a prob‐
lem if whitespace is necessary as part of a pattern. When a nodegroup is a list of
strings then tokenization will happen for each list element as a whole.
To match a nodegroup on the CLI, use the -N command-line option:
salt -N group1 test.ping
NOTE:
The N@ classifier cannot be used in compound matches within the CLI or top file, it is
only recognized in the nodegroups master config file parameter.
To match a nodegroup in your top file, make sure to put - match: nodegroup on the line
directly following the nodegroup name.
base:
group1:
- match: nodegroup
- webserver
NOTE:
When adding or modifying nodegroups to a master configuration file, the master must be
restarted for those changes to be fully recognized.
A limited amount of functionality, such as targeting with -N from the command-line may
be available without a restart.
Defining Nodegroups as Lists of Minion IDs
A simple list of minion IDs would traditionally be defined like this:
nodegroups:
group1: L@host1,host2,host3
They can now also be defined as a YAML list, like this:
nodegroups:
group1:
- host1
- host2
- host3
New in version 2016.11.0.
Batch Size
The -b (or --batch-size) option allows commands to be executed on only a specified number
of minions at a time. Both percentages and finite numbers are supported.
salt '*' -b 10 test.ping
salt -G 'os:RedHat' --batch-size 25% apache.signal restart
This will only run test.ping on 10 of the targeted minions at a time and then restart
apache on 25% of the minions matching os:RedHat at a time and work through them all until
the task is complete. This makes jobs like rolling web server restarts behind a load bal‐
ancer or doing maintenance on BSD firewalls using carp much easier with salt.
The batch system maintains a window of running minions, so, if there are a total of 150
minions targeted and the batch size is 10, then the command is sent to 10 minions, when
one minion returns then the command is sent to one additional minion, so that the job is
constantly running on 10 minions.
New in version 2016.3.
The --batch-wait argument can be used to specify a number of seconds to wait after a min‐
ion returns, before sending the command to a new minion.
SECO Range
SECO range is a cluster-based metadata store developed and maintained by Yahoo!
The Range project is hosted here:
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range
Learn more about range here:
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/
Prerequisites
To utilize range support in Salt, a range server is required. Setting up a range server is
outside the scope of this document. Apache modules are included in the range distribution.
With a working range server, cluster files must be defined. These files are written in
YAML and define hosts contained inside a cluster. Full documentation on writing YAML range
files is here:
https://github.com/ytoolshed/range/wiki/%22yamlfile%22-module-file-spec
Additionally, the Python seco range libraries must be installed on the salt master. One
can verify that they have been installed correctly via the following command:
python -c 'import seco.range'
If no errors are returned, range is installed successfully on the salt master.
Preparing Salt
Range support must be enabled on the salt master by setting the hostname and port of the
range server inside the master configuration file:
range_server: my.range.server.com:80
Following this, the master must be restarted for the change to have an effect.
Targeting with Range
Once a cluster has been defined, it can be targeted with a salt command by using the -R or
--range flags.
For example, given the following range YAML file being served from a range server:
$ cat /etc/range/test.yaml
CLUSTER: host1..100.test.com
APPS:
- frontend
- backend
- mysql
One might target host1 through host100 in the test.com domain with Salt as follows:
salt --range %test:CLUSTER test.ping
The following salt command would target three hosts: frontend, backend, and mysql:
salt --range %test:APPS test.ping
The Salt Mine
The Salt Mine is used to collect arbitrary data from Minions and store it on the Master.
This data is then made available to all Minions via the salt.modules.mine module.
Mine data is gathered on the Minion and sent back to the Master where only the most recent
data is maintained (if long term data is required use returners or the external job
cache).
Mine vs Grains
Mine data is designed to be much more up-to-date than grain data. Grains are refreshed on
a very limited basis and are largely static data. Mines are designed to replace slow peer
publishing calls when Minions need data from other Minions. Rather than having a Minion
reach out to all the other Minions for a piece of data, the Salt Mine, running on the Mas‐
ter, can collect it from all the Minions every Mine Interval, resulting in almost fresh
data at any given time, with much less overhead.
Mine Functions
To enable the Salt Mine the mine_functions option needs to be applied to a Minion. This
option can be applied via the Minion's configuration file, or the Minion's Pillar. The
mine_functions option dictates what functions are being executed and allows for arguments
to be passed in. The list of functions are available in the salt.module. If no arguments
are passed, an empty list must be added like in the test.ping function in the example
below:
mine_functions:
test.ping: []
network.ip_addrs:
interface: eth0
cidr: '10.0.0.0/8'
In the example above salt.modules.network.ip_addrs has additional filters to help narrow
down the results. In the above example IP addresses are only returned if they are on a
eth0 interface and in the 10.0.0.0/8 IP range.
Mine Functions Aliases
Function aliases can be used to provide friendly names, usage intentions or to allow mul‐
tiple calls of the same function with different arguments. There is a different syntax for
passing positional and key-value arguments. Mixing positional and key-value arguments is
not supported.
New in version 2014.7.0.
mine_functions:
network.ip_addrs: [eth0]
networkplus.internal_ip_addrs: []
internal_ip_addrs:
mine_function: network.ip_addrs
cidr: 192.168.0.0/16
ip_list:
- mine_function: grains.get
- ip_interfaces
Mine Interval
The Salt Mine functions are executed when the Minion starts and at a given interval by the
scheduler. The default interval is every 60 minutes and can be adjusted for the Minion via
the mine_interval option:
mine_interval: 60
Mine in Salt-SSH
As of the 2015.5.0 release of salt, salt-ssh supports mine.get.
Because the Minions cannot provide their own mine_functions configuration, we retrieve the
args for specified mine functions in one of three places, searched in the following order:
1. Roster data
2. Pillar
3. Master config
The mine_functions are formatted exactly the same as in normal salt, just stored in a dif‐
ferent location. Here is an example of a flat roster containing mine_functions:
test:
host: 104.237.131.248
user: root
mine_functions:
cmd.run: ['echo "hello!"']
network.ip_addrs:
interface: eth0
NOTE:
Because of the differences in the architecture of salt-ssh, mine.get calls are somewhat
inefficient. Salt must make a new salt-ssh call to each of the Minions in question to
retrieve the requested data, much like a publish call. However, unlike publish, it must
run the requested function as a wrapper function, so we can retrieve the function args
from the pillar of the Minion in question. This results in a non-trivial delay in
retrieving the requested data.
Minions Targeting with Mine
The mine.get function supports various methods of Minions targeting to fetch Mine data
from particular hosts, such as glob or regular expression matching on Minion id (name),
grains, pillars and compound matches. See the salt.modules.mine module documentation for
the reference.
NOTE:
Pillar data needs to be cached on Master for pillar targeting to work with Mine. Read
the note in relevant section.
Example
One way to use data from Salt Mine is in a State. The values can be retrieved via Jinja
and used in the SLS file. The following example is a partial HAProxy configuration file
and pulls IP addresses from all Minions with the "web" grain to add them to the pool of
load balanced servers.
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'G@roles:web':
- web
/srv/pillar/web.sls:
mine_functions:
network.ip_addrs: [eth0]
Then trigger the minions to refresh their pillar data by running:
salt '*' saltutil.refresh_pillar
Verify that the results are showing up in the pillar on the minions by executing the fol‐
lowing and checking for network.ip_addrs in the output:
salt '*' pillar.items
Which should show that the function is present on the minion, but not include the output:
minion1.example.com:
----------
mine_functions:
----------
network.ip_addrs:
- eth0
Mine data is typically only updated on the master every 60 minutes, this can be modified
by setting:
/etc/salt/minion.d/mine.conf:
mine_interval: 5
To force the mine data to update immediately run:
salt '*' mine.update
Setup the salt.states.file.managed state in /srv/salt/haproxy.sls:
haproxy_config:
file.managed:
- name: /etc/haproxy/config
- source: salt://haproxy_config
- template: jinja
Create the Jinja template in /srv/salt/haproxy_config:
<...file contents snipped...>
{% for server, addrs in salt['mine.get']('roles:web', 'network.ip_addrs', tgt_type='grain' ↲
) | dictsort() %}
server {{ server }} {{ addrs[0] }}:80 check
{% endfor %}
<...file contents snipped...>
In the above example, server will be expanded to the minion_id.
NOTE:
The expr_form argument will be renamed to tgt_type in the 2017.7.0 release of Salt.
Runners
Salt runners are convenience applications executed with the salt-run command.
Salt runners work similarly to Salt execution modules however they execute on the Salt
master itself instead of remote Salt minions.
A Salt runner can be a simple client call or a complex application.
SEE ALSO:
The full list of runners
Writing Salt Runners
A Salt runner is written in a similar manner to a Salt execution module. Both are Python
modules which contain functions and each public function is a runner which may be executed
via the salt-run command.
For example, if a Python module named test.py is created in the runners directory and con‐
tains a function called foo, the test runner could be invoked with the following command:
# salt-run test.foo
Runners have several options for controlling output.
Any print statement in a runner is automatically also fired onto the master event bus
where. For example:
def a_runner(outputter=None, display_progress=False):
print('Hello world')
...
The above would result in an event fired as follows:
Event fired at Tue Jan 13 15:26:45 2015
*************************
Tag: salt/run/20150113152644070246/print
Data:
{'_stamp': '2015-01-13T15:26:45.078707',
'data': 'hello',
'outputter': 'pprint'}
A runner may also send a progress event, which is displayed to the user during runner exe‐
cution and is also passed across the event bus if the display_progress argument to a run‐
ner is set to True.
A custom runner may send its own progress event by using the __jid_event_.fire_event()
method as shown here:
if display_progress:
__jid_event__.fire_event({'message': 'A progress message'}, 'progress')
The above would produce output on the console reading: A progress message as well as an
event on the event similar to:
Event fired at Tue Jan 13 15:21:20 2015
*************************
Tag: salt/run/20150113152118341421/progress
Data:
{'_stamp': '2015-01-13T15:21:20.390053',
'message': "A progress message"}
A runner could use the same approach to send an event with a customized tag onto the event
bus by replacing the second argument (progress) with whatever tag is desired. However,
this will not be shown on the command-line and will only be fired onto the event bus.
Synchronous vs. Asynchronous
A runner may be fired asynchronously which will immediately return control. In this case,
no output will be display to the user if salt-run is being used from the command-line. If
used programmatically, no results will be returned. If results are desired, they must be
gathered either by firing events on the bus from the runner and then watching for them or
by some other means.
NOTE:
When running a runner in asynchronous mode, the --progress flag will not deliver output
to the salt-run CLI. However, progress events will still be fired on the bus.
In synchronous mode, which is the default, control will not be returned until the runner
has finished executing.
To add custom runners, put them in a directory and add it to runner_dirs in the master
configuration file.
Examples
Examples of runners can be found in the Salt distribution:
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/runners
A simple runner that returns a well-formatted list of the minions that are responding to
Salt calls could look like this:
# Import salt modules
import salt.client
def up():
'''
Print a list of all of the minions that are up
'''
client = salt.client.LocalClient(__opts__['conf_file'])
minions = client.cmd('*', 'test.ping', timeout=1)
for minion in sorted(minions):
print minion
Salt Engines
New in version 2015.8.0.
Salt Engines are long-running, external system processes that leverage Salt.
· Engines have access to Salt configuration, execution modules, and runners (__opts__,
__salt__, and __runners__).
· Engines are executed in a separate process that is monitored by Salt. If a Salt engine
stops, it is restarted automatically.
· Engines can run on the Salt master and on Salt minions.
Salt engines enhance and replace the external processes functionality.
Configuration
Salt engines are configured under an engines top-level section in your Salt master or Salt
minion configuration. Provide a list of engines and parameters under this section.
engines:
- logstash:
host: log.my_network.com
port: 5959
proto: tcp
Salt engines must be in the Salt path, or you can add the engines_dirs option in your Salt
master configuration with a list of directories under which Salt attempts to find Salt
engines. This option should be formatted as a list of directories to search, such as:
engines_dirs:
- /home/bob/engines
Writing an Engine
An example Salt engine,
https://github.com/saltstack/salt/blob/develop/salt/engines/test.py, is available in the
Salt source. To develop an engine, the only requirement is that your module implement the
start() function.
Understanding YAML
The default renderer for SLS files is the YAML renderer. YAML is a markup language with
many powerful features. However, Salt uses a small subset of YAML that maps over very com‐
monly used data structures, like lists and dictionaries. It is the job of the YAML ren‐
derer to take the YAML data structure and compile it into a Python data structure for use
by Salt.
Though YAML syntax may seem daunting and terse at first, there are only three very simple
rules to remember when writing YAML for SLS files.
Rule One: Indentation
YAML uses a fixed indentation scheme to represent relationships between data layers. Salt
requires that the indentation for each level consists of exactly two spaces. Do not use
tabs.
Rule Two: Colons
Python dictionaries are, of course, simply key-value pairs. Users from other languages may
recognize this data type as hashes or associative arrays.
Dictionary keys are represented in YAML as strings terminated by a trailing colon. Values
are represented by either a string following the colon, separated by a space:
my_key: my_value
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_key': 'my_value'}
Alternatively, a value can be associated with a key through indentation.
my_key:
my_value
NOTE:
The above syntax is valid YAML but is uncommon in SLS files because most often, the
value for a key is not singular but instead is a list of values.
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_key': 'my_value'}
Dictionaries can be nested:
first_level_dict_key:
second_level_dict_key: value_in_second_level_dict
And in Python:
{
'first_level_dict_key': {
'second_level_dict_key': 'value_in_second_level_dict'
}
}
Rule Three: Dashes
To represent lists of items, a single dash followed by a space is used. Multiple items are
a part of the same list as a function of their having the same level of indentation.
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
Lists can be the value of a key-value pair. This is quite common in Salt:
my_dictionary:
- list_value_one
- list_value_two
- list_value_three
In Python, the above maps to:
{'my_dictionary': ['list_value_one', 'list_value_two', 'list_value_three']}
Learning More
One easy way to learn more about how YAML gets rendered into Python data structures is to
use an online YAML parser to see the Python output.
One excellent choice for experimenting with YAML parsing is:
http://yaml-online-parser.appspot.com/
Templating
Jinja statements and expressions are allowed by default in SLS files. See Understanding
Jinja.
Understanding Jinja
Jinja is the default templating language in SLS files.
Jinja in States
Jinja is evaluated before YAML, which means it is evaluated before the States are run.
The most basic usage of Jinja in state files is using control structures to wrap condi‐
tional or redundant state elements:
{% if grains['os'] != 'FreeBSD' %}
tcsh:
pkg:
- installed
{% endif %}
motd:
file.managed:
{% if grains['os'] == 'FreeBSD' %}
- name: /etc/motd
{% elif grains['os'] == 'Debian' %}
- name: /etc/motd.tail
{% endif %}
- source: salt://motd
In this example, the first if block will only be evaluated on minions that aren't running
FreeBSD, and the second block changes the file name based on the os grain.
Writing if-else blocks can lead to very redundant state files however. In this case, using
pillars, or using a previously defined variable might be easier:
{% set motd = ['/etc/motd'] %}
{% if grains['os'] == 'Debian' %}
{% set motd = ['/etc/motd.tail', '/var/run/motd'] %}
{% endif %}
{% for motdfile in motd %}
{{ motdfile }}:
file.managed:
- source: salt://motd
{% endfor %}
Using a variable set by the template, the for loop will iterate over the list of MOTD
files to update, adding a state block for each file.
The filter_by function can also be used to set variables based on grains:
{% set auditd = salt['grains.filter_by']({
'RedHat': { 'package': 'audit' },
'Debian': { 'package': 'auditd' },
}) %}
Include and Import
Includes and imports can be used to share common, reusable state configuration between
state files and between files.
{% from 'lib.sls' import test %}
This would import the test template variable or macro, not the test state element, from
the file lib.sls. In the case that the included file performs checks against grains, or
something else that requires context, passing the context into the included file is
required:
{% from 'lib.sls' import test with context %}
Including Context During Include/Import
By adding with context to the include/import directive, the current context can be passed
to an included/imported template.
{% import 'openssl/vars.sls' as ssl with context %}
Macros
Macros are helpful for eliminating redundant code. Macros are most useful as mini-tem‐
plates to repeat blocks of strings with a few parameterized variables. Be aware that
stripping whitespace from the template block, as well as contained blocks, may be neces‐
sary to emulate a variable return from the macro.
# init.sls
{% from 'lib.sls' import pythonpkg with context %}
python-virtualenv:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pythonpkg('virtualenv') }}
python-fabric:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ pythonpkg('fabric') }}
# lib.sls
{% macro pythonpkg(pkg) -%}
{%- if grains['os'] == 'FreeBSD' -%}
py27-{{ pkg }}
{%- elif grains['os'] == 'Debian' -%}
python-{{ pkg }}
{%- endif -%}
{%- endmacro %}
This would define a macro that would return a string of the full package name, depending
on the packaging system's naming convention. The whitespace of the macro was eliminated,
so that the macro would return a string without line breaks, using whitespace control.
Template Inheritance
Template inheritance works fine from state files and files. The search path starts at the
root of the state tree or pillar.
Filters
Saltstack extends builtin filters with these custom filters:
strftime
Converts any time related object into a time based string. It requires a valid strftime
directives. An exhaustive list can be found in the official Python documentation.
{% set curtime = None | strftime() %}
Fuzzy dates require the timelib Python module is installed.
{{ "2002/12/25"|strftime("%y") }}
{{ "1040814000"|strftime("%Y-%m-%d") }}
{{ datetime|strftime("%u") }}
{{ "tomorrow"|strftime }}
sequence
Ensure that parsed data is a sequence.
yaml_encode
Serializes a single object into a YAML scalar with any necessary handling for escaping
special characters. This will work for any scalar YAML data type: ints, floats, time‐
stamps, booleans, strings, unicode. It will not work for multi-objects such as sequences
or maps.
{%- set bar = 7 %}
{%- set baz = none %}
{%- set zip = true %}
{%- set zap = 'The word of the day is "salty"' %}
{%- load_yaml as foo %}
bar: {{ bar|yaml_encode }}
baz: {{ baz|yaml_encode }}
baz: {{ zip|yaml_encode }}
baz: {{ zap|yaml_encode }}
{%- endload %}
In the above case {{ bar }} and {{ foo.bar }} should be identical and {{ baz }} and {{
foo.baz }} should be identical.
yaml_dquote
Serializes a string into a properly-escaped YAML double-quoted string. This is useful
when the contents of a string are unknown and may contain quotes or unicode that needs to
be preserved. The resulting string will be emitted with opening and closing double
quotes.
{%- set bar = '"The quick brown fox . . ."' %}
{%- set baz = 'The word of the day is "salty".' %}
{%- load_yaml as foo %}
bar: {{ bar|yaml_dquote }}
baz: {{ baz|yaml_dquote }}
{%- endload %}
In the above case {{ bar }} and {{ foo.bar }} should be identical and {{ baz }} and {{
foo.baz }} should be identical. If variable contents are not guaranteed to be a string
then it is better to use yaml_encode which handles all YAML scalar types.
yaml_squote
Similar to the yaml_dquote filter but with single quotes. Note that YAML only allows spe‐
cial escapes inside double quotes so yaml_squote is not nearly as useful (viz. you likely
want to use yaml_encode or yaml_dquote).
to_bool
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns the logical value of an element.
Example:
{{ 'yes' | to_bool }}
{{ 'true' | to_bool }}
{{ 1 | to_bool }}
{{ 'no' | to_bool }}
Will be rendered as:
True
True
True
False
exactly_n_true
New in version 2017.7.0.
Tests that exactly N items in an iterable are "truthy" (neither None, False, nor 0).
Example:
{{ ['yes', 0, False, 'True'] | exactly_n_true(2) }}
Returns:
True
exactly_one_true
New in version 2017.7.0.
Tests that exactly one item in an iterable is "truthy" (neither None, False, nor 0).
Example:
{{ ['yes', False, 0, None] | exactly_one_true }}
Returns:
True
quote
New in version 2017.7.0.
This text will be wrapped in quotes.
regex_search
New in version 2017.7.0.
Scan through string looking for a location where this regular expression produces a match.
Returns None in case there were no matches found
Example:
{{ 'abcdefabcdef' | regex_search('BC(.*)', ignorecase=True) }}
Returns:
('defabcdef',)
regex_match
New in version 2017.7.0.
If zero or more characters at the beginning of string match this regular expression, oth‐
erwise returns None.
Example:
{{ 'abcdefabcdef' | regex_match('BC(.*)', ignorecase=True) }}
Returns:
None
uuid
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return a UUID.
Example:
{{ 'random' | uuid }}
Returns:
3652b285-26ad-588e-a5dc-c2ee65edc804
is_list
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if an object is list.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | is_list }}
Returns:
True
is_iter
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if an object is iterable.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | is_iter }}
Returns:
True
min
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the minimum value from a list.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | min }}
Returns:
1
max
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns the maximum value from a list.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | max }}
Returns:
3
avg
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns the average value of the elements of a list
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | avg }}
Returns:
2
union
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the union of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | union([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
1, 2, 3, 4
intersect
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the intersection of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | intersect([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
2, 3
difference
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the difference of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | difference([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
1
symmetric_difference
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the symmetric difference of two lists.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | symmetric_difference([2, 3, 4]) | join(', ') }}
Returns:
1, 4
is_sorted
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return is an iterable object is already sorted.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | is_sorted }}
Returns:
True
compare_lists
New in version 2017.7.0.
Compare two lists and return a dictionary with the changes.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | compare_lists([1, 2, 4]) }}
Returns:
{'new': 4, 'old': 3}
compare_dicts
New in version 2017.7.0.
Compare two dictionaries and return a dictionary with the changes.
Example:
{{ {'a': 'b'} | compare_lists({'a': 'c'}) }}
Returns:
{'a': {'new': 'c', 'old': 'b'}}
is_hex
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return True if the value is hexazecimal.
Example:
{{ '0xabcd' | is_hex }}
{{ 'xyzt' | is_hex }}
Returns:
True
False
contains_whitespace
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return True if a text contains whitespaces.
Example:
{{ 'abcd' | contains_whitespace }}
{{ 'ab cd' | contains_whitespace }}
Returns:
False
True
substring_in_list
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return is a substring is found in a list of string values.
Example:
{{ 'abcd' | substring_in_list(['this', 'is', 'an abcd example']) }}
Returns:
True
check_whitelist_blacklist
New in version 2017.7.0.
Check a whitelist and/or blacklist to see if the value matches it.
This filter can be used with either a whitelist or a blacklist individually, or a
whitelist and a blacklist can be passed simultaneously.
If whitelist is used alone, value membership is checked against the whitelist only. If the
value is found, the function returns True. Otherwise, it returns False.
If blacklist is used alone, value membership is checked against the blacklist only. If the
value is found, the function returns False. Otherwise, it returns True.
If both a whitelist and a blacklist are provided, value membership in the blacklist will
be examined first. If the value is not found in the blacklist, then the whitelist is
checked. If the value isn't found in the whitelist, the function returns False.
Whitelist Example:
{{ 5 | check_whitelist_blacklist(whitelist=[5, 6, 7]) }}
Returns:
True
Blacklist Example:
{{ 5 | check_whitelist_blacklist(blacklist=[5, 6, 7]) }}
False
date_format
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts unix timestamp into human-readable string.
Example:
{{ 1457456400 | date_format }}
{{ 1457456400 | date_format('%d.%m.%Y %H:%M') }}
Returns:
2017-03-08
08.03.2017 17:00
str_to_num
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts a string to its numerical value.
Example:
{{ '5' | str_to_num }}
Returns:
5
to_bytes
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts string-type object to bytes.
Example:
{{ 'wall of text' | to_bytes }}
NOTE:
This option may have adverse effects when using the default renderer, yaml_jinja. This
is due to the fact that YAML requires proper handling in regard to special characters.
Please see the section on YAML ASCII support in the YAML Idiosyncracies documentation
for more information.
json_decode_list
New in version 2017.7.0.
JSON decodes as unicode, Jinja needs bytes.
Example:
{{ [1, 2, 3] | json_decode_list }}
Returns:
[1, 2, 3]
json_decode_dict
New in version 2017.7.0.
JSON decodes as unicode, Jinja needs bytes.
Example:
{{ {'a': 'b'} | json_decode_dict }}
Returns:
{'a': 'b'}
rand_str
New in version 2017.7.0.
New in version Oxygen: Renamed from rand_str to random_hash to more accurately describe
what the filter does.
Generates a random number between 1 and the number passed to the filter, and then hashes
it. The default hash type is the one specified by the minion's hash_type config option,
but an alternate hash type can be passed to the filter as an argument.
Example:
{% set num_range = 99999999 %}
{{ num_range | rand_str }}
{{ num_range | rand_str('sha512') }}
Returns:
43ec517d68b6edd3015b3edc9a11367b
d94a45acd81f8e3107d237dbc0d5d195f6a52a0d188bc0284c0763ece1eac9f9496fb6a531a296074c87b35403 ↲
98dace1222b42e150e67c9301383fde3d66ae5
md5
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the md5 digest of a string.
Example:
{{ 'random' | md5 }}
Returns:
7ddf32e17a6ac5ce04a8ecbf782ca509
sha256
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the sha256 digest of a string.
Example:
{{ 'random' | sha256 }}
Returns:
a441b15fe9a3cf56661190a0b93b9dec7d04127288cc87250967cf3b52894d11
sha512
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the sha512 digest of a string.
Example:
{{ 'random' | sha512 }}
Returns:
811a90e1c8e86c7b4c0eef5b2c0bf0ec1b19c4b1b5a242e6455be93787cb473cb7bc9b0fdeb960d00d5c6881c2 ↲
094dd63c5c900ce9057255e2a4e271fc25fef1
base64_encode
New in version 2017.7.0.
Encode a string as base64.
Example:
{{ 'random' | base64_encode }}
Returns:
cmFuZG9t
base64_decode
New in version 2017.7.0.
Decode a base64-encoded string.
{{ 'Z2V0IHNhbHRlZA==' | base64_decode }}
Returns:
get salted
hmac
New in version 2017.7.0.
Verify a challenging hmac signature against a string / shared-secret. Returns a boolean
value.
Example:
{{ 'get salted' | hmac('shared secret', 'eBWf9bstXg+NiP5AOwppB5HMvZiYMPzEM9W5YMm/AmQ=') }}
Returns:
True
http_query
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the HTTP reply object from a URL.
Example:
{{ 'http://jsonplaceholder.typicode.com/posts/1' | http_query }}
Returns:
{
'body': '{
"userId": 1,
"id": 1,
"title": "sunt aut facere repellat provident occaecati excepturi optio reprehenderit",
"body": "quia et suscipit\\nsuscipit recusandae consequuntur expedita et cum\\nreprehe ↲
nderit molestiae ut ut quas totam\\nnostrum rerum est autem sunt rem eveniet architecto"
}'
}
Networking Filters
The following networking-related filters are supported:
is_ip
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a string is a valid IP Address.
{{ '192.168.0.1' | is_ip }}
Additionally accepts the following options:
· global
· link-local
· loopback
· multicast
· private
· public
· reserved
· site-local
· unspecified
Example - test if a string is a valid loopback IP address.
{{ '192.168.0.1' | is_ip(options='loopback') }}
is_ipv4
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns if a string is a valid IPv4 address. Supports the same options as is_ip.
{{ '192.168.0.1' | is_ipv4 }}
is_ipv6
New in version 2017.7.0.
Returns if a string is a valid IPv6 address. Supports the same options as is_ip.
{{ 'fe80::' | is_ipv6 }}
ipaddr
New in version 2017.7.0.
From a list, returns only valid IP entries. Supports the same options as is_ip. The list
can contains also IP interfaces/networks.
Example:
{{ ['192.168.0.1', 'foo', 'bar', 'fe80::'] | ipaddr }}
Returns:
['192.168.0.1', 'fe80::']
ipv4
New in version 2017.7.0.
From a list, returns only valid IPv4 entries. Supports the same options as is_ip. The list
can contains also IP interfaces/networks.
Example:
{{ ['192.168.0.1', 'foo', 'bar', 'fe80::'] | ipv4 }}
Returns:
['192.168.0.1']
ipv6
New in version 2017.7.0.
From a list, returns only valid IPv6 entries. Supports the same options as is_ip. The list
can contains also IP interfaces/networks.
Example:
{{ ['192.168.0.1', 'foo', 'bar', 'fe80::'] | ipv6 }}
Returns:
['fe80::']
network_hosts
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the list of hosts within a networks. This utility works for both IPv4 and IPv6.
NOTE:
When running this command with a large IPv6 network, the command will take a long time
to gather all of the hosts.
Example:
{{ '192.168.0.1/30' | network_hosts }}
Returns:
['192.168.0.1', '192.168.0.2']
network_size
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the size of the network. This utility works for both IPv4 and IPv6.
Example:
{{ '192.168.0.1/8' | network_size }}
Returns:
16777216
gen_mac
New in version 2017.7.0.
Generates a MAC address with the defined OUI prefix.
Common prefixes:
· 00:16:3E -- Xen
· 00:18:51 -- OpenVZ
· 00:50:56 -- VMware (manually generated)
· 52:54:00 -- QEMU/KVM
· AC:DE:48 -- PRIVATE
Example:
{{ '00:50' | gen_mac }}
Returns:
00:50:71:52:1C
mac_str_to_bytes
New in version 2017.7.0.
Converts a string representing a valid MAC address to bytes.
Example:
{{ '00:11:22:33:44:55' | mac_str_to_bytes }}
NOTE:
This option may have adverse effects when using the default renderer, yaml_jinja. This
is due to the fact that YAML requires proper handling in regard to special characters.
Please see the section on YAML ASCII support in the YAML Idiosyncracies documentation
for more information.
dns_check
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the ip resolved by dns, but do not exit on failure, only raise an exception. Obeys
system preference for IPv4/6 address resolution.
Example:
{{ 'www.google.com' | dns_check }}
Returns:
'172.217.3.196'
File filters
is_text_file
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a file is text.
Uses heuristics to guess whether the given file is text or binary, by reading a single
block of bytes from the file. If more than 30% of the chars in the block are non-text, or
there are NUL ('x00') bytes in the block, assume this is a binary file.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | is_text_file }}
Returns:
True
is_binary_file
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a file is binary.
Detects if the file is a binary, returns bool. Returns True if the file is a bin, False if
the file is not and None if the file is not available.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | is_binary_file }}
Returns:
False
is_empty_file
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return if a file is empty.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | is_empty_file }}
Returns:
False
file_hashsum
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return the hashsum of a file.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/master' | file_hashsum }}
Returns:
02d4ef135514934759634f10079653252c7ad594ea97bd385480c532bca0fdda
list_files
New in version 2017.7.0.
Return a recursive list of files under a specific path.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/' | list_files | join('\n') }}
Returns:
/etc/salt/master
/etc/salt/proxy
/etc/salt/minion
/etc/salt/pillar/top.sls
/etc/salt/pillar/device1.sls
path_join
New in version 2017.7.0.
Joins absolute paths.
Example:
{{ '/etc/salt/' | path_join('pillar', 'device1.sls') }}
Returns:
/etc/salt/pillar/device1.sls
which
New in version 2017.7.0.
Python clone of /usr/bin/which.
Example:
{{ 'salt-master' | which }}
Returns:
/usr/local/salt/virtualenv/bin/salt-master
Escape filters
regex_escape
New in version 2017.7.0.
Allows escaping of strings so they can be interpreted literally by another function.
Example:
regex_escape = {{ 'https://example.com?foo=bar%20baz' | regex_escape }}
will be rendered as:
regex_escape = https\:\/\/example\.com\?foo\=bar\%20baz
Set Theory Filters
unique
New in version 2017.7.0.
Performs set math using Jinja filters.
Example:
unique = {{ ['foo', 'foo', 'bar'] | unique }}
will be rendered as:
unique = ['foo', 'bar']
Jinja in Files
Jinja_
can be used in the same way in managed files:
# redis.sls
/etc/redis/redis.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://redis.conf
- template: jinja
- context:
bind: 127.0.0.1
# lib.sls
{% set port = 6379 %}
# redis.conf
{% from 'lib.sls' import port with context %}
port {{ port }}
bind {{ bind }}
As an example, configuration was pulled from the file context and from an external tem‐
plate file.
NOTE:
Macros and variables can be shared across templates. They should not be starting with
one or more underscores, and should be managed by one of the following tags: macro,
set, load_yaml, load_json, import_yaml and import_json.
Escaping Jinja
Occasionally, it may be necessary to escape Jinja syntax. There are two ways to do this in
Jinja. One is escaping individual variables or strings and the other is to escape entire
blocks.
To escape a string commonly used in Jinja syntax such as {{, you can use the following
syntax:
{{ '{{' }}
For larger blocks that contain Jinja syntax that needs to be escaped, you can use raw
blocks:
{% raw %}
some text that contains jinja characters that need to be escaped
{% endraw %}
See the Escaping section of Jinja's documentation to learn more.
A real-word example of needing to use raw tags to escape a larger block of code is when
using file.managed with the contents_pillar option to manage files that contain something
like consul-template, which shares a syntax subset with Jinja. Raw blocks are necessary
here because the Jinja in the pillar would be rendered before the file.managed is ever
called, so the Jinja syntax must be escaped:
{% raw %}
- contents_pillar: |
job "example-job" {
<snipped>
task "example" {
driver = "docker"
config {
image = "docker-registry.service.consul:5000/example-job:{{key "nomad/jobs/e ↲
xample-job/version"}}"
<snipped>
{% endraw %}
Calling Salt Functions
The Jinja renderer provides a shorthand lookup syntax for the salt dictionary of execution
function.
New in version 2014.7.0.
# The following two function calls are equivalent.
{{ salt['cmd.run']('whoami') }}
{{ salt.cmd.run('whoami') }}
Debugging
The show_full_context function can be used to output all variables present in the current
Jinja context.
New in version 2014.7.0.
Context is: {{ show_full_context() }}
Logs
New in version 2017.7.0.
Yes, in Salt, one is able to debug a complex Jinja template using the logs. For example,
making the call:
{%- do salt.log.error('testing jinja logging') -%}
Will insert the following message in the minion logs:
2017-02-01 01:24:40,728 [salt.module.logmod][ERROR ][3779] testing jinja logging
Custom Execution Modules
Custom execution modules can be used to supplement or replace complex Jinja. Many tasks
that require complex looping and logic are trivial when using Python in a Salt execution
module. Salt execution modules are easy to write and distribute to Salt minions.
Functions in custom execution modules are available in the Salt execution module dictio‐
nary just like the built-in execution modules:
{{ salt['my_custom_module.my_custom_function']() }}
· How to Convert Jinja Logic to an Execution Module
· Writing Execution Modules
Custom Jinja filters
Given that all execution modules are available in the Jinja template, one can easily
define a custom module as in the previous paragraph and use it as a Jinja filter. How‐
ever, please note that it will not be accessible through the pipe.
For example, instead of:
{{ my_variable | my_jinja_filter }}
The user will need to define my_jinja_filter function under an extension module, say
my_filters and use as:
{{ salt.my_filters.my_jinja_filter(my_variable) }}
The greatest benefit is that you are able to access thousands of existing functions, e.g.:
· get the DNS AAAA records for a specific address using the dnsutil:
{{ salt.dnsutil.AAAA('www.google.com') }}
· retrieve a specific field value from a Redis hash:
{{ salt.redis.hget('foo_hash', 'bar_field') }}
· get the routes to 0.0.0.0/0 using the NAPALM route:
{{ salt.route.show('0.0.0.0/0') }}
Tutorials Index
· Salt as a Cloud Controller
· Using Cron with Salt
· Automatic Updates / Frozen Deployments
· ESXi Proxy Minion
· Opening the Firewall up for Salt
· Git Fileserver Backend Walkthrough
· Halite
· HTTP Modules
· Using Salt at Scale
· LXC Management with Salt
· MinionFS Backend Walkthrough
· Remote Execution Tutorial
· Multi-Master-PKI Tutorial With Failover
· Multi Master Tutorial
· Pillar Walkthrough
· Packaging External Modules for Salt
· Salt Masterless Quickstart
· running salt as normal user tutorial
· Salt Bootstrap
· Standalone Minion
· How Do I Use Salt States?
· States tutorial, part 1 - Basic Usage
· States tutorial, part 2 - More Complex States, Requisites
· States tutorial, part 3 - Templating, Includes, Extends
· States tutorial, part 4
· How to Convert Jinja Logic to an Execution Module
· Using Salt with Stormpath
· Syslog-ng usage
· The macOS (Maverick) Developer Step By Step Guide To Salt Installation
· SaltStack Walk-through
· Writing Salt Tests
· Running Salt States and Commands in Docker Containers
· Preseed Minion with Accepted Key
Troubleshooting
The intent of the troubleshooting section is to introduce solutions to a number of common
issues encountered by users and the tools that are available to aid in developing States
and Salt code.
Troubleshooting the Salt Master
If your Salt master is having issues such as minions not returning data, slow execution
times, or a variety of other issues, the following links contain details on troubleshoot‐
ing the most common issues encountered:
Troubleshooting the Salt Master
Running in the Foreground
A great deal of information is available via the debug logging system, if you are having
issues with minions connecting or not starting run the master in the foreground:
# salt-master -l debug
Anyone wanting to run Salt daemons via a process supervisor such as monit, runit, or
supervisord, should omit the -d argument to the daemons and run them in the foreground.
What Ports does the Master Need Open?
For the master, TCP ports 4505 and 4506 need to be open. If you've put both your Salt mas‐
ter and minion in debug mode and don't see an acknowledgment that your minion has con‐
nected, it could very well be a firewall interfering with the connection. See our firewall
configuration page for help opening the firewall on various platforms.
If you've opened the correct TCP ports and still aren't seeing connections, check that no
additional access control system such as SELinux or AppArmor is blocking Salt.
Too many open files
The salt-master needs at least 2 sockets per host that connects to it, one for the Pub‐
lisher and one for response port. Thus, large installations may, upon scaling up the num‐
ber of minions accessing a given master, encounter:
12:45:29,289 [salt.master ][INFO ] Starting Salt worker process 38
Too many open files
sock != -1 (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
The solution to this would be to check the number of files allowed to be opened by the
user running salt-master (root by default):
[root@salt-master ~]# ulimit -n
1024
If this value is not equal to at least twice the number of minions, then it will need to
be raised. For example, in an environment with 1800 minions, the nofile limit should be
set to no less than 3600. This can be done by creating the file /etc/security/lim‐
its.d/99-salt.conf, with the following contents:
root hard nofile 4096
root soft nofile 4096
Replace root with the user under which the master runs, if different.
If your master does not have an /etc/security/limits.d directory, the lines can simply be
appended to /etc/security/limits.conf.
As with any change to resource limits, it is best to stay logged into your current shell
and open another shell to run ulimit -n again and verify that the changes were applied
correctly. Additionally, if your master is running upstart, it may be necessary to specify
the nofile limit in /etc/default/salt-master if upstart isn't respecting your resource
limits:
limit nofile 4096 4096
NOTE:
The above is simply an example of how to set these values, and you may wish to increase
them even further if your Salt master is doing more than just running Salt.
Salt Master Stops Responding
There are known bugs with ZeroMQ versions less than 2.1.11 which can cause the Salt master
to not respond properly. If you're running a ZeroMQ version greater than or equal to
2.1.9, you can work around the bug by setting the sysctls net.core.rmem_max and
net.core.wmem_max to 16777216. Next, set the third field in net.ipv4.tcp_rmem and
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem to at least 16777216.
You can do it manually with something like:
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_rmem
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem
Or with the following Salt state:
net.core.rmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.core.wmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
Live Python Debug Output
If the master seems to be unresponsive, a SIGUSR1 can be passed to the salt-master threads
to display what piece of code is executing. This debug information can be invaluable in
tracking down bugs.
To pass a SIGUSR1 to the master, first make sure the minion is running in the foreground.
Stop the service if it is running as a daemon, and start it in the foreground like so:
# salt-master -l debug
Then pass the signal to the master when it seems to be unresponsive:
# killall -SIGUSR1 salt-master
When filing an issue or sending questions to the mailing list for a problem with an unre‐
sponsive daemon, be sure to include this information if possible.
Live Salt-Master Profiling
When faced with performance problems one can turn on master process profiling by sending
it SIGUSR2.
# killall -SIGUSR2 salt-master
This will activate yappi profiler inside salt-master code, then after some time one must
send SIGUSR2 again to stop profiling and save results to file. If run in foreground
salt-master will report filename for the results, which are usually located under /tmp on
Unix-based OSes and c:\temp on windows.
Results can then be analyzed with kcachegrind or similar tool.
Commands Time Out or Do Not Return Output
Depending on your OS (this is most common on Ubuntu due to apt-get) you may sometimes
encounter times where a state.apply, or other long running commands do not return output.
By default the timeout is set to 5 seconds. The timeout value can easily be increased by
modifying the timeout line within your /etc/salt/master configuration file.
Having keys accepted for Salt minions that no longer exist or are not reachable also
increases the possibility of timeouts, since the Salt master waits for those systems to
return command results.
Passing the -c Option to Salt Returns a Permissions Error
Using the -c option with the Salt command modifies the configuration directory. When the
configuration file is read it will still base data off of the root_dir setting. This can
result in unintended behavior if you are expecting files such as /etc/salt/pki to be
pulled from the location specified with -c. Modify the root_dir setting to address this
behavior.
Salt Master Doesn't Return Anything While Running jobs
When a command being run via Salt takes a very long time to return (package installations,
certain scripts, etc.) the master may drop you back to the shell. In most situations the
job is still running but Salt has exceeded the set timeout before returning. Querying the
job queue will provide the data of the job but is inconvenient. This can be resolved by
either manually using the -t option to set a longer timeout when running commands (by
default it is 5 seconds) or by modifying the master configuration file: /etc/salt/master
and setting the timeout value to change the default timeout for all commands, and then
restarting the salt-master service.
Salt Master Auth Flooding
In large installations, care must be taken not to overwhealm the master with authentica‐
tion requests. Several options can be set on the master which mitigate the chances of an
authentication flood from causing an interruption in service.
NOTE:
recon_default:
The average number of seconds to wait between reconnection attempts.
recon_max:
The maximum number of seconds to wait between reconnection attempts.
recon_randomize:
A flag to indicate whether the recon_default value should be randomized.
acceptance_wait_time:
The number of seconds to wait for a reply to each authentication request.
random_reauth_delay:
The range of seconds across which the minions should attempt to randomize
authentication attempts.
auth_timeout:
The total time to wait for the authentication process to complete, regardless of
the number of attempts.
Running states locally
To debug the states, you can use call locally.
salt-call -l trace --local state.highstate
The top.sls file is used to map what SLS modules get loaded onto what minions via the
state system.
It is located in the file defined in the file_roots variable of the salt master configura‐
tion file which is defined by found in CONFIG_DIR/master, normally /etc/salt/master
The default configuration for the file_roots is:
file_roots:
base:
- /srv/salt
So the top file is defaulted to the location /srv/salt/top.sls
Salt Master Umask
The salt master uses a cache to track jobs as they are published and returns come back.
The recommended umask for a salt-master is 022, which is the default for most users on a
system. Incorrect umasks can result in permission-denied errors when the master tries to
access files in its cache.
Troubleshooting the Salt Minion
In the event that your Salt minion is having issues, a variety of solutions and sugges‐
tions are available. Please refer to the following links for more information:
Troubleshooting the Salt Minion
Running in the Foreground
A great deal of information is available via the debug logging system, if you are having
issues with minions connecting or not starting run the minion in the foreground:
# salt-minion -l debug
Anyone wanting to run Salt daemons via a process supervisor such as monit, runit, or
supervisord, should omit the -d argument to the daemons and run them in the foreground.
What Ports does the Minion Need Open?
No ports need to be opened on the minion, as it makes outbound connections to the master.
If you've put both your Salt master and minion in debug mode and don't see an acknowledg‐
ment that your minion has connected, it could very well be a firewall interfering with the
connection. See our firewall configuration page for help opening the firewall on various
platforms.
If you have netcat installed, you can check port connectivity from the minion with the nc
command:
$ nc -v -z salt.master.ip.addr 4505
Connection to salt.master.ip.addr 4505 port [tcp/unknown] succeeded!
$ nc -v -z salt.master.ip.addr 4506
Connection to salt.master.ip.addr 4506 port [tcp/unknown] succeeded!
The Nmap utility can also be used to check if these ports are open:
# nmap -sS -q -p 4505-4506 salt.master.ip.addr
Starting Nmap 6.40 ( http://nmap.org ) at 2013-12-29 19:44 CST
Nmap scan report for salt.master.ip.addr (10.0.0.10)
Host is up (0.0026s latency).
PORT STATE SERVICE
4505/tcp open unknown
4506/tcp open unknown
MAC Address: 00:11:22:AA:BB:CC (Intel)
Nmap done: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 1.64 seconds
If you've opened the correct TCP ports and still aren't seeing connections, check that no
additional access control system such as SELinux or AppArmor is blocking Salt. Tools like
tcptraceroute can also be used to determine if an intermediate device or firewall is
blocking the needed TCP ports.
Using salt-call
The salt-call command was originally developed for aiding in the development of new Salt
modules. Since then, many applications have been developed for running any Salt module
locally on a minion. These range from the original intent of salt-call (development assis‐
tance), to gathering more verbose output from calls like state.apply.
When initially creating your state tree, it is generally recommended to invoke highstates
by running state.apply directly from the minion with salt-call, rather than remotely from
the master. This displays far more information about the execution than calling it
remotely. For even more verbosity, increase the loglevel using the -l argument:
# salt-call -l debug state.apply
The main difference between using salt and using salt-call is that salt-call is run from
the minion, and it only runs the selected function on that minion. By contrast, salt is
run from the master, and requires you to specify the minions on which to run the command
using salt's targeting system.
Live Python Debug Output
If the minion seems to be unresponsive, a SIGUSR1 can be passed to the process to display
what piece of code is executing. This debug information can be invaluable in tracking down
bugs.
To pass a SIGUSR1 to the minion, first make sure the minion is running in the foreground.
Stop the service if it is running as a daemon, and start it in the foreground like so:
# salt-minion -l debug
Then pass the signal to the minion when it seems to be unresponsive:
# killall -SIGUSR1 salt-minion
When filing an issue or sending questions to the mailing list for a problem with an unre‐
sponsive daemon, be sure to include this information if possible.
Multiprocessing in Execution Modules
As is outlined in github issue #6300, Salt cannot use python's multiprocessing pipes and
queues from execution modules. Multiprocessing from the execution modules is perfectly
viable, it is just necessary to use Salt's event system to communicate back with the
process.
The reason for this difficulty is that python attempts to pickle all objects in memory
when communicating, and it cannot pickle function objects. Since the Salt loader system
creates and manages function objects this causes the pickle operation to fail.
Salt Minion Doesn't Return Anything While Running Jobs Locally
When a command being run via Salt takes a very long time to return (package installations,
certain scripts, etc.) the minion may drop you back to the shell. In most situations the
job is still running but Salt has exceeded the set timeout before returning. Querying the
job queue will provide the data of the job but is inconvenient. This can be resolved by
either manually using the -t option to set a longer timeout when running commands (by
default it is 5 seconds) or by modifying the minion configuration file: /etc/salt/minion
and setting the timeout value to change the default timeout for all commands, and then
restarting the salt-minion service.
NOTE:
Modifying the minion timeout value is not required when running commands from a Salt
Master. It is only required when running commands locally on the minion.
Running in the Foreground
A great deal of information is available via the debug logging system, if you are having
issues with minions connecting or not starting run the minion and/or master in the fore‐
ground:
salt-master -l debug
salt-minion -l debug
Anyone wanting to run Salt daemons via a process supervisor such as monit, runit, or
supervisord, should omit the -d argument to the daemons and run them in the foreground.
What Ports do the Master and Minion Need Open?
No ports need to be opened up on each minion. For the master, TCP ports 4505 and 4506 need
to be open. If you've put both your Salt master and minion in debug mode and don't see an
acknowledgment that your minion has connected, it could very well be a firewall.
You can check port connectivity from the minion with the nc command:
nc -v -z salt.master.ip 4505
nc -v -z salt.master.ip 4506
There is also a firewall configuration document that might help as well.
If you've enabled the right TCP ports on your operating system or Linux distribution's
firewall and still aren't seeing connections, check that no additional access control sys‐
tem such as SELinux or AppArmor is blocking Salt.
Using salt-call
The salt-call command was originally developed for aiding in the development of new Salt
modules. Since then, many applications have been developed for running any Salt module
locally on a minion. These range from the original intent of salt-call, development assis‐
tance, to gathering more verbose output from calls like state.apply.
When initially creating your state tree, it is generally recommended to invoke state.apply
directly from the minion with salt-call, rather than remotely from the master. This dis‐
plays far more information about the execution than calling it remotely. For even more
verbosity, increase the loglevel using the -l argument:
salt-call -l debug state.apply
The main difference between using salt and using salt-call is that salt-call is run from
the minion, and it only runs the selected function on that minion. By contrast, salt is
run from the master, and requires you to specify the minions on which to run the command
using salt's targeting system.
Too many open files
The salt-master needs at least 2 sockets per host that connects to it, one for the Pub‐
lisher and one for response port. Thus, large installations may, upon scaling up the num‐
ber of minions accessing a given master, encounter:
12:45:29,289 [salt.master ][INFO ] Starting Salt worker process 38
Too many open files
sock != -1 (tcp_listener.cpp:335)
The solution to this would be to check the number of files allowed to be opened by the
user running salt-master (root by default):
[root@salt-master ~]# ulimit -n
1024
And modify that value to be at least equal to the number of minions x 2. This setting can
be changed in limits.conf as the nofile value(s), and activated upon new a login of the
specified user.
So, an environment with 1800 minions, would need 1800 x 2 = 3600 as a minimum.
Salt Master Stops Responding
There are known bugs with ZeroMQ versions less than 2.1.11 which can cause the Salt master
to not respond properly. If you're running a ZeroMQ version greater than or equal to
2.1.9, you can work around the bug by setting the sysctls net.core.rmem_max and
net.core.wmem_max to 16777216. Next, set the third field in net.ipv4.tcp_rmem and
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem to at least 16777216.
You can do it manually with something like:
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max
# echo 16777216 > /proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_rmem
# echo "4096 87380 16777216" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_wmem
Or with the following Salt state:
net.core.rmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.core.wmem_max:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem:
sysctl:
- present
- value: 4096 87380 16777216
Salt and SELinux
Currently there are no SELinux policies for Salt. For the most part Salt runs without
issue when SELinux is running in Enforcing mode. This is because when the minion executes
as a daemon the type context is changed to initrc_t. The problem with SELinux arises when
using salt-call or running the minion in the foreground, since the type context stays
unconfined_t.
This problem is generally manifest in the rpm install scripts when using the pkg module.
Until a full SELinux Policy is available for Salt the solution to this issue is to set the
execution context of salt-call and salt-minion to rpm_exec_t:
# CentOS 5 and RHEL 5:
chcon -t system_u:system_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-minion
chcon -t system_u:system_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-call
# CentOS 6 and RHEL 6:
chcon system_u:object_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-minion
chcon system_u:object_r:rpm_exec_t:s0 /usr/bin/salt-call
This works well, because the rpm_exec_t context has very broad control over other types.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
Salt requires Python 2.6 or 2.7. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and its variants come with
Python 2.4 installed by default. When installing on RHEL 5 from the EPEL repository this
is handled for you. But, if you run Salt from git, be advised that its dependencies need
to be installed from EPEL and that Salt needs to be run with the python26 executable.
Common YAML Gotchas
An extensive list of YAML idiosyncrasies has been compiled:
YAML Idiosyncrasies
One of Salt's strengths, the use of existing serialization systems for representing SLS
data, can also backfire. YAML is a general purpose system and there are a number of things
that would seem to make sense in an sls file that cause YAML issues. It is wise to be
aware of these issues. While reports or running into them are generally rare they can
still crop up at unexpected times.
Spaces vs Tabs
YAML uses spaces, period. Do not use tabs in your SLS files! If strange errors are coming
up in rendering SLS files, make sure to check that no tabs have crept in! In Vim, after
enabling search highlighting with: :set hlsearch, you can check with the following key
sequence in normal mode(you can hit ESC twice to be sure): /, Ctrl-v, Tab, then hit Enter.
Also, you can convert tabs to 2 spaces by these commands in Vim: :set tabstop=2 expandtab
and then :retab.
Indentation
The suggested syntax for YAML files is to use 2 spaces for indentation, but YAML will fol‐
low whatever indentation system that the individual file uses. Indentation of two spaces
works very well for SLS files given the fact that the data is uniform and not deeply
nested.
Nested Dictionaries
When dicts are nested within other data structures (particularly lists), the indentation
logic sometimes changes. Examples of where this might happen include context and default
options from the file.managed state:
/etc/http/conf/http.conf:
file:
- managed
- source: salt://apache/http.conf
- user: root
- group: root
- mode: 644
- template: jinja
- context:
custom_var: "override"
- defaults:
custom_var: "default value"
other_var: 123
Notice that while the indentation is two spaces per level, for the values under the con‐
text and defaults options there is a four-space indent. If only two spaces are used to
indent, then those keys will be considered part of the same dictionary that contains the
context key, and so the data will not be loaded correctly. If using a double indent is not
desirable, then a deeply-nested dict can be declared with curly braces:
/etc/http/conf/http.conf:
file:
- managed
- source: salt://apache/http.conf
- user: root
- group: root
- mode: 644
- template: jinja
- context: {
custom_var: "override" }
- defaults: {
custom_var: "default value",
other_var: 123 }
Here is a more concrete example of how YAML actually handles these indentations, using the
Python interpreter on the command line:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('''mystate:
... file.managed:
... - context:
... some: var''')
{'mystate': {'file.managed': [{'context': {'some': 'var'}}]}}
>>> yaml.safe_load('''mystate:
... file.managed:
... - context:
... some: var''')
{'mystate': {'file.managed': [{'some': 'var', 'context': None}]}}
Note that in the second example, some is added as another key in the same dictionary,
whereas in the first example, it's the start of a new dictionary. That's the distinction.
context is a common example because it is a keyword arg for many functions, and should
contain a dictionary.
True/False, Yes/No, On/Off
PyYAML will load these values as boolean True or False. Un-capitalized versions will also
be loaded as booleans (true, false, yes, no, on, and off). This can be especially problem‐
atic when constructing Pillar data. Make sure that your Pillars which need to use the
string versions of these values are enclosed in quotes. Pillars will be parsed twice by
salt, so you'll need to wrap your values in multiple quotes, including double quotation
marks (" ") and single quotation marks (' '). Note that spaces are included in the quota‐
tion type examples for clarity.
Multiple quoting examples looks like this:
- '"false"'
- "'True'"
- "'YES'"
- '"No"'
NOTE:
When using multiple quotes in this manner, they must be different. Using "" "" or '' ''
won't work in this case (spaces are included in examples for clarity).
The '%' Sign
The % symbol has a special meaning in YAML, it needs to be passed as a string literal:
cheese:
ssh_auth.present:
- user: tbortels
- source: salt://ssh_keys/chease.pub
- config: '%h/.ssh/authorized_keys'
Time Expressions
PyYAML will load a time expression as the integer value of that, assuming HH:MM. So for
example, 12:00 is loaded by PyYAML as 720. An excellent explanation for why can be found
here.
To keep time expressions like this from being loaded as integers, always quote them.
NOTE:
When using a jinja load_yaml map, items must be quoted twice. For example:
{% load_yaml as wsus_schedule %}
FRI_10:
time: '"23:00"'
day: 6 - Every Friday
SAT_10:
time: '"06:00"'
day: 7 - Every Saturday
SAT_20:
time: '"14:00"'
day: 7 - Every Saturday
SAT_30:
time: '"22:00"'
day: 7 - Every Saturday
SUN_10:
time: '"06:00"'
day: 1 - Every Sunday
{% endload %}
YAML does not like Double Short Decs
If I can find a way to make YAML accept "Double Short Decs" then I will, since I think
that double short decs would be awesome. So what is a "Double Short Dec"? It is when you
declare a multiple short decs in one ID. Here is a standard short dec, it works great:
vim:
pkg.installed
The short dec means that there are no arguments to pass, so it is not required to add any
arguments, and it can save space.
YAML though, gets upset when declaring multiple short decs, for the record...
THIS DOES NOT WORK:
vim:
pkg.installed
user.present
Similarly declaring a short dec in the same ID dec as a standard dec does not work
either...
ALSO DOES NOT WORK:
fred:
user.present
ssh_auth.present:
- name: AAAAB3NzaC...
- user: fred
- enc: ssh-dss
- require:
- user: fred
The correct way is to define them like this:
vim:
pkg.installed: []
user.present: []
fred:
user.present: []
ssh_auth.present:
- name: AAAAB3NzaC...
- user: fred
- enc: ssh-dss
- require:
- user: fred
Alternatively, they can be defined the "old way", or with multiple "full decs":
vim:
pkg:
- installed
user:
- present
fred:
user:
- present
ssh_auth:
- present
- name: AAAAB3NzaC...
- user: fred
- enc: ssh-dss
- require:
- user: fred
YAML supports only plain ASCII
According to YAML specification, only ASCII characters can be used.
Within double-quotes, special characters may be represented with C-style escape sequences
starting with a backslash ( \ ).
Examples:
- micro: "\u00b5"
- copyright: "\u00A9"
- A: "\x41"
- alpha: "\u0251"
- Alef: "\u05d0"
List of usable Unicode characters will help you to identify correct numbers.
Python can also be used to discover the Unicode number for a character:
repr(u"Text with wrong characters i need to figure out")
This shell command can find wrong characters in your SLS files:
find . -name '*.sls' -exec grep --color='auto' -P -n '[^\x00-\x7F]' \{} \;
Alternatively you can toggle the yaml_utf8 setting in your master configuration file. This
is still an experimental setting but it should manage the right encoding conversion in
salt after yaml states compilations.
Underscores stripped in Integer Definitions
If a definition only includes numbers and underscores, it is parsed by YAML as an integer
and all underscores are stripped. To ensure the object becomes a string, it should be
surrounded by quotes. More information here.
Here's an example:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('2013_05_10')
20130510
>>> yaml.safe_load('"2013_05_10"')
'2013_05_10'
Automatic datetime conversion
If there is a value in a YAML file formatted 2014-01-20 14:23:23 or similar, YAML will
automatically convert this to a Python datetime object. These objects are not msgpack
serializable, and so may break core salt functionality. If values such as these are
needed in a salt YAML file (specifically a configuration file), they should be formatted
with surrounding strings to force YAML to serialize them as strings:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('2014-01-20 14:23:23')
datetime.datetime(2014, 1, 20, 14, 23, 23)
>>> yaml.safe_load('"2014-01-20 14:23:23"')
'2014-01-20 14:23:23'
Additionally, numbers formatted like XXXX-XX-XX will also be converted (or YAML will
attempt to convert them, and error out if it doesn't think the date is a real one). Thus,
for example, if a minion were to have an ID of 4017-16-20 the minion would not start
because YAML would complain that the date was out of range. The workaround is the same,
surround the offending string with quotes:
>>> import yaml
>>> yaml.safe_load('4017-16-20')
Traceback (most recent call last):
File "<stdin>", line 1, in <module>
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/__init__.py", line 93, in safe_load
return load(stream, SafeLoader)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/__init__.py", line 71, in load
return loader.get_single_data()
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 39, in get_singl ↲
e_data
return self.construct_document(node)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 43, in construct ↲
_document
data = self.construct_object(node)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 88, in construct ↲
_object
data = constructor(self, node)
File "/usr/local/lib/python2.7/site-packages/yaml/constructor.py", line 312, in construc ↲
t_yaml_timestamp
return datetime.date(year, month, day)
ValueError: month must be in 1..12
>>> yaml.safe_load('"4017-16-20"')
'4017-16-20'
Keys Limited to 1024 Characters
Simple keys are limited to a single line and cannot be longer that 1024 characters. This
is a limitation from PyYaml, as seen in a comment in PyYAML's code, and applies to any‐
thing parsed by YAML in Salt.
Live Python Debug Output
If the minion or master seems to be unresponsive, a SIGUSR1 can be passed to the processes
to display where in the code they are running. If encountering a situation like this, this
debug information can be invaluable. First make sure the master of minion are running in
the foreground:
salt-master -l debug
salt-minion -l debug
Then pass the signal to the master or minion when it seems to be unresponsive:
killall -SIGUSR1 salt-master
killall -SIGUSR1 salt-minion
Also under BSD and macOS in addition to SIGUSR1 signal, debug subroutine set up for SIG‐
INFO which has an advantage of being sent by Ctrl+T shortcut.
When filing an issue or sending questions to the mailing list for a problem with an unre‐
sponsive daemon this information can be invaluable.
Salt 0.16.x minions cannot communicate with a 0.17.x master
As of release 0.17.1 you can no longer run different versions of Salt on your Master and
Minion servers. This is due to a protocol change for security purposes. The Salt team will
continue to attempt to ensure versions are as backwards compatible as possible.
Debugging the Master and Minion
A list of common master and minion troubleshooting steps provide a starting point for
resolving issues you may encounter.
Frequently Asked Questions
FAQ
· Frequently Asked Questions
· Is Salt open-core?
· I think I found a bug! What should I do?
· What ports should I open on my firewall?
· I'm seeing weird behavior (including but not limited to packages not installing their
users properly)
· My script runs every time I run a state.apply. Why?
· When I run test.ping, why don't the Minions that aren't responding return anything?
Returning False would be helpful.
· How does Salt determine the Minion's id?
· I'm trying to manage packages/services but I get an error saying that the state is not
available. Why?
· Why aren't my custom modules/states/etc. available on my Minions?
· Module X isn't available, even though the shell command it uses is installed. Why?
· Can I run different versions of Salt on my Master and Minion?
· Does Salt support backing up managed files?
· Is it possible to deploy a file to a specific minion, without other minions having
access to it?
· What is the best way to restart a Salt Minion daemon using Salt after upgrade?
· Upgrade without automatic restart
· Restart using states
· Restart using remote executions
· Salting the Salt Master
· Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure?
· Why Did the Value for a Grain Change on Its Own?
Is Salt open-core?
No. Salt is 100% committed to being open-source, including all of our APIs. It is devel‐
oped under the Apache 2.0 license, allowing it to be used in both open and proprietary
projects.
To expand on this a little:
There is much argument over the actual definition of "open core". From our standpoint,
Salt is open source because
1. It is a standalone product that anyone is free to use.
2. It is developed in the open with contributions accepted from the community for the good
of the project.
3. There are no features of Salt itself that are restricted to separate proprietary prod‐
ucts distributed by SaltStack, Inc.
4. Because of our Apache 2.0 license, Salt can be used as the foundation for a project or
even a proprietary tool.
5. Our APIs are open and documented (any lack of documentation is an oversight as opposed
to an intentional decision by SaltStack the company) and available for use by anyone.
SaltStack the company does make proprietary products which use Salt and its libraries,
like company is free to do, but we do so via the APIs, NOT by forking Salt and creating a
different, closed-source version of it for paying customers.
I think I found a bug! What should I do?
The salt-users mailing list as well as the salt IRC channel can both be helpful resources
to confirm if others are seeing the issue and to assist with immediate debugging.
To report a bug to the Salt project, please follow the instructions in reporting a bug.
What ports should I open on my firewall?
Minions need to be able to connect to the Master on TCP ports 4505 and 4506. Minions do
not need any inbound ports open. More detailed information on firewall settings can be
found here.
I'm seeing weird behavior (including but not limited to packages not installing their users
properly)
This is often caused by SELinux. Try disabling SELinux or putting it in permissive mode
and see if the weird behavior goes away.
My script runs every time I run a state.apply. Why?
You are probably using cmd.run rather than cmd.wait. A cmd.wait state will only run when
there has been a change in a state that it is watching.
A cmd.run state will run the corresponding command every time (unless it is prevented from
running by the unless or onlyif arguments).
More details can be found in the documentation for the cmd states.
When I run test.ping, why don't the Minions that aren't responding return anything? Returning
False would be helpful.
When you run test.ping the Master tells Minions to run commands/functions, and listens for
the return data, printing it to the screen when it is received. If it doesn't receive
anything back, it doesn't have anything to display for that Minion.
There are a couple options for getting information on Minions that are not responding. One
is to use the verbose (-v) option when you run salt commands, as it will display "Minion
did not return" for any Minions which time out.
salt -v '*' pkg.install zsh
Another option is to use the manage.down runner:
salt-run manage.down
Also, if the Master is under heavy load, it is possible that the CLI will exit without
displaying return data for all targeted Minions. However, this doesn't mean that the Min‐
ions did not return; this only means that the Salt CLI timed out waiting for a response.
Minions will still send their return data back to the Master once the job completes. If
any expected Minions are missing from the CLI output, the jobs.list_jobs runner can be
used to show the job IDs of the jobs that have been run, and the jobs.lookup_jid runner
can be used to get the return data for that job.
salt-run jobs.list_jobs
salt-run jobs.lookup_jid 20130916125524463507
If you find that you are often missing Minion return data on the CLI, only to find it with
the jobs runners, then this may be a sign that the worker_threads value may need to be
increased in the master config file. Additionally, running your Salt CLI commands with the
-t option will make Salt wait longer for the return data before the CLI command exits. For
instance, the below command will wait up to 60 seconds for the Minions to return:
salt -t 60 '*' test.ping
How does Salt determine the Minion's id?
If the Minion id is not configured explicitly (using the id parameter), Salt will deter‐
mine the id based on the hostname. Exactly how this is determined varies a little between
operating systems and is described in detail here.
I'm trying to manage packages/services but I get an error saying that the state is not avail‐
able. Why?
Salt detects the Minion's operating system and assigns the correct package or service man‐
agement module based on what is detected. However, for certain custom spins and OS deriva‐
tives this detection fails. In cases like this, an issue should be opened on our tracker,
with the following information:
1. The output of the following command:
salt <minion_id> grains.items | grep os
2. The contents of /etc/lsb-release, if present on the Minion.
Why aren't my custom modules/states/etc. available on my Minions?
Custom modules are synced to Minions when saltutil.sync_modules, or saltutil.sync_all is
run. Custom modules are also synced by state.apply when run without any arguments.
Similarly, custom states are synced to Minions when state.apply, saltutil.sync_states, or
saltutil.sync_all is run.
Custom states are also synced by state.apply when run without any arguments.
Other custom types (renderers, outputters, etc.) have similar behavior, see the documenta‐
tion for the saltutil module for more information.
This reactor example can be used to automatically sync custom types when the minion con‐
nects to the master, to help with this chicken-and-egg issue.
Module X isn't available, even though the shell command it uses is installed. Why?
This is most likely a PATH issue. Did you custom-compile the software which the module
requires? RHEL/CentOS/etc. in particular override the root user's path in
/etc/init.d/functions, setting it to /sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin, making software
installed into /usr/local/bin unavailable to Salt when the Minion is started using the
initscript. In version 2014.1.0, Salt will have a better solution for these sort of
PATH-related issues, but recompiling the software to install it into a location within the
PATH should resolve the issue in the meantime. Alternatively, you can create a symbolic
link within the PATH using a file.symlink state.
/usr/bin/foo:
file.symlink:
- target: /usr/local/bin/foo
Can I run different versions of Salt on my Master and Minion?
This depends on the versions. In general, it is recommended that Master and Minion ver‐
sions match.
When upgrading Salt, the master(s) should always be upgraded first. Backwards compatibil‐
ity for minions running newer versions of salt than their masters is not guaranteed.
Whenever possible, backwards compatibility between new masters and old minions will be
preserved. Generally, the only exception to this policy is in case of a security vulnera‐
bility.
Recent examples of backwards compatibility breakage include the 0.17.1 release (where all
backwards compatibility was broken due to a security fix), and the 2014.1.0 release (which
retained compatibility between 2014.1.0 masters and 0.17 minions, but broke compatibility
for 2014.1.0 minions and older masters).
Does Salt support backing up managed files?
Yes. Salt provides an easy to use addition to your file.managed states that allow you to
back up files via backup_mode, backup_mode can be configured on a per state basis, or in
the minion config (note that if set in the minion config this would simply be the default
method to use, you still need to specify that the file should be backed up!).
Is it possible to deploy a file to a specific minion, without other minions having access to
it?
The Salt fileserver does not yet support access control, but it is still possible to do
this. As of Salt 2015.5.0, the file_tree external pillar is available, and allows the con‐
tents of a file to be loaded as Pillar data. This external pillar is capable of assigning
Pillar values both to individual minions, and to nodegroups. See the documentation for
details on how to set this up.
Once the external pillar has been set up, the data can be pushed to a minion via a
file.managed state, using the contents_pillar argument:
/etc/my_super_secret_file:
file.managed:
- user: secret
- group: secret
- mode: 600
- contents_pillar: secret_files:my_super_secret_file
In this example, the source file would be located in a directory called secret_files
underneath the file_tree path for the minion. The syntax for specifying the pillar vari‐
able is the same one used for pillar.get, with a colon representing a nested dictionary.
WARNING:
Deploying binary contents using the file.managed state is only supported in Salt
2015.8.4 and newer.
What is the best way to restart a Salt Minion daemon using Salt after upgrade?
Updating the salt-minion package requires a restart of the salt-minion service. But
restarting the service while in the middle of a state run interrupts the process of the
Minion running states and sending results back to the Master. A common way to workaround
that is to schedule restarting of the Minion service using masterless mode after all other
states have been applied. This allows the minion to keep Minion to Master connection alive
for the Minion to report the final results to the Master, while the service is restarting
in the background.
Upgrade without automatic restart
Doing the Minion upgrade seems to be a simplest state in your SLS file at first. But the
operating systems such as Debian GNU/Linux, Ubuntu and their derivatives start the service
after the package installation by default. To prevent this, we need to create policy
layer which will prevent the Minion service to restart right after the upgrade:
{%- if grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}
Disable starting services:
file.managed:
- name: /usr/sbin/policy-rc.d
- user: root
- group: root
- mode: 0755
- contents:
- '#!/bin/sh'
- exit 101
# do not touch if already exists
- replace: False
- prereq:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- endif %}
Upgrade Salt Minion:
pkg.installed:
- name: salt-minion
- version: 2016.11.3{% if grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}+ds-1{% endif %}
- order: last
Enable Salt Minion:
service.enabled:
- name: salt-minion
- require:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- if grains['os_family'] == 'Debian' %}
Enable starting services:
file.absent:
- name: /usr/sbin/policy-rc.d
- onchanges:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- endif %}
Restart using states
Now we can apply the workaround to restart the Minion in reliable way. The following
example works on UNIX-like operating systems:
{%- if grains['os'] != 'Windows' %
Restart Salt Minion:
cmd.run:
- name: 'salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion'
- bg: True
- onchanges:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
{%- endif %}
Note that restarting the salt-minion service on Windows operating systems is not always
necessary when performing an upgrade. The installer stops the salt-minion service, removes
it, deletes the contents of the \salt\bin directory, installs the new code, re-creates the
salt-minion service, and starts it (by default). The restart step would be necessary dur‐
ing the upgrade process, however, if the minion config was edited after the upgrade or
installation. If a minion restart is necessary, the state above can be edited as follows:
Restart Salt Minion:
cmd.run:
{%- if grains['kernel'] == 'Windows' %}
- name: 'C:\salt\salt-call.bat --local service.restart salt-minion'
{%- else %}
- name: 'salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion'
{%- endif %}
- bg: True
- onchanges:
- pkg: Upgrade Salt Minion
However, it requires more advanced tricks to upgrade from legacy version of Salt (before
2016.3.0) on UNIX-like operating systems, where executing commands in the background is
not supported:
Restart Salt Minion:
cmd.run:
{%- if grains['kernel'] == 'Windows' %}
- name: 'start powershell "Restart-Service -Name salt-minion"'
{%- else %}
# fork and disown the process
- name: |-
exec 0>&- # close stdin
exec 1>&- # close stdout
exec 2>&- # close stderr
nohup salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion &
{%- endif %}
Restart using remote executions
Restart the Minion from the command line:
salt -G kernel:Windows cmd.run_bg 'C:\salt\salt-call.bat --local service.restart salt-mini ↲
on'
salt -C 'not G@kernel:Windows' cmd.run_bg 'salt-call --local service.restart salt-minion'
Salting the Salt Master
In order to configure a master server via states, the Salt master can also be "salted" in
order to enforce state on the Salt master as well as the Salt minions. Salting the Salt
master requires a Salt minion to be installed on the same machine as the Salt master. Once
the Salt minion is installed, the minion configuration file must be pointed to the local
Salt master:
master: 127.0.0.1
Once the Salt master has been "salted" with a Salt minion, it can be targeted just like
any other minion. If the minion on the salted master is running, the minion can be tar‐
geted via any usual salt command. Additionally, the salt-call command can execute opera‐
tions to enforce state on the salted master without requiring the minion to be running.
More information about salting the Salt master can be found in the salt-formula for salt
itself:
https://github.com/saltstack-formulas/salt-formula
Is Targeting using Grain Data Secure?
Because grains can be set by users that have access to the minion configuration files on
the local system, grains are considered less secure than other identifiers in Salt. Use
caution when targeting sensitive operations or setting pillar values based on grain data.
The only grain which can be safely used is grains['id'] which contains the Minion ID.
When possible, you should target sensitive operations and data using the Minion ID. If the
Minion ID of a system changes, the Salt Minion's public key must be re-accepted by an
administrator on the Salt Master, making it less vulnerable to impersonation attacks.
Why Did the Value for a Grain Change on Its Own?
This is usually the result of an upstream change in an OS distribution that replaces or
removes something that Salt was using to detect the grain. Fortunately, when this occurs,
you can use Salt to fix it with a command similar to the following:
salt -G 'grain:ChangedValue' grains.setvals "{'grain': 'OldValue'}"
(Replacing grain, ChangedValue, and OldValue with the grain and values that you want to
change / set.)
You should also file an issue describing the change so it can be fixed in Salt.
Salt Best Practices
Salt's extreme flexibility leads to many questions concerning the structure of configura‐
tion files.
This document exists to clarify these points through examples and code.
General rules
1. Modularity and clarity should be emphasized whenever possible.
2. Create clear relations between pillars and states.
3. Use variables when it makes sense but don't overuse them.
4. Store sensitive data in pillar.
5. Don't use grains for matching in your pillar top file for any sensitive pillars.
Structuring States and Formulas
When structuring Salt States and Formulas it is important to begin with the directory
structure. A proper directory structure clearly defines the functionality of each state to
the user via visual inspection of the state's name.
Reviewing the MySQL Salt Formula it is clear to see the benefits to the end-user when
reviewing a sample of the available states:
/srv/salt/mysql/files/
/srv/salt/mysql/client.sls
/srv/salt/mysql/map.jinja
/srv/salt/mysql/python.sls
/srv/salt/mysql/server.sls
This directory structure would lead to these states being referenced in a top file in the
following way:
base:
'web*':
- mysql.client
- mysql.python
'db*':
- mysql.server
This clear definition ensures that the user is properly informed of what each state will
do.
Another example comes from the vim-formula:
/srv/salt/vim/files/
/srv/salt/vim/absent.sls
/srv/salt/vim/init.sls
/srv/salt/vim/map.jinja
/srv/salt/vim/nerdtree.sls
/srv/salt/vim/pyflakes.sls
/srv/salt/vim/salt.sls
Once again viewing how this would look in a top file:
/srv/salt/top.sls:
base:
'web*':
- vim
- vim.nerdtree
- vim.pyflakes
- vim.salt
'db*':
- vim.absent
The usage of a clear top-level directory as well as properly named states reduces the
overall complexity and leads a user to both understand what will be included at a glance
and where it is located.
In addition Formulas should be used as often as possible.
NOTE:
Formulas repositories on the saltstack-formulas GitHub organization should not be
pointed to directly from systems that automatically fetch new updates such as GitFS or
similar tooling. Instead formulas repositories should be forked on GitHub or cloned
locally, where unintended, automatic changes will not take place.
Structuring Pillar Files
Pillars are used to store secure and insecure data pertaining to minions. When designing
the structure of the /srv/pillar directory, the pillars contained within should once again
be focused on clear and concise data which users can easily review, modify, and under‐
stand.
The /srv/pillar/ directory is primarily controlled by top.sls. It should be noted that the
pillar top.sls is not used as a location to declare variables and their values. The
top.sls is used as a way to include other pillar files and organize the way they are
matched based on environments or grains.
An example top.sls may be as simple as the following:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- packages
Any number of matchers can be added to the base environment. For example, here is an
expanded version of the Pillar top file stated above:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- packages
'web*':
- apache
- vim
Or an even more complicated example, using a variety of matchers in numerous environments:
/srv/pillar/top.sls:
base:
'*':
- apache
dev:
'os:Debian':
- match: grain
- vim
test:
'* and not G@os: Debian':
- match: compound
- emacs
It is clear to see through these examples how the top file provides users with power but
when used incorrectly it can lead to confusing configurations. This is why it is important
to understand that the top file for pillar is not used for variable definitions.
Each SLS file within the /srv/pillar/ directory should correspond to the states which it
matches.
This would mean that the apache pillar file should contain data relevant to Apache. Struc‐
turing files in this way once again ensures modularity, and creates a consistent under‐
standing throughout our Salt environment. Users can expect that pillar variables found in
an Apache state will live inside of an Apache pillar:
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
name: httpd
config:
tmpl: /etc/httpd/httpd.conf
While this pillar file is simple, it shows how a pillar file explicitly relates to the
state it is associated with.
Variable Flexibility
Salt allows users to define variables in SLS files. When creating a state variables should
provide users with as much flexibility as possible. This means that variables should be
clearly defined and easy to manipulate, and that sane defaults should exist in the event a
variable is not properly defined. Looking at several examples shows how these different
items can lead to extensive flexibility.
Although it is possible to set variables locally, this is generally not preferred:
/srv/salt/apache/conf.sls:
{% set name = 'httpd' %}
{% set tmpl = 'salt://apache/files/httpd.conf' %}
include:
- apache
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ name }}
- source: {{ tmpl }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
When generating this information it can be easily transitioned to the pillar where data
can be overwritten, modified, and applied to multiple states, or locations within a single
state:
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
name: httpd
config:
tmpl: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
/srv/salt/apache/conf.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
include:
- apache
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:name') }}
- source: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:config:tmpl') }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
This flexibility provides users with a centralized location to modify variables, which is
extremely important as an environment grows.
Modularity Within States
Ensuring that states are modular is one of the key concepts to understand within Salt.
When creating a state a user must consider how many times the state could be re-used, and
what it relies on to operate. Below are several examples which will iteratively explain
how a user can go from a state which is not very modular to one that is:
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
httpd:
pkg.installed: []
service.running:
- enable: True
/etc/httpd/httpd.conf:
file.managed:
- source: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
- template: jinja
- watch_in:
- service: httpd
The example above is probably the worst-case scenario when writing a state. There is a
clear lack of focus by naming both the pkg/service, and managed file directly as the state
ID. This would lead to changing multiple requires within this state, as well as others
that may depend upon the state.
Imagine if a require was used for the httpd package in another state, and then suddenly
it's a custom package. Now changes need to be made in multiple locations which increases
the complexity and leads to a more error prone configuration.
There is also the issue of having the configuration file located in the init, as a user
would be unable to simply install the service and use the default conf file.
Our second revision begins to address the referencing by using - name, as opposed to
direct ID references:
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: httpd
service.running:
- name: httpd
- enable: True
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: /etc/httpd/httpd.conf
- source: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
- template: jinja
- watch_in:
- service: apache
The above init file is better than our original, yet it has several issues which lead to a
lack of modularity. The first of these problems is the usage of static values for items
such as the name of the service, the name of the managed file, and the source of the man‐
aged file. When these items are hard coded they become difficult to modify and the oppor‐
tunity to make mistakes arises. It also leads to multiple edits that need to occur when
changing these items (imagine if there were dozens of these occurrences throughout the
state!). There is also still the concern of the configuration file data living in the same
state as the service and package.
In the next example steps will be taken to begin addressing these issues. Starting with
the addition of a map.jinja file (as noted in the Formula documentation), and modification
of static values:
/srv/salt/apache/map.jinja:
{% set apache = salt['grains.filter_by']({
'Debian': {
'server': 'apache2',
'service': 'apache2',
'conf': '/etc/apache2/apache.conf',
},
'RedHat': {
'server': 'httpd',
'service': 'httpd',
'conf': '/etc/httpd/httpd.conf',
},
}, merge=salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup')) %}
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
config:
tmpl: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ apache.server }}
service.running:
- name: {{ apache.service }}
- enable: True
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ apache.conf }}
- source: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:config:tmpl') }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
The changes to this state now allow us to easily identify the location of the variables,
as well as ensuring they are flexible and easy to modify. While this takes another step
in the right direction, it is not yet complete. Suppose the user did not want to use the
provided conf file, or even their own configuration file, but the default apache conf.
With the current state setup this is not possible. To attain this level of modularity this
state will need to be broken into two states.
/srv/salt/apache/map.jinja:
{% set apache = salt['grains.filter_by']({
'Debian': {
'server': 'apache2',
'service': 'apache2',
'conf': '/etc/apache2/apache.conf',
},
'RedHat': {
'server': 'httpd',
'service': 'httpd',
'conf': '/etc/httpd/httpd.conf',
},
}, merge=salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup')) %}
/srv/pillar/apache.sls:
apache:
lookup:
config:
tmpl: salt://apache/files/httpd.conf
/srv/salt/apache/init.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
apache:
pkg.installed:
- name: {{ apache.server }}
service.running:
- name: {{ apache.service }}
- enable: True
/srv/salt/apache/conf.sls:
{% from "apache/map.jinja" import apache with context %}
include:
- apache
apache_conf:
file.managed:
- name: {{ apache.conf }}
- source: {{ salt['pillar.get']('apache:lookup:config:tmpl') }}
- template: jinja
- user: root
- watch_in:
- service: apache
This new structure now allows users to choose whether they only wish to install the
default Apache, or if they wish, overwrite the default package, service, configuration
file location, or the configuration file itself. In addition to this the data has been
broken between multiple files allowing for users to identify where they need to change the
associated data.
Storing Secure Data
Secure data refers to any information that you would not wish to share with anyone access‐
ing a server. This could include data such as passwords, keys, or other information.
As all data within a state is accessible by EVERY server that is connected it is important
to store secure data within pillar. This will ensure that only those servers which require
this secure data have access to it. In this example a use can go from an insecure configu‐
ration to one which is only accessible by the appropriate hosts:
/srv/salt/mysql/testerdb.sls:
testdb:
mysql_database.present:
- name: testerdb
/srv/salt/mysql/user.sls:
include:
- mysql.testerdb
testdb_user:
mysql_user.present:
- name: frank
- password: "test3rdb"
- host: localhost
- require:
- sls: mysql.testerdb
Many users would review this state and see that the password is there in plain text, which
is quite problematic. It results in several issues which may not be immediately visible.
The first of these issues is clear to most users -- the password being visible in this
state. This means that any minion will have a copy of this, and therefore the password
which is a major security concern as minions may not be locked down as tightly as the mas‐
ter server.
The other issue that can be encountered is access by users on the master. If everyone has
access to the states (or their repository), then they are able to review this password.
Keeping your password data accessible by only a few users is critical for both security
and peace of mind.
There is also the issue of portability. When a state is configured this way it results in
multiple changes needing to be made. This was discussed in the sections above but it is a
critical idea to drive home. If states are not portable it may result in more work later!
Fixing this issue is relatively simple, the content just needs to be moved to the associ‐
ated pillar:
/srv/pillar/mysql.sls:
mysql:
lookup:
name: testerdb
password: test3rdb
user: frank
host: localhost
/srv/salt/mysql/testerdb.sls:
testdb:
mysql_database.present:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:name') }}
/srv/salt/mysql/user.sls:
include:
- mysql.testerdb
testdb_user:
mysql_user.present:
- name: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:user') }}
- password: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:password') }}
- host: {{ salt['pillar.get']('mysql:lookup:host') }}
- require:
- sls: mysql.testerdb
Now that the database details have been moved to the associated pillar file, only machines
which are targeted via pillar will have access to these details. Access to users who
should not be able to review these details can also be prevented while ensuring that they
are still able to write states which take advantage of this information.
REMOTE EXECUTION
Running pre-defined or arbitrary commands on remote hosts, also known as remote execution, is the core function of Salt. The following links explore modules and returners, which are two key elements of remote execution. Salt Execution Modules Salt execution modules are called by the remote execution system to perform a wide variety of tasks. These modules provide functionality such as installing packages, restarting a service, running a remote command, transferring files, and so on. Full list of execution modules Contains: a list of core modules that ship with Salt. Writing execution modules Contains: a guide on how to write Salt modules. Remote execution tutorial Before continuing make sure you have a working Salt installation by following the instal‐ lation and the configuration instructions. Stuck? There are many ways to get help from the Salt community including our mailing list and our IRC channel #salt. Order your minions around Now that you have a master and at least one minion communicating with each other you can perform commands on the minion via the salt command. Salt calls are comprised of three main components: salt '<target>' <function> [arguments] SEE ALSO: salt manpage target The target component allows you to filter which minions should run the following function. The default filter is a glob on the minion id. For example: salt '*' test.ping salt '*.example.org' test.ping Targets can be based on minion system information using the Grains system: salt -G 'os:Ubuntu' test.ping SEE ALSO: Grains system Targets can be filtered by regular expression: salt -E 'virtmach[0-9]' test.ping Targets can be explicitly specified in a list: salt -L 'foo,bar,baz,quo' test.ping Or Multiple target types can be combined in one command: salt -C 'G@os:Ubuntu and webser* or E@database.*' test.ping function A function is some functionality provided by a module. Salt ships with a large collection of available functions. List all available functions on your minions: salt '*' sys.doc Here are some examples: Show all currently available minions: salt '*' test.ping Run an arbitrary shell command: salt '*' cmd.run 'uname -a' SEE ALSO: the full list of modules arguments Space-delimited arguments to the function: salt '*' cmd.exec_code python 'import sys; print sys.version' Optional, keyword arguments are also supported: salt '*' pip.install salt timeout=5 upgrade=True They are always in the form of kwarg=argument. Running Commands on Salt Minions Salt can be controlled by a command line client by the root user on the Salt master. The Salt command line client uses the Salt client API to communicate with the Salt master server. The Salt client is straightforward and simple to use. Using the Salt client commands can be easily sent to the minions. Each of these commands accepts an explicit --config option to point to either the master or minion configuration file. If this option is not provided and the default configura‐ tion file does not exist then Salt falls back to use the environment variables SALT_MAS‐ TER_CONFIG and SALT_MINION_CONFIG. SEE ALSO: Configuration Using the Salt Command The Salt command needs a few components to send information to the Salt minions. The tar‐ get minions need to be defined, the function to call and any arguments the function requires. Defining the Target Minions The first argument passed to salt, defines the target minions, the target minions are accessed via their hostname. The default target type is a bash glob: salt '*foo.com' sys.doc Salt can also define the target minions with regular expressions: salt -E '.*' cmd.run 'ls -l | grep foo' Or to explicitly list hosts, salt can take a list: salt -L foo.bar.baz,quo.qux cmd.run 'ps aux | grep foo' More Powerful Targets See Targeting. Calling the Function The function to call on the specified target is placed after the target specification. New in version 0.9.8. Functions may also accept arguments, space-delimited: salt '*' cmd.exec_code python 'import sys; print sys.version' Optional, keyword arguments are also supported: salt '*' pip.install salt timeout=5 upgrade=True They are always in the form of kwarg=argument. Arguments are formatted as YAML: salt '*' cmd.run 'echo "Hello: $FIRST_NAME"' saltenv='{FIRST_NAME: "Joe"}' Note: dictionaries must have curly braces around them (like the saltenv keyword argument above). This was changed in 0.15.1: in the above example, the first argument used to be parsed as the dictionary {'echo "Hello': '$FIRST_NAME"'}. This was generally not the expected behavior. If you want to test what parameters are actually passed to a module, use the test.arg_repr command: salt '*' test.arg_repr 'echo "Hello: $FIRST_NAME"' saltenv='{FIRST_NAME: "Joe"}' Finding available minion functions The Salt functions are self documenting, all of the function documentation can be retried from the minions via the sys.doc() function: salt '*' sys.doc Compound Command Execution If a series of commands needs to be sent to a single target specification then the com‐ mands can be sent in a single publish. This can make gathering groups of information faster, and lowers the stress on the network for repeated commands. Compound command execution works by sending a list of functions and arguments instead of sending a single function and argument. The functions are executed on the minion in the order they are defined on the command line, and then the data from all of the commands are returned in a dictionary. This means that the set of commands are called in a predictable way, and the returned data can be easily interpreted. Executing compound commands if done by passing a comma delimited list of functions, fol‐ lowed by a comma delimited list of arguments: salt '*' cmd.run,test.ping,test.echo 'cat /proc/cpuinfo',,foo The trick to look out for here, is that if a function is being passed no arguments, then there needs to be a placeholder for the absent arguments. This is why in the above exam‐ ple, there are two commas right next to each other. test.ping takes no arguments, so we need to add another comma, otherwise Salt would attempt to pass "foo" to test.ping. If you need to pass arguments that include commas, then make sure you add spaces around the commas that separate arguments. For example: salt '*' cmd.run,test.ping,test.echo 'echo "1,2,3"' , , foo You may change the arguments separator using the --args-separator option: salt --args-separator=:: '*' some.fun,test.echo params with , comma :: foo CLI Completion Shell completion scripts for the Salt CLI are available in the pkg Salt source directory. Writing Execution Modules Salt execution modules are the functions called by the salt command. Modules Are Easy to Write! Writing Salt execution modules is straightforward. A Salt execution module is a Python or Cython module placed in a directory called _mod‐ ules/ at the root of the Salt fileserver. When using the default fileserver backend (i.e. roots <salt.fileserver.roots), unless environments are otherwise defined in the file_roots config option, the _modules/ directory would be located in /srv/salt/_modules on most sys‐ tems. Modules placed in _modules/ will be synced to the minions when any of the following Salt functions are called: · state.apply · saltutil.sync_modules · saltutil.sync_all Note that a module's default name is its filename (i.e. foo.py becomes module foo), but that its name can be overridden by using a __virtual__ function. If a Salt module has errors and cannot be imported, the Salt minion will continue to load without issue and the module with errors will simply be omitted. If adding a Cython module the file must be named <modulename>.pyx so that the loader knows that the module needs to be imported as a Cython module. The compilation of the Cython module is automatic and happens when the minion starts, so only the *.pyx file is required. Zip Archives as Modules Python 2.3 and higher allows developers to directly import zip archives containing Python code. By setting enable_zip_modules to True in the minion config, the Salt loader will be able to import .zip files in this fashion. This allows Salt module developers to package dependencies with their modules for ease of deployment, isolation, etc. For a user, Zip Archive modules behave just like other modules. When executing a function from a module provided as the file my_module.zip, a user would call a function within that module as my_module.<function>. Creating a Zip Archive Module A Zip Archive module is structured similarly to a simple Python package. The .zip file contains a single directory with the same name as the module. The module code tradition‐ ally in <module_name>.py goes in <module_name>/__init__.py. The dependency packages are subdirectories of <module_name>/. Here is an example directory structure for the lumberjack module, which has two library dependencies (sleep and work) to be included. modules $ ls -R lumberjack __init__.py sleep work lumberjack/sleep: __init__.py lumberjack/work: __init__.py The contents of lumberjack/__init__.py show how to import and use these included libraries. # Libraries included in lumberjack.zip from lumberjack import sleep, work def is_ok(person): ''' Checks whether a person is really a lumberjack ''' return sleep.all_night(person) and work.all_day(person) Then, create the zip: modules $ zip -r lumberjack lumberjack adding: lumberjack/ (stored 0%) adding: lumberjack/__init__.py (deflated 39%) adding: lumberjack/sleep/ (stored 0%) adding: lumberjack/sleep/__init__.py (deflated 7%) adding: lumberjack/work/ (stored 0%) adding: lumberjack/work/__init__.py (deflated 7%) modules $ unzip -l lumberjack.zip Archive: lumberjack.zip Length Date Time Name -------- ---- ---- ---- 0 08-21-15 20:08 lumberjack/ 348 08-21-15 20:08 lumberjack/__init__.py 0 08-21-15 19:53 lumberjack/sleep/ 83 08-21-15 19:53 lumberjack/sleep/__init__.py 0 08-21-15 19:53 lumberjack/work/ 81 08-21-15 19:21 lumberjack/work/__init__.py -------- ------- 512 6 files Once placed in file_roots, Salt users can distribute and use lumberjack.zip like any other module. $ sudo salt minion1 saltutil.sync_modules minion1: - modules.lumberjack $ sudo salt minion1 lumberjack.is_ok 'Michael Palin' minion1: True Cross Calling Execution Modules All of the Salt execution modules are available to each other and modules can call func‐ tions available in other execution modules. The variable __salt__ is packed into the modules after they are loaded into the Salt min‐ ion. The __salt__ variable is a Python dictionary containing all of the Salt functions. Dictio‐ nary keys are strings representing the names of the modules and the values are the func‐ tions themselves. Salt modules can be cross-called by accessing the value in the __salt__ dict: def foo(bar): return __salt__['cmd.run'](bar) This code will call the run function in the cmd module and pass the argument bar to it. Calling Execution Modules on the Salt Master New in version 2016.11.0. Execution modules can now also be called via the salt-run command using the salt runner. Preloaded Execution Module Data When interacting with execution modules often it is nice to be able to read information dynamically about the minion or to load in configuration parameters for a module. Salt allows for different types of data to be loaded into the modules by the minion. Grains Data The values detected by the Salt Grains on the minion are available in a dict named __grains__ and can be accessed from within callable objects in the Python modules. To see the contents of the grains dictionary for a given system in your deployment run the grains.items() function: salt 'hostname' grains.items --output=pprint Any value in a grains dictionary can be accessed as any other Python dictionary. For exam‐ ple, the grain representing the minion ID is stored in the id key and from an execution module, the value would be stored in __grains__['id']. Module Configuration Since parameters for configuring a module may be desired, Salt allows for configuration information from the minion configuration file to be passed to execution modules. Since the minion configuration file is a YAML document, arbitrary configuration data can be passed in the minion config that is read by the modules. It is therefore strongly rec‐ ommended that the values passed in the configuration file match the module name. A value intended for the test execution module should be named test.<value>. The test execution module contains usage of the module configuration and the default con‐ figuration file for the minion contains the information and format used to pass data to the modules. salt.modules.test, conf/minion. Strings and Unicode An execution module author should always assume that strings fed to the module have already decoded from strings into Unicode. In Python 2, these will be of type 'Unicode' and in Python 3 they will be of type str. Calling from a state to other Salt sub-systems, should pass Unicode (or bytes if passing binary data). In the rare event that a state needs to write directly to disk, Unicode should be encoded to a string immediately before writing to disk. An author may use __salt_system_encoding__ to learn what the encoding type of the system is. For example, 'my_string'.encode(__salt_system_encoding__'). Outputter Configuration Since execution module functions can return different data, and the way the data is printed can greatly change the presentation, Salt allows for a specific outputter to be set on a function-by-function basis. This is done be declaring an __outputter__ dictionary in the global scope of the module. The __outputter__ dictionary contains a mapping of function names to Salt outputters. __outputter__ = { 'run': 'txt' } This will ensure that the txt outputter is used to display output from the run function. Virtual Modules Virtual modules let you override the name of a module in order to use the same name to refer to one of several similar modules. The specific module that is loaded for a virtual name is selected based on the current platform or environment. For example, packages are managed across platforms using the pkg module. pkg is a virtual module name that is an alias for the specific package manager module that is loaded on a specific system (for example, yumpkg on RHEL/CentOS systems , and aptpkg on Ubuntu). Virtual module names are set using the __virtual__ function and the virtual name. __virtual__ Function The __virtual__ function returns either a string, True, False, or False with an error string. If a string is returned then the module is loaded using the name of the string as the virtual name. If True is returned the module is loaded using the current module name. If False is returned the module is not loaded. False lets the module perform system checks and prevent loading if dependencies are not met. Since __virtual__ is called before the module is loaded, __salt__ will be unavailable as it will not have been packed into the module at this point in time. NOTE: Modules which return a string from __virtual__ that is already used by a module that ships with Salt will _override_ the stock module. Returning Error Information from __virtual__ Optionally, Salt plugin modules, such as execution, state, returner, beacon, etc. modules may additionally return a string containing the reason that a module could not be loaded. For example, an execution module called cheese and a corresponding state module also called cheese, both depending on a utility called enzymes should have __virtual__ func‐ tions that handle the case when the dependency is unavailable. ''' Cheese execution (or returner/beacon/etc.) module ''' try: import enzymes HAS_ENZYMES = True except ImportError: HAS_ENZYMES = False def __virtual__(): ''' only load cheese if enzymes are available ''' if HAS_ENZYMES: return 'cheese' else: return False, 'The cheese execution module cannot be loaded: enzymes unavailable.' ''' Cheese state module ''' def __virtual__(): ''' only load cheese if enzymes are available ''' # predicate loading of the cheese state on the corresponding execution module if 'cheese.slice' in __salt__: return 'cheese' else: return False, 'The cheese state module cannot be loaded: enzymes unavailable.' Examples The package manager modules are among the best examples of using the __virtual__ function. A table of all the virtual pkg modules can be found here. Overriding Virtual Module Providers Salt often uses OS grains (os, osrelease, os_family, etc.) to determine which module should be loaded as the virtual module for pkg, service, etc. Sometimes this OS detection is incomplete, with new distros popping up, existing distros changing init systems, etc. The virtual modules likely to be affected by this are in the list below (click each item for more information): · pkg · service · user · shadow · group If Salt is using the wrong module for one of these, first of all, please report it on the issue tracker, so that this issue can be resolved for a future release. To make it easier to troubleshoot, please also provide the grains.items output, taking care to redact any sensitive information. Then, while waiting for the SaltStack development team to fix the issue, Salt can be made to use the correct module using the providers option in the minion config file: providers: service: systemd pkg: aptpkg The above example will force the minion to use the systemd module to provide service man‐ agement, and the aptpkg module to provide package management. Logging Restrictions As a rule, logging should not be done anywhere in a Salt module before it is loaded. This rule apples to all code that would run before the __virtual__() function, as well as the code within the __virtual__() function itself. If logging statements are made before the virtual function determines if the module should be loaded, then those logging statements will be called repeatedly. This clutters up log files unnecessarily. Exceptions may be considered for logging statements made at the trace level. However, it is better to provide the necessary information by another means. One method is to return error information in the __virtual__() function. __virtualname__ __virtualname__ is a variable that is used by the documentation build system to know the virtual name of a module without calling the __virtual__ function. Modules that return a string from the __virtual__ function must also set the __virtualname__ variable. To avoid setting the virtual name string twice, you can implement __virtual__ to return the value set for __virtualname__ using a pattern similar to the following: # Define the module's virtual name __virtualname__ = 'pkg' def __virtual__(): ''' Confine this module to Mac OS with Homebrew. ''' if salt.utils.which('brew') and __grains__['os'] == 'MacOS': return __virtualname__ return False The __virtual__() function can return a True or False boolean, a tuple, or a string. If it returns a True value, this __virtualname__ module-level attribute can be set as seen in the above example. This is the string that the module should be referred to as. When __virtual__() returns a tuple, the first item should be a boolean and the second should be a string. This is typically done when the module should not load. The first value of the tuple is False and the second is the error message to display for why the module did not load. For example: def __virtual__(): ''' Only load if git exists on the system ''' if salt.utils.which('git') is None: return (False, 'The git execution module cannot be loaded: git unavailable.') else: return True Documentation Salt execution modules are documented. The sys.doc() function will return the documenta‐ tion for all available modules: salt '*' sys.doc The sys.doc function simply prints out the docstrings found in the modules; when writing Salt execution modules, please follow the formatting conventions for docstrings as they appear in the other modules. Adding Documentation to Salt Modules It is strongly suggested that all Salt modules have documentation added. To add documentation add a Python docstring to the function. def spam(eggs): ''' A function to make some spam with eggs! CLI Example:: salt '*' test.spam eggs ''' return eggs Now when the sys.doc call is executed the docstring will be cleanly returned to the call‐ ing terminal. Documentation added to execution modules in docstrings will automatically be added to the online web-based documentation. Add Execution Module Metadata When writing a Python docstring for an execution module, add information about the module using the following field lists: :maintainer: Thomas Hatch <@saltstack.com, Seth House <@saltstack.com>
:maturity: new
:depends: python-mysqldb
:platform: all
The maintainer field is a comma-delimited list of developers who help maintain this mod‐
ule.
The maturity field indicates the level of quality and testing for this module. Standard
labels will be determined.
The depends field is a comma-delimited list of modules that this module depends on.
The platform field is a comma-delimited list of platforms that this module is known to run
on.
Log Output
You can call the logger from custom modules to write messages to the minion logs. The fol‐
lowing code snippet demonstrates writing log messages:
import logging
log = logging.getLogger(__name__)
log.info('Here is Some Information')
log.warning('You Should Not Do That')
log.error('It Is Busted')
Aliasing Functions
Sometimes one wishes to use a function name that would shadow a python built-in. A common
example would be set(). To support this, append an underscore to the function definition,
def set_():, and use the __func_alias__ feature to provide an alias to the function.
__func_alias__ is a dictionary where each key is the name of a function in the module, and
each value is a string representing the alias for that function. When calling an aliased
function from a different execution module, state module, or from the cli, the alias name
should be used.
__func_alias__ = {
'set_': 'set',
'list_': 'list',
}
Private Functions
In Salt, Python callable objects contained within an execution module are made available
to the Salt minion for use. The only exception to this rule is a callable object with a
name starting with an underscore _.
Objects Loaded Into the Salt Minion
def foo(bar):
return bar
Objects NOT Loaded into the Salt Minion
def _foobar(baz): # Preceded with an _
return baz
cheese = {} # Not a callable Python object
Useful Decorators for Modules
Depends Decorator
When writing execution modules there are many times where some of the module will work on
all hosts but some functions have an external dependency, such as a service that needs to
be installed or a binary that needs to be present on the system.
Instead of trying to wrap much of the code in large try/except blocks, a decorator can be
used.
If the dependencies passed to the decorator don't exist, then the salt minion will remove
those functions from the module on that host.
If a fallback_function is defined, it will replace the function instead of removing it
import logging
from salt.utils.decorators import depends
log = logging.getLogger(__name__)
try:
import dependency_that_sometimes_exists
except ImportError as e:
log.trace('Failed to import dependency_that_sometimes_exists: {0}'.format(e))
@depends('dependency_that_sometimes_exists')
def foo():
'''
Function with a dependency on the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" module,
if the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" is missing this function will not exist
'''
return True
def _fallback():
'''
Fallback function for the depends decorator to replace a function with
'''
return '"dependency_that_sometimes_exists" needs to be installed for this function to ↲
exist'
@depends('dependency_that_sometimes_exists', fallback_function=_fallback)
def foo():
'''
Function with a dependency on the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" module.
If the "dependency_that_sometimes_exists" is missing this function will be
replaced with "_fallback"
'''
return True
In addition to global dependencies the depends decorator also supports raw booleans.
from salt.utils.decorators import depends
HAS_DEP = False
try:
import dependency_that_sometimes_exists
HAS_DEP = True
except ImportError:
pass
@depends(HAS_DEP)
def foo():
return True